ACHIMOTA
STANDS
FOR
:
The
best
use
of
the
minds
and
bodies
which
God
has
given
us
An
equal
opportunity
for
girls
and
boys
in
education
Respect
for
all
that
is
true
and
of
lasting
value
in
the
old
African
culture
,
beliefs
and
ways
of
life
Willing
,
humble
service
of
the
educated
for
the
uneducated
Mutual
understanding
and
cooperation
between
Christians
of
all
denominations
and
the
growth
of
that
spirit
in
which
the
churches
shall
one
day
be
united
again
Friendship
,
respect
and
cooperation
between
all
races
on
equal
terms
The
belief
,
on
which
all
else
rest
,
in
Jesus
Christ
as
the
revelation
for
all
time
and
all
peoples
of
the
love
of
God
,
and
as
the
guide
and
pattern
of
our
lives
|
Administration
|
Academics
|
Boarding
Life
|
Clubs
&
Socities
|
Departments
|
Funding
|
History
|
|
News
And
Information
|
Sports
|
Religion
|
Student
Representative
Council
|
Asem
Magazine
|
|
Motown
Minipoll
|
Guest
Book
|
WorldLink
|
Old
Achimotans
Association
The
Central
Region
is
the
former
government
centre
of
the
Gold
Coast
.
Cape
Coast
was
the
seat
of
the
British
colonial
administration
up
until
1877
.
The
coastline
is
famous
for
its
ancient
forts
and
castles
built
by
early
European
traders
,
and
three
of
them
at
Elmina
,
St
.
Jago
and
Cape
Coast
have
been
identified
as
World
Heritage
Monuments
by
the
World
heritage
Foundation
under
UNESCO
.
The
Region
is
also
famous
for
its
palm
-
fringed
beaches
,
fascinating
fishing
villages
and
historic
towns
,
and
rich
natural
attractions
.
Kakum
National
Park
,
just
30km
north
of
Cape
Coast
,
is
the
foremost
nature
reserve
in
Southern
Ghana
and
well
worth
a
visit
.
Almost
untouched
virgin
rainforest
has
been
preserved
as
a
habitat
for
birds
,
butterflies
and
rare
local
animals
,
and
Kakum
is
most
accessible
,
as
it
is
very
easy
to
reach
from
Accra
.
The
Region
'
s
culture
is
depicted
through
its
many
exciting
festivals
which
are
held
throughout
the
year
.
Some
of
the
best
known
festivals
are
'
Bakatue
'
,
literally
the
opening
up
of
Benya
Lagoon
into
the
sea
,
which
symbolised
the
beginning
of
the
fishing
season
for
the
people
of
Elmina
;
'
Edina
Buronya
'
,
a
native
version
of
Christmas
celebrated
by
the
people
of
Elmina
on
the
first
Thursday
of
the
New
Year
;
'
Aboakyer
'
or
game
hunting
,
one
of
the
most
famous
festivals
celebrated
by
the
chiefs
and
people
of
Winneba
on
the
first
Saturday
in
May
;
and
'
Fetu
Afahye
'
celebrated
with
a
durbar
of
chiefs
by
the
people
of
Cape
Coast
on
the
first
Saturday
of
September
.
Another
famous
festival
is
'
Odambea
'
celebrated
on
the
last
Saturday
in
August
in
Saltpond
Traditional
Area
,
and
reflecting
a
migration
of
the
local
people
centuries
ago
.
The
historic
towns
in
the
region
that
deserve
a
visit
include
Winneba
,
traditionally
known
as
'
Simpa
'
Winneba
;
Kromantsej
Abanze
,
the
site
of
Fort
Amsterdam
;
Duakwa
and
Mensa
Krom
,
home
of
some
of
the
Region
'
s
best
woodcarvers
;
Ajumako
aware
where
the
carvers
specialise
in
royal
regalia
,
stools
,
linguistic
staffs
and
clan
totems
.
Throughout
the
Central
Region
there
are
welcoming
hotels
and
restaurants
,
all
an
easy
drive
from
Accra
.
If
you
are
seeking
to
discover
the
historical
links
between
Africa
and
the
Americas
and
Europe
,
or
just
wanting
to
explore
a
culture
that
has
its
roots
in
another
era
,
or
just
wanting
to
relax
on
a
sun
-
dappled
beach
,
then
the
Central
Region
must
not
be
missed
.
On
this
page
,
Go
Directly
to
.....
Women
in
Ghana
Historic
Sites
Cultural
Events
&
The
Arts
Places
of
Interest
Festivals
and
Events
Beaches
and
Resorts
Wildlife
and
Nature
Reserves
Castles
and
Forts
Food
Facts
and
History
Health
Entertainment
Women
in
Ghana
Women
in
Progress
Box
CC
890
Cape
Coast
,
Ghana
Tel
:
(
0233
-
42
)
36883
email
:
renae
@
womeninprogress
.
org
website
:
http
:
//
www
.
womeninprogress
.
org
Women
in
Progress
works
to
achieve
economic
independence
of
women
and
alleviate
poverty
at
a
grassroots
level
in
developing
nations
through
the
sustainable
growth
of
small
women
-
owned
businesses
and
at
the
same
time
established
mutual
understanding
among
people
of
diverse
cultures
.
Volunteer
Abroad
:
As
an
international
volunteer
organization
,
Women
in
Progress
helps
people
volunteer
abroad
.
Our
international
volunteer
programs
focus
on
assisting
women
in
Africa
to
grow
their
micro
enterprises
and
become
self
sufficient
through
business
and
IT
consulting
and
training
.
Progressive
Women
'
s
Credit
Union
Box
1519
Cape
Coast
Ghana
(
0233
-
42
)
30573
Contact
Monica
Aidoo
.
Started
in
1994
by
members
of
Women
in
Progress
,
the
credit
union
has
now
over
600
members
.
The
credit
union
mobilizes
funds
and
enables
women
to
receive
affordable
loans
after
a
pattern
of
regular
saving
.
Back
to
Top
Historic
Sites
The
Castles
of
Central
Region
The
castles
along
the
coast
of
the
Central
Region
are
among
the
best
preserved
in
Ghana
.
ASSIN
MANSO
SLAVE
MARKET
The
Assin
Manso
Slave
Market
site
is
a
relic
linked
to
the
slave
route
and
appeals
to
thousands
of
travellers
who
troop
to
the
site
.
The
tombstones
of
two
enslaved
Africans
who
lived
in
Jamaica
and
New
York
and
were
re
-
interred
can
also
be
found
there
.
The
Slave
River
(
the
point
where
enslaved
Africans
had
their
bath
before
being
sold
to
the
slave
traders
)
is
a
place
you
need
to
see
.
Back
to
Top
Cultural
Events
&
The
Arts
One
Stone
Cultural
Linkage
One
Stone
is
one
of
our
featured
artists
located
at
the
Elmina
Motel
Junction
.
They
have
contributed
quite
a
bit
to
the
community
and
welcome
visitors
en
route
to
Elmina
Resort
.
Also
visit
Elimax
just
next
door
for
a
cold
drink
and
relaxing
atomosphere
!
Back
to
Top
Places
of
Interest
Traditional
Fishing
Villages
Along
the
Coast
of
the
Central
Region
are
a
succession
of
busy
fishing
villages
and
traditional
market
towns
that
reflect
the
distinct
cultures
of
the
district
.
Craft
Villages
The
villagers
of
the
Central
Region
are
famed
for
their
traditional
crafts
that
are
still
worked
as
their
forefathers
have
worked
for
generations
.
Bamboo
Orchestra
at
Masomagor
The
youth
at
the
village
of
Masomagor
have
revived
a
traditional
art
,
by
performing
with
Cape
Coast
Town
To
the
west
of
Accra
lies
Cape
Coast
the
Capital
of
Central
Region
.
Cape
Coast
was
the
Capital
of
Gold
Coast
before
it
became
Ghana
,
and
was
moved
to
Accra
in
1877
.
Winneba
Winneba
is
an
old
coastal
town
on
the
"
Gulf
of
Guinea
"
,
located
35
miles
west
of
Accra
,
the
capital
city
of
Ghana
.
In
the
early
colonial
history
of
Gold
Coast
,
as
Ghana
OSTRICH
FARM
The
Ostrich
Farm
is
located
at
Efutu
Mampong
about
14km
from
Cape
Coast
on
the
KNP
Road
.
The
ostrich
is
the
world
'
s
largest
living
bird
belonging
to
the
small
order
of
birds
known
as
Ratitae
or
running
birds
.
The
Ostrich
can
live
up
to
between
30
-
70
years
.
Back
to
Top
Festivals
and
Events
Aboakye
Festival
This
Festival
is
celebrated
by
the
people
of
Simpa
or
Winneba
in
the
Central
Region
of
Ghana
Masquerading
Festival
It
started
around
the
1920
'
s
and
is
celebrated
on
the
1st
of
January
every
year
and
draws
large
crowds
from
all
over
...
Edina
Bronya
This
festival
is
a
novel
Christmas
introduced
to
the
people
of
Elmina
during
the
Dutch
era
of
the
colonial
period
...
Edina
Bakatue
Festival
Literally
translated
means
"
The
opening
of
the
Lagoon
"
or
the
Draining
of
the
Lagoon
"
.
It
is
celebrated
...
Akwambo
Festival
The
festival
literally
meaning
"
path
-
clearing
"
,
is
celebrated
by
the
people
of
Agona
in
the
Central
Region
.
Panafest
Pan
-
African
Historic
Festival
is
a
major
biennial
event
of
cultural
forum
for
Africans
and
people
of
African
descent
as
well
as
friends
of
the
....
continent
committed
to
the
noble
Odwira
Festival
The
Odwira
Festival
which
is
celebrated
by
the
Denkyira
people
runs
for
weeks
,
beginning
at
Jukwa
,
the
traditional
capital
,
and
ends
at
Dunkwa
-
on
Offin
,
the
administrative
capital
...
Fetu
Afahye
(
Carnival
)
This
festival
is
being
celebrated
by
the
people
of
Oguaa
or
Cape
Coast
Traditional
Area
in
the
Central
Region
.
OKYIR
Okyir
is
the
major
festival
celebrated
by
the
people
of
Anomabu
.
It
is
celebrated
as
a
sign
of
cleansing
or
purification
of
the
town
from
filth
,
evil
spirits
etc
.
Highlights
of
the
festival
include
the
following
activities
:
ODUNKWAA
FESTIVAL
This
is
a
week
long
festival
which
starts
on
Easter
Monday
.
The
festival
has
two
venues
:
Abakrampa
,
the
seat
of
the
traditional
area
and
Abura
Dunkwa
,
the
administrative
capital
.
Rituals
are
performed
near
the
state
shrine
.
The
festival
is
characterized
by
the
fencing
of
the
Odum
Tree
which
is
regarded
as
sacred
,
and
believed
to
have
protected
the
people
from
attacks
during
their
wars
.
NYEYI
AND
TUAKRON
The
Komenda
-
Nyeyi
festival
is
celebrated
in
honour
of
departed
heroes
and
heroines
for
their
great
contribution
to
the
various
traditional
areas
and
the
"
Tuakron
"
,
meaning
settling
on
new
lands
is
celebrated
by
the
people
of
Hemang
.
OGUAAAFAHYE
Oguaa
Fetu
Afahye
festival
is
held
to
purify
the
state
.
Celebrated
by
the
people
of
Cape
Coast
in
July
/
August
.
KAE
ARKO
This
festival
is
celebrated
by
the
people
of
Asebu
Traditional
Area
.
A
mock
warfare
is
re
-
enacted
to
instill
the
spirit
of
bravery
in
the
people
,
and
also
to
commemorate
the
heroic
deeds
of
their
ancestor
Arko
.
This
drama
is
performed
after
the
paramount
chief
and
his
sub
-
chiefs
have
paraded
through
the
town
in
their
palanquins
.
The
week
-
long
festival
is
held
in
the
third
week
of
October
.
Back
to
Top
Beaches
and
Resorts
The
Beaches
of
the
Central
Region
Beach
lovers
will
enjoy
our
palm
fringed
beaches
,
warmed
by
African
sunshine
White
Sands
Beach
Resort
Gomoa
Fetteh
,
a
town
located
off
the
Akotsi
Junction
on
the
Accra
-
Winneba
highway
,
is
generally
known
in
local
circles
for
the
fishing
and
subsistence
farming
activities
of
its
people
.
This
quiet
and
peaceful
community
,
which
is
near
Senya
Bereku
and
in
the
Gomoa
District
of
the
...
Back
to
Top
Wildlife
and
Nature
Reserves
Kakum
National
Park
A
357km2
national
park
comprising
undisturbed
virgin
rainforest
.
Kakum
Conservation
Area
Tree
House
This
Conservation
Area
was
formed
in
1992
,
consisting
of
the
Kakum
National
Park
and
the
nearby
Assin
Attandaso
Resource
Reserve
.
The
Tree
House
and
2
-
3
hour
hike
make
a
unique
camping
/
hiking
experience
.
Kukum
River
National
Park
Several
animal
reserves
are
being
developed
in
the
Cape
Coast
area
,
and
in
particular
,
the
Kukum
River
National
Park
,
to
the
west
of
the
city
and
the
Assin
-
Attandanso
Wildlife
Reserve
...
Coastal
Ramsar
Sites
-
Muni
-
Pomadze
Ramsar
Site
The
Muni
-
Pomadze
Site
encompasses
an
area
of
about
90
km2
comprising
the
water
shed
of
the
Muni
Lagoon
.
However
,
the
lagoon
and
flood
plains
is
only
114ha
.
Eleven
...
Back
to
Top
Castles
and
Forts
Elmina
Castle
The
Portuguese
founded
Castle
"
Sao
Jorge
da
Mina
"
in
1482
to
protect
the
gold
-
rich
lands
discovered
in
1471
.
The
castle
was
completed
according
to
its
original
plan
in
1486
and
the
town
was
raised
to
the
status
of
a
"
city
"
.
Fort
William
-
Anomabu
Anomabu
became
the
focus
of
intense
European
trade
rivalry
in
the
17th
and
18th
centuries
,
partly
because
of
its
easy
access
to
a
rich
hinterland
and
partly
because
the
local
Anomabu
were
themselves
powerful
and
astute
traders
.
Fort
Amsterdam
(
Cormantin
)
-
Abandze
History
has
it
that
,
in
1631
,
a
renegade
employee
of
the
Dutch
West
Indian
Company
called
Arent
Groote
,
acting
on
behalf
of
the
English
Company
of
Adventurers
Trading
to
Guynney
and
Binney
,
signed
an
agreement
with
the
Chief
of
Cormantin
by
which
a
hill
site
near
the
village
was
ceded
to
the
English
company
.
Fort
Good
Hope
-
Senya
Beraku
Thanks
to
their
establishment
of
a
lodge
at
Senya
Beraku
in
1667
,
the
Dutch
entered
into
a
long
-
standing
relationship
with
the
Agona
State
.
Its
chief
subsequently
requested
the
Dutch
to
build
a
permanent
fort
at
Beraku
.
Fort
Patience
-
Apam
In
the
late
17th
century
,
the
small
state
of
Acron
-
sandwiched
between
the
larger
British
allies
of
Agona
and
Fante
sought
to
have
a
strong
fort
built
on
its
territory
to
defend
it
in
case
of
attack
.
The
Dutch
,
while
willing
to
erect
a
fort
at
Apam
,
were
in
no
position
to
build
a
large
one
.
Building
of
the
fort
commenced
in
1697
on
the
summit
of
a
promontory
close
to
a
sheltered
beach
and
bay
.
Fort
St
.
Jago
(
Coenraadsburg
)
-
Elmina
In
1503
,
according
to
historical
narration
by
the
Portuguese
Diego
de
Alvarenga
,
a
Portuguese
missionary
converted
and
baptized
the
paramount
chief
of
the
Efutu
Kingdom
on
the
Mina
coast
together
with
300
of
his
subjects
.
The
chief
permitted
the
Portuguese
to
build
a
church
on
the
hill
located
opposite
the
Castle
St
.
Jorge
.
The
site
was
dedicated
to
the
Portuguese
saint
,
Jago
.
Cape
Coast
Castle
The
strategic
location
of
Cape
Coast
having
a
sheltered
beach
in
proximity
to
Elmina
Castle
made
it
a
great
attraction
to
the
European
nations
.
Back
to
Top
Food
Dishes
of
the
Central
Region
The
main
dishes
of
the
Central
Region
include
fante
dorkunu
or
kenkey
with
fish
Back
to
Top
Facts
and
History
A
Short
History
of
Cape
Coast
(
Oguaa
)
Royal
Stool
Succession
to
the
Stool
of
Cape
Coast
was
established
in
1856
it
was
beign
selected
from
male
line
,
that
is
from
father
to
son
of
a
previous
ruler
and
a
change
to
female
line
was
instituted
.
Donkor
Nsuo
(
The
Slave
River
)
at
Assin
Manso
A
secrets
place
where
the
slave
trade
were
chained
to
the
tall
stump
before
or
after
their
last
bath
.
Back
to
Top
Health
Medical
Information
A
place
where
your
health
is
more
important
Back
to
Top
Entertainment
NIGHT
LIFE
You
would
have
the
chance
to
be
part
of
a
wonderful
disco
session
at
Cape
Coast
Hotel
,
Elmina
Beach
Resort
,
Dans
Paradise
and
Jet
Night
Club
at
Elmina
and
Cape
Coast
respectively
.
The
Greenland
Hotel
at
Agona
Swedru
also
provides
night
per
-
formances
to
entertain
visitors
.
Tourists
would
be
amused
by
entertaining
cultural
performances
by
the
Agoro
Cultural
Dancers
on
request
.
Toppyard
Cinema
and
a
host
of
others
in
Cape
Coast
,
Swedru
,
Mankessim
etc
.
also
provide
entertaining
film
shows
to
visitors
.
GUIDED
TOURS
Guided
tours
of
Cape
Coast
and
Elmina
are
available
.
Cultural
and
theatrical
performances
portraying
the
re
-
enactment
of
the
horror
of
the
slave
trade
and
the
solemn
portrayal
of
the
final
journey
of
the
Africans
as
they
walked
through
the
dungeons
into
the
waiting
ships
that
transported
them
to
the
Americas
,
are
often
staged
at
the
two
castles
.
There
has
been
a
long
-
standing
criticism
from
the
Left
of
BWI
SAPs
as
is
proportionately
hurting
the
poor
:
When
the
BWIs
arrive
in
southern
countries
,
corporate
profits
go
up
,
but
so
do
poverty
and
suffering
.
Decades
of
promises
that
just
a
little
more
"
short
-
term
"
pain
will
bring
long
-
term
gain
have
exposed
the
BWIs
as
false
prophets
whose
mission
is
to
protect
those
who
already
control
too
much
wealth
and
power
.
A
report
published
by
the
World
Development
Movement
(
WDM
)
shows
that
the
IMF
s
new
Poverty
Reduction
Strategies
are
acting
as
barriers
to
policies
benefiting
the
world
s
poorest
peoples
.
Many
developing
countries
suffered
sustained
increases
in
prosperity
,
accompanied
by
dramatic
increases
in
inequality
and
child
poverty
under
the
auspices
of
the
BWIs
adjustment
programmes
.
In
country
after
country
,
SAPs
have
reversed
the
development
successes
of
the
1960s
and
1970s
with
.
millions
sliding
into
poverty
every
year
.
Even
the
World
Bank
has
had
to
accept
that
SAPs
have
failed
the
poor
,
with
a
special
burden
falling
on
women
and
children
.
Yet
together
with
the
IMF
it
still
demands
that
developing
countries
persist
with
SAPs
.
Easterly
(
April
2001
)
examines
the
record
of
SAPs
.
He
stresses
the
importance
of
distinguishing
"
structural
adjustment
lending
"
from
"
structural
adjustment
policies
"
.
He
notes
the
"
considerable
international
evidence
that
structural
adjustment
policies
,
like
macroeconomic
stabilisation
,
financial
development
,
openness
to
trade
,
and
removal
of
price
distortions
,
improve
growth
potential
and
thus
strengthen
poverty
reduction
"
.
For
example
,
he
cites
Easterly
and
Levine
(
2001
)
,
"
Its
Not
Factor
Accumulation
:
Stylized
Facts
and
Growth
Models
"
World
Bank
Economic
Review
,
and
providing
a
demonstration
that
good
policies
matter
for
growth
!
He
however
points
out
that
"
the
success
of
adjustment
loans
at
changing
polices
is
very
mixed
"
.
He
avers
to
the
general
historical
record
that
foreign
aid
and
adjustment
lending
has
not
discriminated
much
between
good
and
bad
policies
.
Indeed
in
the
World
Bank
(
1998
)
Assessing
Aid
:
What
Works
,
What
Doesn
t
and
Why
,
OUP
notes
on
pp
.
48
that
"
there
is
a
long
legacy
of
failed
adjustment
lending
where
there
was
no
strong
domestic
constituency
for
reform
"
.
Easterly
notes
that
the
results
may
not
be
so
surprising
in
view
of
the
recent
vintage
of
concern
for
poverty
in
BWI
adjustment
packages
,
well
after
the
poverty
spells
of
the
last
two
decades
.
In
other
words
,
for
most
of
the
period
,
BWI
"
adjustment
lending
was
not
designed
to
reduce
poverty
directly
and
so
it
is
not
surprising
they
were
not
effective
at
doing
so
"
.
The
results
may
well
be
confirming
that
adjustment
loans
are
not
a
very
effective
vehicle
for
reducing
poverty
and
the
BWIs
and
governments
"
would
do
better
by
directing
resources
towards
programs
that
directly
target
poverty
income
subsidies
for
the
poor
,
infrastructure
targeted
towards
poor
areas
,
improved
access
to
credit
(
possibly
through
microcredit
schemes
)
,
subsidies
for
inputs
to
subsistence
production
and
improved
access
to
market
information
(
such
as
through
IT
)
for
the
poor
"
.
He
laments
that
adjustment
lending
has
been
so
continuous
for
some
economies
that
it
is
hard
to
speak
of
it
as
purely
a
transitional
phenomenon
.
This
continual
dependence
on
the
IFIs
,
requiring
in
some
cases
relief
from
past
IFI
loans
(
Ghana
in
2001
is
requesting
through
the
HIPC
Initiative
relief
from
ERP
loans
)
,
is
itself
cause
for
concern
.
If
adjustment
loans
had
to
be
repeated
10
times
or
more
,
this
clearly
does
not
speak
well
for
the
effectiveness
of
the
treatment
,
he
concludes
.
Furthermore
,
from
a
political
economy
point
of
view
,
the
finding
that
AL
lowers
the
sensitivity
of
poverty
to
the
aggregate
growth
rate
of
the
economy
"
could
be
dangerous
"
.
This
is
"
because
it
gives
the
poor
less
of
a
stake
in
overall
good
economic
performance
which
might
increase
support
of
the
poor
for
populist
experiments
at
redistributing
income
"
.
Lipton
and
Ravallion
(
1995
)
"
Poverty
and
Policy
"
in
Jere
Behrman
and
T
.
N
.
Srinvason
(
editors
)
,
Handbook
of
Development
Economics
,
Vol
.
3B
,
Chapter
41
p
.
2601
,
stress
that
there
is
considerable
heterogeneity
within
the
urban
informal
sector
,
with
an
individual
s
poverty
depending
more
on
individual
attributes
like
human
capital
than
on
any
economy
-
wide
labour
market
distortion
leading
to
the
creation
of
an
informal
sector
.
Other
distortions
may
exclude
the
poor
from
taking
advantage
of
reforms
under
SAP
,
like
lack
of
access
to
credit
.
Van
de
Walle
(
2000
)
"
Are
Returns
to
Investment
Lower
for
the
Poor
?
Human
and
Physical
Capital
Interactions
in
Rural
Vietnam
.
"
World
Bank
Policy
Research
Working
Paper
2425
,
shows
evidence
of
lower
returns
to
formal
sector
investments
(
irrigation
is
her
specific
example
)
for
the
less
educated
.
Lundberg
and
Squire
(
2000
)
"
The
Simultaneous
Evolution
of
Growth
and
Inequality
"
World
Bank
mimeo
cited
by
Easterly
find
that
the
bottom
quintile
are
the
only
quintile
out
to
benefit
from
trade
openness
.
The
poor
may
be
geographically
isolated
from
the
formal
economy
,
which
may
be
exacerbated
by
poor
infrastructure
.
Whatever
the
distorting
or
initial
endowment
at
work
,
the
individuals
who
are
poor
may
be
ill
-
placed
to
take
advantage
of
new
opportunities
created
by
SAPs
,
just
as
they
may
suffer
less
from
the
destruction
of
old
opportunities
enjoyed
by
protected
sectors
prior
to
SAP
.
The
effects
of
BWI
SAPs
on
policies
,
as
mandated
from
the
top
,
are
usually
limited
to
highly
visible
macroeconomic
indicators
the
fiscal
balance
and
devaluation
(
expenditure
-
reducing
and
expenditure
-
switching
policies
)
.
Again
,
these
seem
more
likely
to
affect
the
formal
rather
than
the
informal
sector
in
economies
growing
under
homegrown
reform
programs
,
where
government
ownership
create
stronger
motivation
for
genuine
change
.
For
example
,
China
over
the
last
two
decades
had
only
3
ALs
in
the
80s
and
none
in
the
90s
and
is
a
good
example
of
the
type
of
homegrown
reform
that
includes
a
more
sweeping
transformation
of
incentives
affecting
formal
and
informal
sectors
.
Easterly
s
main
finding
is
that
BWIs
AL
lowers
the
growth
elasticity
of
poverty
,
that
is
the
amount
of
change
in
poverty
rates
for
a
given
amount
of
growth
.
Economic
expansions
benefit
the
poor
less
under
SAP
,
but
at
the
same
time
economic
contraction
hurt
the
poor
less
.
Possible
explanations
of
this
finding
include
:
BWI
conditionality
may
be
less
austere
when
lending
occurs
during
an
economic
contraction
,
while
conditionality
may
require
more
micro
adjustment
during
an
expansion
.
If
macro
adjustment
disproportionately
hurt
the
poor
say
because
fiscal
discipline
,
for
example
,
is
implemented
through
increasing
regressive
taxes
like
sales
taxes
or
decreasing
progressive
spending
like
transfers
then
we
get
the
result
that
AL
lowers
the
elasticity
of
poverty
.
BWI
conditionality
may
itself
cause
an
expansion
or
contraction
in
aggregate
output
depending
on
the
composition
of
the
SAP
but
not
affects
the
poor
very
much
.
For
example
,
the
poor
may
mainly
derive
their
income
from
informal
sector
and
subsistence
activities
,
which
are
not
affected
much
by
fiscal
policy
changes
or
adjustments
in
other
macro
policies
.
SAP
packages
usually
imply
some
previously
favoured
formal
sector
activities
may
contract
while
other
formal
sector
activities
newly
formed
can
expand
.
The
net
effect
may
be
overall
contraction
or
expansion
,
depending
on
the
initial
sizes
of
the
declining
and
expanding
sectors
and
the
specific
policy
measures
in
the
SAP
.
However
,
if
the
poor
are
not
tightly
linked
to
either
the
expanding
or
contracting
formal
sector
,
the
amount
of
parity
change
for
a
given
amount
of
output
change
may
not
be
very
high
under
SAP
.
An
expansion
or
contraction
in
the
absence
of
AL
,
on
the
other
hand
,
may
reflect
economy
-
wide
factors
that
lift
or
sink
all
boats
.
Beyond
the
important
distinction
between
structural
adjustment
policies
ALs
with
their
own
special
features
which
may
or
may
not
promote
and
which
moreover
,
are
found
to
lower
the
growth
elasticity
of
poverty
,
there
is
the
fact
that
growth
and
welfare
are
not
the
same
thing
.
The
main
problems
with
economic
growth
as
measure
of
welfare
include
the
following
:
the
empirically
identifiable
effect
of
policies
at
the
rate
of
growth
especially
over
short
intervals
could
be
different
from
their
effects
on
levels
of
income
(
see
Easterly
February
2001
)
;
levels
of
per
capita
income
may
not
be
good
indicators
of
welfare
because
they
do
not
capture
the
distribution
of
income
or
the
levels
of
access
to
primary
good
and
basic
capabilities
;
and
high
growth
rates
of
the
economy
could
be
associated
with
suboptimally
low
levels
of
current
consumption
.
As
Rodrik
cautions
,
the
welfare
implications
of
empirical
results
regarding
the
link
between
trade
policy
and
growth
be
they
positive
or
negative
must
be
treated
with
great
caution
.
Trade
policies
can
be
positive
effects
on
welfare
without
affecting
the
rate
of
economic
growth
.
Conversely
,
even
if
policies
that
restrict
international
trade
were
to
reduce
economic
growth
,
it
does
not
follow
that
they
would
necessarily
reduce
the
level
of
welfare
.
Negative
coefficients
on
policy
variables
in
growth
regressions
(
leaving
the
mis
-
specification
problems
discussed
in
Easterly
February
2001
aside
)
are
commonly
interpreted
as
indicating
that
the
policies
in
question
are
normatively
undesirable
.
Strictly
speaking
,
such
inferences
are
invalid
.
Widening
income
gaps
"
are
helping
to
feed
a
backlash
against
globalisation
around
the
world
"
.
These
widening
income
gaps
are
particularly
noticeable
outside
the
United
States
where
middle
classes
tend
to
be
much
smaller
and
where
antimonopoly
and
other
income
-
equalizing
laws
are
less
stringent
.
This
is
one
of
the
central
economic
dilemmas
of
the
globalisation
system
:
the
Golden
Straightjacket
,
the
Electronic
Herd
,
free
markets
and
free
trade
produce
far
greater
(
world
incomes
)
.
That
is
a
fact
.
But
that
income
is
highly
unequally
distributed
(
among
countries
and
within
countries
)
and
the
whole
let
-
her
-
rip
capitalism
that
comes
with
it
is
enormously
socially
disruptive
.
Admittedly
,
this
cannot
be
a
good
case
to
stick
with
a
closed
,
regulated
,
bureaucratically
run
economy
.
In
a
globalised
world
economy
,
this
would
impoverish
society
as
a
whole
which
could
be
even
more
socially
disruptive
without
generating
any
of
the
resources
which
could
,
at
least
in
principle
,
be
used
to
ameliorate
the
conditions
of
those
left
behind
.
There
was
indeed
little
in
the
way
of
income
gaps
in
Fidel
Castro
s
socialist
Cuba
in
the
1990s
(
when
poverty
was
deepening
in
SAP
economies
)
.
But
"
the
society
as
a
whole
became
so
poor
that
Cuba
in
the
mid
-
1990s
became
the
sex
tourism
capital
of
the
western
hemisphere
as
thousands
of
Cuban
families
had
to
assign
a
wife
or
daughter
to
take
up
prostitution
to
earn
hard
currency
to
survive
(
Thomas
Friedman
.
Lexus
,
p
.
318
)
.
In
the
long
run
,
these
income
gaps
,
if
they
continue
to
widen
,
could
turn
out
to
be
globalisation
s
Achilles
heels
.
There
is
something
inherently
unstable
about
a
world
that
is
being
knitted
together
tighter
and
tighter
by
technology
,
markets
and
telecommunication
,
while
splitting
apart
wider
and
wider
socially
and
economically
,
Friedman
concludes
.
One
of
the
most
serious
by
-
products
of
plugging
into
the
globalisation
system
is
clearly
this
phenomenon
of
increasing
inequality
.
Friedman
s
Lexus
provides
evidence
that
the
two
decades
of
the
80s
and
90s
were
not
lost
only
to
SAP
countries
as
may
be
inferred
from
Easterly
(
2001
)
.
Friedman
observes
that
:
during
the
1980s
and
1990s
,
as
globalisation
replaced
the
Cold
War
system
,
income
gaps
between
the
haves
and
have
-
nots
with
industrialised
countries
widened
noticeably
,
after
several
decades
in
which
that
gap
had
remained
relatively
stable
(
pp
.
307
)
.
Reasons
typically
given
by
economists
for
widening
income
gaps
include
:
massive
demographic
shifts
from
rural
to
urban
areas
;
rapid
technological
changes
that
increasingly
reward
knowledge
or
skilled
workers
over
the
less
skilled
;
the
decline
of
unions
;
the
shift
in
manufacturing
from
high
to
low
wage
location
;
and
rising
immigration
from
less
developed
,
low
-
wage
economies
.
While
all
these
factors
matter
,
in
the
context
of
the
globalised
world
economy
of
the
80s
and
90s
Friedman
considers
the
phenomenon
of
"
winner
take
all
"
to
be
most
relevant
and
important
.
The
phenomenon
refers
to
the
fact
that
"
the
winners
in
any
field
today
can
cash
in
because
they
can
sell
into
this
massive
global
marketplace
,
while
those
who
are
just
a
little
less
talented
,
or
not
skilled
at
all
,
are
limited
to
selling
in
just
their
local
market
(
and
even
that
cannot
be
taken
for
granted
)
and
therefore
tend
to
make
a
lot
,
lot
less
"
.
He
cites
the
book
The
Winner
-
Take
-
All
Society
in
which
the
authors
,
economists
Robert
H
.
Frank
and
Philip
J
.
Cook
,
point
out
that
globalization
"
has
played
an
important
role
in
the
expansion
of
inequality
"
by
creating
a
winner
-
take
-
all
market
for
the
globe
.
And
with
trade
barriers
and
tariffs
being
reduced
or
eliminated
all
over
the
earth
,
travel
costs
being
slashed
,
internal
markets
being
deregulated
and
information
now
being
freely
and
cheaply
disseminated
across
borders
,
a
unified
globe
market
is
being
created
in
many
industries
and
professions
.
"
In
the
global
village
"
,
write
Frank
and
Cook
,
"
the
top
players
those
who
can
deliver
the
best
product
can
earn
enormous
profits
"
,
while
those
with
only
marginally
inferior
skills
will
often
do
much
less
well
,
and
those
with
low
or
no
skills
will
do
very
poorly
.
Therefore
the
gap
between
first
place
and
second
place
grows
larger
,
and
the
gap
between
first
place
and
last
place
becomes
staggering
.
Those
near
the
top
get
a
disproportionate
share
.
The
more
that
different
markets
get
globalised
and
become
winner
-
take
-
all
markets
,
the
more
inequality
expands
between
countries
as
well
as
within
countries
.
These
inequalities
are
becoming
the
most
disturbing
social
by
-
products
of
the
system
.
According
to
the
1999
UN
Human
Development
Report
,
the
fifth
of
the
world
s
people
living
in
the
highest
-
income
countries
has
86
%
of
world
GDP
,
82
%
of
world
export
markets
,
68
%
of
FDI
and
74
%
of
world
telephone
lines
.
The
bottom
fifth
,
in
the
poorest
countries
,
has
about
1
%
in
each
of
these
sectors
.
Not
surprisingly
,
the
wealthiest
fifth
consume
45
%
of
all
meat
and
fish
,
while
the
poorest
fifth
consume
less
than
5
%
.
And
the
gap
has
been
widening
.
A
host
of
consumption
options
have
been
opened
for
many
consumers
but
many
are
left
out
in
the
cold
through
lack
of
income
.
And
as
pressures
for
competitive
spending
mount
,
"
keeping
up
with
the
Jones
"
has
shifted
from
striving
to
match
the
consumption
of
a
next
-
door
neighbour
to
pursuing
the
lifestyle
of
the
rich
and
famous
depicted
in
movies
and
television
shows
.
Examples
of
wide
income
disparities
abroad
even
in
the
developing
world
Brazil
,
Egypt
where
500
,
000
live
inside
tombs
in
the
"
City
of
the
Dead
"
:
five
square
miles
of
cemeteries
in
the
heart
of
the
Egyptian
capital
.
In
contrast
,
ten
miles
away
is
the
newest
gated
golf
course
community
called
Katamya
Heights
.
Here
,
price
per
person
for
golf
,
including
transfers
to
/
from
Katamya
Heights
golf
course
:
$
165
per
capita
annual
income
in
Egypt
in
1998
was
$
1410
good
for
about
nine
rounds
of
golf
.
Thailand
is
a
country
sharply
split
between
an
urbanised
,
export
-
oriented
working
and
entrepreneurial
class
,
living
in
the
financial
and
manufacturing
centre
of
the
country
and
enjoying
many
benefits
from
globalisation
;
and
an
impoverished
,
inward
-
looking
rural
sector
which
,
though
indirectly
affected
by
globalization
,
has
little
understanding
of
it
and
sees
little
benefit
from
it
.
The
Thai
baht
crash
of
1997
brought
home
the
stark
lesson
how
this
gap
between
the
globalized
and
the
non
-
globalized
in
a
society
,
if
untended
,
can
widen
to
a
point
where
people
who
speak
the
same
language
cannot
understand
each
other
anymore
,
let
alone
feel
a
common
bond
.
Easterly
(
February
2001
)
examined
the
phenomenon
of
developing
countries
stagnation
in
spite
of
the
sea
-
change
of
policy
reforms
under
the
guidance
and
with
massive
resources
from
the
BWIs
.
He
noted
that
the
improvements
in
policy
variables
in
growth
regressions
marking
the
market
-
friendly
economic
policies
by
developing
countries
beginning
around
1980
.
Development
consensus
shifted
away
from
state
planning
towards
markets
,
away
from
import
substitution
towards
outward
orientation
,
away
from
state
controls
of
prices
and
interest
rates
toward
"
getting
the
prices
right
"
.
The
World
Bank
began
"
adjustment
lending
"
in
1980
,
which
was
lending
conditional
on
implementing
the
new
consensus
on
economic
policies
.
The
IMF
expanded
its
portfolio
of
conditional
lending
at
about
the
same
time
.
The
two
institutions
made
958
ALs
to
developing
countries
over
1980
98
.
Reflecting
poor
growth
performance
despite
policy
instruments
,
Paul
Krugman
(
1995
)
:
"
Dutch
Tulips
and
Emerging
Markets
"
Foreign
Affairs
,
Vol
.
744
,
pp
.
23
-
44
noted
that
"
the
real
economic
performance
of
countries
that
had
adopted
Washington
consensus
policies
was
distinctly
disappointing
"
.
Growth
projections
through
the
1980
98
period
under
review
,
expectedly
forecast
a
return
to
the
halcyon
days
of
the
1960s
and
1970s
.
For
example
,
the
1983
World
Development
Report
of
the
World
Bank
projected
a
"
central
case
"
of
3
.
3
per
cent
annual
per
capita
growth
in
the
developing
countries
from
1982
to
1995
.
The
pessimistic
scenario
was
a
"
low
case
"
annual
per
capita
growth
rate
of
2
.
7
per
cent
over
1982
95
.
Growth
regressions
have
had
considerable
success
explaining
cross
-
country
variation
in
growth
rates
,
"
and
thus
might
potentially
be
of
use
in
explaining
the
cross
-
time
variation
as
well
"
Easterly
(
February
2001
)
emphasis
added
.
The
key
right
-
hand
side
variables
of
choice
include
:
initial
income
,
primary
and
secondary
enrollment
,
political
instability
,
and
deviations
from
PPP
:
Barro
(
1991
)
"
Economic
Growth
in
Cross
Section
of
Countries
"
Quarterly
Journal
of
Economics
,
Vol
.
106
,
2
,
pp
.
407
443
.
Fertility
and
life
expectancy
(
as
additional
initial
conditions
)
.
Barro
(
1998
)
Determinants
of
Economic
Growth
:
A
Cross
-
Country
Empirical
Study
.
Cambridge
MA
:
MIT
Press
.
Macroeconomic
variables
like
budget
deficit
,
black
market
premium
,
and
inflation
rate
.
Fischer
(
1993
)
"
The
Role
of
Macroeconomic
Factors
in
Growth
"
,
Journal
of
Monetary
Economics
,
Vol
.
XXXII
,
pp
.
485
511
.
Financial
development
(
measured
typically
by
M2
/
GDP
)
Levine
,
Loayza
,
and
Beck
(
1999
)
"
Financial
Intermediation
and
Growth
:
Causality
and
Causes
"
,
World
Bank
Policy
Research
Working
Paper
2059
.
Real
exchange
rate
overvaluation
as
proxy
for
outward
orientation
:
Dollar
(
1992
)
"
Outward
-
oriented
Developing
Economies
Really
Do
Grow
More
Rapidly
:
Evidence
from
95
LDCs
,
1976
1985
"
Economic
Development
and
Cultural
Change
Vol
.
40
,
No
.
3
,
pp
.
523
544
.
Infrastructure
development
(
telephone
lines
per
capita
)
Easterly
and
Levine
(
1997
)
"
Africa
s
Growth
Tragedy
:
Policies
and
Ethnic
Divisions
"
Quarterly
Journal
of
Economics
,
November
.
Well
developed
institutions
Knack
and
Keefer
(
1995
)
"
Institutions
and
Economic
Performance
:
Cross
-
Country
Tests
Using
Alternative
Institutional
Measures
"
Economics
and
Policies
,
Vol
.
7
,
No
.
3
,
pp
.
207
227
.
Initial
inequality
Alesina
and
Rodrik
(
1994
)
"
Distributive
Politics
and
Economic
Growth
"
Quarterly
Journal
of
Economics
,
Vol
.
109
,
No
.
2
,
pp
.
465
490
;
Forbes
(
2000
)
"
A
Reassessment
of
the
Relationship
Between
Inequality
and
Growth
"
AER
;
Deininger
and
Olinto
(
2000
)
,
"
Asset
Distribution
,
Inequality
and
Growth
"
,
World
Bank
Policy
Research
Working
Paper
No
.
2375
.
Dependence
on
natural
resource
exports
a
political
economy
variable
said
to
deprive
countries
of
the
externalities
to
manufacturing
activities
and
lead
to
a
frenzy
of
rent
seeking
:
Sachs
and
Warner
(
1995
)
"
Natural
Resource
Abundance
and
Economic
Growth
"
NBER
Working
Paper
5398
;
Gylfason
(
2000
)
,
"
Natural
Resources
,
Education
,
and
Economic
Development
"
,
Centre
for
Economic
Policy
Research
Working
Paper
No
.
2594
,
October
.
Beano
and
Easterly
(
1998
)
"
Inflation
Crises
and
Long
-
run
Growth
"
Journal
of
Monetary
Economics
4
,
pp
.
3
-
26
found
no
robust
evidence
of
a
negative
correlation
between
inflation
and
growth
below
40
per
cent
per
annum
.
In
fact
they
found
that
the
cross
section
relationship
between
growth
and
inflation
is
zero
on
average
.
They
explained
this
by
the
pattern
of
sharp
output
declines
associated
with
"
inflation
crises
"
with
output
reverting
to
trend
after
the
end
of
the
inflation
crises
.
Barro
(
1998
)
finds
a
lower
breakpoint
of
15
per
cent
per
annum
,
below
which
there
is
no
significant
correlation
between
growth
and
inflation
.
In
the
1980
1998
period
,
the
median
per
capita
growth
of
developing
countries
in
the
Easterly
study
(
February
2001
)
,
was
0
.
0
per
cent
.
The
median
is
chosen
because
it
weights
all
countries
equally
,
which
is
appropriate
if
we
treat
each
country
as
an
observation
of
a
given
set
of
country
polices
and
characteristics
.
The
median
was
0
.
0
per
cent
for
both
the
80s
and
90s
taken
separately
.
The
weighted
average
growth
rate
showed
less
of
a
decline
from
the
1960
79
period
,
"
because
of
accelerated
growth
in
India
and
China
in
1980
98
.
It
is
also
noted
that
the
1980
98
figures
included
the
ex
-
Communist
countries
of
Central
Asia
and
Europe
that
had
strong
output
declines
.
Excluding
these
countries
,
however
,
still
leaves
the
median
per
capita
growth
for
the
1980
98
period
still
at
0
.
3
per
cent
.
The
two
"
main
possible
logical
explanations
for
the
failure
of
growth
regressions
to
explain
the
cross
-
decade
slowdown
"
given
by
Easterly
were
:
They
are
mis
-
specified
,
regressing
stationary
growth
rates
on
non
-
stationary
policies
and
initial
conditions
,
along
the
lines
of
the
Jones
(
1995
)
"
Time
Series
Tests
of
Endogenons
Growth
Models
"
Quarterly
Journal
of
Economics
,
Vol
.
110
,
pp
.
495
-
525
critique
:
coefficients
estimated
on
the
basis
of
cross
-
section
variation
field
time
series
properties
of
the
linear
combination
of
growth
determinants
that
are
incompatible
with
the
stationarity
of
growth
.
While
you
may
grow
faster
than
your
neighbour
if
your
secondary
enrollment
is
higher
,
your
own
growth
does
not
necessarily
increase
as
you
(
and
everyone
else
s
)
secondary
enrollment
ratios
rise
.
This
first
hypothesis
,
which
Easterly
could
not
rule
out
in
his
empirical
study
"
calls
into
question
many
empirical
studies
of
growth
"
.
Some
factor
other
than
country
characteristics
led
to
the
disappearance
of
growth
.
Easterly
provides
"
suggestive
evidence
of
another
factor
the
not
so
surprising
or
unknown
slowdown
in
growth
in
the
industrial
economies
"
.
This
slowdown
may
have
had
a
big
effect
on
growth
in
the
developing
world
.
A
secondary
factor
also
emanating
from
industrial
countries
was
the
rise
in
world
interest
rates
that
increased
the
debt
burden
of
developing
countries
.
Easterly
,
however
,
is
"
unable
to
demonstrate
a
clear
mechanism
"
by
which
these
external
shocks
translated
into
lower
growth
for
the
developing
world
.
"
A
variable
that
interacts
OECD
growth
with
the
share
of
OECD
trade
in
the
country
is
insignificant
,
for
example
"
.
The
possible
role
of
the
industrial
countries
slowdown
and
of
hikes
in
real
world
interest
rates
suggest
that
external
factors
need
to
be
given
more
attention
relative
to
national
economic
policies
.
Easterly
,
Kremer
,
Pritchett
,
and
Summers
(
1993
)
,
"
Good
Policy
or
Good
Luck
?
Country
Growth
Performance
and
Temporary
Shocks
"
Journal
of
Monetary
Economics
32
,
December
,
pp
.
459
483
,
made
an
earlier
argument
for
the
importance
of
random
shocks
relative
to
national
economic
policies
,
based
on
the
weak
cross
-
period
persistence
of
growth
rater
contrasted
with
the
strong
persistence
of
policies
.
Pritchett
(
1958
)
"
Patterns
of
Economic
Growth
:
Hills
,
Plateaus
,
Mountains
,
and
Plains
"
Policy
Research
Working
Paper
,
November
1947
also
on
"
plains
"
,
but
again
his
emphasis
is
on
cross
-
country
variation
rather
than
the
aggregate
performance
of
developing
countries
over
time
.
Rodrik
(
1994
)
"
Where
Did
All
the
Growth
Go
?
External
Shocks
,
Social
Conflict
,
and
Growth
Collapses
"
Journal
of
Economic
Growth
Vol
.
4
.
4
,
pp
.
385
412
,
examines
the
question
"
where
did
all
the
growth
go
?
"
His
findings
are
that
:
countries
that
lacked
a
social
consensus
(
proxied
by
ethrolinguistic
fragmentation
)
and
had
poor
institutions
(
which
together
with
fragmentation
he
summarized
as
"
social
conflict
"
)
suffered
a
strong
negative
impact
from
TOT
losses
.
It
is
important
to
note
,
however
,
that
Rodrik
s
regression
does
not
explain
the
mean
growth
itself
since
regressions
explain
variation
around
the
mean
rather
than
the
mean
itself
.
Even
countries
with
zero
social
conflict
on
his
measures
had
a
significant
decline
in
growth
.
Thus
Easterly
differs
from
Rodrik
in
his
investigation
of
the
mean
cross
-
time
pattern
of
growth
as
opposed
to
the
cross
-
country
variation
of
growth
changes
as
emphasized
by
Rodrik
.
Poverty
is
multidimensional
.
A
number
of
the
right
-
hand
side
variables
of
growth
regressions
examined
here
are
in
themselves
indicative
of
alleviation
of
poverty
in
dimensions
other
than
income
.
Easterly
s
results
can
therefore
be
interpreted
as
affirmation
that
income
poverty
is
neither
necessary
nor
sufficient
for
other
dimensions
of
poverty
.
Moreover
,
the
various
dimensions
are
not
necessarily
correlated
.
A
fundamental
economic
assumption
is
that
the
satisfaction
of
individual
preferences
gives
rise
to
individual
well
-
being
.
Economists
take
this
assumption
as
a
matter
of
faith
,
and
it
underlies
most
if
not
all
of
economic
theory
.
Politicians
,
and
indeed
the
general
public
for
that
matter
,
routinely
compare
countries
on
the
basis
of
GDP
per
capita
and
often
evaluate
our
own
economy
and
society
on
the
basis
of
household
disposable
income
and
the
distribution
of
income
.
However
,
many
of
the
important
aspects
of
well
-
being
are
left
out
by
such
simplifications
.
In
fact
,
economists
have
long
recognised
that
GDP
per
capita
is
not
a
reliable
measure
of
either
individual
or
social
well
-
being
,
because
market
values
do
not
encompass
all
the
important
economic
values
(
such
as
environmental
protection
)
and
because
market
values
that
do
exist
might
suffer
from
distortions
that
mask
underlying
economic
values
(
as
in
the
exercise
of
monopoly
power
in
the
market
)
.
More
generally
,
it
is
clear
that
many
important
aspects
of
well
-
being
could
be
left
out
by
a
simple
measure
of
welfare
.
1
.
Requirements
for
the
Importation
of
Drugs
,
Cosmetics
,
Medical
Devices
and
Household
Chemical
Substances
ELIGIBILITY
TO
IMPORT
Only
corporate
body
duly
registered
by
the
Registrar
-
General
’
s
department
and
duly
licensed
by
the
Food
and
Drugs
Board
shall
be
permitted
to
import
food
,
drugs
,
cosmetics
,
devices
and
chemicals
.
Additionally
only
registered
pharmaceutical
industries
,
wholesale
and
retail
pharmacies
will
be
eligible
to
import
.
Retail
pharmacies
will
be
permitted
to
import
quantities
for
retail
in
their
shops
only
.
Medical
doctors
,
dentists
and
veterinary
surgeons
may
be
permitted
to
import
reasonable
quantities
of
these
products
for
use
in
their
clinics
.
Governmental
,
Quasi
-
governmental
agencies
,
co
-
operate
bodies
and
Non
-
Governmental
Organizations
(
NGO
’
s
)
that
run
health
programmes
and
facilities
may
also
be
permitted
to
import
.
This
notwithstanding
importation
of
samples
for
registration
,
medical
promotion
and
/
or
clinical
trials
as
well
as
importation
of
specific
prescriptions
for
particular
patients
may
be
permitted
.
All
products
to
be
imported
into
the
country
must
first
be
registered
with
the
Food
and
Drugs
Board
under
Sections
18
and
25
of
the
Food
and
Drugs
Law
,
1992
(
PNDCL
305B
)
and
Section
4
(
b
)
of
the
Food
and
Drugs
(
Amendment
)
Act
,
1996
;
Act
523
.
PRODUCT
IMPORT
PERMIT
The
processing
of
an
import
permit
shall
take
ten
(
10
)
working
days
An
application
for
importation
may
be
rejected
for
several
reasons
.
This
may
include
:
When
the
product
(
s
)
to
be
imported
is
not
registered
with
the
Board
.
When
the
product
(
s
)
to
be
imported
has
potential
for
abuse
.
If
it
is
a
controlled
drug
,
when
the
national
quota
for
that
particular
drug
is
exhausted
e
.
g
.
narcotic
drugs
and
psychotropic
substances
.
If
the
product
(
s
)
is
found
to
be
fake
,
substandard
and
/
or
adulterated
.
The
following
shall
also
apply
to
all
permits
:
Permits
issued
for
importation
of
products
shall
be
presented
to
Customs
,
Excise
&
Preventive
Service
(
CEPS
)
ONLY
ONCE
and
shall
not
be
re
-
presented
for
a
second
time
in
case
goods
are
short
landed
.
Permits
issued
shall
be
valid
for
ONE
CALENDAR
YEAR
from
the
date
of
approval
.
A
fee
shall
be
charged
for
the
processing
of
each
permit
submitted
for
importation
.
The
level
shall
be
determined
by
the
Board
from
time
to
time
.
All
import
permits
shall
bear
the
full
name
and
address
of
the
exporter
and
importer
,
name
/
description
of
product
,
quantity
,
registration
number
of
the
product
(
s
)
manufacturer
/
country
of
origin
,
total
CIF
value
,
country
of
shipment
,
and
port
of
entry
.
For
drugs
,
the
permit
shall
bear
the
full
name
of
the
superintendent
pharmacist
,
his
/
her
signature
,
registration
number
and
date
.
For
non
-
pharmaceutical
companies
,
the
permit
shall
be
signed
by
the
duly
authorized
person
(
s
)
.
All
applications
for
importation
and
accompanying
proforma
invoices
shall
be
vetted
before
approval
.
Applications
which
are
found
to
fall
short
of
any
of
the
requirements
in
bullet
4
above
shall
not
be
considered
.
Products
imported
shall
be
inspected
by
officials
of
the
Food
and
Drugs
Board
at
the
port
of
entry
before
they
are
released
to
the
importer
.
The
above
notwithstanding
all
other
statutes
governing
importation
procedures
and
tax
liabilities
in
Ghana
shall
apply
to
imported
products
regulated
by
the
Food
and
Drugs
Board
.
All
importers
are
to
renew
their
company
license
with
the
FDB
annually
.
ACTIONS
ON
NON
COMPLIANCES
The
Food
and
Drugs
Board
may
apply
the
following
in
case
of
the
importation
of
unregistered
,
counterfeit
,
substandard
,
etc
.
products
after
detention
and
issuance
of
appropriate
detention
notice
.
RE
-
EXPORTATION
The
Board
may
order
the
re
-
export
of
the
products
at
the
cost
of
the
importer
.
DESTRUCTION
/
CONFISCATION
&
PROSECUTION
The
Board
may
confiscate
products
that
have
not
been
registered
under
the
law
.
These
products
may
be
destroyed
and
the
importer
prosecuted
accordingly
.
The
cost
of
destruction
shall
be
borne
by
the
importer
.
BRINGING
INTO
COMPLIANCE
The
Board
,
may
permit
an
importer
to
bring
an
importation
of
a
non
compliant
product
into
compliance
with
the
law
.
Any
sorting
,
processing
,
labeling
/
re
-
labeling
or
analysis
shall
be
supervised
by
an
officer
of
the
Food
and
Drugs
Board
at
the
expense
of
the
importer
.
Unregistered
products
shall
be
put
through
the
registration
process
and
the
appropriate
fees
paid
.
The
importer
shall
then
pay
a
fine
to
be
determined
by
the
Board
.
DOCUMENTS
REQUIRED
When
applying
for
a
permit
,
the
following
documents
shall
be
submitted
:
1
.
Three
(
3
)
copies
of
the
supplier
’
s
invoice
.
2
.
Three
(
3
)
copies
of
appropriately
filled
application
forms
.
BANNED
PRODUCTS
The
underlisted
drugs
are
banned
in
Ghana
and
cannot
be
imported
into
the
country
.
1
.
*
Iodochlorhydroxyquinoline
and
its
derivatives
(
0
.
1
-
0
.
5
%
)
2
.
Methaqualone
and
its
salts
3
.
Phenylbutazone
,
its
salts
and
derivatives
4
.
Secobarbital
(
Quinalbarbitone
)
5
.
All
Mercury
Based
products
6
.
Plain
Ephedrine
tablets
7
.
Hydroquinones
(
>
2
%
)
RESTRICTED
DRUGS
The
importation
of
the
finished
products
of
the
underlisted
items
is
not
permitted
.
Only
raw
materials
could
be
imported
for
local
manufacture
.
1
.
Capsules
:
Ampicillin
,
Chloramphenicol
,
Oxytetracycline
,
Chlordiazepoxide
,
Tetracycline
and
Indomethacin
2
.
Syrups
:
Chloroquine
and
Paracetamol
3
.
Tablets
:
Aspirin
,
Chloroquine
,
Diazepam
,
Paracetamol
,
Ephedrine
,
Phenobarbitone
,
Prednisolone
Dexamethasone
,
Folic
Acid
,
Vitamin
B
Complex
,
Paracetamol
/
Aspirin
/
Caffeine
combinations
,
Aspirin
/
Caffeine
combinations
,
Paracetamol
/
Caffeine
combinations
,
and
Paracetamol
/
Codeine
combination
.
The
FDB
may
grant
permit
for
the
importation
of
the
above
items
should
there
be
a
shortage
or
in
an
emergency
.
4
.
Products
containing
steroids
shall
not
be
permitted
to
be
imported
as
cosmetics
.
DEFINITION
:
“
PRODUCT
”
-
Any
article
that
is
regulated
under
the
Food
and
Drugs
Law
1992
(
PNDCL
305B
)
and
the
Food
and
Drugs
(
Amendment
)
Act
,
1996
(
Act
523
)
which
include
Food
,
Drugs
,
Cosmetics
,
Medical
Devices
and
Chemicals
or
any
articles
that
are
used
in
the
manufacture
of
these
.
*
NB
:
Failure
to
comply
with
these
requirements
shall
result
in
disqualification
of
the
application
or
lead
to
considerable
delays
in
the
processing
time
.
2
.
Requirements
for
the
Registration
of
Herbal
Medicines
ADMINISTRATIVE
STATUS
Name
of
specialty
.
Name
and
address
of
the
manufacturer
and
country
of
origin
.
Name
and
address
of
local
agent
if
the
medicine
is
imported
.
If
medicine
is
imported
,
certificate
of
manufacture
and
product
certificate
from
the
appropriate
regulatory
authority
of
the
exporting
country
shall
be
submitted
.
All
documentation
on
the
production
,
including
label
and
leaflet
insert
must
include
English
language
and
directed
towards
the
consumer
and
practitioner
where
appropriate
.
The
indicators
for
which
the
medicine
is
being
presented
for
registration
,
must
be
unambiguously
stated
.
Different
dosage
forms
should
be
considered
separately
and
registered
as
such
.
samples
submitted
for
registration
must
be
in
the
package
ready
for
sale
and
use
in
the
country
.
It
shall
be
the
duty
of
the
applicant
after
registration
of
the
medicine
to
keep
accurate
records
of
its
distribution
,
and
a
copy
of
these
records
shall
be
available
for
inspection
by
appointed
FDB
Officials
.
PHARMACO
TOXICOLOGICAL
DATA
This
should
be
provided
for
all
medicines
.
Collaborative
opinion
from
local
and
international
experts
may
be
sought
on
herbal
medicines
.
For
locally
manufactured
products
,
pharmaco
toxicological
reports
shall
be
requested
for
the
Centre
for
Scientific
Research
into
Plant
Medicine
,
the
Noguchi
Institute
for
medical
research
,
the
Faculty
of
Pharmacy
,
Kwame
Nkrumah
University
of
Science
&
Technology
,
Kumasi
-
Ghana
or
any
other
such
Institution
recognized
by
the
Board
.
TECHNICAL
REQUIREMENTS
Without
prejudice
to
the
generality
of
the
provisions
of
the
Food
and
Drugs
Law
PNDCL
305B
,
no
person
shall
sell
,
expose
for
sale
,
advertise
for
sale
or
submit
for
trial
any
drugs
for
human
and
animal
use
unless
such
drugs
have
been
registered
with
the
Food
and
Drugs
Board
in
accordance
with
regulations
in
Part
II
of
the
Food
and
Drugs
Law
PNDCL
305B
,
1992
Application
for
registration
of
herbal
medicines
shall
be
made
on
prescribed
form
.
The
Scientific
data
shall
include
:
Statement
of
the
name
under
which
it
is
proposed
that
the
medicine
will
be
sold
.
A
description
of
the
medicine
or
preparation
and
a
statement
of
the
botanical
name
of
the
plant
(
s
)
.
A
list
of
all
the
excipients
of
the
product
stated
quantitatively
,
the
specifications
for
the
active
ingredients
,
and
when
the
Board
so
requires
,
the
sources
of
the
excipients
.
The
method
of
manufacture
and
control
processes
used
in
manufacturing
,
and
packaging
of
the
medicine
.
Such
details
shall
be
treated
with
the
strictest
confidence
and
shall
not
be
disclose
to
any
other
party
without
the
expressed
consent
of
the
applicant
.
Test
of
finished
medicine
should
be
given
.
Reference
standards
and
method
of
assay
should
be
submitted
.
Detailed
reports
of
the
test
carried
out
to
establish
the
stability
and
safety
of
the
medicine
and
its
container
under
the
conditions
of
use
recommended
.
Where
applicable
,
substantial
evidence
of
the
clinical
effectiveness
of
the
medicine
for
the
indications
recommended
.
A
statement
of
all
the
representations
to
be
made
for
the
promotion
of
the
medicine
in
respect
of
:
the
recommended
route
of
administration
the
proposed
dosage
and
frequency
of
administration
the
specific
age
group
-
children
or
adult
the
indication
for
use
the
contra
-
indications
and
side
effects
of
the
medicine
antidote
in
respect
of
toxic
reactions
and
hypersensitivity
storage
conditions
date
of
manufacture
and
expiry
date
description
of
the
dosage
form
packaging
and
labelling
including
special
precautions
,
where
applicable
The
applicant
shall
also
be
required
to
submit
copies
of
the
following
requirements
:
a
method
of
analysis
of
the
preparation
an
acceptable
certificate
of
analysis
testifying
that
the
medicine
is
of
proven
quality
appropriate
samples
of
the
preparation
in
the
package
ready
for
sale
any
other
documents
to
support
the
registration
of
the
preparation
Stability
data
should
be
submitted
for
all
herbal
medicines
where
applicable
Precautions
,
interactions
,
treatment
of
overdose
and
use
in
pregnancy
and
lactation
must
be
clearly
stated
.
3
.
Requirements
for
Advertisements
(
General
)
These
requirements
apply
to
all
advertisements
on
Drugs
,
Cosmetics
,
Household
Chemicals
,
and
Medical
Devices
(
referred
to
in
this
document
as
''
product
''
)
imported
or
locally
manufactured
in
Ghana
.
GENERAL
REQUIREMENT
No
person
shall
advertise
any
product
in
Ghana
unless
the
product
has
been
registered
by
the
Food
and
Drugs
Board
of
Ghana
.
No
person
shall
advertise
any
product
in
Ghana
unless
such
person
(
s
)
has
clearance
certificate
and
approval
from
the
Food
and
Drugs
Board
of
Ghana
.
As
such
no
media
house
shall
carry
out
any
advertisement
in
the
print
or
electronic
media
unless
prior
approval
has
been
granted
by
the
Board
.
All
advertisements
shall
be
accurate
,
complete
and
clear
and
designed
to
promote
credibility
and
trust
by
the
general
public
.
Statements
or
illustrations
must
not
mislead
directly
or
by
implication
Advertisement
which
contravene
the
ethical
standards
of
the
health
and
other
professions
shall
be
avoided
.
No
advertisement
shall
bring
the
pharmaceutical
and
cosmetic
industry
into
disrepute
,
undermine
confidence
in
advertising
or
prejudice
public
confidence
in
medicines
(
herbal
orthodox
or
homoeopathic
)
,
devices
or
household
chemicals
.
No
advertisement
shall
unfairly
disparage
any
competitive
company
of
its
competitive
or
alternative
products
,
either
directly
or
by
implication
.
No
advertisement
shall
imitate
the
general
layout
,
text
,
slogans
or
visual
presentation
or
devices
of
the
advertisement
of
other
advertisements
from
other
companies
in
a
way
likely
to
mislead
or
confuse
the
purchaser
.
No
advertisement
shall
contain
any
competition
or
similar
scheme
.
No
advertisement
shall
be
framed
in
such
a
manner
as
to
exploit
the
superstitious
belief
and
/
or
induce
fear
to
people
to
purchase
the
article
or
service
advertised
.
Materials
for
advertisement
including
at
least
two
(
2
)
packets
of
the
pack
sizes
being
advertised
shall
be
submitted
under
confidential
cover
along
with
application
to
:
The
Chief
Executive
,
Food
and
Drugs
Board
,
P
O
Box
CT
2783
,
Cantonments
-
Accra
,
Ghana
.
The
advertisement
shall
be
received
at
least
six
(
6
)
weeks
prior
to
the
scheduled
publication
month
.
When
the
advertisements
are
submitted
through
the
regional
offices
,
it
should
be
noted
that
final
written
approval
shall
be
obtained
from
the
Chief
Executive
.
The
application
,
which
shall
be
submitted
by
the
sponsors
of
the
advertisement
,
must
contain
the
following
information
,
where
applicable
:
a
)
The
brand
name
of
the
product
b
)
Generic
name
of
product
if
any
c
)
Dosage
forms
available
d
)
Whether
the
product
is
imported
or
locally
manufactured
e
)
Name
and
Address
of
manufacture
f
)
Name
and
Address
of
local
distributor
g
)
Name
and
Address
of
advertising
company
h
)
Date
of
first
introduction
of
product
onto
the
Ghanaian
market
i
)
Information
about
any
previous
advertisement
of
the
product
in
Ghana
j
)
A
copy
of
the
old
script
k
)
The
proposed
media
for
the
new
advertisement
l
)
A
copy
of
the
registration
permit
of
the
product
and
the
premises
of
the
sponsor
m
)
Justification
for
any
special
claims
When
advertisement
films
are
made
,
the
script
and
story
sketch
must
be
submitted
along
with
the
application
.
The
effective
duration
approval
of
such
advertisement
will
be
one
year
from
the
date
of
approval
.
Any
alterations
in
the
format
of
the
approval
script
,
film
or
story
sketch
without
express
written
permission
of
the
Food
and
Drugs
Board
shall
render
the
approval
null
and
void
.
A
processing
fee
shall
be
paid
along
with
each
application
on
each
product
.
Advertisement
considered
unacceptable
by
the
Board
will
be
returned
to
the
advertiser
with
the
unacceptable
information
or
illustration
clearly
identified
and
clarification
on
the
ruling
through
correspondence
.
If
approval
of
advertisement
is
withdrawn
during
the
one
year
period
of
approval
,
an
appeal
may
be
directed
to
the
Chief
Executive
of
the
Board
in
writing
and
accompanied
by
supportive
information
.
Notice
of
such
appeal
may
be
lodged
with
the
Chief
Executive
,
within
thirty
(
30
)
days
of
notification
and
supportive
materials
provided
within
sixty
(
60
)
days
of
notification
.
In
the
event
of
any
publication
of
an
advertisement
not
cleared
and
approved
by
the
Board
,
the
sponsor
,
the
advertising
agent
and
the
advertising
media
organisation
are
jointly
and
severally
liable
to
be
prosecuted
as
laid
down
by
the
Food
and
Law
PNDCL
305B
.
Drug
General
General
advertising
should
reflect
an
overall
attitude
of
the
caution
in
respect
of
drug
usage
,
with
emphasis
on
rational
drug
therapy
;
it
should
provide
sufficient
and
balanced
information
to
permit
assessment
of
risk
/
benefit
.
No
drug
advertisement
shall
contain
offers
of
gift
or
refund
of
money
to
dissatisfied
users
.
No
drug
advertisement
(
for
both
prescription
and
over
-
the
-
counter
drugs
)
shall
state
or
imply
in
absolute
terms
or
by
quotations
taken
out
of
context
,
that
any
pharmaceutical
product
is
''
safe
''
,
''
non
-
toxic
''
,
has
''
guaranteed
efficacy
''
,
etc
.
Statements
claiming
or
implying
a
superlative
functions
(
e
.
g
.
''
the
drug
of
choice
''
,
''
most
frequently
prescribed
''
,
''
the
only
drug
for
the
purpose
''
,
etc
.
)
for
a
product
should
be
avoided
unless
they
can
be
adequately
substantiated
.
No
advertisement
for
any
drug
shall
contain
:
a
)
Any
false
misleading
information
b
)
Half
-
truth
,
inadequate
qualifications
and
limitations
regarding
safety
or
effectiveness
of
the
drug
c
)
Vague
,
unsubstantiated
statements
or
suggestions
of
superiority
competing
drugs
.
d
)
Any
false
impression
that
the
advertised
product
is
panacea
or
even
more
effective
or
safer
than
is
immediately
justified
.
Prescription
Drugs
No
person
shall
advertise
any
prescription
drugs
in
the
lay
press
.
No
person
shall
advertise
any
prescription
drug
in
a
health
professional
journal
unless
the
drug
itself
is
properly
labelled
,
with
the
following
information
a
)
Name
of
drug
product
-
(
non
-
proprietary
,
brand
name
or
chemical
names
)
b
)
A
quantitative
listing
of
all
the
ingredients
c
)
Indication
for
which
the
drug
is
intended
d
)
An
accurate
statement
of
the
dosage
and
strength
(
per
tablet
,
capsule
or
teaspoon
)
e
)
Daily
dose
f
)
Frequency
of
administration
g
)
Preparation
for
use
(
shaking
,
dilution
,
refrigeration
,
etc
)
h
)
Quantity
of
contents
in
metric
units
,
where
applicable
i
)
Expiry
date
,
storage
temperature
requirement
and
lot
or
batch
number
j
)
Route
or
method
of
administration
k
)
Adequate
warning
when
necessary
for
the
protection
of
the
user
as
provided
in
the
drug
labelling
regulations
.
l
)
Name
and
address
of
manufacture
.
If
imported
drug
,
the
name
and
address
of
local
distributor
must
appear
on
the
label
in
such
a
manner
as
to
identify
the
connection
between
the
distributor
with
such
drug
-
such
as
manufactured
for
....
,
distributed
by
......
or
any
other
wording
that
express
the
facts
.
Prescribing
information
must
be
legibly
presented
The
indications
for
use
of
any
therapeutic
agent
must
conform
to
the
accepted
product
monograph
and
approved
label
indications
approved
by
the
Board
.
All
data
illustrations
presented
in
advertisements
including
charts
,
graphs
,
tablets
etc
.
extracted
form
references
studies
or
other
sources
or
reproduced
by
artwork
,
must
be
accurate
,
complete
and
clear
with
the
source
specifically
identified
.
Data
illustrations
which
are
misleading
or
ambiguous
or
which
distort
the
original
intended
meaning
or
interpretation
either
directly
or
by
implication
will
be
considered
a
violation
of
the
Food
and
Drugs
Board
Advertising
Regulations
.
Advertisements
for
all
drugs
shall
present
information
that
is
reasonably
balanced
between
side
effects
and
contra
-
indications
and
effectiveness
and
safety
.
Advertisements
of
all
drugs
for
use
during
pregnancy
shall
state
any
known
effects
of
the
drug
on
the
pregnant
mother
,
foetus
and
lactation
.
Prescription
drugs
shall
be
advertised
only
for
indications
for
which
they
are
generally
recognised
as
safe
and
effective
and
for
which
the
drug
has
been
registered
by
the
Food
and
Drugs
Board
.
Advertisements
that
contain
specific
therapeutic
claims
must
contain
within
the
application
:
a
)
The
brand
name
and
non
-
proprietary
or
genetic
names
of
the
pharmaceutical
product
b
)
Therapeutics
classification
of
the
pharmaceutical
product
c
)
A
quantitative
list
of
the
actual
medicinal
ingredients
contained
in
each
dose
or
unit
d
)
Indication
for
use
e
)
The
recommended
dosage
,
methods
of
use
and
routes
of
administration
for
all
sated
indications
f
)
A
list
of
adverse
reactions
(
with
some
indications
of
expected
incidence
if
known
)
precautions
to
be
taken
by
health
professionals
,
consumer
and
the
contraindications
and
warnings
g
)
A
statement
that
the
product
monograph
or
full
prescribing
information
is
readily
available
from
a
stated
official
monograph
h
)
Full
name
and
address
of
manufacturer
and
the
distributor
in
Ghana
Claims
and
quotations
from
the
scientific
literature
concerning
efficacy
,
safety
,
adverse
reactions
,
use
in
a
very
young
children
,
use
in
pregnancy
etc
.
within
the
constraints
of
the
product
monograph
,
should
contain
mention
or
the
scientific
source
(
s
)
of
information
.
Copies
of
all
references
cited
should
be
provided
to
the
Chief
Executive
for
verification
.
Claims
based
on
,
or
quotation
that
have
been
selected
from
a
scientific
article
or
series
of
articles
and
emphasise
only
positive
features
while
ignoring
negative
findings
,
will
not
be
accepted
.
Claims
and
quotations
must
be
verify
by
the
Chief
Executive
.
Selected
quotations
should
not
be
refer
to
another
brand
of
the
same
pharmaceutical
entity
,
or
to
a
different
formulation
of
the
same
active
ingredients
unless
data
of
accepted
methodology
are
available
to
warrant
cross
reference
between
products
.
Over
the
Counter
Drugs
(
OTC
'
s
)
In
accordance
with
the
provision
of
sections
15
of
the
Food
and
Drugs
Law
,
PNDCL
305B
,
1992
no
person
shall
advertise
to
the
general
public
in
Ghana
,
any
drug
as
a
treatment
,
prevention
or
cure
for
any
disease
,
disorders
or
abnormal
physical
states
specified
in
schedule
2
of
the
Law
.
Over
-
the
-
counter
drugs
to
be
advertised
in
Ghana
must
be
properly
labelled
with
the
following
information
included
on
the
package
label
as
required
by
section
on
OTC
drug
labelling
regulations
:
a
)
The
name
of
the
product
(
proprietary
name
or
genetic
name
,
if
applicable
)
b
)
A
quantitative
listing
of
the
ingredients
c
)
The
conditions
or
uses
for
which
the
drug
is
intended
d
)
An
accurate
statement
of
the
dosage
strength
(
per
tablet
,
capsule
,
teaspoon
,
etc
.
)
e
)
Recommended
daily
dose
f
)
Frequency
of
administration
g
)
Route
or
method
of
administration
h
)
Preparation
for
use
(
shaking
,
dilution
,
refrigeration
,
etc
)
i
)
The
quantity
or
contents
in
metric
units
where
applicable
j
)
Adequate
warning
,
when
necessary
,
for
the
protection
of
users
k
)
Name
and
address
of
manufacturers
.
if
an
imported
drug
,
the
name
and
address
of
the
local
distributor
must
appear
on
the
label
in
such
a
manner
as
to
identify
the
connection
between
the
manufacturer
and
the
distributor
,
e
.
g
.
''
distributed
by
.....
''
,
or
any
other
wording
that
expresses
the
facts
.
l
)
Date
of
expiry
,
batch
or
lot
number
OTC
drugs
shall
carry
package
leaflets
with
complete
label
information
in
addition
to
the
contra
-
indications
if
not
already
stated
on
the
immediate
pack
.
The
labelling
must
not
contain
any
statement
,
which
is
false
,
misleading
or
exaggerated
.
If
the
bottle
,
jar
or
other
''
immediate
container
''
has
an
outer
wrapper
or
carton
,
the
outer
wrapper
or
jacket
must
also
bear
all
the
information
required
to
appear
on
the
label
itself
.
All
of
the
labelling
information
must
be
in
English
.
In
case
of
any
other
language
,
an
English
translation
must
be
included
.
All
advertisements
should
seek
to
advise
the
consumer
to
seek
medical
attention
within
48
hours
should
symptoms
persist
.
No
OTC
drug
advertisement
shall
:
a
)
Contain
words
such
as
'
magic
'
,
'
miracle
'
or
'
mystical
'
;
exotic
descriptions
such
as
'
super
potency
'
or
such
other
words
as
to
induce
the
daily
and
continuous
use
of
the
product
.
b
)
Imply
that
the
reader
,
viewer
or
listener
is
suffering
,
or
without
treatment
may
suffer
or
suffer
more
severely
from
any
illness
,
ailment
or
disease
.
c
)
Dramatise
any
symptoms
by
way
of
drawing
a
picture
of
pregnant
woman
,
patient
with
backache
,
or
use
throbbing
sound
like
heartbeats
,
coughing
or
agonising
cries
.
d
)
Denigrate
or
attach
unfairly
any
competitive
products
,
goods
and
services
.
DEFINITION
Drug
product
''
is
defined
as
a
substances
or
mixture
of
substance
manufactured
,
sold
,
or
presented
for
in
-
vivo
use
in
the
diagnosis
,
treatment
,
mitigation
or
prevention
of
a
disease
disorder
,
abnormal
physical
state
or
the
symptoms
thereof
;
or
restoring
,
correcting
or
modifying
organic
function
(
s
)
in
man
,
but
excluding
mechanical
devices
and
cosmetics
.
Rational
Drug
Therapy
''
is
defined
as
appropriate
therapy
,
recommended
or
prescribe
which
legally
may
be
expected
to
remedy
or
ameliorate
a
disordered
state
of
physical
or
mental
health
.
Drugs
may
be
logically
employed
for
diagnostic
and
prophylactic
purposes
to
prevent
or
lower
the
incidence
of
illness
.
Full
Disclosure
''
as
used
in
this
context
is
defined
as
adequate
information
concerning
the
accepted
indications
and
appropriate
use
of
the
product
,
indicating
warning
precautions
,
contra
-
indications
,
adverse
reactions
,
dosage
forms
and
dosage
regiments
.
The
therapeutic
,
classification
of
pharmaceutical
products
is
defined
as
either
the
accepted
pharmacological
classification
(
anxiolytic
,
diuretic
,
analgesic
,
antibiotic
)
or
the
identity
of
the
purpose
or
purposes
for
which
the
pharmaceutical
product
(
as
defined
)
is
intended
(
migraine
,
hypertension
)
or
both
.
Advertising
''
is
the
publicity
of
goods
and
descriptions
of
all
products
;
this
includes
any
form
of
notices
in
circulars
,
handouts
,
labels
,
wrappers
,
catalogue
and
pricelists
,
newspaper
,
magazines
and
any
other
documents
made
orally
or
otherwise
or
by
means
of
projected
light
and
sound
recording
.
Over
-
the
-
counter
-
drugs
''
are
those
generally
regarded
as
safe
for
the
consumer
for
use
by
following
the
required
label
directions
and
warnings
.
They
may
be
purchased
without
prescription
.
Label
''
means
a
display
of
written
printed
or
graphic
matter
upon
the
immediate
drug
container
.
Package
Labelling
''
includes
the
label
on
the
immediate
containers
plus
all
other
printed
matter
,
such
as
wrapper
,
carton
or
leaflet
associated
with
the
package
.
Prescription
Drugs
''
means
a
drug
which
can
only
be
made
available
to
consumer
through
a
written
order
signed
by
duly
qualified
and
registered
medical
practitioner
and
disposed
by
a
fully
registered
and
licensed
pharmacist
.
Such
drugs
shall
not
be
made
available
or
sold
directly
to
the
general
public
without
the
said
written
order
.
They
are
identified
under
the
scientific
or
chemical
names
or
their
active
ingredients
as
well
as
by
the
generic
,
or
established
names
of
the
active
ingredients
.
Appropriate
Authority
''
means
the
Chief
Executive
,
Food
and
Drugs
Board
.
Claims
''
a
claim
is
any
representation
,
which
states
,
suggest
or
implies
that
a
drug
has
particular
qualities
relating
to
its
origin
properties
,
nature
,
processing
,
composition
or
any
other
quality
.
Manufacturer
''
the
maker
or
producer
or
product
and
materials
for
the
purpose
of
selling
to
the
consumer
and
incorporates
the
following
processes
.
IMPORTANT
NOTICE
Under
the
Food
and
Drugs
Law
,
1992
P
.
N
.
D
.
C
.
L
305B
,
SCHEDULE
II
(
Section
15
)
,
Diseases
for
which
advertisement
for
treatment
,
prevention
or
cure
are
prohibited
-
(
i
)
Sexually
Transmitted
Diseases
(
STD
'
s
)
,
other
forms
of
genito
-
urinary
diseases
.
Acquired
Immune
Deficiency
Syndrome
(
AIDS
)
or
diseases
connected
with
the
human
reproductive
functions
.
(
ii
)
Any
of
the
following
-
Amenorrhoea
Arterio
-
Sclerosis
Bladder
Stones
Blindness
Cancer
Deafness
Diabetes
Diphtheria
Dropsy
Epilepsy
or
fits
Erysipelas
Gallstones
Goitre
Heart
Disease
Hernia
or
Rupture
Kidney
Stones
Leprosy
Locomotortazy
Lupus
Nephritis
or
Bright
'
s
Disease
Paralysis
Pleurisy
Pneumonia
Poliomyelitis
Scarlet
Fever
Septicaemia
Smallpox
Tetanus
or
Lock
-
jaw
Trachoma
Tuberculosis
4
.
Requirements
for
Conducting
Clinical
Trials
of
Drugs
in
Ghana
INTRODUCTION
In
line
with
section
twenty
-
three
(
23
)
of
the
Food
&
Drugs
Law
1992
,
PNDC
Law
305B
and
its
amendment
Act
523
,
1996
,
no
person
shall
in
the
course
of
business
manufacture
,
sell
,
supply
or
distribute
any
drug
or
chemical
substance
for
the
purpose
of
clinical
trial
or
drug
test
on
animals
or
humans
unless
a
Clinical
Trial
Certificate
or
Animal
Trial
Certificate
has
been
issued
by
the
Board
.
The
aim
of
this
guideline
is
to
define
the
general
norms
and
scientific
principles
for
the
conduct
,
performance
and
control
of
clinical
trials
particularly
in
the
context
of
registration
of
drugs
in
Ghana
.
For
the
purpose
of
this
guideline
,
clinical
trials
mean
systematic
studies
in
humans
in
order
to
discover
or
verify
the
pharmaco
-
dynamics
,
the
therapeutic
effects
and
/
or
adverse
reactions
of
drugs
,
and
studies
of
the
absorption
,
distribution
,
metabolism
and
excretion
of
active
substances
(
pharmacokinetics
)
.
APPLICATION
An
application
for
the
conduct
of
a
Clinical
Trial
shall
be
made
in
writing
to
the
Board
in
such
form
as
may
be
prescribed
from
time
to
time
.
The
application
shall
be
accompanied
by
:
Institutional
Review
Board
/
Independent
Ethics
Committee
Approval
Duly
Signed
Informed
Consent
Forms
(
Where
applicable
)
Comprehensive
Trial
protocol
CLASSIFICATION
OF
CLINICAL
TRIALS
Clinical
trials
are
generally
classified
into
four
(
4
)
phases
.
It
is
however
,
not
possible
to
draw
a
distinct
line
between
each
phase
and
diverging
opinions
about
details
and
methodology
do
exist
.
Brief
definitions
of
the
individual
phases
based
on
their
purposes
related
to
clinical
development
of
the
drugs
are
given
as
follows
;
PHASE
I
:
The
first
trials
of
a
new
drug
in
humans
is
often
conducted
in
healthy
volunteers
.
The
volunteers
must
be
of
age
and
in
good
mental
health
.
They
must
not
have
any
illness
which
could
affect
the
results
of
the
trial
,
or
which
could
create
special
conditions
for
unfavourable
effects
of
the
drug
.
The
purpose
is
to
establish
a
preliminary
evaluation
of
safety
,
tolerance
and
a
first
outline
of
the
pharmacokinetic
/
dynamic
profile
of
the
drug
in
humans
.
The
number
of
volunteers
participating
in
this
phase
of
clinical
trials
should
not
be
less
than
twenty
-
four
(
24
)
.
PHASE
II
:
Therapeutic
Pilot
studies
This
is
usually
an
open
trial
in
a
small
number
of
patients
suffering
from
the
disease
for
which
the
drug
is
intended
.
The
purpose
is
to
demonstrate
activity
and
to
assess
short
-
term
safety
of
the
drug
.
This
Phase
also
aims
at
the
determination
of
appropriate
dose
ranges
/
regimens
and
possibly
the
classification
of
dose
/
response
relationships
,
in
order
to
provide
an
optimal
background
for
the
design
of
wider
therapeutic
trials
.
The
trial
is
performed
in
a
limited
number
of
subjects
and
often
at
a
later
stage
in
a
comparative
(
e
.
g
.
placebo
-
controlled
)
design
.
Chronic
toxicity
studies
are
also
conducted
in
Laboratory
animals
at
this
stage
and
should
not
be
done
over
a
period
less
than
24
months
.
PHASE
III
Consists
of
wider
trials
to
determine
the
therapeutic
effects
of
the
drug
and
Possibly
the
pattern
and
frequency
of
adverse
reactions
i
.
e
.
determine
the
short
and
long
-
term
safety
/
efficacy
balance
of
formulations
of
the
drug
,
as
well
as
to
assess
its
overall
and
therapeutic
value
.
A
comparison
with
established
methods
of
treatment
or
other
control
group
procedures
will
be
necessary
.
The
pattern
and
profile
of
more
frequent
adverse
reactions
must
be
explored
(
e
.
g
.
clinically
relevant
drug
interactions
factors
leading
to
differences
such
as
age
,
etc
.
)
The
design
of
trials
,
should
preferably
,
be
randomized
,
double
-
blind
and
cross
-
over
.
Other
designs
may
be
acceptable
for
e
.
g
.
long
-
term
safety
studies
.
Generally
the
conditions
of
the
trial
should
be
as
close
as
possible
to
normal
.
PHASE
IV
:
Trails
are
based
on
approved
indications
after
registration
of
the
drug
.
These
trials
are
carried
out
based
on
the
instructions
given
in
the
marketing
authorization
(
minimum
number
of
persons
should
not
be
less
than
100
and
the
trial
period
not
less
than
14
days
)
,
including
post
-
marketing
surveillance
,
assessment
of
therapeutic
value
or
strategies
.
The
trial
should
also
be
comparative
.
QUALIFICATION
OF
INVESTIGATORS
Sponsors
who
want
to
conduct
a
clinical
trial
must
have
the
protection
of
health
and
the
interests
of
the
patients
or
the
healthy
volunteers
as
their
primary
concern
.
Therefore
the
principal
investigator
(
s
)
directly
in
charge
of
a
trial
must
be
medically
qualified
and
clinically
competent
,
with
sufficient
experience
in
clinical
evaluation
of
medicinal
products
and
/
or
at
least
some
expertise
in
the
pathology
and
the
clinical
handling
of
the
particular
disease
or
condition
under
study
.
In
effect
the
ethical
standard
and
professional
integrity
of
the
investigators
should
be
beyond
reproach
.
Ethical
Clearance
shall
be
sought
form
the
Institutional
Review
Board
/
Independent
Ethics
Committee
of
the
proposed
Institution
/
Center
where
the
trial
is
to
be
conducted
.
This
is
to
forestall
any
objections
that
may
arise
as
to
the
justification
of
the
trial
,
injury
,
permanent
damage
,
or
indemnity
as
the
case
may
be
.
TRIAL
PROTOCOL
A
well
-
designed
trial
must
rely
on
a
thoroughly
considered
well
-
structured
and
complete
protocol
.
The
protocol
must
as
much
as
possible
,
contain
the
information
given
in
the
following
list
of
items
:
-
1
.
Aim
of
the
trial
and
the
reasons
for
its
execution
.
2
.
The
essentials
of
the
problem
and
its
background
,
general
ethical
consideration
relating
to
the
trial
,
informed
consent
or
otherwise
of
the
patients
/
volunteers
.
3
.
Description
of
the
type
of
trial
(
controlled
,
open
)
trial
design
(
paralleled
groups
,
crossover
technique
)
,
blind
technique
(
double
blind
,
simple
blind
)
,
randomisation
(
method
and
procedure
)
.
Specification
of
other
bias
reducing
factors
to
be
implemented
.
4
.
Adequate
wash
-
out
period
should
be
predetermined
.
5
.
Number
of
patients
expected
to
take
part
in
the
trial
and
the
justification
,
(
e
.
g
.
based
on
statistical
considerations
)
.
6
.
Route
of
administration
,
dosage
and
dosing
schedules
(
interval
)
and
treatment
period
for
the
drug
being
tested
and
the
drug
being
used
as
control
.
7
.
Description
of
treatment
applied
to
control
group
(
s
)
or
control
period
(
s
)
(
placebo
,
other
therapy
,
etc
.
)
and
any
other
treatment
that
may
be
given
concomitantly
including
measures
to
be
implemented
to
ensure
the
safe
handling
of
the
products
.
8
.
Recording
of
effects
.
Procedures
for
handling
and
processing
records
of
effects
and
adverse
reactions
to
the
product
(
s
)
under
study
.
Records
of
times
and
periods
of
effects
.
Provisions
for
dealing
with
complications
.
9
.
Description
of
special
analyses
and
/
or
tests
to
be
carried
out
(
pharmacokinetic
,
clinical
,
laboratory
radiological
,
etc
)
.
10
.
A
meticulous
and
specified
plan
for
the
various
steps
and
procedures
in
order
to
control
and
monitor
the
trial
effectively
.
Specifications
and
instructions
for
anticipated
deviations
from
the
protocol
;
procedure
for
keeping
of
special
patient
list
and
patient
records
for
each
individual
taking
part
in
the
trial
and
measures
to
ensure
the
safe
handling
of
drugs
.
11
.
An
inclusion
and
exclusion
criteria
should
be
well
defined
as
per
HELSINKI
DECLARATION
.
12
.
Evaluation
of
results
,
Description
of
statistical
methodology
and
a
specified
account
for
how
the
response
is
to
be
evaluated
,
methods
of
computation
and
calculation
of
effects
(
statistical
units
and
level
of
significance
)
.
13
.
Reporting
the
outcome
of
a
clinical
trial
must
be
agreed
upon
by
all
participants
.
After
a
report
is
sent
to
the
Board
a
publication
in
scientific
journal
or
elsewhere
could
be
encouraged
.
Any
serous
and
/
or
frequent
adverse
reaction
to
the
product
should
immediately
be
reported
to
the
Board
.
A
formal
report
in
all
cases
is
required
and
this
should
include
a
short
,
comprehensive
summary
of
the
essential
findings
of
the
trial
and
of
its
methodology
and
course
.
If
the
trial
does
not
begin
,
or
is
interrupted
before
its
purpose
is
achieved
,
the
reason
should
be
conveyed
in
writing
to
the
Board
.
This
not
withstanding
,
the
Board
reserves
the
right
to
audit
and
interrupt
any
trial
for
which
authorization
has
been
given
as
and
when
necessary
.
Generally
the
reporting
of
CLINICAL
TRIALS
shall
conform
to
the
consolidated
system
of
reporting
Trials
.
(
CONSORT
)
All
clinical
and
experimental
data
should
be
kept
safely
for
a
period
of
3
–
5
years
(
or
more
)
after
completion
of
the
trial
.
14
.
The
types
of
clinical
trials
should
be
categorized
as
follows
;
a
)
Those
that
are
initiated
by
the
Food
and
Drugs
Board
.
b
)
Initiated
by
companies
/
agencies
for
newly
developed
substances
and
/
or
companies
wanting
local
assessment
to
be
made
.
In
all
cases
the
primary
end
-
point
of
the
trial
should
be
clearly
stated
.
15
.
In
all
cases
,
persons
who
undertake
Clinical
Trials
are
to
obtain
ethical
approval
from
Ethical
Committee
of
the
Institution
he
/
she
belongs
to
or
the
National
Ethical
committee
(
if
it
exists
)
.
This
is
to
forestall
any
objections
that
may
arise
as
to
the
justification
of
the
trial
,
injury
,
permanent
damage
or
indemnity
to
volunteers
as
the
case
may
be
.
§
Generally
,
the
Board
maintains
that
the
trial
protocol
be
based
on
the
HELSINKI
DECLARATION
.
Food
and
Drugs
Board
Clinical
Trial
Certificate
Name
of
Product
:
Protocol
Code
No
.
:
Study
Title
:
Type
of
Study
(
e
.
g
.
Single
centre
,
open
label
,
phase
I
)
:
Name
and
Address
of
Sponsor
:
Name
and
Address
of
Principal
Investigator
:
Name
and
Address
of
Study
Centre
:
Expected
Date
of
Commencement
:
Duration
of
Investigation
:
Please
note
that
any
amendments
to
the
original
protocol
on
which
this
certificate
is
being
issued
would
render
the
certificate
invalid
.
Adverse
reactions
observed
during
the
study
must
be
immediately
reported
to
the
Food
and
Drugs
Board
.
5
.
Requirements
for
Conducting
Bio
-
equivalence
Studies
Two
pharmaceutical
products
are
considered
bio
-
equivalent
if
they
are
pharmaceutically
equivalent
and
their
bio
-
availabilities
after
administration
of
the
same
dose
are
similar
to
such
a
degree
that
their
therapeutic
effect
can
be
expected
to
be
essentially
the
same
.
Pharmaceutically
equivalent
products
must
be
shown
to
be
therapeutically
equivalent
in
order
to
be
considered
interchangeable
.
Test
methods
used
in
assessing
equivalency
acceptable
to
the
Food
&
Drugs
Board
include
:
Comparative
bio
-
equivalence
studies
in
which
the
active
drug
substance
or
one
or
more
metabolites
is
measured
in
an
accessible
biological
fluid
such
as
plasma
,
blood
or
urine
(
where
applicable
)
Comparative
pharmaco
-
dynamic
studies
in
humans
Comparative
Clinical
Trials
In
-
Vitro
Bioequivalence
Studies
.
Bio
-
equivalence
studies
shall
be
carried
out
in
accordance
with
the
provisions
and
pre
-
requisites
for
a
clinical
trial
with
strict
adherence
to
Good
Clinical
practice
(
GCP
)
and
Good
Laboratory
Practices
(
GLP
)
(
Refer
to
Helsinki
Declaration
)
IN
VIVO
BIO
-
EQUIVALENCE
STUDIES
For
certain
Drugs
and
Dosage
forms
,
in
-
vivo
documentation
of
equivalency
,
through
either
a
bio
-
equivalence
,
a
comparative
Pharmaco
-
Dynamic
study
,
or
a
comparative
clinical
trial
shall
be
submitted
.
This
shall
include
:
Oral
immediate
release
pharmaceutical
products
with
systemic
action
when
one
or
more
of
the
following
criteria
apply
.
Indicated
for
a
serious
condition
requiring
assured
therapeutic
response
Narrow
therapeutic
window
/
safety
margin
;
step
dose
-
response
curve
.
Pharmacokinetics
complicated
by
variable
or
incomplete
absorption
or
absorption
window
,
nonlinear
pharmacokinetics
,
presystemic
elimination
/
high
first
pass
metabolism
>
70
%
Unfavourable
physico
properties
e
.
g
.
Low
solubility
,
instability
,
poor
permeability
etc
Documented
evidence
for
bioavailability
problems
related
to
the
drug
or
drugs
similar
in
chemical
structure
or
formulations
Where
a
high
ratio
of
excipients
to
active
ingredients
exists
.
Non
-
oral
and
non
-
parenteral
pharmaceutical
products
designed
to
act
by
systemic
absorption
(
transdermal
patches
,
suppositories
etc
)
Sustained
or
otherwise
modified
release
pharmaceutical
designed
to
act
by
systemic
absorption
.
Fixed
OTC
combination
products
with
systemic
action
.
For
non
Solution
pharmaceutical
products
which
are
for
non
systemic
use
a
comparative
clinical
or
pharmaco
-
dynamic
study
is
required
to
prove
equivalency
.
(
E
.
g
..
Oral
,
nasal
,
Ocular
,
dermal
,
rectal
,
vaginal
etc
.
application
)
.
This
does
not
exclude
the
potential
need
for
drug
concentration
measurements
in
order
to
assess
unintended
partial
absorption
.
*
The
number
of
volunteers
used
for
in
-
vivo
bio
-
equivalence
studies
should
not
be
less
than
24
.
INVITRO
BIOEQUIVALENCE
STUDIES
In
certain
circumstances
equivalence
may
be
assessed
by
the
use
of
in
vitro
dissolution
testing
.
These
include
:
Different
strengths
of
a
generic
product
,
when
the
pharmaceutical
products
are
manufactured
by
the
same
manufacturer
at
the
same
manufacturing
site
where
;
The
qualitative
composition
between
the
two
strengths
is
essentially
the
same
An
appropriate
equivalence
study
has
been
performed
on
at
least
one
of
the
strengths
of
the
formulation
(
usually
the
highest
strength
unless
a
lower
strength
is
chosen
for
reason
of
safety
)
and
the
ratio
of
the
strengths
of
excipients
are
the
same
.
In
cases
of
systemic
availability
pharmacokinetics
have
been
shown
to
be
linear
over
the
therapeutic
dose
range
The
drug
has
a
parameter
for
assessing
bio
-
equivalence
in
an
Official
monograph
recognized
by
the
Board
(
As
listed
as
reference
publications
in
Schedule
I
of
the
Food
&
Drugs
Law
PNDCL
305B
)
INSTANCES
WHERE
BIO
-
EQUIVALENCE
STUDIES
ARE
NOT
REQUIRED
When
generic
products
are
to
be
administered
parenterally
(
e
.
g
.
,
intravenous
,
intramascular
,
subcutaneous
,
intrathecal
administration
)
as
aqueous
solutions
and
contain
the
same
active
substance
(
s
)
in
the
same
concentration
and
the
same
excipients
in
comparable
concentrations
;
When
generic
products
are
solutions
for
oral
use
,
contain
the
active
substance
in
the
same
concentration
,
and
do
not
contain
an
excipient
that
is
known
or
suspected
to
affect
gastro
-
intestinal
transit
or
absorption
of
the
active
substance
:
When
generic
products
are
a
gas
;
When
the
generic
products
are
powders
for
reconstitution
as
a
solution
and
the
solution
meets
either
criterion
(
a
)
or
criterion
(
b
)
above
;
When
generic
products
are
otic
(
ear
)
or
ophthalmic
products
(
eye
)
prepared
as
aqueous
solution
and
contain
the
same
active
substance
(
s
)
in
the
same
concentration
and
essentially
the
same
excipients
in
comparable
concentrations
;
When
generic
products
are
topical
products
prepared
as
aqueous
solutions
and
contain
the
same
active
substance
(
s
)
in
the
same
concentration
and
essentaially
the
same
excipients
in
comparable
concentrations
;
When
generic
products
are
inhalation
products
or
nasal
sprays
,
tested
to
be
administered
with
or
without
essentially
the
same
device
,
prepared
as
aqueous
solutions
,
and
contain
the
same
substance
(
s
)
in
the
same
concentration
and
essentially
the
same
excipients
in
comparable
concentrations
.
Special
in
vitro
testing
should
be
required
to
document
comparable
device
performance
of
the
multisource
inhalation
product
.
For
elements
(
5
)
,
(
6
)
and
(
7
)
above
,
it
is
incumbent
upon
the
applicant
to
demonstrate
that
the
excipients
in
the
generic
product
are
internationally
acceptable
and
approved
,
and
in
comparable
concentrations
as
those
in
the
reference
product
(
Innovator
)
/
*
Lead
market
brand
.
In
the
event
that
,
this
information
about
the
reference
product
/
Lead
market
brand
cannot
be
provided
by
the
applicant
and
the
drug
regulatory
authority
does
not
have
access
to
these
data
,
a
full
Clinical
Trial
(
Phase
I
-
III
)
studies
shall
be
required
.
STUDY
REPORT
The
study
report
to
be
submitted
shall
include
the
following
;
1
.
Approval
issued
by
an
appropriate
Independent
Ethics
Committee
/
Institutional
Review
Board
.
2
.
Signed
informed
consent
forms
from
volunteers
used
for
the
Study
3
.
Demography
of
volunteers
used
for
the
Study
4
.
Bio
-
analytical
Validation
Results
5
.
Results
of
Analysis
·
T
otal
Exposure
or
area
under
the
concentration
-
time
curve
(
AUCt
,
AUC
0
-
¥
)
·
Peak
exposure
(
C
max
)
·
T
ime
to
peak
exposure
(
Tmax
)
·
Lag
Time
(
T
lag
)
for
modified
release
products
if
present
·
Terminal
elimination
half
life
·
Other
relevant
pharmacokinetic
parameters
6
.
Conclusion
Definition
:
Lead
Market
Brand
:
A
lead
market
brand
is
a
brand
that
shall
be
determined
from
time
to
time
by
Chief
Executive
of
the
Board
.
Pharmaceutically
Equivalent
Products
:
Products
are
pharmaceutically
equivalent
if
they
contain
the
same
amount
of
active
substances
in
the
same
dosage
form
;
meet
the
same
comparable
standards
and
are
indicated
to
be
administered
by
the
same
route
.
Pharmaceutical
equivalence
does
not
necessarily
imply
therapeutic
equivalence
as
differences
in
the
excipients
and
or
the
manufacturing
process
can
lead
to
differences
in
product
performance
.
NB
:
Failure
to
comply
with
these
requirements
shall
result
in
disqualification
of
the
application
or
lead
to
considerable
delays
in
the
processing
time
6
.
Requirements
for
the
Registration
of
Drugs
in
Ghana
IMPORTANT
NOTICE
No
drug
,
cosmetic
,
medical
device
or
household
chemical
substance
manufactured
,
imported
,
exported
,
advertised
,
sold
or
distributed
in
Ghana
unless
it
has
been
registered
in
accordance
with
section
18
of
PNDCL
305B
.
Notwithstanding
the
provisions
of
this
section
18
of
PNDCL
305B
,
the
Food
and
Drugs
Board
may
grant
a
permit
for
the
importation
or
manufacture
of
drugs
,
cosmetics
,
medical
devices
and
chemical
substances
(
drug
)
for
the
purpose
of
registration
or
clinical
trial
Application
for
the
registration
of
drug
shall
:
a
)
be
made
in
writing
to
the
Board
in
such
form
the
Board
may
prescribe
b
)
contain
the
particulars
and
description
of
the
drug
in
respect
of
which
the
application
is
made
c
)
be
accompanied
by
such
fees
as
may
be
prescribed
by
the
Board
from
time
to
time
ADDITIONALLY
The
presentation
of
the
product
should
not
have
any
resemblance
in
spelling
and
pronunciation
of
name
,
or
packaging
to
another
product
that
has
been
previously
registered
by
the
Board
For
generics
,
evidence
must
be
provided
to
the
effect
that
the
patent
of
the
innovator
company
has
expired
If
product
is
produced
on
contact
manufacture
,
evidence
of
the
contract
must
be
produced
and
a
Good
Manufacturing
Practice
(
GMP
)
certificate
provided
for
manufacturing
company
from
the
regulatory
authority
.
This
must
be
clearly
stated
on
the
label
,
e
.
g
.
Manufactured
by
A
for
B
All
samples
submitted
should
conform
to
labelling
regulations
in
force
in
Ghana
The
use
of
International
Non
-
proprietary
Names
(
INN
'
s
)
as
brand
names
are
not
permitted
.
Although
foreign
clinical
data
is
acceptable
,
the
Board
may
request
for
local
clinical
trials
based
on
the
WHO
guidelines
for
Good
Clinical
Practice
(
GCP
)
for
Trials
on
Pharmaceutical
Products
at
its
own
discretion
especially
for
products
meant
for
the
treatment
of
tropical
diseases
.
The
cost
shall
be
borne
by
the
applicant
.
The
Board
in
considering
an
application
:
may
ask
the
applicant
to
supply
such
other
information
as
may
be
required
to
enable
it
reach
a
decision
on
the
application
.
shall
satisfy
itself
that
there
is
the
need
to
have
the
drug
registered
in
Ghana
.
may
consult
with
other
bodies
and
experts
with
knowledge
in
the
drug
A
form
submitted
for
the
registration
of
drugs
under
these
regulations
shall
have
attached
thereof
:
-
samples
of
the
drug
as
may
be
prescribed
for
locally
manufactured
drugs
,
the
original
certificate
of
analysis
on
the
drug
issued
by
the
certified
public
analyst
for
imported
drugs
a
certificate
of
manufacture
and
product
issued
in
accordance
with
the
WHO
certification
scheme
on
drugs
moving
in
international
commerce
from
the
statutory
body
in
charge
in
the
country
of
origin
the
evidence
of
any
special
labelling
claims
of
the
character
,
quality
and
safety
of
the
drug
the
agreement
from
the
manufacture
to
register
the
drug
in
Ghana
Any
person
given
the
power
shall
be
required
to
satisfy
the
Board
that
he
/
she
has
the
resources
and
facility
to
execute
an
effective
recall
of
the
product
if
the
need
arises
.
Where
the
Board
is
satisfied
that
there
is
the
need
to
register
the
drug
,
it
does
so
and
issue
to
the
applicant
a
certificate
of
registration
,
subject
to
such
conditions
as
may
be
deemed
necessary
.
The
registration
of
a
drug
under
these
regulations
,
unless
otherwise
revoked
,
shall
be
valid
for
a
period
of
3
years
and
may
be
renewed
.
No
persons
shall
disclose
an
information
supplied
to
the
the
Board
in
pursuance
of
section
2
of
these
regulations
except
:
-
with
the
written
consent
of
the
persons
who
supplied
the
information
,
or
in
accordance
with
the
directive
of
the
Board
;
or
for
the
purpose
of
a
legal
process
under
the
PNDCL
305B
The
Board
may
cancelled
the
registration
of
a
drug
if
:
-
the
registered
drug
is
later
found
to
be
false
or
incomplete
;
or
the
circumstances
under
which
the
drug
was
registered
no
longer
exists
;
or
any
of
the
provisions
under
which
the
drug
was
registered
has
been
contravened
;
or
the
standard
of
quality
,
safety
and
efficacy
as
prescribed
in
the
documentation
for
registration
is
not
being
complied
with
;
or
the
premises
in
which
the
drug
or
part
thereof
is
manufactured
,
assembled
or
stored
by
or
on
behalf
of
the
holder
of
the
certificate
of
registration
are
unsuitable
for
the
manufacture
,
assembling
or
storage
of
the
drug
where
the
registration
of
the
drug
is
suspended
or
cancelled
,
the
Board
shall
cause
the
withdrawal
from
circulation
of
that
drug
and
shall
accordingly
cause
the
suspension
,
cancellation
or
withdrawal
to
be
published
in
the
Gazette
.
7
.
Requirements
for
the
Registration
of
Cosmetics
,
Household
Chemical
Substances
and
Medical
Devices
in
Ghana
The
Food
and
Drugs
Law
(
PNDCL
305
)
Section
51
defines
Cosmetics
,
Chemical
Substances
and
Medical
Devices
as
:
-
Cosmetics
:
-
Includes
any
substance
of
mixture
of
substances
manufactured
,
sold
,
or
represented
for
use
in
cleansing
,
improving
or
altering
the
complexion
,
skin
,
hair
,
or
teeth
and
includes
deodorants
and
perfumes
.
Chemical
Substance
:
-
means
any
substance
or
mixture
if
substances
prepared
,
sold
or
represented
for
use
as
:
Germicide
Antiseptic
Disinfectant
Pesticide
Insecticide
Vermicide
Detergent
or
any
other
substance
or
mixture
of
substances
which
the
Minister
of
Health
may
after
consultation
with
the
Board
,
declare
to
be
a
chemical
substance
.
Medical
Device
:
-
means
any
instrument
or
apparatus
including
components
,
parts
and
accessories
of
if
manufactured
,
sold
or
represented
for
use
in
the
diagnosis
,
treatment
,
mitigation
or
prevention
of
disease
,
disorder
or
abnormal
physical
state
,
or
the
symptoms
of
it
in
man
or
animal
No
cosmetic
,
medical
device
or
chemical
substance
(
called
product
under
this
context
)
can
be
manufactured
,
imported
,
exported
,
advertised
,
sold
or
distributed
in
Ghana
unless
it
has
been
registered
in
accordance
with
Section
18
of
PNDCL
305B
.
Notwithstanding
the
provision
of
(
1
)
above
of
this
section
,
the
Food
and
Drugs
Board
may
grant
permit
for
importation
or
manufacture
of
cosmetics
,
medical
devices
and
chemical
substances
for
the
purpose
of
registration
or
clinical
trial
,
where
applicable
.
Application
for
the
registration
of
a
product
shall
:
be
made
in
writing
to
the
Board
in
such
a
form
the
Board
may
prescribe
.
contain
the
particulars
and
description
of
product
in
respect
of
which
the
application
is
made
.
be
accompanied
by
such
fees
as
may
be
prescribed
by
the
Board
from
time
to
time
.
ADDITIONALLY
The
presentation
of
the
product
should
not
have
any
resemblance
in
spelling
and
pronunciation
of
name
,
or
packaging
to
another
product
that
has
been
previously
registered
by
the
Board
If
product
is
produced
on
contact
manufacture
,
evidence
of
the
contract
must
be
produced
and
a
Good
Manufacturing
Practice
(
GMP
)
certificate
provided
for
manufacturing
company
from
the
regulatory
authority
.
This
must
be
clearly
stated
on
the
label
,
e
.
g
.
Manufactured
by
A
for
B
All
samples
submitted
should
conform
to
labelling
regulations
in
force
in
Ghana
Products
that
are
cosmetics
but
which
are
intended
to
treat
or
prevent
disease
,
or
to
affect
the
structure
of
functions
of
the
human
body
must
comply
with
both
the
drug
and
cosmetic
provisions
and
regulations
e
.
g
.
Fluoride
toothpastes
,
acne
preparations
,
antiperspirants
and
sunscreens
.
The
Board
in
considering
an
application
:
may
ask
the
applicant
to
supply
such
other
information
as
may
be
required
to
enable
it
reach
a
decision
on
the
application
.
shall
satisfy
itself
that
there
is
the
need
to
have
the
drug
registered
in
Ghana
.
may
consult
with
other
bodies
and
experts
with
knowledge
in
the
drug
A
form
submitted
for
the
registration
of
drugs
under
these
regulations
shall
have
attached
thereof
:
-
samples
of
the
product
as
may
be
prescribed
for
locally
manufactured
products
,
the
original
certificate
of
analysis
on
the
product
may
be
required
,
where
applicable
the
evidence
of
any
special
labelling
claims
of
the
character
,
quality
and
safety
of
the
product
the
agreement
from
the
manufacture
to
register
the
product
in
Ghana
Any
person
given
the
power
shall
be
required
to
satisfy
the
Board
that
he
/
she
has
the
resources
and
facility
to
execute
an
effective
recall
of
the
product
if
the
need
arises
.
Where
the
Board
is
satisfied
that
there
is
the
need
to
register
the
product
,
it
does
so
and
issue
to
the
applicant
a
certificate
of
registration
,
subject
to
such
conditions
as
may
be
deemed
necessary
.
The
registration
of
a
product
under
these
regulations
,
unless
otherwise
revoked
,
shall
be
valid
for
a
period
of
3
years
and
may
be
renewed
The
Board
shall
from
time
to
time
publish
a
notice
in
the
Gazette
notifying
the
registration
of
products
under
these
regulations
No
persons
shall
disclose
an
information
supplied
to
the
the
Board
in
pursuance
of
section
2
of
these
regulations
except
:
-
with
the
written
consent
of
the
persons
who
supplied
the
information
,
or
in
accordance
with
the
directive
of
the
Board
;
or
for
the
purpose
of
a
legal
process
under
the
PNDCL
305B
The
Board
may
cancel
the
registration
of
a
product
if
:
-
the
registered
product
is
later
found
to
be
false
or
incomplete
;
or
the
circumstances
under
which
the
product
was
registered
no
longer
exists
;
or
any
of
the
provisions
under
which
the
product
was
registered
has
been
contravened
;
or
the
standard
of
quality
,
safety
and
efficacy
as
prescribed
in
the
documentation
for
registration
is
not
being
complied
with
;
or
the
premises
in
which
the
product
or
part
thereof
is
manufactured
,
assembled
or
stored
by
or
on
behalf
of
the
holder
of
the
certificate
of
registration
are
unsuitable
for
the
manufacture
,
assembling
or
storage
of
the
product
where
the
registration
of
the
product
is
suspended
or
cancelled
,
the
Board
shall
cause
the
withdrawal
from
circulation
of
that
product
and
shall
accordingly
cause
the
suspension
,
cancellation
or
withdrawal
to
be
published
in
the
Gazette
.
8
.
Requirements
for
the
Establishment
of
Industries
for
the
Manufacture
of
Drugs
,
Cosmetics
,
Medical
Devices
and
Household
Chemical
Substances
APPLICATION
All
applications
for
the
establishments
of
manufacturing
industries
shall
be
accompanied
by
a
site
plan
,
basic
floor
plan
showing
plant
installation
and
an
Environmental
permit
from
Environmental
Protection
Agency
(
EPA
)
in
Ghana
.
PERSONNEL
Qualified
persons
and
supervisory
personnel
in
charge
of
release
,
production
and
quality
control
shall
have
suitable
qualification
,
training
and
experience
in
the
product
to
manufactured
.
PREMISES
Manufacturing
premises
,
among
other
Departments
shall
have
Production
and
Quality
Control
Departments
,
which
shall
operate
independently
of
each
other
The
building
within
which
the
manufacturing
activities
are
carried
out
shall
be
constructed
,
equipped
and
maintained
for
its
purpose
.
EQUIPMENT
Manufacturing
equipment
and
utensils
must
be
of
such
design
,
placed
and
maintained
in
such
a
way
that
is
suitable
for
the
purpose
of
manufacturing
such
products
,
ease
of
cleaning
maintenance
and
use
.
SANITATION
Appropriate
sanitation
practices
shall
be
observed
within
the
manufacturing
premises
to
ensure
the
safety
of
product
.
Staff
shall
undergo
periodic
health
checks
to
ensure
that
they
are
healthy
at
all
times
Staff
shall
be
provided
with
appropriate
protective
clothing
,
which
shall
be
worn
at
all
times
RECORD
KEEPING
Appropriate
record
of
all
raw
materials
shall
be
kept
at
any
stage
in
the
manufacturing
process
.
all
batch
or
serial
record
shall
be
kept
for
a
minimum
period
of
five
years
to
meet
future
requirements
.
Separate
samples
taken
from
each
batch
or
series
in
sufficient
quantities
shall
be
kept
under
suitable
storage
conditions
and
monitored
until
expiry
.
Adequate
records
shall
be
kept
and
maintained
of
all
batches
produced
.
Records
of
complaints
on
product
quality
and
adverse
reactions
must
be
kept
and
investigated
.
The
Food
and
Drugs
shall
be
immediately
informed
of
any
such
incident
that
may
be
hazardous
to
health
.
PRODUCT
RECALL
The
industry
shall
have
a
well
laid
down
and
documented
recall
procedure
to
recall
any
product
for
which
there
shall
be
adverse
findings
,
a
copy
of
which
shall
be
lodge
with
the
Food
and
Drugs
Board
PREMISES
RE
-
LOCATION
In
the
case
the
production
premises
are
moved
out
of
their
present
building
,
the
Board
shall
be
informed
in
writing
and
all
the
requirements
set
out
by
this
guideline
shall
be
complied
with
.
SITE
MASTER
FILE
INFORMATION
General
Information
Factory
Location
Exact
location
and
bordering
institutions
and
the
effect
of
the
operations
of
the
institutions
on
the
factory
.
Product
List
Personnel
Organisational
Chart
Distribution
of
personnel
as
per
Departments
.
Responsibilities
of
each
Departments
Key
personnel
and
their
responsibilities
Health
of
personnel
policy
Protective
clothing
policy
Premises
Nature
of
building
/
structures
General
information
about
interior
surfaces
Drainage
system
and
effluent
discharges
Plumbing
work
Electrical
system
and
power
source
Ventilation
Water
system
Equipment
Type
Maintenance
/
SOPs
Quality
control
equipment
validation
and
calibration
Sanitation
Approved
and
documented
SOPs
Fumigants
,
rodenticides
and
registered
pest
control
operators
Effluent
discharge
and
treatment
Documentation
on
Production
Raw
materials
:
type
and
sources
,
quality
control
etc
In
process
quality
control
system
Finished
products
:
process
validation
Contract
manufacture
Distribution
,
complaints
and
product
recall
procedures
Internal
inspection
procedures
/
mechanism
Appendices
Organisational
Chart
Ground
plans
indicating
positions
of
various
equipment
and
facilities
Any
other
relevant
information
REQUIREMENTS
FOR
GOOD
MANUFACTURING
PRACTICE
Systems
of
quality
control
and
assurance
Qualification
of
Personnel
Design
,
Operation
,
and
Maintenance
of
building
equipment
Procedures
and
records
that
permit
tracing
the
lot
history
of
the
manufacture
,
packaging
,
and
distribution
of
the
product
Handling
and
control
of
raw
materials
,
process
aids
,
intermediates
and
finished
products
Product
containers
,
closures
,
and
labelling
Master
manufacturing
,
batch
production
,
packaging
,
and
distribution
records
Laboratory
and
inspection
controls
,
including
the
effect
of
process
changes
Product
stability
Systems
for
holding
and
disposing
of
returned
materials
and
rejected
products
Procedures
for
investigating
complaint
and
taking
appropriate
corrective
actions
STANDARD
OPERATING
PROCEDURES
There
should
be
a
comprehensive
system
so
designed
,
documented
,
implemented
and
controlled
and
so
furnished
with
personnel
,
equipment
and
other
resources
as
to
provide
assurance
that
products
will
be
consistently
produced
of
a
quality
appropriate
for
their
intended
use
.
In
every
process
,
no
matter
how
inconsequential
,
there
are
steps
to
be
followed
.
Each
step
taken
should
be
outlined
to
give
others
the
knowledge
of
how
the
operation
is
to
be
performed
.
verbal
explanation
can
be
misleading
.
The
only
method
of
instruction
is
a
written
standard
procedure
of
operation
.
Standard
Operating
Procedures
(
SOPs
)
should
be
written
in
instructional
form
and
in
clear
unambiguous
language
to
give
others
the
knowledge
of
how
the
operation
is
to
be
performed
e
.
g
.
cleaning
,
clothing
,
sampling
and
equipment
operation
For
consistency
,
a
specific
format
for
writing
SOPs
should
be
adopted
.
The
most
widely
used
format
is
one
,
which
divides
the
procedure
into
five
main
parts
.
Objective
Scope
Responsibility
Procedure
Review
and
Retention
Objective
This
section
should
explain
the
main
purpose
of
the
SOP
i
.
e
.
defining
whether
it
is
to
outline
the
method
of
operation
,
sanitation
,
maintenance
or
any
other
purpose
for
which
it
was
written
.
Scope
This
section
explains
the
limitations
in
the
writer
'
s
mind
i
.
e
.
does
it
apply
to
a
specific
piece
of
equipment
or
to
all
the
equipment
in
the
factory
?
Responsibility
In
this
section
,
responsibility
is
assigned
to
an
individual
or
group
to
assure
that
the
procedure
is
enforced
and
conducted
as
written
.
Procedure
Step
by
step
direction
are
given
so
as
to
be
understood
on
the
level
of
the
operator
to
eliminate
any
possible
misinterpretation
.
Review
and
Retention
A
statement
of
the
policy
regarding
review
should
be
made
and
a
listing
of
any
existing
revisions
,
their
dates
and
the
purpose
of
such
revision
is
given
in
this
section
.
Each
time
a
revision
is
made
,
it
should
include
:
This
web
site
is
best
viewed
using
a
JavaScript
enabled
browser
.
You
are
receiving
this
message
because
you
need
to
upgrade
your
browser
or
have
disabled
JavaScript
.
Click
your
choice
of
the
following
links
to
upgrade
to
the
latest
Netscape
or
Internet
Explorer
browsers
.
Click
this
link
if
you
would
like
to
find
out
how
to
enable
JavaScript
.
If
you
are
not
able
to
upgrade
or
enable
JavaScript
,
you
can
navigate
this
site
by
clicking
on
the
section
required
and
then
using
the
associated
text
menu
alternatives
on
the
left
hand
side
of
the
screen
.
The
other
functionality
enabled
through
JavaScript
relates
to
banner
advertisements
,
which
may
not
appear
if
JavaScripting
is
not
enabled
.
The
National
Commission
on
Culture
was
established
in
1990
by
Provisional
National
Defense
Council
Law
238
to
manage
from
a
holistic
perspective
,
the
Cultural
life
of
the
country
.
In
the
execution
of
the
aforementioned
,
the
National
Commission
on
Culture
is
enjoined
,
among
other
things
,
to
promote
the
evolution
of
an
integrated
National
Culture
,
supervise
the
implementation
of
programmes
for
the
preservation
,
promotion
and
representation
of
Ghana
tradition
and
values
;
and
perform
such
other
functions
as
may
be
prescribed
by
government
.
The
Cultural
Policy
Document
This
Cultural
Policy
Document
is
the
result
of
many
years
of
deliberation
and
discussion
at
several
workshops
and
public
forums
.
It
is
dedicated
to
the
realization
of
the
Vision
of
the
people
of
Ghana
to
respect
,
preserve
,
harness
and
use
their
cultural
heritage
and
resources
to
develop
a
united
,
vibrant
and
prosperous
national
community
with
a
distinctive
African
identity
and
personality
and
a
collective
confidence
and
pride
of
place
among
the
comity
of
Nations
.
Download
the
whole
document
by
clicking
on
this
link
....
Cultural
Policy
NATIONAL
FESTIVAL
OF
ARTS
AND
CULTURE
-
(
NAFAC
)
The
National
Festival
of
Arts
and
Culture
(
NAFAC
2005
)
would
be
celebrated
in
grand
style
in
Wa
,
the
Upper
West
regional
capital
from
November
17
to
26
,
2006
,
under
the
theme
“
Culture
–
a
vehicle
for
wealth
creation
”
Click
photo
to
enlarge
History
:
It
has
been
established
that
the
celebration
of
the
National
Festival
of
Arts
and
Culture
(
NAFAC
)
dates
back
to
the
1960
’
s
,
when
the
first
organized
festival
was
held
in
Kumasi
.
Read
More
...
KIDDAFEST
06
!
KIDDAFEST
06
!!
KIDDAFEST
06
!!!
Kiddafest
!
Kiddafest
!!
Kiddafest
!!!
The
Accra
International
Children
'
s
Arts
festival
bounces
back
big
this
year
to
put
the
smile
on
the
faces
of
our
children
who
are
our
future
leaders
.
DATE
:
15TH
_17TH
DECEMBER
2006
THEME
:
"
SHAPING
TOMORROW
THROUGH
THE
ARTS
"
.
TIME
:
10
.
00
A
.
M
-
6
:
00
P
.
M
.
DAILY
VENUE
:
NATIONAL
THEATRE
OF
GHANA
Read
More
...
First
Fontomfrom
Festival
The
Eastern
Regional
Centre
for
National
Culture
organized
the
first
Fontomfrom
Festival
this
year
.
Many
may
keep
wondering
why
Fontomfrom
Festival
.
Fontomfrom
is
the
only
court
music
and
dance
that
is
yet
to
be
polluted
with
foreign
gestures
.
Though
many
a
time
,
performers
are
seen
in
very
inappropriate
costumes
due
to
one
reason
or
the
other
.
The
Economic
Community
of
West
African
States
(
ECOWAS
)
was
established
on
28th
May
,
1975
,
in
Lagos
,
Nigeria
.
The
idea
for
a
West
African
Community
goes
back
to
President
William
Tubman
of
Liberia
,
who
made
the
call
in
1964
.
An
agreement
was
signed
between
Cote
d
’
Ivoire
,
Guinea
,
Liberia
and
Sierra
Leone
in
February
,
1965
,
but
this
came
to
nothing
.
In
April
,
1972
,
General
Gowon
on
Nigeria
drew
up
proposals
and
toured
12
countries
,
soliciting
their
plan
from
July
to
August
1973
.
A
meeting
was
then
called
al
Lome
from
10
-
15
December
,
1973
,
which
studied
a
draft
treaty
.
This
was
further
examined
at
a
meeting
of
experts
and
jurists
in
Accra
in
January
1974
and
by
a
Ministerial
meeting
in
Monrovia
in
January
,
1975
.
Finally
,
15
West
African
Countries
signed
the
treaty
for
an
Economic
Community
of
West
African
States
(
Treaty
of
Lagos
)
on
28th
May
,
1975
.
The
Protocols
launching
ECOWAS
were
signed
in
Lome
,
Togo
on
5th
November
,
1976
.
In
July
,
1993
,
a
revised
ECOWAS
Treaty
designed
to
accelerate
economic
integration
and
to
increase
political
co
-
operation
,
was
signed
.
ECOWAS
has
been
designated
one
of
the
five
regional
pillars
of
the
African
Economic
Community
(
AEC
)
.
ECOWAS
is
composed
of
the
following
West
African
Countries
:
Benin
Burkina
Faso
Cape
Verde
Cote
d
’
Ivoire
The
Gambia
Ghana
Guinea
Guinea
-
Bissau
Liberia
Mali
Niger
Nigeria
Senegal
Sierra
Leone
Togo
The
Headquarters
is
at
Abuja
,
the
Federal
Republic
of
Nigeria
.
Objectives
*
To
promote
co
-
operation
and
integration
leading
to
the
establishment
of
an
economic
union
in
West
Africa
in
order
to
raise
the
living
standards
of
its
peoples
;
*
To
ensure
economic
growth
;
*
Foster
relations
among
Member
States
and
contribute
to
the
progress
and
development
of
the
African
continent
.
Ecowas
Fundamental
Principles
*
Equality
and
interdependence
of
Member
States
;
*
Inter
-
State
co
-
operation
;
*
Solidarity
and
collective
self
-
reliance
;
*
Harmonization
of
policies
and
integration
programmes
;
*
Non
-
aggression
between
Member
States
;
*
Maintenance
of
regional
peace
,
stability
and
security
;
*
Peaceful
settlement
of
disputes
;
*
Respect
,
promote
and
protection
of
human
rights
;
*
Promotion
and
consolidation
of
democracy
*
Accountability
,
economic
and
social
justice
.
HOW
TO
ACHIEVE
OBJECTIVES
*
Harmonizing
,
co
-
ordinating
national
policies
and
promoting
,
integration
programmes
,
projects
and
activities
;
*
Promoting
the
establishment
of
joint
production
and
join
venture
enterprises
;
*
Establishing
a
common
market
;
*
Establishing
an
Economic
Union
through
adoption
of
common
policies
in
the
economic
,
financial
,
social
and
cultural
sectors
and
the
creation
of
a
Single
Monetary
Zone
;
*
Strengthening
relations
and
promoting
the
flow
of
information
among
civic
society
,
organizations
,
media
,
workers
,
and
trade
unions
.
Institutions
*
The
Authority
of
Heads
of
State
and
Government
;
*
The
Council
of
Ministers
;
*
The
Community
Parliament
(
Abuja
)
;
*
ECOWAS
Bank
for
Investment
and
Development
(
EBID
)
(
Lome
)
;
*
ECOWAS
Regional
Investment
;
*
West
African
Monetary
Agency
(
WAMA
)
(
Sierra
Leone
)
;
*
West
African
Monetary
Institute
(
WAMI
)
(
Ghana
)
;
*
West
African
Health
Organisation
(
WAHO
)
(
Burkina
Faso
)
;
*
ECOWAS
Gender
Development
Centre
;
*
The
specialized
Technical
Commissions
.
Authority
Of
Heads
Of
State
And
Governement
The
Authority
of
Heads
of
State
and
Government
of
Member
States
is
the
Supreme
institution
of
the
Community
and
is
composed
of
Heads
of
State
and
Government
of
Member
States
.
The
Authority
is
responsible
for
the
general
direction
and
control
of
the
Community
and
takes
all
measures
to
ensure
its
progressive
development
and
the
realization
of
its
objectives
.
It
undertakes
the
under
listed
functions
.
*
Determines
,
the
general
policy
and
major
guidelines
of
the
Community
,
gives
directives
;
*
Harmonizes
and
co
-
ordinates
the
economic
,
scientific
,
technical
,
cultural
and
social
polices
of
Member
States
;
*
Oversees
the
functioning
of
Community
institutions
and
follow
-
up
implementation
of
Community
objectives
;
*
Prepares
and
adopts
its
rules
of
procedure
;
*
Appoints
the
Executive
Secretary
in
accordance
with
the
provision
of
the
Treaty
;
*
Appoints
on
the
recommendations
of
Council
,
the
External
Auditor
;
*
Delegates
to
the
Council
,
where
necessary
,
the
authority
to
take
such
decisions
as
stipulated
in
the
Treaty
;
*
Refers
where
it
deems
necessary
any
mater
to
the
Community
Court
of
Justice
when
it
confirms
,
that
a
Member
State
or
Institution
of
the
Community
has
failed
to
honour
any
of
its
authority
or
has
abused
the
powers
conferred
on
it
by
the
provisions
of
the
Treaty
,
by
a
decision
of
the
Authority
or
a
regulation
of
the
Council
;
*
Requests
the
Community
Court
of
Justice
as
,
and
when
necessary
,
to
give
advisory
opinion
on
legal
questions
;
*
Exercises
any
other
power
conferred
on
it
under
the
Treaty
.
The
Authority
meets
at
least
once
a
year
in
Ordinary
session
.
An
extraordinary
session
may
be
convened
by
the
Chairman
of
the
Authority
or
at
the
request
of
a
Member
State
provided
that
such
a
request
is
supported
by
a
simple
majority
of
the
Member
States
.
The
Office
of
the
Chairman
is
held
every
year
by
a
member
State
elected
by
the
Authority
.
Council
Of
Ministers
The
council
comprises
the
Minister
in
-
charge
of
ECOWAS
Affairs
and
any
other
Minister
of
each
Member
State
.
The
Council
is
responsible
for
the
functioning
and
development
of
the
Community
.
Its
functions
include
the
following
:
Make
recommendations
to
the
Authority
on
any
action
aimed
at
attaining
the
objectives
of
the
Community
;
*
Appoint
all
statutory
appointees
other
than
the
Executive
Secretary
;
*
By
the
powers
delegated
to
it
by
the
Authority
,
issue
directives
on
matters
concerning
co
-
ordination
and
harmonization
of
economic
integration
policies
;
*
Make
recommendations
to
the
Authority
on
the
appointment
of
the
External
Auditors
;
*
Prepare
and
adopt
its
rules
of
procedure
;
*
Adopt
the
staff
regulations
and
approve
the
organizational
structure
of
the
institutions
of
the
Community
;
*
Approve
the
work
programmes
and
budgets
of
the
Community
and
its
institutions
;
*
Request
the
Community
Court
of
Justice
,
where
necessary
to
give
advisory
opinion
on
any
legal
questions
;
*
Carry
out
all
other
functions
assigned
to
it
under
the
ECOWAS
Treaty
and
exercise
all
powers
delegated
to
it
by
the
Authority
.
The
Council
meets
at
least
twice
a
year
in
Ordinary
Session
.
One
of
such
sessions
shall
immediately
precede
the
ordinary
session
of
the
Authority
.
An
extraordinary
session
may
be
convened
by
the
Chairman
of
the
Council
or
at
the
request
of
a
Member
State
provided
that
such
request
is
supported
by
a
simple
majority
of
the
Member
States
.
The
Office
of
Chairman
of
Council
is
held
by
the
Minister
responsible
for
ECOWAS
Affairs
of
the
Member
State
elected
as
Chairman
of
the
Authority
.
Community
Parliament
The
ECOWAS
Parliament
convened
in
May
,
2002
,
with
115
of
Parliament
representing
all
the
Member
States
except
Cote
d
’
Ivoire
.
Togo
,
Liberia
,
Cape
Verde
,
Guinea
,
Guinea
Bissau
,
Republic
of
Benin
,
the
Gambia
and
Sierra
Leone
have
five
(
5
)
Parliamentarians
each
;
Burkina
Faso
,
Mali
,
Niger
and
Senegal
have
six
(
6
)
Parliamentarians
each
;
Cote
d
”
Ivoire
is
entitled
to
seven
(
7
)
representatives
;
Ghana
has
eight
(
8
)
and
Nigeria
has
thirty
-
five
(
35
)
.
Membership
is
constituted
from
the
membership
of
the
national
parliaments
of
each
member
state
,
should
a
member
lose
his
/
her
seat
in
the
national
parliament
,
they
would
lose
their
seats
in
the
regional
parliament
.
The
ECOWAS
Parliament
is
situated
in
Abuja
,
Nigeria
and
at
present
only
acts
in
a
consultative
and
advisory
capacity
.
The
Speaker
of
the
ECOWAS
Parliament
,
Professor
Ali
Nouhoum
Diallo
,
has
expressed
the
intention
of
the
Parliament
to
acquire
legislative
powers
in
the
future
as
well
as
to
institute
directly
elected
representatives
.
Community
Court
Of
Justice
In
October
,
1999
,
ECOWAS
decided
to
establish
a
Court
of
Justice
following
a
two
-
day
meeting
of
Ministers
of
Justice
in
Abuja
.
The
Court
addresses
complaints
from
Member
States
and
institutions
of
ECOWAS
,
as
well
as
issues
relating
to
defaulting
nation
.
The
Court
is
a
permanent
institution
and
has
a
President
,
Chief
registrar
and
seven
judges
.
Excutive
Secretariat
The
Executive
Secretary
is
elected
for
a
four
-
year
term
,
which
may
be
renewed
only
.
The
current
Executive
is
Dr
.
Mohammed
Ibn
Chambas
of
Ghana
.
Specialised
Commissions
The
following
Technical
Commissions
are
established
within
the
Economic
Community
of
West
African
States
:
*
Food
and
Agriculture
;
*
Industry
,
Science
and
Technology
and
Energy
;
*
Environment
and
Natural
Resources
;
*
Transport
,
Communications
and
Tourism
;
*
Trade
,
Customs
,
Taxation
,
Statistics
,
Money
Payments
;
*
Political
,
Judicial
and
Legal
Affairs
,
Regional
Security
and
Immigration
;
*
Human
Resources
,
Information
,
Social
and
Cultural
Affairs
;
*
Administration
and
Finance
Commission
.
H
.
E
.
President
Mamadou
Tandja
of
Niger
currently
chairs
ECOWAS
.
Some
Achievements
Made
So
Far
Trade
,
Immigration
And
Customs
*
Creation
of
a
Free
Trade
Area
in
progress
*
Elimination
of
customs
duties
and
taxes
of
equivalent
effect
on
goods
and
approved
products
;
*
Removal
of
non
-
tariff
barriers
on
trade
of
goods
within
Member
States
;
*
Harmonization
of
trade
liberalization
scheme
between
ECOWAS
and
UEMOA
;
*
Establishment
of
the
Automated
Systems
of
Customs
Data
(
ASYCUDA
)
*
Implementation
of
Community
levy
.
Trade
Promotion
*
Organization
of
three
Trade
Fairs
(
1995
,
1999
and
2003
)
*
Creation
of
Trade
Opportunities
Management
Systems
(
SIGOATOPS
)
Free
Movement
Of
Persons
*
Abolition
of
Visa
*
Right
of
residence
and
establishment
*
Removal
of
roadblocks
and
security
checkpoints
*
Introduction
of
ECOWAS
Passport
*
Harmonization
of
Customs
documents
,
regulation
and
formalities
.
Tourism
Development
of
hotel
classification
system
for
West
Africa
.
Monetary
And
Financial
Matters
*
Harmonization
of
economic
and
fiscal
policies
*
Facilitation
and
liberalization
of
payments
*
Circulation
of
ECOWAS
Travelers
’
Cheque
*
Establishment
of
ECOBANK
*
Establishment
of
the
West
African
Monetary
Institute
(
WAMI
)
Transport
*
Establishment
of
ECOMARINE
*
Construction
of
the
trans
-
coastal
(
from
Lagos
to
Nouakchott
)
and
of
the
trans
-
sahelian
highways
(
from
Dakar
to
N
’
Djamena
)
,
a
total
of
9000
km
of
road
and
11000
km
interconnecting
roads
to
open
up
land
-
locked
countries
*
Establishment
of
ECOWAS
Brown
Card
insurance
scheme
*
Standardization
of
transport
legislation
in
Member
States
Agriculture
*
Establishment
of
seed
production
centers
in
nine
Member
States
*
Establishment
of
eight
cattle
breeding
centers
in
three
Member
States
*
Control
of
animal
diseases
*
Publication
of
“
pesticides
Bulletin
”
on
the
use
of
risk
-
free
pestcides
.
*
Publication
of
ECOWAS
Transhumance
Certificate
Industry
*
ECOWAS
Industrial
Master
Plan
*
64
projects
at
the
Investors
’
Forum
,
now
being
implemented
Energy
*
Master
plan
for
development
of
the
means
of
energy
production
and
interconnection
of
electricity
grids
*
Adoption
of
an
Energy
Charter
Treaty
Environment
*
Ban
on
movement
and
deposit
of
toxic
wastes
within
ECOWAS
Member
States
*
Control
of
the
spread
of
floating
weeds
Youth
,
Sports
,
Culture
And
Social
Affairs
*
Award
of
two
ECOWAS
Prizes
of
Excellence
in
African
Pharmacopoeia
(
1997
)
and
Literature
(
1999
)
*
Creation
of
the
Forum
of
Associations
Recognized
by
ECOWAS
(
FARE
)
*
Creation
of
socio
-
professional
organisations
(
women
,
youth
,
journalists
,
sports
,
economic
operators
,
etc
)
*
Institutionalisation
of
the
ECOWAS
African
Wrestling
Tournaments
Health
And
Drug
Control
*
Creation
of
a
single
West
African
Health
Organisation
(
WAHO
)
*
Adoption
of
harmonized
laws
on
drug
control
*
Establishment
of
ECODRUG
Fund
Gender
Issues
*
Creation
of
the
West
African
Women
’
s
Association
*
Adoption
of
an
ECOWAS
Gender
Policy
Education
*
Establishment
of
the
Decade
of
Education
in
West
Africa
(
DEWA
)
*
Adoption
of
an
ECOWAS
Protocol
on
Education
and
Training
.
Telecommunications
*
Connection
of
West
African
capitals
by
automatic
telephone
,
telex
and
telefax
links
through
the
Intelcom
1
Programme
*
Creation
of
the
Lome
telecommunications
centre
Peacekeeping
And
Good
Governance
*
Adoption
of
the
Mechanism
for
Conflict
Prevention
,
Management
and
Resolution
,
Peace
and
Security
*
Adoption
of
the
Protocol
on
Democracy
and
Good
Governance
*
Creation
of
a
West
African
peacekeeping
force
called
ECOMOG
-
end
of
eight
-
year
civil
war
and
organisation
of
democratic
elections
in
1997
in
Liberia
*
Restoration
of
peace
and
security
in
Sierra
Leone
*
Contribution
to
the
return
of
peace
in
Guinea
Bissau
and
Cote
D
’
Ivoire
*
Declaration
of
the
Moratorium
on
the
Importation
,
Exportation
and
Manufacture
of
Light
weapons
in
West
Africa
*
Destruction
of
weapons
in
Liberia
,
Sierra
Leone
,
Mali
,
Niger
and
Nigeria
–
mutual
assistance
in
criminal
matters
*
Adoption
of
the
Protocol
on
the
Fight
Against
Corruption
Fight
Against
Crime
*
Establishment
of
the
Inter
-
Governmental
Action
Group
Against
Money
Laundering
(
GIABA
)
in
Dakar
Prospects
*
Institutionalising
of
ECOFEST
(
ECOWAS
Festival
of
Arts
and
Culture
)
*
Interconnection
of
railway
lines
*
Harmonisation
of
ECOWAS
maritime
regulations
*
Harmonisation
of
telecommunications
policies
and
establishment
of
regional
regulatory
body
*
Implementation
of
Intercom
II
Programme
:
digitalisation
of
inter
–
state
link
using
new
technologies
and
provision
of
new
services
*
Energy
distribution
via
the
West
African
Power
Pool
*
Construction
of
a
gas
pipeline
from
Nigeria
to
Ghana
*
Creation
of
a
borderless
zone
*
Harmonisation
of
economic
and
financial
policies
*
Harmonisation
of
commercial
laws
*
Extradition
*
Adoption
of
ECOWAS
Convention
on
the
Recognition
of
Equivalence
of
Degrees
,
Certificates
and
other
Qualities
*
Introduction
of
a
single
tourist
visa
*
Establishment
of
observatories
on
bad
practices
along
West
African
corridors
*
Construction
of
joint
border
posts
*
Creation
of
an
ECOWAS
Radio
/
Television
Station
Chalenges
*
Consolidation
of
democracy
and
reinforcement
of
good
governance
*
Consolidation
of
regional
peace
and
security
and
sustainable
economic
development
*
Eradication
of
poverty
*
Greater
involvement
of
the
private
sector
in
integration
activities
*
Greater
involvement
of
civil
society
and
women
in
integration
programmes
*
Industrialisation
of
the
region
*
Protection
of
the
environment
*
Ensuring
food
security
in
the
sub
-
region
Some
Achievements
Made
By
The
ECOWAS
Division
In
Ghana
*
Two
hundred
and
twenty
(
220
)
Ghanaian
companies
and
over
three
hundred
(
300
)
products
have
being
admitted
to
the
ECOWAS
Trade
Liberalisation
Scheme
(
ETLS
)
.
*
Half
yearly
luncheons
for
ECOWAS
Ambassadors
and
High
Commissioners
have
been
instituted
since
2001
.
This
offers
an
opportunity
for
the
Ambassadors
and
High
Commissioners
to
discuss
trade
and
investment
within
the
sub
-
region
.
*
A
Technical
Committee
on
the
Interstate
Road
Transit
(
ISRT
)
under
the
supervision
of
the
National
Guarantor
(
SIC
)
has
been
formed
to
oversee
the
launching
and
implementation
of
the
ISRT
Convention
.
*
Bilateral
Talks
on
Trade
between
Ghana
and
Burkina
Faso
and
Cote
D
’
Ivoire
in
2003
were
held
to
promote
economic
co
-
operation
.
*
In
the
Ministry
’
s
determination
to
get
non
-
tariff
barriers
lowered
or
removed
for
Ghanaian
exporters
to
the
sub
-
region
,
it
successfully
organised
an
ECOWAS
Exporters
’
Forum
in
Accra
,
in
2003
to
identify
the
challenges
to
trade
in
ECOWAS
sub
-
region
.
*
The
Ministry
assisted
Ghanaian
Companies
to
participate
in
Trade
Fairs
in
Burkina
Faso
and
the
ECOWAS
Trade
Fair
in
Lome
.
This
was
an
avenue
to
showcase
made
in
Ghana
and
some
companies
have
testified
about
the
demand
for
their
products
.
*
The
Ministry
is
establishing
a
National
Approval
Committee
to
expedite
review
of
applications
of
companies
to
be
admitted
under
the
ETLS
.
The
period
required
for
the
registration
of
companies
to
the
ECOWAS
Trade
Liberalisation
Scheme
has
been
shortened
from
one
-
year
period
to
three
months
.
*
The
Ministry
successfully
hosted
and
participated
in
the
under
listed
ECOWAS
Statutory
Meetings
:
*
Regional
Poverty
Reduction
Strategy
Paper
,
6
-
7
November
,
2003
;
*
Launch
of
SIGOA
-
TOPS
Trade
Opportunities
Programme
,
10th
November
,
2003
;
*
Regional
Transport
Facilitation
,
10
-
12
November
,
2003
;
*
ECOWAS
Common
External
Tariff
,
12
-
13
November
,
2003
;
*
Donors
Co
-
ordination
meeting
on
NEPAD
,
14
-
15
November
,
2003
;
*
Ministers
for
Trade
and
Finance
Forum
,
17th
November
,
2003
;
*
Energy
Commission
(
Science
&
Tech
.
)
,
21
-
22
November
.
2003
;
*
ECOSTAT
Steering
Committee
(
Directors
of
Statistics
and
European
Commission
)
,
1
-
2
December
,
2003
;
*
Inaugural
Meeting
of
ECOSTAT
Project
(
Harmonization
of
National
Accounts
)
and
Price
indices
,
3
-
5
December
,
2003
;
*
Trade
and
Customs
Commission
,
4
-
6
December
,
2003
;
*
28th
Meeting
of
the
Administration
and
Finance
Commission
,
8
-
13
December
,
2003
;
*
Technical
,
Monitoring
Committee
(
Monetary
Co
-
operation
)
,
14
-
15
December
,
2003
;
*
51st
Session
of
the
ECOWAS
Council
of
Ministers
,
15
-
16
December
,
2003
;
*
Committee
of
Governors
of
the
2nd
West
Africa
Monetary
Zone
,
16th
December
,
2003
;
*
Meeting
of
the
Convergence
Council
,
17th
December
,
2003
;
*
Extraordinary
Meeting
of
the
Board
of
Governors
of
the
EBID
,
17th
December
,
2003
;
*
27th
Summit
of
the
Authority
of
Heads
of
State
and
Government
,
19th
December
,
2003
.
*
The
Ministry
has
established
an
Inter
-
Ministerial
Committee
,
under
the
Chairmanship
of
H
.
E
.
The
Vice
President
of
Ghana
,
to
implement
Bilateral
Agreements
reached
between
Ghana
-
Burkina
Faso
and
Ghana
-
Cote
d
’
Ivoire
in
October
and
September
,
2003
respectively
.
*
The
Ministry
has
carried
out
sensitization
programmes
on
the
2nd
Monetary
Zone
(
WAMZ
)
.
In
this
connection
,
a
public
forum
was
organized
at
the
University
of
Ghana
and
fifteen
appearances
were
made
on
radio
to
educate
the
public
on
the
introduction
of
the
common
currency
(
ECO
)
.
For
more
information
about
ECOWAS
,
visit
the
following
websites
Since
1998
,
ISODEC
has
been
working
with
the
District
Assemblies
of
Sekyere
East
,
Asante
Akim
South
,
Ahafo
-
Ano
North
in
the
Ashanti
Region
and
Jama
and
Asutifi
in
the
Brong
Ahafo
Region
,
to
develop
and
implement
a
three
-
year
(
1998
-
2001
)
Girl
Child
Education
Project
(
GCEP
)
aimed
specifically
at
promoting
the
access
of
the
girl
-
child
to
good
quality
and
enjoyable
education
,
especially
at
the
basic
level
after
piloting
the
concept
for
six
months
.
Both
the
pilot
and
the
first
phases
of
the
project
received
financial
support
from
the
Netherlands
Organization
for
International
Development
Corporation
(
NOVIB
)
.
These
were
supplemented
by
contributions
from
the
five
participating
districts
assemblies
.
The
Federation
of
Africa
Women
Educationists
(
FAWE
)
and
Alliance
also
provided
financial
and
skills
development
support
to
the
project
.
The
project
was
evaluated
after
two
years
of
its
implementation
.
The
findings
of
the
evaluation
coupled
with
recommendations
from
post
evaluation
meetings
ISODEC
held
with
key
stakeholders
,
including
annual
stakeholders
review
workshops
provided
inputs
for
formulating
approaches
for
the
second
phase
of
the
project
(
2001
-
2004
)
.
Under
the
second
phase
,
ISODEC
proposed
an
expansion
of
the
project
to
the
Northern
part
of
the
country
to
include
one
district
in
the
Northern
Region
and
two
districts
in
the
Upper
East
Region
.
Impact
of
phase
1
Phase
1
of
the
project
recorded
a
number
of
achievements
some
of
which
were
acknowledged
and
recommended
in
its
evaluation
report
.
Two
Girl
-
Child
Project
Units
were
set
up
in
the
Ashanti
and
Brong
Ahafo
regions
including
the
establishing
of
District
Management
Teams
(
DMTs
)
in
the
five
participating
districts
.
3
,
800
needy
but
brilliant
girls
received
scholarships
between
1999
and
2001
.
Out
of
this
number
300
completed
the
Junior
Secondary
School
(
JSS
)
and
50
completed
their
Senior
Secondary
School
(
SSS
)
education
.
Many
Study
Tours
and
holiday
classes
were
organized
for
a
cross
section
of
girls
in
the
districts
.
After
each
tour
,
the
participating
girls
organised
public
fora
in
their
respective
schools
to
share
their
experiences
with
their
mates
.
These
activities
were
highly
patronized
during
the
first
phase
and
generated
a
healthy
competition
among
the
girls
.
A
series
of
competitions
including
quizzes
in
Mathematics
,
English
,
Science
,
General
Knowledge
and
Drama
were
organized
for
the
schools
.
A
research
was
conducted
into
existing
laws
and
legislations
that
affect
girl
child
education
and
how
they
could
be
rectified
.
ISODEC
subsidised
the
supply
of
fuel
for
the
Circuit
Supervisors
in
the
districts
to
enhance
their
supervisory
work
in
the
schools
.
TVs
and
video
decks
were
acquired
for
all
the
districts
for
their
community
sensitization
activities
on
girl
-
child
education
,
entertainment
and
education
of
study
club
members
.
The
district
desk
officers
for
Girl
Child
Education
and
the
district
planners
were
trained
in
basic
computer
skills
.
Refresher
courses
were
also
organized
for
both
head
masters
and
teachers
,
district
guidance
and
counseling
officers
,
house
-
mistresses
of
boarding
houses
and
study
club
facilitators
.
Workshops
on
child
rights
and
gender
issues
were
organized
for
some
selected
stakeholders
and
girls
.
DMT
members
,
study
club
facilitators
were
also
trained
to
facilitate
the
participation
of
their
constituencies
.
Radio
talk
shows
on
the
education
of
the
girl
child
were
held
on
the
various
local
radio
stations
.
Presently
a
GCEP
scholarship
beneficiary
parents
association
has
been
formed
.
To
motivate
girls
to
enjoy
education
,
study
clubs
were
organised
for
them
to
improve
their
performance
in
class
.
Currently
there
are
ninety
[
90
}
active
clubs
.
The
activities
of
these
clubs
are
however
closely
monitored
to
achieve
its
intended
purpose
.
Challenges
The
evaluation
of
the
first
phase
of
the
project
revealed
that
one
of
the
greatest
challenges
of
the
project
was
mainstreaming
the
project
activities
into
the
core
activities
of
the
participating
assemblies
.
This
is
because
the
sustenance
of
the
project
lies
in
the
ability
of
the
Assemblies
to
completely
take
over
the
project
after
ISODEC
and
Novib
have
withdrawn
their
support
.
The
second
challenge
is
increasing
the
tempo
of
civic
education
in
the
communities
.
The
only
way
to
hold
the
assemblies
to
their
responsibilities
is
to
have
communities
that
are
well
informed
on
their
basic
human
rights
and
responsibilities
.
Successes
under
phase
2
The
reading
and
learning
culture
among
children
(
both
boys
and
girls
)
has
greatly
improved
in
communities
that
benefited
from
the
library
project
.
The
libraries
are
over
crowded
especially
at
night
.
In
most
cases
,
arrangements
are
made
to
allow
the
children
to
read
in
the
open
,
under
supervision
of
parents
who
volunteer
to
assist
the
librarian
.
Children
have
been
grouped
into
and
zones
that
go
to
the
library
on
rotational
bases
.
It
has
also
been
observed
that
street
walking
in
the
night
by
the
children
in
these
communities
has
become
a
thing
of
the
past
.
There
are
plans
to
construct
larger
libraries
and
levy
parents
to
buy
more
books
.
Community
involvement
in
the
project
has
greatly
improved
as
a
result
of
the
Community
Management
Team
concept
being
piloted
in
these
districts
which
allows
communities
to
meet
to
discuss
issues
related
to
education
.
Decisions
taken
at
these
levels
are
related
to
the
DMTs
through
the
community
representatives
.
The
project
has
succeeded
in
getting
the
District
Assemblies
(
DAs
)
to
address
issues
of
poor
parents
of
girls
on
scholarship
.
This
was
made
possible
by
the
formation
of
Beneficiary
Parents
Associations
who
were
trained
to
lobby
the
DAs
to
link
them
to
the
poverty
alleviation
schemes
.
In
collaboration
with
the
office
of
Ghana
Education
Service
,
data
on
Growth
of
Enrolment
for
both
boys
and
girls
was
collected
in
Brong
Ahafo
and
Ashanti
Regions
.
The
data
covered
the
period
between
1997
-
2002
and
1998
-
2001
for
Brong
Ahafo
and
Ashanti
regions
respectively
.
On
the
whole
the
analysis
shows
that
,
there
is
a
steady
growth
in
enrolment
figures
for
both
boys
and
girls
.
In
terms
of
percentage
increment
,
the
girls
are
slightly
above
the
boys
at
all
levels
in
the
two
districts
.
Endowment
Fund
In
an
opinion
survey
carried
out
by
the
subcommittee
monitoring
the
project
,
the
response
by
the
20
parents
of
beneficiaries
interviewed
revealed
the
following
;
That
90
%
are
happy
with
the
scholarship
scheme
since
they
have
been
ableo
to
save
some
money
to
expand
their
farms
.
The
scholarship
package
has
boosted
the
confidence
to
their
children
who
are
now
,
well
dressed
and
attend
school
regularly
.
One
positive
development
is
that
poor
parents
have
seen
the
need
to
send
children
to
school
and
are
sending
their
girls
to
schools
whiles
some
drop
out
girls
have
been
encouraged
to
return
to
school
.
The
phase
II
of
the
GCEP
is
in
its
final
year
of
operation
and
it
has
become
necessary
to
evaluate
the
impact
of
the
project
after
six
years
of
existence
.
Following
this
,
the
Sunyani
office
organised
a
workshop
to
discuss
the
impending
withdrawal
of
ISODEC
and
NOVIB
from
the
project
at
the
end
of
the
year
.
Key
staff
of
the
District
Assemblies
and
District
Directors
of
education
participated
in
a
rather
interesting
workshop
however
none
of
the
District
Chief
Executives
invited
attended
the
workshop
.
The
workshop
highlighted
the
implementation
gaps
and
way
forward
for
sustainability
of
the
project
.
Weaknesses
and
threats
identified
at
the
workshop
included
;
Inadequate
counterpart
funding
by
DAs
Transportation
difficulties
for
project
activities
Collapse
of
other
intervention
activities
of
the
GCEP
apart
from
scholarships
due
to
lack
of
funds
Large
size
of
project
area
making
monitoring
difficult
.
Negative
cultural
practices
Poor
accessibility
to
remote
areas
eg
.
Afram
plains
.
and
the
overseas
areas
.
Frequent
transfers
of
project
staff
Lack
of
interest
by
political
leaders
Way
forward
The
fact
still
remains
that
funds
from
the
District
Assemblies
alone
cannot
support
the
project
activities
.
The
District
Assemblies
are
therefore
prepared
to
collaborate
with
or
partner
with
organisations
,
local
or
international
to
continue
this
good
work
.
Critical
areas
of
support
and
collaboration
are
:
Continuation
of
the
scholarship
scheme
for
needy
but
brilliant
girls
Provision
of
financial
support
or
micro
credit
facilities
to
Beneficiary
Parents
Association
.
Support
to
disabled
children
.
Continued
capacity
building
for
the
district
assemblies
and
key
stakeholders
in
education
Tracking
expenditure
on
educational
budget
allocation
to
the
district
assemblies
.
Research
into
private
schools
with
regards
to
accessibility
and
the
inequalities
in
education
.
Vigorous
campaigns
to
sensitise
rural
communities
on
the
right
to
educate
their
children
and
also
on
free
education
Success
stories
The
cases
below
are
stories
of
some
girls
who
have
benefited
from
the
project
from
the
various
districts
.
Sekyere
East
District
In
1998
/
99
,
one
of
the
girls
who
took
part
in
our
quiz
competition
for
JSS
girls
in
the
Sekyere
East
District
was
adjourned
one
of
the
best
and
awarded
the
project
scholarship
.
She
completed
JSS
in
the
year
2000
.
She
was
identified
during
a
monitoring
trip
at
Oguaa
(
her
community
)
and
was
given
a
scholarship
to
attend
a
Senior
Sec
.
School
.
She
is
presently
at
St
Louis
Training
College
in
Kumasi
and
teaching
in
her
community
as
a
pupil
teacher
.
Ahafo
Ano
North
District
One
of
our
beneficiaries
in
this
district
Emefa
Attipo
was
adjourned
the
best
Science
student
girl
at
the
JSS
level
in
the
Ashanti
region
.
Though
she
could
not
make
it
at
the
national
level
,
she
was
rewarded
for
making
the
project
proud
.
She
is
being
supported
to
further
her
education
in
science
at
the
SSS
if
she
performs
very
well
at
the
Basic
Education
Certificate
Examination
.
Emefa
is
currently
studying
at
the
Anglican
Secondary
School
in
Kumasi
.
Asante
Akim
South
District
In
Ashanti
Akim
district
a
girl
alleged
to
be
a
"
witch
"
and
driven
out
by
her
mother
and
step
-
father
has
completed
the
JSS
education
however
not
with
good
results
.
The
DMT
is
making
efforts
to
get
her
into
a
vocational
training
school
whiles
efforts
are
being
made
to
reconcile
her
to
her
parents
.
Jaman
District
(
Case
1
:
)
The
parents
of
a
brilliant
girl
at
Our
Lady
of
Providence
Senior
Secondary
School
at
Drobo
abandoned
her
and
did
not
pay
her
school
fees
.
The
head
mistress
approached
the
DMT
and
they
agreed
to
settle
the
fees
.
The
DMT
is
making
efforts
to
reconcile
the
girl
and
her
parents
.
Case
2
:
A
sad
story
was
told
of
Mavis
Abubakar
whose
mother
being
the
breadwinner
for
the
family
developed
a
mental
problem
and
therefore
could
not
cater
for
her
three
children
.
Mavis
,
the
second
child
of
her
parents
passed
the
BECE
in
the
year
2002
with
aggregate
20
.
Considering
the
plight
of
her
parents
it
was
clear
that
there
was
no
way
she
could
continue
her
education
.
Mavis
therefore
boldly
went
to
a
radio
FM
station
to
solicit
for
financial
assistance
from
the
general
public
.
A
DMT
member
heard
about
the
announcement
and
raised
the
issue
at
the
bimonthly
DMT
meeting
.
It
was
agreed
that
Mavis
should
be
enrolled
onto
the
scholarship
scheme
.
She
is
currently
at
OLP
Girls
Senior
Secondary
School
at
Drobo
in
the
Jaman
District
.
The
scholarship
is
unable
to
cover
the
total
cost
of
fees
therefore
the
Benewa
scholarship
fund
has
been
approached
to
pay
part
of
her
fees
.
The
DMT
is
monitoring
her
performance
.
Asutifi
District
Salamatu
Adamu
was
seen
roaming
in
the
community
of
Biaso
during
a
monitoring
visit
to
her
community
.
She
had
completed
JSS
and
passed
with
aggregate
13
in
the
BECE
examination
but
was
living
with
her
poor
mother
and
grandmother
.
The
monitoring
team
took
her
profile
to
the
DMT
who
arranged
with
the
headmistress
of
OLA
Girls
Senior
Secondary
School
in
Kenyasi
to
admit
her
into
SS1
.
Salamatu
is
currently
in
the
SS1
and
doing
very
well
.
She
is
staying
with
one
of
the
DMT
members
in
Kenyasi
till
the
next
academic
year
when
she
moves
into
the
boarding
house
.
West
Mamprusi
District
After
a
sensitisation
meeting
with
potter
girls
or
"
Kayayea
"
in
the
local
language
,
a
documentary
exposing
the
hazards
of
their
activities
was
shown
.
A
parent
who
attended
the
meeting
later
reported
that
his
daughter
,
a
scholarship
beneficiary
was
planning
to
leave
school
to
take
up
the
'
Kayayo
'
trade
in
Accra
.
The
team
then
counselled
her
and
she
decided
to
continue
her
education
.
She
is
back
in
school
and
doing
very
well
.
Cedi
Finance
Foundation
(
CFF
)
Introduction
Cedi
Finance
Foundation
(
CFF
)
has
entered
its
fifth
year
of
operation
and
is
gradually
working
its
way
into
being
a
main
force
in
the
micro
finance
industry
.
CFF
,
which
is
located
in
Kumasi
provides
financial
services
to
small
-
scale
entrepreneurs
engaged
in
Processing
,
manufacturing
,
commerce
and
services
.
CFF
operates
in
all
the
four
sub
-
metros
in
Kumasi
Metropolitan
Area
.
Financial
constraint
however
,
has
slowed
down
its
growth
.
Clientele
size
CFF
works
with
seventy
-
seven
(
77
)
organized
groups
with
an
average
membership
of
sixteen
and
few
individual
clients
.
The
total
clientele
size
is
1
,
300
with
eighty
per
cent
being
women
.
Most
of
these
women
are
engaged
in
gari
baking
,
palm
-
kernel
oil
extraction
,
Beads
making
,
local
soap
making
among
others
.
Savings
Savings
is
basic
to
every
financial
intermediation
and
for
this
reason
,
CFF
facilitates
the
mobilization
of
savings
.
This
provides
an
opportunity
for
those
at
the
lowest
end
of
the
economic
ladder
to
develop
the
culture
of
savings
and
build
social
and
economic
security
.
As
at
the
end
of
December
31
,
2003
,
CFF
has
facilitated
savings
mobilization
of
¢
300
million
which
is
being
held
by
standard
Chartered
Bank
,
Harper
Road
Branch
.
Clients
within
the
period
made
savings
withdrawal
to
the
tune
of
¢
260
million
.
Loans
granted
By
year
ending
December
31
,
2003
,
CFF
disbursed
a
total
loan
of
¢
1
.
105billion
to
its
clients
.
Fifty
-
nine
per
cent
(
59
%
)
of
the
total
was
disbursed
to
women
.
Outstanding
loan
portfolio
(
by
year
-
end
December
2003
)
-
A
Quarterly
Newsletter
of
the
Ghana
Question
and
Answer
Service
(
GAINS
)
In
this
issue
Master
Plan
for
CSIR
-
INSTI
Seminar
for
Female
Scientists
in
Accra
Guidelines
to
maintain
quality
during
tomato
post
-
harvest
handling
in
Ghana
Recipe
for
an
Extension
Officer
Sweet
potato
biscuits
Sweet
potato
pastry
pies
Pineapple
Plantlets
Project
Resources
available
at
GAINS
Training
programmes
at
CSIR
-
INSTI
2005
Master
Plan
for
CSIR
-
INSTI
In
line
with
CSIR
Strategic
plan
2005
-
2010
,
the
Institute
has
developed
a
Master
Plan
with
the
following
goal
:
To
strengthen
INSTI
to
become
a
Centre
of
Excellence
for
Science
and
Technology
Information
(
STI
)
services
.
Ultimately
,
it
will
seek
to
strengthen
the
capabilities
of
all
the
S
&
T
information
systems
within
the
country
,
as
envisaged
under
GHASTINET
through
the
establishment
of
well
-
coordinated
decentralized
national
network
systems
like
GAINS
using
appropriate
ICT
tools
to
facilitate
access
to
information
resources
to
support
R
&
D
activities
nation
-
wide
.
In
the
Master
Plan
strategies
and
activities
have
been
developed
to
achieve
the
intended
goal
.
Meanwhile
,
the
intermediary
purposes
of
the
plan
have
been
clearly
outlined
,
and
these
require
the
Institute
to
:
Develop
and
maintain
a
one
stop
portal
that
will
provide
access
to
STI
resources
.
Operate
as
a
clearinghouse
for
STI
by
setting
agreed
intellectual
and
technical
standards
for
the
operation
of
the
network
.
Serve
as
the
national
focal
point
of
requisite
expertise
that
provides
guidance
on
ICT
and
information
management
for
the
decentralized
national
information
networks
(
agriculture
,
industry
and
socio
-
economic
)
as
envisaged
within
the
GHASTINET
framework
.
Deliver
real
-
time
information
and
customized
knowledge
to
improve
public
access
to
STI
resources
that
will
facilitate
R
&
D
activities
as
well
as
S
&
T
decision
-
making
ability
to
align
S
&
T
outputs
with
market
demands
and
to
increase
productivity
.
Situation
Analysis
The
Institute
has
embarked
on
a
challenging
restructuring
programme
of
its
human
resources
as
part
of
CSIR
-
wide
restructuring
programme
.
In
this
regard
,
the
Institutes
has
been
addressing
the
size
and
quality
of
its
workforce
.
The
rationale
is
to
achieve
some
fundamental
changes
in
the
behaviour
and
culture
,
structure
and
organization
as
well
as
systems
and
processes
to
enable
the
Institute
to
:
Become
more
user
-
focused
.
Build
a
greater
service
-
oriented
culture
.
Increase
revenue
generation
activities
through
the
commercialization
of
its
products
and
services
.
Be
innovative
,
flexible
,
dynamic
and
relevant
to
current
national
development
needs
.
As
the
leading
player
in
the
dissemination
of
STI
in
the
country
,
CSIR
-
INSTI
has
been
developing
information
access
tools
for
several
years
and
channeling
them
to
meet
the
specific
requirements
of
the
scientific
and
academic
communities
.
These
include
the
development
and
updating
of
electronic
database
of
reports
,
theses
,
indigenous
research
results
,
etc
.
It
has
also
been
involved
in
the
development
of
websites
for
CSIR
and
GAINS
and
these
have
made
it
possible
for
the
relevant
news
and
databases
to
be
made
available
on
the
WWW
.
Finally
,
the
CSIR
-
INSTI
staff
as
well
as
different
categories
of
end
-
users
have
been
trained
to
use
the
ICT
tools
.
Interestingly
,
the
Institute
has
developed
an
active
partnership
policy
with
the
national
and
international
scientific
communities
as
well
as
various
players
in
the
STI
markets
over
the
years
.
For
example
,
the
Institute
has
consolidated
its
working
relationship
with
the
Technical
Centre
for
Agriculture
and
Rural
Cooperation
(
CTA
)
to
operate
the
decentralized
Question
and
Answer
Service
that
makes
available
print
and
electronic
information
resources
on
demand
using
the
AGORA
and
TEEAL
databases
.
Again
,
the
Institute
has
been
making
use
of
the
bilateral
agreement
it
has
signed
with
the
Royal
Tropical
Institute
(
KIT
)
of
The
Netherlands
for
document
delivery
services
.
Under
the
MOU
,
the
two
institutions
have
been
exchanging
publications
and
staff
.
Then
under
the
Inter
Library
Lending
and
Document
Delivery
Service
,
DANIDA
has
been
providing
support
through
INASP
to
enable
them
to
make
available
electronic
journals
online
within
the
framework
of
the
Programme
for
the
Enhancement
of
Research
Information
(
PERI
)
.
Finally
,
with
the
support
of
the
International
Institute
for
Communication
and
Development
the
Institute
has
strengthened
its
back
-
office
through
the
establishment
of
Local
Area
Network
.
This
has
allowed
all
the
workstations
to
be
connected
to
a
server
that
allows
for
the
sharing
of
printing
facilities
.
The
presence
of
GAINS
on
the
web
has
also
been
duly
established
with
the
development
of
a
website
(
www
.
gains
.
org
.
gh
)
.
All
these
notwithstanding
,
the
Institute
has
had
to
contend
with
several
challenges
that
have
confronted
it
,
and
these
include
:
Lack
of
resources
to
acquire
content
.
Problem
with
Internet
Connectivity
for
end
users
who
are
in
areas
far
removed
from
Accra
and
other
major
cities
.
High
staff
turnover
that
has
resulted
in
the
loss
of
skilled
technical
personnel
due
to
low
remuneration
.
Perceived
competition
for
the
same
resources
among
CSIR
institutes
as
well
as
total
lack
of
commitment
on
the
part
of
some
partner
institutions
to
provide
relevant
information
for
the
updating
of
the
databases
.
Seminar
for
Female
Scientists
in
Accra
,
Ghana
An
analysis
of
the
use
of
GAINS
facilities
over
the
past
four
years
indicated
that
male
scientists
and
researchers
have
more
access
to
information
for
their
research
work
than
their
female
counterparts
.
To
redress
this
anomaly
,
CSIR
-
INSTI
organized
a
half
-
day
seminar
on
18th
August
2004
to
sensitize
seventeen
female
scientists
from
seven
research
institutes
on
the
products
and
services
available
at
the
Institute
to
facilitate
their
research
activities
.
During
discussions
session
,
it
was
observed
that
the
information
available
does
not
cover
sufficiently
the
nutrition
and
food
science
field
and
suggestions
were
made
to
correct
this
.
It
was
also
indicated
that
the
programme
was
useful
and
CSIR
-
INSTI
should
organize
a
follow
-
up
for
other
scientists
.
The
participants
suggested
the
use
of
Women
in
Science
and
Technology
(
WIST
)
as
a
channel
to
spread
the
information
to
other
female
scientists
.
Guidelines
to
maintain
quality
during
tomato
post
-
harvest
handling
in
Ghana
Introduction
The
role
of
post
-
harvest
technology
is
to
devise
methods
by
which
deterioration
of
produce
is
restricted
as
much
as
possible
during
the
period
between
harvest
and
end
user
.
The
causes
of
post
-
harvest
losses
in
tomatoes
can
be
classified
into
two
main
categories
,
physical
and
loss
in
quality
.
These
are
caused
by
:
a
.
Harvesting
too
late
in
the
maturation
process
;
b
.
Exposure
of
the
produce
to
the
direct
sunlight
resulting
in
high
fruit
temperatures
;
c
.
Excessively
large
wooden
boxes
for
packing
and
transporting
produce
d
.
Absence
of
shade
at
loading
/
unloading
sites
;
e
.
Overloading
of
boxes
by
traders
since
they
buy
according
to
volume
;
f
.
Rough
handling
of
boxes
while
loading
into
or
unloading
from
vehicles
,
and
g
.
Transporting
vehicles
with
inadequate
ventilation
to
dissipate
fruit
heat
.
1
.
Pre
-
Harvest
Inspection
a
.
Always
carry
out
pre
-
harvest
inspection
of
the
whole
farm
to
see
the
extent
of
maturity
of
the
crop
,
the
estimated
quantities
to
be
harvested
and
the
labour
requirements
for
the
day
s
work
.
b
.
The
planting
of
the
correct
cultivars
that
have
firm
fruits
,
do
not
crack
easily
,
have
relatively
tough
skin
and
are
able
to
stand
adverse
field
conditions
should
be
practised
by
all
farmers
.
Such
fruits
are
able
to
withstand
rough
handling
and
have
long
shelf
life
.
c
.
Adopt
good
cultural
and
husbandry
practices
that
will
reduce
pests
and
diseases
to
prevent
wrongful
chemical
usage
.
2
.
Harvest
Maturity
a
.
Do
not
pick
over
-
ripe
fruits
getting
to
the
end
of
their
shelf
life
for
sale
b
.
Separate
out
differing
stages
of
ripeness
to
improve
handling
,
storage
and
marketing
of
the
crop
c
.
Select
out
diseased
and
particularly
damaged
fruit
at
this
stage
d
.
Harvest
regularly
to
avoid
wide
range
in
colour
in
the
field
at
a
given
time
e
.
Harvest
tomatoes
at
the
orange
colour
stage
to
reduce
most
of
the
losses
during
the
anticipated
handling
,
and
transport
or
storage
f
.
The
different
colour
stages
should
be
packed
into
different
boxes
and
at
loading
,
boxes
containing
orange
fruits
stacked
below
3
.
Field
Containers
a
.
The
field
containers
to
collect
produce
from
the
plant
to
a
central
collection
point
should
be
shallow
and
small
in
size
b
.
The
fruits
should
be
gently
dropped
from
minimum
heights
into
the
containers
and
boxes
,
do
not
throw
the
fruits
4
.
Field
Harvesting
of
Crop
a
.
As
pickers
are
paid
on
a
piece
work
basis
,
close
supervision
is
essential
to
ensure
that
only
sound
produce
at
the
correct
stage
of
maturity
or
ripeness
is
harvested
for
market
b
.
Pick
fruits
carefully
,
do
not
pull
them
off
c
.
During
the
harvesting
operation
,
a
high
standard
of
hygiene
should
be
maintained
.
Produce
unfit
for
marketing
should
be
removed
from
the
field
.
This
could
be
done
by
either
plucking
from
the
plant
at
the
time
of
harvest
and
placing
on
the
ground
for
immediate
collection
subsequent
to
completion
of
overall
harvest
or
leaving
discarded
fruit
on
the
plant
during
the
harvest
and
following
this
with
tidy
up
operations
.
d
.
Under
no
circumstances
should
rejected
produce
be
allowed
to
remain
on
the
ground
for
any
extended
period
of
time
as
it
becomes
a
source
of
infestation
of
pests
and
diseases
to
the
other
produce
e
.
Preferably
,
disease
infested
material
should
be
destroyed
immediately
after
the
harvesting
operation
is
completed
f
.
Gentle
picking
and
handling
of
the
fruit
is
required
to
minimize
mechanical
damage
and
invasion
by
disease
-
causing
organisms
g
.
Provision
of
shade
for
collected
harvested
produce
prevents
exposure
to
the
direct
sunlight
as
temperature
is
the
most
important
factor
governing
the
maintenance
of
quality
as
produce
can
overheat
and
rapidly
deteriorate
during
temporary
field
storage
h
.
Avoid
unnecessary
delays
before
delivery
to
the
loading
points
or
transporting
to
the
market
since
fruits
and
vegetables
are
living
biological
systems
and
they
continue
to
respire
and
so
they
will
deteriorate
after
harvest
i
.
It
must
be
stressed
that
quality
management
starts
in
the
field
and
continues
until
produce
reaches
the
end
-
user
.
5
.
Time
of
Harvest
Produce
warms
up
during
the
day
,
so
it
is
good
practice
to
harvest
produce
when
it
is
coolest
early
in
the
morning
,
or
late
in
the
evening
,
and
keep
shaded
from
sunlight
so
that
fruits
do
not
heat
up
after
harvest
.
At
higher
temperatures
of
produce
held
in
direct
sunlight
,
respiration
rates
are
extremely
high
.
6
.
Sorting
out
,
or
grading
of
produce
a
.
Sort
and
discard
immature
,
over
ripe
,
infected
,
blemished
or
otherwise
damaged
produce
b
.
Grade
fruits
into
differing
colour
stages
before
packing
into
boxes
c
.
Never
mix
produce
of
mixed
quality
as
that
may
affect
the
price
adversely
7
.
Field
boxes
or
packing
materials
a
.
After
harvesting
,
containers
that
give
good
protection
to
the
produce
,
are
easy
to
handle
and
have
adequate
ventilation
should
be
used
for
packing
b
.
Boxes
should
not
be
too
large
or
deep
to
avoid
squashing
the
bottom
fruits
c
.
Produce
in
large
boxes
is
often
damaged
during
handling
and
transport
d
.
Use
small
sized
boxes
of
between
25
-
30
kg
to
make
handling
easier
and
to
minimize
mechanical
injury
during
loading
and
transportation
e
.
Use
uniform
sized
boxes
for
standardization
f
.
It
is
d
recommended
that
a
thin
layer
of
dried
grass
or
straw
is
placed
at
the
bottom
of
the
boxes
by
the
traders
to
minimize
mechanical
damage
/
injury
8
.
Packing
of
fruits
into
boxes
a
.
Damaged
or
broken
boxes
should
not
be
used
for
packing
fruits
for
the
market
b
.
They
should
either
be
repaired
or
discarded
to
prevent
spillage
and
mechanical
damage
to
fruits
c
.
Clean
old
boxes
before
re
-
using
for
adequate
sanitary
measures
and
to
prevent
contamination
d
.
Enough
space
should
be
left
at
the
top
of
the
boxes
to
prevent
the
top
boxes
sitting
directly
on
top
of
the
fruits
during
loading
into
the
vehicles
to
cause
crushing
of
fruits
.
For
further
information
contact
The
Regional
Director
MOFA
P
.
O
.
Box
86
,
Sunyani
,
Brong
Ahafo
,
Ghana
Tel
/
Fax
:
233
-
61
-
27194
Recipe
for
an
Extension
Officer
Ingredients
:
Take
55
-
75
kg
of
professional
agriculturist
(
do
not
exceed
this
quantity
as
the
end
product
will
not
be
issued
with
a
uniform
larger
than
size
42
)
.
Place
in
any
village
or
district
.
Add
:
1
enquiring
mind
A
dash
of
adaptability
1
heaped
teaspoon
of
knowledge
A
large
packet
of
patience
A
huge
sense
of
humour
2
kilos
of
team
spirit
A
pinch
of
agricultural
experience
A
dollop
of
stamina
2
packets
of
positive
attitude
2
tubes
of
friendliness
10
kilos
of
common
sense
A
sachet
of
assertiveness
999
grams
of
good
grooming
5
kilos
of
kindness
500
grams
of
communication
skills
Method
:
Mix
all
the
ingredients
well
and
allow
to
stand
in
an
orientation
bowl
for
approximately
1
week
.
Allow
to
rise
in
a
ward
warmer
until
mixture
rises
over
the
top
of
the
orientation
bowl
for
approximately
1
month
.
Do
not
stir
the
mixture
as
it
could
cause
the
product
to
flop
.
Bake
in
a
village
health
service
oven
at
35
oC
until
golden
brown
.
Allow
to
cool
off
in
the
field
.
Serves
many
farmers
and
relatives
and
lasts
very
well
particularly
if
served
in
the
village
of
preference
and
if
appreciated
by
management
.
Culled
from
:
AGRI
-
OUTREACH
,
6
(
6
)
,
May
2004
.
Sweet
Potato
Recipe
Corner
We
wish
to
bring
to
the
attention
of
our
readers
the
recipe
for
Sweet
Potato
Biscuits
and
Sweet
Potato
Pastry
Pie
by
the
kind
courtesy
of
the
Food
Research
Institute
of
the
Council
for
Scientific
and
Industrial
Research
(
CSIR
)
and
the
Root
and
Tuber
Improvement
Programme
(
RTIP
)
.
Sweet
Potato
Biscuits
Ingredients
Standard
Weight
Standard
Measure
Wheat
flour
150g
1¼
cup
Baking
powder
15g
1
tablespoon
Salt
7g
½
teaspoon
Grated
nutmeg
4
g
¼
teaspoon
Sugar
6g
2
teaspoons
Shortening
70g
1
/
3
cup
Egg
50g
1
egg
Cooked
and
mashed
sweet
potato
100g
½
cup
Diluted
milk
15ml
1
tablespoon
METHOD
1
.
Sift
flour
,
baking
powder
and
salt
.
Mix
in
sugar
and
nutmeg
2
.
Cut
in
shortening
until
mixture
resample
coarse
bread
crumbs
or
gari
3
.
Blend
together
sweet
potato
,
milk
.
Blend
into
mixture
.
Add
nutmeg
.
4
.
Gather
mixture
into
a
ball
and
knead
lightly
on
a
floured
surface
5
.
Roll
dough
to
¼
inch
thickness
,
cut
into
shapes
with
a
floured
cutter
6
.
Bake
on
an
ungreased
,
baking
sheet
in
a
moderately
heated
over
(
180oC
or
350oF
)
for
15
-
20
minutes
or
until
golden
brown
.
Yields
26
biscuits
(
using
2½
inch
cutter
)
Note
:
If
margarine
is
used
as
shortening
,
omit
salt
.
Sweet
Potato
Pastry
Pie
Ingredients
Standard
Weight
Standard
Measure
Wheat
flour
230g
2
cups
Salt
15g
1
teaspoon
Fat
100g
½
cup
Cooked
mashed
sweet
potato
300g
1½
cups
Cold
water
30ml
2
tablespoons
METHOD
1
.
Sift
flour
and
salt
together
2
.
Rub
fat
into
flour
with
finger
tips
,
lifting
to
incorporate
air
,
until
mixture
resembles
fine
gari
3
.
Add
mashed
sweet
potato
.
Mix
well
and
aerate
as
in
step
2
4
.
Sprinkle
on
enough
cold
water
and
gather
dough
to
a
firm
ball
5
.
Knead
a
little
until
firm
6
.
Roll
pastry
to
required
thickness
and
cut
into
squares
or
rounds
7
.
Put
filling
in
the
center
of
the
cut
pastry
and
brush
edges
of
pastry
with
water
,
turn
over
and
seal
8
.
Brush
top
with
milk
or
egg
.
Bake
in
a
moderately
hot
oven
(
180oC
200oC
or
375oF
-
400oF
)
.
Reduce
heat
after
14
minutes
of
baking
and
bake
for
a
further
15
minutes
or
until
golden
brown
.
9
.
Serve
hot
or
cold
Suggested
filling
(
½
cup
filling
i
.
e
.
1
teaspoon
per
pie
)
1
.
Tuna
flakes
with
onions
,
tomato
and
cooked
sweet
potato
2
.
Cabbage
/
fish
3
.
Cooked
beans
/
fish
/
vegetables
4
.
Cooked
egg
,
tomato
and
onion
Yields
20
pieces
Pineapple
Plantlet
Project
-
Severious
Kale
Dery
Dr
.
Elizabeth
Acheampong
,
a
Senior
Lecturer
at
the
Botany
Department
of
the
University
of
Ghana
,
Legon
,
has
hailed
the
local
production
of
the
internationally
accepted
MD2
pineapple
plantlets
as
a
viable
research
feat
that
would
boost
production
for
export
.
She
said
the
commercial
cultivation
of
the
plantlets
was
the
only
way
to
reverse
the
dwindling
revenue
of
pineapple
.
Dr
.
Acheampong
,
who
played
a
leading
role
in
the
research
for
the
production
of
the
extra
sweet
variety
of
pineapples
,
which
has
a
greater
advantage
due
to
its
unique
colour
and
low
acidity
,
was
speaking
in
an
interview
with
the
Daily
Graphic
.
The
technology
,
which
involves
the
propagation
and
cultivation
of
high
graded
pineapple
plantlets
at
a
far
cheaper
rate
than
those
imported
from
outside
the
country
was
the
brainchild
of
a
Tissue
Culture
Laboratory
established
by
Bomart
Farms
Limited
.
The
MD2
is
preferable
to
the
smooth
cayenne
,
champaca
and
sugar
loaf
.
Dr
.
Acheampong
said
the
low
capacity
laboratory
at
the
University
could
produce
about
5
,
000
plantlets
a
week
,
which
was
far
below
the
22
,
000
plantlets
expected
by
farmers
per
acre
.
She
expressed
satisfaction
that
the
Tissue
Culture
Laboratory
,
which
had
employed
about
70
staff
from
the
Botany
Department
,
could
now
produce
about
10
,
000
plantlets
a
day
.
The
laboratory
is
capable
of
breeding
or
cloning
any
variety
of
pineapples
,
adding
that
the
establishment
of
the
facility
is
a
legacy
for
the
whole
country
.
Mr
.
Anthony
Botchway
,
Managing
Director
of
BOMART
Farms
shared
the
joy
of
Dr
.
Acheampong
and
disclosed
that
the
technology
could
be
used
to
multiply
other
plants
for
planting
.
He
said
the
new
technology
could
be
used
to
solve
the
country
s
deforestation
problem
,
adding
that
the
technology
would
not
only
benefit
his
company
,
but
it
was
an
asset
for
the
country
.
On
the
advantages
of
tissue
culture
suckers
,
Mr
.
Botchway
said
they
were
not
contaminated
and
that
they
grew
faster
than
the
field
suckers
.
With
this
technology
,
you
can
do
flower
induction
after
seven
to
ten
months
,
depending
on
the
sizes
of
the
fruits
desired
.
With
the
seven
months
,
you
can
get
the
fruit
sizes
as
big
as
1
.
2
to
1
.
6
kg
,
while
the
ten
months
ones
can
produce
two
kg
weight
of
fruit
sizes
.
The
new
technology
ensured
that
the
tissue
suckers
could
be
rejuvenated
very
fast
and
produces
lots
of
suckers
once
they
were
on
the
field
.
Culled
from
:
Daily
Graphic
,
Monday
,
November
1
,
2004
.
Resources
Available
at
GAINS
The
following
resources
are
available
for
use
at
the
GAINS
Coordinating
Center
:
1
.
CAB
Abstracts
,
1972
November
2004
CAB
Abstracts
is
the
most
comprehensive
bibliographic
,
abstracting
and
indexing
database
in
its
field
.
CAB
Abstracts
covers
the
applied
life
sciences
,
including
agriculture
,
forestry
,
human
nutrition
,
veterinary
medicine
and
the
environment
.
CAB
Abstracts
includes
molecular
biology
,
genetics
,
biotechnology
,
breeding
,
taxonomy
,
physiology
and
other
aspects
of
pure
science
relating
to
organisms
of
agricultural
,
veterinary
or
environmental
importance
.
2
.
TROPAG
&
RURAL
,
1975
June
2004
TROPAG
&
RURAL
,
produced
by
the
Information
,
Library
and
Documentation
department
of
the
Royal
Tropical
Institute
,
The
Netherlands
,
are
two
databases
containing
full
bibliographic
references
with
abstracts
to
the
worldwide
literature
on
agriculture
and
economic
and
social
development
.
All
records
stored
in
TROPAG
are
also
available
in
hard
-
copy
as
the
journal
"
Agriculture
and
Environment
for
Developing
Regions
"
(
TROPAG
)
.
RURAL
brings
together
abstracts
from
recent
literature
on
economic
and
social
development
in
developing
countries
.
It
focuses
on
a
wide
range
of
topics
including
development
strategies
,
international
cooperation
,
health
development
,
agriculture
,
income
generation
,
education
,
women
and
development
and
environmental
issues
.
TROPAG
covers
literature
on
the
cultivation
of
food
crops
and
industrial
crops
,
animal
husbandry
,
forage
and
pastures
,
aquaculture
,
forestry
,
agroforestry
,
postharvest
operations
,
farming
systems
and
environmental
management
in
tropical
and
subtropical
regions
.
3
.
AGORA
-
Access
to
global
online
research
in
agriculture
The
AGORA
site
provides
access
to
over
400
journals
from
major
scientific
publishers
in
the
fields
of
food
,
agriculture
,
environmental
science
and
related
social
sciences
.
AGORA
is
available
to
students
and
researchers
in
qualifying
not
-
for
-
profit
institutions
in
eligible
developing
countries
.
4
.
ScienceDirect
It
is
now
possible
to
access
full
text
articles
on
the
ScienceDirect
database
of
Elsevier
Science
.
This
gives
users
1
,
700
online
journals
.
This
service
is
free
-
of
-
charge
to
GAINS
as
a
member
of
the
Royal
Tropical
Institute
(
KIT
)
of
the
Netherlands
IManagement
community
.
5
.
The
Essential
Electronic
Agricultural
Library
(
TEEAL
)
TEEAL
is
a
full
-
text
and
bibliographic
CD
-
ROM
library
of
over
140
of
the
world
s
most
important
scientific
journals
in
the
field
of
agriculture
.
This
CD
-
ROM
is
updated
annually
and
is
essential
to
research
and
education
in
:
agricultural
economics
,
agricultural
engineering
,
crop
improvement
,
environmental
and
natural
resources
,
food
processing
and
nutrition
,
forestry
,
livestock
production
,
plant
protection
,
range
management
,
rural
development
,
soil
and
water
management
,
sustainable
agriculture
and
veterinary
medicine
.
TEEAL
includes
the
complete
text
and
images
from
the
1993
-
2003
editions
of
the
journals
included
in
it
over
two
million
pages
compressed
onto
426
compact
discs
.
Document
Supply
Service
of
CAB
International
Training
Programmes
at
CSIR
-
INSTI
-
2005
The
Institute
for
Scientific
and
Technological
Information
(
INSTI
)
of
the
Council
for
Scientific
and
Industrial
Research
(
CSIR
)
announces
the
following
training
programmes
for
the
year
for
all
interested
people
:
SERIAL
NO
.
COURSES
TARGET
GROUP
1
Computer
Appreciation
Research
Scientists
,
Administrators
,
PRO
s
,
IT
Officers
,
Librarians
and
other
information
professionals
2
Presentation
Techniques
MS
PowerPoint
Research
Scientists
,
Administrators
,
PRO
s
,
IT
Officers
,
Librarians
and
other
information
professionals
3
Electronic
Information
Resources
Management
Research
Scientists
,
Administrators
,
PRO
s
,
IT
Officers
,
Librarians
and
other
information
professionals
4
Website
Design
and
Management
Research
Scientists
,
Administrators
,
PRO
s
,
IT
Officers
,
Librarians
and
other
information
professionals
5
Database
Management
MS
Access
and
CDS
-
ISIS
Research
Scientists
,
Administrators
,
PRO
s
,
IT
Officers
,
Librarians
and
other
information
professionals
6
Data
Analysis
SPSS
Research
Scientists
,
Administrators
,
PRO
s
,
IT
Officers
,
Librarians
and
other
information
professionals
7
Use
of
Internet
Resources
Research
Scientists
,
Administrators
,
PRO
s
,
IT
Officers
,
Librarians
and
other
information
professionals
8
Records
Management
Research
Scientists
,
Administrators
,
Secretarial
and
Records
Personnel
,
Librarians
and
other
information
professionals
For
information
regarding
dates
,
duration
and
cost
of
each
programme
,
please
contact
:
The
Director
,
CSIR
-
INSTI
P
.
O
.
Box
M
.
32
,
Accra
,
Ghana
Phone
:
233
-
21
-
764822
/
233
-
20
-
2019767
Fax
:
233
-
21
-
763523
E
-
mail
:
cemensah
@
hotmail
.
com
GAINS
Information
Request
Form
The
Question
and
Answer
Service
(
QAS
)
of
the
GAINS
has
been
set
up
by
the
CSIR
-
INSTI
in
collaboration
with
the
Technical
Centre
for
Agricultural
and
Rural
Cooperation
(
CAT
)
to
meet
the
demands
for
information
by
all
stakeholders
in
agriculture
and
rural
development
.
To
help
the
QAS
meet
your
demand
please
complete
the
form
below
and
submit
.
Your
request
will
be
treated
with
the
urgency
it
deserves
.
A
:
PARTICULARS
OF
REQUEST
i
.
Description
of
request
.......
.................
.................
.................
..................
.
.................
.................
.................
ii
.
Please
provide
keywords
/
Terms
relevant
to
your
request
.
..
...........
iii
.
Limiting
factors
(
please
specify
any
limitations
or
preference
if
any
)
Geographic
(
Place
)
Time
Scale
(
Year
)
...
..
iv
.
Reason
(
s
)
for
request
Personal
Use
Crop
Production
Animal
Production
Agro
-
Processing
Marketing
Information
Policy
development
Community
Education
Lecture
/
Address
Research
B
.
PERSONAL
INFORMATION
This
information
is
required
to
determine
the
type
of
user
information
is
being
supplied
to
:
i
.
User
Category
Farmer
University
Lecture
Teacher
Consultant
Extension
Officer
Policy
maker
Student
Librarian
/
Archivist
Other
(
Please
Specify
)
ii
.
Gender
Male
Female
iii
.
Type
of
organization
you
are
affiliated
with
:
Government
Organization
NGO
University
Research
Institute
Commercial
company
Farmer
Co
-
op
/
Co
-
op
/
Association
Private
Person
Other
(
Please
Specify
)
iv
.
How
can
we
get
in
touch
with
you
?
Title
Mr
.
Mrs
.
Ms
.
Dr
.
Prof
.
Name
:
Address
:
Tel
.
Fax
.
E
-
mail
c
.
PLEASE
RETURN
COMPLETED
FORM
TO
The
Co
-
ordinator
GAINS
(
INSTI
)
P
.
O
.
Box
M32
,
Accra
.
Ghana
Tel
.
233
-
21
-
763523
Fax233
-
21
-
779809
/
777655
/
763523
Email
:
jsam
@
workmail
.
com
FOR
OFFICIAL
USE
Request
ID
No
.
Main
Discipline
Specialism
Commodity
Group
Main
Commodity
Method
of
request
Email
Personal
Visit
(
Delivery
)
By
Post
By
Fax
Date
request
received
Sources
used
Forwarded
to
which
Library
Date
forwarded
Date
returned
Date
response
sent
to
user
Compiled
and
Edited
by
Joel
Sam
For
further
information
about
GAINS
,
please
contact
:
The
GAINS
Coordinator
GAINS
-
INSTI
P
.
O
.
Box
M
.
32
,
Accra
,
Ghana
Tel
:
233
-
21
-
763523
/
233
-
20
-
2019766
Fax
:
233
-
21
-
763523
/
779809
Read
more
about
Mary
Ackummey
>>
If
we
are
meeting
for
the
first
time
,
my
full
name
is
Mary
Afua
Ackummey
.
I
am
a
teacher
by
profession
with
37
year
teaching
experience
.
I
have
taught
at
all
levels
of
education
and
worked
at
the
head
quarters
and
regional
offices
of
education
.
I
have
been
an
employee
of
the
University
of
Education
,
Winneba
since
December
1993
.
I
worked
first
with
the
Institute
of
Education
and
Extension
as
action
research
co
-
ordinator
.
I
am
currently
the
Director
of
the
Counseling
Centre
of
the
university
and
a
senior
lecturer
.
My
favourite
Web
sites
:
An
introduction
to
Ghana
:
www
.
interknowledge
.
com
/
ghana
Education
:
www
.
ghana
.
edu
.
gh
Education
projects
:
ww
.
ghanaeducation
.
org
Ghana
:
Education
and
Health
:
www
.
adventist
.
org
ADZRAKU
K
.
Z
.
ART
EDUCATION
kzadzraku
*
at
*
yahoo
.
com
RESEARCH
AREAS
Colour
and
the
Person
Approaches
to
Picture
making
Sculpture
in
Modern
Theatre
Read
more
about
Adzraku
>>
ABOUT
HIM
Born
on
June
7
,
1958
at
Anloga
in
the
Volta
Region
of
Ghana
to
Newton
Kwadzo
Adzraku
and
Akuwor
Dziekpor
.
He
spent
his
early
childhood
at
the
port
city
of
Takoradi
.
His
refusal
to
go
to
school
made
the
father
to
send
him
to
the
uncle
Yao
Gbeve
Adzraku
to
be
trained
in
farming
.
Realising
that
farming
is
difficult
,
and
seeing
the
cousins
go
to
school
,
he
decided
to
go
to
school
.
Areas
of
Interest
Colour
and
the
Person
Approaches
to
Picture
making
Sculpture
in
Modern
Theatre
AKEB
AGYEMANG
FRENCH
EDUCATION
RESEARCH
AREAS
French
Language
,
Grammar
&
Dissertation
Director
of
Research
Work
-
Of
International
Standing
-
in
:
French
,
Black
African
Literature
and
Civilization
Dept
of
French
UEW
P
.
O
.
Box
25
Winneba
-
Ghana
Address
in
France
45
,
rue
Roger
Salengro
21300
CHENOVE
FRANCE
Read
more
about
Akeb
Agyemang
>>
EDUCATION
&
CERTIFICATE
1990
-
Doctorat
d
'
Etat
or
French
Professor
'
s
qualifying
Doctorat
,
University
of
Paul
Valery
,
Montpellier
,
France
.
French
Language
,
Literature
and
Francophone
African
Civilisation
1978
-
Doctorat
de
3e
Cycle
or
French
3rd
Cycle
Doctorate
French
Literature
/
Francophone
African
Literature
,
University
of
Paul
Valery
,
Montpellier
,
France
.
1976
-
Maitrise
d
'
Anglais
,
Master
'
s
degree
in
English
,
Anglo
-
American
and
African
Literature
,
University
of
Paul
Valery
,
Montpellier
,
France
.
1972
-
Maitrise
d
'
Ensignement
,
Lettres
Modernes
or
Master
'
s
degree
in
Arts
,
Option
:
Literature
Language
,
University
of
Paul
Valery
,
Montpellier
,
France
.
1971
-
Licence
d
'
Enseignement
or
French
University
First
degree
in
French
Language
and
Literature
1969
-
Bachelor
of
Arts
,
French
,
(
General
Education
)
University
of
Ghana
/
Legon
/
Cape
Coast
in
French
,
English
and
Education
1962
-
Post
-
Secondary
Teacher
'
s
Certificate
A
.
Presbyterian
Teachers
'
Training
College
,
Akropong
-
Akwapong
Areas
of
Interest
French
Language
,
Grammar
&
Dissertation
Director
of
Research
Work
-
Of
International
Standing
-
in
:
French
,
Black
African
Literature
and
Civilization
AKROFI
GODFRED
ART
EDUCATION
akroficreation
*
at
*
yahoo
.
com
Read
more
about
Akrofi
Godfred
>>
I
am
Godfred
Akrofi
,
a
Lecturer
in
Art
Education
of
the
Department
of
Art
Education
,
University
of
Education
,
Winneba
-
Ghana
.
I
am
married
with
two
young
children
,
a
boy
and
a
girl
.
I
teach
Painting
and
Drawing
in
all
classes
of
the
department
.
An
Artist
'
s
Way
of
Life
I
as
an
artist
feel
blessed
simply
,
because
every
Artist
has
a
unique
way
of
doing
things
.
Essentially
,
every
artist
loves
nature
so
do
I
.
I
ABHOR
WICKEDNESS
BECAUSE
IT
IS
INIMICAL
TO
GROWTH
AND
DEVELOPMENT
.
I
see
EVIL
IN
ANY
FORM
AS
A
CALAMITOUS
ACT
.
I
love
cool
colours
in
my
work
I
draw
daily
I
allow
criticism
of
my
works
I
help
my
students
at
difficult
times
I
give
ideas
to
learners
and
also
take
from
them
for
my
creative
work
ALI
MARK
K
.
K
.
GHANAIAN
LANGUAGE
alikamark
*
at
*
yahoo
.
com
or
Unit
Head
Dagaare
,
Department
of
Ghanaian
Languages
,
UEW
,
GHANA
.
Read
more
about
ALIKANADA
DAGAARE
LITERATURE
Ali
is
a
lecturer
in
the
Department
of
Ghanaian
Languages
Education
,
University
of
Education
,
Winneba
,
Ghana
.
He
has
taught
in
the
erstwhile
School
of
Ghanaian
,
Ajumako
.
For
now
Ali
intends
writing
books
,
particularly
in
Dagaare
,
the
language
he
teaches
in
the
University
.
Dagaare
is
one
of
the
eleven
indigenous
languages
being
taught
to
first
degree
level
teachers
.
Teachers
do
not
only
need
the
language
books
to
study
but
to
teach
after
their
course
.
There
are
a
few
books
written
by
authors
like
Bodomo
Adams
,
Kropp
-
Dakubu
and
Zakpãã
but
they
are
just
inadequate
for
our
purpose
.
The
task
of
writing
is
therefore
one
that
is
dear
to
the
heart
of
many
speakers
of
the
language
,
especially
students
of
this
university
who
are
offering
Dagaare
as
their
major
.
Although
other
people
may
be
highly
motivated
by
the
demand
of
these
books
by
students
,
the
reading
population
of
the
language
in
general
is
not
promising
.
Writers
find
it
difficult
to
publish
because
apparently
no
investors
want
to
undertake
this
venture
.
There
is
however
a
move
to
pool
resources
for
this
task
,
one
that
we
hope
will
bear
fruits
.
A
fund
has
been
initiated
by
the
Dagaare
Language
students
whereby
members
have
agreed
to
pay
a
yearly
contribution
of
¢
50
,
000
per
student
.
We
have
appealed
to
benevolent
individuals
and
bodies
for
assistance
and
we
welcome
any
such
support
from
anyone
who
has
not
been
formally
contacted
AMEKU
FELIX
K
.
B
.
SPECIAL
EDUCATION
felixameku
*
at
*
yahoo
.
co
.
uk
Read
more
about
Ameku
Felix
K
.
B
.
>>
I
am
a
Lecturer
at
the
Department
of
Special
Education
,
University
of
Education
,
Winneba
.
I
specialized
in
the
Education
of
the
Visually
Impaired
and
Multiply
Handicapped
Children
AMMAH
JONATHAN
HEALTH
,
PHYSICAL
EDU
.
,
RECREATION
,
SPORTS
osbyjay
*
at
*
hotmail
.
com
RESEARCH
AREAS
Including
individuals
with
disabilities
in
the
general
physical
education
class
Supervision
of
preservice
teachers
Academic
Learning
Time
in
physical
education
Read
more
about
Ammah
Jonathan
>>
Welcome
I
was
born
on
Tuesday
,
30th
July
,
1957
in
Accra
.
I
attended
Ebenezer
Secondary
School
,
Mamprobi
.
My
initial
Teacher
Training
education
was
at
Akrokerri
Teacher
Training
College
,
Akrokerri
.
Upon
graduation
,
I
taught
for
three
years
at
the
Dawa
Presby
Primary
,
and
then
proceeded
on
to
further
study
at
the
then
Specialist
Training
College
where
I
obtained
a
Diploma
in
Physical
Education
.
Since
then
I
have
had
the
opportunity
to
study
abroad
to
earn
my
masters
and
doctorate
degrees
.
I
am
glad
to
be
back
home
to
help
strengthen
my
department
and
build
my
neophyte
university
.
My
area
of
specialty
includes
physical
education
and
adapted
physical
education
.
Areas
of
Interest
Including
individuals
with
disabilities
in
the
general
physical
education
class
Supervision
of
preservice
teachers
Academic
Learning
Time
in
physical
education
AMOAH
EMMANUEL
SOCIAL
STUDIES
eamoah
*
at
*
yahoo
.
com
RESEARCH
AREAS
Traditional
Socio
-
political
Institutions
of
Ghana
Curriculum
Studies
in
Social
Studies
Education
Government
and
Politics
of
Ghana
Read
more
about
Amoah
Emmanuel
>>
Welcome
I
am
a
Lecturer
at
the
Department
of
Social
Studies
Education
in
the
University
of
Education
,
Winneba
.
Areas
of
Interest
Traditional
Socio
-
political
Institutions
of
Ghana
Curriculum
Studies
in
Social
Studies
Education
Government
and
Politics
of
Ghana
CURRICULUM
VITAE
:
Mr
Emmanuel
Amoah
had
his
elementary
education
at
the
Agona
Nyakrom
Presbyterian
Primary
and
Middle
School
from
1947
to
1957
.
I
attended
St
.
Andrew
'
s
Teacher
Training
College
at
Ashanti
Mampong
and
passed
out
as
a
4
-
Year
Certificate
`
A
`
teacher
in
1966
.
In
1971
,
I
entered
the
University
of
Ghana
,
Legon
where
I
obtained
B
.
A
.
(
Hons
)
degree
in
Political
Science
.
Then
in
1979
,
I
obtained
a
Post
Graduate
Certificate
in
Education
.
I
finally
read
for
M
.
Phil
in
Curriculum
Studies
at
the
University
of
Cape
Coast
.
AMPPIAH
M
.
E
.
MATHEMATICS
EDUCATION
meamppiah
*
at
*
uew
.
edu
.
gh
Read
more
about
Amppiah
M
.
E
.
>>
Hello
,
you
are
welcome
to
my
home
page
.
I
have
taught
at
all
levels
of
the
educational
system
in
Ghana
for
the
past
27
years
.
I
have
been
teaching
at
the
University
of
Education
,
Winneba
for
the
past
7
years
.
In
2000
,
I
was
a
Fulbright
student
at
Teachers
College
,
Columbia
University
in
the
City
of
New
York
,
USA
.
While
there
,
I
was
actively
involved
in
the
Global
Classroom
activities
organised
by
Metro
International
.
My
favourite
web
sites
National
Council
of
Teachers
of
Mathematics
Columbia
University
in
the
City
of
New
York
Teachers
College
,
Columbia
University
Institute
of
International
Education
,
the
organization
mandated
by
the
US
Bureau
of
State
to
administer
the
Fulbright
Fellowship
program
.
Metro
International
,
in
charge
of
Global
Classroom
.
The
Global
Classroom
is
an
effort
to
send
foreign
students
studying
in
New
York
City
to
schools
to
talk
about
their
culture
to
students
in
NYC
University
of
Nottingham
For
information
on
articles
and
publications
from
the
Department
of
Mathematics
Education
,
University
of
Education
,
Winneba
,
Ghana
,
visit
http
:
//
www
.
inasp
.
info
/
ajol
ATTEH
E
.
T
.
GHANAIAN
LANGUAGE
emmanuelatteh
*
at
*
yahoo
.
com
Read
more
about
Atteh
E
.
T
.
>>
ABOUT
MYSELF
I
am
Emmanuel
Tetteh
Atteh
.
I
am
a
Dangme
lecturer
at
the
Department
of
Ghanaian
Languages
Education
,
University
of
Education
,
Winneba
.
I
am
married
with
five
children
,
two
boys
and
three
girls
.
Besides
teaching
as
my
main
profession
,
I
also
do
business
.
I
deal
in
stationery
items
.
Tonny
and
Alhaji
are
my
business
partners
.
I
first
graduated
from
the
erstwhile
School
of
Ghana
Languages
Ajumako
with
diploma
certificate
Ghanaian
Languages
,
Dangme
in
1986
.
I
obtained
my
first
degree
in
Ghanaian
Languages
and
Special
Education
from
the
University
College
of
Education
,
Winneba
in
1994
.
Currently
I
hold
an
M
.
Phil
.
degree
in
Curriculum
Studies
from
the
University
of
Cape
Coast
,
Ghana
.
BOATENG
-
ENNIMFUL
E
.
SCIENCE
EDUCATION
eboatengful
*
at
*
yahoo
.
com
Children
'
s
Ideas
Conceptual
Approach
to
Teaching
Science
The
Constructivist
'
s
View
of
Science
Teaching
Teacher
'
s
Views
About
the
Nature
of
Science
and
the
Impact
on
Classroom
Practice
Using
the
Discovery
Approach
to
the
Teaching
of
Selected
Science
Topics
Read
more
about
Boateng
Ennimfule
E
.
>>
Welcome
I
am
Rev
.
E
.
Boateng
-
Ennimful
,
a
Lecturer
at
the
Department
of
Science
Education
,
UEW
.
My
areas
of
specialization
are
Physics
and
Science
Education
.
I
am
also
the
Chaplain
of
the
University
.
AREAS
OF
INTEREST
Children
'
s
Ideas
Conceptual
Approach
to
Teaching
Science
The
Constructivist
'
s
View
of
Science
Teaching
Teacher
'
s
Views
About
the
Nature
of
Science
and
the
Impact
on
Classroom
Practice
Using
the
Discovery
Approach
to
the
Teaching
of
Selected
Science
Topics
Bannerman
Valentina
(
Mrs
)
Ag
.
Librarian
M
Phil
(
Ed
.
Psy
.
)
;
Graduate
Diploma
in
Library
Studies
(
G
.
D
.
L
.
S
)
;
B
.
A
(
Ed
.
)
Read
more
about
Bannerman
Valentina
(
Mrs
.
)
>>
Research
Interests
Information
Literacy
Knowledge
Management
Organisational
Learning
Publications
The
Impact
of
IFLA
/
DANIDA
Project
on
UCEW
Library
.
IFLA
/
DANIDA
Newsletter
,
Vol
.
5
no
.
1
2002
,
p
.
3
-
4
Directory
of
African
University
Libraries
and
Professional
Librarians
in
the
West
African
Sub
-
Region
,
The
Standing
Conference
of
Africa
University
Libraries
,
Western
Area
(
SCAULWA
)
,
&
International
Network
for
the
Availability
of
Scientific
Publications
(
INASP
)
,
Kumasi
,
2002
Report
of
The
Standing
Conference
of
Africa
University
Libraries
,
Western
Area
(
SCAULWA
)
,
2001
Conference
.
SCAULWA
Newsletter
,
Vol
.
3
no
.
1
January
-
June
2002
pp
4
-
7
Report
on
the
Information
Technology
Workshop
.
Sabre
Foundation
Website
www
.
sabre
.
org
/
lits
/
ucewreport
.
html
April
,
2001
Information
Literacy
in
Academic
Libraries
Ghana
Library
Journal
.
Vol
.
1
no
.
3
2001
,
pp
45
-
55
From
Conventional
Libraries
to
Electronic
Libraries
:
The
Role
of
the
African
University
in
the
Transformation
.
AAU
Newsletter
Vol
.
7
No
.
1
2001
pp
.
3
-
6
.
Presented
jointly
with
Helena
Asamoah
-
Hassan
(
Mrs
.
)
Quality
Assurance
in
African
University
Libraries
.
Library
Standards
,
Performance
Measurement
,
Staff
Appraisal
.
Proceedings
of
the
Revival
Meeting
held
at
Mamphey
Hall
,
GIMPA
22
-
27
November
1999
,
The
Standing
Conference
of
Africa
University
Libraries
,
Western
Area
(
SCAULWA
)
,
2000
pp39
-
59
Information
Anxiety
.
What
is
it
?
GEMTA
Newsletter
.
Vol
.
2
issue
1
January
1999
.
DAKE
G
.
Y
.
SOCIAL
STUDIES
dakegershon
*
at
*
yahoo
.
com
Read
more
about
Dake
G
.
K
.
>>
ABOUT
MYSELF
I
am
a
young
man
who
is
lecturing
at
the
Department
of
Social
Studies
Education
,
University
of
Education
Winneba
in
Ghana
.
I
am
fully
married
and
all
my
children
are
boys
.
I
obtained
both
my
first
and
second
degrees
in
Economics
from
the
University
of
Cape
Coast
.
I
hold
a
Diploma
Certificate
in
Education
(
UCC
)
and
in
Ghanaian
Language
(
SGL
)
Ajumako
.
As
a
trained
teacher
(
Cert
.
A
P
/
S
)
,
I
taught
at
all
levels
,
namely
the
Middle
School
(
3
years
)
,
the
Secondary
School
(
several
years
)
and
currently
in
the
University
.
My
main
subject
area
is
Economics
.
I
am
however
particularly
interested
in
Development
Economics
.
My
research
interest
is
in
Poverty
,
Industrialisation
and
the
Emancipation
of
Women
/
Women
and
Empowerment
.
deGRAFT
-
YANKSON
PATRIQUE
ART
EDUCATION
patriqueee
*
at
*
wowmail
.
com
Read
more
about
deGraft
Yankson
Partrique
>>
YOU
'
RE
WELCOME
Who
is
he
?
Patrique
deGraft
Yankson
is
a
Ghanaian
born
on
the
1st
of
October
,
1966
.
He
completed
his
elementary
school
education
in
1982
,
proceed
to
teachers
training
college
and
finally
to
the
University
of
Education
for
his
B
.
Ed
.
Degree
in
Art
Education
.
He
minored
in
Literature
in
English
.
Currently
he
is
pursuing
his
Masters
Degree
in
the
Kwame
Nkrumah
University
of
Science
and
Technology
.
He
is
also
a
Teaching
Assistant
in
the
Department
of
Art
Education
,
University
of
Education
,
Winneba
.
He
gives
practical
tutorials
to
students
in
Computer
Graphics
and
Digital
Art
.
What
he
wants
to
be
The
aim
of
deGraft
-
Yankson
is
to
spearhead
the
advocacy
for
the
full
integration
of
ICT
tools
in
the
teaching
and
learning
of
Art
in
Ghanaian
Schools
.
This
he
has
started
with
a
research
into
the
design
of
a
basic
handbook
in
ICT
education
for
Art
,
which
he
is
feverishly
working
on
for
his
Masters
Degree
in
Art
Education
.
My
Favorite
Web
sites
www
.
wetcanvas
.
com
www
.
photoshopuser
.
com
www
.
iconadvertising
.
com
deHeer
-
Amissah
Adrian
SCIENCE
EDUCATION
andamissah
*
at
*
uew
.
edu
.
gh
Read
more
about
deHeer
-
Amissah
Adrian
>>
Academic
/
Research
Interests
Prof
.
deHeer
-
Amissah
’
s
areas
of
interest
are
Physics
of
the
Lower
Atmosphere
and
Environmental
Science
.
He
has
done
extensive
work
on
Transport
Phenomena
(
of
Momentum
,
Sensible
Heat
and
Water
Vapour
)
,
and
Energy
Balance
of
the
Earth
/
Atmosphere
interface
.
He
is
a
Fellow
of
Ghana
Institution
of
Physicists
(
GIPhy
)
;
a
member
of
the
West
African
Science
Association
,
and
Ghana
Science
Association
.
He
served
as
the
President
of
GSA
(
1985
-
1987
)
.
He
was
the
Chairman
of
the
Committee
to
review
Pre
-
Tertiary
Education
Programme
in
Ghana
(
1984
)
.
He
also
chaired
a
Committee
appointed
by
the
Ministry
of
Education
to
submit
proposals
for
the
establishment
of
a
Joint
Admissions
and
Matriculation
Board
(
JAMB
)
for
placement
of
candidates
in
tertiary
institutions
.
After
twenty
-
eight
years
of
teaching
in
the
University
of
Cape
Coast
,
Prof
.
deHeer
-
Amissah
was
seconded
to
the
National
Council
for
Tertiary
Education
as
the
first
Executive
Secretary
for
four
years
.
He
has
been
on
post
-
retirement
contract
with
the
University
of
Education
since
1999
.
His
main
pre
-
occupation
in
the
University
is
developing
a
viable
Post
-
Graduate
School
.
He
is
the
Director
of
a
Carnegie
Corporation
Funded
Project
on
Post
-
Graduate
Studies
with
Women
in
Focus
Selected
Publications
Deheer
-
Amissah
,
A
.
N
.
(
1966
)
;
Possible
Climatic
Changes
that
may
be
caused
by
the
Creation
of
the
Volta
Lake
;
in
E
.
Obeng
(
ed
)
,
Man
-
Made
Lakes
;
Ghana
Universities
Press
,
pp
.
73
–
82
.
Deheer
-
Amissah
,
A
.
N
.
(
1973
)
.
Surface
Energy
Balance
of
Some
Climatic
Regimes
in
West
Africa
;
Ghana
Journal
of
Science
;
Vol
.
13
,
No
.
2
.
Deheer
-
Amissah
,
A
.
N
.
(
1973
)
.
Estimates
of
Evapotranspiration
Rates
by
Penman
and
Thornthwaite
Methods
;
Ghana
Journal
of
Science
;
Vol
13
,
No
.
2
.
Deheer
-
Amissah
,
A
.
N
.
,
Hogstrom
,
U
;
Smedman
-
Hogstrom
,
A
.
S
.
(
1981
)
.
Calculation
of
Sensible
and
Latent
Heat
Fluxes
,
and
Surface
Resistance
from
Profile
Data
.
Boundary
-
Layer
Met
.
,
20
,
35
–
49
.
Deheer
-
Amissah
,
A
.
N
.
(
1982
)
.
Advection
of
Water
Vapour
Flux
across
the
Guinea
Coast
;
Proceed
.
,
13th
Bien
.
Conf
.
of
Ghana
Science
Association
;
Accra
.
Deheer
-
Amissah
,
A
.
N
.
(
1984
)
.
A
Semi
-
Empirical
Method
for
Estimating
Latent
Heat
Flux
from
Routine
Meteorological
Data
.
Arch
.
Met
.
Geoph
.
Biocl
.
,
Ser
A33
,
187
–
197
.
Deheer
-
Amissah
,
A
.
N
.
(
1984
)
.
Seasonal
and
Vertical
Distribution
of
Water
Vapour
in
West
Africa
;
Proceed
.
,
14th
Bien
.
Conf
.
of
Ghana
Science
Association
,
Kumasi
.
EMINAH
JOHN
SCIENCE
EDUCATION
johneminah
*
at
*
yahoo
.
com
Read
more
about
Eminah
John
>>
Welcome
I
am
a
senior
lecturer
in
science
education
at
the
University
of
Education
,
Winneba
.
I
'
m
married
with
five
children
.
My
research
interests
include
gender
,
curriculum
and
philosophical
issues
in
science
education
.
I
am
currently
working
on
the
worldviews
of
science
and
non
-
science
major
students
on
HIV
/
AIDS
.
I
hope
to
present
my
doctoral
dissertation
in
science
education
to
the
Faculty
of
Education
,
University
of
Cape
Coast
by
mid
November
2003
.
I
have
presented
three
papers
on
my
findings
at
national
and
international
conferences
in
Ghana
and
Finland
.
I
am
working
on
a
fourth
paper
to
be
presented
at
the
Annual
Conference
of
the
Ghana
Chemical
Society
in
December
2003
.
One
of
my
long
-
term
projects
involves
the
development
of
an
instrument
that
can
be
used
to
read
the
thoughts
/
minds
of
individuals
.
Research
Areas
I
have
published
ten
research
reports
and
articles
on
various
educational
issues
-
comprising
gender
,
philosophical
,
curricular
and
cultural
issues
in
science
education
.
Following
are
the
titles
of
some
of
my
publications
:
Hindrances
to
Females
'
Participation
in
Science
in
Tertiary
Teacher
Training
Institutions
in
Ghana
.
The
Under
-
Representation
of
Females
in
Science
in
Ghana
:
Some
Unconsidered
Factors
and
Possible
Remediation
Towards
a
Workable
Language
Policy
for
Primary
Science
Teaching
in
Ghana
Proficiency
in
English
Language
and
its
Effect
on
Cognitive
Achievement
in
Science
Science
Teaching
and
Learning
in
Linguistically
Heterogeneous
Primary
Classes
in
Ghana
Teacher
-
Verbal
Interactions
in
Selected
J
.
S
.
S
.
Science
Classes
HANSON
RUBY
SCIENCE
EDUCATION
maameruby
*
at
*
yahoo
.
com
Read
more
about
Hanson
Ruby
>>
Welcome
My
name
is
Ruby
.
I
however
wish
to
be
called
Ruu
by
my
friends
.
I
am
married
with
two
boys
aged
12
and
10
.
The
big
boy
will
turn
13
on
the
11th
of
December
.
The
younger
one
turned
10
on
the
17th
of
June
.
I
have
two
other
grown
up
kids
.
They
are
all
real
lovely
and
wonderful
kids
..
I
teach
at
a
University
in
Winneba
while
my
husband
works
in
a
town
called
Akwatia
.
He
is
the
head
of
an
institution
there
.
He
is
called
Kofi
Hanson
.
I
teach
Chemistry
at
the
science
department
of
the
University
.
I
majored
in
analytical
chemistry
in
school
.
Research
Interests
I
have
been
teaching
in
UEW
for
the
past
five
years
.
My
area
of
interest
has
been
in
Inorganic
Chemistry
.
My
research
interest
has
been
in
looking
at
the
effects
of
additives
,
pesticides
and
other
environmental
pollutants
on
living
organisms
.
Specifically
,
I
have
looked
at
the
effect
of
food
additives
,
particularly
,
flavourings
and
essences
on
man
,
using
white
mice
.
It
was
observed
that
mice
fed
on
additives
either
died
off
early
,
had
aborted
pregnancies
,
or
no
births
at
all
.
Others
had
low
weight
offspring
.
This
research
was
carried
out
at
a
basic
level
where
further
tests
such
as
instrumental
analyses
were
not
carried
out
.
It
is
hoped
that
this
research
will
be
followed
up
with
time
.
A
second
research
was
carried
out
based
on
the
effect
of
smoke
fumes
and
other
obnoxious
gas
on
the
effect
on
school
children
.
The
research
was
carried
out
in
areas
where
schools
had
their
buildings
sited
near
rubbish
dumps
.
A
higher
and
recent
research
has
been
carried
out
on
the
effect
of
pesticides
(
Lindane
,
Pentachlorophenol
,
and
Propoxur
)
on
three
fresh
water
fish
,
namely
Chrysicthys
nigrodigitatus
,
Oreochromis
niloticus
and
Clarias
gariepinus
species
.
Very
interesting
findings
resulted
from
the
work
.
I
hope
to
carry
out
even
further
research
on
the
findings
made
.
HARUNA
W
.
Z
.
SCIENCE
EDUCATION
wizigha
*
at
*
yahoo
.
com
Read
more
about
Haruna
W
.
Z
.
>>
Welcome
I
am
William
Zigunah
Haruna
.
I
come
from
Kaleo
in
the
Upper
West
Region
of
Ghana
and
I
am
married
with
two
sons
,
Fred
and
Frank
and
a
daughter
,
Gifty
.
I
am
a
Biology
teacher
in
the
Department
of
Science
Education
,
University
of
Education
,
Winneba
,
Ghana
.
I
am
trained
as
a
botanist
with
ecology
bias
.
My
research
interest
is
in
Conservation
Biology
.
In
recent
times
,
I
have
been
working
on
coastal
wetlands
,
specifically
on
mangrove
vegetation
and
hope
to
continue
along
this
line
.
As
a
science
educationist
,
however
,
I
also
plan
to
do
some
collaborative
work
with
colleagues
in
the
field
of
science
education
.
JOHNSON
A
.
K
.
ENGLISH
EDUCATION
Department
of
English
,
University
of
Education
,
P
O
Box
25
,
Winneba
,
Ghana
.
kwam42
*
at
*
yahoo
.
com
Read
more
about
Johnson
A
.
K
.
>>
Welcome
My
name
is
A
.
K
.
Johnson
,
a
lecturer
in
the
department
of
English
Education
,
University
of
Education
,
Winneba
.
I
have
lived
and
studied
outside
Ghana
.
I
taught
in
Swaziland
and
had
my
further
education
in
South
Africa
.
My
interest
in
the
area
of
English
education
is
literature
,
particularly
children
'
s
literature
,
and
media
education
;
how
we
can
relate
the
new
modern
technologies
in
the
construction
and
interpretation
of
text
.
It
is
my
philosophy
to
empower
my
students
,
to
make
them
discover
the
talents
they
have
and
use
it
creatively
in
their
teaching
and
research
.
My
favorite
web
sites
Tony
'
s
lectures
on
media
education
and
the
English
curriculum
Kwamlah
'
s
notes
on
children
'
s
literature
Johnson
'
s
literature
series
KNIEL
Adrian
SPECIAL
EDUCATION
Department
of
Special
Education
,
University
of
Education
,
P
O
Box
25
,
Winneba
,
Ghana
.
Tel
:
+
233
24
729
723
akniel
*
at
*
yahoo
.
de
,
akniel
*
at
*
uew
.
edu
.
gh
Read
more
about
KNIEL
Adrian
>>
Studied
Sociology
,
Social
Psychology
and
Education
at
the
Universities
Erlangen
-
Nürnberg
,
Berlin
and
Mannheim
.
MA
in
Sociology
1971
1971
-
1974
Research
Assistant
to
the
National
German
Committee
on
the
Reform
of
Special
Education
1974
to
1979
Teaching
Assistant
at
the
Department
of
Education
Ruhr
University
Bochum
PhD
in
Education
1977
,
Master
in
Special
Education
1980
1980
Lecturer
at
the
Department
of
Special
Education
University
of
Cologne
1980
to
1987
Associate
Professor
for
Special
Education
at
the
University
of
Kassel
.
Model
Project
and
Research
on
the
integration
of
handicapped
children
in
Preschools
for
the
German
Youth
Institute
.
1987
to
1991
Founder
and
Headmaster
of
the
first
Schools
for
Mentally
Retarded
Children
(
Envol
)
in
Togo
Conferences
on
Special
Education
for
the
German
Cultural
Centres
in
Jordania
,
Syria
,
Algeria
,
Tunesia
,
Morocco
,
Senegal
,
Cameroon
,
Congo
,
Nigeria
,
Ghana
and
Togo
1985
-
1995
.
Organised
the
first
Workshop
for
representatives
of
schools
for
mentally
retarded
children
from
Central
and
West
Africa
1989
.
Developed
the
Curriculum
for
Schools
for
Mentally
Retarded
Children
together
with
teachers
from
Ghana
and
Togo
in
1990
.
Evaluated
and
supported
projects
for
handicapped
children
in
India
,
Guinea
and
Ivory
Coast
.
1991
to
2001
Associate
Professor
for
Special
Education
at
the
University
of
Kassel
.
Evaluation
Research
on
Community
based
Rehabilitation
for
Persons
with
a
Disability
and
People
First
groups
of
Mentally
handicapped
persons
in
Germany
financed
by
the
Ministry
of
Social
Welfare
and
Ministry
of
Health
.
2002
to
the
present
,
Professor
at
the
department
of
Special
Education
University
of
Education
,
Winneba
.
Initiated
unit
for
mentally
retarded
children
in
regular
schools
in
Winneba
and
Swedru
.
Research
Interests
Standardisation
of
the
Draw
-
a
-
Man
-
Test
and
Raven
’
s
coloured
progressive
matrices
for
Ghana
(
Data
entry
for
Ghanaian
normative
sample
in
progress
)
Development
of
an
adaptive
behaviour
scale
for
Ghanaian
children
(
Data
entry
for
Ghanaian
normative
sample
in
progress
)
Development
of
a
handbook
to
improve
transition
from
school
to
work
for
adolescents
in
schools
for
the
mentally
retarded
in
Ghana
.
Go
through
my
list
of
publications
LUGOGYE
R
.
B
.
GHANAIAN
LANGUAGE
rblugogye
*
at
*
yahoo
.
com
Read
more
about
Lugogye
R
.
B
.
>>
Welcome
Lion
Heart
is
fast
acquiring
the
latest
skills
in
the
ICT
business
.
As
we
enter
the
technological
age
,
no
one
can
afford
to
remain
at
the
foot
of
the
mountain
.
Whatever
your
social
,
economic
,
religious
,
political
or
educational
background
you
need
to
be
computer
-
literate
to
be
able
to
rediscover
yourself
within
the
global
context
.
I
have
been
teaching
Kasem
in
the
Department
of
Ghanaian
Languages
for
the
past
six
years
.
With
the
skills
I
have
acquired
now
,
my
work
has
been
made
easier
.
From
now
onwards
my
lectures
will
be
delivered
on
-
line
so
I
urge
my
students
to
develop
great
interest
in
ICT
so
they
can
access
the
volumes
of
knowledge
packed
in
the
web
.
OFORI
S
.
S
.
ART
EDUCATION
sazmo
*
at
*
hotmail
.
com
Read
more
about
Ofori
S
.
S
.
>>
Welcome
My
full
name
is
Smiles
Ofori
.
My
field
of
specialization
is
Architectural
Ceramics
.
I
like
to
work
on
environmental
scale
and
also
share
this
knowledge
with
my
students
.
I
teach
undergraduate
ceramics
at
the
Department
of
Art
Education
,
of
the
University
of
Education
,
Winneba
.
I
have
been
teaching
since
1971
,
but
I
have
been
into
the
teaching
of
Ceramics
for
twenty
years
.
I
also
do
collaboration
with
indigenous
potters
in
rural
communities
in
Ghana
.
Three
years
ago
,
I
organized
a
clay
exchange
program
for
my
undergraduate
students
to
exchange
expertise
with
traditional
potters
.
It
is
an
exciting
experience
,
and
I
have
planned
to
enlarge
it
to
involve
students
from
the
junior
secondary
schools
and
secondary
schools
.
TENTEH
A
.
M
.
K
.
FRENCH
EDUCATION
tentehkweku
*
at
*
yahoo
.
co
.
uk
Read
more
about
Tenteh
A
.
M
.
K
.
>>
Welcome
My
full
name
is
Anthony
Martin
Kweku
Tenteh
.
I
am
fifty
-
seven
and
have
been
in
Winneba
since
November
1987
.
I
taught
French
Language
and
Literature
in
the
then
Advanced
Teacher
Training
College
.
With
the
inception
of
the
University
College
of
Education
,
I
have
been
teaching
French
language
and
Linguistics
.
My
research
interest
is
in
dialectology
involving
phonetic
and
lexical
differences
in
local
dialects
.
I
am
also
interested
in
all
kinds
of
family
planning
with
emphasis
on
the
use
of
natural
methods
.
TURNER
SANDRA
V
.
MATHEMATICS
EDUCATION
sturner
*
at
*
uew
.
edu
.
gh
Read
more
about
Turner
Sandra
V
.
>>
Welcome
I
am
a
Fulbright
Professor
for
2003
-
04
at
the
University
of
Education
,
Winneba
.
Although
my
husband
and
I
have
lived
in
Botswana
and
traveled
widely
in
southern
and
eastern
Africa
,
this
is
our
first
time
in
West
Africa
.
We
have
two
children
and
two
grandchildren
.
My
husband
Jack
is
retired
from
his
job
as
finance
director
at
a
seminary
in
Chicago
.
We
like
to
travel
,
hike
and
bike
.
One
summer
we
hiked
192
miles
across
England
,
coast
to
coast
,
in
14
days
.
We
ve
also
climbed
Kilimanjaro
.
I
'
m
from
Ohio
University
in
the
USA
,
where
I
teach
computer
courses
to
teachers
at
the
post
-
graduate
level
and
advise
doctoral
students
in
their
dissertation
research
related
to
computers
in
education
.
I
ve
been
using
computers
for
nearly
30
years
and
teaching
with
computers
for
25
years
.
I
ve
learned
,
however
,
that
no
one
is
ever
an
expert
.
There
are
always
new
things
to
learn
.
In
fact
,
I
expect
you
will
teach
me
something
new
.
That
s
what
I
like
about
computing
.
My
other
web
page
is
at
http
:
//
oak
.
cats
.
ohiou
.
edu
/
~
turners
My
research
interests
include
:
Technology
in
K
-
12
Schools
Technology
in
Teacher
Education
Multimedia
/
Hypermedia
Constructivist
Learning
Environments
Peer
Collaboration
Gender
Differences
in
Information
Technology
Web
-
Based
Learning
Lego
Logo
Robotics
Teacher
Professional
Development
International
Education
and
Technology
Technology
and
Math
Education
The
web
site
for
my
NSF
Research
Grant
:
Getting
the
Media
Message
My
Curriculum
Vitae
YIDANA
ISSIFU
MATHEMATICS
EDUCATION
iyidana
*
at
*
uew
.
edu
.
gh
Read
more
about
Yidana
Issifu
>>
Welcome
I
am
Issifu
Yidana
.
I
teach
Mathematics
and
Information
Technology
at
the
University
of
Education
,
Winneba
.
I
teach
first
,
second
and
third
year
undergraduate
courses
.
My
academic
interests
include
Numerical
Analysis
,
Optimization
Techniques
,
and
Information
Communications
Technology
in
Education
(
ICTE
)
.
For
more
information
about
me
,
click
here
!
Kwame
went
to
pick
up
his
fiancé
from
her
work
place
.
As
she
come
out
of
the
office
,
there
were
a
number
of
her
office
colleagues
at
the
premises
and
she
went
around
hugging
each
one
of
them
with
some
of
them
flaunting
kisses
on
her
cheek
and
forehead
areas
.
Kwame
got
furious
that
she
got
too
intimate
with
especially
her
male
colleagues
.
She
also
insisted
she
was
only
being
courteous
with
just
another
form
of
greeting
.
This
degenerated
into
a
very
nasty
argument
between
them
.
Some
people
believe
that
close
hugging
and
kisses
are
alien
to
our
culture
and
the
fact
is
that
we
are
not
used
to
and
most
people
are
uncomfortable
,
unlike
people
from
western
cultures
,
with
that
kind
of
physical
contact
.
Do
you
agree
with
this
assertion
?
Are
close
hugs
and
kisses
not
really
in
conformity
with
our
culture
and
social
setting
?
The
Government
of
Ghana
has
placed
a
ban
on
an
International
Conference
of
Gays
and
Lesbians
scheduled
to
take
place
in
Ghana
later
this
month
.
The
Government
made
it
clear
that
it
shall
not
permit
the
proposed
conference
to
take
place
anywhere
in
Ghana
.
The
Government
has
even
asked
the
Interior
Minister
to
investigate
and
punish
the
officials
who
gave
permission
for
a
gays
and
Lesbian
s
conference
at
the
International
Conference
Centre
.
It
says
homosexual
relationships
offend
the
culture
and
morality
of
the
people
There
are
some
people
,
not
necessarily
gays
or
lesbians
who
are
opposed
to
the
government
directive
because
they
say
it
is
against
the
constitutional
right
of
freedom
of
association
.
They
point
that
it
is
engaging
in
a
homosexual
act
that
is
an
offence
in
Ghana
and
not
merely
saying
you
are
one
.
In
other
words
,
you
cannot
arrest
someone
because
he
/
she
says
I
am
a
thief
without
proof
of
an
act
being
committed
.
They
say
the
constitutional
right
of
an
individual
should
overcome
any
argument
of
culture
and
morality
.
There
are
others
too
who
say
regardless
of
rights
or
whatever
,
homosexuality
should
not
have
any
place
in
our
society
and
encourages
the
government
to
employ
all
the
power
at
is
disposal
to
deal
with
the
perpetrators
of
the
act
.
What
is
your
candid
opinion
on
this
matter
?
Welcome
to
the
University
of
Ghana
,
Legon
.
We
hope
that
your
stay
at
the
University
will
be
pleasant
,
fruitful
and
very
rewarding
.
The
Dean
and
the
staff
of
the
International
Programmes
Office
look
forward
to
meeting
you
and
we
wish
you
every
success
.
We
are
delighted
that
you
have
chosen
the
University
of
Ghana
for
your
studies
.
Whether
you
are
here
for
one
or
two
semesters
of
study
abroad
or
a
full
degree
programme
at
the
undergraduate
or
graduate
level
,
we
trust
that
your
studies
at
the
University
of
Ghana
will
be
intellectually
challenging
,
culturally
stimulating
and
personally
rewarding
.
This
handbook
provides
a
brief
description
of
the
University
of
Ghana
and
some
useful
information
to
help
you
settle
in
.
The
handbook
is
designed
to
address
frequently
asked
questions
.
While
all
your
questions
may
not
be
answered
,
services
and
people
who
may
provide
more
information
on
life
at
Legon
are
identified
.
Please
contact
the
International
Programmes
Office
if
you
have
any
specific
questions
relating
to
International
Programmes
and
International
Student
Exchange
or
if
you
have
any
suggestions
for
improvements
in
this
handbook
.
It
is
my
pleasure
to
welcome
you
to
the
University
of
Ghana
.
Professor
Eric
Danquah
/
Dean
,
International
Programmes
/
Office
Location
/
Contact
Information
The
Office
of
the
Dean
is
located
in
the
K
.
A
.
B
.
Jones
-
Quartey
Building
First
right
after
the
Main
Entrance
near
the
Faculty
of
Law
First
floor
,
Right
Wing
,
Room
5
(
Building
#
4
on
the
Campus
map
)
Telephone
:
021
-
518067
Legon
Exchange
:
021
-
500381
Ext
.
2112
(
General
Office
)
Ext
.
2069
(
Asst
.
Registrar
)
Fax
:
021
-
507147
E
-
mail
:
inep
@
ug
.
edu
.
gh
The
University
of
Ghana
THE
UNIVERSITY
S
MISSION
The
Mission
Statement
of
the
University
of
Ghana
defines
the
business
scope
and
unique
competencies
that
determine
why
the
University
will
be
successful
as
a
tertiary
institution
and
its
approach
to
realizing
its
goals
.
It
aims
to
encompass
all
the
critical
activities
and
capabilities
of
the
University
and
covers
the
entire
span
of
its
endeavours
.
Finally
,
it
captures
the
prioritisation
given
to
each
sphere
of
activity
based
on
the
contribution
to
be
made
toward
the
achievement
of
the
University
s
long
-
term
objectives
.
Our
Mission
is
to
develop
World
-
class
human
resources
and
capabilities
to
meet
national
development
needs
and
global
challenges
through
quality
teaching
,
learning
,
research
and
knowledge
dissemination
.
We
will
build
on
our
core
strength
as
a
centre
of
excellence
for
high
quality
teaching
and
research
,
relevant
Institutions
and
good
infrastructure
and
our
unique
competencies
in
the
sciences
,
medicine
,
humanities
,
law
,
business
,
cultural
studies
,
information
technology
and
other
emerging
disciplines
,
to
secure
and
sustain
world
-
class
competitive
advantage
in
a
stable
democratic
environment
.
We
will
build
deeper
awareness
of
the
needs
of
our
consumers
,
especially
students
,
the
private
and
public
sectors
,
government
and
the
world
community
and
re
-
orient
our
teaching
,
research
and
extension
activities
and
harmonize
synergies
between
disciplines
to
achieve
operational
excellence
.
We
will
promote
innovative
,
relevant
and
cutting
-
edge
technology
,
leadership
development
and
an
enterprise
culture
,
to
enhance
the
delivery
of
value
to
our
consumers
and
stakeholders
.
The
University
of
Ghana
s
operations
are
governed
by
the
highest
level
of
integrity
,
ethical
standards
,
openness
and
fairness
and
are
underpinned
by
a
performance
driven
reward
recognition
system
.
Brief
Introduction
Founded
in
1948
as
the
University
College
of
the
Gold
Coast
,
for
the
purpose
of
providing
and
promoting
university
education
,
learning
and
research
,
it
became
the
University
College
of
Ghana
on
the
attainment
of
Ghana
s
independence
in
March
1957
.
During
the
initial
years
it
enjoyed
a
special
relationship
with
the
University
of
London
,
which
supervised
its
academic
programmes
and
awarded
University
of
London
external
degrees
to
successful
students
.
By
an
act
of
Parliament
in
1961
,
the
University
College
of
Ghana
attained
sovereign
university
status
with
authority
to
award
its
own
degrees
and
thus
the
University
of
Ghana
was
established
.
It
is
the
oldest
and
largest
of
the
five
universities
in
Ghana
.
Governing
Body
The
University
s
governing
body
is
the
University
Council
whose
membership
includes
representation
from
Government
,
Alumni
,
Students
,
Staff
and
University
Teachers
.
Precincts
The
campus
of
the
University
of
Ghana
is
situated
about
13
kilometres
north
-
east
of
Ghana
s
capital
-
Accra
,
at
an
altitude
of
between
300
and
400
feet
.
University
Avenue
extends
1
km
.
from
the
main
University
gate
at
the
Accra
-
Dodowa
Road
to
Commonwealth
Hall
on
Legon
Hill
.
Along
this
avenue
are
grouped
other
Halls
of
Residence
,
Departments
,
lecture
rooms
and
laboratories
.
Mid
-
way
,
the
University
Square
,
an
open
space
with
an
ornamental
pool
is
overlooked
by
the
University
s
main
library
,
the
Balme
Library
(
named
after
the
first
principal
of
the
University
College
,
David
Mowbray
Balme
)
.
The
Commercial
precinct
where
banks
and
the
post
office
may
be
found
is
located
here
.
Across
from
University
Square
are
sports
fields
,
a
central
cafeteria
and
halls
of
residence
.
Built
into
the
slope
of
Legon
Hill
behind
Commonwealth
Hall
an
open
-
air
theatre
with
a
Grecian
style
auditorium
is
located
.
On
the
summit
of
Legon
Hill
is
the
Convocation
group
of
buildings
housing
the
University
s
administration
offices
,
the
Great
Hall
,
with
a
seating
capacity
of
1
,
500
and
a
Tower
,
donated
by
the
Government
of
Ghana
in
1959
to
commemorate
Ghana
s
Independence
.
The
south
side
of
the
campus
contains
residential
accommodations
for
senior
members
,
the
University
Primary
School
,
the
Manciple
s
Organisation
,
the
International
Students
Hostel
and
the
Noguchi
Memorial
Institute
of
Medical
Research
.
On
the
northern
side
are
teaching
departments
,
lecture
halls
and
laboratories
.
Across
the
Accra
-
Dodowa
road
from
the
main
University
gate
is
the
Legon
Police
Station
and
located
behind
it
are
the
University
Hospital
and
residential
accommodation
for
other
staff
of
the
University
(
see
Campus
Map
)
.
Departments
and
Faculties
Academic
life
of
the
University
of
Ghana
is
centred
on
Faculties
,
Schools
,
Institutes
and
Centres
.
The
main
Faculties
are
Arts
,
Social
Studies
,
Agriculture
,
Law
,
and
Science
.
The
College
of
Health
Sciences
is
made
up
of
a
Medical
School
,
Dental
School
,
School
of
Nursing
,
School
of
Public
Health
and
the
Noguchi
Memorial
Institute
for
Medical
Research
.
Other
academic
units
are
the
School
of
Administration
,
School
of
Communication
Studies
,
Institute
of
African
Studies
,
Institute
of
Adult
Education
,
Institute
of
Statistical
,
Social
and
Economic
Research
,
Regional
Institute
for
Population
Studies
,
the
School
of
Performing
Arts
,
the
Legon
Centre
for
International
Affairs
(
LECIA
)
,
the
International
Centre
for
African
Music
and
Dance
,
the
Language
Centre
,
and
the
Centre
for
Tropical
Clinical
Pharmacology
and
Therapeutics
.
The
University
has
three
agricultural
research
stations
located
off
campus
.
Academic
Programmes
There
are
three
levels
of
academic
programmes
:
(
i
)
sub
-
degree
courses
;
(
ii
)
Bachelor
s
degree
courses
;
and
,
(
iii
)
Master
s
and
Doctoral
degree
programmes
.
Almost
all
academic
departments
offer
Master
s
and
Ph
.
D
.
programmes
.
Library
Facilities
The
Balme
Library
holds
more
than
300
,
000
volumes
and
over
5
,
000
periodicals
.
These
holdings
are
supplemented
by
Departmental
and
Hall
libraries
.
Residential
Facilities
The
University
is
largely
residential
with
3
co
-
ed
Halls
of
Residence
(
Legon
Hall
,
Akuafo
Hall
,
Mensah
Sarbah
Hall
)
and
2
single
sex
Halls
of
residence
(
Volta
Hall
for
females
and
Commonwealth
Hall
for
males
)
.
In
addition
,
there
is
a
100
-
room
co
-
ed
Graduate
Hostel
and
a
217
-
bed
co
-
ed
International
Students
Hostel
.
Other
residential
facilities
include
the
Jubilee
Hostel
and
the
SSNIT
Hostel
,
both
co
-
ed
.
International
Co
-
operation
The
University
of
Ghana
envisions
university
-
wide
integrated
programmes
in
teaching
,
research
,
and
service
with
a
strong
international
dimension
.
All
international
programmes
are
intended
to
enable
members
of
the
university
community
to
benefit
from
trans
-
cultural
knowledge
that
may
be
applied
to
a
range
of
critical
issues
.
This
vision
will
enhance
the
university
s
advancement
as
a
world
-
class
teaching
and
research
institution
.
In
order
to
accord
proper
attention
to
its
international
programmes
and
students
,
the
University
established
an
office
of
International
Programmes
,
headed
by
a
Dean
.
The
University
of
Ghana
has
both
formal
and
informal
links
with
several
.
Institutions
worldwide
and
is
a
member
of
the
International
Association
of
African
Universities
(
IAAU
)
,
the
Association
of
Commonwealth
Universities
(
ACU
)
,
the
Association
of
African
Universities
as
well
as
a
member
of
the
League
of
World
Universities
(
comprised
of
47
renowned
research
Universities
around
the
world
)
.
The
University
has
also
established
academic
and
research
links
with
several
Universities
and
Research
Institutions
worldwide
.
Additionally
,
the
University
is
linked
,
among
others
,
to
the
Norwegian
Universities
Committee
for
Development
Research
and
Education
(
NUFU
)
,
the
Council
for
International
Education
Exchange
(
CIEE
)
based
in
New
York
,
International
Students
Exchange
Programme
(
ISEP
)
,
and
the
Commonwealth
Universities
Study
Abroad
Consortium
(
CUSAC
)
.
The
majority
of
participating
students
in
these
programmes
come
from
the
United
States
,
Canada
,
Asia
,
the
United
Kingdom
and
Europe
.
The
University
of
Ghana
also
provides
an
opportunity
for
some
Ghanaian
students
to
broaden
their
knowledge
and
experience
by
studying
for
one
or
two
semesters
at
an
International
Institution
while
pursuing
their
degree
at
the
University
of
Ghana
.
The
International
Programmes
Office
:
This
office
was
established
to
promote
and
co
-
ordinate
all
the
University
s
external
relations
,
including
International
Students
,
Visiting
Scholars
,
staff
on
exchange
,
external
staff
training
programmes
and
research
collaboration
.
The
Office
of
International
Programmes
offers
a
variety
of
services
to
international
students
and
scholars
.
It
also
processes
special
admission
student
applications
for
international
students
and
co
-
ordinates
their
accommodation
in
University
of
Ghana
residential
facilities
.
Recognizing
that
international
students
add
to
the
cultural
enrichment
of
the
social
,
as
well
as
academic
,
setting
of
the
Legon
campus
,
the
Office
is
dedicated
to
fostering
global
understanding
and
goodwill
and
assisting
all
international
students
to
reap
maximum
benefit
from
their
stay
in
Ghana
.
All
international
students
must
report
to
the
Office
of
International
Programmes
upon
their
arrival
to
complete
registration
formalities
.
Meet
the
Staff
Dean
Assistant
Registrar
Senior
Administrative
Assistant
Principal
Accountant
Administrative
Assistant
Driver
Shuttle
Bus
Driver
Messenger
/
Cleaner
Training
Manager
(
International
Students
Hostel
)
Chief
Porter
(
International
Students
Hostel
)
Prof
.
Chris
Gordon
Miss
Lydia
Nyako
Vacant
Ms
Helen
Asare
Mrs
.
Victoria
Baku
-
Atiboly
Mr
.
Ernest
Frimpong
Mr
.
Emmanuel
Attu
Mr
.
David
Opare
Mr
.
Daniel
Azumah
Mr
.
Dominic
Mintah
Office
Location
The
Office
of
International
Programmes
is
located
on
the
First
Floor
,
Right
Wing
of
the
K
.
A
.
B
.
Jones
-
Quartey
Building
,
(
near
the
Faculty
of
Law
)
close
to
the
main
entrance
of
the
University
of
Ghana
.
We
can
be
reached
by
:
Tel
/
Fax
:
021
-
507147
(
direct
line
Tel
:
021
-
500381
Ext
.
2112
(
through
the
University
switchboard
)
E
-
mail
:
dip
@
ug
.
edu
.
gh
The
mailing
address
is
:
International
Programmes
Office
University
of
Ghana
P
.
O
.
Box
LG
586
Legon
,
Ghana
,
West
Africa
.
Services
for
International
Students
The
Office
provides
the
following
services
:
Reception
and
Orientation
Airport
pick
-
up
.
Given
adequate
information
on
the
travelling
arrangements
of
in
-
bound
students
(
name
,
airline
,
flight
number
,
arrival
time
)
,
the
International
Programmes
Office
arranges
pick
-
up
from
Kotoka
International
Airport
and
transport
to
University
of
Ghana
Hostels
for
students
who
do
not
have
transport
arranged
by
their
home
programme
.
Those
meeting
you
will
be
waiting
immediately
outside
the
cordoned
off
area
when
you
leave
the
airport
building
(
you
exit
by
going
down
an
internal
ramp
that
takes
you
under
the
road
)
.
Residential
Accommodation
Assistance
is
provided
to
all
international
students
on
their
arrival
to
ensure
that
they
acquire
residential
accommodation
at
the
International
Students
Hostel
and
/
or
another
Hall
of
Residence
.
Registration
All
international
students
must
report
at
the
Office
of
International
Programmes
to
complete
the
registration
process
.
Internet
Access
Our
students
have
access
to
computers
available
in
our
conference
room
to
connect
to
the
internet
.
Immigration
In
any
new
country
your
passport
is
your
most
valuable
document
.
You
must
keep
your
passport
in
a
safe
place
.
Students
are
advised
to
make
photocopies
of
the
most
important
pages
in
their
passports
and
store
them
in
a
different
secure
place
.
On
arrival
in
Ghana
,
all
international
students
must
register
with
their
respective
High
Commissions
/
Embassies
at
their
earliest
convenience
.
Should
you
lose
your
passport
,
you
must
IMMEDIATELY
report
the
loss
to
the
police
,
then
to
your
country
s
high
commission
,
embassy
,
or
consulate
and
also
to
the
Ghana
Immigration
Service
.
The
Office
of
International
Programmes
is
responsible
for
acting
as
the
intermediary
between
the
University
of
Ghana
,
the
international
student
,
and
various
outside
organisations
,
most
importantly
the
Ghana
Immigration
Service
.
Assistance
is
provided
to
international
students
to
enable
them
to
regularise
their
stay
.
Academic
and
Adjustment
Assistance
The
Office
of
International
Programmes
offers
advice
to
assist
with
any
adjustment
problems
and
is
available
to
explain
University
policy
as
well
as
some
aspects
of
Ghanaian
culture
.
The
goal
of
the
Office
is
to
help
make
the
transitional
process
of
every
international
student
as
easy
and
smooth
as
possible
.
Student
Welfare
The
Dean
and
staff
of
the
International
Programmes
Office
are
committed
to
maintaining
a
vigilant
concern
for
the
welfare
of
all
international
students
.
Every
effort
is
made
to
ensure
that
,
both
academically
and
socially
,
the
period
of
stay
of
all
international
students
both
on
campus
and
in
Ghana
as
a
whole
is
an
enjoyable
and
rewarding
one
.
Peer
Partner
Programme
The
Office
of
International
Programmes
in
conjunction
with
the
Student
Representative
Council
(
SRC
)
is
initiating
a
programme
designed
to
introduce
each
new
student
to
a
continuing
Legon
student
who
will
assist
the
new
student
to
adjust
to
life
at
Legon
.
Such
assistance
may
include
:
help
in
opening
bank
accounts
;
introduction
to
the
various
services
available
to
students
on
campus
;
and
,
general
familiarisation
with
the
campus
itself
.
The
International
Students
'
Hostel
The
International
Students
Hostel
is
located
on
the
southern
part
of
the
campus
,
off
the
road
leading
to
the
Noguchi
Memorial
Institute
for
Medical
Research
.
This
Hostel
(
commissioned
June
18th
,
1999
)
was
purpose
built
to
cater
for
the
increasing
numbers
of
international
students
at
the
University
of
Ghana
opened
for
students
of
the
2000
/
2001
academic
year
.
To
ensure
that
our
international
students
have
as
much
contact
with
their
Ghanaian
peers
as
possible
and
to
foster
close
socio
-
cultural
interaction
with
our
international
students
,
a
number
of
Ghanaian
students
are
resident
in
the
hostel
.
The
International
Hostel
is
made
up
of
4
floors
with
a
total
of
128
rooms
of
single
and
double
occupancy
.
Each
floor
has
a
laundry
,
2
kitchenettes
and
a
T
.
V
.
lounge
.
In
addition
the
ground
floor
has
two
Reading
Rooms
.
To
further
ensure
the
safety
of
our
students
,
every
evening
from
7
:
00
11
:
00
p
.
m
.
,
a
free
Shuttle
Service
is
run
to
and
from
the
hostel
connecting
to
other
points
on
the
campus
,
including
the
Balme
Library
,
the
Central
Cafeteria
and
the
main
University
Gate
.
Students
are
advised
to
bring
along
or
acquire
on
arrival
basic
toiletries
and
other
basic
essentials
to
outfit
their
rooms
.
Telephone
facilities
(
intercom
,
local
and
IDD
)
are
available
(
per
student
)
in
each
room
at
the
hostel
.
This
service
has
been
disrupted
due
to
a
technical
problem
.
Every
effort
is
being
made
to
restore
the
serivce
.
Some
Comments
from
International
Students
about
the
University
of
Ghana
My
experience
in
Ghana
was
definitely
life
changing
.
Attending
the
University
enabled
me
to
really
learn
about
the
Ghanaian
Culture
.
Spending
the
semester
learning
the
Twi
l
anguage
,
traditional
African
dance
and
Drama
and
interacting
with
the
students
made
my
stay
an
incredible
one
.
Kimberly
Kingsley
Council
The
University
of
Ghana
provides
great
opportunities
for
foreign
students
.
The
classes
offer
students
the
chance
to
study
unique
subjects
,
from
traditional
African
dance
to
the
History
of
West
African
religions
in
a
setting
much
different
from
what
we
are
accustomed
to
.
Personally
I
found
this
experience
to
be
the
most
amazing
of
my
life
.
Corey
Bodoh
-
Creed
Suny
/
Brockport
The
University
of
Ghana
has
provided
me
with
a
challenging
and
thought
-
provoking
academic
experiences
.
The
University
caters
very
well
to
the
needs
of
International
Students
,
helping
us
to
integrate
into
the
community
while
supporting
our
special
needs
.
My
semester
at
the
University
of
Ghana
was
a
great
cultural
experience
.
I
could
not
have
asked
for
a
better
place
to
study
.
Matthew
Bailey
Joyce
Suny
/
Brockport
The
University
of
Ghana
has
provided
me
with
a
unique
educational
experience
.
By
participating
in
a
combination
of
academics
,
sports
and
social
life
,
I
was
able
to
become
part
of
the
Campus
Community
.
While
it
wasn
t
always
easy
,
I
recommend
to
students
to
stay
for
a
whole
year
because
it
is
only
then
that
you
get
a
taste
of
what
it
s
really
like
in
Ghana
.
I
thought
a
year
will
be
a
long
time
,
but
I
realized
how
short
it
really
was
.
It
has
changed
my
life
and
it
is
bound
to
change
yours
.
So
if
you
are
sitting
there
and
drinking
your
cup
of
coffee
and
contemplating
it
--
challenge
yourself
!
Leave
your
comfort
zone
and
experience
University
of
Ghana
.
Georgia
Gould
ISEP
THE
GHANAIAN
LEGAL
SYSTEM
The
Legal
system
in
Ghana
is
based
primarily
on
the
British
Common
Law
and
Customary
Law
.
The
three
fundamental
principles
are
that
:
everyone
is
equal
under
the
Law
;
an
accused
person
is
presumed
innocent
until
proven
guilty
;
and
,
ignorance
is
no
excuse
for
breaking
the
Law
.
As
an
international
student
,
you
have
the
full
protection
of
Ghanaian
laws
.
The
third
principle
is
especially
important
to
international
students
:
Please
note
that
if
you
break
the
laws
of
the
land
,
you
cannot
get
away
with
it
on
the
grounds
that
you
did
not
know
that
what
you
did
was
wrong
.
All
international
students
are
to
note
that
the
Laws
of
Ghana
prohibit
the
use
of
narcotics
and
restricted
drugs
,
such
as
heroin
,
cocaine
and
marijuana
.
Students
caught
using
or
dealing
in
such
drugs
will
be
prosecuted
and
,
if
found
guilty
,
could
be
sentenced
to
several
years
imprisonment
.
All
students
are
strongly
advised
to
stay
away
from
drugs
.
GHANA
NATIONAL
HOLIDAYS
National
holidays
are
observed
in
Ghana
on
the
dates
listed
below
.
Dates
not
indicated
vary
from
year
to
year
.
Students
should
note
that
on
such
days
all
government
offices
,
banks
and
most
stores
are
closed
.
Public
Holidays
New
Year
s
Day
Eid
al
-
Adha
Independence
Day
Good
Friday
Easter
Monday
May
Day
African
Union
Day
Republic
Day
Eid
al
-
Fitr
Farmers
Day
Christmas
Day
Boxing
Day
January
1st
Variable
(
in
January
)
March
6th
Variable
Variable
May
1st
May
25th
July
1st
Variable
(
in
November
)
1st
Friday
in
December
December
25th
December
26th
SAFETY
AND
SECURITY
The
University
of
Ghana
and
its
environs
are
a
relatively
safe
place
to
live
and
study
.
However
it
is
always
important
to
be
on
your
guard
.
Please
take
all
possible
precautions
for
your
safety
especially
after
dark
.
Kindly
be
guided
by
the
following
safety
tips
.
DON
T
as
far
as
possible
,
go
unaccompanied
after
dark
,
there
is
safety
in
numbers
,
so
always
go
places
with
a
friend
(
s
)
.
DO
keep
your
room
locked
even
if
you
are
leaving
it
for
only
a
few
seconds
.
DO
be
careful
as
to
whom
you
give
your
name
or
address
to
or
allow
into
your
room
.
DO
travel
light
and
try
not
to
flaunt
expensive
jewellery
,
gadgets
,
clothes
or
flash
cash
.
DON
T
accept
lifts
from
strangers
.
DO
,
if
possible
,
ensure
that
others
know
of
your
whereabouts
.
DO
plan
the
safest
route
to
your
destination
and
use
it
,
keeping
to
well
lit
areas
.
DON
T
wander
into
unknown
areas
find
out
how
safe
they
are
first
.
DO
keep
valuable
property
e
.
g
.
your
Passport
,
Laptops
etc
.
,
under
lock
and
key
.
DO
on
trips
off
campus
,
keep
a
vigilant
eye
on
your
bags
and
other
property
.
DO
avoid
hitchhiking
,
bearing
in
mind
the
dangers
involved
.
DO
as
much
as
possible
avoid
the
company
of
certain
shady
characters
(
mostly
male
)
who
will
try
to
entice
you
and
take
advantage
of
you
.
DO
trust
your
instincts
!
If
you
feel
uncomfortable
in
any
place
or
situation
,
leave
it
.
See
also
Security
Policy
and
Procedures
SOME
SERVICES
PROVIDED
ON
CAMPUS
HEALTH
SERVICES
The
University
of
Ghana
runs
a
64
-
bed
hospital
(
including
13
maternity
beds
)
open
24
hours
daily
.
It
consists
of
an
outpatient
Department
,
a
minor
Operating
Theatre
,
a
Pharmacy
,
an
X
-
Ray
Department
,
a
Dental
Section
and
a
Laboratory
.
The
hospital
is
headed
by
a
Director
of
University
Health
Services
and
supported
by
a
team
of
medical
officers
,
pharmacists
,
qualified
nurses
and
other
health
officials
.
The
hospital
provides
free
medical
attention
to
all
members
of
the
university
community
,
namely
,
students
,
staff
and
staff
dependants
.
In
addition
the
University
Hospital
runs
a
clinic
for
students
on
the
ground
floor
of
the
Central
Cafeteria
Building
.
This
is
open
between
6
.
30
a
.
m
.
to
11
.
00
a
.
m
.
each
working
day
.
If
you
should
become
sick
or
injured
on
campus
,
you
should
report
at
the
University
Hospital
for
medical
attention
.
Other
private
hospitals
where
students
can
attend
,
if
they
choose
,
are
the
Trust
Hospital
at
Osu
,
and
the
Nyaho
Clinic
at
the
Airport
Residential
Area
.
Information
on
malaria
COUNSELLING
SERVICE
The
University
of
Ghana
has
a
Counselling
and
Placement
Centre
purposely
set
up
to
supplement
other
facilities
at
the
University
for
the
promotion
of
welfare
and
development
of
students
located
next
to
the
Sociology
Department
at
the
Commonwealth
Hall
end
of
campus
.
Competent
Specialists
are
available
free
of
charge
to
assist
students
with
diverse
problems
including
emotional
,
psychological
and
educational
problems
.
As
this
is
a
walk
-
in
clinic
,
appointments
are
not
necessary
.
Current
information
on
the
Counsellors
follows
:
Counsellors
Dr
.
Rose
Schroeder
Counselling
Psychologist
,
Lecturer
Department
of
Psychology
,
University
of
Ghana
,
Legon
Time
:
Mondays
3
:
00
5
:
00
p
.
m
.
Dr
.
Samuel
Ohene
Psychiatrist
,
Lecturer
,
University
of
Ghana
Medical
School
Time
:
Tuesdays
4
:
00
6
:
00
p
.
m
.
Dr
.
(
Mrs
)
Araba
Sefa
-
Dedeh
Clinical
Psychologist
,
Lecturer
,
University
of
Ghana
Medical
School
Time
:
Wednesdays
3
:
30
6
:
00
p
.
m
.
Dr
.
J
.
J
.
Lamptey
Psychiatrist
-
in
-
charge
,
Valley
View
Clinic
and
Part
-
time
Lecturer
,
University
of
Ghana
Medical
School
Time
:
Thursdays
4
:
30
6
:
00
p
.
m
.
Mr
.
John
Gordon
Egyir
-
Croffet
Full
-
time
Counsellor
/
Ag
.
Director
Counselling
&
Placement
Centre
Ms
.
Sarah
Mary
Addo
Full
-
time
Counsellor
,
Counselling
&
Placement
Centre
Time
:
Monday
/
Wednesday
9
-
11
a
.
m
.
/
2
-
4
:
30
p
.
m
.
Tuesday
/
Thursday
/
Friday
9
:
00
a
.
m
.
4
:
30
p
.
m
Speciality
Assists
students
with
personal
problems
including
emotional
and
psychological
problems
;
tension
,
heaviness
-
in
-
the
-
head
;
sleeplessness
;
anxiety
;
dependence
on
drugs
,
alcohol
and
other
substances
;
phobia
;
stammering
.
Assists
students
with
personal
problems
including
emotional
and
psychological
problems
;
anxiety
;
tension
;
sleeplessness
;
phobia
;
stammering
;
etc
.
Assists
students
with
personal
problems
including
emotional
and
psychological
problems
;
depression
;
tension
;
heaviness
in
-
the
-
head
;
sleeplessness
;
anxiety
;
dependence
on
drugs
,
alcohol
and
other
substances
;
phobias
;
etc
.
Assists
students
with
educational
problems
;
poor
performance
;
study
skills
;
general
adjustment
;
personal
problems
including
social
relationship
,
family
,
friends
,
etc
.
;
and
,
career
planning
,
etc
.
BANKING
SERVICES
One
of
the
first
things
students
are
advised
to
do
on
arrival
is
to
put
their
money
in
a
bank
,
as
it
is
not
wise
to
carry
a
lot
of
cash
about
.
Opening
a
Bank
Account
in
Ghana
To
open
a
bank
account
,
you
have
to
provide
photocopies
of
the
following
documents
:
1
.
Student
identification
card
2
.
Admission
letter
3
.
Passport
4
.
Two
passport
sized
pictures
5
.
Letter
from
the
Dean
of
your
hall
of
residence
Standard
Chartered
Bank
and
Barclays
Bank
have
branches
on
the
University
campus
(
located
near
University
square
,
300m
from
the
University
s
main
enterance
)
.
The
Ghana
Commercial
Bank
is
located
across
from
the
main
University
entrance
.
Banks
operate
between
the
hours
of
8
.
30
a
.
m
.
and
3
.
00
p
.
m
.
Monday
-
Friday
and
provide
several
services
.
Traveller
'
s
Cheques
may
be
cashed
but
you
will
need
your
passport
and
the
maximum
allowed
at
any
one
transaction
is
$
200
.
00
US
.
American
Express
has
only
one
agent
in
Accra
-
Scantravel
.
Located
in
Enterprise
House
on
High
Street
,
Ussher
Town
,
Scantravel
is
open
from
8
:
00
a
.
m
.
to
5
p
.
m
.
Monday
to
Friday
.
The
Banks
operate
Automated
Teller
Machines
(
ATMs
)
available
24
hours
a
day
.
Barclays
and
Standard
Chartered
ATMs
accept
international
transactions
using
a
Visa
/
Mastercard
/
Debit
/
Credit
card
(
there
is
usually
a
maximum
number
of
times
you
may
use
a
credit
card
for
cash
withdrawals
per
week
-
check
with
your
credit
card
company
before
leaving
home
)
.
Your
account
is
billed
with
the
dollar
equivalent
of
money
withdrawn
and
there
'
s
a
small
fee
.
Bank
cards
affiliated
with
VISA
are
most
widely
accepted
.
The
"
Cirrus
"
or
"
Plus
"
signs
on
the
back
of
your
bank
card
are
also
accepted
.
ATMs
operation
is
dependent
on
telephone
lines
so
when
the
lines
are
down
,
communication
with
the
'
Bank
master
'
that
facilitates
the
ATM
transactions
is
lost
.
When
that
happens
(
not
infrequently
)
you
will
get
a
message
saying
that
the
"
ATM
is
temporarily
out
of
order
"
or
"
We
regret
we
cannot
offer
cash
at
this
moment
"
.
When
this
happens
,
keep
trying
at
intervals
to
see
if
service
has
been
restored
.
Western
Union
services
are
available
from
the
Post
Office
on
campus
for
transfer
of
money
to
Ghana
.
While
most
Standard
Chartered
Banks
do
have
Western
Union
service
,
the
campus
branch
does
not
.
Transfering
Money
to
Ghana
You
can
receive
an
inward
transfer
of
any
amount
through
the
bank
even
without
an
account
.
You
will
need
your
passport
and
some
proof
of
residence
.
Transfers
may
be
paid
in
the
original
currency
transferred
at
a
fee
of
5
%
of
amount
received
.
Transfers
may
be
sent
to
Ghana
using
WESTERN
UNION
MONEY
TRANSFER
or
SWIFT
(
for
Standard
Chartered
Bank
)
.
To
receive
money
through
SWIFT
at
a
Standard
Chartered
Bank
(
which
takes
72
hours
)
you
will
need
the
following
information
:
SWIFT
CODE
:
SCBL
GH
AC
BANK
:
STANDARD
CHARTERED
BANK
LTD
.
ACCT
#
:
NAME
:
BRANCH
:
LEGON
ADDRESS
:
P
.
O
.
BOX
LG
16
,
LEGON
ACCRA
GHANA
.
currency
converter
PLACES
OF
WORSHIP
The
constitution
of
Ghana
guarantees
freedom
of
religion
.
The
University
has
diverse
religious
groups
some
meeting
places
are
listed
below
:
GROUP
Catholic
Baptist
Anglican
Methodist
-
Presbyterian
Union
Legon
Interdenominational
Church
Legon
Pentecostals
Union
Campus
Christian
Family
Pentecost
Students
and
Associates
Assemblies
of
God
Campus
Ministries
Jehovah
s
Witnesses
Legon
Mosque
Seventh
Day
Adventist
Church
Deeper
Life
Ministries
Lighthouse
Chapel
Int
.
PLACE
OF
WORSHIP
Mensah
Sarbah
Hall
Chapel
Commonwealth
Hall
Chapel
Behind
the
Nursing
Dept
.
Central
Cafeteria
Behind
the
Nursing
Dept
.
N
-
2
Lecture
Room
,
N
-
Block
Legon
Hall
Dining
Hall
Nursing
Dept
.
Auditorium
Volta
Hall
Dining
Hall
Legon
Hall
Long
Room
Off
the
Noguchi
/
I
.
S
.
H
.
Road
Akuafo
Hall
Chapel
Legon
Hall
Chapel
Legon
Hall
Dining
Hall
There
is
a
Buddhist
place
of
worship
at
the
Temple
at
the
Dansoman
Estates
,
behind
Club
250
Hotel
,
in
Accra
.
COMMUNICATION
Postal
Service
The
Ghana
Post
has
a
branch
on
the
campus
.
The
Legon
Post
Office
is
located
in
the
commercial
area
of
the
university
(
opposite
Legon
Hall
)
,
sells
stamps
,
air
letter
cards
,
registers
letters
and
accepts
mail
to
be
posted
to
all
parts
of
the
world
.
It
also
sells
greeting
cards
and
other
stationery
.
Letters
/
parcels
from
home
should
be
addressed
to
:
Student
'
s
Name
International
Students
'
Hostel
Room
Number
University
of
Ghana
P
.
O
.
Box
LG
586
Legon
,
Accra
Ghana
,
West
Africa
Letters
arrive
in
ISH
and
are
placed
in
your
cubby
hole
at
the
Porter
'
s
Desk
.
When
a
parcel
arrives
,
you
will
find
a
notification
card
in
your
cubby
hole
telling
you
which
Post
Office
is
holding
the
parcel
(
usually
,
Accra
North
[
Nkrumah
Circle
]
-
which
is
a
fair
distance
away
from
the
University
)
.
You
will
need
photo
ID
to
claim
your
parcel
and
there
is
a
charge
.
Although
the
charge
is
fixed
,
the
charge
seems
to
vary
with
what
the
worker
seems
to
think
they
can
get
away
with
charging
and
may
also
depend
upon
whether
the
person
receiving
the
parcel
is
perceived
as
polite
.
Telephone
Service
Ghana
Telecom
has
placed
a
number
of
public
phone
booths
at
various
vantage
points
on
the
Legon
Campus
.
Phone
cards
are
easily
available
for
purchase
.
Toll
free
directory
assistance
for
land
-
line
phones
dial
160
or
105
.
Telephone
facilities
are
available
in
all
rooms
at
the
International
Students
Hostel
.
Students
may
sign
on
for
the
use
of
this
facility
.
The
Internet
Café
at
the
International
Students
'
Hostel
has
local
/
international
calling
services
.
Many
people
have
cell
phones
.
It
is
free
to
receive
calls
on
cell
phones
(
even
international
calls
)
.
It
is
one
of
the
few
ways
you
can
be
reached
by
your
parents
in
case
of
emergency
.
You
may
purchase
a
cell
phone
(
called
mobile
in
Ghana
)
in
Accra
(
e
.
g
.
Spacefon
on
Oxford
Street
in
Osu
)
but
they
don
'
t
take
credit
cards
.
Some
people
share
a
phone
to
cut
costs
.
Many
phones
from
back
home
work
in
Ghana
,
you
just
need
to
purchase
a
new
SIM
/
"
SNAP
"
card
in
Ghana
for
about
$
15
.
00
USD
.
Business
and
Communication
Centres
A
number
of
businesses
and
communication
centres
are
located
within
the
university
campus
.
Services
provided
include
local
,
trunk
and
international
telephone
calls
,
faxes
,
typing
,
printing
,
photocopying
and
binding
services
for
a
fee
.
Some
centres
are
:
The
Legon
Business
Centre
O
.
T
.
Business
Centre
Key
Pubcom
Business
Centre
Media
Designs
The
S
.
R
.
C
.
Business
Centre
Maranatha
Business
Centre
Dixwell
Communication
Centre
Bubbles
Geo
Support
Legon
Hall
Commonwealth
Hall
Mensah
Sarbah
Hall
Central
Cafeteria
KAB
Jones
-
QuarteyBuilding
KAB
Jones
-
QuarteyBuilding
KAB
Jones
-
QuarteyBuilding
Mensah
-
Sarbah
Hall
Annexe
B
Akuafo
Hall
(
above
Tacobell
)
Cyber
Cafés
Several
Cyber
Cafés
are
located
on
campus
and
offer
Internet
services
for
a
fee
to
students
between
the
hours
of
8
.
30
a
.
m
.
and
9
.
00
p
.
m
.
daily
.
The
fee
is
about
5
,
000
cedi
or
.
50
cents
UDS
per
hour
)
.
These
may
be
found
at
:
The
University
Guest
Centre
Reception
S
.
R
.
C
.
Computer
Laboratory
,
-
Akuafo
Hall
African
Virtual
University
,
-
on
top
of
the
University
Bookshop
Balme
Library
Legon
Hall
(
24h
broad
band
operations
Above
Tyme
Out
)
.
Benx
Zola
Computer
Services
Akuafo
Hall
Annexe
B
The
Speedster
Cyber
Café
SRC
Union
Building
Queens
Cyber
Café
-
International
Students
'
Hostel
and
Legon
Hall
Where
to
Eat
Most
of
the
residential
Halls
on
campus
have
dining
halls
serving
lunch
and
dinner
.
Some
of
the
,
mainly
local
,
dishes
served
include
:
Rice
and
meat
/
fish
sauce
Rice
and
beans
(
Waakye
)
Fried
ripe
plantain
and
beans
(
Red
-
Red
)
Rice
spiced
with
pepper
sauce
and
chicken
(
Jollof
)
Fufu
(
Pounded
cassava
and
plantain
meal
)
with
meat
/
fish
soup
.
Ampesi
(
Boiled
yam
)
and
sauce
Banku
(
Cornmeal
)
with
soup
or
sauce
Kenkey
and
fish
with
pepper
sauce
Tuo
zaafi
(
a
type
of
corn
porridge
)
The
International
Students
Hostel
has
kitchens
and
other
facilities
for
cooking
and
residents
may
prepare
their
own
meals
if
they
so
choose
.
In
addition
to
the
meals
provided
by
the
dining
halls
,
other
eateries
located
on
campus
also
serve
local
and
continental
dishes
for
breakfast
,
lunch
and
dinner
.
Some
of
these
places
are
:
Tacobell
Tyme
-
Out
Wiltex
Food
Designs
The
Roof
Top
Tasty
Treats
El
Gringo
Cindyiks
Central
Cuisiné
The
Basement
Quest
Café
School
of
Performing
Arts
The
University
Guest
Centre
On
the
Run
Akuafo
Hall
Legon
Hall
Volta
Hall
Computer
Science
Department
Jubilee
Hall
Estates
Department
International
Students
Hostel
Legon
Central
Cafeteria
Legon
Central
Cafeteria
KAB
Jones
-
Quartey
Building
Restaurant
Restaurant
Mobil
Station
,
Legon
(
off
campus
)
Other
places
to
eat
include
Hajia
'
s
Special
at
the
Bush
Canteen
(
the
Legon
Social
Market
)
and
the
Shangri
-
La
market
,
behind
the
School
of
Nursing
.
Shopping
and
Market
Centres
Several
shopping
and
market
centres
are
located
on
the
campus
and
its
environs
.
These
include
general
grocery
shops
,
card
and
gift
shops
,
bookshops
,
pharmacies
and
hair
salons
and
barber
s
shops
.
General
grocery
shops
include
:
The
Central
Cafeteria
:
Nabbot
Ventures
(
behind
the
Central
Cafeteria
)
and
Partners
B
/
c
Services
(
inside
the
Central
Cafeteria
)
The
Manciple
s
Shop
near
the
University
Primary
School
The
Legon
Social
Market
(
Bush
Canteen
)
The
Night
Market
(
near
the
Manciple
s
shop
)
Legon
Mobil
Mart
,
off
campus
(
near
the
Main
Gate
)
Legon
Shell
Shop
,
off
campus
(
South
Legon
)
Total
Shop
(
near
the
Main
Gate
)
Unipetrol
Shop
,
off
campus
(
near
ECG
,
Legon
)
Card
and
Gift
Shops
/
Bookshops
include
:
Cud
n
Cuddles
(
Commonwealth
Hall
)
The
Legon
Bookshop
The
Legon
Bookshop
Annexe
(
at
the
Jones
-
Quartey
Building
)
The
Volta
Hall
Gift
Shop
(
Volta
Hall
)
Bubbles
(
Mensah
-
Sarbah
Annexe
B
)
Pharmacy
Shops
include
:
Pfago
Pharmacy
(
Legon
Hall
Annexe
B
)
Pills
&
Tabs
Pharmacy
(
located
beside
On
the
Run
,
across
the
main
road
from
the
University
)
tel
:
0244
-
252851
Salons
and
Barber
s
Shops
include
:
Swanky
Modes
Salon
(
Legon
Hall
)
Volta
Hall
Salon
Hair
Sense
Barbering
Shop
(
Mensah
Sarbah
Hall
)
Mensah
Sarbah
Hall
Salon
Mensah
Sarbah
Hall
Annexe
A
Salon
Bush
Canteen
Salons
and
Barbers
Shops
Shopping
is
also
available
at
:
Madina
,
a
suburb
of
Accra
close
to
Legon
Osu
(
an
eastern
suburb
of
Acca
)
noted
for
its
commercial
activities
,
notably
grocery
shops
,
fast
food
joints
and
brisk
nightlife
Central
Accra
Bookshops
Books
for
Less
(
Oxford
Street
,
Osu
)
second
-
hand
bookshop
dealing
in
English
language
books
and
paperbacks
at
reasonable
rates
(
in
the
building
housing
the
Woodin
Fabric
store
round
the
corner
from
the
front
entrance
)
.
There
is
a
cluster
of
bookshops
and
stalls
on
and
around
Pagan
Road
selling
second
-
hand
books
.
Riya
'
s
Bookstore
(
18th
Lane
,
Osu
)
new
books
priced
in
the
range
you
would
pay
at
home
.
Supermarkets
Maxmart
(
Liberation
Road
opposite
the
Golden
Tulip
Hotel
)
Koala
Supermarket
(
Osu
)
Sotrec
Groceries
(
Osu
)
Ghana
Supermarket
(
Osu
)
Tip
Top
In
Town
(
Osu
)
Multistores
(
High
Street
)
Vegetarian
Products
Relish
Health
Foods
(
corner
of
11th
Lane
and
6th
Street
,
Osu
)
Crafts
and
Curios
Cultural
Centre
(
on
the
seafront
at
28th
February
Road
)
Makola
Market
(
city
centre
)
Kaneshie
Market
(
Winneba
Road
)
Trade
Fair
Centre
(
opposite
La
Palm
Hotel
)
The
Loom
Art
Gallery
(
Nkruma
Avenue
in
Adabraka
between
Terra
Nova
Bar
and
Wok
Inn
Restaurant
)
Step
In
Gallery
(
near
The
Loom
)
Craft
Stalls
at
Tetteh
Quarshie
Circle
(
close
to
campus
)
Recreational
Facilities
The
University
of
Ghana
,
through
the
Amalgamated
Sport
Clubs
,
offers
students
a
wide
variety
of
campus
recreational
activities
.
The
following
are
some
of
the
team
sports
offered
:
Basketball
Badminton
Volleyball
Handball
Hockey
Athletics
Football
Rugby
Lawn
Tennis
Students
may
also
register
with
swimming
clubs
that
make
use
of
the
facilities
at
some
of
the
hotels
close
to
the
university
.
Some
of
these
hotels
are
Hotel
Shangri
-
La
,
Golden
Tulip
Hotel
,
Miklin
Hotel
,
and
Nogahil
Hotel
.
There
are
also
some
private
gymnasiums
where
students
may
register
and
go
for
regular
workouts
Entertainment
Centres
Various
entertainment
spots
are
located
within
the
university
campus
where
students
may
meet
for
entertainment
programmes
such
as
film
shows
,
dance
clubs
as
well
as
indoor
games
.
Some
places
providing
such
services
include
:
Tyme
Out
(
Legon
Hall
)
Pub
,
music
and
dance
,
and
indoor
games
.
Desperados
(
Commonwealth
Hall
)
Pub
,
cinema
and
barbecue
nights
(
Friday
evenings
)
Efua
Sutherland
Drama
Studio
Drama
and
Theatre
Productions
and
cinema
Tacobell
(
Akuafo
Hall
)
-
Bar
and
Restaurant
Other
Services
Other
campus
based
services
include
laundry
facilities
,
and
are
provided
at
various
locations
on
campus
including
:
Legon
Hall
Commonwealth
Hall
Mensah
Sarbah
Hall
Central
Cafeteria
Wiseway
Cleaners
(
near
the
main
university
entrance
)
Getting
Around
The
University
of
Ghana
is
a
very
short
travelling
distance
from
Accra
,
the
capital
city
.
The
Legon
Police
Station
,
the
Junior
Staff
Village
and
the
University
Hospital
are
located
in
close
proximity
to
the
Legon
campus
and
all
are
accessible
by
foot
.
To
get
into
town
from
Legon
,
intra
-
city
buses
,
tro
-
tros
or
local
mini
-
buses
as
well
as
taxis
are
widely
available
both
within
campus
and
at
the
Main
Gate
.
A
free
shuttle
bus
links
the
International
Students
Hostel
and
the
other
parts
of
the
campus
every
evening
from
7
p
.
m
.
till
11
.
00
p
.
m
.
Students
are
advised
to
avail
themselves
of
this
service
as
much
as
possible
.
Students
wanting
to
travel
outside
Accra
are
advised
to
use
the
services
of
S
.
T
.
C
.
,
located
on
the
Ring
Road
West
,
near
the
Obetsebi
-
Lamptey
Circle
as
much
as
possible
.
It
provides
inter
-
city
buses
linking
Accra
and
most
Regional
Capitals
like
Kumasi
,
Ho
,
Cape
-
Coast
,
Takoradi
,
Tamale
and
Bolgatanga
.
Inter
-
City
Road
Distances
More
Information
on
customs
and
regulations
in
Ghana
DIPLOMATIC
MISSIONS
IN
GHANA
International
Organisations
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
A
Algeria
,
Embassy
of
The
Democratic
People
s
Republic
of
87
Tito
Avenue
P
O
Box
2747
...
776719
Austrian
Consulate
45
Water
Road
,
North
Ridge
P
O
Box
564
..
225719
B
Belgium
Consulate
2
Mankata
Ave
.
Box
C706
.
.
23321
.
773378
/
774957
Benin
,
Embassy
of
Republic
of
80
Volta
Street
2nd
Close
Airport
P
O
Box
7871
,
Accra
-
North
.
774860
Brazilian
Embassy
5
Volta
Street
Airport
Residential
Area
P
O
Box
2918
..
774921
/
774908
Fax
.
773572
British
High
Commission
,
Embassy
of
The
United
Kingdom
of
Great
Britain
&
Northern
Ireland
1
Osu
Link
,
P
O
Box
296
221665
/
221715
/
667657
&
669585
Bulgaria
,
Embassy
of
The
People
'
s
Republic
of
3
-
5
Kakramadu
Road
East
Cantonments
P
O
Box
3193
.
772404
/
777004
/
774231
Burkina
Faso
,
Embassy
of
772
/
3
Asylum
Down
,
P
O
Box
651
,
..
...
221988
&
221936
C
Canadian
High
Commission
42
Independence
Avenue
,
Accra
,
Ghana
P
O
Box
1639
Tel
:
..
..
228555
/
228566
Fax
:
773792
China
,
Embassy
of
The
People
'
s
Republic
of
6
Agostino
Neto
Road
,
Airport
Residential
Area
,
P
O
Box
3356
..
..
777073
Cote
d
Ivoire
,
Embassy
of
The
Republic
of
F
.
710
/
2
18
Lane
Off
Cantonments
Road
,
Osu
,
P
O
Box
3445
.
774611
&
774612
Cuba
,
Embassy
of
The
Republic
of
No
.
20
Amical
Cabral
Airport
P
O
Box
9163
.
..
775868
Ambassador
Office
:
GLB
006
Airport
Residential
Area
.
..
774998
Czech
,
Embassy
of
The
Czech
Republic
Kanda
Highway
2
C2660
/
5
P
O
Box
5226
,
Accra
-
North
223540
/
225337
D
Denmark
,
Royal
Danish
Embassy
67
Dr
.
Isert
Road
North
Ridge
P
O
Box
C596
,
Cantonments
229830
/
226972
&
301861
Fax
.
..
228061
E
Egypt
,
Embassy
of
The
Arab
Republic
of
27
Noi
Fetreke
Street
P
O
Box
2508
.
776854
Ethiopia
,
Embassy
of
The
Federal
Democratic
Republic
of
2
Milne
Close
off
Dr
.
Amicadi
Cabral
Road
Airport
Residential
Area
P
O
Box
1646
.
775928
&
776807
F
Finland
Consulate
7
,
3rd
Rangoon
Close
,
Box
M262
..
776307
/
774513
France
,
Embassy
of
The
Republic
of
12th
Liberation
Avenue
P
O
Box
187
228571
/
228504
..
.
774469
..
...
Fax
778321
Consular
And
Chancery
Section
.....
774480
Cultural
Section
...
778322
G
Germany
,
Federal
Republic
of
6
Ridge
Street
,
North
Ridge
P
O
Box
1757
.
221311
&
221326
Guinea
,
Embassy
of
The
Republic
of
161a
,
4th
Norla
Street
Labone
P
O
Box
5497
,
Accra
-
North
Tel
:
....
777921
Fax
.
760961
H
Holy
See
Apostlic
Nuciature
in
Ghana
,
Embassy
of
The
8
Drake
Avenue
,
P
O
Box
9675
Airport
777759
&
774019
Hungarian
Consulate
C97
/
2
Ayikuma
Avenue
,
Adabraka
P
O
Box
11738
,
Accra
-
North
..
223313
I
India
,
High
Commission
of
.
775601
/
775602
9
,
Ridge
Road
,
Roman
Ridge
,
P
O
Box
3040
.
.
772176
Iran
,
Embassy
of
the
Islamic
Republic
of
12
Sir
Arku
Korsah
Street
,
Roman
Ridge
P
.
O
.
Box
12673
..
777043
/
774474
Ireland
Consulate
C
/
o
ECG
Project
Office
,
Ring
Road
West
,
Box
521
.
22185
x
225
Italy
,
Embassy
of
The
Republic
of
Switchback
Crescent
,
Off
Jawaharlal
Nehru
Rd
.
Box
C885
,
Cantonment
775622
&
775621
Visa
Section
...
..
775536
J
Japan
,
Embassy
Of
8
Josif
Broz
Tito
Ave
.
Off
Jawaharlal
Nehru
Avenue
,
Box
1637
,
775615
&
775616
Tel
:
...
775879
&
777519
Fax
.
775951
K
Korea
,
Embassy
of
The
Republic
of
3rd
Abokobi
Road
,
East
Cantonments
P
O
Box
13700
...
776157
&
777533
Korea
,
Embassy
of
The
Democratic
Peoples
Republic
of
C81
Abelenkpe
P
O
Box
13874
....
760205
L
Lebanon
,
Embassy
of
The
Republic
of
F
864
/
1
Cantonments
,
Road
Osu
P
O
Box
562
..
.
776727
&
776745
Liberia
,
Embassy
of
The
Republic
of
10
Odoi
Kwao
Street
,
Airport
Residential
Area
,
P
O
Box
895
Tel
:
..
.
775641
&
775987
Libya
,
People
'
s
Bureau
of
The
Socialist
People
s
Libyan
Arab
Jamahiryal
47
Liberation
Road
,
Airport
Residential
Area
,
P
O
Box
9685
,
Airport
Tel
:
774819
&
774820
M
Mali
,
Embassy
of
The
Republic
of
8
Agostino
Neto
Road
,
Airport
P
O
Box
1121
775160
N
Netherlands
,
The
Royal
Netherlands
Embassy
89
,
Liberation
Road
,
Thomas
Sankara
Circle
,
P
O
Box
3248
...
.
231991
/
231992
/
773644
&
773655
Niger
,
Embassy
of
The
Republic
of
E104
/
3
Independence
Avenue
P
O
Box2685
...
224962
&
229011
...
..
777950
/
774521
/
774723
Nigeria
,
Office
of
The
High
Commission
of
The
Federal
Republic
of
5
Josif
Tito
Avenue
off
Jawahalal
Nehru
Rd
P
O
Box
1548
.
776158
&
776159
P
Pakistan
,
High
Commission
of
Plot
11
,
Ring
Road
,
East
Danquah
Circle
P
O
Box
1114
...
775910
Palestine
,
Embassy
of
The
State
of
State
House
,
J
.
3
Ghana
Airways
Avenue
,
Airport
Residential
Area
P
O
Box
01728
,
Osu
..
231362
/
231363
/
778736
/
778737
/
772529
R
Romania
,
Embassy
of
The
Socialist
Republic
of
16
Nme
Lane
Airport
Residential
Area
,
P
O
Box
M112
.
..
774281
&
772554
Russia
,
Embassy
Of
The
Russian
Federation
F
.
586
/
1
Ring
Road
East
,
P
O
Box
1634
.
.
775611
S
Saudi
Arabia
,
Royal
Embassy
of
10
Noi
Fetreke
Street
,
Roman
Ridge
Ambassadorial
Estate
Extension
Airport
Residential
Area
,
P
O
Box
670
Tel
:
..
774311
&
776651
South
Africa
High
Commission
Plot
12
Airport
Residential
Area
P
O
Box
298
,
Trade
Fair
Tel
:
.
776651
/
762380
/
773880
Fax
...
774311
/
762381
Spain
,
Embassy
of
The
Kingdom
of
Lamptey
Avenue
Extension
,
Airport
Residential
Area
,
P
O
Box
1218
..
774004
Switzerland
,
Embassy
of
9
Water
Road
,
North
Ridge
P
O
Box
359
,
...
228185
&
228125
Attaché
,
2nd
Circular
Road
,
777386
Fax
.
223583
T
Togo
,
Embassy
of
The
Republic
of
Cantonment
Circle
,
P
O
Box
C120
Cantonments
...
777950
&
774521
Residents
:
Ambassador
.
..
774723
U
United
States
of
America
,
Embassy
of
The
Ring
Road
,
East
Near
Danquah
Circle
,
Osu
,
P
O
Box
194
775348
Fax
776008
Consular
Section
,
10th
Lane
3rd
Ring
Road
,
East
Near
Danquah
Circle
Osu
,
P
O
Box
194
775348
...
.
Fax
775747
Y
Yugoslavia
,
Embassy
of
The
Socialist
Federal
Republic
of
47
Senchi
Street
Airport
Residential
Area
,
P
O
Box
1629
..
.
775761
International
Organisations
European
Union
,
Delegation
of
The
European
Commission
in
Ghana
81
Cantonments
Road
,
P
O
Box
9505
Airport
774202
/
774094
/
774236
/
774201
...
.
Fax
774154
Food
&
Agriculture
Organization
of
the
United
Nations
Maxwell
Road
P
O
Box
1628
666851
-
4
International
Monetary
Fund
Ministry
of
Finance
Building
P
O
Box
M40
.
666031
United
Nations
Children
'
s
Fund
(
Unicef
)
772527
/
777972
/
772524
/
773583
4
-
8th
Rangoon
Close
,
P
O
Box
5051
Accra
-
North
773584
/
776353
&
773147
United
Nations
Economic
Commission
for
Africa
Regional
Institute
for
Population
Studies
at
University
of
Ghana
RIPS
,
PO
Box
96
,
Legon
.
Tel
501070
Fax
772829
United
Nations
Fund
For
Population
Activities
(
UNFPA
)
.
773890
-
6
United
Nations
High
Commissioner
for
Refugees
Branch
Office
in
Ghana
25
,
Sir
Arku
Korsah
Road
,
Airport
Residential
Area
,
PMB
Airport
Tel
:
.
777419
/
772638
,
772635
Fax
..
.
773158
United
Nations
Information
Centre
Fao
Building
,
Junction
of
Liberia
Road
and
Gamel
Abdel
Nasar
Road
P
O
Box
2339
...
666651
-
4
Tel
:
665511
Fax
.
665578
Office
of
the
Resident
Coordinator
&
Representative
of
the
United
Nations
Development
Programme
P
O
Box
1423
...
773890
-
6
United
Nations
Resident
Coordinator
&
UNDP
Resident
777831
UNDP
Deputy
Resident
Representative
..
775207
UNDP
,
Operations
Manager
775539
UNIDO
Country
Director
773898
W
.
F
.
P
.
Country
Director
..
772830
W
.
F
.
P
.
773540
United
Nations
University
Private
Mail
Bag
Airport
,
Main
Line
..
500396
Direct
..
500791
Fax
500792
United
States
Information
Services
64
Independence
Avenue
and
Sudan
Road
,
P
O
Box
2288
..
.
229179
/
229829
/
230571
/
230572
.
231218
&
229882
United
States
of
America
,
Agency
for
International
Development
Mission
to
Ghana
(
USAID
)
E
.
45
/
3
Independence
Avenue
,
P
O
Box
1630
,
...
228440
/
231942
/
228467
/
231939
.
225087
/
225326
/
231938
World
Bank
69
,
8th
Avenue
Extension
,
North
Ridge
,
P
O
Box
M27
..
229681
Fax
227887
World
Health
Organisation
13
Kanda
Highway
,
P
O
Box
M142
..
.
.
225676
/
232502
..
.
228397
/
228367
20
Water
Road
225276
Handbook
for
International
Students
/
International
Programmes
/
Created
:
2004
/
11
/
22
/
Last
Updated
:
2005
/
03
/
03
.
Page
maintained
by
2nd
Annual
TTB
Media
Night
/
Best
Worker
Award
for
2005
Date
:
09
May
2006
Address
by
Mr
.
Isaac
Owusu
-
Hemeng
,
Managing
Director
of
The
Trust
Bank
at
the
2nd
Annual
TTB
-
Mdia
Night
/
Best
Worker
Award
held
on
march
17
,
2006
at
the
rooftop
of
the
bank
s
head
office
.
Management
and
Staff
of
TTB
Media
Men
&
Women
present
Ladies
and
Gentlemen
,
It
is
exactly
one
week
ago
since
we
met
to
formally
inaugurate
the
13th
branch
of
the
bank
located
at
Sakumono
,
here
in
Accra
.
As
per
the
maiden
event
organized
in
December
2004
,
this
evening
s
ceremony
marks
the
second
ANNUAL
TTB
-
MEDIA
NIGHT
/
BEST
WORKER
AWARD
.
As
was
established
at
the
maiden
event
,
this
ceremony
will
afford
the
management
of
the
bank
the
opportunity
to
interact
with
business
journalists
as
a
way
of
strengthening
the
already
existing
relationship
as
we
prepare
to
do
more
business
in
2006
.
As
you
would
agree
with
me
,
the
undue
delay
in
organising
this
ceremony
has
,
fortunately
,
made
it
possible
for
me
to
share
information
with
you
on
the
bank
s
performance
as
well
as
other
developments
taking
place
recently
.
As
I
promised
you
last
week
,
preparations
are
underway
for
a
more
formal
meeting
with
the
core
of
the
business
journalist
for
exhaustive
deliberations
.
Our
meeting
this
evening
is
an
informal
one
and
we
are
expected
to
freely
interact
and
share
notes
on
anything
bordering
our
minds
concerning
TTB
.
I
believe
that
my
colleagues
on
the
management
team
are
readily
available
to
you
.
Kindly
feel
free
and
enjoy
the
evening
.
Performance
in
brief
:
The
year
2005
marked
the
second
year
in
the
implementation
of
the
bank
s
3year
business
plan
.
The
year
ended
with
a
net
profit
of
¢
45
.
3
billion
representing
22
%
growth
over
the
previous
year
.
This
translated
in
a
return
on
equity
of
52
%
and
a
9
%
growth
in
assets
to
¢
982
billion
.
The
bank
also
recorded
total
income
of
¢
154
.
2
billion
with
net
loans
and
advances
growing
by
102
%
.
Other
developments
Ladies
and
Gentlemen
,
we
will
in
due
course
be
announcing
to
you
massive
changes
in
the
structure
of
TTB
.
Suffice
it
to
mention
that
TTB
for
the
first
time
has
a
black
Ghanaian
serving
as
Managing
Director
.
LEADERSHIP
,
BUILDING
BLOCK
OF
OUR
FUTURE
HUMAN
RESOURCE
.
One
of
the
important
challenges
for
management
has
been
the
continuous
motivation
of
our
staff
as
a
vital
and
necessary
complement
to
our
effort
at
creating
a
performance
based
culture
at
TTB
.
As
you
may
be
aware
,
this
requires
strong
leadership
on
the
part
of
all
managers
of
the
bank
,
who
are
expected
to
work
as
leaders
to
their
individual
teams
.
As
leaders
,
we
must
know
our
people
and
be
able
to
conduct
fair
performance
appraisals
and
determine
what
motivates
them
and
at
the
same
time
recognize
the
need
to
constantly
improve
motivational
packages
over
time
to
meet
the
changing
needs
of
staff
.
The
support
of
our
Human
Resource
Department
to
this
effect
has
been
crucial
as
they
are
responsible
for
achieving
the
three
fold
task
of
:
Creating
the
framework
within
which
colleagues
can
work
and
be
adequately
compensated
by
way
of
salaries
and
other
incentives
,
including
career
development
opportunities
Ensuring
that
the
right
people
are
at
the
right
places
in
terms
of
job
mobility
,
and
Regularly
measuring
staff
satisfaction
through
periodic
surveys
to
help
evaluate
the
performance
of
management
from
the
viewpoint
of
staff
,
which
affords
us
the
opportunity
to
determine
areas
that
we
do
well
and
the
areas
that
require
improvement
Job
mobility
is
regarded
as
a
critical
element
of
our
new
HR
policy
.
We
live
in
a
world
where
it
is
not
longer
possible
to
exercise
the
same
job
from
inception
way
up
to
retirement
.
We
have
therefore
built
a
dynamic
organisation
where
the
productive
assets
,
as
in
staff
,
are
recognized
and
rewarded
accordingly
.
This
has
helped
in
drastically
reducing
all
levels
of
despondency
among
our
staff
.
Last
but
very
critical
also
is
the
institution
of
a
strategic
remuneration
framework
,
which
aims
at
attracting
,
retaining
and
motivating
the
required
competencies
in
an
increasingly
competitive
market
.
It
is
based
on
this
that
management
proactively
introduced
a
sound
Performance
Appraisal
&
Reward
-
system
in
the
year
2004
which
for
the
first
time
took
into
account
the
responsibilities
and
value
of
jobs
(
as
opposed
to
the
previous
grade
rankings
)
.
The
Annual
Best
Worker
Award
was
instituted
in
the
same
year
to
complement
the
outlined
packages
.
As
you
would
remember
,
the
maiden
event
took
place
at
the
Regency
Hotel
in
December
2004
and
this
evening
s
ceremony
marks
the
second
of
its
kind
in
the
life
of
the
bank
.
In
coming
to
a
decision
regarding
the
winners
,
a
vigorous
appraisal
methodology
was
followed
to
ensure
transparency
,
objectivity
and
fairness
.
I
believe
the
Head
Of
HR
will
make
a
brief
presentation
on
the
process
adopted
in
determining
the
award
winners
.
Management
and
the
HR
will
continue
to
demonstrate
strong
leadership
skills
so
as
to
inspire
and
empower
all
colleagues
.
Conclusion
As
I
mentioned
last
week
,
the
bank
continues
to
place
People
first
in
all
its
activities
.
We
are
Passionate
about
our
work
,
Passionate
for
customers
and
Passionate
for
results
.
We
believe
in
Professionalism
and
ensure
sound
corporate
governance
practices
and
ethical
conduct
in
all
our
operations
.
Our
idea
of
Performance
is
about
revenue
growth
but
also
about
cost
control
and
sound
credit
risk
management
.
The
satisfaction
of
our
customers
remains
our
most
important
asset
,
and
we
shall
forever
seek
to
protect
this
with
the
greatest
passion
.
We
thank
you
all
for
making
time
to
honour
our
invitation
to
attend
this
evening
s
function
.
ADDRESS
BY
H
.
E
.
ALHAJI
ALIU
MAHAMA
,
VICE
-
PRESIDENT
OF
THE
REPUBLIC
OF
GHANA
AT
FIRST
EVER
W
/
R
HOMECOMING
SUMMIT
MONDAY
9TH
AUGUST
2004
Hon
.
Members
of
the
Council
of
State
;
Hon
.
Ministers
of
State
Hon
.
Members
of
Parliament
;
Your
Excellencies
,
Members
of
the
Diplomatic
Corps
;
The
President
of
National
House
of
Chiefs
;
The
President
of
the
Western
Regional
House
of
Chiefs
;
Metropolitan
/
District
Chief
Executives
;
Distinguished
Invited
Guests
;
Members
of
the
Media
;
Ladies
and
Gentlemen
:
I
am
delighted
for
this
opportunity
to
address
the
sons
and
daughters
of
the
Western
Region
at
the
opening
of
this
first
Western
Region
Homecoming
Summit
.
It
takes
time
,
energy
and
ideas
to
orgnaize
an
important
and
laudable
event
such
as
this
.
I
therefore
,
wish
to
commend
the
Regional
Minister
,
District
Chief
Executives
and
the
Chiefs
and
people
of
the
Western
Region
for
making
this
event
a
reality
.
It
is
indeed
good
to
be
back
home
.
In
the
first
place
,
the
homecoming
of
brothers
and
sisters
after
a
period
of
absence
brings
about
a
euphoria
that
is
refreshing
.
Indeed
,
it
helps
to
vent
out
emotions
and
the
renewal
of
relationships
.
I
am
happy
that
you
are
now
enjoying
the
type
of
euphoria
I
am
talking
about
.
The
homecoming
summit
can
also
foster
unity
amongst
the
chiefs
and
people
of
this
region
.
The
huge
attendance
at
this
durbar
,
the
joy
and
the
display
of
culture
at
its
best
indicate
clearly
that
you
are
one
poeple
with
a
common
destiny
.
It
is
also
an
opportunity
for
you
to
showcase
the
existing
trade
and
investment
potentials
and
opportunities
in
order
to
attract
both
local
and
foreign
investors
to
locate
in
the
region
.
I
am
certain
that
you
will
also
want
development
partners
,
friends
of
the
Westion
Region
and
Non
-
Governmental
Organizations
to
turn
their
attention
to
this
part
of
the
country
.
Nananom
,
Ladies
and
Gentlemen
,
the
Western
region
is
endowed
with
enormous
human
and
natural
resources
.
The
region
accounts
for
close
to
60
percent
of
the
nation
'
s
direct
output
of
cocoa
.
It
is
also
the
leading
producer
of
all
other
major
cash
crops
,
oil
palm
,
coconuts
and
rubber
.
The
region
has
the
richest
mineral
resource
base
in
the
country
.
It
is
second
in
the
production
of
gold
and
the
only
region
producing
bauxite
and
manganese
.
There
are
also
large
deposits
of
diamond
that
are
yet
to
be
exploited
.
The
Western
region
is
also
fortunate
to
have
several
tourist
attractions
.
For
example
,
Ankasa
-
Eco
Tourism
,
Monkey
Hill
Eco
tourism
,
Domana
Rock
Shrine
etc
.
The
region
has
virtually
all
the
components
making
up
Ghana
'
s
tourist
products
;
Cultural
heritage
,
historical
heritage
,
beaches
and
recreation
centers
,
conferences
and
conservation
tourism
.
Despite
these
natural
endowments
,
the
situation
of
the
Western
Region
is
paradoxically
one
of
poverty
and
deprivation
in
the
midst
of
plenty
.
The
physical
infrastructure
of
roads
were
neglected
for
several
years
.
Social
services
of
health
and
educational
facilitities
are
also
not
in
the
best
of
shapes
.
llliteracy
rate
is
still
high
and
many
communities
do
not
have
access
to
health
care
and
sanitation
.
Nananom
,
Ladies
and
Gentlemen
,
this
situation
is
unacceptable
.
Government
is
committed
to
its
promise
of
developing
this
country
into
a
middle
-
income
economy
.
This
will
require
a
level
of
development
of
all
parts
of
the
country
.
In
pursuit
of
this
,
government
has
decided
to
concentrate
on
five
priority
areas
to
accelerate
development
.
Infrastructure
development
and
enhanced
social
services
delivery
,
especially
in
education
and
health
form
part
of
the
programme
.
In
this
light
,
government
'
s
educational
programme
has
sought
to
increase
enrolment
at
all
levels
of
education
,
build
some
new
school
blocks
and
improve
facilities
of
some
existing
institutions
.
Happily
there
are
several
ongoing
constructional
activitie
sin
all
the
districts
of
this
region
under
the
District
Assemblies
Common
Fund
and
the
HIPC
disbursements
.
The
Western
Region
has
not
been
left
out
in
the
area
of
infrastructural
development
.
As
a
Government
,
we
are
convinced
that
the
development
of
infrastructure
is
the
way
to
transform
the
economy
.
This
agenda
is
being
faithfully
and
systematically
executed
through
the
reconstruction
,
rehabilitation
and
maintenance
of
town
roads
,
trunk
roads
and
feeder
roads
to
open
up
the
countryside
to
enhance
accelerated
economic
activities
,
employment
generation
,
wealth
creation
,
reduction
of
poverty
levels
and
assurance
of
better
living
standards
for
the
people
of
this
region
.
Nananom
,
Ladies
and
Gentlemen
,
the
pace
of
implementation
of
government
'
s
development
programmes
is
,
however
,
hampeed
by
resource
constraints
.
We
need
therefore
to
come
to
the
realization
that
the
central
government
alone
cannot
take
on
the
burden
of
single
handedly
developing
all
our
towns
and
villages
.
It
has
now
become
a
common
practice
in
Ghana
,
for
citizens
of
the
vairous
towns
and
villages
resident
elsewhere
to
come
together
with
the
sole
aim
of
seeing
to
the
development
of
their
areas
.
Many
communities
have
improved
their
conditions
of
living
through
the
initiative
and
efforts
of
their
citizens
living
outside
their
home
regions
and
districts
.
Nananom
,
I
believe
that
this
homecoming
summit
has
a
great
opportunity
to
affect
the
destiny
of
the
Western
Region
.
Those
of
you
seated
here
are
the
brains
and
the
strength
of
the
the
region
.
Looking
around
this
durbar
ground
,
I
see
great
and
knwledgeable
chiefs
,
queenmothers
,
emn
and
women
with
vast
and
varied
experiences
capable
of
turning
things
around
.
This
homecoming
summit
should
afford
you
the
opportunity
to
discuss
and
seek
workable
solutions
that
will
make
things
better
for
the
people
of
this
region
.
I
will
encourage
you
to
examine
the
challenges
and
difficulties
that
hamper
development
and
devise
strategies
and
programmes
for
promoting
the
accelerated
development
o
the
region
.
I
also
would
urge
you
to
organize
development
associations
wherever
you
are
to
raise
funds
for
projects
in
the
villages
and
towns
in
this
region
.
The
development
associations
should
also
establish
contacts
and
networking
with
brothers
and
sisters
resident
outside
Ghana
to
bring
home
assistance
in
the
form
of
books
,
computers
,
hospital
equipment
etc
.
to
help
improve
the
living
conditions
of
the
people
.
Nananom
,
Ladies
and
Gentlemen
,
this
homecoming
event
is
taking
palce
at
the
most
opportune
time
.
As
you
are
aware
,
we
have
envisioned
the
creation
of
the
Golden
Age
of
Business
in
Ghana
.
Government
has
therefore
declared
2004
as
the
"
Business
friendly
year
.
"
We
have
fashioned
policies
to
create
a
more
conducive
business
friendly
environment
to
enable
the
private
sector
to
become
the
real
engine
of
growth
and
prosperity
.
I
wish
to
urge
you
to
encourage
your
brothers
and
sisters
residing
outside
Ghana
to
come
home
and
site
agro
-
processing
industries
in
the
region
to
expand
the
market
for
locally
produced
agricultural
products
and
also
create
job
opportunities
.
In
this
eyar
'
s
budget
,
Government
has
granted
zero
tax
rates
for
such
companies
established
outside
regional
capitals
.
All
those
interested
in
agro
-
processing
should
take
advantage
of
these
measures
to
help
create
jobs
and
wealth
in
our
rural
communities
.
It
is
my
prayer
that
you
will
not
use
the
time
at
this
forum
to
talk
politics
but
that
you
would
discuss
issues
pertaining
to
the
overall
development
of
this
potentially
prosperous
region
.
Nananom
,
Ladies
and
Gentlemen
,
the
people
of
this
region
cannot
derive
the
full
benefits
of
the
outcome
of
this
summit
if
there
is
no
peace
in
our
towns
and
villages
.
I
wish
to
use
this
occasion
to
drawn
your
attention
to
the
disturbing
chieftaincy
disputes
in
some
traditional
areas
in
the
Western
Region
.
The
government
is
deeply
concerned
that
a
noble
institution
,
so
much
respected
is
unfortunately
plagued
by
numerous
disputes
,
some
of
which
very
often
result
in
violent
clashes
leading
to
loos
of
lives
and
properties
.
These
disputes
have
had
not
only
adverse
affects
on
the
peace
,
stability
and
security
of
the
region
,
but
also
on
its
development
and
progress
.
Such
a
situation
no
doubt
drives
awayt
prospective
investors
and
leaves
the
reigon
the
poorer
.
It
also
results
in
dividing
communities
into
antagonistic
factions
.
Such
communities
are
often
denied
the
benefits
of
leadership
and
mobilization
for
development
.
I
wish
to
appeal
to
the
chiefs
and
people
in
all
communities
in
the
Western
Region
who
are
involved
in
chieftaincy
and
land
disputes
to
use
the
appropriate
institutional
arrangements
to
resolve
their
disagreements
and
not
to
take
the
law
into
their
own
hands
.
Nananom
,
Ladies
and
Gentlemen
,
I
wish
to
end
my
address
by
reminding
you
that
we
are
about
to
enter
the
period
of
active
political
campaigning
.
We
wish
to
assure
you
that
everything
is
being
done
to
ensure
that
we
have
the
most
peaceful
,
free
and
fair
elections
in
Ghana
,
come
December
2004
.
I
wish
to
appeal
to
you
all
especially
the
youth
not
to
allow
yourselves
to
be
used
to
cause
trouble
before
,
during
and
after
the
elections
.
The
NPP
is
convinced
that
we
have
delivered
on
our
promises
.
We
have
placed
this
country
on
the
right
direction
towards
progress
.
And
the
good
people
of
Ghana
will
vote
massively
for
our
human
centered
polices
.
Nananom
,
Your
Excellencies
,
Ladies
and
Gentlemen
,
"
The
best
,
indeed
,
comes
from
the
West
.
"
The
Chiefs
and
the
people
of
the
Western
Region
are
at
your
best
today
.
It
is
my
hope
that
what
we
are
witnessing
today
;
the
sense
of
unity
,
excitement
and
enthusiasm
will
be
reflected
in
the
implementation
of
the
outcome
of
this
summit
.
And
I
will
recommend
that
every
village
town
,
district
,
region
in
Ghana
should
organize
such
Homecoming
activities
at
lease
once
in
every
two
years
.
I
wish
you
successful
deliberations
at
this
summit
.
It
is
now
my
pelasure
to
declare
the
1st
ever
Western
Region
Homecoming
Summit
"
Nkabom
Afahye
"
duly
open
.
Thank
you
and
may
Allah
bestow
His
blessings
on
you
all
.
A
Quarterly
Newsletter
of
the
Ghana
Question
and
Answer
Service
(
GAINS
)
In
this
issue
Grafting
Fruit
Trees
Improves
Quality
Mushrooms
Mean
Food
and
Money
Chick
Tricks
Sweet
potato
savoury
pastry
chips
Sweet
potato
spice
-
nut
cake
Resources
Available
at
GAINS
Training
Programmes
at
CSIR
-
INSTI
-
2005
Grafting
Fruit
Trees
Improves
Quality
By
planting
only
seedling
trees
,
even
though
the
seeds
we
use
may
be
from
excellent
fruit
,
the
trees
will
often
give
small
or
poor
quality
fruit
.
If
we
take
a
bud
or
small
branch
from
a
tree
,
which
produces
high
quality
fruit
,
and
we
are
able
to
make
it
grow
on
the
stem
of
a
new
seedling
tree
,
we
can
produce
fruit
of
the
same
quality
as
the
tree
from
which
we
took
the
bud
or
stem
.
This
process
is
called
grafting
.
Basically
it
means
that
we
are
putting
together
the
cut
parts
of
two
stems
.
We
have
taken
the
bud
of
a
good
fruit
-
bearing
tree
and
put
it
against
the
stem
of
good
rootstock
.
The
main
requirement
is
to
be
sure
that
the
soft
formative
tissue
or
green
inner
bark
of
both
the
stems
are
in
contact
so
that
they
will
grow
together
.
Scion
is
the
name
used
for
the
parent
tree
from
which
the
bud
is
taken
.
If
the
grafting
is
to
be
successful
the
scion
wood
and
the
seedling
must
be
about
the
same
age
and
of
the
same
stem
diameter
.
First
,
we
have
to
raise
the
rootstock
or
the
seedling
trees
onto
which
we
are
going
to
graft
.
1
.
Choose
healthy
seeds
from
the
trees
that
grow
well
in
your
area
.
Mangoes
and
avocados
and
many
other
fruit
trees
are
good
trees
to
graft
.
2
.
Pick
fruit
from
the
trees
but
do
not
take
fruit
that
has
already
fallen
off
the
tree
.
Mango
and
avocado
fruit
should
be
fresh
and
not
dried
.
3
.
After
cleaning
away
the
pulp
,
place
mango
seeds
in
a
bucket
of
water
.
If
the
seeds
are
of
poor
quality
,
they
will
float
.
Throw
those
seeds
away
.
For
Avocado
seeds
,
remove
the
outer
skin
and
slice
a
small
piece
off
the
pointed
end
.
4
.
Plant
the
seeds
in
sand
in
tins
or
cans
with
holes
at
the
bottom
to
let
them
drain
properly
.
Or
in
plastic
tree
bags
in
a
shaded
place
.
Avocado
seeds
should
be
planted
with
the
pointed
end
up
,
while
Mango
seeds
should
be
planted
with
the
pointed
end
down
.
5
.
Once
the
seeds
sprout
,
allow
only
one
stem
to
grow
for
about
6
-
8
months
.
6
.
When
the
seedling
tree
is
as
thick
as
your
little
finger
(
about
5
-
6mm
)
,
it
is
ready
for
grafting
.
Cleft
Grafting
for
Mangoes
and
Avocados
There
are
several
ways
to
graft
.
We
have
chosen
the
way
most
used
for
the
Mango
and
Avocado
trees
.
1
.
Select
and
prepare
the
bud
-
sticks
from
the
ends
of
the
branches
of
an
excellent
quality
mother
(
scion
)
tree
.
The
bud
sticks
should
be
the
same
thickness
as
the
seedling
stock
.
Choose
bud
-
sticks
not
yet
sprouting
but
with
fat
buds
.
Then
cut
them
12
-
15
cm
in
length
.
Remove
all
leaves
carefully
.
2
.
With
a
very
sharp
knife
cut
the
bottom
of
the
bud
stick
with
two
sloping
cuts
3
½
cm
long
to
form
a
wedge
.
3
.
Cut
off
the
tops
of
the
seedling
stock
about
30
cm
above
the
soil
.
Make
one
straight
vertical
cut
in
the
top
of
the
rootstock
about
3
cm
deep
.
4
.
Push
the
wedge
of
the
bud
-
stick
firmly
into
the
cleft
of
the
rootstock
leaving
1
/
3
of
the
cut
on
it
outside
the
rootstock
.
5
.
Tie
firmly
together
with
raffia
,
or
strips
of
plastic
about
2
cm
in
width
.
Do
not
remove
this
binding
until
you
can
see
that
the
graft
has
taken
.
You
can
tell
whether
it
has
taken
by
whether
the
bud
starts
to
grow
.
6
.
Remove
any
shoots
that
grow
below
the
graft
.
If
the
bud
you
have
grafted
dies
,
then
you
should
let
one
bud
grow
below
the
graft
and
you
must
wait
several
months
before
you
can
try
once
more
to
graft
the
same
root
stock
.
Culled
from
:
Youthworks
6
(
2
)
,
1992
Mushrooms
Mean
Food
and
Money
Many
years
ago
mushrooms
were
considered
a
luxury
food
.
Today
the
popularity
of
mushrooms
is
due
not
to
their
culinary
value
but
also
to
their
potential
as
a
source
of
protein
that
can
enrich
human
diets
.
In
some
developing
countries
where
meat
may
be
rare
and
very
expensive
mushrooms
could
play
an
important
role
in
a
balanced
diet
.
The
protein
content
of
mushrooms
can
be
almost
equal
to
that
of
corn
,
milk
and
legumes
.
Gram
for
gram
,
mushrooms
contain
more
protein
than
either
potato
or
cabbage
.
They
can
be
eaten
raw
,
cooked
or
sun
-
dried
.
Besides
their
protein
content
,
mushrooms
contain
vitamins
B
,
C
,
and
D
.
Mushrooms
are
not
grown
directly
on
the
soil
,
as
are
other
crops
but
on
organic
substrates
either
raw
or
composted
made
from
waste
materials
.
Using
these
otherwise
useless
by
-
products
including
corn
cobs
,
straw
or
sawdust
,
oil
palm
waste
,
banana
leaves
,
poultry
wastes
,
coconut
husks
,
tree
bark
and
leaves
may
also
help
to
reduce
environmental
pollution
because
disposal
of
these
wastes
may
become
less
of
a
problem
.
Furthermore
,
used
compost
from
mushroom
growing
may
also
be
recycled
for
use
as
animals
feed
,
soil
conditioning
and
fertilizer
.
Available
land
may
be
a
competitive
problem
for
most
crops
but
not
for
mushroom
culture
.
Mushrooms
require
little
space
and
they
can
be
grown
under
cover
.
Outdoors
they
can
be
grown
on
beds
constructed
from
layers
of
various
substrata
or
on
tiers
of
wooden
frames
or
on
available
space
between
trees
.
They
can
also
be
grown
inside
mushrooms
houses
,
in
basements
or
in
urban
areas
.
YOUTHWORKS
has
chosen
the
Pleurotus
spp
.
a
mushroom
often
referred
to
as
the
oyster
mushroom
because
it
is
one
of
the
choice
edible
mushrooms
,
which
can
be
grown
in
the
tropics
.
The
Pleurotus
grows
well
within
a
temperature
range
of
15o
C
to
30o
C
.
It
can
be
produced
on
a
mixture
of
sawdust
and
rice
bran
,
rice
straw
and
rice
-
bran
,
sawdust
and
ipil
-
ipil
leaves
and
other
combinations
of
tropical
waste
.
Other
wastes
such
as
corn
cobs
,
cotton
waste
,
sugarcane
bagasse
and
leaves
,
corn
leaves
,
grasses
,
rice
hulls
and
water
hyacinth
leaves
are
all
good
substrates
for
growing
this
kind
of
mushroom
.
The
production
of
the
starter
or
mycelium
is
usually
not
the
responsibility
of
the
mushroom
grower
.
In
most
cases
,
the
mycelium
is
obtained
through
a
mushroom
laboratory
or
a
culture
collection
.
Mushroom
laboratories
are
more
easily
available
in
Asian
countries
.
Before
deciding
whether
to
grow
mushrooms
,
you
must
find
out
where
the
starter
mycelium
spawn
can
be
obtained
locally
.
The
illustrations
here
are
from
a
mushroom
growing
project
in
Bhutan
.
Getting
Started
1
.
Cut
and
tie
rice
straw
in
10
cm
lengths
to
make
bundles
2
.
Soak
the
bundles
in
water
using
3
kg
of
water
for
1
kg
of
straw
.
3
.
Put
the
bundles
on
a
large
plastic
sheet
as
shown
in
drawing
.
Once
a
day
,
for
four
days
,
cover
the
bundles
.
Then
uncover
them
.
Keep
the
bundles
moist
during
this
period
.
4
.
The
next
step
is
to
inseminate
the
bundles
with
mycelium
or
spores
of
the
oyster
mushroom
.
5
.
The
bundles
and
mycelium
should
be
turned
and
mixed
well
.
6
.
Put
the
bundles
into
large
plastic
bags
.
Tie
the
bags
securely
.
Store
for
a
period
of
forty
days
.
7
.
At
the
end
of
the
forty
-
day
period
,
cut
the
tops
off
the
bags
.
8
.
Water
the
contents
of
the
bags
the
following
day
.
9
.
The
first
harvest
of
mushrooms
will
be
after
15
days
.
The
second
harvest
will
be
after
another
15
days
.
Culled
from
:
Youthworks
6
(
2
)
,
1992
Chick
Tricks
Harassed
poultry
keepers
in
Africa
resort
to
a
number
of
tricks
to
safeguard
and
feed
their
chickens
.
One
farmer
who
says
snakes
swallow
chickens
of
all
ages
,
and
hawks
carry
away
others
,
dyes
the
birds
with
gentian
violet
or
any
other
bright
(
Natural
and
non
-
toxic
)
colouring
agent
that
will
scare
hawks
.
He
plants
tobacco
around
the
area
where
his
chickens
free
-
range
,
and
claims
the
odour
of
the
tobacco
drives
away
snakes
and
soldier
ants
.
A
Lagos
farmer
claims
he
combats
Newcastle
disease
by
using
potassium
permanganate
,
a
chemical
found
at
most
chemist
shops
.
When
given
in
concentrated
solution
to
ill
birds
at
an
early
stage
,
half
of
the
infected
birds
survived
.
A
professor
of
veterinary
science
agrees
that
the
use
of
potassium
permanganate
for
Newcastle
could
have
a
scientific
basis
,
since
the
chemical
is
a
known
biocide
and
antiseptic
.
Another
Nigerian
farmer
and
animal
science
graduate
,
faced
with
the
problem
of
getting
enough
protein
for
his
birds
from
cheap
local
sources
,
grows
his
own
termites
in
cow
dung
.
He
digs
up
termites
,
puts
them
in
a
calabash
of
something
similar
,
along
with
cow
dung
,
and
allows
the
termites
to
multiply
.
Periodically
he
harvests
some
of
the
termites
to
feed
his
chickens
and
then
adds
more
cow
dung
.
He
also
uses
fowl
droppings
to
produce
large
numbers
of
maggots
(
larvae
of
flies
that
lay
their
eggs
in
the
droppings
)
and
harvests
them
in
the
same
way
.
Another
protein
feeds
is
brewer
s
mash
and
papaya
(
pawpaw
)
seeds
.
Culled
from
:
AGRI
-
OUTREACH
,
7
(
1
)
,
July
2004
.
Sweet
Potato
Recipe
Corner
We
wish
to
bring
to
the
attention
of
our
readers
the
recipe
for
Sweet
Potato
Savoury
Pastry
Chips
and
Sweet
Potato
Spice
-
Nut
Cake
by
the
kind
courtesy
of
the
Food
Research
Institute
of
the
Council
for
Scientific
and
Industrial
Research
(
CSIR
)
and
the
Root
and
Tuber
Improvement
Programme
(
RTIP
)
.
Sweet
Potato
Savoury
Pastry
Chips
Ingredients
Standard
Weight
Standard
Measure
Wheat
flour
249g
2
cups
Salt
10g
1
teaspoon
Curry
powder
5g
½
teaspoon
Fat
120g
½
cup
Mashed
and
sifted
sweet
potato
200g
1
cup
Baking
powder
(
optional
)
5g
1
teaspoon
Liquid
60ml
.
¼
cup
Method
1
.
Sift
together
flour
,
salt
,
curry
and
baking
powder
if
used
2
.
Rub
in
fat
until
a
fine
meal
is
obtained
3
.
Add
sweet
potato
and
mix
well
between
fingers
4
.
Sprinkle
liquid
on
until
mixture
forms
a
neat
ball
5
.
Knead
lightly
in
a
bowl
and
roll
thinly
on
a
floured
board
6
.
Cut
into
tiny
½
inch
squares
,
and
deep
fry
in
hot
oil
until
golden
brown
7
.
Drain
and
serve
Yields
12
squares
Note
:
In
using
margarine
as
fat
,
reduce
salt
to
½
teaspoon
Sweet
Potato
Spice
-
Nut
Cake
Ingredients
Standard
Weight
Standard
Measure
Wheat
flour
120g
1
cup
Sugar
180g
¾
cup
Baking
powder
3g
1
teaspoon
Salt
5g
½
teaspoon
Grated
nutmeg
or
cinnamon
3g
½
teaspoon
Chopped
roasted
groundnuts
30g
1
tablespoon
Egg
100
g
2
eggs
Cooking
oil
120
ml
.
½
cup
Raw
sweet
potatoes
500g
2
medium
(
2
½
cups
grated
)
Method
1
.
Line
a
7½
sq
.
inch
cake
pan
with
wax
paper
2
.
Set
oven
at
moderate
heat
(
350oF
or
175oC
)
3
.
Thoroughly
mix
all
dry
ingredients
4
.
Break
eggs
into
a
large
bowl
and
beat
well
5
.
Add
oil
gradually
while
beating
hard
(
preferably
with
an
electric
or
hand
beater
)
6
.
Wash
,
peel
and
grate
sweet
potatoes
.
Quickly
blend
into
egg
and
oil
7
.
Blend
in
dry
ingredients
slowly
until
smooth
.
Pour
into
linen
cake
pan
8
.
Bake
in
middle
shelf
of
oven
for
45
minutes
or
until
an
inserted
skewer
comes
out
clean
9
.
Cool
in
cake
pan
for
10
minutes
.
Turn
onto
a
cooling
rack
10
.
Serve
as
snack
(
Serves
10
)
10
Resources
Available
at
GAINS
The
following
resources
are
available
for
use
at
the
GAINS
Coordinating
Center
:
1
.
CAB
Abstracts
,
1972
November
2004
CAB
Abstracts
is
the
most
comprehensive
bibliographic
,
abstracting
and
indexing
database
in
its
field
.
CAB
Abstracts
covers
the
applied
life
sciences
,
including
agriculture
,
forestry
,
human
nutrition
,
veterinary
medicine
and
the
environment
.
CAB
Abstracts
includes
molecular
biology
,
genetics
,
biotechnology
,
breeding
,
taxonomy
,
physiology
and
other
aspects
of
pure
science
relating
to
organisms
of
agricultural
,
veterinary
or
environmental
importance
.
2
.
TROPAG
&
RURAL
,
1975
June
2004
TROPAG
&
RURAL
,
produced
by
the
Information
,
Library
and
Documentation
department
of
the
Royal
Tropical
Institute
,
The
Netherlands
,
are
two
databases
containing
full
bibliographic
references
with
abstracts
to
the
worldwide
literature
on
agriculture
and
economic
and
social
development
.
All
records
stored
in
TROPAG
are
also
available
in
hard
copy
as
the
journal
"
Agriculture
and
Environment
for
Developing
Regions
"
(
TROPAG
)
.
RURAL
brings
together
abstracts
from
recent
literature
on
economic
and
social
development
in
developing
countries
.
It
focuses
on
a
wide
range
of
topics
including
development
strategies
,
international
cooperation
,
health
development
,
agriculture
,
income
generation
,
education
,
women
and
development
and
environmental
issues
.
TROPAG
covers
literature
on
the
cultivation
of
food
crops
and
industrial
crops
,
animal
husbandry
,
forage
and
pastures
,
aquaculture
,
forestry
,
agro
forestry
,
post
harvest
operations
,
farming
systems
and
environmental
management
in
tropical
and
subtropical
regions
.
3
.
AGORA
-
Access
to
Global
Online
Research
in
Agriculture
The
AGORA
site
provides
access
to
over
400
journals
from
major
scientific
publishers
in
the
fields
of
food
,
agriculture
,
environmental
science
and
related
social
sciences
.
AGORA
is
available
to
students
and
researchers
in
qualifying
not
-
for
-
profit
institutions
in
eligible
developing
countries
.
4
.
ScienceDirect
It
is
now
possible
to
access
full
text
articles
on
the
ScienceDirect
database
of
Elsevier
Science
.
This
gives
users
1
,
700
online
journals
.
This
service
is
free
-
of
-
charge
to
GAINS
as
a
member
of
the
Royal
Tropical
Institute
(
KIT
)
of
the
Netherlands
IManagement
community
.
5
.
The
Essential
Electronic
Agricultural
Library
(
TEEAL
)
TEEAL
is
a
full
-
text
and
bibliographic
CD
-
ROM
library
of
over
140
of
the
world
s
most
important
scientific
journals
in
the
field
of
agriculture
.
This
CD
-
ROM
is
updated
annually
and
is
essential
to
research
and
education
in
:
agricultural
economics
,
agricultural
engineering
,
crop
improvement
,
environmental
and
natural
resources
,
food
processing
and
nutrition
,
forestry
,
livestock
production
,
plant
protection
,
range
management
,
rural
development
,
soil
and
water
management
,
sustainable
agriculture
and
veterinary
medicine
.
TEEAL
includes
the
complete
text
and
images
from
the
1993
-
2003
editions
of
the
journals
included
in
it
over
two
million
pages
compressed
onto
426
compact
discs
.
6
.
AGRICOLA
,
1984
December
2004
AGRICOLA
(
AGRICultural
OnLine
Access
)
is
a
bibliographic
database
of
citations
to
the
agricultural
literature
created
by
the
National
Agricultural
Library
(
NAL
)
and
its
cooperators
.
Production
of
these
records
in
electronic
form
began
in
1970
,
but
the
database
covers
materials
in
all
formats
,
including
printed
works
from
the
15th
century
.
The
records
describe
publications
and
resources
encompassing
all
aspects
of
agriculture
and
allied
disciplines
,
including
animal
and
veterinary
sciences
,
entomology
,
plant
sciences
,
forestry
,
aquaculture
and
fisheries
,
farming
and
farming
systems
,
agricultural
economics
,
extension
and
education
,
food
and
human
nutrition
,
and
earth
and
environmental
sciences
.
Although
the
AGRICOLA
database
does
not
contain
the
materials
,
thousands
of
AGRICOLA
records
are
linked
to
full
-
text
documents
online
,
with
new
links
added
daily
.
AGRICOLA
is
searchable
on
the
World
Wide
Web
.
For
information
on
how
to
obtain
library
materials
from
NAL
,
see
NAL
'
s
Document
Delivery
Services
web
site
.
Training
Programmes
at
CSIR
-
INSTI
-
2005
The
Institute
for
Scientific
and
Technological
Information
(
INSTI
)
of
the
Council
for
Scientific
and
Industrial
Research
(
CSIR
)
announces
the
following
training
programmes
for
the
year
for
all
interested
people
:
ADMISSION
OF
CANDIDATES
TO
DEGREE
PROGRAMMES
OF
THE
UNIVERSITY
FOR
THE
2006
/
2007
ACADEMIC
YEAR
(
ADVANCED
LEVEL
/
MATURE
/
ABCE
/
GBCE
AND
SSSCE
CANDIDATES
)
It
is
announced
for
the
information
of
prospective
Applicants
and
the
general
public
that
Application
Forms
for
Admission
to
Degree
/
Diploma
programmes
of
the
University
for
the
2006
/
2007
Academic
Year
are
now
on
sale
.
The
Sale
is
open
to
the
following
Applicants
:
SSSCE
holders
who
have
passes
in
Three
(
3
)
Subjects
English
,
Mathematics
and
Integrated
Science
plus
passes
in
Three
Elective
Subjects
with
an
aggregate
score
of
20
or
better
in
the
relevant
area
of
study
.
OR
GENERAL
BUSINESS
CERTIFICATE
EXAMINATION
(
GBCE
)
holders
who
possess
passes
in
Two
compulsory
Subjects
including
English
Language
and
passes
in
any
Three
Elective
Subjects
including
Business
Mathematics
.
ADVANCED
LEVEL
holders
with
credits
in
at
least
five
(
5
)
subjects
at
the
GCE
O
'
Level
(
or
its
equivalent
)
including
English
and
Mathematics
,
plus
at
least
two
passes
in
the
relevant
subjects
at
the
Advanced
Level
.
OR
ADVANCED
BUSINESS
CERTIFICATE
EXAMINATION
(
ABCE
)
holders
with
Three
compulsory
plus
Two
optional
subjects
relevant
to
the
programme
of
study
,
OR
Applicants
with
Stage
I
of
ACCA
,
ICA
,
Associate
of
Chartered
Institute
of
Bankers
(
ACIB
)
,
Chartered
Institute
of
Marketing
(
CIM
)
with
passes
at
SSSCE
in
Three
(
3
)
Core
Subjects
and
Three
(
3
)
Elective
Subjects
or
passes
at
GBCE
or
ABCEor
GCE
O
'
Level
including
English
Language
and
Mathematics
.
MATURE
STUDENTS
who
have
attained
the
age
of
30
years
or
above
and
have
credits
in
five
(
5
)
GCE
O
Level
subjects
including
English
Language
and
Mathematics
,
in
addition
to
passing
an
Interview
.
OR
HND
holders
with
three
(
3
)
years
working
experience
in
addition
to
the
minimum
entry
requirement
at
SSSCE
or
five
(
5
)
GCE
O
'
Level
passes
including
English
Language
and
Mathematics
.
FOREIGN
APPLICANTS
and
all
others
who
have
any
of
the
above
qualifications
or
their
equivalent
from
an
accredited
/
recognised
institution
.
The
Application
Forms
may
be
purchased
by
a
Special
Postal
Order
(
Ghana
Post
)
from
:
-
The
University
Cash
Office
,
Main
Administration
Block
,
KNUST
,
Kumasi
-
University
Guest
House
,
Seventh
Avenue
,
opposite
Geological
Survey
Department
,
Accra
.
-
Faculty
of
Forest
Resource
Technology
,
KNUST
(
Sunyani
Campus
)
,
and
-
All
Regional
Post
Offices
(
Ghana
Post
)
COST
OF
APPLICATION
FORM
A
set
of
Application
Forms
,
together
with
copies
of
Admission
Requirements
for
the
various
programmes
of
study
,
Guidelines
for
the
completion
of
Application
Forms
and
Prepaid
EMS
Envelopes
costs
as
follows
:
SSSCE
Applicants
-
400
,
000
Advanced
Level
/
Diploma
/
HND
/
IB
/
ABCE
/
GBCE
/
Mature
Applicants
-
450
,
000
Foreign
Applicants
-
$
75
APPLICANTS
ARE
REQUIRED
TO
PURCHASE
AND
SUBMIT
ONE
SET
OF
APPLICATION
FORMS
ONLY
.
THOSE
WHO
SUBMIT
MORE
THAN
ONE
SET
SHALL
BE
DISQUALIFIED
.
The
completed
Application
Forms
should
be
submitted
by
post
to
the
Deputy
Registrar
(
Academic
Affairs
)
,
KNUST
,
Kumasi
,
by
February
28
,
2006
.
COLLEGE
OF
AGRICULTURE
AND
NATURAL
RESOURCES
BSc
Agriculture
BSc
Natural
Resource
Management
BSc
Post
Harvest
Technology
BSc
Forest
Resource
Technology
(
Sunyani
Campus
)
Diploma
Natural
Resource
Management
(
Sunyani
Campus
)
COLLEGE
OF
ART
AND
SOCIAL
SCIENCES
BFA
Painting
and
Sculpture
BA
Communication
Design
(
Graphic
Design
)
BA
Industrial
Art
BA
Integrated
Rural
Art
and
Industry
BA
Publishing
Studies
BA
Economics
BA
Geography
and
Rural
Development
BA
Sociology
and
Social
Work
BA
Religious
Studies
BA
History
and
Political
Studies
BA
Modern
Languages
BA
Culture
and
Tourism
BA
English
BBA
(
Business
Administration
)
BBA
Business
Administration
(
Part
-
Time
)
LLB
(
Law
)
(
4
years
for
SSSCE
/
GBCE
and
Equivalent
Holders
)
Ll
(
Law
)
(
3
years
for
Degree
Holders
)
(
Law
)
(
Part
-
Time
,
4years
for
Degree
Holders
)
COLLEGE
OF
ENGINEERING
BSc
Agricultural
Engineering
BSc
Chemical
Engineering
BSc
Civil
Engineering
BSc
Geomatic
(
Geodetic
)
Engineering
BSc
Materials
Engineering
BSc
Mechanical
Engineering
BSc
Electrical
&
Electronic
Engineering
BSc
Computer
Engineering
BSc
Special
Geomatic
(
Geodetic
)
Engineering
(
Degree
Holders
,
only
)
BSc
Aerospace
Engineering
BSc
Petroleum
Engineering
BSc
Telecommunication
Engineering
BSc
Geological
Engineering
COLLEGE
OF
ARCHITECTURE
AND
PLANNING
BSc
Architecture
.
BSc
Building
Technology
BSc
Development
Planning
BSc
Human
Settlement
Planning
BSc
Land
Economy
COLLEGE
OF
HEALTH
SCIENCES
BPharm
(
Pharmacy
)
BSc
Herbal
Medicine
BSc
Human
Biology
(
to
be
followed
with
the
3
-
year
Clinical
programme
leading
to
MB
ChB
Degree
)
BSc
Medical
Laboratory
Technology
BSc
Sports
and
Exercise
Science
BSc
Nursing
(
For
SSSCE
Applicants
with
Science
Electives
,
G
.
C
.
E
.
O
&
A
/
Level
in
Science
,
Registered
General
Nursing
(
RGN
)
Diploma
holders
,
Staff
Registered
Nurses
(
SRN
)
with
5
years
working
experience
and
Mature
Applicants
30
years
and
above
)
.
COLLEGE
OF
SCIENCE
BSc
Biochemistry
BSc
Food
Science
and
Technology
BSc
Theoretical
and
Applied
Biology
(
Biological
Sciences
)
BSc
Environmental
Science
BSc
Chemistry
BSc
Computer
Science
BSc
Mathematics
BSc
Physics
BSc
Statistics
and
Actuarial
Science
OD
Doctor
of
Optometry
FEE
-
PAYING
APPLICANTS
A
Fee
-
paying
facility
is
available
to
Applicants
who
do
not
meet
the
competitive
Departmental
/
Faculty
requirements
and
cut
off
points
but
satisfy
the
minimum
entry
requirements
of
Aggregate
20
or
better
.
Applicants
who
wish
to
take
advantage
of
this
facility
may
complete
the
Application
Form
and
attach
a
Letter
of
Sponsorship
from
a
sponsoring
Company
/
Organisation
/
Institution
.
Sponsors
will
be
required
to
complete
Undertaking
Forms
on
behalf
of
Applicants
.
FEE
PAYING
APPLICANTS
MUST
CLEARLY
WRITE
FEE
-
PAYING
ON
THEIR
COMPLETED
APPLICATION
FORMS
.
NOTES
:
1
.
APPLICANTS
AWAITING
THE
NOVEMBER
/
DECEMBER
2005
RESULTS
SHOULD
NOT
COMPLETE
ANY
APPLICATION
FORM
UNTIL
THEY
HAVE
RECEIVED
THEIR
RESULTS
.
2
.
APPLICANTS
MUST
INCLUDE
IN
THEIR
APPLICATION
FORMS
PHOTOCOPIES
OF
THEIR
RESULTS
SLIPS
AND
/
OR
CERTIFICATES
.
3
.
ADMISSONS
TO
ALL
PROGRAMMES
OF
THE
UNIVERSITY
ARE
TRANSPARENTLY
ADMINISTERED
BY
THE
CENTRAL
UNDERGRADUATE
ADMISSIONS
COMMITTEE
WITHOUT
ANY
OTHER
CONSIDERATIONS
AND
/
OR
SOLICITATIONS
.
ANY
APPLICANT
WHO
PAYS
MONEY
TO
ANY
PERSON
OR
GROUP
OF
PERSONS
FOR
THE
PURPOSES
OF
INFLUENCING
ADMISSION
INTO
THE
UNIVERSITY
DOES
SO
AT
APPLICANT
'
S
OWN
RISK
.
JOURNAL
OF
RESEARCH
AND
DEVELOPMENT
IN
EDUCATION
(
JORDE
)
CALL
FOR
PAPERS
The
JOURNAL
OF
RESEARCH
AND
DEVELOPMENT
IN
EDUCATION
(
JORDE
)
accepts
ORIGINAL
PAPERS
that
are
RESEARCH
BASED
in
all
fields
of
Education
.
This
includes
experimental
studies
,
clinical
studies
and
case
studies
that
present
new
knowledge
.
The
JORDE
is
published
annually
.
The
Editorial
Board
welcomes
articles
for
consideration
.
NOTES
TO
CONTRIBUTORS
Contributors
should
note
the
following
guidelines
for
presentation
.
Failure
to
submit
articles
in
the
correct
style
may
result
in
rejection
.
Formats
envisaged
are
:
Full
original
papers
with
a
maximum
length
of
15
pages
on
A4
paper
.
Manuscripts
must
be
typewritten
on
one
side
of
the
paper
using
double
spacing
.
Title
Page
:
The
article
should
be
accompanied
by
the
Title
of
article
,
Name
(
s
)
,
e
-
mail
address
(
es
)
and
mailing
address
(
es
)
of
contributor
(
s
)
including
institutional
affiliation
typed
on
a
separate
sheet
.
Abstract
:
Not
more
than
200
words
.
Illustrations
:
High
quality
originals
are
required
.
All
data
in
photographs
,
tables
,
drawings
,
figures
and
graphs
should
be
accompanied
with
the
necessary
data
.
References
:
Works
cited
should
be
referenced
in
accordance
with
the
APA
format
below
:
Gadagbui
,
G
.
Y
.
(
1998
)
Education
in
Ghana
and
special
needs
children
.
Accra
:
City
Press
.
Ayanniyi
,
A
.
B
.
(
1997
)
Illiteracy
and
truancy
:
Implications
for
parents
,
teachers
and
governments
.
Ife
Psychologia
.
An
International
Journal
,
5
,
(
2
)
,
143
151
.
All
references
cited
in
the
text
should
be
listed
alphabetically
.
Three
(
3
)
copies
of
each
article
should
be
submitted
for
review
.
It
is
a
condition
that
articles
are
not
simultaneously
submitted
or
published
anywhere
.
Latest
date
of
submission
of
for
the
next
edition
of
the
JORDE
is
23
July
2004
.
Receipts
of
all
articles
will
be
acknowledged
promptly
.
The
decision
of
the
journal
'
s
assessors
to
publish
or
not
will
be
communicated
without
delay
.
Articles
accepted
for
publication
will
be
published
at
a
fee
of
Fifty
US
Dollars
(
$
50
.
00
)
(
2
)
copies
of
articles
accepted
for
publication
should
be
submitted
in
addition
to
a
diskette
copy
(
Microsoft
Word
2000
preferred
)
.
Submissions
may
be
made
electronically
via
e
-
mail
to
rskagbo
@
uew
.
edu
.
gh
i
nstead
of
sending
a
diskette
copy
.
All
manuscripts
should
be
submitted
to
:
The
Managing
Editor
Journal
of
Research
and
Development
in
Education
Faculty
of
Specialized
Professional
Studies
in
Education
University
of
Education
of
Winneba
P
.
O
.
Box
25
,
Winneba
,
Ghana
.
Call
for
Papers
The
WEB
invites
articles
,
short
reports
on
professional
developments
and
on
-
going
researches
,
review
of
books
,
theoretical
articles
and
review
papers
,
report
on
events
announcements
on
upcoming
events
etc
.
from
interested
researchers
/
authors
/
institutions
for
publication
in
its
next
Edition
.
The
WEB
accepts
cross
-
disciplinary
submissions
(
i
.
e
.
from
Archaeology
to
Zoology
)
.
Article
should
normally
have
a
maximum
length
of
12
pages
on
A4
paper
.
Manuscripts
must
be
typewritten
on
one
side
of
the
paper
using
double
spacing
.
Title
Page
:
The
article
should
be
accompanied
by
the
Title
of
article
,
Name
(
s
)
,
e
-
mail
address
(
es
)
and
mailing
address
(
es
)
of
contributor
(
s
)
including
institutional
affiliation
typed
on
a
separate
sheet
.
References
:
Works
cited
should
be
referenced
in
accordance
with
the
APA
format
below
:
Gadagbui
,
G
.
Y
.
(
1998
)
Education
in
Ghana
and
special
needs
children
.
Accra
:
City
Press
.
Ayanniyi
,
A
.
B
.
(
1997
)
Illiteracy
and
truancy
:
Implications
for
parents
,
teachers
and
governments
.
Ife
Psychologia
.
An
International
Journal
,
5
,
(
2
)
,
143
151
.
All
references
cited
in
the
text
should
be
listed
alphabetically
.
Submissions
may
be
made
electronically
via
e
-
mail
to
rskagbo
@
uew
.
edu
.
gh
or
mailed
to
the
address
given
below
.
If
submissions
are
mailed
,
3
copies
of
each
article
(
typed
in
double
line
spacing
)
should
be
submitted
in
addition
to
a
diskette
copy
.
Articles
for
the
next
edition
must
reach
the
address
below
by
20
th
February
2004
:
The
Managing
Editor
,
The
WEB
,
Faculty
of
Specialised
Profession
Studies
in
Education
,
University
of
Education
,
Winneba
,
P
.
O
.
Box
25
,
Winneba
,
Ghana
.
PUBLICATIONS
BY
PHILIP
KWAME
GERALDO
GERALDO
,
P
.
K
.
(
1999
)
Rapport
entre
la
conférence
Africaine
Française
de
Brazzaville
de
1944
et
la
Constitution
de
1946
d
une
part
,
et
la
formation
du
R
.
D
.
A
.
en
1946
d
autre
part
in
INFOPROF
,
Numéro
Spécial
,
Août
,
1999
,
pp
48
57
.
GERALDO
,
P
.
K
.
et
al
(
1999
)
Dialogues
as
a
stepping
-
stone
to
free
communication
in
the
Teaching
of
French
:
The
case
of
J
.
S
.
S
.
Teachers
in
Winneba
,
in
INFOPROF
,
Numéro
Spécial
,
Août
,
1999
,
pp
17
26
.
GERALDO
,
P
.
K
.
(
1999
)
The
Teacher
as
an
agent
of
development
in
the
developing
world
in
Ghanaian
Journal
of
Special
Education
,
Vol
.
1
,
No
.
4
,
December
1999
,
pp
134
140
.
GERALDO
,
P
.
K
.
(
2000
)
Language
Planning
and
Language
Policy
in
Ghana
in
Proceedings
of
the
Seminar
on
Towards
a
New
Language
Policy
for
Ghana
:
The
case
of
French
,
Department
of
French
,
UCEW
.
pp
78
86
.
GERALDO
,
P
.
K
.
(
2000
)
Discours
féminin
dans
l
uvre
de
Calixthe
Beyala
in
Co
-
existence
of
Languages
in
West
Africa
:
A
Socio
-
Linguistic
Perspective
,
(
KUUPOLE
,
DD
,
Ed
)
,
pp
160
169
.
GERALDO
,
P
.
K
.
(
2000
)
Developing
Language
Skills
in
the
training
of
Foreign
Language
teachers
in
Ghana
:
The
case
of
French
in
National
Teacher
Education
Forum
,
UCEW
,
pp
28
36
.
GERALDO
,
P
.
K
.
(
2001
)
Critical
Theory
and
Method
:
Criticism
of
African
Literature
in
the
21st
Century
in
The
Journal
of
Ghanaian
Languages
,
Vol
,
1
,
No
.
1
,
March
2001
,
pp
.
52
57
.
GERALDO
,
P
.
K
.
(
2001
)
Politique
de
langue
en
littérature
africaine
:
Chinua
Achebe
ou
Ngugi
wa
Thiong
o
?
in
New
Trends
in
Languages
in
Contact
in
West
Africa
,
(
KUUPOLE
,
DD
,
Ed
)
,
pp
171
180
.
GERALDO
,
P
.
K
.
(
2001
)
Une
lecture
de
L
Ex
-
père
de
la
Nation
d
Aminata
Sow
Fall
,
in
INFOPROF
,
Numéro
2001
,
pp
12
32
.
GERALDO
,
P
.
K
.
(
2001
)
Pertinence
des
Actes
de
parole
dans
l
enseignement
-
apprentissage
du
FLE
dans
un
contexte
anglophone
in
Cahier
du
CERLESHS
,
Université
de
Ouagadougou
,
pp
8
27
.
GERALDO
,
P
.
K
.
(
2002
)
The
Development
of
the
Indigenous
Languages
:
Implications
for
Poverty
Reduction
in
Ghana
in
Proceedings
of
National
Seminar
on
Language
and
Culture
in
Education
and
National
Development
,
GTZ
,
GmbH
,
pp
28
37
.
GERALDO
,
P
,
AMUZU
,
D
.
S
.
Y
.
(
2002
)
.
Bonjour
,
Amis
I
,
(
A
French
Course
for
Junior
Secondary
Schools
)
Accra
:
Adwinsa
Publications
.
GERALDO
,
P
.
K
.
(
2003
)
New
Perspectives
of
Training
Foreign
Language
Teachers
in
Ghana
:
The
Case
of
French
in
The
Ghana
Teachers
Journal
,
Vol
.
1
,
No
.
1
,
April
2003
,
pp
.
21
24
.
GERALDO
,
P
.
,
AMUZU
,
D
.
S
.
Y
.
(
2003
)
.
Bonjour
,
Amis
II
(
A
French
Course
for
Junior
Secondary
Schools
,
Accra
:
Adwinsa
Publications
.
GERALDO
,
P
.
K
.
(
2003
)
.
L
enseignement
de
l
écrit
aux
apprenants
des
J
.
S
.
S
.
et
S
.
S
.
S
.
au
Ghana
in
INFOPROF
,
No
,
001
,
Août
2003
,
pp
.
29
-
40
PUBLICATIONS
BY
PROF
.
GRACE
YAWO
GADAGBU
Gadagbui
,
G
.
Y
.
(
2003
)
Screening
for
hearing
and
Speech
impairment
in
children
.
Winneba
;
Department
of
Special
Education
.
Gadagbui
,
G
.
Y
.
(
2003
)
Dysfunctional
family
:
Implications
for
educational
intervention
.
Winneba
;
University
of
Education
.
Gadagbui
,
G
.
Y
.
(
1998
)
Education
in
Ghana
and
Special
needs
children
.
Accra
North
:
City
Publishers
.
Gadagbui
,
G
.
Y
.
(
1998
)
A
handbook
of
Language
and
Speech
deviations
.
Accra
North
:
City
Publishers
.
PUBLICATIONS
BY
PROFESSOR
ROBERT
MANFORD
,
PH
.
D
Books
Beginners
Guide
to
Research
in
Education
A
Handbook
for
Elementary
School
Music
Teachers
Teaching
Music
Creatively
Music
for
Senior
Secondary
Schools
ARTICLES
Teaching
Music
in
the
Junior
Secondary
Schools
The
Role
of
Professional
Teachers
Association
What
Teaching
is
All
About
Characteristics
of
a
Good
Educational
Administrator
:
Summary
in
A
to
Z
.
Partnership
in
Teaching
:
The
U
.
K
.
Version
.
Some
Ideas
of
Funding
Higher
Education
in
Ghana
.
This
paper
reviews
the
first
stage
of
the
skill
acquisition
process
in
Ghana
,
i
.
e
.
basic
education
.
Basic
education
provides
the
essential
building
blocks
to
continue
to
higher
levels
of
education
.
For
those
who
do
not
continue
to
higher
education
it
provides
the
foundation
upon
which
work
-
related
skills
are
developed
.
Two
criteria
are
used
in
this
paper
to
assess
the
performance
of
the
basic
education
sub
-
sector
.
The
first
is
progress
that
has
been
made
in
expanding
access
to
basic
education
.
This
criterion
on
its
own
is
not
sufficient
to
pronounce
a
verdict
on
the
success
or
otherwise
of
an
education
programme
in
improving
upon
the
stock
of
a
country
s
human
capital
.
Focus
on
this
criterion
alone
assumes
that
as
the
basic
education
system
expands
standards
are
automatically
maintained
.
However
a
rapid
expansion
of
education
in
terms
of
numbers
enrolled
can
be
at
the
expense
of
the
quality
of
education
.
The
second
criterion
the
study
uses
to
assess
performance
of
the
basic
education
sector
is
the
extent
to
which
the
sector
has
succeeded
in
equipping
its
graduates
with
the
relevant
skills
to
enter
the
world
of
work
or
else
to
continue
to
higher
levels
of
education
.
Although
there
has
been
an
increase
in
the
absolute
numbers
enrolled
at
the
basic
education
level
there
has
been
no
significant
increase
in
gross
enrolment
rates
.
Gender
gaps
in
enrolment
still
exist
.
The
quality
of
education
in
the
public
school
system
as
measured
by
the
performance
of
pupils
in
the
Criterion
Referenced
Tests
organised
by
the
Ministry
of
Education
is
low
.
The
poor
test
results
raise
questions
about
efficiency
in
the
use
of
the
sector
s
resources
.
A
reduction
in
the
private
cost
of
education
will
encourage
an
increase
in
enrolment
rates
.
In
addition
an
improvement
in
the
quality
of
education
is
critical
to
an
improvement
in
enrolment
rates
.
Additional
financial
resources
are
but
one
of
the
many
needs
of
the
basic
education
sector
in
Ghana
.
A
review
of
the
curriculum
,
teaching
methods
and
practices
,
teacher
supervision
and
incentives
for
teachers
is
required
in
order
to
achieve
an
efficient
use
of
the
sector
s
financial
resources
.
The
lack
of
a
positive
link
between
government
education
spending
and
performance
of
the
sector
shows
quite
clearly
that
pumping
resources
into
the
sector
is
not
sufficient
to
solve
the
problems
the
sector
faces
.
What
is
critical
is
how
the
resources
going
into
the
sector
are
managed
,
monitored
and
utilised
.
Improving
upon
the
quality
of
education
requires
in
addition
an
effective
monitoring
system
.
The
BECE
provides
an
excellent
opportunity
to
monitor
the
output
of
the
basic
education
system
.
However
the
choice
of
the
Stanine
system
for
marking
has
made
it
impossible
to
utilise
the
examination
for
this
purpose
.
It
is
recommended
that
the
marking
system
of
the
BECE
be
reviewed
so
that
the
examination
can
be
used
for
monitoring
purposes
.
BASIC
EDUCATION
IN
GHANA
IN
THE
POST
-
REFORM
PERIOD
Introduction
"
we
must
look
to
industry
and
agriculture
to
provide
an
increased
standard
of
living
,
but
these
two
sectors
of
the
economy
are
dependent
on
an
adequate
supply
of
suitably
educated
and
trained
manpower
...
Economic
growth
does
not
consist
merely
in
the
expansion
of
aggregate
production
,
it
consists
in
the
expansion
of
output
per
head
and
therefore
it
necessarily
entails
an
increase
in
productivity
per
head
.
Without
such
an
increase
in
productivity
the
population
may
grow
and
with
it
the
national
income
,
but
the
level
of
prosperity
cannot
increase
.
Rising
productivity
derives
from
two
sources
.
On
the
one
hand
it
is
influenced
by
the
kinds
of
capital
with
which
the
population
is
supplied
.
On
the
other
hand
it
depends
upon
the
skill
with
which
labour
and
management
use
these
capital
assets
.
Contemporary
experience
suggests
that
the
latter
is
every
bit
as
important
as
the
former
in
determining
the
level
of
economic
development
in
a
country
.
This
quotation
is
not
taken
from
Ghana
s
Vision
2020
document
published
in
the
early
1990s
or
from
policy
documents
of
present
day
middle
-
income
countries
whose
performance
Ghana
wishes
to
emulate
.
It
is
taken
from
the
first
paragraph
of
the
chapter
on
education
of
the
Seven
-
Year
Development
Plan
for
Ghana
for
the
period
1963
/
64
-
1969
/
70
.
For
the
architects
of
the
plan
,
human
capital
formation
was
recognised
as
critical
to
the
growth
and
development
process
.
The
sentiments
expressed
in
the
paragraph
are
even
more
pertinent
to
Ghana
today
.
Knowledge
and
technology
are
increasingly
becoming
the
basis
of
competitive
advantage
in
the
present
world
economy
.
The
quality
of
a
country
s
stock
of
human
capital
influences
the
extent
to
which
knowledge
and
technology
can
be
utilised
and
created
to
enhance
productivity
and
increase
the
well
-
being
of
citizens
.
Lall
(
1992
)
defines
human
capital
as
"
not
just
the
skills
generated
by
formal
education
and
training
,
but
also
those
created
by
on
-
the
-
job
training
and
the
experience
of
technological
activity
and
the
legacy
of
inherited
skills
,
attitudes
and
abilities
"
(
p
.
170
)
.
A
not
insignificant
proportion
of
the
knowledge
base
and
skills
of
the
work
force
in
Ghana
is
tradition
bound
.
If
the
competitiveness
of
Ghana
in
the
world
economy
is
to
improve
,
the
knowledge
base
,
techniques
of
production
and
skills
of
the
work
force
must
be
broadened
beyond
the
confines
of
inherited
skills
,
attitudes
and
abilities
.
Formal
education
is
an
important
part
of
the
skill
acquisition
process
and
development
of
the
stock
of
human
capital
.
It
contributes
to
the
process
of
moulding
attitudinal
skills
and
developing
technical
skills
.
Education
increases
the
ability
to
understand
and
critique
new
ideas
.
It
facilitates
the
adoption
and
/
or
modification
of
technology
.
For
example
in
agriculture
if
modern
farming
practices
are
to
be
adopted
and
effectively
implemented
,
farmers
must
be
able
to
read
instructions
on
how
to
use
the
new
inputs
.
Empirical
studies
using
data
from
several
countries
have
been
conducted
to
investigate
the
determinants
of
growth
and
have
included
a
proxy
for
human
capital
.
The
results
are
inconclusive
.
Ojo
and
Oshikoya
(
1995
)
conducted
a
study
on
determinants
of
long
-
term
growth
using
a
panel
data
set
of
17
African
countries
.
The
measures
of
human
capital
used
in
the
study
were
the
primary
and
secondary
enrolment
rates
,
literacy
rates
and
average
years
of
education
.
The
primary
and
secondary
school
enrolment
rates
were
not
significant
explanatory
variables
in
the
growth
equation
,
whereas
the
literacy
rate
and
average
years
of
education
variables
were
.
A
problem
with
these
proxies
of
human
capital
is
that
they
are
an
imprecise
measure
of
skill
acquisition
and
provide
no
indication
whether
the
graduates
of
the
educational
institutions
possess
the
skills
required
by
the
productive
sectors
of
the
economy
.
In
addition
the
measures
do
not
capture
variations
in
the
quality
of
education
across
countries
and
over
time
.
There
is
less
ambiguity
when
individual
or
household
level
data
is
used
.
Data
from
the
third
household
survey
conducted
in
Ghana
in
1991
/
92
shows
that
the
incidence
of
poverty
amongst
households
declines
the
more
educated
is
the
household
head
(
Figure
1
)
.
This
suggests
that
education
can
be
the
route
out
of
poverty
.
Education
provides
opportunities
for
involvement
in
activities
with
high
returns
.
In
addition
,
evidence
from
Ghana
and
other
developing
countries
shows
the
children
of
educated
mothers
are
more
likely
to
have
Figure
1
.
Note
:
The
poverty
rate
is
the
proportion
of
households
that
fall
below
the
poverty
line
.
The
poverty
line
is
defined
as
two
thirds
of
the
mean
real
household
consumption
expenditure
per
capita
in
1987
.
Source
:
Calculated
from
the
third
Household
Survey
,
1991
/
92
better
levels
of
nutrition
than
children
of
uneducated
mothers
(
Glewwe
,
1999
)
.
Infant
mortality
rates
amongst
educated
mothers
is
lower
(
Strauss
and
Duncan
,
1996
)
.
Education
therefore
confers
on
women
household
heads
the
knowledge
to
manage
household
resources
efficiently
.
This
paper
is
the
first
in
a
series
that
will
review
the
skill
acquisition
process
in
Ghana
.
Basic
education
provides
the
essential
building
blocks
to
continue
to
higher
levels
of
education
.
For
those
who
do
not
continue
to
higher
education
it
provides
the
foundation
upon
which
work
-
related
skills
are
developed
.
Thus
the
review
of
the
skill
acquisition
process
in
Ghana
will
understandably
begin
by
an
assessment
of
the
performance
of
the
basic
education
sector
since
the
start
of
the
education
sector
reforms
in
1987
.
Two
criteria
will
be
used
to
assess
the
performance
of
the
basic
education
sub
-
sector
.
The
first
is
progress
that
has
been
made
in
expanding
access
to
basic
education
.
This
criterion
on
its
own
is
not
sufficient
to
pronounce
a
verdict
on
the
success
or
otherwise
of
an
education
programme
in
improving
upon
the
stock
of
a
country
s
human
capital
.
Focus
on
this
criterion
alone
assumes
that
the
basic
education
system
is
able
to
maintain
standards
as
the
numbers
enrolled
increases
.
However
a
rapid
expansion
of
education
in
terms
of
numbers
of
enrolled
can
be
at
the
expense
of
the
quality
of
education
.
The
second
criterion
that
this
study
will
use
to
assess
performance
of
the
basic
education
sector
is
therefore
the
extent
to
which
the
sector
has
succeeded
in
equipping
its
graduates
with
the
relevant
skills
to
enter
the
world
of
work
or
else
to
continue
to
higher
levels
of
education
.
A
comparative
approach
will
be
adopted
by
comparing
trends
in
education
indicators
with
what
pertains
in
other
African
countries
and
with
what
pertained
three
decades
ago
in
some
Asian
economies
.
The
current
objective
of
economic
policy
is
for
to
Ghana
attain
middle
-
income
country
status
by
the
year
2020
.
The
Asian
countries
that
have
made
the
transition
from
low
to
middle
income
country
status
have
been
chosen
as
role
models
.
It
is
the
consensus
of
observers
of
the
transition
process
in
these
economies
that
accumulation
of
human
capital
was
an
important
part
of
the
process
.
What
can
be
learnt
from
the
experiences
of
these
countries
?
The
next
section
will
present
a
brief
discussion
of
developments
in
basic
education
prior
to
1987
.
The
education
reforms
of
1987
and
subsequent
developments
in
basic
education
policy
will
be
the
subject
of
sections
3
and
4
.
Section
5
will
examine
the
outcomes
and
section
6
concludes
the
paper
.
The
Education
Sector
Prior
to
the
1987
Reforms
The
average
number
of
years
of
formal
schooling
of
Ghanaians
has
improved
in
the
period
since
independence
.
Information
obtained
from
the
national
household
survey
conducted
in
1991
/
92
finds
that
whilst
the
average
years
of
schooling
of
persons
aged
over
64
was
about
1
.
2
years
,
the
average
for
those
aged
between
44
and
53
years
was
3
.
7
years
.
It
rose
to
6
.
7
years
for
persons
aged
between
25
and
33
years
(
Table
1
)
.
The
increase
in
average
years
of
education
from
older
to
younger
generations
occurs
for
both
men
and
women
even
though
women
still
lag
behind
men
(
Table
1
)
.
The
education
policies
,
trends
in
the
economy
and
changes
in
circumstances
of
households
can
explain
the
developments
that
have
occurred
over
the
last
five
or
so
decades
.
Table
1
Average
Years
of
Education
attained
by
Age
Cohorts
(
1991
/
92
)
Age
(
Years
)
Both
Sexes
Men
Women
Mean
Standard
Deviation
Mean
Standard
Deviation
Mean
Standard
Deviation
25
-
33
6
.
68
5
.
39
8
.
60
5
.
16
5
.
35
5
.
14
34
-
43
5
.
76
5
.
52
7
.
8
5
.
50
4
.
35
5
.
12
44
-
53
3
.
75
5
.
32
6
.
04
5
.
93
2
.
02
4
.
02
54
-
63
2
.
53
4
.
69
3
.
76
5
.
24
1
.
18
3
.
55
64
and
over
1
.
21
3
.
16
2
.
04
4
.
00
0
.
44
1
.
81
Source
:
Estimated
from
Third
Household
Survey
,
1991
/
92
.
Tuition
-
free
primary
and
middle
school
education
was
introduced
in
1952
.
The
Education
Act
of
1961
declared
primary
education
to
be
compulsory
and
a
parent
not
sending
a
child
to
school
was
liable
to
a
fine
.
The
Act
also
made
provision
for
the
establishment
of
private
educational
institutions
.
The
Act
delineated
the
responsibilities
of
central
and
local
governments
regarding
the
financing
of
education
.
Central
government
was
to
be
responsible
for
teachers
salaries
.
The
building
,
equipment
and
maintenance
of
all
public
primary
and
middle
schools
were
made
the
responsibility
of
the
local
authorities
.
In
1963
the
school
textbooks
scheme
was
introduced
.
Pupils
were
required
to
pay
a
token
fee
.
The
effect
of
the
Education
Act
on
enrolment
was
dramatic
.
Enrolment
in
public
primary
and
secondary
schools
more
than
doubled
between
1960
/
61
and
1964
/
65
(
Table
2
)
.
This
period
saw
the
fastest
increase
in
school
enrolment
in
the
country
s
post
-
independence
history
.
Children
long
past
the
normal
school
entry
age
of
6
entered
primary
school
in
response
to
the
policy
of
tuition
free
primary
education
and
children
who
had
dropped
out
of
school
were
able
to
re
-
enter
at
the
point
where
they
had
left
.
The
numbers
enrolled
in
primary
1
more
than
doubled
between
1960
/
61
and
1961
/
62
(
Table
2
)
.
Gains
were
made
in
the
enrolment
of
girls
.
There
was
a
rapid
increase
in
the
proportion
of
girls
in
primary
school
between
1960
/
61
and
1964
/
65
.
The
proportion
of
girls
in
middle
and
secondary
school
also
increased
but
the
rise
was
not
as
rapid
as
in
primary
school
(
Table
2
)
.
The
rapid
expansion
in
enrolment
rates
was
not
maintained
and
a
decline
in
actual
numbers
enrolled
in
primary
school
began
in
the
1965
/
66
academic
year
until
1972
/
73
when
they
began
to
rise
again
(
Table
2
)
.
Enrolments
in
primary
1
declined
in
1964
.
The
decline
in
enrolment
rates
has
been
attributed
to
the
reversal
to
normal
trends
after
the
surge
in
enrolments
when
the
policy
of
tuition
free
primary
education
was
introduced
.
The
introduction
of
textbook
fees
and
growing
unemployment
amongst
middle
school
leavers
may
also
explain
the
drop
in
enrolment
rates
during
this
period
.
The
gross
enrolment
rate
(
GER
)
in
1970
was
estimated
at
62
%
at
the
primary
school
level
.
The
GER
continued
to
increase
during
the
1970s
so
that
by
1980
it
stood
at
80
%
.
There
was
a
rapid
increase
in
the
establishment
of
school
facilities
to
absorb
the
increase
in
enrolments
.
The
number
of
public
primary
schools
increased
from
3514
in
1960
/
61
to
6884
in
1962
/
63
and
to
8144
in
1965
/
66
(
Ministry
of
Education
1968
)
.
Many
of
these
,
however
,
were
makeshift
.
In
the
seven
-
year
plan
special
emphasis
was
placed
on
the
expansion
of
secondary
and
technical
schools
to
provide
the
necessary
manpower
to
supply
the
needs
of
a
modern
economy
.
Table
2
Enrolment
in
Public
Institutions
in
the
1960s
Primary
Middle
Secondary
Enrolment
in
Primary
1
Total
%
Girls
Total
%
Girls
Total
%
Girls
1960
/
61
106928
441136
36
.
16
145337
30
.
12
16577
22
.
04
1961
/
62
231784
691770
42
.
77
184292
30
.
75
19062
23
.
33
1962
/
63
264560
806211
39
.
94
204935
30
.
86
23891
23
.
44
1963
/
64
253693
871385
41
.
10
208625
32
.
72
27663
22
.
95
1964
/
65
274500
1065251
43
.
43
257625
33
.
04
33131
24
.
76
1965
/
66
272077
1137495
43
.
80
267434
32
.
52
42111
25
.
81
1966
/
67
221559
1116843
44
.
38
280566
33
.
33
42280
25
.
43
1967
/
68
214115
1072523
44
.
53
329679
35
.
33
43889
25
.
74
1968
/
69
199263
1015457
44
.
43
381569
36
.
75
46512
25
.
88
1969
/
70
975629
424430
46213
Source
:
Ministry
of
Education
Although
there
was
an
increase
in
the
numbers
enrolled
in
school
and
in
the
gross
enrolment
rate
there
was
a
concern
about
the
quality
of
the
output
of
the
education
sector
.
A
UNESCO
report
on
education
in
Ghana
published
in
1970
had
this
to
say
:
"
Generally
Ghana
s
education
services
are
not
producing
the
kinds
of
quality
manpower
needed
by
the
economy
.
The
educational
system
is
not
providing
an
adequate
base
in
English
and
Mathematics
and
offers
little
exposure
to
practical
work
"
(
UNESCO
,
1970
p
.
21
)
.
It
went
on
to
state
that
"
the
first
problem
is
the
poor
quality
of
basic
education
in
primary
and
middle
schools
,
especially
in
the
main
educational
language
,
English
,
"
(
UNESCO
1970p
.
34
)
.
The
rapid
expansion
of
enrolment
in
a
very
short
period
of
time
was
thus
,
to
some
extent
,
at
the
expense
of
the
quality
of
education
.
Quality
was
compromised
because
there
was
inadequate
supply
of
critical
inputs
to
support
the
increase
in
enrolments
.
The
supply
of
trained
teachers
could
not
keep
up
with
the
expansion
in
enrolments
and
schools
.
To
meet
the
demand
for
teachers
,
untrained
teachers
were
added
to
the
staff
.
In
1962
trained
teachers
made
up
52
%
of
the
teaching
staff
in
primary
schools
and
middle
schools
.
By
1966
/
67
they
are
estimated
to
have
declined
to
28
%
of
the
teaching
staff
in
primary
schools
(
Ministry
of
Education
1968
)
.
There
was
an
increase
in
the
supply
of
trained
teachers
in
primary
schools
thereafter
so
that
in
1969
/
70
their
share
had
risen
to
49
%
.
A
similar
problem
existed
in
the
secondary
school
system
although
it
was
not
as
severe
as
at
the
primary
level
.
There
was
a
small
drop
in
the
share
of
graduate
teachers
in
the
secondary
schools
from
57
%
of
the
teaching
staff
in
1961
/
62
to
54
.
3
%
in
1969
/
70
.
To
get
round
the
constraint
of
insufficient
physical
infrastructure
to
accommodate
the
rising
enrolments
,
a
two
-
shift
system
was
introduced
.
A
shortcoming
of
this
system
is
that
it
can
effectively
place
an
upper
limit
on
the
number
of
contact
hours
in
a
day
between
pupil
and
teacher
.
The
subsidised
textbook
scheme
ran
into
financial
difficulties
as
the
number
of
pupils
increased
.
To
deal
with
the
problem
of
financing
the
scheme
it
was
decided
in
1968
to
limit
the
number
of
titles
supplied
to
English
Readers
and
Mathematics
.
The
experience
of
the
rapid
expansion
in
education
enrolments
in
the
1960s
provided
a
lesson
for
future
policy
makers
.
It
was
that
an
increase
in
the
opportunity
to
attend
school
did
not
automatically
translate
into
an
equal
opportunity
to
access
the
same
quality
or
standards
across
the
country
and
over
time
.
Prior
to
the
implementation
of
a
policy
of
expansion
in
education
it
must
be
ensured
that
the
necessary
inputs
are
available
to
guarantee
that
quality
will
not
be
compromised
in
the
process
.
The
education
system
introduced
during
the
colonial
period
required
that
students
spent
at
least
8
-
10
years
before
they
could
enter
secondary
school
.
In
the
Seven
-
Year
Development
Plan
concerns
were
expressed
about
the
length
of
time
it
took
to
complete
secondary
school
.
To
address
this
issue
it
was
proposed
that
children
be
selected
to
secondary
school
after
six
years
of
primary
education
.
The
middle
school
system
was
to
be
replaced
by
continuous
schools
that
would
offer
courses
of
a
vocational
nature
.
Some
continuous
schools
were
established
but
no
significant
changes
were
made
to
the
primary
and
middle
school
system
.
A
new
educational
system
was
proposed
in
the
Five
-
Year
Development
Plan
for
the
period
1975
/
76
-
1979
/
80
.
It
aimed
at
reducing
by
four
years
the
length
of
time
taken
by
the
average
child
from
elementary
school
to
the
end
of
secondary
school
.
It
also
aimed
at
introducing
a
curriculum
with
a
large
practical
content
aimed
at
equipping
the
individual
with
skills
relevant
to
the
needs
of
the
country
.
The
new
education
system
was
to
be
implemented
in
September
of
1974
.
In
this
new
system
the
middle
school
was
to
be
phased
out
by
1982
-
83
academic
year
and
replaced
by
the
Junior
Secondary
School
(
See
Appendix
1
for
details
of
the
education
system
that
was
proposed
)
.
Implementation
of
the
new
education
system
,
however
,
did
not
move
beyond
the
phase
of
pilot
schemes
.
The
education
sector
entered
a
crisis
phase
in
the
1980s
with
the
GER
declining
to
about
70
%
in
1986
.
The
sector
suffered
from
a
decline
in
the
supply
of
teachers
as
teachers
left
the
sector
and
country
to
find
more
remunerative
employment
elsewhere
.
There
were
shortfalls
in
the
supply
of
learning
and
teaching
materials
and
a
failure
to
maintain
the
physical
infrastructure
in
schools
.
Real
per
capita
incomes
had
been
falling
in
the
late
1970s
and
early
1980s
and
as
households
faced
hardship
a
response
was
to
withdraw
children
from
school
.
The
education
reforms
of
1987
were
introduced
within
the
context
of
the
crisis
in
the
sector
.
3
.
The
Education
Reforms
The
public
sector
is
the
main
provider
of
education
at
the
primary
and
tertiary
level
.
At
the
secondary
level
,
although
most
of
the
senior
secondary
schools
are
public
schools
,
the
vocational
schools
sub
-
sector
is
dominated
by
the
private
sector
.
The
structure
of
the
education
system
before
the
reforms
was
such
that
to
complete
pre
-
university
education
could
take
between
13
and
15
years
.
This
variation
in
the
number
of
minimum
years
was
because
there
was
essentially
a
three
-
track
system
in
place
.
Children
who
managed
to
complete
primary
schooling
could
take
the
middle
school
track
and
end
their
education
after
completing
four
years
of
middle
school
.
It
was
possible
to
skip
middle
school
and
enter
secondary
school
after
sitting
the
common
entrance
examination
in
primary
6
.
The
alternative
was
to
do
one
or
two
years
at
middle
school
before
sitting
for
the
entrance
examination
to
secondary
school
.
The
reforms
replaced
the
three
-
track
system
with
a
one
-
track
system
.
All
children
are
expected
to
go
through
a
minimum
of
nine
years
of
education
,
i
.
e
.
six
years
of
primary
and
three
years
of
junior
secondary
education
.
They
can
either
enter
the
world
of
work
or
continue
to
the
secondary
level
(
See
Figure
2
)
.
Figure
2
.
Structure
of
the
Education
System
.
Pre
-
School
Primary
Junior
Secondary
Senior
Secondary
Technical
/
Vocational
University
Training
Institutes
Specialised
Institutes
Polytechnics
Ghana
presently
has
a
6
-
3
-
3
-
4
education
system
.
Pre
-
school
is
not
compulsory
.
Children
are
expected
to
enter
the
first
year
of
primary
school
at
age
6
.
The
first
nine
years
that
make
up
basic
education
consists
of
primary
education
of
6
years
and
3
years
of
junior
secondary
school
.
Basic
education
is
supposed
to
be
compulsory
for
all
children
of
the
relevant
age
group
.
Unfortunately
as
this
study
will
show
universal
primary
education
has
still
to
be
achieved
in
Ghana
.
An
official
selection
process
occurs
at
the
end
of
the
ninth
year
of
basic
education
when
all
pupils
take
the
Basic
Education
Certificate
Examination
(
BECE
)
.
Individuals
who
want
to
continue
their
formal
education
have
the
option
of
attending
senior
secondary
schools
,
technical
schools
or
vocational
schools
(
Figure
2
)
.
The
reforms
began
in
1987
with
the
intake
of
the
first
set
of
Junior
Secondary
School
entrants
.
The
senior
secondary
school
system
began
in
1990
and
the
first
examination
was
taken
in
1993
.
The
middle
school
system
was
phased
out
in
1989
when
the
last
set
took
the
middle
school
leaving
certificate
.
The
O
and
A
level
systems
were
phased
out
in
1994
and
1996
respectively
.
Prior
to
the
reforms
some
teacher
training
took
place
at
the
secondary
level
.
Graduates
from
the
middle
schools
were
able
to
enter
teacher
training
colleges
and
obtain
a
Certificate
A
.
Specialist
courses
were
available
at
the
post
-
secondary
level
for
secondary
school
graduates
.
The
technical
institutes
also
had
placements
for
middle
school
certificate
holders
.
The
secondary
school
system
has
changed
with
the
reforms
.
It
has
two
components
.
The
first
is
the
senior
secondary
schools
that
provide
3
years
of
general
academic
education
after
which
an
external
examination
is
taken
.
Passing
this
examination
with
the
necessary
grades
qualifies
entry
into
the
tertiary
level
institutions
.
The
second
component
is
made
up
of
the
vocational
and
technical
schools
.
Graduates
of
the
technical
and
vocational
institutions
usually
terminate
their
formal
education
at
this
level
and
enter
the
world
of
work
or
can
continue
at
the
polytechnics
.
The
tertiary
level
education
comprises
of
the
training
colleges
,
polytechnics
,
universities
and
specialised
institutes
of
journalism
and
of
professional
studies
.
The
1991
White
Paper
on
tertiary
reforms
had
as
one
of
its
objectives
the
establishment
of
an
integrated
tertiary
education
system
comprising
all
post
-
secondary
pre
-
service
training
institutions
under
the
general
supervision
,
direction
and
control
of
the
Ministry
of
Education
.
This
has
not
happened
.
The
National
Council
for
Tertiary
Education
was
established
in
1993
to
be
responsible
for
the
tertiary
level
education
.
The
polytechnics
were
upgraded
to
tertiary
status
in
1992
.
They
still
however
continue
to
provide
non
-
tertiary
programmes
.
The
Regional
Colleges
of
Applied
Arts
,
Sciences
and
Technology
(
RECAAST
)
proposed
in
the
White
Paper
have
not
been
established
.
The
teacher
training
,
nursing
training
and
agricultural
colleges
were
to
be
amalgamated
under
these
colleges
.
Of
those
children
that
do
attend
school
,
many
do
not
proceed
beyond
basic
education
.
The
apprenticeship
training
system
that
is
provided
at
the
work
place
is
an
important
source
of
skill
acquisition
.
Many
of
the
"
masters
"
have
obtained
limited
training
if
any
from
the
formal
education
system
and
have
limited
links
with
technical
institutions
and
polytechnics
.
The
masters
may
have
in
-
depth
knowledge
of
traditional
techniques
and
technologies
but
may
be
at
a
disadvantage
when
it
comes
to
knowledge
about
modern
techniques
of
production
,
management
and
organisation
.
An
important
issue
for
Ghana
during
this
period
of
rapid
technological
change
in
the
world
economy
is
how
technology
and
skills
can
be
transferred
from
the
rest
of
the
world
to
the
Ghanaian
workforce
.
The
informal
sector
as
it
is
presently
organised
has
tenuous
links
with
the
international
sources
of
technology
.
Enterprises
in
the
sector
do
not
tend
to
be
involved
in
exporting
and
there
is
hardly
any
sub
-
contracting
between
foreign
enterprise
and
local
ones
.
An
alternative
institutional
framework
will
have
to
be
developed
to
facilitate
the
transfer
of
technology
and
skills
that
is
needed
.
Formal
technical
and
vocational
education
may
have
to
be
expanded
to
increase
the
supply
of
masters
schooled
in
modern
technologies
to
the
informal
sector
.
The
education
reforms
begun
in
1987
had
the
following
objectives
:
To
expand
and
make
access
more
equitable
at
all
levels
of
education
.
There
were
significant
differences
in
educational
attainment
measured
by
years
of
education
on
the
basis
of
gender
and
location
.
Access
to
senior
secondary
school
(
SSS
)
was
to
be
increased
by
ensuring
that
50
%
of
the
JSS
leavers
entered
SSS
.
Twenty
-
five
percent
of
SSS
graduates
were
to
be
absorbed
by
the
tertiary
institutions
.
To
change
the
structure
of
the
school
system
.
The
reforms
aimed
at
reducing
the
number
of
years
of
pre
-
tertiary
education
.
It
was
expected
that
this
would
reduce
cost
to
both
individuals
and
the
state
.
To
improve
pedagogic
efficiency
and
effectiveness
.
The
education
system
tended
to
emphasise
rote
recall
.
It
was
necessary
to
inculcate
a
better
understanding
of
the
subject
matter
and
improve
upon
practical
and
analytical
skills
.
To
make
education
more
relevant
.
There
was
the
concern
that
the
curriculum
was
not
relevant
to
the
needs
of
the
Ghanaian
economy
.
It
was
considered
that
there
was
a
need
to
have
more
"
practical
"
subjects
,
for
example
agriculture
.
To
ensure
financial
sustainability
of
the
sector
through
the
containment
of
costs
and
sharing
of
such
costs
with
users
.
It
had
become
increasingly
difficult
for
central
government
to
provide
the
necessary
funding
for
education
.
To
enhance
sector
management
and
budgeting
procedures
.
The
Education
Ministry
was
constrained
by
limited
planning
capacity
.
Budget
uncertainties
made
planning
difficult
and
monitoring
was
inadequate
.
4
.
Reforms
at
the
Primary
and
JSS
level
The
reforms
in
primary
education
have
been
undertaken
with
substantial
external
donor
support
.
The
World
Bank
has
extended
four
credits
to
support
reform
in
the
primary
sector
.
USAID
has
provided
funding
to
support
reforms
in
the
sector
under
its
Primary
Education
Programme
and
its
contribution
to
the
fCUBE
programme
.
Other
donors
to
the
fCUBE
programme
are
DFID
of
the
UK
,
JICA
of
Japan
and
Kfw
and
GTZ
of
Germany
.
Some
specific
objectives
for
the
primary
level
were
:
The
gross
intake
rate
of
6
year
olds
should
increase
to
98
%
by
the
year
2000
Enrolments
and
intakes
at
the
primary
level
to
increase
by
5
%
per
annum
Gross
enrolment
rate
should
exceed
90
%
by
the
year
2000
Output
from
the
teacher
training
colleges
is
to
rise
to
8000
after
1995
4
.
1
.
Actions
Taken
The
primary
school
curriculum
was
changed
and
Ghanaian
languages
and
agriculture
were
made
compulsory
.
Nine
compulsory
subjects
were
initially
taken
at
the
primary
level
.
These
were
Mathematics
,
English
,
General
Science
,
Agriculture
,
Social
Studies
,
Cultural
Studies
,
Ghanaian
Languages
,
Life
Skills
and
Physical
Education
.
In
1997
the
primary
school
curriculum
was
reviewed
and
the
number
of
subjects
taken
reduced
.
At
the
lower
primary
level
the
pupils
studied
English
Language
,
Ghanaian
Language
and
Culture
,
Mathematics
,
Environmental
Studies
,
Religious
and
Moral
Education
and
Physical
Activities
.
Integrated
Science
,
comprising
of
General
Science
and
Agriculture
Science
is
introduced
at
the
Upper
Primary
level
.
The
syllabus
was
changed
because
the
original
number
of
subjects
(
9
)
was
considered
to
be
too
many
for
pupils
in
Primary
1
-
3
.
There
was
not
enough
time
for
the
development
of
the
most
important
skills
at
that
level
,
i
.
e
.
reading
,
writing
and
numeracy
.
At
the
JSS
level
Integrated
Science
is
broken
into
its
two
components
and
taught
separately
.
In
addition
,
Pre
-
Vocational
Skills
and
Pre
-
Technical
skills
are
added
to
the
subjects
for
external
examination
.
Life
Skills
,
Music
and
Dance
and
Physical
Activities
are
also
part
of
the
JSS
curriculum
.
These
subjects
though
are
not
examined
externally
.
The
school
year
was
extended
from
36
to
40
weeks
and
the
school
day
extended
from
four
to
five
hours
.
This
was
because
of
concern
that
there
were
not
enough
contact
hours
between
teachers
and
students
.
On
average
the
official
instructional
time
in
Ghanaian
schools
was
lower
than
the
average
for
other
African
countries
.
The
lengthening
of
the
official
instructional
time
was
also
considered
necessary
because
of
the
cut
down
in
the
length
of
time
for
the
pre
-
university
education
.
Untrained
teachers
with
the
middle
school
leaving
certificate
were
phased
out
.
They
were
either
to
be
retrained
or
replaced
with
trained
teachers
.
The
objective
was
that
by
1995
there
would
be
no
untrained
teachers
and
all
teachers
would
have
received
pre
-
service
training
.
After
1988
the
teacher
training
colleges
no
longer
took
candidates
with
middle
school
leaving
certificates
.
The
percentage
of
trained
teachers
has
increased
in
both
the
primary
and
Junior
Secondary
Schools
.
However
the
target
of
having
only
trained
teachers
has
not
been
achieved
(
Table
3
and
4
)
.
Regional
differences
exist
.
The
Northern
region
stands
out
as
having
the
lowest
proportion
of
trained
teachers
in
primary
schools
.
At
the
start
of
the
reforms
the
region
with
the
highest
proportion
of
trained
primary
school
teachers
was
the
Greater
Accra
region
.
Expansion
in
the
number
of
teachers
in
the
region
appears
to
have
occurred
through
the
employment
of
untrained
teachers
.
This
is
in
contrast
to
the
trends
in
the
other
regions
.
Table
3
Percentage
of
Trained
Teachers
in
Primary
(
Public
and
Private
)
Schools
1986
/
87
1990
/
91
1992
/
93
1994
/
95
1996
/
97
Region
Percent
Percent
Percent
Percent
Percent
Total
Trained
Total
Trained
Total
Trained
Total
Trained
Total
Trained
Ashanti
12511
55
.
11
12199
66
.
82
12342
70
.
69
12986
75
.
32
13732
75
.
59
Brong
Ahafo
5960
43
.
77
7779
53
.
07
7804
60
.
04
8163
68
.
33
8240
70
.
70
Central
5952
63
.
91
6392
67
.
78
6286
70
.
23
6788
70
.
00
6930
77
.
08
Eastern
12632
56
.
30
11235
68
.
50
10798
73
.
71
11602
74
.
55
11268
80
.
28
Greater
Accra
4793
79
.
59
6732
68
.
56
7351
69
.
07
8529
65
.
04
7968
68
.
13
Northern
3205
31
.
98
4714
41
.
40
4913
52
.
88
4441
64
.
51
4394
40
.
45
Upper
East
2059
44
.
09
2002
72
.
42
1994
79
.
94
2106
82
.
90
2187
84
.
81
Upper
West
1133
60
.
90
1329
78
.
02
1504
83
.
91
1581
84
.
06
1523
88
.
31
Volta
10846
57
.
19
7326
77
.
01
7545
82
.
21
7970
82
.
82
7880
91
.
16
Western
7093
50
.
27
7238
49
.
73
7219
54
.
06
7697
61
.
11
7218
68
.
93
National
66184
55
.
34
66946
63
.
64
67756
68
.
51
71863
71
.
73
71340
76
.
49
Source
:
Ministry
of
Education
Table
4
Percentage
of
Trained
Teachers
at
Public
and
Private
Junior
Secondary
School
Region
1992
/
93
1994
/
95
1996
/
97
Percent
Percent
Percent
Total
Trained
Total
Trained
Total
Trained
Ashanti
6618
77
.
36
7125
78
.
74
8120
79
.
37
Brong
Ahafo
3888
73
.
74
4114
75
.
01
4493
79
.
55
Central
3432
77
.
21
3792
73
.
13
4280
76
.
24
Eastern
5632
75
.
09
6110
74
.
08
6200
82
.
42
Greater
Accra
3964
85
.
52
7169
57
.
34
5356
81
.
20
Northern
1463
64
.
46
1412
71
.
46
1704
77
.
64
Upper
East
882
67
.
91
975
71
.
69
1041
76
.
95
Upper
West
732
76
.
09
855
83
.
16
872
83
.
37
Volta
3726
75
.
39
4194
77
.
83
4370
84
.
46
Western
3487
66
.
16
3668
71
.
32
3981
69
.
05
National
33824
75
.
30
39414
72
.
07
40417
79
.
25
Source
:
Ministry
of
Education
A
programme
of
upgrading
and
improving
the
teacher
training
colleges
has
been
pursued
to
provide
teachers
with
the
required
skills
for
the
primary
and
JSS
levels
.
In
-
service
training
courses
were
run
for
existing
educational
personnel
.
Teachers
were
provided
with
syllabi
,
teacher
s
guide
and
basic
stationary
.
To
increase
enrolments
,
school
pavilions
were
constructed
.
Many
of
the
schools
particularly
in
the
rural
areas
had
very
little
in
the
way
of
infrastructure
and
children
were
exposed
to
the
elements
of
the
weather
.
There
has
been
a
28
%
increase
in
the
number
of
public
primary
schools
in
the
period
1986
/
87
1996
/
97
.
The
growth
in
private
primary
schools
has
been
much
more
phenomenal
(
Table
5
)
.
From
1
.
8
%
of
the
total
number
of
schools
in
1986
/
87
,
it
is
estimated
that
private
schools
made
up
11
%
of
the
total
in
1998
/
99
.
The
regional
distribution
of
private
schools
is
quite
uneven
.
The
Greater
Accra
,
Ashanti
and
Central
regions
stand
out
as
having
the
largest
proportion
of
private
schools
,
i
.
e
.
32
.
4
%
,
22
%
and
9
.
6
%
respectively
in
1998
/
99
.
Table
5
Number
of
Primary
Schools
1986
/
87
1990
/
91
1992
/
93
1994
/
95
1996
/
97
Public
Private
Total
Public
Private
Total
Public
Private
Total
Public
Private
Total
Public
Prvate
Total
Ashanti
1585
28
1613
1672
157
1829
1721
157
1878
1694
290
1984
1785
378
2163
Brong
Ahafo
1080
8
1088
1299
39
1338
1348
39
1387
1388
68
1456
1409
137
1546
Central
909
6
915
1065
3
1068
1144
3
1147
1157
51
1208
1178
87
1265
Eastern
1670
14
1684
1772
40
1812
1831
40
1871
1848
93
1941
1903
134
2037
Greater
Accra
604
96
700
545
259
804
649
259
908
677
314
991
726
374
1100
Northern
657
0
657
1191
18
1209
1213
18
1231
982
3
985
1203
1
1204
Upper
East
260
0
260
361
1
362
374
1
375
412
1
413
438
5
443
Upper
West
229
0
229
324
1
325
335
1
336
345
2
347
359
0
359
Volta
1193
7
1200
1187
9
1196
1431
9
1440
1408
25
1433
1444
48
1492
Western
1006
10
1016
1207
15
1222
1224
41
1265
1273
69
1342
1320
85
1405
National
9193
169
9362
10623
542
11165
11270
568
11838
11184
916
12100
11765
1249
13014
Source
:
Ministry
of
Education
Table
6
Number
of
Junior
Secondary
Schools
1992
/
93
1994
/
95
1996
/
97
No
.
of
Schools
Public
Private
Total
Public
Private
Total
Public
Private
Total
Ashanti
860
22
882
858
49
907
899
58
957
Brong
Ahafo
592
5
597
606
17
623
68
28
96
Central
668
2
670
685
10
695
726
21
747
Eastern
837
8
845
847
14
861
908
28
936
Greater
Accra
381
72
453
399
114
513
435
115
550
Northern
217
1
218
219
0
219
266
0
266
Upper
East
157
0
157
157
0
157
172
1
173
Upper
West
169
0
169
189
0
189
213
1
214
Volta
656
4
660
666
5
671
700
13
713
Western
592
9
601
615
9
624
640
17
657
National
5129
123
5252
5241
218
5459
5597
282
5879
Source
:
Ministry
of
Education
About
40
%
of
the
primary
schools
do
not
have
junior
secondary
schools
attached
to
them
.
The
ratio
of
Junior
Secondary
Schools
to
primary
schools
in
1996
/
97
is
estimated
at
0
.
45
.
Indeed
the
information
on
the
number
of
primary
schools
provides
no
information
regarding
whether
the
school
is
complete
in
terms
of
providing
all
the
primary
classes
.
The
regions
with
the
lowest
ratio
of
primary
to
Junior
Secondary
Schools
in
1996
/
97
were
the
Northern
and
Upper
West
regions
.
Some
communities
may
not
have
junior
secondary
schools
attached
to
the
primary
schools
because
they
do
not
have
the
resources
to
construct
one
.
Second
,
if
the
primary
school
is
not
complete
it
is
unlikely
to
have
a
JSS
attached
to
it
.
A
third
possible
reason
may
be
the
attempt
to
improve
efficiency
in
the
use
of
resources
.
Thus
in
sparsely
populated
locations
a
JSS
may
be
established
to
serve
the
primary
schools
in
the
area
.
Even
though
this
may
seem
to
be
an
efficient
use
of
resources
it
may
not
generate
the
expected
outcomes
in
terms
of
enrolments
if
children
have
to
walk
long
distances
to
get
to
school
.
Textbook
user
fees
were
applied
to
all
pupils
in
primary
3
and
above
.
In
1995
the
policy
was
changed
and
textbooks
were
provided
free
in
the
public
primary
schools
.
The
textbook
user
fee
only
applies
to
the
JSS
.
Free
Compulsory
Universal
Basic
Education
.
Currently
reforms
in
the
primary
sector
are
being
implemented
under
the
umbrella
of
the
Basic
Education
Sector
Improvement
Programme
(
popularly
known
as
fCUBE
)
.
The
basic
education
programme
aims
at
providing
all
children
with
the
ability
to
pursue
further
education
or
acquire
skills
for
the
world
of
work
.
Under
this
programme
the
Government
of
Ghana
is
committed
to
providing
free
,
quality
education
at
the
basic
level
to
all
children
of
school
going
age
by
the
year
2005
.
The
components
of
education
expenses
that
are
to
be
provided
free
under
this
scheme
are
tuition
,
textbooks
,
equipment
and
tools
.
Tuition
is
to
be
provided
free
to
all
in
the
public
basic
education
system
.
Textbooks
are
to
be
provided
free
at
the
primary
level
to
both
public
and
private
schools
.
At
the
JSS
level
pupils
are
expected
to
pay
a
textbook
user
fee
that
should
not
be
more
than
10
%
of
the
average
total
cost
of
the
textbook
supplied
per
pupil
.
Equipment
is
to
be
provided
free
to
all
basic
education
schools
in
the
public
school
system
.
The
fCUBE
programme
has
three
components
.
These
are
improving
the
quality
of
education
,
improving
the
quality
of
education
management
and
improving
access
to
basic
education
.
A
Girls
Education
Unit
has
been
set
up
to
implement
measures
to
increase
enrolment
of
girls
.
Education
Finances
.
The
share
of
central
government
spending
going
to
the
education
sector
increased
between
1982
and
1988
(
Table
7
)
.
It
has
fallen
since
then
to
about
17
%
in
1998
.
Education
spending
by
central
government
was
equivalent
to
2
%
of
the
GDP
in
1983
rising
to
4
.
3
%
in
1995
(
Table
7
)
.
The
volume
of
spending
by
central
government
is
determined
primarily
by
three
factors
.
The
first
is
the
responsibilities
that
the
state
has
taken
upon
itself
in
the
education
sector
.
Education
in
the
public
system
at
all
levels
is
tuition
-
free
.
Central
government
spending
must
therefore
be
allocated
to
cover
tuition
costs
.
Other
policies
reduce
if
not
eliminate
central
government
s
spending
on
particular
items
.
To
illustrate
:
the
introduction
of
textbook
user
fees
reduces
how
much
government
must
spend
on
this
item
and
the
shift
of
the
cost
of
feeding
students
in
the
secondary
schools
and
tertiary
institutions
to
households
has
eliminated
government
expenditure
on
these
items
.
The
second
variable
that
determines
the
size
of
spending
is
the
number
of
enrolments
.
As
enrolments
increase
it
is
expected
that
expenditure
in
the
sector
will
rise
.
The
increase
in
expenditure
is
not
linear
because
of
the
existence
of
economies
of
scale
.
The
third
major
determinant
of
the
size
of
central
government
spending
is
the
cost
of
inputs
in
the
sector
.
These
parameters
,
i
.
e
.
policy
,
enrolments
and
the
cost
of
inputs
define
the
maximum
that
must
be
spent
by
government
.
Government
however
can
and
does
deviate
from
spending
the
maximum
that
is
required
.
Expenditure
per
pupil
in
primary
education
has
not
kept
up
with
the
rate
of
inflation
.
Expenditure
per
pupil
deflated
by
the
education
consumer
price
index
fell
between
1989
and
1991
,
rose
in
1992
and
1993
and
declined
until
1997
.
By
1997
real
spending
per
primary
pupil
was
66
%
of
the
1993
levels
.
The
decline
could
be
due
to
two
possible
reasons
.
The
first
is
the
influence
of
economies
of
scale
.
As
enrolment
increases
resources
are
being
used
more
efficiently
.
For
example
the
number
of
teachers
does
not
have
to
increase
as
enrolment
rises
.
Thus
if
the
pupil
-
teacher
ratio
is
initially
low
it
can
increase
to
a
higher
level
without
necessarily
comprising
the
quality
of
education
.
Teachers
salaries
form
a
considerable
proportion
of
central
government
spending
.
An
increase
in
class
sizes
for
example
will
reduce
the
costs
per
student
.
The
alternative
explanation
is
that
over
time
government
has
not
been
able
to
provide
expected
supplies
and
inputs
.
At
the
national
level
the
pupil
-
teacher
ratio
has
not
changed
by
very
much
.
It
is
therefore
likely
that
the
decline
in
real
unit
costs
is
due
to
the
second
reason
.
Table
7
.
Education
Spending
in
Ghana
by
Central
Government
:
1982
-
1998
Share
of
Total
Central
Government
Spending
(
%
)
Education
Spending
as
a
Ratio
of
Gross
Domestic
Product
.
Public
expenditure
on
primary
education
per
pupil
(
Nominal
)
1982
19
2
.
1
1983
20
1
.
6
1984
20
2
.
0
1985
22
2
.
0
1986
24
3
.
3
1987
26
3
.
6
1988
26
3
.
5
1989
24
3
.
4
12
,
662
1990
25
3
.
2
15673
1991
23
3
.
1
19643
1992
24
4
.
0
29015
1993
21
4
.
1
41726
1994
19
4
.
1
40018
1995
19
4
.
3
71033
1996
19
4
.
1
104360
1997
19
3
.
9
122635
1998
17
N
/
a
N
/
a
Notes
:
Education
spending
is
the
sum
of
recurrent
and
development
expenditures
Source
:
Calculated
from
data
obtained
from
Ministry
of
Education
and
Quarterly
Digest
of
Statistics
.
Recurrent
spending
on
education
by
central
government
adjusted
for
the
rate
of
inflation
in
the
education
sector
rose
in
the
year
prior
to
the
implementation
of
the
reforms
and
in
the
two
subsequent
years
.
However
except
for
the
peaks
in
spending
in
1992
,
1996
and
1999
,
recurrent
spending
in
real
terms
has
stagnated
since
1988
(
Figure
3
)
.
Spending
on
basic
education
is
the
largest
component
of
recurrent
spending
by
central
government
.
It
averaged
67
%
during
the
period
1989
-
1999
.
Recurrent
spending
on
basic
education
is
dominated
by
salary
payments
.
These
payments
averaged
94
%
of
recurrent
spending
during
the
period
1989
-
1998
.
The
almost
total
concentration
of
recurrent
expenditures
of
emoluments
can
be
considered
as
indicative
of
insufficient
funding
at
the
basic
education
level
.
This
is
because
apart
from
meeting
tuition
costs
,
the
state
is
expected
to
supply
learning
and
teaching
materials
.
These
concerns
may
not
be
valid
if
indeed
labour
costs
do
dominate
.
However
,
anecdotal
evidence
suggesting
that
the
effective
operation
of
schools
in
some
communities
is
hampered
due
to
lack
of
equipment
in
the
JSS
workshops
and
inadequate
supply
of
learning
and
teaching
materials
suggest
that
central
government
is
not
able
to
meet
is
commitments
concerning
the
provision
of
these
items
.
Second
it
suggests
inequality
of
opportunity
to
access
similar
education
standards
amongst
schools
as
measured
by
an
adequate
supply
of
these
materials
.
Figure
3
.
Notes
:
Real
current
expenditures
are
calculated
by
deflating
nominal
expenditures
by
the
education
consumer
price
index
.
Source
:
Estimated
from
data
obtained
from
the
Ministry
of
Education
and
GSS
Quarterly
Digest
of
Statistics
.
The
basic
education
sector
in
Ghana
has
experienced
what
may
be
described
as
two
"
shocks
"
in
the
post
-
independence
period
.
The
first
was
the
introduction
of
tuition
-
free
education
and
the
second
is
the
education
reforms
of
1987
.
The
first
shock
was
a
quantitative
one
.
The
system
had
to
accommodate
the
effects
of
an
increase
in
the
demand
for
education
and
did
not
have
the
resources
to
satisfy
the
demand
whilst
at
the
same
time
ensuring
that
standards
were
maintained
and
fairly
uniform
across
the
country
.
The
reforms
of
1987
constituted
both
a
quantitative
and
qualitative
shock
.
The
quantitative
shock
was
experienced
at
the
junior
secondary
school
level
.
Prior
to
the
reforms
the
common
entrance
examination
was
an
effective
mechanism
for
reducing
the
numbers
enrolled
in
the
secondary
system
.
With
the
implementation
of
the
education
reforms
the
official
screening
was
deferred
for
three
years
thus
resulting
in
a
larger
proportion
of
those
wanting
to
continue
education
beyond
primary
school
being
able
to
do
so
.
The
qualitative
shock
was
the
change
in
the
curriculum
that
brought
about
an
increase
in
the
number
of
subjects
taught
from
the
primary
to
the
secondary
level
.
These
changes
translated
into
an
increase
in
the
demand
for
teaching
staff
with
the
requisite
qualification
and
training
,
learning
and
teaching
materials
and
physical
infrastructure
.
Unfortunately
the
experience
of
the
1960s
was
repeated
.
The
resources
supplied
were
not
adequate
to
match
the
increase
in
demand
.
5
.
Assessing
the
Outcomes
The
performance
of
the
basic
education
sector
since
the
start
of
the
reforms
in
1987
will
be
assessed
on
the
basis
of
:
Changes
in
the
apparent
intake
rate
Changes
in
the
retention
or
survival
rate
Changes
in
the
quality
of
education
as
measured
by
examination
performance
.
The
quality
of
education
may
be
assessed
using
inputs
and
outputs
.
The
inputs
are
made
up
of
teachers
,
curriculum
,
textbooks
and
facilities
.
Student
s
achievement
in
school
as
measured
by
test
scores
is
a
measure
of
the
output
of
the
education
system
.
Other
measures
are
the
drop
-
out
and
repetition
rates
.
In
this
study
the
focus
will
be
on
the
output
measure
because
of
lack
of
sufficient
data
to
make
an
assessment
on
the
basis
of
inputs
.
5
.
1
Entry
Rates
into
Primary
1
Entry
into
the
first
year
of
primary
school
increased
slowly
in
the
initial
three
years
of
the
reforms
and
the
proportion
of
children
of
school
entrance
age
that
did
enter
school
(
the
apparent
intake
rate
)
remained
below
the
1986
levels
until
1990
(
Table
8
)
.
It
was
only
in
that
year
that
a
substantial
increase
was
recorded
in
entry
.
This
was
not
sustained
and
enrolments
remained
below
the
1990
levels
until
1996
.
Except
for
1990
/
91
and
1996
/
97
academic
years
the
target
for
growth
in
intakes
was
not
achieved
.
Negative
growth
in
entry
rates
was
recorded
in
several
years
.
Apparent
intake
rates
in
primary
1
were
still
below
the
target
of
98
%
for
the
year
2000
(
Table
8
)
and
were
no
different
from
rates
that
pertained
ten
years
earlier
.
Apparent
intake
rates
in
Ghana
and
many
African
countries
are
still
much
lower
than
rates
recorded
in
the
mid
-
seventies
by
some
of
the
present
-
day
Asian
middle
-
income
countries
(
Table
9
)
.
Empirical
evidence
suggests
that
accumulation
of
human
capital
was
an
important
aspect
of
the
growth
experience
of
many
of
the
present
day
middle
-
income
Asian
countries
.
At
the
time
that
the
economies
of
these
countries
began
to
take
-
off
significant
progress
had
been
made
in
increasing
the
enrolment
rates
of
children
of
school
entry
age
.
Table
8
.
Apparent
Intake
Rates
in
Ghana
AcademicYear
Entry
into
Primary
1
%
Change
in
Entry
Apparent
Intake
Rate
1
1986
346924
86
.
7
1987
347194
0
.
08
87
.
0
1988
343837
-
0
.
97
82
.
6
1989
357421
3
.
95
83
.
3
1990
408742
14
.
36
93
.
7
1991
395843
-
3
.
16
89
.
9
1992
394804
-
0
.
26
85
.
0
1993
407661
3
.
26
84
.
8
1994
400094
-
1
.
86
80
.
8
1995
405080
1
.
25
79
.
2
1996
449654
11
.
00
84
.
8
1997
457229
1
.
68
81
.
4
The
apparent
intake
rate
is
the
ratio
of
children
who
enter
primary
1
to
the
number
of
children
aged
6
years
.
The
population
of
children
aged
6
years
old
is
based
on
population
projections
obtained
by
the
Ministry
of
Education
from
the
Ghana
Statistical
Service
.
Source
:
Ministry
of
Education
Table
9
.
Apparent
Intake
Rates
in
Selected
Asian
and
African
Countries
Country
Year
Apparent
Intake
Rate
1
GDP
per
capita
US
$
Indonesia
1975
109
.
7
224
Republic
of
Korea
1975
115
.
6
598
Singapore
1975
98
.
9
2495
Sri
Lanka
1975
79
.
2
218
Thailand
1975
100
.
1
195
Cote
d
Ivoire
1995
67
.
4
660
Benin
1995
80
.
0
370
Guinea
1995
47
.
8
550
Gambia
1995
95
.
0
320
Senegal
1995
75
.
7
600
Togo
1995
128
.
1
310
Apparent
intake
rate
may
exceed
100
%
because
of
the
enrolment
of
over
-
age
or
under
age
children
.
Source
:
UNESCO
and
World
Bank
The
data
at
the
national
level
masks
significant
spatial
and
gender
variations
.
In
some
regions
of
Ghana
the
apparent
intake
rate
and
the
apparent
intake
rate
of
boys
exceeds
90
%
.
In
1996
four
regions
had
enrolment
rates
that
exceeded
90
%
(
Table
10
)
.
These
are
regions
in
the
southern
sector
of
the
country
.
The
trend
in
the
apparent
intake
rate
in
all
regions
except
Brong
-
Ahafo
,
Upper
-
East
,
Upper
-
West
and
Volta
was
downwards
.
The
decline
in
the
Greater
Accra
and
Northern
Regions
was
quite
large
,
exceeding
ten
percentage
points
.
It
is
interesting
that
two
of
the
regions
with
the
highest
incidence
of
poverty
in
the
country
,
i
.
e
.
Upper
East
and
Upper
West
,
recorded
increases
in
gross
entry
rates
over
the
period
.
Table
10
.
Apparent
Intake
Rate
into
Primary
1
by
Region
1991
,
1993
and
1996
Region
1991
1993
1996
National
89
.
9
84
.
8
84
.
8
Boys
94
.
7
89
.
0
88
.
7
Girls
85
.
2
80
.
6
80
.
9
Ashanti
100
.
1
92
.
7
92
.
1
Boys
103
.
1
95
.
2
94
.
9
Girls
97
.
2
90
.
2
89
.
4
Brong
-
Ahafo
93
.
8
85
.
4
86
.
5
Boys
94
.
8
86
.
1
87
.
8
Girls
92
.
7
84
.
6
85
.
0
Central
100
.
7
91
.
8
97
.
8
Boys
104
.
6
94
.
7
99
.
2
Girls
96
.
7
88
.
9
96
.
3
Eastern
94
.
0
90
.
3
87
.
1
Boys
95
.
6
92
.
4
87
.
8
Girls
92
.
3
88
.
1
86
.
4
Greater
Accra
89
.
2
77
.
4
72
.
5
Boys
93
.
1
80
.
5
75
.
8
Girls
85
.
5
74
.
5
69
.
4
Northern
74
.
3
61
.
2
67
.
5
Boys
90
.
0
72
.
6
81
.
2
Girls
58
.
6
49
.
9
54
.
0
Upper
East
73
.
0
71
.
4
73
.
5
Boys
89
.
0
82
.
2
83
.
7
Girls
57
.
8
61
.
1
63
.
8
Upper
West
65
.
4
71
.
1
73
.
5
Boys
73
.
9
80
.
8
81
.
9
Girls
57
.
3
61
.
9
65
.
6
Volta
98
.
1
99
.
1
97
.
5
Boys
101
.
2
102
.
9
99
.
5
Girls
95
.
0
95
.
3
95
.
6
Western
96
.
5
91
.
3
91
.
3
Boys
96
.
5
93
.
7
91
.
3
Girls
94
.
4
88
.
8
88
.
9
Source
:
Ministry
of
Education
.
The
apparent
intake
rate
for
girls
is
generally
lower
than
that
for
boys
.
The
rates
are
particularly
low
though
rising
in
the
regions
with
the
highest
incidence
of
poverty
,
i
.
e
.
Upper
East
and
West
and
Northern
regions
.
In
1996
the
rate
for
the
Northern
Region
was
just
over
50
%
.
In
the
Brong
-
Ahafo
,
Eastern
and
Volta
regions
the
gender
difference
in
apparent
intake
rates
is
insignificant
.
Again
it
is
useful
to
compare
the
current
situation
in
Ghana
with
that
of
the
countries
in
Asia
at
the
time
of
their
take
-
off
.
By
1975
there
was
no
significant
difference
in
the
apparent
intake
rates
between
boys
and
girls
in
many
of
these
countries
.
Several
factors
influence
the
decision
to
send
a
child
to
school
.
Having
a
parent
or
guardian
who
has
been
to
school
or
living
in
a
neighbourhood
with
educated
residents
will
increase
the
probability
that
a
child
will
be
sent
to
school
.
Using
data
from
Ghana
,
s
second
household
survey
conducted
in
1988
/
89
,
Tansel
(
1997
)
established
a
positive
correlation
between
mother
s
education
and
children
s
schooling
.
In
a
world
of
imperfect
information
parents
may
obtain
information
about
the
possible
returns
to
education
by
observing
the
decisions
relating
to
human
capital
made
by
others
.
These
neighbourhood
effects
can
be
important
in
determining
whether
or
not
to
send
a
child
to
school
.
A
study
using
Ethiopian
data
was
able
to
confirm
the
hypothesis
that
the
average
level
of
human
capital
in
the
community
in
which
a
person
grows
up
is
an
important
determinant
of
educational
attainment
(
Jones
,
1998
)
.
Areas
with
a
long
tradition
of
formal
education
will
probably
have
schools
located
within
almost
all
communities
or
not
too
far
away
from
them
.
The
decision
to
send
a
child
to
school
may
be
determined
not
only
by
ease
of
physical
access
to
the
primary
school
but
can
also
be
influenced
by
the
distance
to
schools
at
the
next
education
level
.
Proximity
to
a
middle
school
or
secondary
school
was
found
to
be
important
in
explaining
primary
school
attendance
in
Ghana
.
There
is
an
inverse
relationship
has
between
the
distance
travelled
to
middle
school
and
secondary
schools
and
the
level
of
school
attainment
(
Tansel
,
1997
)
.
This
suggests
that
primary
school
education
is
correctly
viewed
by
households
and
families
not
as
an
end
in
itself
but
as
a
means
to
attain
higher
levels
of
education
.
Where
physical
access
to
the
next
level
of
schooling
is
difficult
a
decision
is
made
not
to
invest
in
primary
education
.
Some
of
the
conditions
that
are
expected
to
influence
favourably
the
decision
to
send
a
child
to
school
are
more
prevalent
in
the
south
than
in
the
north
of
the
country
.
There
is
a
longer
tradition
of
formal
education
in
the
south
of
the
country
than
in
the
Northern
,
Upper
East
and
Upper
West
regions
.
A
child
in
these
regions
is
less
likely
to
have
a
parent
who
has
had
some
formal
schooling
or
live
in
a
community
with
a
large
proportion
of
the
population
that
has
attended
school
.
The
Core
Welfare
Indicators
Questionnaire
(
CWIQ
)
survey
conducted
in
1997
/
98
found
that
in
the
Northern
,
Upper
West
and
Upper
East
regions
the
nearest
primary
school
was
less
than
30
minutes
away
for
83
.
2
%
,
65
.
1
%
and
67
.
4
%
of
the
respondents
respectively
.
This
contrasts
with
the
situation
in
the
other
regions
where
the
nearest
primary
was
less
than
30
minutes
away
for
about
90
%
of
the
respondents
.
These
regions
were
also
at
some
disadvantage
when
the
variable
of
interest
is
the
distance
to
the
nearest
secondary
school
.
At
the
national
level
the
nearest
secondary
school
was
more
than
30
minutes
away
for
65
.
2
%
of
the
respondents
.
However
in
the
Northern
,
Upper
East
and
Upper
West
regions
it
was
the
case
for
90
.
9
%
,
86
%
and
93
.
5
%
respectively
of
the
respondents
.
The
Brong
-
Ahafo
and
Western
regions
were
similarly
disadvantaged
(
Statistical
Service
,
1998
)
.
5
.
2
Survival
Rates
Children
may
either
not
complete
the
nine
years
of
basic
education
or
may
take
longer
than
nine
years
to
complete
basic
education
because
of
repetition
.
Cohort
analysis
can
be
utilised
to
estimate
the
retention
or
survival
rate
in
the
school
system
.
Tracking
a
cohort
that
enters
primary
1
in
a
given
year
through
the
basic
education
system
does
this
.
The
survival
rate
to
primary
class
4
for
a
cohort
,
for
instance
,
is
measured
as
the
ratio
of
the
number
of
children
in
the
cohort
who
entered
class
4
to
the
number
in
the
cohort
who
entered
class
1
.
Entry
into
a
class
is
measured
as
the
numbers
enrolled
in
the
class
minus
repeaters
.
Low
retention
rates
are
indicative
of
an
inefficient
education
system
.
The
curriculum
within
a
particular
level
of
the
education
system
is
supposed
to
build
up
on
cognitive
skills
.
If
there
is
a
failure
to
complete
the
level
of
education
this
can
mean
that
the
individual
may
not
have
developed
his
or
her
skills
to
the
expected
extent
at
that
level
of
the
education
cycle
.
It
represents
a
waste
of
resources
.
In
1955
,
about
59
%
of
the
children
enrolled
in
primary
1
were
enrolled
in
primary
4
.
Whilst
about
63
%
of
the
boys
enrolled
in
Class
1
were
enrolled
in
class
4
,
the
survival
rate
for
girls
was
less
than
60
%
.
There
has
been
an
improvement
in
the
retention
rates
since
then
(
Figure
4
)
.
Approximately
65
%
of
the
children
enrolled
in
primary
1
in
1964
were
enrolled
in
Class
4
.
Of
the
children
who
entered
primary
1
in
1986
,
approximately
77
%
of
them
entered
class
4
.
The
proportion
had
increased
to
88
%
for
the
cohort
that
entered
primary
1
in
1994
.
The
increase
in
the
number
of
schools
thus
reducing
the
distance
that
young
children
have
to
travel
to
get
to
school
is
important
in
explaining
this
improvement
in
retention
rates
over
time
.
In
1955
and
1964
the
largest
drop
-
out
rate
was
between
primary
1
and
primary
2
(
Figure
4
)
.
More
than
90
%
of
the
children
now
make
it
to
class
2
compared
to
less
than
60
%
in
1955
.
An
improvement
in
the
health
status
of
children
as
measured
by
a
decline
in
the
child
mortality
rate
could
be
a
factor
in
the
reduction
in
the
drop
out
rate
between
primary
1
and
primary
2
.
There
is
continuous
attrition
as
one
moves
up
to
the
higher
grades
(
Figure
5
)
.
The
proportion
of
children
that
complete
6
years
of
education
is
lower
than
the
proportion
that
complete
four
years
.
Of
the
class
1
entrants
in
1955
just
over
half
of
them
entered
class
6
.
In
1986
,
about
three
-
quarters
of
the
children
that
entered
class
1
entered
class
6
.
In
the
first
half
of
the
1990s
there
was
an
increase
of
five
percentage
points
in
the
proportion
of
children
that
enter
primary
4
(
Figure
5
)
.
No
clear
pattern
exists
for
the
survival
rate
to
class
six
over
the
period
for
which
data
is
available
(
Figure
5
)
.
Figure
4
.
Source
:
Calculated
using
data
obtained
from
the
Ministry
of
Education
.
Figure
5
.
Source
:
Calculated
on
the
basis
of
data
obtained
from
the
Ministry
of
Education
.
There
is
substantial
regional
variation
in
the
survival
rates
.
For
example
,
on
the
basis
of
data
on
entry
to
class
1
in
1992
,
it
can
be
observed
in
Figure
6
that
the
survival
rates
in
primary
school
in
the
Northern
,
Upper
West
and
Upper
East
Regions
are
much
lower
than
the
national
average
.
There
is
a
clear
difference
between
these
three
regions
on
the
one
hand
and
the
other
regions
.
Smaller
proportions
of
children
who
enter
primary
1
continue
to
primary
2
in
these
regions
compared
to
the
others
.
About
20
%
of
the
children
who
enter
the
first
year
do
not
enter
the
second
year
of
primary
school
.
This
is
a
pattern
that
prevailed
in
the
country
in
the
1950s
and
1960s
but
which
still
persists
in
these
three
regions
.
It
is
this
relatively
higher
drop
out
rate
between
primary
1
and
2
which
accounts
for
a
substantial
proportion
of
the
difference
in
survival
rates
between
the
northern
regions
and
the
rest
of
the
country
.
The
reasons
for
this
pattern
are
unclear
.
In
the
1990s
,
in
the
Upper
West
and
Upper
East
regions
,
survival
rates
to
class
four
have
followed
a
downward
trend
compared
to
the
upward
trend
for
the
national
average
(
Appendix
Figure
1
)
.
Figure
6
.
Source
:
Calculated
on
the
basis
of
data
obtained
from
the
Ministry
of
Education
There
is
a
difference
in
the
survival
rates
of
boys
and
girls
.
A
lower
proportion
of
girls
complete
four
years
of
education
compared
to
boys
.
Thus
even
though
there
has
been
an
Figure
7
Source
:
Calculated
on
the
basis
of
data
obtained
from
the
Ministry
of
Education
.
increase
in
the
survival
rate
to
class
4
boys
remain
in
school
longer
than
do
girls
(
Figure
7
)
.
The
survival
rates
in
Ghana
are
comparable
to
that
in
many
other
African
countries
.
However
in
comparison
to
the
present
day
middle
-
income
Asian
countries
,
two
decades
ago
,
the
situation
is
less
favourable
(
Table
11
)
.
UNICEF
and
the
Ministry
of
Education
carried
out
a
pilot
study
in
eight
districts
during
December
1992
and
March
1993
to
find
reasons
why
children
dropped
out
of
school
.
The
most
frequent
reason
given
was
the
high
cost
of
schooling
.
Basic
education
in
Ghana
in
the
public
school
system
is
tuition
free
.
If
however
non
-
tuition
costs
of
schooling
are
high
,
the
likelihood
of
increasing
enrolment
rates
and
declining
drop
-
out
rates
will
be
low
.
Unfortunately
the
policy
of
tuition
free
education
in
public
basic
education
schools
does
not
mean
that
the
households
do
not
make
any
payments
to
the
schools
regarding
the
provision
of
education
services
.
The
1991
/
92
household
survey
obtained
information
on
education
expenses
incurred
by
the
household
.
Many
households
with
children
in
primary
school
paid
fees
to
the
school
in
addition
to
dues
to
the
Parent
Teacher
Association
.
These
fees
average
about
23
%
of
the
cost
of
educational
expenses
to
the
household
.
Other
expenses
that
are
incurred
are
the
cost
of
school
uniforms
,
travel
to
school
,
food
and
other
expenses
and
in
-
kind
expenses
.
In
-
kind
expenses
could
be
in
the
way
of
furniture
that
the
pupils
have
to
provide
because
of
the
failure
of
schools
to
provide
them
.
The
three
largest
expenditure
items
facing
households
on
the
basis
of
mean
values
are
the
cost
of
providing
food
for
the
child
,
school
fees
and
registration
costs
and
the
cost
of
providing
clothing
for
schools
.
Table
11
.
Survival
Rate
to
Class
4
(
Both
Sexes
)
Country
Academic
Year
of
Entry
Survival
Rate
(
%
)
Country
Academic
Year
of
Entry
Survival
Rate
(
%
)
Algeria
1987
99
Rep
.
of
Korea
1977
97
1992
97
1985
97
Botswana
1987
97
Malaysia
1977
98
1992
92
1985
99
Burkina
Faso
1987
72
Singapore
1977
99
Ghana
1987
86
1985
100
1992
88
Sri
Lanka
1977
100
Mali
1987
89
1985
99
1992
89
Namibia
1992
85
Niger
1987
71
1992
79
Senegal
1987
89
1992
87
Togo
1987
58
Tanzania
1987
84
Zimbabwe
1987
94
1992
94
Source
:
UNESCO
Table
12
.
Distribution
of
Selected
Educational
Expenses
Per
Child
:
Primary
School
By
Region
Region
School
&
Registration
PTA
Uniforms
Other
in
-
kind
expenses
Western
0
.
26
0
.
019
0
.
41
0
.
115
Central
0
.
19
0
.
026
0
.
17
0
.
060
Greater
Accra
0
.
29
0
.
032
0
.
19
0
.
063
Eastern
0
.
21
0
.
038
0
.
359
0
.
159
Northern
0
.
16
0
.
049
0
.
338
0
.
015
Upper
West
0
.
17
0
.
047
0
.
436
0
.
105
Upper
East
0
.
14
0
.
106
0
.
599
0
.
000
Volta
0
.
189
0
.
030
0
.
318
0
.
051
Ashanti
0
.
210
0
.
040
0
.
257
0
.
127
Brong
Ahafo
0
.
238
0
.
052
0
.
370
0
.
065
Source
:
Calculated
from
GLSS
1991
/
92
There
are
wide
regional
variations
.
School
and
registration
fees
vary
from
a
high
of
29
%
of
educational
expenses
per
primary
pupil
in
the
Greater
Accra
region
to
14
%
in
the
Upper
East
region
(
Table
12
)
.
The
regional
variation
can
be
explained
partly
by
the
distribution
of
private
schools
.
The
Upper
East
and
Upper
West
regions
have
the
lowest
proportion
of
private
schools
.
Thus
the
evidence
from
this
region
illustrates
the
point
that
even
though
the
public
school
system
is
tuition
-
free
some
fees
are
still
paid
by
pupils
.
The
share
of
clothing
in
total
educational
expenses
ranges
from
as
high
as
59
%
of
total
educational
expenses
in
the
Upper
East
region
to
about
17
%
in
the
Central
region
.
The
distribution
of
costs
will
be
determined
by
whether
the
pupil
is
in
a
private
school
and
what
expenses
the
household
decides
to
incur
.
Households
can
decide
not
to
purchase
extra
books
etc
.
However
uniforms
and
food
are
an
expense
that
must
be
incurred
if
the
child
should
attend
school
.
This
may
explain
why
these
items
are
so
important
in
the
costs
.
It
also
suggests
that
for
low
-
income
families
especially
,
uniform
costs
may
be
crowding
out
the
purchase
of
learning
materials
that
are
more
critical
to
the
child
s
acquiring
knowledge
and
skills
.
In
addition
to
the
direct
costs
of
education
are
the
opportunity
costs
.
The
UNICEF
/
Ministry
of
Education
survey
found
that
the
income
forgone
when
the
child
went
to
school
rather
than
be
involved
in
an
income
earning
activity
was
another
reason
given
for
children
dropping
out
of
school
.
It
was
the
most
frequently
given
reason
for
dropping
out
of
school
in
the
CWIQ
survey
of
1997
/
98
.
The
pattern
of
responses
varied
amongst
the
regions
.
In
the
Upper
West
region
,
the
frequency
of
the
need
to
work
as
the
reason
provided
for
dropping
out
of
school
was
approximately
55
%
.
In
the
Greater
Accra
region
the
frequency
was
51
%
.
This
contrasts
with
the
Brong
-
Ahafo
region
where
the
need
to
work
ranked
third
as
a
reason
for
dropping
out
of
school
.
The
poor
may
tend
to
discount
the
future
heavily
.
Therefore
greater
value
is
put
on
income
earned
today
compared
to
income
earned
in
the
future
.
Their
needs
may
be
so
pressing
that
they
cannot
put
off
consumption
today
in
order
to
obtain
higher
income
in
the
future
through
investment
in
education
.
Opportunity
costs
will
therefore
be
quite
important
in
influencing
the
decision
on
how
long
the
child
will
stay
in
school
.
Why
did
the
tuition
-
free
education
policy
elicit
such
a
tremendous
response
in
the
1960s
compared
to
the
lukewarm
response
of
a
similar
policy
in
recent
years
?
It
may
be
because
the
level
of
funding
now
is
inadequate
to
meet
the
costs
of
providing
education
services
compared
to
what
was
made
available
by
central
government
in
earlier
years
.
Even
though
in
the
public
school
system
education
is
tuition
-
free
the
costs
of
education
to
the
household
may
be
higher
now
than
it
was
forty
years
ago
.
The
direct
costs
to
the
household
of
sending
a
child
to
primary
school
are
not
inconsequential
.
In
1991
the
unit
cost
per
child
in
a
public
primary
school
incurred
by
central
government
was
about
20
,
000
cedis
.
Household
expenses
averaged
10
,
770
cedis
which
is
equivalent
to
just
over
half
of
the
unit
cost
to
the
public
sector
and
about
35
%
of
the
total
educational
expenditure
of
households
and
the
public
sector
.
Schools
that
find
that
the
resources
provided
by
central
government
and
the
local
authorities
are
not
sufficient
to
meet
their
running
costs
turn
to
households
to
make
up
the
deficit
.
At
the
primary
level
,
salary
payments
dominate
public
spending
averaging
94
%
over
the
period
1989
-
1997
.
It
could
be
safely
assumed
that
the
salary
component
of
public
unit
costs
at
the
primary
school
level
is
about
90
%
.
Thus
in
1991
,
of
the
20
,
000
cedis
per
child
that
was
spent
by
central
government
,
about
18
,
000
cedis
was
to
cover
salary
payments
leaving
2000
cedis
to
meet
other
costs
of
running
the
school
.
It
is
therefore
not
surprising
that
the
schools
charge
additional
fees
in
the
way
of
registration
fees
and
parent
-
teacher
association
dues
.
Another
factor
that
determines
the
demand
for
schooling
is
the
expected
returns
from
the
investment
.
If
the
household
does
not
perceive
that
the
net
returns
to
investment
are
high
enough
it
will
not
incur
the
cost
both
direct
and
indirect
of
sending
the
child
to
school
.
Cultural
as
well
as
economic
considerations
may
influence
the
household
s
valuation
of
the
costs
and
benefits
of
education
.
If
education
is
perceived
as
yielding
benefits
only
if
one
obtains
a
job
in
an
office
or
factory
and
if
these
opportunities
are
not
available
locally
,
the
household
may
decide
that
the
investment
is
not
worthwhile
.
There
are
benefits
to
education
in
the
agriculture
sector
.
These
benefits
may
not
be
immediately
obvious
to
farmers
still
using
traditional
methods
and
knowledge
that
is
transferred
orally
and
by
observation
.
This
perception
on
the
part
of
farmers
is
likely
to
be
determined
by
the
lack
of
opportunities
to
make
use
of
the
education
received
.
Farmers
may
not
be
able
to
break
out
of
the
traditional
way
of
doing
things
even
with
education
if
they
do
not
have
access
to
credit
,
hybrid
seeds
,
reliable
supply
of
water
,
storage
facilities
and
reliable
links
to
markets
.
The
quality
of
education
that
is
provided
is
another
factor
in
the
decision
to
send
and
keep
a
child
in
school
and
affects
the
household
s
valuation
of
the
returns
to
education
.
In
many
farming
communities
,
children
sent
to
school
are
expected
to
be
able
to
read
and
write
in
order
to
read
and
write
letters
etc
for
illiterate
members
of
the
household
.
If
the
education
system
is
not
able
to
provide
these
basic
skills
,
the
household
may
consider
it
unnecessary
to
send
or
keep
the
child
in
school
for
very
long
.
Econometric
investigation
using
evidence
from
Ghana
into
the
causes
of
low
enrolment
rates
has
found
that
the
inferior
quality
of
the
education
infrastructure
particularly
in
the
rural
areas
can
explain
the
low
primary
enrolment
rates
(
Lavy
,
1993
)
.
Participatory
poverty
assessments
reveal
that
in
some
instances
parents
do
not
send
their
children
to
school
if
they
are
not
satisfied
with
the
outcome
,
i
.
e
.
ability
of
the
children
to
read
and
write
(
Norton
et
al
,
1995
)
.
The
dislike
of
school
and
teachers
and
inadequate
communication
between
parents
and
teachers
leading
to
feelings
of
mistrust
were
the
other
reasons
that
have
been
provided
by
the
UNICEF
/
Ministry
of
Education
study
to
explain
why
children
drop
out
from
school
.
5
.
3
Gross
Enrolment
Rates
.
The
gross
enrolment
rates
recorded
are
the
result
of
the
combination
of
two
processes
,
i
.
e
.
the
apparent
intake
rates
and
the
survival
rates
.
Changes
in
either
or
both
of
these
variables
will
cause
changes
in
the
GER
.
There
has
been
limited
progress
in
enrolment
rates
in
primary
school
since
the
start
of
the
reforms
.
Ghana
is
still
a
long
way
from
attaining
universal
primary
education
.
To
achieve
this
requires
an
increase
in
both
the
apparent
intake
and
survival
rates
.
In
particular
the
enrolment
of
girls
needs
to
be
increased
if
the
objective
of
universal
primary
education
is
to
be
attained
.
Wide
regional
variations
exist
in
the
GER
.
This
is
not
surprising
given
the
regional
differences
that
exist
in
the
apparent
intake
and
survival
rates
.
In
1996
/
97
the
Central
regions
is
estimated
to
have
had
the
highest
primary
GER
(
92
%
)
.
The
Ashanti
Region
has
the
next
highest
GER
.
The
regions
at
the
bottom
end
of
the
spectrum
are
the
Northern
(
48
.
2
%
)
,
Upper
East
(
51
.
1
%
)
and
the
Upper
West
(
52
.
8
%
)
regions
.
The
low
enrolments
in
the
Northern
region
can
be
explained
by
a
factor
that
has
not
been
discussed
so
far
.
This
is
the
outbreak
of
war
that
took
place
in
1995
.
The
education
system
was
disrupted
when
communities
were
displaced
and
destroyed
.
It
took
more
than
a
year
for
the
education
system
to
get
back
to
some
form
of
normalcy
in
many
communities
.
Table
13
.
Gross
Enrolment
Rates
at
Primary
Level
:
Ghana
1970
-
1994
.
Year
All
Children
Male
Female
1970
62
.
4
71
.
3
53
.
6
1975
72
.
1
81
.
5
62
.
7
1980
79
.
4
88
70
.
7
1981
80
.
6
89
.
5
71
.
6
1982
78
.
3
87
69
.
5
1983
74
.
6
82
.
9
66
.
3
1984
75
.
5
84
.
8
66
.
2
1985
75
.
0
N
/
a
N
/
a
1986
77
.
3
1987
77
.
6
82
.
7
68
.
0
1990
79
.
3
86
.
7
71
.
8
1991
79
.
0
85
.
6
72
.
3
1992
77
.
7
83
.
7
71
.
4
1993
78
.
1
84
.
1
72
.
1
1994
75
.
9
81
.
2
70
.
5
1996
76
.
5
81
.
5
71
.
5
1997
78
.
5
83
.
4
73
.
6
Notes
:
Data
obtained
from
the
third
and
fourth
household
surveys
suggest
that
net
primary
enrolment
rates
increased
from
74
%
in
1991
/
92
to
83
.
4
%
in
1998
/
98
.
This
finding
is
at
variance
with
the
estimates
provided
by
the
Ministry
of
Education
.
The
estimates
of
the
household
surveys
are
based
on
the
question
"
Did
attend
school
/
college
at
any
time
during
the
past
12
months
?
"
It
is
addressed
to
the
head
of
the
household
.
It
does
not
take
into
account
the
frequency
of
attendance
in
the
year
.
An
underlying
assumption
is
that
the
question
is
being
answered
truthfully
in
all
instances
.
The
Ministry
of
Education
calculates
its
GER
from
data
obtained
from
the
annual
census
of
schools
.
The
Ministry
s
data
is
subject
to
two
possible
sources
of
error
.
Coverage
of
the
private
schools
is
not
as
complete
as
coverage
of
the
public
schools
.
Second
,
estimates
of
the
population
of
6
-
11
year
olds
are
obtained
from
the
Ghana
Statistical
Services
.
If
errors
are
made
in
the
projection
of
the
population
growth
rate
this
will
be
fed
into
the
estimates
of
the
GER
.
Source
:
UNESCO
for
1970
-
1985
and
Ministry
of
Education
for
1986
-
97
.
Table
14
.
Gross
Enrolment
Rates
,
Primary
,
in
Selected
Asian
Countries
(
Both
Sexes
)
Country
Year
GER
Year
GER
Hong
Kong
1970
116
.
6
1975
119
.
6
Indonesia
1970
80
1975
86
Korea
,
Republic
1970
103
.
4
1975
106
.
9
Malaysia
1970
88
.
7
1975
94
.
5
Singapore
1970
105
.
5
1975
109
.
7
Thailand
1970
81
.
4
1975
83
.
6
Source
:
UNESCO
The
gross
enrolment
rates
are
lower
than
what
had
been
attained
by
some
middle
income
Asian
countries
three
decades
ago
(
Table
14
)
.
The
Asian
countries
have
been
successful
in
increasing
both
the
apparent
intake
and
survival
rates
.
In
several
of
them
the
gender
gap
in
enrolments
has
disappeared
altogether
at
the
level
of
basic
education
.
5
.
4
.
Examination
Performance
The
education
reforms
have
as
their
objectives
not
only
the
quantity
that
is
churned
out
each
year
but
also
the
quality
of
the
product
that
is
produced
.
Quality
considerations
are
important
during
periods
of
education
expansion
since
quality
can
be
compromised
as
numbers
increase
.
The
quality
of
education
can
be
an
important
determinant
of
numbers
enrolled
in
a
society
where
there
are
no
effective
sanctions
against
parents
who
do
not
send
children
to
school
.
Parents
may
choose
not
to
send
their
children
to
school
if
the
desired
outcome
is
not
realised
because
of
poor
quality
of
the
education
service
that
is
provided
.
The
Basic
Education
Certificate
Examination
(
BECE
)
results
will
not
be
used
as
a
measure
of
quality
over
time
in
this
study
.
A
shortcoming
of
the
BECE
as
an
indicator
of
the
changes
in
the
quality
of
schooling
over
time
is
that
the
examination
is
marked
to
achieve
a
distribution
close
to
a
normal
distribution
(
See
Figures
2
-
5
in
the
Appendix
)
.
This
method
of
grading
does
not
make
use
of
objective
criteria
to
assess
performance
.
An
individual
s
grade
is
assessed
on
the
basis
of
the
performance
of
the
set
of
candidates
who
took
the
examination
at
the
time
and
not
in
relation
to
independent
criteria
or
benchmarks
.
The
results
are
ranked
in
descending
order
and
the
top
4
%
-
5
%
constitutes
the
group
that
obtains
grade
1
.
In
a
particular
year
therefore
the
top
5
%
could
have
obtained
marks
between
70
%
and
75
%
.
In
the
next
year
however
the
top
5
%
could
obtain
60
%
-
65
%
.
Both
groups
will
be
awarded
grade
1
or
A
but
it
is
quite
clear
that
the
performance
of
the
two
groups
is
not
the
same
.
Using
the
Stanine
system
of
grading
there
is
no
relationship
between
the
grade
awarded
and
the
mark
obtained
.
It
is
therefore
impossible
and
wrong
to
compare
the
performance
of
candidates
over
time
because
there
is
not
enough
information
to
know
what
is
being
compared
.
These
shortcomings
notwithstanding
,
it
is
possible
to
use
the
BECE
results
for
comparisons
across
regions
and
by
gender
.
The
criterion
referenced
tests
(
CRT
)
conducted
by
the
Ministry
of
Education
since
1992
constitute
part
of
the
Ministry
s
efforts
to
monitor
performance
in
schools
.
Tests
are
conducted
in
English
and
Mathematics
for
a
random
sample
of
5
%
of
children
in
primary
6
in
public
and
private
schools
across
the
country
.
Mastery
scores
are
set
at
60
%
for
English
and
55
%
for
Mathematics
.
The
tests
have
been
specially
designed
to
test
the
pupil
s
knowledge
of
the
subject
.
A
candidate
s
score
in
the
tests
is
an
indicator
of
how
much
of
the
subject
matter
the
candidate
is
familiar
with
.
The
CRT
is
therefore
a
better
indicator
of
the
quality
of
education
compared
to
the
BECE
.
This
is
because
it
provides
a
measure
of
the
extent
to
which
pupils
have
been
able
to
acquire
numeracy
and
literacy
skills
.
The
BECE
results
as
presented
do
not
provide
this
type
of
information
.
The
Criterion
Referenced
Tests
.
Mean
scores
of
the
public
school
pupils
in
both
subjects
are
significantly
below
the
mastery
scores
.
The
mean
scores
in
English
have
been
consistently
above
the
scores
in
Mathematics
.
The
performance
of
pupils
in
private
schools
has
been
consistently
better
than
that
of
the
public
schools
.
In
the
three
years
pupils
from
private
schools
were
part
of
the
sample
,
the
extent
of
the
improvement
in
their
performance
over
time
was
much
better
than
that
of
the
public
schools
(
Table
15
)
.
Table
15
.
National
CRT
results
by
Percentage
Mean
Scores
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
English
Public
Schools
29
.
9
30
.
9
31
.
0
31
.
6
33
.
0
33
.
9
Private
Schools
58
.
8
61
.
0
67
.
4
Mathematics
Public
Schools
27
.
3
27
.
4
27
.
7
28
.
1
28
.
8
29
.
9
Private
Schools
47
.
3
47
.
0
51
.
7
English
Boys
30
.
3
31
.
1
31
.
1
31
.
7
33
.
2
33
.
8
Girls
29
.
5
30
.
6
31
.
0
31
.
4
32
.
8
33
.
9
Mathematics
Boys
28
.
0
28
.
0
28
.
3
28
.
7
29
.
4
30
.
5
Girls
26
.
4
26
.
6
26
.
9
27
.
4
28
.
0
29
.
3
Source
:
Ministry
of
Education
The
proportion
of
students
that
were
able
to
obtain
mastery
scores
in
each
of
the
two
subjects
is
presented
in
table
16
.
The
results
may
be
interpreted
as
showing
that
in
the
public
schools
,
less
than
7
%
of
the
students
know
at
least
60
%
of
the
subject
matter
in
Mathematics
and
English
(
Table
16
)
.
This
contrasts
with
the
private
schools
where
the
mean
scores
are
significantly
higher
.
More
than
half
of
the
pupils
in
private
schools
obtained
at
least
60
%
of
in
English
.
The
mean
scores
for
boys
were
higher
than
that
of
girls
in
all
subjects
until
1997
.
In
that
year
the
mean
score
for
girls
exceeded
that
of
boys
in
English
(
Table
16
)
.
The
difference
however
in
average
scores
for
boys
and
girls
is
not
large
(
Table
16
)
.
Although
the
private
school
pupils
do
better
in
mathematics
than
do
pupils
in
the
public
school
system
the
performance
of
both
groups
of
candidates
in
mathematics
is
poor
.
In
English
the
average
mark
in
1997
of
the
private
school
candidates
was
above
the
mastery
score
(
Table
15
)
.
In
mathematics
on
the
other
hand
the
average
score
was
below
the
mastery
score
.
A
number
of
possibilities
present
themselves
as
explanations
for
this
phenomenon
.
The
mathematics
syllabus
may
be
too
difficult
at
that
level
.
There
may
be
too
many
topics
that
have
to
be
covered
in
the
syllabus
.
Another
possible
reason
could
be
failure
of
teachers
to
effectively
transfer
the
expected
level
of
numeracy
skills
to
the
children
.
Lack
of
access
to
textbooks
outside
of
school
hours
may
make
it
difficult
for
children
to
practice
what
they
have
been
taught
and
this
may
affect
their
ability
to
remember
their
lessons
.
Table
16
.
Percent
of
Candidates
Obtaining
Mastery
Score
and
Above
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
English
Public
Schools
2
.
0
3
.
0
3
.
3
3
.
6
5
.
5
6
.
2
Private
Schools
51
.
4
56
.
5
68
.
7
Mathematics
Public
Schools
1
.
1
1
.
5
1
.
5
1
.
8
1
.
8
2
.
7
Private
Schools
31
.
7
31
.
0
40
.
4
Source
:
Ministry
of
Education
Table
17
.
Performance
in
CRT
across
Regions
in
Mathematics
and
English
:
1997
English
Mathematics
Region
Mean
Score
%
Reaching
Mastery
Mean
Score
%
Reaching
Mastery
Ashanti
30
.
4
1
.
4
28
.
9
1
.
7
Brong
-
Ahafo
31
.
7
3
.
6
38
.
1
1
.
1
Central
35
.
5
11
.
7
31
.
0
4
.
9
Eastern
32
.
9
3
.
6
29
.
6
1
.
0
Greater
Accra
44
.
2
20
.
3
34
.
8
7
.
2
Northern
31
.
2
3
.
1
26
.
7
1
.
0
Upper
East
34
.
0
6
.
1
31
.
2
4
.
3
Upper
West
38
.
4
11
.
5
32
.
3
4
.
7
Volta
32
.
7
3
.
7
29
.
5
1
.
5
Western
32
.
5
3
.
5
29
.
9
2
.
8
Source
:
Ghanaian
Times
,
June
18
1999
.
Although
candidates
in
the
Greater
Accra
region
do
better
than
do
candidates
from
the
other
regions
,
their
performance
is
still
quite
poor
.
In
1997
,
only
7
%
of
the
pupils
in
the
Greater
Accra
region
reached
the
mastery
score
in
Mathematics
with
about
a
fifth
obtaining
the
mastery
score
in
English
(
Table
18
)
.
The
worst
performing
regions
in
Mathematics
are
the
Northern
,
Eastern
and
Brong
-
Ahafo
regions
with
approximately
1
%
of
the
candidates
achieving
the
mastery
score
.
The
Ashanti
region
lags
behind
in
the
English
tests
.
It
has
both
the
lowest
mean
score
and
the
lowest
percentage
of
candidates
obtaining
the
mastery
score
.
The
BECE
.
The
number
of
students
who
sat
for
the
BECE
almost
doubled
between
1990
when
the
first
examination
was
taken
and
1999
.
In
1999
approximately
233
,
000
sat
for
the
examination
.
The
proportion
of
girls
taking
the
examination
has
risen
from
40
%
in
1990
to
44
%
in
1999
.
The
percentage
of
candidates
that
have
"
passed
"
the
examination
,
i
.
e
.
obtained
between
aggregates
6
and
36
ranged
between
79
%
and
84
%
over
the
period
1990
-
1998
.
A
higher
proportion
of
boys
tended
to
pass
the
examination
than
girls
.
For
both
boys
and
girls
there
has
been
a
downward
trend
in
the
proportion
that
pass
the
examination
(
Figure
8
)
.
Figure
8
.
Source
:
West
African
Examination
Council
The
definition
of
a
pass
was
changed
in
1999
when
the
bottom
threshold
was
raised
from
aggregate
36
to
30
.
This
change
was
made
to
coincide
with
the
minimum
qualifying
aggregate
for
admission
to
SSS
that
was
changed
from
36
to
30
.
It
was
realised
that
very
few
if
any
of
the
candidates
with
aggregates
above
30
were
gaining
entry
to
the
SSS
.
Figure
9
provides
information
on
performance
by
region
and
by
gender
for
1999
.
At
the
national
level
approximately
60
%
of
the
candidates
obtained
at
least
aggregate
30
.
The
Greater
Accra
Region
is
an
outlier
.
Just
over
80
%
of
the
candidates
in
that
region
obtained
aggregates
of
30
and
less
.
The
region
is
an
outlier
not
only
in
terms
of
the
pass
rate
but
also
because
the
performance
of
girls
is
not
significantly
different
from
that
of
boys
(
Figure
9
)
.
The
performance
of
girls
in
the
Greater
Accra
Region
was
much
better
than
girls
and
boys
in
other
regions
.
The
comparable
performance
of
girls
to
boys
in
the
Greater
Accra
region
raises
the
question
of
what
determines
the
performance
of
girls
and
why
it
varies
across
regions
.
The
regions
with
the
lowest
pass
rates
for
boys
were
Brong
-
Ahafo
and
Eastern
and
the
regions
with
the
lowest
pass
rates
for
girls
were
Brong
-
Ahafo
,
Upper
West
and
Central
.
The
difference
in
performance
between
boys
and
girls
was
quite
substantial
in
the
Upper
East
,
Upper
West
and
Brong
-
Ahafo
regions
.
Figure
9
.
Source
:
West
African
Examination
Council
To
investigate
further
the
nature
of
the
gender
and
regional
differences
,
the
analysis
was
conducted
by
lowering
the
cut
-
off
pass
aggregate
from
30
to
20
.
This
was
thought
to
be
a
useful
exercise
given
the
current
situation
where
pressure
is
put
on
children
to
get
as
many
"
ones
"
as
possible
.
Second
,
very
few
of
the
senior
secondary
schools
take
applicants
whose
aggregate
score
is
upwards
of
between
25
and
30
.
Considering
that
not
more
than
5
%
of
the
children
in
any
subject
obtain
a
grade
one
it
is
necessary
from
a
policy
perspective
to
know
who
gain
entry
into
the
senior
secondary
schools
.
It
is
also
important
to
identify
gender
or
regional
inequalities
so
as
to
develop
measures
to
eliminate
them
in
order
to
achieve
the
objective
of
equality
of
access
.
There
has
been
a
steady
decline
for
boys
since
1987
,
in
the
proportion
of
candidates
that
obtain
between
aggregate
6
and
20
(
Figure
10
)
.
A
higher
proportion
of
the
boys
compared
to
girls
obtains
at
least
aggregate
20
.
However
whereas
the
proportion
of
boys
who
attain
at
least
aggregate
20
has
been
on
the
decline
this
is
not
the
case
for
girls
,
so
that
by
1999
,
the
gap
between
the
boys
and
girls
was
smaller
than
it
had
been
in
1991
.
Figure
10
.
Source
:
West
African
Examination
Council
.
Amongst
the
regions
,
the
Greater
Accra
region
again
stands
out
yet
again
(
Figure
11
)
.
A
significantly
larger
proportion
of
the
candidates
in
the
region
obtains
at
least
aggregate
20
.
The
average
percentage
of
candidates
in
the
other
regions
that
obtain
at
least
aggregate
20
is
less
than
20
%
.
Table
18
provides
a
summary
of
the
Greater
Accra
region
s
performance
for
selected
years
in
the
period
1991
-
99
when
aggregate
20
is
the
cut
-
off
point
.
The
number
and
share
of
candidates
presented
for
the
BECE
by
the
region
has
increased
since
1991
.
There
has
also
been
a
steady
increase
in
the
region
s
share
of
candidates
that
obtain
at
least
aggregate
20
.
Until
1997
there
was
a
steady
increase
in
the
proportion
of
students
from
the
region
that
obtained
at
least
aggregate
20
.
In
1999
,
more
than
half
of
the
boys
and
48
%
of
the
girl
candidates
in
the
region
obtained
at
least
aggregate
20
.
Not
only
does
the
Greater
Accra
region
outperform
the
other
regions
in
terms
of
the
percentage
of
candidates
that
"
pass
"
the
BECE
,
but
the
quality
of
the
pass
is
considerably
better
.
More
than
half
the
candidates
obtain
at
least
aggregate
20
,
compared
to
other
regions
where
less
than
20
%
are
able
to
do
as
well
.
The
share
of
candidates
from
the
region
that
obtain
less
than
aggregate
20
is
much
greater
than
the
region
s
share
of
total
candidates
.
Figure
11
.
Source
:
West
African
Examination
Council
.
Table
18
.
BECE
Statistics
for
the
Greater
Accra
Region
for
Selected
Years
.
Year
Region
s
Share
of
Total
Candidates
(
%
)
Share
of
Candidates
from
region
Obtaining
<
20
(
%
)
Percentage
of
Candidates
in
Region
Obtaining
<
20
(
%
)
1991
13
.
0
19
.
4
43
.
3
1992
13
.
7
21
.
5
48
.
0
1993
15
.
2
27
.
7
53
.
3
1997
18
.
3
38
.
6
57
.
9
1998
18
.
4
38
.
2
52
.
9
1999
19
.
1
37
.
5
51
.
1
Source
:
West
African
Examinations
Council
Although
performance
in
the
CRT
is
improving
,
it
is
improving
from
a
depressingly
low
level
.
The
results
show
that
the
learning
status
of
pupils
in
Ghana
is
extremely
low
.
It
is
only
a
minute
proportion
of
the
school
population
that
has
gained
knowledge
of
the
subject
matter
in
English
and
Mathematics
.
The
results
of
the
CRT
raise
questions
about
the
pupil
s
ability
to
comprehend
the
other
subjects
that
are
taught
at
the
BECE
level
.
If
less
than
7
%
of
children
in
the
public
schools
are
able
to
achieve
scores
of
at
least
60
%
in
English
this
suggests
that
their
ability
to
understand
and
gain
knowledge
in
the
other
subjects
that
are
taught
in
English
is
limited
.
The
CRT
results
highlight
the
limited
usefulness
of
the
BECE
as
an
indicator
of
an
individual
s
acquisition
of
literacy
and
numeracy
skills
after
nine
years
of
basic
education
.
The
concerns
articulated
in
the
1970
UNESCO
report
about
the
quality
of
the
education
system
and
the
weaknesses
in
the
basic
education
sector
that
are
a
cause
of
these
quality
problems
are
still
very
relevant
today
.
A
major
concern
is
whether
the
current
level
of
the
learning
status
is
adequate
to
make
possible
the
transition
to
a
modern
industrialised
economy
.
Very
little
if
any
information
on
agriculture
practices
and
developments
are
documented
in
any
of
the
local
languages
.
In
order
not
to
spend
scarce
resources
re
-
inventing
the
wheel
it
is
critical
that
Ghanaian
farmers
and
manufacturers
are
able
to
access
and
utilise
information
that
exists
in
the
rest
of
the
world
related
to
and
dealing
with
problems
and
circumstances
similar
to
their
own
.
The
Seven
-
Year
Development
Plan
recognised
how
critical
knowledge
of
the
English
Language
is
for
achieving
increases
in
productivity
particularly
through
technological
development
.
If
more
than
30
years
later
the
education
system
is
not
able
to
produce
pupils
who
have
a
firm
command
of
the
language
this
suggests
that
the
quality
of
the
human
capital
may
act
as
a
severe
constraint
on
the
ability
to
attain
middle
-
income
status
.
Basic
education
currently
accounts
for
approximately
two
-
thirds
of
the
recurrent
education
budget
of
the
central
government
.
The
share
of
central
government
spending
going
to
education
is
similar
to
and
in
some
cases
higher
than
the
shares
allocated
by
governments
in
middle
income
Asian
countries
some
three
decades
ago
(
Appendix
Table
1
)
.
In
1998
,
about
23
%
of
the
spending
of
the
District
Assemblies
and
a
fifth
of
donor
funds
were
allocated
to
the
basic
education
sector
.
Substantial
resources
are
therefore
being
spent
in
the
sector
and
it
is
disheartening
to
realise
that
the
outcomes
are
so
dissatisfying
.
The
very
low
performance
is
indicative
of
inefficiency
in
the
use
of
resources
.
For
a
poor
country
and
for
poor
communities
within
the
country
this
inefficiency
is
a
cost
we
simply
cannot
afford
.
In
both
the
CRT
and
the
BECE
candidates
from
the
Greater
Accra
region
perform
better
than
the
others
and
the
performance
of
candidates
from
the
Brong
-
Ahafo
and
Northern
regions
is
quite
weak
.
What
makes
the
Greater
Accra
region
so
different
and
how
can
the
performance
of
its
students
be
replicated
in
the
other
regions
of
the
country
?
Several
factors
influence
test
scores
.
These
can
be
classified
into
three
groups
:
the
quality
of
the
school
environment
,
family
background
and
the
characteristics
of
the
child
.
Many
factors
influence
the
quality
of
the
school
environment
.
The
first
is
the
quality
of
the
teaching
staff
.
Whether
teachers
have
attended
teacher
training
college
and
the
quality
of
teacher
education
are
important
factors
in
influencing
the
capacity
of
teachers
to
understand
the
curriculum
and
deliver
it
in
the
classroom
in
a
format
that
will
be
comprehended
by
the
pupils
.
Other
variables
that
affect
school
quality
are
the
availability
of
teaching
and
learning
materials
,
the
organisation
and
management
of
the
school
and
the
extent
of
teacher
supervision
.
How
does
the
Greater
Accra
region
differ
from
the
others
on
the
basis
of
school
quality
?
Are
the
Brong
-
Ahafo
and
Northern
regions
at
a
disadvantage
because
of
the
very
poor
quality
of
their
schools
?
The
data
in
Table
3
suggests
that
the
Greater
Accra
region
is
not
at
an
advantage
when
it
comes
to
the
supply
of
trained
teachers
.
Indeed
the
number
of
teachers
in
the
region
has
increased
largely
due
to
the
hiring
of
untrained
teachers
.
Does
whether
the
school
is
private
or
public
matter
?
The
test
scores
would
suggest
that
it
does
matter
.
Just
under
a
third
of
the
schools
in
the
Greater
Accra
region
are
private
schools
.
This
then
may
be
a
factor
in
the
difference
in
performance
between
the
Greater
Accra
region
on
the
one
hand
and
the
rest
of
the
country
on
the
other
.
It
may
not
however
explain
why
the
performance
in
the
Brong
-
Ahafo
region
is
poor
compared
to
the
Upper
East
and
Upper
West
regions
for
example
.
What
advantage
does
private
ownership
confer
on
a
school
?
Do
private
schools
have
better
qualified
teachers
?
Are
the
teachers
better
supervised
?
Are
the
teachers
better
remunerated
?
Is
it
because
children
with
high
levels
of
innate
ability
attend
these
schools
?
Is
it
because
children
from
households
at
the
upper
end
of
the
income
distribution
spectrum
attend
these
schools
?
These
questions
suggest
that
the
difference
in
the
performance
of
public
schools
is
not
only
due
to
school
quality
factors
but
may
also
be
influenced
by
the
characteristics
and
family
background
of
children
who
attend
these
schools
.
From
a
policy
perspective
it
is
important
that
the
different
strands
that
influence
performance
are
clearly
disentangled
and
understood
.
This
brings
us
to
the
second
set
of
factors
that
can
explain
test
scores
,
i
.
e
.
family
background
.
The
relevant
factors
under
family
background
are
the
wealth
and
income
of
the
household
,
the
quality
of
the
home
environment
,
the
education
of
parents
and
guardians
and
religion
and
culture
.
Children
from
wealthy
households
are
unlikely
to
be
malnourished
or
hungry
.
The
nutrition
status
of
the
child
is
important
for
the
development
of
the
brain
.
A
healthy
child
is
less
likely
to
miss
school
because
of
sickness
.
Children
from
low
-
income
households
may
have
to
combine
work
with
school
and
may
not
attend
school
regularly
because
of
this
responsibility
.
Irregular
attendance
at
school
can
affect
the
ability
to
comprehend
lessons
and
thus
affect
test
scores
.
Finally
children
from
low
-
income
households
may
not
be
able
to
afford
to
buy
textbooks
and
other
reading
material
nor
will
they
be
able
to
afford
extra
classes
outside
of
the
official
school
hours
.
If
the
household
is
over
-
crowded
and
noisy
the
child
may
not
have
the
opportunity
to
do
any
school
work
at
home
because
there
may
be
too
many
distractions
or
simply
no
opportunity
to
study
.
Educated
parents
may
be
able
to
assist
their
children
with
homework
.
Educated
parents
could
discuss
the
topics
learnt
at
school
with
their
children
and
may
be
more
conscious
of
ensuring
that
the
child
has
a
home
environment
that
is
conducive
for
study
.
The
better
performance
of
the
Greater
Accra
region
compared
to
the
other
regions
may
be
because
children
from
the
region
,
especially
in
the
capital
city
may
have
family
backgrounds
that
are
more
conducive
to
encouraging
study
.
The
incidence
of
poverty
in
Accra
has
tended
to
be
lower
than
the
average
for
the
country
.
Thus
family
conditions
and
background
of
children
living
in
Accra
may
be
more
conducive
to
learning
than
conditions
in
other
regions
of
the
country
.
The
influence
of
income
though
important
is
not
the
only
factor
that
can
explain
performance
.
This
is
because
the
performance
in
the
CRT
of
students
in
the
Upper
East
and
Upper
West
regions
that
have
poverty
rates
of
more
than
80
%
is
much
better
than
the
performance
of
children
in
the
Ashanti
and
the
Eastern
regions
where
poverty
rates
are
much
lower
.
The
third
set
of
factors
that
influence
test
scores
is
the
characteristics
of
the
child
.
By
this
is
meant
the
innate
ability
and
gender
of
the
child
.
The
innate
ability
of
a
child
will
determine
the
ease
with
which
lessons
are
comprehended
.
The
test
scores
suggest
that
girls
perform
less
well
than
do
boys
.
This
is
more
evident
with
the
BECE
results
(
when
the
Greater
Accra
region
is
excluded
)
.
Inclusion
of
the
Greater
Accra
region
however
suggests
that
gender
does
not
matter
.
The
hypothesis
here
is
that
gender
indeed
does
not
matter
for
test
scores
.
What
does
matter
is
the
social
ramifications
of
being
a
boy
or
a
girl
and
how
this
impacts
on
performance
at
school
.
Culture
,
religion
,
education
and
income
are
the
social
variables
that
impact
on
gender
and
determine
its
importance
in
explaining
test
scores
.
Whether
a
boy
or
girl
will
attend
school
regularly
is
determined
by
these
variables
.
Whether
a
boy
or
girl
will
have
enough
time
to
study
at
home
is
determined
by
these
variables
.
Whether
a
boy
or
girl
has
the
ambition
to
do
well
is
also
determined
by
these
variables
.
If
the
gender
differences
in
test
scores
are
to
be
reduced
then
policy
must
reduce
the
impact
of
these
variables
on
the
child
.
6
.
Conclusion
and
Recommendations
The
paper
essentially
set
out
to
examine
two
phenomena
.
The
first
is
the
extent
to
which
the
education
reforms
have
been
able
to
expand
and
make
access
more
equitable
at
the
basic
education
level
.
The
second
is
the
extent
to
which
basic
education
has
been
able
to
equip
its
graduates
with
the
expected
skills
at
that
level
.
Basic
education
is
important
because
it
provides
the
essential
building
blocks
to
continue
to
higher
education
.
For
those
who
do
not
continue
to
higher
education
it
enhances
the
skill
acquisition
process
and
the
ability
of
the
individual
to
absorb
new
information
.
From
the
national
perspective
there
has
been
no
significant
improvement
in
gross
primary
enrolments
rates
in
the
period
up
to
1997
/
98
for
which
information
is
available
.
This
is
largely
because
there
has
been
no
significant
improvement
in
the
enrolment
rate
of
children
of
school
entry
age
,
i
.
e
.
6
years
.
Retention
rates
to
class
4
have
only
increased
by
5
percentage
points
during
the
period
under
review
.
The
slow
improvement
in
the
apparent
intake
rates
and
retention
rates
of
girls
can
explain
a
large
proportion
of
the
failure
of
gross
enrolment
rates
to
increase
.
Wide
regional
disparities
still
persist
.
With
the
exception
of
the
Northern
region
,
the
apparent
intake
rates
of
the
regions
in
the
northern
sector
of
the
country
,
i
.
e
.
Upper
East
and
Upper
West
have
increased
in
the
1990s
although
they
still
remain
significantly
below
the
rates
in
many
of
the
southern
regions
.
The
rise
in
the
retention
rate
that
has
been
recorded
nation
-
wide
has
not
occurred
in
these
regions
.
Indeed
although
more
children
of
school
entry
age
are
being
sent
to
school
in
these
regions
,
the
likelihood
of
them
staying
in
school
has
been
falling
in
the
1990s
.
In
the
Ashanti
,
Central
and
Volta
regions
apparent
intake
rates
are
almost
100
%
.
The
focus
of
policy
here
should
be
on
keeping
children
in
school
for
9
years
.
Although
not
as
low
as
in
the
northern
sector
of
the
country
,
the
apparent
intake
rates
in
Brong
-
Ahafo
,
Eastern
and
Greater
Accra
regions
are
below
the
national
average
and
must
be
improved
.
What
can
we
learn
from
the
middle
income
Asian
countries
?
It
has
been
argued
by
some
that
in
many
of
these
countries
,
for
example
South
Korea
,
there
was
a
strong
desire
for
education
.
Education
was
seen
as
the
means
to
get
out
of
poverty
and
improve
one
s
social
standing
(
Ashton
et
.
al
.
,
1999
)
.
That
the
apparent
intake
rates
in
Ghana
are
higher
than
the
gross
enrolment
rates
would
suggest
that
parents
may
initially
perceive
the
need
for
education
but
as
the
child
moves
from
one
grade
to
the
next
the
demand
for
it
declines
.
Why
is
this
so
?
Many
variables
have
been
suggested
that
can
explain
this
trend
.
The
cost
of
education
may
be
important
but
is
definitely
not
the
only
reason
.
If
education
is
not
perceived
to
be
generating
any
benefits
to
the
household
there
will
be
no
demand
for
it
even
if
direct
costs
are
lowered
to
the
minimum
.
The
economic
strategy
is
therefore
an
important
part
of
any
strategy
to
encourage
enrolments
.
In
many
of
the
Asian
countries
,
for
example
South
Korea
and
Singapore
,
there
was
a
very
close
co
-
ordination
of
education
and
economic
policy
.
Through
the
use
of
manpower
policies
and
planning
the
education
sector
was
developed
to
meet
the
needs
of
the
economy
(
Ashton
et
.
al
.
,
1999
and
Thant
,
1999
)
.
Planning
and
intervention
are
not
without
costs
.
Should
a
liberalised
economy
be
involved
in
manpower
planning
?
It
is
important
that
policy
makers
have
a
clear
understanding
of
how
the
economy
is
expected
to
evolve
.
Information
must
be
provided
on
what
is
available
and
what
is
required
to
achieve
objectives
.
Decisions
have
to
be
made
on
how
the
expected
outcomes
should
be
achieved
.
There
is
a
range
of
options
to
choose
from
between
state
control
in
the
decision
of
how
resources
are
to
be
allocated
to
a
laissez
-
faire
approach
.
The
laissez
-
faire
approach
does
not
mean
that
the
state
does
not
have
an
interest
in
what
happens
.
The
state
has
the
responsibility
that
the
right
incentives
are
in
place
to
encourage
the
flow
of
resources
in
the
desirable
direction
.
This
is
how
the
Asian
experience
can
be
interpreted
.
In
Ghana
this
link
between
economic
policy
and
education
is
weak
if
it
exists
at
all
.
It
is
essential
that
it
is
strengthened
so
that
there
is
a
better
synergy
between
the
output
of
the
education
sector
and
the
demand
for
labour
.
Increased
enrolments
at
the
level
of
basic
education
will
require
a
reduction
in
the
cost
of
education
.
What
are
the
options
available
to
reduce
non
-
tuition
costs
to
the
household
?
One
option
is
to
have
another
look
at
the
policy
of
school
uniforms
.
There
are
clear
advantages
to
having
school
uniforms
.
Truants
are
easily
identified
.
This
has
to
be
weighed
against
the
possibility
that
school
uniform
costs
increase
the
cost
of
sending
a
child
to
school
and
divert
scarce
household
resources
from
being
spent
on
educational
items
that
will
be
of
direct
benefit
to
the
child
.
If
school
uniforms
must
be
maintained
then
the
alternative
is
to
allow
schools
to
choose
their
own
uniforms
.
This
will
allow
communities
to
choose
materials
that
are
cheaper
and
therefore
minimise
school
uniform
costs
.
Improving
upon
the
quality
of
education
is
critical
to
an
improvement
in
enrolment
rates
and
a
raising
of
literacy
and
numeracy
levels
in
the
country
.
Even
if
there
are
no
direct
costs
of
education
,
there
are
opportunity
costs
.
If
a
child
is
not
perceived
to
have
gained
any
additional
knowledge
by
attending
school
because
of
the
poor
quality
of
education
,
the
child
will
not
be
sent
to
school
since
it
is
not
conferring
any
benefits
.
The
CRT
results
show
without
a
doubt
that
the
quality
of
education
in
Ghana
is
very
low
.
The
low
quality
of
education
to
some
extent
makes
nonsense
of
the
enrolment
rates
.
If
the
enrolment
rates
are
to
be
adjusted
for
the
quality
of
education
then
what
may
be
described
as
the
effective
enrolment
rate
is
extremely
low
.
The
quality
of
basic
education
must
be
increased
.
Thirty
years
ago
,
the
UNESCO
report
identified
poor
quality
in
the
basic
education
system
as
explaining
the
poor
quality
of
the
output
of
the
education
system
at
the
secondary
level
.
In
1993
at
a
one
-
day
seminar
on
the
Implementation
of
the
Senior
Secondary
School
programme
,
it
was
recorded
that
"
the
students
on
the
SSS
programme
have
a
lot
of
difficulty
with
communication
in
English
:
they
are
not
able
to
express
themselves
or
understand
others
who
speak
to
them
in
English
;
they
cannot
read
,
or
write
or
understand
simple
texts
in
English
.
It
was
noted
that
this
defect
was
a
carry
over
from
the
JSS
level
and
has
persisted
at
the
SSS
level
"
.
The
poor
quality
of
basic
education
can
increase
the
cost
of
providing
education
at
the
higher
levels
,
since
more
resources
need
to
be
used
to
address
the
weaknesses
of
the
basic
education
system
.
If
the
problem
is
not
corrected
immediately
the
poor
quality
of
basic
education
will
compromise
the
quality
of
education
at
the
higher
levels
.
Financial
resources
to
provide
enough
textbooks
,
equipment
and
stocked
libraries
are
but
one
of
the
many
needs
of
the
basic
education
sector
in
Ghana
.
A
review
of
the
curriculum
,
teaching
methods
and
practices
,
teacher
supervision
and
incentives
for
teachers
is
required
if
an
effective
use
of
the
financial
resources
that
are
made
available
to
the
sector
is
to
be
achieved
.
The
lack
of
a
positive
link
between
state
resources
pumped
into
education
and
performance
of
the
sector
shows
quite
clearly
that
pumping
resources
into
the
sector
is
not
sufficient
to
solve
the
problems
the
sector
faces
.
There
is
absolutely
no
link
between
such
financial
measures
as
share
of
education
in
total
central
government
spending
and
education
spending
to
GDP
ratio
on
the
one
hand
and
the
ability
of
children
to
read
and
write
at
the
end
of
six
years
.
What
is
critical
to
ensuring
that
there
is
a
positive
link
is
how
the
resources
that
are
pumped
into
the
sector
are
managed
,
monitored
and
utilised
.
What
is
also
important
,
but
what
has
not
been
examined
in
any
depth
in
this
paper
,
is
how
resources
of
both
the
private
and
public
sectors
can
be
harnessed
to
finance
and
manage
spending
on
education
.
The
assessment
of
the
quality
of
education
has
been
conducted
by
analysing
examination
performance
.
The
BECE
results
are
of
limited
relevance
when
examining
trends
over
time
.
However
,
the
gender
and
regional
differences
that
the
BECE
show
,
should
not
be
dismissed
.
When
the
Greater
Accra
region
is
excluded
regional
variations
in
examination
performance
at
the
BECE
are
not
very
large
.
The
regional
variations
that
do
exist
can
be
explained
partly
by
the
variance
in
the
performance
of
girls
across
the
regions
.
The
BECE
results
confirm
what
is
known
intuitively
,
that
girls
can
do
as
well
as
boys
.
Unfortunately
this
is
only
limited
to
the
Greater
Accra
region
.
Culture
,
religion
,
education
and
income
have
been
identified
as
the
factors
that
determine
the
performance
of
girls
in
school
(
these
variables
also
affect
the
decision
to
send
girls
to
school
)
.
Economic
policy
has
a
limited
impact
on
culture
and
religion
especially
in
the
short
run
.
However
it
does
influence
income
.
Economic
policy
therefore
has
a
role
to
play
in
raising
income
and
therefore
relaxing
one
of
the
constraints
on
the
expansion
of
the
education
of
girls
.
Improving
upon
the
quality
of
education
requires
that
there
is
an
effective
monitoring
system
.
The
BECE
provides
an
excellent
opportunity
to
monitor
the
output
of
the
education
system
.
However
the
choice
of
the
Stanine
system
for
evaluation
of
examination
has
made
it
impossible
to
utilise
the
examination
for
this
purpose
.
It
is
recommended
that
the
marking
system
of
the
BECE
be
reviewed
so
that
the
examination
can
be
used
for
monitoring
purposes
.
The
decentralised
system
that
has
been
introduced
in
the
education
sector
should
make
it
possible
to
design
differentiated
policy
frameworks
within
the
broad
goals
of
the
education
system
.
Using
the
districts
as
the
implementing
unit
rather
than
the
region
will
ensure
that
those
pockets
of
low
apparent
intakes
and
survival
rates
,
and
low
participation
of
the
girl
child
in
regions
with
high
apparent
intake
and
gross
enrolment
rates
will
not
be
left
out
.
Ghana
has
pumped
substantial
quantities
of
resources
into
the
education
sector
.
The
sadness
is
that
it
has
not
yielded
the
expected
results
.
If
Ghana
is
to
make
the
transition
to
a
middle
-
income
country
then
it
is
critical
that
its
basic
education
sector
is
strengthened
.
References
:
Addae
-
Mensah
,
I
.
,
J
.
S
.
Djangmah
and
C
.
O
.
Agbenyega
(
1973
)
Family
Background
and
Educational
Opportunities
in
Ghana
.
Ashton
,
D
.
,
F
.
Green
,
D
.
James
and
J
.
Sung
(
1999
)
Education
and
Training
for
Development
in
East
Asia
Routledge
,
London
and
New
York
Ghana
Statistical
Service
(
2000
)
Poverty
Trends
in
Ghana
in
the
1990s
,
Accra
.
Jones
,
P
.
(
1998
)
"
Skill
Formation
and
Inequality
in
Poor
Countries
:
How
much
do
Ethnic
Neighbourhoods
Matter
?
"
Journal
of
African
Economies
,
Vol
.
7
,
No
.
1
.
Pp
.
62
-
90
.
Lall
,
S
.
(
1992
)
"
Technological
Capabilities
and
Industrialisation
"
World
Development
,
Vol
.
20
,
No
.
2
,
pp
.
165
-
186
.
Lavy
,
V
.
(
1992
)
Investment
in
Human
Capital
:
Schooling
Supply
Constraints
in
Rural
Ghana
.
LSMS
Working
Paper
93
,
The
World
Bank
,
Washington
D
.
C
.
Ministry
of
Education
(
1962
)
Education
Report
1960
-
2
,
Accra
.
Ministry
of
Education
(
1971
)
Education
Report
1968
-
71
,
Accra
.
Norton
,
A
.
,
E
.
Bortei
-
Doku
Aryeetey
,
K
.
Korboe
and
D
.
K
.
Dogbe
(
1995
)
Poverty
Assessment
in
Ghana
using
Qualitative
and
Participatory
Research
Methods
,
PSP
Discussion
Paper
Series
83
,
Poverty
and
Social
Policy
Department
,
The
World
Bank
,
Washington
D
.
C
.
Office
of
the
Planning
Commission
Seven
Year
Plan
for
National
Reconstruction
and
Development
1963
/
4
-
1969
/
70
,
Accra
Ojo
,
O
.
and
T
.
Oshikoya
(
1995
)
"
Determinants
of
Long
-
Term
Growth
:
Some
African
Results
"
Journal
of
African
Economies
,
Vol
.
4
,
No
.
2
,
pp
.
163
-
91
.
Quansah
,
K
.
B
.
(
1997
)
1996
Report
on
the
Administration
of
Primary
6
Criterion
-
Referenced
Tests
Primary
Education
Programme
,
Ministry
of
Education
,
Ghana
.
Statistical
Service
(
1998
)
Core
Welfare
Indicators
Questionnaire
(
CWIQ
)
Survey
.
Main
Report
,
Accra
.
Tansel
,
(
1997
)
"
Schooling
Attainment
,
Parental
Education
and
Gender
in
Cote
d
Ivoire
and
Ghana
"
,
Economic
Development
and
Cultural
Change
,
Vol
.
45
,
No
.
4
.
Thant
,
M
.
(
1999
)
Lessons
from
East
Asia
:
Financing
Human
Resource
Development
in
Tan
,
J
.
L
.
H
.
(
ed
)
Human
Capital
Formation
as
an
Engine
of
Growth
.
The
East
Asian
Experience
Institute
of
South
East
Asian
Studies
,
Singapore
UNESCO
(
1970
)
Ghana
.
Education
and
Development
:
A
Prospective
Analysis
.
Paris
World
Bank
(
1993
)
Staff
Appraisal
Report
.
Republic
of
Ghana
.
Primary
School
Development
Project
.
Population
and
Human
Resources
Division
,
Western
African
Department
,
The
World
Bank
,
Washington
D
.
C
.
Appendix
I
The
Proposed
New
Education
System
in
1974
.
Kindergarten
education
of
18
-
24
months
duration
for
4
-
6
year
olds
.
Basic
Education
:
6
years
of
primary
and
3
years
of
Junior
Secondary
.
Second
Cycle
Education
:
Senior
Secondary
Lower
Course
,
2
years
Technical
Education
2
years
or
Commercial
Education
,
2
years
.
Those
who
wish
to
continue
and
possess
the
necessary
qualification
can
continue
to
Senior
Secondary
Upper
Course
,
2
years
leading
to
"
A
"
level
.
Teacher
Training
,
3
years
.
Polytechnic
1
-
4
years
.
Middle
schools
would
have
been
phased
out
at
the
end
of
the
1982
/
83
academic
year
and
been
replaced
by
the
Junior
Secondary
Schools
of
3
years
.
The
Ghana
Independence
Act
,
1957
:
This
received
Royal
Assent
on
7
/
2
/
57
.
The
long
title
described
it
as
An
act
to
make
provision
for
and
in
connection
with
,
the
attainment
by
the
Gold
Coast
of
fully
responsible
status
within
the
British
Commonwealth
of
Nations
.
The
effect
of
the
opening
words
was
to
place
all
the
four
territories
on
an
equal
footing
as
the
dominions
of
Her
Majesty
in
her
capacity
as
Queen
of
Ghana
.
On
8
/
3
/
57
Ghana
became
a
member
of
the
United
Nations
Organisation
.
Constitution
of
1957
:
The
Ghana
(
Constitution
)
Order
in
Council
,
1957
(
S
.
I
.
1957
,
No
.
277
;
L
.
N
.
47
)
the
main
provision
of
which
came
into
force
on
6th
March
,
1957
,
embodied
the
new
Constitution
of
Independent
Ghana
,
apart
from
Legislative
powers
contaired
in
the
lst
Schedule
to
the
Independence
Act
.
The
most
important
new
features
were
as
follows
:
-
The
Executive
:
The
Governor
was
replaced
by
a
Governor
-
General
,
who
was
also
Connnander
-
in
-
chief
of
tile
armed
forces
.
The
Executive
power
of
Ghana
was
vested
in
the
Queen
exercisable
by
her
or
by
the
Governor
-
General
as
her
representative
.
Previous
limitations
on
the
power
of
the
Cabinet
were
removed
,
and
it
was
charged
with
the
general
direction
and
control
of
the
Government
of
Ghana
,
and
made
responsible
to
Parliament
.
National
Assembly
:
The
Legislative
Assembly
was
renamed
the
National
Assembly
.
Membership
had
remained
at
104
.
Voting
was
-
to
be
by
secret
ballot
on
the
basis
of
adult
suffrage
.
A
Bill
which
passed
through
the
Assembly
was
required
to
be
presented
to
the
Governor
-
General
Who
may
assent
thereto
in
her
Manjestys
name
or
refuse
such
amnt
.
Acts
replaced
Ordinances
.
Maximum
life
of
the
Assembly
was
extended
from
4
years
to
five
.
Regions
:
Ghana
was
divided
into
5
Regions
.
The
Western
and
the
Trans
-
Volta
Regions
remaing
as
before
.
Former
Eastern
and
Acrxa
Regions
were
merged
into
a
new
Eastern
Region
.
Chieftaincy
:
The
Constitution
contained
a
provision
that
the
office
of
chiefs
in
Ghana
,
existing
by
customary
law
and
usage
,
is
hereby
guaranteed
.
A
House
of
Chiefs
was
required
to
be
established
in
each
region
.
But
in
1959
'
the
Brong
Ahafo
Region
was
created
and
the
Tmns
-
Volta
/
Togoland
Region
renamed
the
Volta
Region
.
Courts
of
Justice
:
The
Courts
(
Amendment
)
Ordinance
1967
(
No
.
17
)
S
.
2
divided
the
Supreme
Court
into
the
High
Court
of
Justice
and
the
Court
of
Appeal
with
effect
from
6th
March
,
1957
.
Appeals
to
WACA
were
abolished
but
jurisdictiort
of
the
Privy
Council
continued
.
Justices
of
the
Court
of
Appeal
were
given
the
same
security
as
was
enjoyed
by
Supreme
Court
judges
.
In
an
attempt
to
overcome
the
shortage
of
High
Court
judges
the
office
of
the
Commissioner
of
Assize
and
Civil
Pleas
was
created
(
1958
)
but
abolished
in
1960
.
But
by
the
Constitution
(
Amendment
)
Act
,
1959
fNo
.
7
)
the
Judicial
Service
Commission
was
dissolved
.
Thereafter
all
judges
of
the
Supreme
Court
and
appeal
commissioners
were
appointed
on
the
advice
of
the
Prime
Minister
.
Power
to
appoint
and
exercise
disciplinary
control
over
judicial
officers
became
exercisable
on
the
advice
of
the
Chief
Justice
given
after
consultation
with
the
Prime
Minister
.
Constitution
of
the
First
Republic
-
1960
-
1966
:
Passed
by
the
Constituent
Assembly
on
29
/
6
/
60
and
came
into
force
on
1
/
7
/
60
.
The
Queen
,
acting
through
the
person
of
her
Governor
-
General
,
was
displaced
as
Hoo
of
State
and
the
President
became
the
Head
of
State
and
holder
of
executive
power
.
He
was
also
the
Commander
-
in
-
Chief
of
the
Armed
Forces
and
Fount
of
Honour
.
No
Bill
became
law
without
his
assent
.
Art
.
18
enabled
a
Presidential
Commission
to
be
set
up
when
there
was
no
President
capable
of
acting
or
when
the
President
was
merely
temporarily
incapacitated
by
illness
or
absence
.
Article
6
divided
the
territories
of
Ghana
into
8
instead
of
6
Regions
.
The
Central
and
the
Upper
Regions
were
created
by
the
Conslitution
.
National
,
Assembly
:
Under
Art
.
21
the
National
Assembly
was
to
consist
of
the
Speaker
and
riot
less
than
104
members
elected
on
universal
adult
suffrage
.
-
one
man
,
one
vote
.
The
Speaker
is
to
be
elected
by
the
members
.
Apart
from
its
other
functions
the
National
Assembly
was
entrusted
by
the
Constitution
with
the
power
of
the
dismissal
of
a
judge
of
the
Superior
Court
or
the
Auditor
-
General
,
to
fix
salaries
and
allowances
of
the
President
the
Judges
and
the
Auditor
-
General
.
Ministers
were
appointed
from
the
Assembly
;
and
its
Speaker
was
given
,
together
with
the
Chief
Justice
,
the
function
of
pronouncing
on
the
incapacity
of
the
President
.
The
Courts
:
Art
.
40
of
the
Constitution
Of
l960
divided
the
laws
of
the
country
as
follows
:
(
a
)
the
Constitution
;
(
b
)
enactments
made
by
or
under
the
authority
of
the
Republican
Parliament
;
(
c
)
enactments
other
than
the
Constitution
made
by
or
,
under
the
authority
of
the
Constituent
Assembly
;
(
d
)
enactments
in
force
immediately
before
Republic
Day
;
(
a
)
the
common
law
;
and
(
f
)
customary
law
.
The
Constitution
divided
the
Courts
of
Ghana
into
superior
and
inferior
courts
.
The
former
embraced
the
Supreme
and
,
the
High
Courts
.
The
Courts
Act
,
1960
(
C
.
A
.
9
)
created
the
inferior
courts
consisting
of
circuit
.
district
,
juvenile
and
local
courts
.
Article
42
(
1
)
declared
the
Supreme
Court
to
be
the
final
court
of
appeal
,
the
appellate
jurisdiction
of
the
Wm
African
Court
of
Appeal
and
the
Judicial
Committee
of
the
Privy
Council
having
been
abolished
.
Judges
,
Art
.
45
provides
for
judges
to
be
appointed
by
the
President
.
It
is
silent
as
to
qualifications
for
appointment
but
S
.
8
of
the
Judicial
Service
Act
,
1960
(
C
.
A
.
10
)
provides
that
no
person
shall
be
appointed
as
a
judge
of
the
Supreme
Court
unless
his
standing
as
legal
practitioner
is
at
least
,
10
years
.
Five
years
'
standing
was
enough
for
the
High
Court
.
A
Judge
could
be
removed
only
by
2
/
3
'
majority
of
the
National
Assembly
and
the
grounds
for
removal
were
stated
misbehaviour
or
infirmity
of
body
or
mind
.
Retiring
age
of
a
Supreme
Court
judge
was
65
and
that
of
a
High
Court
judge
was
62
.
Constitution
of
the
National
Liberation
Council
:
1966
-
1969
:
By
a
Proclamation
dated
26th
February
1966
,
the
Constitution
of
the
First
Republic
1960
was
suspended
;
and
the
National
Liberatiori
Council
was
established
with
powers
to
administer
the
country
.
Decrees
replaced
Acts
,
but
the
ordinary
laws
in
the
country
continued
in
operation
as
well
as
the
Public
Services
and
other
institutions
.
The
Courts
:
The
Courts
Decree
,
1966
(
NLCD
.
84
)
provided
,
inter
alia
,
a
Supreme
Court
of
Judicature
consisting
of
the
Court
of
Appeal
and
the
High
Court
,
which
shall
be
the
Superior
Courts
of
Ghana
;
and
(
i
)
the
Circuit
Courts
,
(
iii
)
District
Courts
of
two
Grades
designated
District
Courts
(
Grade
1
)
and
District
Courts
(
Grade
111
)
,
and
(
iii
)
such
other
Inferior
Courts
as
may
be
provided
by
law
.
Appointments
to
Grade
11
courts
were
filled
mainly
by
non
-
lawyers
,
while
Grade
-
1
were
strictly
packed
with
lawyers
.
The
Decree
also
Established
Juvenile
Courts
.
Constitution
(
Consequential
and
Transitional
Provisions
)
Decree
,
1969
-
(
NLCD
406
)
made
30
/
9
/
69
dissolved
the
National
Liberation
Council
and
the
Executive
Council
and
the
Proclamation
of
February
1966
was
repealed
.
Constitution
of
the
Second
Republic
:
1969
-
1972
:
The
1969
Constitution
provides
,
inter
alia
,
the
offices
Of
8
President
and
a
Prime
Minister
with
a
Cabinet
.
Art
.
53
provides
for
a
Council
of
State
to
aid
and
counsel
the
President
.
Provision
is
made
for
a
Parliament
consisting
of
the
President
and
a
National
Assembly
.
The
National
Assembly
shall
consist
of
not
less
than
140
and
not
more
than
150
elected
members
.
Prominence
is
given
to
the
liberty
of
the
individual
,
fundamental
human
rights
and
the
Rule
of
Law
.
Art
.
100
makes
provision
for
the
establishment
of
an
Ombudsman
.
The
Judiciary
:
Art
.
102
(
4
)
provides
that
the
Judiciary
shall
consist
of
the
Supreme
Court
of
Ghana
,
the
Court
of
Appeal
and
the
High
Court
of
Justice
which
shall
be
the
superior
courts
of
record
and
which
shall
constitute
one
Superior
Court
of
Judicature
and
other
inferior
and
traditional
Courts
Parliament
may
by
law
establish
.
Appointments
of
Judges
is
spelt
out
in
full
in
Arts
.
115
to
120
.
The
Chief
Justice
shall
be
appointed
by
the
President
acting
in
consultation
with
the
Council
of
State
.
Other
Judges
of
the
Superior
Court
of
Judicature
shall
be
appointed
by
the
President
acting
in
accordance
with
the
advice
of
ttie
Judicial
Council
.
Only
lawyers
of
not
less
than
15
years
are
eligible
to
be
appointed
to
the
Supreme
Court
;
not
less
than
12
years
to
the
Court
of
Appeal
;
and
not
less
than
10
years
to
the
High
Court
of
Justice
.
A
Superior
Court
Judge
may
retire
at
the
age
of
60
years
and
shall
vacate
that
office
at
the
age
of
65
years
.
Provision
is
also
made
for
the
establishment
of
a
Judicial
Council
,
which
shall
advise
the
Chief
Justice
in
the
performance
of
his
administrative
functions
and
other
functions
as
provided
by
the
Constitution
or
by
any
other
law
.
Art
.
121
provides
for
the
establishment
of
a
Rules
of
Court
Committee
to
make
Rules
for
regulating
the
practice
and
procedure
of
all
Courts
in
Ghana
.
also
the
provisions
of
the
Courts
Act
1971
(
Act
372
)
.
Constitution
of
the
N
.
R
.
C
.
:
1972
-
1975
:
The
National
Redemption
Council
(
Establishment
)
Proclamation
,
1972
,
established
,
inter
alia
,
the
National
Redemption
Council
as
from
13
/
l
/
72
.
The
1969
Constitution
was
suspended
.
Offices
of
the
President
,
Prime
Minister
and
Leader
of
Opposition
were
abolished
and
the
National
Assembly
dissolved
;
but
the
Public
Services
and
the
Public
Services
Commission
as
well
other
national
institutions
were
allowed
to
continue
until
a
decree
provided
the
contrary
.
The
Chieftaincy
Act
,
1971
(
Act
370
)
was
retained
with
all
Houses
of
Chiefs
and
Traditional
authorities
.
The
Courts
:
Decree
are
to
have
the
force
of
Acts
,
and
any
enactment
or
rule
of
law
in
force
in
Ghana
immediately
in
force
before
13
/
l
/
72
"
shall
continue
in
force
.
"
Para
4
rouins
the
Courts
,
the
Judicial
Service
,
the
Judicial
Council
and
the
Rules
of
Court
Committee
until
rectified
by
subsequent
decrees
,
.
(
See
the
Courts
(
Amendment
)
Decree
1972
(
NRCD
101
)
,
and
the
Courts
(
Amendment
)
(
No
.
2
)
Decree
,
1972
(
NRCD
137
)
.
A
Change
to
Supreme
Military
Council
:
1975
-
1979
:
This
was
provided
by
the
National
Redemption
Council
(
Establishment
)
Proclamation
(
Amendment
)
Decree
,
1975
(
NRCD
360
)
.
The
Decree
established
the
S
,
M
.
C
.
on
9
/
10
/
75
as
the
highest
legislative
and
administrative
authority
in
Ghana
.
Members
are
:
The
Chairman
of
the
former
NRC
,
the
CDS
,
The
Army
,
Navy
and
Air
Force
Commanders
;
and
the
Inspector
-
General
of
Police
.
The
National
Redemption
Council
comprises
,
Members
of
the
SMC
,
Commissioners
of
State
appointed
by
the
Chairman
of
the
SMC
on
the
advice
of
the
SMC
;
and
,
the
Commander
for
the
First
and
Infantry
Brigades
with
Chairman
of
the
SMC
as
the
Chairman
of
the
NRC
,
Head
of
State
and
Commander
of
the
Armed
Forces
.
Executive
power
shall
be
vested
in
the
Chairman
and
he
shall
,
whenever
practicable
,
act
in
accordance
with
the
advice
of
the
SMC
.
Any
enactnwnt
in
existence
before
the
commencement
of
this
Decree
shall
have
effect
subject
to
such
modifications
as
may
be
necessary
to
give
effect
to
the
provisions
of
this
Decree
The
Armed
Forces
Revolutionary
Council
1979
:
The
Armed
Forces
Revolutionary
Council
(
AFRC
)
Govemment
did
not
effect
any
change
in
the
court
structure
as
it
existed
immediately
before
June
1979
.
However
,
the
military
regime
set
up
a
special
court
under
the
An
-
ned
Forces
Revolutionary
Council
(
Special
Courts
)
Decree
,
1979
(
AFRCD
31
)
to
try
specified
criminal
offences
.
The
court
was
to
be
composed
of
ajudge
-
advocate
and
adult
Ghanaians
able
to
speak
and
read
the
English
language
with
a
degree
of
proficiency
that
would
enable
them
to
actively
participate
in
proceedings
:
see
AFRCD
3
,
s
1
(
5
)
.
Its
decisions
were
final
and
not
appealable
to
any
court
.
By
a
subsequent
amendment
,
it
was
decreed
that
its
decisions
were
valid
notwithstanding
any
defect
in
the
composition
of
a
panel
:
see
Armed
Forces
Revolutionary
Council
(
Special
Courts
)
(
Amendment
)
Decree
,
1979
(
AFRCD
19
)
.
The
operations
and
procedures
of
these
courts
were
also
shrouded
in
-
miystery
,
but
people
were
known
to
have
been
fined
.
mprisoned
.
executed
or
had
their
properties
confiscated
by
orders
from
those
courts
Before
handing
over
to
a
civilian
government
,
the
AFRC
established
a
special
tribunal
by
the
Armed
Forces
Revolutionary
Council
(
Special
Tribunal
and
Other
Matters
)
Decree
,
1979
(
AFRCD
23
)
which
took
over
cases
pending
before
the
special
courts
and
tribunal
established
by
the
AFRC
Government
.
Court
structure
under
the
Third
Republic
-
1979
-
1981
:
A
third
civilian
government
came
into
being
yet
again
between
1979
and
1981
as
thegovernment
of
the
Third
Republic
.
It
was
ushered
in
by
the
1979
Constitution
.
Under
this
Constitution
,
the
structure
and
hierarchy
of
the
courts
remained
the
same
as
they
existed
underthe
1969
Constitution
and
Act
372
.
Section
17
of
the
transitions
]
provisions
of
the
1979
Constitution
reinforced
the
powers
given
to
the
special
tribunal
established
under
AFRCD
23
.
By
implication
,
AFRCD
23
and
the
1979
Constitution
abolished
all
other
special
Courts
established
by
the
Armed
Forces
Revolutionary
Council
.
The
structure
and
hierarchy
of
the
courts
was
again
as
follows
.
-
(
I
)
The
Supreme
Court
-
,
(
ii
)
the
Court
of
'
Appeal
:
(
III
)
the
High
Court
,
(
lv
)
the
circuit
court
:
(
v
)
the
district
court
grade
1
;
and
(
vi
)
the
district
court
grade
11
.
Provisional
National
Defence
Council
Government
:
1981
-
1992
:
The
court
structure
under
the
Third
Republic
was
intact
when
the
army
took
over
the
government
in
December
1981
and
established
the
ProvisionaI
National
Defence
Council
(
PNDC
)
.
All
these
courts
continued
to
operate
until
1992
.
The
PNDC
Government
however
made
a
fundamental
change
in
the
court
system
with
the
introduction
ofthe
public
tribunals
into
this
country
in
1982
:
see
the
Public
Tribunals
Law
,
1982
(
PNDCL
24
)
;
the
Provisional
National
Defence
Council
(
Establishment
)
Proclamation
(
Supplementary
and
Consequential
Provisions
)
Law
,
1982
(
PNDCL
42
)
and
the
Public
Tribunals
Law
,
1984
(
PNDCL
78
)
as
ai
-
nended
by
the
Public
Tribunals
(
Ai
-
nendmeiit
)
Law
,
1985
(
PNDCL
108
)
and
the
Public
Tribunals
(
Amendment
)
Law
,
1989
(
PNDCL
213
)
.
Between
1982
and
1993
,
the
stricture
and
hierarchy
of
the
tribunals
were
represented
as
the
:
National
Public
Tribunal
,
Regional
Public
Tribunal
,
District
Public
Tribunal
,
Community
Public
Tribunal
.
Until
the
enactment
of
Act
459
,
the
courts
and
the
public
tribunals
operated
parallel
to
one
anther
as
two
distinct
and
separate
adjudicating
institutions
.
No
appeals
or
reviews
in
one
system
could
be
taken
up
in
the
other
system
:
see
PNDCL
78
,
s
24
(
l
)
.
Administratively
,
the
courts
were
run
by
the
Judicial
Court
,
while
the
tribunals
were
run
by
the
Board
of
Public
Tribunals
under
PNDCL
78
.
Finally
,
the
PNDC
Government
also
introduced
special
rent
and
housing
committees
into
the
country
with
the
enactment
of
the
Rent
Control
Law
,
1986
(
PNI
)
CL
139
)
as
amended
by
the
Rent
Control
(
Amendment
)
Law
,
1986
(
PNDCL
163
)
.
The
rent
and
housing
committees
were
situated
in
speqified
cities
and
towns
;
and
had
jurisdiction
to
,
inter
alia
,
deal
with
specified
matters
involving
landlord
and
tenant
.
The
Fourth
Republic
:
1993
TO
DATE
:
The
Fourth
Republic
was
ushered
in
by
the
1992
Constitution
which
introduced
very
dramatic
changes
to
the
structure
and
hierarchy
of
the
two
main
adjudicating
institutions
in
the
Country
.
The
1992
Constitution
abolished
all
the
public
tribunals
and
created
the
Regional
Tribunal
whose
chairman
was
equated
with
the
High
Court
judge
in
respect
of
qualifications
and
further
made
provision
for
the
establishment
of
the
lower
courts
and
tribunals
.
Act
459
was
enacted
pursuant
to
this
article
and
it
established
the
circuit
tribunal
and
vested
it
with
the
entire
criminal
jurisdiction
of
the
circuit
court
.
With
the
enactment
of
Act
459
,
the
circuit
court
now
has
civil
jurisdiction
only
.
Act
459
also
established
the
community
tribunals
which
replaced
the
district
courts
,
grades
I
and
11
,
and
all
of
their
sub
-
divisions
.
However
,
even
before
it
became
fully
operational
,
Act
459
was
amended
by
Act
464
which
empowered
the
circuit
court
to
have
and
exercise
the
jurisdiction
of
the
circuit
tribunal
similarly
empowered
the
district
court
grade
l
in
existence
immediately
before
the
coming
,
into
force
of
act
459
to
have
and
to
exercise
the
jurisdiction
of
the
community
tribunal
under
sections
47
and
48
of
act
459
:
see
Act
464
,
s
3
.
Hence
,
the
district
courts
grade
I
were
still
in
existence
The
lower
courts
and
tribunals
as
established
under
Act
459
thus
comprised
the
circuit
courts
,
circuit
tribunals
and
community
tribunals
.
Finally
,
it
may
be
added
that
the
specialised
divisions
of
the
district
court
grade
I
of
old
,
namely
the
motor
courts
,
the
ejuvenile
courts
and
the
family
tribunals
still
continue
in
existence
as
specialised
divisions
of
the
community
tribunals
or
district
courts
under
the
new
court
system
.
In
effect
,
the
1992
Constitution
and
Act
459
merged
the
courts
and
tribunals
under
one
judiciary
,
headed
by
the
Chief
Justice
The
amendment
to
the
Courts
Act
2002
(
Act
620
)
abolishes
community
and
Curcuit
Trabunals
and
re
-
establish
the
Curcuit
and
Magistrate
Courts
.
ARRANGEMENT
OF
SECTIONS
Section
PART
I
-
SUPERIOR
COURTS
OF
JUDICATURE
Sub
-
Part
I
-
The
Supreme
Court
I
.
Composition
of
Supreme
Court
and
qualification
of
its
Justices
2
.
General
jurisdiction
of
Supreme
Court
3
.
Original
jurisdiction
of
Supreme
Court
4
.
Appellate
jurisdiction
of
Supreme
Court
5
.
Supervisory
jurisdiction
of
Supreme
Court
6
.
Powers
of
Supreme
Court
to
review
its
decisions
7
.
Powers
of
a
single
Justice
of
Supreme
Court
8
.
Production
of
official
documents
in
court
9
.
Certain
functions
of
Supreme
Court
relating
to
the
prerogative
of
mercy
.
Sub
-
Part
II
-
Court
of
appeal
IO
.
Composition
of
Court
of
Appeal
and
qualification
of
its
Justices
11
.
Jurisdiction
of
Court
of
Appeal
12
.
Powers
of
single
Justice
of
the
court
of
Appeal
13
.
Powers
of
the
court
of
Appeal
in
special
cases
Sub
-
Part
III
-
High
Court
14
.
Composition
of
High
Court
and
qualification
of
its
Justices
15
.
Jurisdiction
of
High
Court
16
.
Supervisory
jurisdiction
of
the
High
Court
17
.
High
Court
jurisdiction
over
acts
of
piracy
18
.
High
Court
jurisdiction
in
relation
to
infants
19
.
High
Court
jurisdiction
in
relation
to
persons
of
unsound
mind
20
.
High
Court
jurisdiction
in
maritime
matters
21
.
Rights
of
appeal
to
the
High
Court
22
.
High
Court
Masters
Sub
-
Part
IV
-
Regional
Tribunals
23
.
Regional
Tribunal
24
.
Original
and
appellate
jurisdiction
of
Regional
Tribunal
25
.
Trial
by
Regional
Tribunal
26
.
Decision
of
Regional
Tribunal
and
appeals
against
decisions
of
Regional
Tribunal
.
27
.
Appointment
of
panel
members
of
Regional
Tribunal
other
than
the
Chairman
.
Sub
-
Part
V
-
Provisions
relating
to
Appeals
before
the
Superior
Courts
and
Other
general
provisions
relating
to
the
Superior
Courts
28
.
Death
sentence
not
to
be
executed
while
appeal
is
pending
29
.
Suspension
of
court
order
where
there
is
appeal
30
.
Orders
available
to
Superior
Courts
over
appeals
31
.
Appeal
in
criminal
matters
allowed
on
substantial
miscarriage
of
justice
.
32
.
Order
for
production
of
document
33
.
Other
general
provisions
relating
to
appeals
before
Superior
Courts
34
.
Dismissal
of
frivolous
appeals
35
.
Offer
of
compensation
or
restitution
36
.
Contempt
of
Superior
Court
of
Judicature
,
etc
.
37
.
Seals
of
Superior
Court
of
Judicature
38
.
Places
of
sittings
of
Superior
Court
of
Judicature
PART
11
-
LOWER
COURTS
AND
TRIBUNALS
39
.
Establishment
of
lower
courts
Sub
-
Part
I
-
Circuit
Court
and
Circuit
Tribunal
40
.
Circuit
Courts
and
judges
41
.
Jurisdiction
of
Circuit
Court
42
.
Appeals
from
Circuit
Court
43
.
Circuit
Tribunal
44
.
Jurisdiction
of
-
circuit
Tribunal
and
its
Procedure
45
.
Decision
of
Circuit
Tribunal
and
appeals
against
its
decisions
Sub
-
Part
II
-
Community
Tribunals
46
.
Community
Tribunals
47
.
Civil
jurisdiction
of
Community
Tribunal
48
.
Criminal
jurisdiction
of
a
Community
Tribunal
49
.
Procedure
and
rules
applicable
to
Community
Tribunals
50
.
Decision
of
Community
Tribunal
and
appeals
against
its
decision
51
.
General
Powers
of
Community
Tribunal
52
.
Monthly
lists
to
be
sent
to
Regional
Tribunal
53
.
Tribunals
subject
to
the
directions
of
High
Court
,
Regional
Tribunal
and
Chief
Justice
.
PART
111
-
COMMON
LAW
AND
CUSTOMARY
LAW
54
.
Choice
of
law
55
.
Ascertainment
of
customary
law
56
.
Criminal
jurisdiction
of
courts
of
Ghana
57
.
Limitation
of
jurisdiction
in
chieftaincy
matters
58
.
Summoning
witnesses
59
Warrant
in
criminal
cases
60
.
Witness
arrested
under
warrant
61
.
Penalty
for
non
-
attendance
by
witness
PART
IV
-
EXERCISE
OF
JURISDICTION
,
EVIDENCE
AND
RULES
OF
COURT
62
.
Examination
of
witnesses
63
.
Bystander
may
be
required
to
give
evidence
64
.
Prisoners
may
be
brought
by
warrant
to
give
evidence
65
.
Allowances
to
witnesses
66
.
Defrayment
of
witness
allowances
67
.
Penalty
on
giving
false
evidence
68
.
Inspection
69
.
Recording
of
proceedings
before
a
court
70
.
Access
to
record
of
court
71
.
Minutes
of
proceedings
72
.
Courts
to
promote
reconciliation
in
civil
cases
73
.
Reconciliation
in
criminal
cases
74
.
Vexatious
proceedings
75
.
Order
for
the
examination
of
witnesses
in
matters
pending
before
a
foreign
tribunal
.
76
.
Certificate
of
ambassador
,
sufficient
evidence
in
support
of
application
.
77
.
Examination
of
witnesses
to
be
taken
upon
oath
78
.
Expenses
of
witnesses
79
.
Extent
of
right
of
refusal
to
answer
questions
and
to
produce
documents
.
80
.
Rules
of
court
.
PART
V
-
ENFORCEMENT
IN
GHANA
OF
FOREIGN
JUDGMENTS
AN
MAINTENANCE
ORDERS
Sub
-
Part
I
-
Foreign
Judgments
81
.
Application
of
Sub
-
Part
I
82
.
Registration
of
judgment
83
.
Instances
when
registered
judgments
shall
or
may
be
set
aside
84
.
Powers
of
registering
court
on
application
to
set
aside
registration
85
.
Foreign
judgments
which
can
be
registered
not
to
be
enforceable
otherwise
.
86
.
General
effect
of
certain
foreign
judgments
87
.
Power
to
make
foreign
judgments
unenforceable
in
Ghana
if
no
reciprocity
.
88
.
Issue
of
certificates
of
judgments
obtained
in
Ghana
Sub
-
Part
II
-
Maintenance
Orders
89
.
Application
of
Sub
-
Part
11
90
.
Registration
of
foreign
maintenance
orders
91
.
Confirmation
of
foreign
provisional
order
92
.
Transmission
of
maintenance
order
for
registration
abroad
93
.
Making
of
provisional
order
against
persons
resident
abroad
94
.
Communications
between
courts
95
.
Mode
of
enforcing
orders
96
.
Proof
of
documents
signed
by
officers
of
foreign
court
97
.
Depositions
to
be
evidence
Sub
-
Part
III
-
General
Provisions
Relating
to
this
Part
98
.
Rules
of
Court
to
be
made
in
respect
of
this
Part
99
.
Interpretation
of
this
Part
PART
VI
-
MISCELLANEOUS
PROVISIONS
100
.
Reservation
of
questions
of
law
to
the
Supreme
Court
,
Court
of
Appeal
and
High
Court
.
101
.
Jurisdiction
of
High
Court
and
Regional
Tribunal
concurrent
with
Community
Tribunals
.
102
.
Court
and
Tribunal
proceedings
to
be
generally
held
in
public
103
.
Duty
of
Judges
to
give
judgment
in
cases
part
heard
104
.
Power
of
transfer
by
Chief
Justice
105
.
Power
of
Judge
of
High
Court
,
Chairman
of
Regional
Tribunal
to
report
case
of
transfer
.
106
.
Power
of
transfer
by
a
Judge
of
the
High
Court
and
Chairman
of
Regional
Tribunal
.
107
.
Remission
of
civil
causes
by
a
Judge
of
the
High
Court
108
.
Chief
Justice
to
select
court
or
tribunal
in
case
of
doubt
109
.
Wrong
ruling
as
to
stamping
110
.
Execution
of
process
111
.
Negligence
or
misconduct
of
officers
112
.
Procedure
for
enquiring
into
allegations
against
certain
officers
113
.
Non
liability
of
Judges
and
Tribunal
members
in
exercise
of
functions
.
114
.
Legal
Aid
115
.
Succession
of
courts
and
pending
cases
116
.
Regional
Tribunals
and
High
Court
117
.
Interpretation
118
.
Modifications
of
,
and
consequential
amendments
to
existing
enactments
.
119
Application
of
English
statutes
of
general
application
120
.
Repeals
and
savings
121
.
Instruments
continued
in
force
SCHEDULES
Act
459
THE
FOUR
HUNDRED
AND
FITHY
-
NINE
ACT
OF
THE
PARLIAMENT
OF
THE
REPUBLIC
OF
GHANA
ENTITLED
THE
COURTS
ACT
,
1993
AN
ACT
to
incorporate
into
the
law
relating
to
the
courts
,
the
provisions
of
chapter
eleven
of
the
Constitution
;
to
provide
for
the
jurisdiction
of
Regional
Tribunals
;
to
establish
lower
courts
and
tribunals
,
provide
for
their
composition
and
jurisdiction
;
to
consolidate
and
reenact
the
Courts
Act
,
1971
and
to
provide
for
connected
purposes
.
DATE
OF
ASSENT
:
6th
July
,
1993
BE
IT
ENACTED
by
Parliament
as
follows
:
PART
I
-
SUPERIOR
COURTS
OF
JUDICATURE
Sub
Part
I
-
The
Supreme
Court
1
.
(
1
)
The
Supreme
Court
shall
consist
of
the
Chief
Justice
and
not
less
than
nine
other
Justices
of
the
Supreme
Court
.
(
2
)
The
Supreme
Court
shall
be
duly
constituted
for
its
work
by
not
less
than
five
Supreme
Court
Justices
except
as
otherwise
provided
in
section
7
of
this
Act
.
(
3
)
The
Chief
Justice
shall
preside
at
sittings
of
the
Supreme
Court
and
in
his
absence
,
the
most
senior
of
the
Justices
of
the
Superior
Court
,
as
constituted
,
shall
preside
.
(
4
)
A
person
shall
not
be
qualified
for
appointment
as
a
justice
of
the
Supreme
Court
unless
he
is
of
high
moral
character
and
proven
integrity
and
is
of
not
less
than
fifteen
years
'
standing
as
a
lawyer
.
2
.
(
1
)
The
Supreme
Court
shall
be
the
final
court
of
appeal
and
shall
have
such
appellate
and
other
jurisdiction
as
may
be
conferred
on
it
by
the
Constitution
or
by
any
other
law
.
(
2
)
The
Supreme
Court
shall
not
be
bound
to
follow
the
decisions
of
any
other
court
.
(
3
)
The
Supreme
Court
may
,
while
treating
its
own
previous
decisions
as
nominally
binding
,
depart
from
previous
decision
when
it
appears
to
it
right
to
do
so
;
and
all
her
courts
shall
be
bound
to
follow
the
decisions
of
the
Supreme
Court
on
questions
of
law
.
(
4
)
For
the
purposes
of
hearing
and
determining
a
matter
within
its
jurisdiction
and
the
amendment
,
execution
or
the
enforcement
of
a
judgment
or
order
made
on
any
matter
,
and
for
the
purposes
of
any
other
authority
,
expressly
or
by
necessary
implication
given
to
the
Supreme
Court
by
the
Constitution
or
any
other
law
,
the
Supreme
Court
shall
have
all
the
powers
,
authority
and
jurisdiction
vested
in
any
court
established
by
the
Constitution
or
any
other
law
.
(
5
)
The
determination
of
any
question
before
the
Supreme
Court
shall
be
in
accordance
with
the
opinion
of
the
majority
of
the
members
hearing
the
case
.
(
6
)
3
.
(
1
)
Subject
to
the
jurisdiction
of
the
High
Court
in
the
enforcement
of
the
Fundamental
Human
Rights
and
freedoms
as
provided
in
article
33
of
the
Constitution
,
the
Supreme
Court
shall
have
exclusive
original
jurisdiction
in
-
(
a
)
all
matters
relating
to
the
enforcement
or
interpretation
of
the
Constitution
;
and
b
)
all
matters
arising
as
to
whether
an
enactment
was
made
in
excess
of
the
powers
conferred
on
Parliament
or
any
other
authority
or
person
by
law
or
under
the
Constitution
.
(
2
)
Where
an
issue
that
relates
to
a
matter
or
question
referred
to
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
arises
in
any
proceedings
in
a
court
other
than
the
Supreme
Court
,
that
court
shall
stay
the
proceedings
and
refer
the
question
of
law
involved
to
the
Supreme
Court
for
determination
;
and
the
court
in
which
the
question
arose
shall
dispose
of
the
case
in
accordance
with
the
decision
of
the
Supreme
Court
(
3
)
(
1
)
An
appeal
shall
lie
from
a
judgment
of
the
Court
of
appeal
to
the
Supreme
Court
(
a
)
as
of
right
in
any
civil
or
criminal
cause
or
matter
in
respect
of
which
an
appeal
has
been
brought
to
the
Court
of
Appeal
from
a
Judgment
of
the
High
Court
or
a
Regional
Tribunal
in
the
exercise
of
its
original
jurisdiction
;
(
b
)
with
the
leave
of
the
Court
Appeal
,
in
any
other
cause
or
matter
,
where
the
case
was
commenced
in
a
court
lower
than
the
High
Court
or
a
Regional
Tribunal
and
where
the
Court
of
Appeal
is
satisfied
that
the
case
involves
a
substantial
question
of
law
or
is
in
the
public
interest
;
(
c
)
as
of
right
,
in
any
cause
or
matter
relating
to
the
issue
or
refusal
of
writ
or
order
of
habeas
corpus
,
certiorari
,
mandamus
,
prohibition
or
quo
warranto
.
2
)
Notwithstanding
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
,
the
Supreme
Court
may
entertain
an
application
for
special
leave
to
appeal
to
the
Supreme
Court
in
any
cause
or
matter
(
including
interlocutory
matter
)
civil
or
criminal
,
and
may
grant
leave
accordingly
.
,
(
3
)
The
Supreme
Court
shall
have
appellate
jurisdiction
,
to
the
excursion
of
the
Court
of
Appeal
to
determine
matters
relating
to
the
conviction
or
other
wise
of
a
person
for
high
treason
or
treason
by
the
high
Court
.
(
4
)
An
appeal
from
a
decision
of
the
Judicial
Committee
of
the
National
House
of
Chiefs
shall
lie
to
the
Supreme
Court
.
with
the
leave
of
that
Judicial
Committee
or
the
Supreme
Court
.
'
(
5
)
Subject
to
subsection
(
2
)
of
this
section
,
the
Supreme
Court
shall
not
entertain
any
appeal
unless
the
appellant
has
fulfilled
all
the
conditions
of
appeal
prescribed
under
the
Rules
of
Court
.
5
.
The
Supreme
Court
shall
have
supervisory
jurisdiction
over
all
courts
and
over
any
adjudicating
authority
and
may
,
in
the
exercise
of
that
supervisory
jurisdiction
,
issue
orders
and
directions
including
orders
in
the
nature
of
habeas
corpus
,
certiorari
,
mandamus
,
prohibition
and
quo
warranto
for
the
purpose
of
enforcing
or
securing
the
enforcement
of
its
supervisory
power
.
6
.
(
1
)
The
Supreme
Court
may
review
any
decision
made
or
given
by
it
on
such
grounds
and
subject
to
such
conditions
as
may
be
prescribed
by
rules
of
court
.
(
2
)
The
Supreme
Court
,
when
reviewing
its
decisions
under
this
section
,
shall
be
constituted
by
not
less
than
seven
justices
of
the
Supreme
Court
.
7
.
A
single
Justice
of
the
Supreme
Court
may
exercise
power
vested
in
the
Supreme
Court
not
involving
the
decision
of
a
cause
or
matter
before
the
Supreme
Court
except
that
-
(
a
)
in
criminal
matters
,
where
that
Justice
refuses
or
grants
an
application
in
the
exercise
of
any
such
power
,
a
person
affected
by
it
is
entitled
to
have
the
application
determined
by
the
Supreme
Court
constituted
by
three
Justices
of
the
Supreme
Court
;
and
(
b
)
in
civil
matters
,
any
order
,
direction
or
decision
made
or
given
under
this
section
may
be
varied
,
discharged
or
reversed
by
the
Supreme
Court
,
constituted
by
three
Justices
of
the
Supreme
Court
.
8
.
(
1
)
The
Supreme
Court
shall
have
exclusive
jurisdiction
to
determine
whether
an
official
document
shall
not
be
produced
in
court
because
its
production
or
the
disclosure
of
its
contents
will
be
prejudicial
to
the
security
of
the
State
or
will
be
injurious
to
the
public
interest
.
(
2
)
Where
any
issue
referred
to
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
arises
as
to
the
production
or
otherwise
of
an
official
document
in
any
proceedings
before
any
court
,
other
than
the
Supreme
Court
,
the
proceedings
in
that
other
court
shall
be
suspended
while
the
Supreme
Court
examines
the
document
and
determines
whether
the
document
should
be
produced
or
not
;
and
the
Supreme
Court
shall
make
the
appropriate
order
.
(
3
)
The
proceedings
of
the
Supreme
Court
as
to
whether
an
official
document
may
be
produced
shall
be
held
in
camera
.
(
4
)
For
the
purpose
of
this
section
,
the
Supreme
Court
may
-
(
a
)
order
any
person
or
authority
that
has
custody
,
legal
or
otherwise
of
the
document
to
produce
it
;
and
any
person
so
ordered
shall
produce
the
document
for
the
purpose
of
inspection
by
the
Supreme
Court
;
and
(
b
)
determine
whether
or
not
the
document
shall
be
produced
in
the
Court
from
which
the
reference
was
made
after
hearing
the
parties
to
it
or
their
legal
representatives
or
after
having
given
them
the
opportunity
of
being
heard
.
(
5
)
Where
the
Supreme
Court
is
of
the
opinion
that
the
document
should
be
produced
it
shall
make
an
order
that
the
person
or
authority
that
has
custody
of
the
document
shall
produce
it
or
shall
produce
so
much
of
the
contents
of
it
as
is
essential
for
the
proceedings
in
accordance
with
the
terms
of
the
order
.
(
6
)
Where
the
question
of
the
production
of
an
official
document
arises
in
any
proceedings
in
the
Supreme
Court
in
the
circumstances
mentioned
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
,
the
Supreme
Court
shall
be
governed
,
with
such
modifications
as
may
be
necessary
,
by
the
provisions
of
this
section
for
the
determination
of
the
question
that
has
arisen
.
(
7
)
Where
there
is
a
doubt
as
to
whether
any
document
referred
to
in
clause
(
2
)
of
article
121
of
the
Constitution
(
which
prohibits
the
production
by
public
officers
of
certain
documents
in
proceedings
before
the
Parliament
)
is
injurious
to
the
public
interest
or
prejudicial
to
the
security
of
the
State
,
the
Speaker
or
the
National
Security
Council
as
the
case
may
be
,
shall
refer
the
matter
to
the
Supreme
Court
for
determination
by
that
Court
whether
the
production
or
the
disclosure
of
the
contents
of
the
document
would
be
injurious
to
the
public
interest
or
prejudicial
to
the
security
of
the
state
.
(
8
)
Sub
sections
(
4
)
and
(
5
)
of
this
section
shall
,
with
such
modifications
as
may
be
necessary
,
apply
to
a
determination
by
the
Supreme
Court
under
subsection
(
7
)
as
they
apply
to
a
determination
under
subsection
(
2
)
of
this
section
.
9
Where
a
person
has
been
convicted
or
sentenced
for
an
offence
by
a
court
established
under
this
Act
and
a
petition
is
presented
to
the
President
for
the
grant
of
the
prerogative
of
mercy
in
respect
of
the
conviction
or
sentence
,
the
President
may
,
except
in
the
capital
,
sentence
of
death
-
(
a
)
refer
the
whole
case
to
the
Supreme
Court
and
the
case
shall
then
be
heard
and
determined
by
that
court
as
in
the
case
of
an
appeal
by
a
person
convicted
;
or
(
b
)
if
the
President
desires
the
assistance
of
the
Supreme
Court
on
any
point
arising
in
the
case
with
a
view
to
the
determination
of
the
petition
,
refer
that
point
to
that
Court
for
its
opinion
and
the
Supreme
Court
shall
consider
the
point
referred
and
famish
the
President
with
its
opinion
.
Sub
-
Part
II
-
Court
of
Appeal
10
.
(
1
)
The
Court
of
Appeal
shall
consist
of
-
(
a
)
the
Chief
Justice
;
(
b
)
subject
to
subsections
(
2
)
and
(
3
)
of
this
section
,
not
less
than
ten
Justices
of
the
Court
of
Appeal
;
and
(
c
)
such
other
Justices
of
the
Superior
Court
of
Judicature
as
the
Chief
Justice
may
,
for
the
determination
of
it
,
particular
cause
or
matter
by
writing
,
signed
by
him
,
request
to
sit
in
the
Court
of
Appeal
for
any
specified
period
.
(
2
)
The
Court
of
Appeal
shall
be
duly
constituted
by
any
three
of
the
Justices
referred
to
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
and
when
so
constituted
,
the
most
senior
of
the
Justices
shall
preside
.
(
3
)
A
person
shall
not
be
qualified
for
appointment
as
a
Justice
of
the
Court
of
Appeal
unless
he
is
of
high
moral
character
and
proven
integrity
and
is
of
not
less
that
twelve
years
'
standing
as
a
lawyer
.
(
4
)
The
Chief
Justice
may
create
such
divisions
of
the
Court
of
Appeal
as
he
considers
necessary
to
sit
in
such
places
as
he
may
determine
.
(
5
)
subject
to
clause
(
3
)
of
article
129
of
the
Constitution
,
the
Court
of
Appeal
shall
be
bound
by
its
own
previous
decisions
;
and
all
courts
lower
than
the
Court
of
Appeal
shall
follow
the
decisions
of
the
Court
of
Appeal
on
questions
.
of
law
.
(
6
)
The
determination
of
any
question
before
the
Court
of
Appeal
shall
be
according
to
the
opinion
of
the
majority
of
the
members
hearing
the
case
.
l
Jurisdiction
of
Court
of
Appeal
(
Section
11
of
Act
459
amended
)
11
.
(
1
)
The
Court
of
appeal
shall
have
jurisdiction
throughout
Ghana
to
hear
and
determine
,
subject
to
the
provisions
of
the
Constitution
,
appeals
from
a
judgment
,
decree
or
order
of
the
High
Court
and
Regional
Tribunals
and
Such
other
appellate
jurisdiction
as
may
be
conferred
on
it
by
the
Constitution
or
any
other
law
.
(
2
)
Except
as
otherwise
provided
in
the
Constitution
,
an
appeal
shall
lie
as
of
right
from
a
judgment
,
decree
or
order
of
the
High
Court
and
a
Regional
Tribunal
to
the
Court
of
Appeal
.
(
3
)
The
Court
of
Appeal
shall
also
have
-
(
a
)
jurisdiction
to
hear
appeals
from
any
judgment
of
a
circuit
Court
;
and
(
b
)
any
other
jurisdiction
conferred
on
the
Court
by
any
other
enactment
.
(
4
)
A
person
aggrieved
by
any
judgment
,
decree
or
order
of
a
Circuit
Court
may
appeal
against
it
to
the
Court
of
Appeal
.
(
5
)
A
person
aggrieved
by
any
interlocutory
order
or
decision
made
or
given
by
a
Circuit
Court
may
appeal
to
the
Court
of
appeal
against
the
order
or
decision
with
the
leave
of
the
Circuit
Court
and
upon
a
refusal
with
the
leave
of
the
Court
of
Appeal
and
the
Court
of
Appeal
shall
have
jurisdiction
to
hear
and
determine
any
such
appeal
.
(
6
)
Where
a
party
desires
to
appeal
to
the
Court
of
Appeal
in
a
criminal
case
,
he
shall
give
notice
of
appeal
or
notice
of
application
for
leave
to
appeal
within
one
month
of
the
decision
appealed
against
;
except
that
the
time
specified
may
at
any
time
be
extended
by
the
court
to
which
the
appeal
is
being
made
or
by
the
court
whose
decision
is
being
appealed
against
.
(
7
)
The
Court
of
Appeal
shall
not
entertain
any
appeal
unless
the
appellant
as
fulfilled
all
the
conditions
prescribed
in
that
behalf
by
Rules
of
Court
.
(
8
)
For
the
purpose
of
hearing
and
determining
an
appeal
within
its
jurisdiction
and
the
amendment
,
execution
or
enforcement
of
a
judgment
or
order
made
on
any
appeal
,
and
for
the
purpose
of
any
other
authority
expressly
or
by
necessary
implication
given
to
the
Court
of
appeal
by
the
Constitution
,
this
Act
or
any
other
law
,
the
Court
of
appeal
shall
have
all
the
powers
,
authority
and
jurisdiction
vested
in
the
court
from
which
the
appeal
is
brought
.
lSection
11
of
Act
459
amendment
see
below
1
.
The
Courts
Act
,
1993
(
Act
459
)
as
amended
and
referred
to
in
this
Act
as
the
"
principal
enactment
"
is
further
amended
by
the
substitution
for
subsections
(
3
)
and
(
4
)
of
section
11
of
the
following
:
"
(
3
)
The
Court
of
Appeal
shall
also
have
Jurisdiction
(
a
)
to
hear
appeals
from
any
judgment
of
a
Circuit
Court
in
a
civil
cause
or
matter
;
and
(
b
)
in
any
matter
in
which
jurisdiction
is
conferred
on
the
Court
under
any
other
enactment
.
(
4
)
A
person
aggrieved
by
a
judgment
of
a
Circuit
Court
in
a
civil
cause
or
matter
may
appeaI
against
the
judgment
to
the
Court
of
Appeal
.
l
12
.
A
single
Justice
of
the
Court
of
Appeal
may
exercise
a
power
vested
in
the
Court
of
appeal
that
does
not
involve
the
decision
of
a
cause
or
matter
before
the
Court
of
Appeal
,
except
that
-
(
a
)
in
criminal
matters
where
that
Justice
refuses
or
grants
an
application
in
the
exercise
of
such
power
,
a
person
affected
by
it
is
entitled
to
have
the
application
determined
by
the
Court
of
appeal
as
duly
constituted
;
and
(
b
)
in
civil
matters
any
order
,
direction
or
decision
made
or
given
in
exercise
of
the
powers
conferred
by
this
section
may
be
varied
,
discharged
or
reversed
by
the
Court
of
Appeal
as
duly
constituted
.
13
.
(
1
)
If
it
appears
to
the
Court
of
appeal
that
an
appellant
,
though
not
properly
convicted
on
some
count
or
part
of
the
indictment
or
charge
,
has
been
properly
convicted
on
some
other
count
or
part
of
the
indictment
or
charge
,
the
Court
may
either
confirm
the
sentence
passed
on
the
appellant
at
the
trial
,
or
pass
a
sentence
in
substitution
for
it
as
it
thinks
proper
and
as
may
be
warranted
in
law
by
the
verdict
on
the
count
or
part
of
the
indictment
or
charge
on
which
the
Court
considers
that
the
appellant
has
been
properly
convicted
.
(
2
)
Where
an
appellant
has
been
convicted
of
an
offence
and
the
Judge
,
the
jury
or
panel
who
tried
him
,
could
on
the
indictment
or
charge
have
found
-
him
guilty
of
some
other
offence
,
and
on
the
finding
of
the
Judge
,
jury
or
panel
it
appears
to
the
Court
of
appeal
that
the
Judge
,
jury
or
panel
must
have
been
satisfied
off
acts
which
proved
him
guilty
of
that
other
offence
,
the
Court
may
,
instead
of
allowing
the
appeal
,
substitute
for
the
verdict
found
by
the
Judge
,
jury
or
panel
a
verdict
of
guilty
of
that
other
offence
,
and
pass
such
sentence
in
substitution
for
the
sentence
passed
at
the
trial
as
may
be
warranted
in
law
for
that
other
offence
.
(
3
)
Where
on
the
trial
of
the
appellant
the
jury
or
panel
have
found
a
special
verdict
and
the
Court
of
Appeal
considers
that
a
wrong
conclusion
had
been
arrived
at
by
the
Court
before
which
the
appellant
was
convicted
on
the
basis
of
that
verdict
,
the
Court
of
Appeal
may
instead
of
allowing
the
appeal
,
order
such
conclusion
to
be
recorded
as
appears
to
the
Court
of
appeal
to
be
in
law
required
by
the
verdict
,
and
make
such
other
order
as
may
be
warranted
in
law
.
(
4
)
Where
after
the
trial
of
the
appellant
a
special
verdict
has
been
found
and
the
Court
of
Appeal
is
satisfied
that
the
special
verdict
was
wrongly
found
the
Court
of
appeal
may
set
aside
the
verdict
and
substitute
an
order
of
conviction
or
acquittal
or
may
make
such
other
order
as
may
be
warranted
in
law
.
(
5
)
If
on
any
appeal
it
appears
to
the
Court
of
appeal
that
although
the
appellant
was
guilty
of
the
act
or
omission
charged
against
him
,
he
was
insane
at
the
time
the
act
was
done
or
omission
made
so
as
not
to
be
responsible
according
to
law
for
his
actions
,
the
Court
may
set
aside
the
sentence
passed
at
the
trial
and
order
the
appellant
to
be
kept
in
custody
as
a
criminally
insane
person
in
a
place
and
in
such
manner
as
the
Court
shall
direct
until
the
pleasure
of
the
President
is
known
and
the
President
may
give
orders
for
the
safe
custody
of
the
appellant
.
(
6
)
Where
the
Court
of
Appeal
is
of
the
opinion
that
the
proceedings
in
the
trial
court
were
a
nullity
either
through
want
of
jurisdiction
or
otherwise
,
the
Court
of
Appeal
may
order
the
appellant
to
be
tried
by
a
court
of
competent
jurisdiction
.
(
7
)
If
the
Court
Appeal
is
satisfied
that
owing
to
exceptional
circumstances
the
interest
of
justice
requires
that
there
should
be
a
re
-
trial
,
the
Court
may
order
a
re
-
trial
on
such
terms
and
conditions
as
it
thinks
fit
.
Sub
-
Part
III
-
High
Court
14
.
(
1
)
The
High
Court
shall
consist
of
-
(
a
)
the
Chief
Justice
;
(
b
)
not
less
that
twenty
Justices
of
the
High
Court
;
and
(
c
)
such
other
Justices
of
the
Superior
Court
of
Judicature
or
Chairmen
of
Regional
Tribunals
as
the
Chief
Justice
may
,
by
writing
signed
by
him
,
request
to
sit
as
High
Court
Justices
for
any
period
.
(
2
)
The
High
Court
shall
be
constituted
-
(
a
)
by
a
single
Justice
of
the
Court
;
or
(
b
)
by
a
Chairman
of
a
Regional
Tribunal
;
or
(
c
)
by
a
single
Justice
of
the
Court
and
jury
;
or
(
d
)
by
a
single
Justice
of
the
Court
with
assessors
;
or
(
e
)
by
three
Justices
of
the
Court
for
the
trial
of
the
offence
of
high
treason
or
treason
as
required
by
article
19
of
the
Constitution
.
(
3
)
There
shall
be
in
the
High
Court
such
divisions
consisting
of
such
number
of
Justices
respectively
as
the
Chief
Justice
may
determine
.
(
4
)
A
person
shall
not
be
qualified
for
appointment
as
a
Justice
of
the
High
Court
unless
he
is
a
person
of
high
moral
character
and
proven
integrity
and
is
of
at
least
ten
years
'
standing
as
a
lawyer
.
l
Jurisdiction
of
High
Court
.
Section
15
amended
by
Act
620
15
.
(
1
)
The
.
High
Court
shall
,
subject
to
the
provisions
of
the
Constitution
have
-
(
a
)
original
jurisdiction
in
all
matters
and
in
particular
,
in
civil
and
criminal
matters
;
(
b
)
jurisdiction
to
enforce
the
Fundamental
Human
Rights
and
Freedoms
guaranteed
by
the
Constitution
;
(
c
)
appellate
jurisdiction
from
a
decision
of
a
Community
Tribunal
in
civil
matters
;
any
other
jurisdiction
conferred
by
the
Constitution
or
by
any
other
enactment
.
(
2
)
For
the
purpose
of
hearing
and
determining
an
appeal
within
its
jurisdiction
and
the
amendment
,
execution
or
enforcement
of
any
judgment
or
order
made
on
an
appeal
,
and
for
the
purpose
of
any
other
authority
,
expressly
or
by
necessary
implication
given
to
the
High
Court
by
the
Constitution
,
this
Act
or
any
other
law
,
the
,
High
Court
shall
have
all
the
powers
,
authority
and
jurisdiction
vested
in
the
court
from
which
the
appeal
is
brought
.
(
3
)
The
High
Court
shall
have
no
power
,
in
a
trial
for
the
offence
of
high
treason
or
treason
,
to
convict
any
person
for
an
offence
other
than
high
treason
or
treason
.
(
4
)
A
Justice
of
the
High
Court
may
,
in
accordance
with
rules
of
court
,
exercise
in
court
or
in
chambers
,
all
or
any
of
the
jurisdiction
vested
in
the
High
Court
by
the
Constitution
,
this
Act
or
any
other
law
.
l
Section
15
of
Act
459
amended
2
.
The
principal
enactment
is
amended
by
the
substitution
for
subsection
(
1
)
of
section
15
of
the
following
:
Jurisdiction
of
High
Court
.
"
15
.
(
1
)
Subject
to
the
provisions
of
the
Constitution
,
the
High
Court
shall
have
-
(
a
)
an
original
jurisdiction
in
all
matters
;
(
b
)
appellate
jurisdiction
in
a
judgment
of
the
Circuit
Court
in
the
trial
of
a
criminal
case
;
(
c
)
appellate
jurisdiction
in
any
judgment
of
a
District
Court
or
Juvenile
Court
;
(
d
)
jurisdiction
to
enforce
the
Fundamental
Human
Rights
and
Freedoms
guaranteed
by
the
Constitution
;
and
(
e
)
any
other
jurisdiction
conferred
by
the
Constitution
,
this
Act
or
any
other
enactment
.
l
16
.
The
High
Court
shall
have
supervisory
jurisdiction
over
all
lower
courts
and
any
lower
adjudicating
authority
;
and
may
,
in
the
exercise
of
that
jurisdiction
,
issue
orders
and
directions
including
orders
in
the
nature
t
of
habeas
corpus
,
certiorari
,
mandamus
,
prohibition
and
quo
warranto
for
the
purpose
of
enforcing
or
securing
the
enforcement
of
its
supervisory
powers
.
17
.
(
1
)
Subject
to
any
right
of
appeal
conferred
by
any
enactment
,
only
the
High
Court
shall
have
jurisdiction
to
try
an
act
of
piracy
.
(
2
)
An
act
of
piracy
shall
,
for
the
purposes
of
this
Act
,
have
the
meaning
assigned
to
it
under
section
19
of
the
Criminal
Code
,
1960
(
Act
29
)
.
18
.
(
1
)
In
addition
to
any
jurisdiction
conferred
by
any
enactment
,
the
High
Court
shall
have
power
,
subject
to
the
provisions
of
any
other
enactment
-
(
a
)
on
application
by
any
person
,
and
after
hearing
any
objections
to
the
application
,
to
appoint
any
person
as
a
guardian
or
as
joint
-
guardian
f
or
an
infant
,
where
the
Court
is
of
the
opinion
that
the
appointment
is
desirable
in
the
circumstances
having
regard
to
the
welfare
of
the
infant
;
(
b
)
on
application
by
any
person
,
and
after
hearing
any
objections
to
the
application
,
to
make
such
orders
concerning
the
custody
of
an
infant
,
the
right
of
access
to
an
infant
,
and
weekly
or
other
periodic
payments
towards
the
maintenance
of
an
infant
,
as
the
Court
may
consider
just
in
the
circumstances
,
having
regard
to
the
means
of
the
persons
concerned
and
the
welfare
of
the
infant
;
(
c
)
for
good
cause
to
remove
any
guardian
or
joint
-
guardian
and
to
appoint
a
new
guardian
or
joint
-
guardian
;
(
a
)
to
determine
any
dispute
between
a
guardian
and
a
parent
,
or
between
joint
-
guardians
;
(
e
)
to
intervene
in
any
guardianship
where
in
the
opinion
of
the
Court
the
guardian
has
acted
or
.
is
likely
to
act
prejudicially
to
the
welfare
of
an
infant
,
and
to
make
such
consequential
orders
as
the
Court
may
consider
desirable
having
regard
to
the
welfare
of
the
infant
;
(
t
)
in
respect
of
any
infant
to
make
such
orders
and
give
such
directions
for
the
control
and
administration
of
the
estate
of
that
infant
,
including
the
investment
of
money
,
as
the
Court
may
consider
desirable
having
regard
to
the
welfare
of
the
infant
;
(
g
)
in
respect
of
any
infant
to
make
such
orders
and
give
such
directions
permitting
the
use
of
moneys
for
the
education
of
the
infant
,
or
for
setting
him
up
in
any
occupation
or
career
,
as
the
court
may
consider
desirable
having
regard
to
the
welfare
of
the
infant
.
(
2
)
The
welfare
of
the
infant
shall
be
the
primary
consideration
of
the
High
Court
in
the
exercise
of
its
powers
under
this
section
.
(
3
)
In
this
section
,
"
infant
"
means
a
person
under
the
age
of
twenty
-
one
years
.
19
.
In
addition
to
any
jurisdiction
conferred
by
any
enactment
the
High
Court
shall
have
power
,
subject
to
the
provisions
of
any
other
enactment
-
(
a
)
on
application
by
any
person
,
and
after
hearing
any
objections
to
the
application
,
to
appoint
any
person
as
a
guardian
or
as
joint
-
guardian
for
a
person
of
unsound
mind
or
to
direct
the
person
of
unsound
mind
to
be
delivered
into
the
care
of
a
responsible
authority
or
a
relative
,
where
the
Court
is
satisfied
that
such
course
is
desirable
to
ensure
the
welfare
of
the
person
of
unsound
mind
;
(
b
)
to
vary
or
rescind
for
good
cause
an
appointment
made
under
paragraph
(
a
)
and
to
attach
such
conditions
to
an
appointment
as
may
appear
desirable
;
(
c
)
to
make
such
orders
and
give
such
directions
as
appear
necessary
or
desirable
to
secure
the
maintenance
,
safety
and
welfare
of
a
person
of
unsound
mind
,
the
efficient
administration
,
disposition
and
management
of
any
of
his
property
or
affairs
,
and
for
purposes
ancillary
to
them
;
(
d
)
to
make
such
orders
as
appear
necessary
or
desirable
to
secure
the
carrying
out
of
any
contract
entered
into
by
a
person
of
unsound
mind
,
or
the
conduct
of
any
legal
proceedings
in
his
name
or
on
his
behalf
.
20
.
(
1
)
The
High
Court
shall
,
subject
to
the
provisions
of
any
other
enactment
,
have
jurisdiction
to
hear
and
determine
any
of
the
following
questions
or
claims
-
(
a
)
a
question
as
to
the
title
to
or
ownership
of
a
ship
,
or
the
proceeds
of
the
sale
of
a
ship
,
arising
in
an
action
relating
to
possession
,
salvage
,
damage
,
necessaries
,
wages
or
bottomy
;
(
b
)
a
question
arising
between
the
co
-
owners
of
a
ship
registered
at
a
port
in
Ghana
as
to
the
ownership
,
possession
,
employment
or
earnings
of
that
ship
,
or
any
share
of
it
,
with
power
to
settle
any
account
outstanding
and
unsettled
between
the
parties
in
relation
to
it
,
and
to
direct
the
ship
,
or
any
share
of
it
,
to
be
sold
,
or
to
make
such
order
as
the
Court
thinks
fit
,
(
c
)
a
claim
for
damage
to
a
ship
(
whether
receive
on
the
high
seas
or
within
the
territorial
waters
or
for
damage
done
by
a
ship
)
;
(
d
)
subject
to
section
249
of
the
Merchant
Shipping
Act
,
1963
(
Act
183
)
,
a
claim
in
the
nature
of
salvage
for
services
rendered
to
a
ship
(
including
services
rendered
in
saving
life
from
a
ship
)
,
whether
rendered
on
the
high
seas
or
within
the
territorial
waters
,
and
whether
a
wreck
in
respect
of
which
the
salvage
is
claimed
is
found
on
sea
or
land
;
(
e
)
a
claim
in
the
nature
of
to
wage
,
whether
the
services
were
rendered
on
the
high
seas
or
within
the
territorial
waters
;
a
claim
for
necessaries
supplied
to
a
foreign
ship
(
whether
supplied
on
the
high
seas
or
within
the
territorial
waters
)
and
a
claim
for
necessaries
supplied
to
a
ship
elsewhere
than
in
the
port
to
which
the
ship
belongs
;
(
g
)
a
claim
by
a
seaman
for
wages
earned
by
him
on
board
a
ship
,
whether
due
under
a
special
contract
or
otherwise
,
and
a
claim
by
the
master
of
a
ship
for
salary
earned
by
him
on
board
the
ship
and
for
disbursements
made
by
him
on
account
of
the
ship
;
(
h
)
a
claim
in
respect
of
a
mortgage
of
any
ship
,
being
a
mortgage
duly
registered
under
the
Merchant
Shipping
Act
,
1963
(
Act
183
)
,
or
in
respect
of
any
mortgage
of
a
ship
which
is
,
or
the
proceeds
of
which
are
,
under
the
arrest
of
the
Court
;
(
i
)
a
claim
for
building
,
equipping
or
repairing
a
ship
,
if
at
the
time
of
the
institution
of
the
proceedings
the
ship
is
,
or
the
proceeds
of
it
are
,
under
the
arrest
of
the
Court
;
claim
arising
out
of
an
agreement
relating
to
the
use
or
hire
of
a
ship
,
or
the
carriage
of
goods
or
persons
in
a
ship
,
or
in
tort
in
respect
of
goods
or
persons
carried
in
a
ship
.
(
2
)
The
High
Court
also
has
power
-
(
a
)
in
an
action
of
restraint
instituted
by
part
-
owners
,
to
give
such
relief
.
as
it
considers
just
and
equitable
,
including
the
imposition
of
bail
on
defendant
part
-
owners
to
ensure
the
safe
return
of
any
ship
;
(
b
)
to
remove
for
good
cause
the
master
of
any
ship
within
the
jurisdiction
of
the
High
Court
and
to
appoint
a
new
master
;
(
c
)
to
give
such
relief
as
it
considers
just
and
equitable
,
including
the
granting
of
injunctions
,
in
respect
of
injurious
acts
done
upon
the
high
seas
.
(
3
)
In
this
section
,
"
damage
"
includes
loss
of
life
and
personal
injuries
,
and
"
ship
"
includes
any
description
of
vessel
used
in
navigation
not
propelled
by
oars
.
l
Section
21
amended
by
Act
620
21
.
(
I
)
A
person
aggrieved
by
a
decision
or
order
of
a
Community
Tribunal
in
a
civil
cause
or
matter
may
appeal
against
the
decision
or
order
to
the
High
Court
.
(
2
)
A
person
aggrieved
by
an
interlocutory
order
or
decision
made
or
given
by
a
Community
Tribunal
in
a
civil
matter
may
appeal
against
it
to
the
High
Court
with
the
leave
of
the
Community
Tribunal
or
of
the
High
Court
and
the
High
Court
shall
have
jurisdiction
to
hear
and
determine
the
appeal
.
(
3
)
An
appeal
under
this
section
against
a
decision
of
a
Community
Tribunal
shall
,
subject
to
any
transfer
directed
by
the
Chief
Justice
,
be
made
to
the
Judge
of
the
High
Court
exercising
jurisdiction
over
the
area
of
jurisdiction
of
the
Community
Tribunal
.
(
4
)
The
High
Court
shall
not
entertain
any
appeal
unless
the
appellant
has
fulfilled
all
conditions
imposed
in
that
behalf
by
rules
of
court
.
l
Section
21
of
Act
459
amendment
Right
of
appeal
to
the
High
Court
.
3
.
The
principal
enactment
is
amended
by
the
substitution
for
section
21
of
the
following
:
21
.
(
1
)
The
prosecution
or
a
person
convicted
of
an
offence
"
in
a
criminal
case
,
tried
by
a
Circuit
Court
or
tried
by
a
District
or
Juvenile
Court
may
appeal
against
the
judgment
to
the
High
Court
.
(
2
)
A
person
aggrieved
by
any
judgment
of
a
District
Court
in
a
civil
matter
may
appeal
against
the
judgment
to
the
High
Court
.
(
3
)
A
person
aggrieved
by
an
interlocutory
order
or
decision
made
or
given
by
a
District
Court
may
appeal
against
the
decision
or
order
to
the
High
Court
with
the
leave
of
the
District
Court
or
of
the
High
Court
and
the
High
Court
shall
have
jurisdiction
to
hear
and
determine
the
appeal
.
(
4
)
An
appeal
under
this
section
against
a
judgment
of
a
Circuit
,
District
or
a
Juvenile
Court
,
shall
,
subject
to
any
Transfer
directed
by
the
Chief
Justice
,
be
made
to
the
Judge
of
the
High
Court
exercising
jurisdiction
over
the
area
of
jurisdiction
of
the
Circuit
,
District
or
Juvenile
Court
.
(
5
)
The
High
Court
shall
not
entertain
any
appeal
unless
the
appellant
has
fulfilled
all
conditions
imposed
in
that
behalf
by
Rules
of
Court
.
"
l
22
.
(
I
)
The
Chief
Justice
acting
in
accordance
with
the
advice
of
the
Judicial
Council
and
with
the
approval
of
the
President
,
may
appoint
a
lawyer
of
not
less
than
ten
years
standing
as
a
Master
of
the
High
Court
for
such
period
and
subject
to
such
terms
and
conditions
as
the
Chief
Justice
may
determine
.
(
2
)
A
Master
appointed
under
this
section
shall
have
such
powers
and
duties
as
may
be
prescribed
by
legislative
instrument
issued
by
the
Chief
Justice
and
shall
perform
such
other
functions
as
the
Chief
Justice
may
direct
.
(
3
)
A
person
aggrieved
by
an
order
or
decision
of
a
Master
may
by
leave
of
that
Master
or
of
the
Court
of
Appeal
,
appeal
to
the
Court
of
Appeal
against
the
order
or
decision
and
the
Court
of
appeal
shall
have
power
to
hear
and
determine
the
appeal
.
Sub
-
Part
IV
-
Regional
Tribunals
23
.
(
1
)
A
Regional
Tribunal
shall
consist
of
-
(
a
)
the
Chief
Justice
-
,
(
b
)
one
Chairman
;
and
(
c
)
such
members
who
may
or
may
not
be
lawyers
as
shall
be
designated
by
the
Chief
Justice
to
sit
as
panel
members
of
a
Regional
Tribunal
and
for
such
period
as
'
shall
be
specified
in
writing
by
the
Chief
Justice
.
(
2
)
A
Regional
Tribunal
shall
in
the
exercise
of
its
original
jurisdiction
be
duly
constituted
by
a
panel
consisting
of
the
Chairman
and
not
less
than
two
or
more
than
four
other
panel
members
.
(
3
)
A
person
shall
not
be
appointed
to
be
a
Chairman
of
a
Regional
Tribunal
unless
he
is
qualified
to
be
appointed
a
Justice
of
the
High
Court
.
(
4
)
A
panel
member
of
a
Regional
Tribunal
shall
be
a
person
of
high
moral
character
and
proven
integrity
.
(
5
)
The
Chief
Justice
or
any
Justice
of
the
High
Court
or
Court
of
Appeal
nominated
by
the
Chief
Justice
may
sit
as
a
Chairman
of
a
Regional
Tribunal
.
24
.
(
1
)
Subject
to
the
provisions
of
the
Constitution
,
this
Act
and
any
other
law
,
a
Regional
Tribunal
shall
have
concurrent
original
jurisdiction
with
the
High
Court
in
all
criminal
matters
and
shall
in
particular
try
-
(
a
)
the
special
offences
specified
under
Chapter
4
of
Part
III
of
the
Criminal
Code
1960
(
Act
29
)
;
(
b
)
offences
arising
under
-
(
1
)
Customs
,
Excise
and
Preventive
Services
Management
Law
,
1993
P
.
N
.
D
.
C
.
L
.
330
)
;
(
ii
)
Income
Tax
Decree
,
1975
(
SMCD
5
)
;
(
iii
)
Narcotic
Drugs
(
Control
,
Enforcement
and
Sanctions
)
Law
,
1990
(
iv
)
(
PNDCL
.
236
)
;
and
(
c
)
any
other
offence
involving
serious
economic
fraud
,
loss
of
state
funds
or
property
.
(
2
)
A
Regional
Tribunal
does
not
have
jurisdiction
to
try
a
criminal
offence
if
the
trial
requires
the
participation
of
a
jury
or
assessors
.
(
3
)
A
Regional
Tribunal
shall
have
appellate
jurisdiction
to
hear
and
determine
appeals
from
a
judgement
,
decree
or
order
of
a
Circuit
or
Community
Tribunal
in
any
criminal
trial
including
appeals
from
trials
of
juvenile
offenders
.
(
4
)
For
the
purpose
of
hearing
and
determining
an
appeal
within
its
jurisdiction
and
the
amendment
,
execution
or
enforcement
of
a
judgement
or
order
on
any
appeal
,
and
for
the
purpose
of
any
other
authority
expressly
or
by
necessary
implication
given
to
it
by
the
Constitution
,
this
Act
or
any
other
law
,
a
Regional
Tribunal
shall
in
respect
of
the
appeal
have
all
the
powers
,
authority
and
jurisdiction
vested
in
the
tribunal
or
court
from
which
the
appeal
is
brought
.
(
5
)
A
Regional
Tribunal
shall
in
the
exercise
of
its
appellate
jurisdiction
be
duly
constituted
by
the
Chairman
and
any
four
members
.
(
6
)
A
Regional
Tribunal
shall
not
entertain
an
appeal
under
this
section
unless
conditions
prescribed
by
rules
of
court
have
been
complied
with
.
25
.
(
I
)
Subject
to
the
Constitution
,
this
Act
and
any
other
enactment
,
a
Regional
Tribunal
shall
in
the
exercise
of
its
jurisdiction
have
and
exercise
all
the
powers
conferred
on
the
High
Court
by
this
Act
or
any
other
enactment
and
shall
have
power
to
issue
in
criminal
matters
any
order
or
impose
any
sentence
which
a
High
Court
may
issue
or
impose
.
(
2
)
For
the
avoidance
of
doubt
,
the
Criminal
Procedure
Code
,
1960
(
Act
3
0
)
.
the
Evidence
Decree
1975
,
(
NRCD
323
)
,
the
Rules
of
court
and
all
other
rules
of
evidence
and
procedure
applicable
to
the
High
Court
in
criminal
trials
and
hearing
of
criminal
appeals
shall
,
subject
to
the
provisions
of
this
Sub
-
Part
,
apply
to
trials
and
appeals
before
a
Regional
Tribunal
.
26
.
(
1
)
The
determination
of
any
question
before
a
Regional
Tribunal
in
the
exercise
of
its
original
and
appellate
jurisdiction
shall
be
in
accordance
with
the
opinion
of
the
majority
of
the
members
hearing
the
case
.
(
2
)
Where
the
majority
does
not
include
the
Chairman
and
the
accused
is
convicted
,
the
accused
shall
,
where
he
gives
notice
to
appeal
against
the
decision
,
be
granted
bail
by
the
Tribunal
,
subject
to
such
conditions
as
the
Tribunal
may
determine
.
(
3
)
A
person
aggrieved
by
a
judgment
,
decision
or
order
of
a
Regional
Tribunal
in
any
matter
before
the
Tribunal
may
appeal
against
it
to
the
Court
of
Appeal
.
(
4
)
The
Court
of
Appeal
shall
not
entertain
an
appeal
under
this
section
unless
all
conditions
prescribed
by
rules
of
court
have
been
complied
with
.
27
.
(
I
)
The
panel
members
of
a
Regional
Tribunal
other
than
the
Chairman
shall
be
appointed
by
the
Chief
Justice
in
consultation
with
the
Regional
Co
-
ordinating
Council
for
the
region
and
on
the
advice
of
the
Judicial
Council
.
(
2
)
Except
as
otherwise
provided
in
this
Act
,
the
Chief
Justice
on
the
advice
of
the
Judicial
Council
shall
determine
the
qualifications
and
tenure
of
office
of
members
of
Regional
Tribunal
other
than
the
Chairman
.
Sub
-
Part
V
-
Provisions
Relating
to
Appeals
before
the
Superior
Courts
and
Other
General
Provisions
Relating
to
the
Superior
courts
28
.
Where
an
appeal
to
a
Superior
Court
relates
to
a
conviction
involving
a
sentence
of
death
-
(
a
)
The
sentence
shall
not
be
executed
until
after
the
expiration
of
the
time
within
which
notice
of
appeal
or
of
an
application
for
leave
to
appeal
may
be
given
;
and
(
b
)
If
notice
is
given
the
sentence
shall
not
be
executed
until
the
expiration
of
seven
days
after
the
determination
or
discontinuance
of
the
appeal
or
until
the
expiration
of
seven
days
after
the
application
for
leave
to
appeal
is
finally
refused
or
withdrawn
.
29
.
(
I
)
Where
a
court
has
on
conviction
of
a
person
ordered
payment
of
compensation
,
payment
of
any
expenses
of
the
prosecution
or
the
restoration
or
revesting
of
property
in
a
person
,
the
operation
of
the
order
shall
be
suspended
-
(
a
)
until
the
expiration
of
the
period
within
which
an
appeal
may
be
brought
;
and
(
b
)
where
notice
of
appeal
or
notice
of
application
for
leave
to
appeal
is
given
in
accordance
with
law
,
until
the
determination
of
the
appeal
or
until
the
refusal
of
leave
to
appeal
or
withdrawal
of
the
application
for
leave
to
appeal
.
(
2
)
Where
the
operation
of
an
order
is
suspended
pending
determination
of
the
appeal
,
the
order
shall
,
unless
the
appellate
court
otherwise
directs
,
not
take
effect
if
the
conviction
is
quashed
on
appeal
.
(
3
)
Notwithstanding
the
other
provisions
of
this
section
the
trial
court
may
in
the
case
of
stolen
property
where
the
title
to
the
property
is
not
in
dispute
,
order
the
immediate
enforcement
of
the
order
.
30
.
Subject
to
the
provisions
of
this
Sub
-
Part
,
an
appellate
court
may
in
a
criminal
case
-
(
a
)
on
an
appeal
from
a
conviction
or
acquittal
-
(
i
)
reverse
the
finding
and
sentence
and
acquit
and
discharge
or
convict
the
accused
as
the
case
may
be
or
order
him
to
be
retried
by
a
court
of
competent
jurisdiction
,
or
commit
him
for
trial
;
or
(
ii
)
alter
the
finding
maintaining
the
sentence
or
with
or
without
altering
the
finding
,
reduce
or
increase
the
sentence
;
or
(
iii
)
with
or
without
such
reduction
or
increase
and
with
or
without
altering
the
finding
alter
the
nature
of
the
sentence
;
or
(
iv
)
annul
the
conviction
and
substitute
a
special
finding
to
the
effect
that
the
accused
was
guilty
of
the
act
or
omission
charged
but
was
criminally
insane
so
as
not
to
be
responsible
for
his
action
at
the
time
when
he
did
the
act
or
made
the
omission
and
order
the
accused
to
be
confined
as
a
criminally
insane
person
in
a
mental
hospital
,
prison
or
other
suitable
place
of
safe
custody
;
(
v
)
annul
or
vary
any
order
of
imprisonment
or
other
punishment
imposed
on
the
person
convicted
;
(
vi
)
annul
or
vary
any
order
for
payment
of
compensation
or
of
expenses
of
the
prosecution
or
for
the
restoration
of
property
to
any
person
whether
or
not
the
conviction
is
quashed
;
(
b
)
on
an
appeal
from
any
other
order
,
alter
or
reserve
the
order
,
and
in
either
case
make
any
amendment
or
any
consequential
or
incidental
order
that
may
appear
just
and
proper
.
31
.
(
1
)
Subject
to
subsection
(
2
)
of
this
section
an
appellate
court
on
hearing
any
appeal
before
it
in
a
criminal
case
shall
allow
the
appeal
if
it
considers
that
the
verdict
or
conviction
or
acquittal
ought
to
be
set
aside
on
the
ground
that
it
is
unreasonable
or
can
not
be
supported
having
regard
to
the
evidence
or
that
the
judgment
in
question
ought
to
be
set
aside
on
the
ground
of
a
wrong
decision
of
any
question
of
law
or
fact
or
that
on
any
ground
there
was
a
miscarriage
of
justice
and
in
any
other
case
shall
dismiss
the
appeal
.
(
2
)
The
court
shall
dismiss
the
appeal
if
it
considers
that
no
substantial
miscarriage
of
justice
ha
s
actually
occurred
or
that
the
point
raised
in
the
appeal
consists
of
a
technicality
or
procedural
error
or
a
defect
in
the
charge
or
indictment
but
that
there
is
evidence
to
support
the
offence
alleged
in
the
statement
of
offence
in
the
charge
or
indictment
or
any
other
offence
of
which
the
accused
could
have
been
convicted
upon
that
charge
or
indictment
.
(
3
)
Without
prejudice
to
the
generality
of
subsections
(
1
)
and
(
2
)
of
this
section
-
(
a
)
where
the
charge
upon
which
a
person
is
being
tried
is
amended
in
the
course
of
the
trial
and
the
accused
is
not
called
upon
to
plead
to
the
amended
charge
,
but
the
case
proceeds
as
if
the
accused
had
pleaded
not
guilty
to
the
amended
charge
,
an
appeal
based
only
on
the
failure
to
call
upon
the
accused
to
plead
to
the
amended
charge
shall
be
dismissed
;
(
b
)
where
a
person
is
charged
with
an
offence
such
as
defrauding
by
false
pretences
or
forgery
and
the
particulars
of
the
offence
in
the
charge
or
indictment
omit
to
allege
an
intent
to
defraud
or
any
other
intent
forming
part
of
the
offence
but
evidence
is
led
of
such
intent
,
an
appeal
based
only
on
the
omission
in
the
charge
or
indictment
shall
be
dismissed
;
(
c
)
where
a
person
is
charged
with
corruption
or
extortion
as
a
public
officer
and
the
charge
or
indictment
omits
to
allege
in
the
particulars
of
offence
that
the
accused
is
a
public
officer
but
evidence
is
led
that
the
accused
is
such
an
officer
,
an
appeal
based
only
on
the
omission
shall
be
dismissed
;
or
(
d
)
where
a
person
is
charge
with
false
pretences
,
stealing
or
other
offence
relating
to
property
and
the
charge
omits
to
allege
the
ownership
of
the
property
in
question
or
that
the
person
defrauded
parted
with
the
ownership
of
the
property
but
evidence
is
led
of
the
particulars
omitted
,
an
appeal
based
only
on
the
omission
shall
be
dismissed
.
32
.
Subject
to
article
13
5
of
the
Constitution
,
in
the
exercise
of
its
Jurisdiction
the
appellate
court
may
if
it
thinks
it
necessary
or
expedient
in
'
the
interest
of
justice
-
(
a
)
order
the
production
of
any
document
,
exhibit
or
other
thing
connected
with
the
proceedings
,
the
production
of
which
appears
to
it
necessary
for
the
determination
of
the
case
;
(
b
)
order
any
witnesses
who
would
have
been
comparable
witnesses
at
the
trial
to
attend
and
be
examined
before
the
court
,
whether
they
were
or
were
not
called
at
the
trial
,
or
order
the
examination
of
the
witnesses
to
be
conducted
in
a
manner
provided
by
rules
of
court
,
or
in
the
absence
of
rules
of
court
,
in
such
manner
as
the
Court
may
direct
,
before
any
Justice
of
the
Court
or
before
any
officer
of
the
Court
or
other
person
appointed
by
the
court
for
the
purpose
,
and
allow
the
admission
of
any
depositions
taken
as
evidence
before
the
court
.
33
.
(
1
)
The
court
before
which
a
person
is
convicted
or
the
court
to
which
an
appeal
is
.
made
may
if
it
thinks
fit
on
the
application
of
an
appellant
grant
the
appellant
bail
pending
the
determination
of
his
appeal
.
(
2
)
Where
an
appeal
has
been
lodged
by
a
person
entitled
to
appeal
,
the
court
to
which
the
appeal
is
made
may
,
pending
the
hearing
and
for
reasons
to
be
recorded
by
it
in
writing
,
order
that
the
execution
of
the
sentence
or
order
appealed
against
be
suspended
.
(
3
)
The
time
during
which
an
appellant
is
released
on
bail
pending
the
determination
of
his
appeal
shall
not
count
as
part
of
any
term
of
imprisonment
under
his
sentence
.
(
4
)
Subject
to
subsection
(
3
)
and
to
any
directions
which
may
be
given
by
the
court
,
a
sentence
of
imprisonment
shall
begin
to
run
as
from
the
day
on
which
the
prisoner
is
received
into
prison
under
the
sentence
.
(
5
)
Where
a
question
of
law
is
reserved
for
the
consideration
of
the
Court
of
appeal
under
section
I
00
of
this
Act
,
the
provisions
of
this
section
shall
,
with
the
necessary
modifications
apply
to
the
person
in
relation
to
whose
conviction
the
question
of
law
is
reserved
as
it
applies
to
an
appellant
.
(
6
)
An
appellant
who
is
in
custody
shall
,
if
he
so
desires
,
be
entitled
to
be
present
at
the
hearing
of
the
appeal
unless
he
,
conducts
-
himself
in
such
a
manner
as
to
render
the
continuation
of
the
proceedings
in
his
presence
impracticable
and
the
Court
orders
him
to
be
removed
for
the
trial
to
proceed
in
his
absence
;
but
the
appellate
court
may
exercise
any
power
to
pass
sentence
notwithstanding
that
the
appellant
is
for
any
reason
not
present
.
(
7
)
Where
the
appeal
is
by
the
prosecution
the
respondent
shall
be
entitled
,
with
such
modifications
as
may
be
necessary
,
to
the
rights
of
the
appellant
under
this
section
.
(
8
)
Subject
to
the
provisions
of
the
Constitution
the
judgment
of
an
appellate
court
on
any
appeal
shall
be
enforced
in
the
same
manner
as
if
it
were
a
judgment
of
the
court
from
whose
decision
the
appeal
was
brought
.
(
9
)
For
the
removal
of
doubt
an
appellate
court
shall
,
in
a
criminal
case
have
power
to
impose
only
such
sentence
as
could
have
been
imposed
by
the
court
by
which
the
case
was
tried
.
(
10
)
An
appeal
in
a
criminal
case
shall
abate
on
the
death
of
the
person
to
whom
the
decision
against
which
the
appeal
is
brought
relates
except
that
this
subsection
shall
not
apply
to
any
order
requiring
the
payment
of
a
fine
,
costs
or
compensation
or
the
delivery
or
restitution
of
any
property
or
the
payment
of
its
value
or
the
destruction
or
forfeiture
of
any
property
.
34
.
(
1
)
Where
the
Supreme
Court
considers
that
an
appeal
made
to
the
Court
is
frivolous
or
vexatious
or
does
not
show
any
substantial
ground
of
appeal
,
the
Court
may
dismiss
the
appeal
summarily
without
calling
on
any
person
to
attend
the
hearing
.
(
2
)
Without
prejudice
to
the
generality
of
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
an
appeal
against
a
conviction
in
a
criminal
case
may
be
dismissed
summarily
under
that
subsection
where
the
appellant
has
pleaded
guilty
and
has
been
convicted
on
his
own
plea
.
l
Section
35
amended
by
Act
620
35
.
(
1
)
Where
a
person
is
charged
with
an
offence
before
the
High
Court
or
a
Regional
Tribunal
the
commission
of
which
has
caused
economic
loss
,
harm
or
damage
to
the
State
or
any
State
agency
,
the
accused
may
inform
the
prosecutor
whether
he
admits
the
offence
and
is
willing
to
offer
compensation
or
make
restitution
and
reparation
for
the
loss
,
harm
or
damage
caused
.
(
2
)
Where
an
accused
makes
an
offer
of
compensation
or
restitution
in
addition
to
reparation
to
the
satisfaction
of
the
Court
,
the
Court
shall
thereupon
proceed
to
accept
a
plea
of
guilty
from
the
accused
and
convict
him
on
his
own
plea
.
(
3
)
Where
an
accused
to
whom
this
section
applies
is
after
conviction
,
willing
and
able
to
pay
compensation
or
make
restitution
and
reparation
,
the
Court
may
in
lieu
of
passing
sentence
on
him
,
make
an
order
for
him
to
pay
compensation
or
make
restitution
and
reparation
.
(
4
)
An
order
of
the
Court
under
subsection
(
3
)
shall
be
subject
to
such
conditions
as
the
Court
may
direct
.
(
5
)
Where
a
person
convicted
under
this
section
defaults
in
the
payment
of
any
money
required
of
him
under
this
section
or
fails
to
fulfil
any
condition
imposed
by
the
Court
under
subsection
(
4
)
,
any
amount
outstanding
shall
become
due
and
payable
and
the
Court
may
proceed
to
pass
a
suspended
sentence
which
shall
become
enforceable
after
6
months
from
the
date
of
it
'
s
pronouncement
on
the
convicted
person
.
l
Section
35
of
Act
459
amended
4
.
The
principal
enactment
is
amended
by
the
substitution
for
section
35
of
the
following
:
"
Offer
of
35
.
(
1
)
Where
a
person
is
charged
with
an
offence
before
compensation
the
High
Court
or
a
Regional
Tribunal
,
the
commission
of
or
restitution
.
which
has
caused
economic
loss
,
harm
or
damage
to
the
State
or
any
State
agency
,
the
accused
may
inform
the
prosecutor
whether
the
accused
admits
the
offence
and
is
willing
to
offer
compensation
or
make
restitution
and
reparation
for
the
loss
,
harm
or
damage
caused
.
(
2
)
Where
an
accused
makes
an
offer
of
compensation
or
restitution
and
reparation
,
the
prosecutor
shall
consider
if
the
offer
is
acceptable
to
the
prosecution
.
(
3
)
If
the
offer
is
not
acceptable
to
the
prosecution
the
case
before
the
Court
shall
proceed
.
(
4
)
If
the
offer
is
acceptable
to
the
prosecution
,
the
prosecutor
shall
in
the
presence
of
the
accused
,
inform
the
Court
which
shall
consider
if
the
offer
of
compensation
or
restitution
and
reparation
is
satisfactory
.
(
5
)
Where
the
Court
considers
the
offer
to
be
satisfactory
,
the
Court
shall
accept
a
plea
of
guilty
from
the
accused
and
convict
the
accused
on
his
own
plea
,
and
in
lieu
of
passing
sentence
on
the
accused
,
make
an
order
for
the
accused
to
pay
compensation
or
make
restitution
and
reparation
.
(
6
)
An
order
of
the
Court
under
subsection
(
5
)
shall
be
subject
to
such
conditions
as
the
Court
may
direct
.
(
7
)
Where
a
person
convicted
under
this
section
defaults
in
the
payment
of
any
money
required
of
the
person
under
this
section
or
fails
to
fulfil
any
condition
imposed
by
the
Court
under
subsection
(
6
)
,
any
amount
outstanding
shall
become
due
and
payable
and
upon
failure
to
make
the
payment
,
the
Court
shall
proceed
to
pass
a
custodial
sentence
on
the
accused
.
"
36
.
(
1
)
The
Superior
Courts
of
Judicature
shall
have
the
power
to
commit
for
contempt
to
themselves
and
all
such
powers
as
were
vested
in
a
court
of
record
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
of
the
Constitution
in
relation
to
contempt
of
court
.
(
2
)
In
the
exercise
of
the
judicial
power
conferred
upon
the
Judiciary
by
the
Constitution
,
this
Act
or
any
other
law
,
the
Superior
Court
of
Judicature
shall
have
power
,
in
relation
to
any
matter
within
its
jurisdiction
,
to
issue
such
orders
as
may
be
necessary
to
ensure
the
enforcement
of
any
judgment
,
decree
or
order
of
the
Court
.
3
7
.
(
1
)
The
Supreme
Court
,
the
Court
of
Appeal
,
the
High
Court
and
the
Regional
Tribunal
shall
each
have
a
seal
which
shall
-
(
a
)
be
used
as
occasion
may
require
;
(
b
)
have
a
device
or
an
impression
of
the
Arms
of
Ghana
with
the
inscription
of
the
words
"
Superior
Court
of
Judicature
"
together
respectively
,
with
the
words
"
Supreme
Court
"
,
"
Court
of
Appeal
"
,
"
High
Court
of
Justice
"
,
or
"
Regional
Tribunal
"
,
and
(
c
)
be
in
such
form
as
the
Chief
Justice
may
prescribe
.
(
2
)
The
seal
of
the
Supreme
Court
shall
be
kept
by
the
Chief
Justice
and
a
duplicate
of
the
seal
shall
be
kept
by
each
Justice
of
the
Court
or
by
any
other
public
officer
approved
by
the
Chief
Justice
.
(
3
)
The
seal
of
the
Court
of
Appeal
shall
be
kept
by
the
Chief
Justice
and
a
duplicate
of
the
seal
shall
be
kept
by
each
Justice
of
the
Court
or
by
any
other
public
officer
approved
by
the
Chief
Justice
.
(
4
)
The
seal
of
the
High
Court
of
justice
shall
be
kept
by
the
Chief
Justice
and
a
duplicate
of
the
seal
shall
be
kept
by
each
Justice
of
the
Court
or
by
any
other
public
officer
approved
by
the
Chief
Justice
.
(
5
)
The
seal
of
a
Regional
Tribunal
shall
be
kept
by
the
Chief
Justice
and
a
duplicate
shall
be
kept
by
the
Chairman
of
the
Regional
Tribunal
or
by
any
other
public
officer
approved
by
the
Chief
Justice
.
38
.
Subject
to
the
provisions
of
clause
(
4
)
of
article
136
.
of
the
Constitution
,
the
sittings
of
the
Supreme
Court
,
the
Court
of
appeal
,
the
High
Court
or
a
Regional
Tribunal
shall
be
usually
held
in
such
places
as
the
Chief
Justice
may
determine
,
except
that
the
proceedings
of
any
such
Court
shall
not
be
invalidated
by
the
fact
that
the
sittings
of
the
Court
in
relation
to
any
proceedings
took
place
in
a
place
other
than
a
place
determined
under
this
section
.
lPart
11
of
Act
459
replaced
by
Act
620
PART
II
-
LOWER
COURTS
AND
TRIBUNALS
39
.
The
following
are
by
this
Act
established
as
the
Lower
Courts
and
Tribunals
of
Ghana
-
(
a
)
Circuit
Court
and
Circuit
Tribunal
;
(
b
)
Community
Tribunal
;
(
c
)
the
National
House
of
chiefs
,
Regional
Houses
of
chiefs
and
every
Traditional
Council
,
in
respect
of
the
jurisdiction
of
any
such
House
or
Council
to
adjudicate
over
any
cause
or
matter
affecting
chieftaincy
;
and
(
e
)
such
other
lower
courts
or
tribunals
as
Parliament
may
by
law
establish
.
Sub
-
Part
I
-
Circuit
Court
and
Circuit
Tribunal
40
.
(
I
)
There
shall
be
established
in
each
region
of
Ghana
such
Circuit
Courts
as
the
Chief
Justice
may
by
legislative
instrument
specify
.
(
2
)
An
instrument
issued
under
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
shall
specify
the
area
of
jurisdiction
of
the
Circuit
Court
.
(
3
)
There
shall
be
assigned
for
each
Circuit
Court
established
under
this
Act
a
Judge
who
shall
be
appointed
,
subject
to
the
approval
of
the
President
,
by
the
Chief
Justice
acting
on
the
advice
of
the
Judicial
Council
.
(
4
)
A
person
shall
not
be
appointed
a
Circuit
Judge
unless
he
is
of
high
moral
character
and
proven
integrity
and
is
of
not
less
than
five
years
standing
as
a
lawyer
.
(
5
)
Each
Circuit
Court
Judge
shall
exercise
the
jurisdiction
conferred
upon
him
by
this
Act
or
any
other
enactment
for
the
time
being
in
force
in
respect
of
causes
and
matters
arising
within
his
area
of
jurisdiction
.
(
6
)
A
Circuit
Court
shall
hold
its
sittings
at
such
places
and
times
as
the
Chief
Justice
may
direct
.
(
7
)
Subject
to
any
direction
of
the
Chief
Justice
,
the
sittings
of
a
Circuit
Court
shall
be
held
at
such
places
and
times
as
the
Circuit
Court
Judge
may
think
fit
.
(
8
)
Without
prejudice
to
subsection
(
3
)
of
this
section
,
the
Chief
Justice
,
any
Justice
of
the
Superior
Court
of
Judicature
or
a
Chairman
of
a
Circuit
Tribunal
nominated
by
the
Chief
Justice
may
sit
as
a
Circuit
Court
Judge
.
41
.
(
I
)
The
jurisdiction
of
a
Circuit
Court
shall
consist
of
the
following
-
(
a
)
original
jurisdiction
in
civil
matters
-
(
i
)
in
all
personal
actions
arising
under
contract
or
tort
or
for
the
recovery
of
any
liquidated
sum
,
where
the
amount
claimed
is
not
more
than
10
,
000
,
000
.
00
;
(
ii
)
in
all
actions
between
landlord
and
tenant
for
the
possession
of
land
claimed
under
lease
and
refused
to
be
delivered
up
;
(
iii
)
in
all
causes
and
matters
involving
the
ownership
,
possession
,
occupation
of
or
title
to
land
;
(
iv
)
to
appoint
guardians
of
infants
and
to
make
orders
for
the
custody
of
infants
;
(
v
)
to
grant
in
any
action
instituted
in
the
Court
,
injunctions
or
orders
to
stay
waste
,
or
alienation
or
for
the
detention
and
preservation
of
property
the
subject
matter
of
that
action
or
to
restrain
breaches
of
contract
or
the
commission
of
any
tort
;
(
vi
)
in
all
claims
for
relief
by
way
of
interpleader
in
respect
of
land
or
other
property
attached
in
execution
of
a
decree
made
by
a
Circuit
Court
;
(
vii
)
(
vii
)
in
applications
for
the
grant
of
probate
or
letters
of
administration
in
respect
of
the
estate
of
a
deceased
person
,
and
in
causes
and
matters
relating
to
succession
to
property
of
a
deceased
person
,
who
had
at
the
time
of
his
death
a
fixed
place
of
abode
within
the
area
of
jurisdiction
of
the
Court
and
the
value
of
the
estate
or
property
in
question
does
not
exceed
1
0
,
000
,
000
.
00
;
and
(
b
)
any
other
jurisdiction
conferred
by
this
Act
or
any
other
enactment
.
(
2
)
Where
there
is
a
dispute
as
to
whether
or
not
any
amount
claimed
or
the
value
of
any
land
or
property
in
any
action
,
cause
or
matter
is
in
excess
of
the
amount
or
value
specified
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
in
relation
to
that
action
,
cause
or
matter
,
the
Circuit
Court
in
question
shall
call
evidence
as
to
the
said
amount
or
value
and
if
it
finds
that
it
exceeds
the
amount
or
value
specified
in
subsection
(
1
)
it
shall
transfer
the
case
to
the
High
Court
.
(
3
)
Where
the
amount
claimed
or
the
value
of
any
land
or
property
exceeds
the
amount
or
value
specified
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
the
Circuit
Court
shall
,
notwithstanding
that
subsection
,
proceed
to
hear
the
case
if
the
parties
agree
that
it
should
do
so
.
(
4
)
The
Chief
Justice
may
by
legislative
instrument
increase
or
reduce
the
amount
or
value
specified
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
.
42
.
A
person
aggrieved
by
a
decision
or
order
of
a
Circuit
Court
may
,
subject
to
the
provisions
of
this
Act
and
rules
of
court
,
appeal
to
the
Court
f
of
Appeal
.
43
.
(
1
)
There
shall
be
established
in
each
region
of
Ghana
such
Circuit
Tribunals
as
the
Chief
Justice
may
by
legislative
instrument
specify
.
(
2
)
An
instrument
issued
under
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
shall
specify
the
area
of
jurisdiction
of
the
Circuit
Tribunal
which
shall
be
the
same
as
the
area
of
jurisdiction
of
the
corresponding
Circuit
Court
in
the
region
.
(
3
)
A
Circuit
Tribunal
shall
be
duly
constituted
by
a
panel
consisting
of
a
Chairman
and
not
less
than
two
or
more
than
four
'
other
members
.
(
4
)
A
person
shall
not
be
appointed
to
be
a
Chairman
of
a
Circuit
Tribunal
unless
he
is
qualified
to
be
appointed
a
Circuit
Court
Judge
.
(
5
)
A
Chairman
of
a
Circuit
Tribunal
shall
be
appointed
,
subject
to
the
approval
of
the
President
,
by
the
Chief
Justice
on
the
advice
of
the
Judicial
Council
.
(
6
)
Panel
members
of
Circuit
Tribunal
shall
be
appointed
by
the
Chief
Justice
,
acting
in
consultation
with
the
relevant
Regional
Coordinating
Council
and
on
the
advice
of
the
Judicial
Council
.
(
7
)
Panel
members
of
a
Circuit
Tribunal
shall
be
persons
of
high
moral
character
and
proven
integrity
who
are
resident
within
the
area
of
jurisdiction
of
the
Circuit
Tribunal
.
(
8
)
Except
as
otherwise
provided
in
this
Act
,
the
Judicial
Council
shall
determine
the
qualifications
,
tenure
of
office
and
other
conditions
of
service
of
panel
members
of
Circuit
Tribunal
.
(
9
)
A
Circuit
Tribunal
shall
hold
its
sittings
at
such
places
and
times
as
the
Chief
Justice
may
direct
.
(
IO
)
Subject
to
the
directions
of
the
Chief
Justice
the
sittings
of
a
Circuit
Tribunal
shall
be
held
at
such
places
and
times
as
the
Chairman
of
the
Tribunal
may
determine
.
(
I
1
)
The
Chief
Justice
,
or
other
Justice
of
the
Superior
Courts
or
a
judge
of
the
Circuit
Court
nominated
by
the
Chief
Justice
may
sit
as
Chairman
of
a
Circuit
Tribunal
.
44
.
(
1
)
Subject
to
subsection
(
2
)
of
this
section
a
Circuit
Tribunal
shall
within
the
area
of
its
jurisdiction
have
originals
jurisdiction
in
all
criminal
matters
arising
within
their
jurisdiction
.
(
2
)
A
Circuit
Tribunal
does
not
have
jurisdiction
to
try
-
(
a
)
the
offence
of
treason
or
murder
;
or
(
b
)
an
offence
declared
by
any
enactment
to
be
first
degree
felony
;
or
(
c
)
an
offence
punishable
by
death
or
by
life
imprisonment
.
(
3
)
A
Circuit
Tribunal
does
not
have
jurisdiction
in
any
civil
cause
or
matter
.
(
4
)
A
Circuit
Tribunal
shall
try
all
cases
before
it
summarily
and
for
that
purpose
,
the
provisions
of
the
Criminal
Procedure
Code
1960
(
Act
30
)
,
the
Evidence
Decree
1975
(
NRCD
323
)
and
any
rules
of
court
applicable
to
summary
trial
of
offences
by
a
Circuit
Court
in
existence
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
oft
his
Act
shall
apply
to
trial
of
criminal
cases
by
Circuit
Tribunals
.
(
5
)
A
Circuit
Tribunal
shall
in
the
exercise
of
its
jurisdiction
under
this
Act
have
and
exercise
all
the
powers
of
a
Circuit
Court
in
existence
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
in
criminal
matters
.
45
.
(
I
)
The
determination
of
any
question
before
a
Circuit
Tribunal
in
the
exercise
of
its
jurisdiction
shall
be
in
accordance
with
the
opinion
of
the
majority
of
the
members
hearing
the
case
.
(
2
)
Where
the
majority
does
not
include
the
Chairman
and
the
accused
is
convicted
,
the
accused
shall
,
where
he
gives
notice
to
appeal
against
the
decision
,
be
granted
bail
by
the
Tribunal
subject
to
such
conditions
as
the
Tribunal
may
determine
.
(
3
)
The
prosecution
or
a
person
convicted
of
an
offence
by
a
Circuit
,
Tribunal
may
appeal
to
the
Regional
Tribunal
on
a
question
of
law
or
fact
against
the
acquittal
,
conviction
or
sentence
other
than
a
sentence
fixed
by
law
)
or
against
any
order
made
by
the
Circuit
Tribunal
in
respect
of
the
trial
.
(
4
)
For
the
purpose
of
subsection
(
3
)
,
an
order
requiring
a
person
to
enter
into
a
recognisance
is
a
conviction
.
SUB
-
PART
II
-
COMMUNITY
TIUBUNALS
46
.
(
1
)
There
shall
be
in
each
District
of
Ghana
such
Community
Tribunals
as
the
Chief
Justice
shall
by
legislative
instrument
determine
.
(
2
A
Community
Tribunal
shall
be
duly
constituted
by
a
panel
consisting
of
a
Chairman
and
not
less
than
two
or
more
than
four
other
members
.
(
3
)
A
person
shall
not
be
appointed
to
be
a
Chairman
of
a
Community
Tribunal
unless
he
is
of
high
moral
character
and
proven
integrity
and
shall
be
preferably
a
lawyer
of
not
less
than
three
years
standing
or
a
person
with
such
judicial
or
legal
experience
as
the
Chief
Justice
shall
on
the
advice
of
the
Judicial
Council
determine
.
(
4
)
A
Chairman
of
a
Community
Tribunal
shall
be
appointed
subject
to
the
approval
of
the
President
,
by
the
Chief
Justice
on
the
advice
of
the
Judicial
Council
.
(
5
)
Panel
members
of
a
Community
Tribunal
shall
be
appointed
by
the
Chief
Justice
acting
in
consultation
with
the
relevant
District
Assembly
and
on
the
advice
of
the
Judicial
Council
.
(
6
)
Members
of
a
Community
Tribunal
shall
be
persons
of
high
moral
character
and
proven
integrity
who
are
resident
in
the
area
of
the
jurisdiction
of
the
Community
Tribunal
.
(
7
)
Traditional
rulers
in
the
Districts
shall
whenever
possible
be
appointed
to
serve
as
panel
members
on
Community
Tribunals
.
(
8
)
Except
as
otherwise
provided
in
this
Act
,
the
Judicial
Council
shall
determine
the
qualifications
,
tenure
of
office
and
other
conditions
of
service
of
panel
members
of
Community
Tribunals
other
than
the
Chairman
.
(
9
)
Without
prejudice
to
any
provision
in
this
section
,
the
Chief
Justice
,
any
judge
of
the
Superior
Court
of
Judicature
,
a
Chairman
of
a
Regional
or
Circuit
Tribunal
or
a
Circuit
Court
judge
may
on
the
direction
of
the
Chief
Justice
sit
as
a
Chairman
of
a
Community
Tribunal
.
(
I0
)
Sittings
of
a
Community
Tribunal
shall
be
held
at
such
places
and
times
as
the
Chief
Justice
may
direct
.
(
I1
)
Subject
to
any
such
directions
,
the
sittings
may
be
held
at
such
places
and
times
as
the
Chairman
thinks
proper
.
47
.
(
1
)
A
Community
Tribunal
shall
within
the
area
of
its
jurisdiction
have
civil
jurisdiction
in
the
following
cases
-
(
a
)
in
all
personal
actions
arising
under
contract
or
tort
for
the
recovery
of
any
liquidated
sum
where
the
amount
claimed
does
not
exceed
05
,
000
,
000
.
00
;
(
b
)
to
grant
in
any
action
in
stituted
in
the
Community
Tribunal
,
injunctions
or
orders
to
stay
waste
or
alienation
or
for
the
detention
and
preservation
of
any
property
the
subject
matter
of
that
action
,
or
restrain
breaches
of
contracts
or
the
commission
of
any
tort
;
(
c
)
in
all
claims
for
relief
by
way
of
interpleader
in
respect
of
land
or
other
property
attached
in
execution
of
a
decree
made
by
the
Community
Tribunal
;
(
d
)
in
all
civil
causes
or
matters
relating
to
the
landlord
and
tenant
of
any
premises
or
any
person
interested
in
such
premises
as
required
or
authorised
by
any
law
relating
to
land
or
and
tenant
;
(
e
)
in
actions
relating
to
ownership
,
possession
or
occupation
of
land
where
the
value
of
the
land
does
not
exceed
05
,
000
,
000
.
00
;
in
divorce
and
other
matrimonial
causes
or
matters
and
actions
for
paternity
and
custody
of
children
where
the
law
applicable
is
exclusively
customary
law
;
and
(
g
)
in
applications
for
the
grant
of
probate
or
letters
of
administration
in
respect
of
the
estate
of
a
deceased
person
,
and
in
causes
and
matters
relating
to
succession
to
property
of
a
deceased
person
,
who
had
at
the
time
of
his
death
a
fixed
place
of
abode
within
the
area
of
jurisdiction
of
the
Community
Tribunal
and
the
value
of
the
estate
or
property
in
question
does
not
excee
05
,
000
,
000
,
.
00
;
(
h
)
hear
and
determine
charges
and
dispose
of
other
matters
affecting
juveniles
that
is
persons
under
the
age
of
seventeen
.
(
2
)
A
Community
Tribunal
shall
also
have
jurisdiction
to
hear
and
determine
any
action
arising
under
the
Maintenance
of
children
'
s
Decree
1977
(
SMCD
133
)
and
shall
for
purposes
of
that
enactment
be
the
Family
Tribunal
and
exercise
all
the
powers
conferred
on
the
Family
Tribunal
under
that
enactment
.
(
3
)
Where
a
Community
Tribunal
sits
as
a
Family
Tribunal
or
as
a
Juvenile
Court
,
the
panel
of
the
Community
Tribunal
shall
include
a
Social
Welfare
Officer
appointed
by
the
Chief
Justice
on
the
recommendation
of
the
Director
of
Social
Welfare
.
(
4
)
A
Community
Tribunal
shall
have
and
exercise
jurisdiction
and
power
conferred
on
District
Courts
Grades
I
and
11
in
both
civil
and
criminal
matters
under
any
other
enactment
in
existence
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
.
(
5
)
Where
there
is
dispute
as
to
whether
or
not
any
amount
claimed
or
the
value
of
any
land
or
property
in
any
action
,
cause
or
matter
is
in
excess
of
the
amount
or
value
specified
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
in
relation
to
that
action
,
cause
or
matter
the
Community
Tribunal
in
question
shall
call
evidence
as
to
the
said
amount
or
value
and
if
it
finds
that
it
exceeds
the
amount
or
value
specified
in
subsection
(
1
)
it
shall
,
subject
to
the
powers
of
transfer
of
the
Chief
Justice
,
transfer
the
case
in
a
civil
matter
to
a
Circuit
Court
or
in
a
criminal
matter
to
a
Circuit
Tribunal
.
(
6
)
Where
in
any
action
,
cause
or
matter
the
amount
claimed
or
the
value
of
any
land
or
property
exceeds
the
amount
or
value
specified
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
,
the
Community
Tribunal
shall
notwithstanding
that
subsection
,
proceed
to
hear
the
case
if
the
parties
agree
that
it
should
do
so
.
(
7
)
The
Chief
Justice
may
by
legislative
instrument
increase
or
reduce
the
amount
or
value
specified
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
.
48
.
(
1
)
In
criminal
matters
a
community
Tribunal
has
jurisdiction
to
try
summarily
-
(
a
)
an
offence
punishable
by
a
fine
not
exceeding
0200
,
000
.
00
or
imprisonment
for
a
term
not
exceeding
two
years
;
(
b
)
any
other
offence
(
except
an
offence
punishable
by
death
or
by
imprisonment
for
life
or
an
offence
declared
by
any
enactment
to
be
a
first
degree
felony
)
if
the
Attorney
General
is
of
the
opinion
that
having
regard
to
the
nature
of
the
offence
,
the
absence
of
circumstances
which
would
render
the
offence
of
a
grave
or
serious
character
and
all
other
circumstances
of
the
case
,
the
case
is
suitable
to
be
tried
summarily
;
(
c
)
an
attempt
to
commit
an
offence
to
which
paragraph
(
a
)
or
(
b
)
of
this
subsection
applies
;
(
d
)
abetment
of
or
conspiracy
in
respect
of
any
such
offence
.
(
2
)
Subject
to
the
other
provisions
of
this
section
,
a
Community
Tribunal
shall
in
the
exercise
of
its
jurisdiction
in
criminal
matters
not
impose
a
term
of
imprisonment
exceeding
two
years
or
a
fine
exceeding
0200
,
000
.
00
or
both
.
(
3
)
A
Community
Tribunal
does
not
have
jurisdiction
to
try
an
offence
under
paragraph
(
b
)
,
(
c
)
or
(
d
)
of
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
where
the
enactment
creating
the
offence
has
prescribed
in
relation
to
the
offence
a
minimum
penalty
that
exceeds
the
penalty
permitted
to
be
imposed
by
a
Community
Tribunal
under
subsection
(
2
)
of
this
section
.
(
4
)
Where
under
any
enactment
increased
punishment
may
be
imposed
upon
any
person
previously
convicted
of
a
crime
,
a
Community
Tribunal
may
impose
such
increased
punishment
,
or
twice
the
maximum
punishment
prescribed
by
subsection
(
2
)
whichever
is
the
lesser
.
(
5
)
The
Chief
Justice
may
by
legislative
instrument
increase
or
reduce
the
amount
or
value
specified
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
.
(
6
)
A
Community
Tribunal
shall
also
have
jurisdiction
to
try
juvenile
offenders
and
shall
for
that
purpose
exercise
all
the
powers
and
functions
of
the
Juvenile
Court
in
existence
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
.
49
.
Until
provision
is
,
made
by
rules
of
court
and
subject
to
the
provisions
of
this
sub
-
part
,
the
rules
and
procedure
applicable
to
the
District
Court
Grade
I
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
in
criminal
trials
and
civil
action
shall
with
such
modifications
as
are
necessary
apply
to
a
community
Tribunal
in
the
exercise
of
its
jurisdiction
under
this
Act
.
50
.
(
1
)
The
determination
of
any
question
before
a
community
Tribunal
in
the
exercise
of
its
jurisdiction
shall
be
in
accordance
with
the
opinion
of
the
majority
of
the
members
hearing
the
case
.
(
2
)
Where
the
majority
does
not
include
the
Chairman
and
in
a
criminal
trial
the
accused
is
convicted
,
the
accused
shall
,
where
he
gives
notice
to
appeal
against
the
decision
,
be
granted
bail
by
the
Tribunal
subject
to
such
conditions
as
the
Tribunal
may
determine
.
(
3
)
The
prosecution
or
a
person
convicted
of
an
offence
by
a
Community
Tribunal
may
appeal
to
the
Regional
Tribunal
in
the
region
on
a
question
of
law
or
fact
against
the
acquittal
,
conviction
or
sentence
(
other
than
a
sentence
fixed
by
law
)
or
against
any
order
made
by
the
Community
Tribunal
in
respect
of
the
trial
.
(
4
)
For
the
purpose
of
subsection
(
3
)
,
an
order
requiring
a
person
to
enter
into
a
recognisance
is
a
conviction
.
(
5
)
A
person
aggrieved
by
a
judgment
,
decision
or
order
of
a
Community
Tribunal
in
a
civil
cause
or
matter
may
appeal
to
the
High
Court
against
the
judgment
,
decision
or
order
.
51
.
(
1
)
Every
Community
Tribunal
shall
in
addition
to
any
jurisdiction
conferred
by
this
Act
,
have
such
other
functions
as
may
be
conferred
or
imposed
on
it
by
any
other
enactment
.
(
2
)
Every
Chairman
of
a
Community
Tribunal
may
administer
oaths
,
take
solemn
affirmations
and
declarations
,
make
such
decrees
and
orders
,
issue
such
process
and
exercise
such
powers
,
judicial
and
ministerial
in
relation
to
the
administration
of
justice
as
are
prescribed
by
any
enactment
,
rules
of
court
,
or
special
order
of
the
Tribunal
.
(
3
)
A
writ
of
summons
for
the
commencement
of
any
action
in
the
High
Court
or
a
Circuit
may
,
without
prejudice
to
any
power
conferred
on
the
High
Court
or
a
Circuit
Court
by
any
other
provision
of
this
Act
or
rules
of
court
,
be
filed
with
any
,
Community
Tribunal
and
it
shall
be
the
duty
of
the
Tribunal
with
which
the
writ
is
filed
to
transmit
the
writ
immediately
to
the
High
Court
or
Circuit
Court
at
which
the
action
in
respect
of
which
the
writ
is
filed
is
to
be
determined
.
(
4
)
No
act
done
by
or
under
the
authority
of
a
Chairman
of
a
Community
Tribunal
shall
be
void
or
impeachable
by
reason
only
that
the
act
was
done
,
or
that
any
act
,
offence
,
or
matter
in
respect
of
or
in
relation
to
which
the
act
was
done
,
occurred
beyond
the
limits
of
the
district
or
area
for
which
the
Community
Tribunal
was
appointed
.
(
5
)
Where
in
any
proceedings
before
,
a
Community
Tribunal
the
defendant
raises
an
objection
to
the
jurisdiction
of
the
Tribunal
which
,
might
but
for
this
section
have
been
valid
,
then
if
-
(
a
)
in
a
civil
case
,
the
objection
is
raised
at
a
time
,
before
the
plaintiff
calls
his
first
witness
in
support
of
hi
!
claim
;
or
(
b
)
in
a
criminal
case
,
the
objection
is
raised
at
or
before
the
time
when
the
defendant
is
required
to
plead
to
the
charge
,
the
Tribunal
shall
consider
the
objection
,
and
if
it
appears
to
it
that
there
is
prima
facie
proof
of
the
objection
,
it
shall
,
in
a
civil
case
report
the
matter
to
the
High
Court
and
in
a
criminal
case
report
it
to
the
Regional
Tribunal
who
shall
as
the
case
may
be
direct
where
the
matter
shall
be
heard
and
determined
.
(
6
)
Every
Community
Tribunal
shall
,
when
required
by
a
court
,
execute
any
order
or
process
issuing
from
that
court
and
shall
take
security
from
any
m
person
named
in
the
order
or
process
for
his
appearance
in
the
court
and
shall
,
in
default
send
the
person
to
the
place
name
in
the
order
or
process
.
52
.
(
1
)
At
the
end
of
every
month
,
every
Chairman
of
a
Community
Tribunal
shall
forward
to
the
Regional
Tribunal
for
the
time
being
exercising
jurisdiction
over
the
district
,
a
complete
list
of
all
criminal
cases
decided
by
or
brought
before
the
Tribunal
during
that
month
,
sitting
out
the
name
of
the
accused
,
the
offence
with
which
he
was
charged
,
and
the
date
of
conviction
and
the
sentence
,
or
of
acquittal
or
discharge
,
as
the
case
may
be
,
and
in
every
case
the
order
of
the
Tribunal
in
full
.
(
2
)
Upon
receipt
of
the
list
referred
to
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
the
Regional
Tribunal
may
,
if
it
thinks
fit
,
call
for
a
copy
of
the
record
of
any
case
included
in
the
list
and
,
either
without
seeing
the
record
or
after
seeing
it
,
and
either
without
hearing
argument
or
after
hearing
argument
,
may
-
(
a
)
subject
to
any
enactment
fixing
a
minimum
penalty
vary
the
sentence
or
impose
such
other
sentence
warranted
in
law
by
the
verdict
which
the
Community
Tribunal
could
have
imposed
in
substitution
for
the
sentence
imposed
as
the
Regional
Tribunal
thinks
ought
to
have
been
imposed
;
or
(
b
)
subject
to
any
enactment
requiring
a
particular
order
to
be
made
,
set
aside
an
order
or
modify
an
order
in
such
form
as
the
Regional
Tribunal
thinks
fit
;
or
(
c
)
set
aside
the
conviction
,
in
which
case
the
person
if
under
detention
shall
be
immediately
released
from
detention
,
and
any
fine
already
paid
shall
be
refunded
to
the
person
fined
,
and
any
security
given
shall
be
released
;
or
(
d
)
set
aside
the
acquittal
,
record
a
conviction
and
impose
any
sentence
which
the
Community
Tribunal
could
have
imposed
;
or
(
e
)
set
aside
the
conviction
or
acquittal
and
order
a
new
trial
or
a
preliminary
enquiry
before
the
Community
Tribunal
which
made
the
conviction
or
acquittal
or
before
any
other
Community
Tribunal
;
or
(
f
)
order
further
evidence
to
be
taken
either
generally
or
on
some
particular
point
by
the
Community
Tribunal
which
passed
the
sentence
or
which
ordered
the
acquittal
and
order
in
the
meantime
any
person
who
has
been
convicted
and
imprisoned
to
be
released
on
bail
or
on
his
own
recognisance
;
and
(
g
)
make
such
other
order
as
interest
of
justice
may
require
,
and
give
all
necessary
and
consequential
directions
.
(
3
)
Upon
the
receipt
of
the
list
referred
to
in
sub
-
section
(
1
)
of
this
section
,
if
the
Regional
Tribunal
is
of
the
view
that
a
conviction
for
another
offence
ought
to
have
been
imposed
or
that
the
accused
was
guilty
of
the
act
charged
,
but
was
insane
so
as
not
to
be
responsible
for
his
action
at
the
time
when
he
did
the
act
,
the
Regional
Tribunal
shall
set
aside
the
conviction
and
send
back
the
case
for
rehearing
by
the
appropriate
Community
Tribunal
subject
to
such
directions
as
the
regional
Tribunal
may
think
fit
and
it
shall
further
inform
the
prosecution
and
the
defence
that
it
has
so
directed
.
(
4
)
When
a
person
convicted
has
appealed
against
the
conviction
,
or
has
applied
for
a
case
to
be
stated
by
the
Community
Tribunal
under
subsection
(
6
)
of
section
I
00
of
this
Act
,
the
Regional
Tribunal
shall
not
exercise
jurisdiction
under
this
section
in
relation
to
the
case
to
which
the
appeal
or
application
relates
.
(
5
)
When
action
on
the
list
as
provided
in
subsection
(
1
)
is
complete
,
or
if
the
Regional
Tribunal
decides
to
take
no
such
action
,
the
Regional
Tribunal
shall
direct
that
the
list
be
filed
;
but
the
direction
shall
not
have
the
effect
of
preventing
the
Regional
Tribunal
from
subsequently
taking
any
action
prescribed
in
that
subsection
if
it
thinks
fit
.
(
6
)
Three
months
after
the
last
day
of
the
month
to
which
the
list
relates
the
Regional
Tribunal
shall
become
functus
officio
in
respect
to
fall
cases
on
the
list
inrespect
of
which
no
action
has
been
taken
.
(
7
)
Proceedings
under
this
section
may
be
taken
by
the
Regional
Tribunal
on
its
own
motion
or
on
the
petition
of
any
person
interested
in
praying
for
the
exercise
of
the
revisional
powers
of
the
Tribunal
and
the
powers
may
be
exercised
notwithstanding
that
the
monthly
list
has
not
been
transmitted
to
or
received
by
the
Regional
Tribunal
.
53
.
(
1
)
Members
of
every
Community
Tribunal
shall
be
subject
to
the
orders
and
directions
of
the
High
Court
and
Regional
Tribunal
as
any
other
officer
of
the
Court
.
(
2
)
The
Judge
of
the
High
Court
for
the
time
being
exercising
jurisdiction
over
the
District
may
,
whenever
he
thinks
fit
,
require
the
Chairman
of
Community
Tribunal
to
render
to
the
Court
in
such
form
as
the
Court
directs
a
report
of
any
civil
cause
or
matter
which
may
be
brought
before
the
Tribunal
.
PART
III
-
COMMON
LAW
AND
CUSTOMARY
LAW
54
.
(
1
)
Subject
to
this
Act
and
any
other
enactment
,
a
court
when
determining
the
law
applicable
to
an
issue
arising
out
of
any
transaction
or
situation
,
shall
be
guided
by
the
following
rules
in
which
references
to
the
personal
law
of
a
person
are
references
to
the
system
of
customary
law
to
which
he
is
subject
or
to
the
common
law
where
he
is
not
subject
to
any
system
of
customary
law
:
Rule
1
.
An
issue
arising
out
of
a
transaction
shall
be
determined
according
to
the
system
of
law
intended
by
the
parties
to
the
transaction
to
govern
the
issue
or
the
system
of
law
which
the
parties
may
,
from
the
nature
or
form
of
the
transaction
be
taken
to
have
intended
to
govern
the
issue
.
Rule
2
.
In
the
absence
of
any
intention
to
the
contrary
,
the
law
applicable
to
any
issue
arising
out
of
the
devolution
of
a
person
'
s
estate
shall
be
the
personal
law
of
that
person
,
Rule
3
.
In
the
absence
of
any
intention
to
the
contrary
,
the
law
applicable
to
an
issue
as
to
title
between
persons
who
trace
their
claims
from
one
person
or
group
of
persons
or
from
different
persons
all
having
the
same
personal
law
,
shall
be
the
personal
law
of
that
person
or
those
persons
.
Rule
4
.
In
applying
Rules
2
and
3
to
disputes
relating
to
titles
to
land
,
due
regard
shall
be
had
to
any
overriding
provisions
of
the
law
of
the
place
in
which
the
land
is
situated
.
Rule
5
.
Subject
to
Rules
I
to
4
,
the
law
applicable
to
any
issue
arising
between
two
or
more
persons
shall
,
where
they
are
subject
to
the
same
personal
law
,
be
that
law
;
and
where
they
are
not
subject
to
the
same
personal
law
,
the
court
shall
apply
the
relevant
rules
of
their
different
systems
of
personal
law
to
achieve
a
result
that
conforms
with
natural
justice
,
equity
and
good
conscience
.
Rule
6
.
In
determining
an
issue
to
which
the
preceding
Rules
do
not
apply
,
the
court
shall
apply
such
principles
of
the
common
law
,
or
customary
law
,
or
both
,
as
will
do
substantial
justice
between
the
parties
,
having
regard
to
equity
and
good
conscience
.
Rule
7
.
Subject
to
any
directions
that
the
Supreme
Court
may
give
in
exercise
of
its
powers
under
article
132
of
the
Constitution
,
in
the
determination
of
any
issue
arising
from
the
common
law
or
customary
law
,
the
court
may
adopt
,
develop
and
apply
such
remedies
from
any
system
of
law
(
whether
Ghanaian
or
non
Ghanaian
)
as
appear
to
the
court
to
be
efficacious
and
to
meet
the
requirements
of
justice
,
equity
and
good
conscience
.
(
2
)
Subject
to
this
Act
and
any
other
enactment
,
the
rules
of
law
and
evidence
(
including
the
rules
of
private
international
law
)
that
have
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
been
applicable
in
proceedings
in
Ghana
shall
continue
to
apply
,
without
prejudice
to
any
development
of
the
rules
which
may
occur
.
55
.
(
1
)
Any
question
as
to
existence
or
content
of
a
rule
of
customary
law
is
a
question
of
law
for
the
court
and
not
a
question
of
fact
.
(
2
)
If
there
is
doubt
as
to
the
existence
or
content
of
a
rule
of
customary
law
relevant
in
any
proceedings
before
a
court
,
the
court
may
adjourn
the
proceedings
to
enable
an
inquiry
to
be
made
under
subsection
(
3
)
of
this
section
after
the
court
has
considered
submissions
made
by
or
;
on
behalf
of
the
parties
and
after
the
court
has
considered
reported
cases
,
textbooks
and
other
sources
that
may
be
appropriate
to
the
proceedings
.
(
3
)
The
inquiry
shall
be
held
as
part
of
the
proceedings
in
such
manner
as
the
court
considers
expedient
,
and
the
provisions
of
this
Act
relating
to
the
attendance
and
testimony
of
witnesses
shall
apply
with
such
modifications
as
may
appear
to
the
court
to
be
necessary
.
(
4
)
The
decision
as
to
the
persons
who
are
to
be
heard
at
the
inquiry
shall
be
one
for
the
court
,
after
hearing
the
submissions
on
it
made
by
or
on
behalf
of
the
parties
.
(
5
)
The
court
may
request
a
House
of
Chiefs
,
Divisional
or
Traditional
Council
or
other
body
with
knowledge
of
the
customary
law
in
question
to
state
its
opinion
which
may
be
laid
before
the
inquiry
in
written
form
.
PART
IV
-
EXERCISE
OF
JURISDICTION
,
EVIDENCE
AND
RULES
OF
COURT
56
,
(
l
)
Subject
to
this
section
,
the
Jurisdiction
of
the
courts
of
Ghana
in
criminal
matters
is
exercisable
only
in
respect
of
an
offence
committed
within
the
territory
of
Ghana
including
its
territorial
waters
and
air
space
and
in
respect
of
offences
committed
on
any
ship
or
aircraft
registered
or
licensed
in
Ghana
.
(
2
)
When
an
act
which
if
done
within
the
jurisdiction
of
a
court
,
would
be
a
criminal
offence
,
is
done
partly
within
and
partly
outside
the
jurisdiction
,
every
person
who
within
or
outside
the
jurisdiction
does
or
abets
any
part
of
the
act
may
be
tried
and
punished
as
if
the
act
had
been
done
wholly
within
the
jurisdiction
.
(
3
)
A
citizen
of
Ghana
who
-
(
a
)
while
employed
in
the
service
of
the
Republic
of
Ghana
or
of
any
statutory
corporation
does
an
act
outside
Ghana
which
if
done
in
Ghana
is
punishable
as
an
offence
;
or
(
b
)
does
an
act
outside
Ghana
which
if
done
in
Ghana
would
constitute
the
offence
of
murder
or
an
offence
under
section
183A
of
the
Criminal
Code
,
1960
(
Act
29
)
;
or
(
c
)
does
outside
Ghana
any
act
which
if
done
in
Ghana
constitutes
an
offence
involving
or
resulting
in
the
misappropriation
,
dissipation
or
loss
of
-
(
i
)
public
funds
;
(
ii
)
government
property
including
damage
to
government
property
;
(
iii
)
property
belonging
to
a
statutory
corporation
including
damage
.
to
the
property
of
the
statutory
corporation
;
(
d
)
does
any
act
on
the
premises
of
a
Ghanaian
diplomatic
mission
which
if
done
in
Ghana
would
be
punishable
as
an
offence
,
commits
an
offence
as
if
the
offence
was
done
in
Ghana
and
may
,
subject
to
section
46
of
the
Criminal
Procedure
Code
,
1960
(
Act
30
)
be
prosecuted
and
punished
in
Ghana
.
(
4
)
Any
person
(
whether
a
citizen
of
Ghana
or
not
)
is
liable
to
be
tried
and
punished
in
Ghana
for
the
respective
offence
if
he
does
an
act
which
if
done
within
the
jurisdiction
of
the
courts
of
Ghana
would
have
constituted
any
of
the
following
offences
-
(
a
)
slave
trade
or
traffic
in
slaves
;
(
b
)
piracy
;
(
c
)
traffic
in
women
or
children
;
falsification
or
counterfeiting
or
uttering
of
false
copies
or
counterfeits
of
any
official
sea
]
of
Ghana
or
any
currency
,
instrument
of
credit
,
Stamp
,
passport
or
public
document
issued
by
the
Republic
or
under
its
authority
;
(
e
)
genocide
;
(
1
)
any
offence
against
the
property
of
the
Republic
;
(
g
)
any
offence
against
the
security
,
territorial
integrity
or
political
independence
of
the
Republic
;
(
h
)
hijacking
;
(
i
)
unlawful
traffic
in
narcotics
;
(
i
)
attacks
on
any
international
communications
system
,
canal
or
submarine
cable
;
(
k
)
unauthorised
disclosure
of
an
official
secret
of
the
Republic
;
an
offence
by
or
against
a
person
in
the
employment
of
the
Republic
or
a
statutory
corporation
while
acting
in
the
course
of
the
duties
of
such
employment
;
(
m
)
traffic
in
obscene
publications
;
and
(
n
)
any
other
offence
which
is
authorised
or
required
by
a
convention
or
treaty
to
which
the
Republic
is
a
signatory
to
be
prosecuted
and
punished
in
Ghana
wherever
the
offence
was
committed
.
57
.
Subject
to
the
provisions
of
the
Constitution
,
the
Court
of
Appeal
,
the
High
Court
,
Regional
Tribunal
,
a
Circuit
and
Community
Tribunal
shall
not
have
jurisdiction
to
entertain
either
at
first
instance
or
on
appeal
any
cause
or
matter
affecting
chieftaincy
.
58
.
In
any
proceedings
,
and
at
any
stage
of
the
proceedings
,
a
court
either
on
its
own
motion
or
on
the
application
of
any
party
,
may
summon
any
person
to
attend
to
give
evidence
,
or
to
produce
any
document
in
his
possession
or
excerpts
from
it
subject
to
any
enactment
or
rule
of
law
.
59
.
In
a
criminal
case
if
the
court
is
satisfied
by
evidence
on
oath
that
a
person
can
give
material
evidence
and
will
not
attend
court
unless
compelled
to
do
so
,
the
court
may
immediately
issue
a
warrant
for
the
arrest
and
production
of
the
witness
before
the
court
at
a
time
and
place
specified
in
the
warrant
.
60
.
(
1
)
Where
a
witness
has
been
arrested
on
warrant
the
court
may
order
the
release
of
the
witness
from
custody
for
his
appearance
at
the
hearing
of
a
case
,
on
such
security
as
it
may
determine
.
(
2
)
If
the
witness
fails
to
furnish
proper
security
,
the
court
shall
order
his
detention
for
production
at
the
hearing
.
61
.
(
1
)
Any
person
summoned
as
a
witness
who
-
(
a
)
without
reasonable
excuse
fails
to
attend
court
as
required
by
the
summons
after
having
had
reasonable
notice
of
the
time
and
place
at
which
he
is
required
to
attend
;
or
(
b
)
having
attended
court
departs
without
reasonable
excuse
and
without
having
obtained
the
permission
of
the
court
;
or
(
c
)
fails
without
reasonable
excuse
to
attend
after
adjournment
of
the
court
after
being
ordered
to
attend
,
may
be
proceeded
against
by
warrant
to
compel
his
attendance
,
and
commits
an
offence
and
may
be
dealt
with
summarily
by
the
court
for
contempt
of
court
and
sentenced
immediately
to
a
fine
not
exceeding
050
,
000
.
00
or
six
months
imprisonment
or
both
.
(
2
)
The
fine
may
be
levied
by
attachment
and
the
sale
of
any
movable
property
belonging
to
the
witness
.
(
3
)
For
good
cause
shown
,
the
High
Court
,
Regional
Tribunal
or
Circuit
Tribunal
may
remit
or
reduce
a
fine
imposed
under
this
section
by
a
Community
Tribunal
.
62
.
(
1
)
Subject
to
any
enactment
or
rule
of
law
to
the
contrary
,
a
court
shall
require
any
witness
to
be
examined
on
oath
.
(
2
)
The
court
may
at
any
time
if
it
thinks
just
and
expedient
for
reasons
to
be
recorded
in
the
proceedings
,
take
without
oath
the
evidence
of
any
person
who
declares
that
the
taking
of
any
oath
whatsoever
is
according
to
his
religious
belief
unlawful
or
who
by
reason
of
immature
age
or
want
of
religious
belief
ought
not
in
the
opinion
of
the
court
to
be
admitted
to
give
evidence
on
oath
.
(
3
)
The
fact
that
the
evidence
has
been
taken
without
oath
shall
be
recorded
in
the
proceedings
and
the
evidence
taken
shall
be
treated
as
if
it
had
been
taken
on
oath
.
(
4
)
Whenever
a
person
,
appears
in
court
to
give
evidence
and
-
(
a
)
refuses
to
be
sworn
;
or
(
b
)
having
been
sworn
,
refuses
without
lawful
excuse
to
answer
a
question
put
to
him
;
or
(
c
)
refuses
or
neglects
to
produce
any
document
or
thing
which
he
is
required
to
produce
;
or
(
d
)
when
lawfully
required
to
do
so
refuses
to
sign
his
deposition
,
without
offering
any
lawful
or
sufficient
excuse
for
his
refusal
or
neglect
,
that
person
shall
,
independently
of
any
other
liability
,
be
guilty
of
contempt
of
court
and
the
court
before
which
he
commits
the
contempt
may
deal
with
him
summarily
and
sentence
him
as
if
he
had
been
convicted
of
a
misdemeanour
.
63
.
A
person
present
in
court
,
whether
a
party
or
not
in
the
proceedings
before
the
court
may
be
compelled
by
the
court
to
give
evidence
,
or
to
produce
any
document
in
his
possession
or
under
hi
s
control
,
in
the
same
manner
and
subject
to
the
same
rules
as
if
he
had
been
summoned
to
attend
and
give
evidence
,
or
to
produce
the
document
,
and
may
be
punished
in
the
same
manner
for
refusal
to
obey
the
order
of
the
court
.
64
.
(
1
)
A
Judge
,
Chairman
of
a
Regional
,
Circuit
or
Community
Tribunal
may
issue
a
warrant
for
a
prisoner
,
or
a
person
in
custody
to
appear
as
a
party
or
be
examined
as
a
witness
,
in
any
proceedings
in
a
Court
or
Tribunal
.
(
2
)
A
warrant
shall
not
be
issued
unless
the
Judge
,
Chairman
of
a
Regional
,
Circuit
or
Community
Tribunal
has
probable
grounds
for
believing
that
the
appearance
of
the
prisoner
is
necessary
or
desirable
or
that
his
evidence
is
likely
to
be
material
.
(
3
)
The
Director
of
Prisons
or
any
other
person
in
whose
custody
the
prisoner
may
be
,
shall
immediately
obey
the
warrant
by
bringing
the
prisoner
to
the
court
in
his
custody
,
or
by
delivering
him
to
an
officer
of
the
court
as
ordered
and
if
the
prisoner
,
under
the
terms
of
the
warrant
,
is
delivered
to
an
officer
of
the
court
,
the
Director
or
other
person
shall
not
be
liable
for
his
escape
.
65
.
(
1
)
A
court
may
,
in
any
proceedings
order
and
allow
to
all
persons
required
to
attend
,
or
be
examined
as
witnesses
such
sums
of
money
as
seem
fit
both
for
defraying
their
reasonable
expenses
and
for
giving
them
reasonable
compensation
for
their
trouble
and
loss
of
time
.
(
2
)
It
shall
not
be
lawful
in
any
proceedings
for
a
person
to
refuse
to
attend
as
a
witness
,
or
to
give
evidence
when
so
required
by
order
of
the
court
on
the
grounds
that
his
expenses
have
not
first
been
paid
or
provided
for
.
66
.
All
sums
of
money
allowed
under
section
65
shall
be
paid
-
(
a
)
in
civil
proceedings
by
the
party
on
whose
behalf
the
witness
is
called
and
shall
be
recoverable
as
ordinary
costs
of
the
suit
if
ordered
by
the
court
;
or
(
b
)
in
criminal
proceedings
out
of
the
Consolidated
Fund
if
not
paid
by
the
convicted
party
or
the
prosecutor
.
67
.
Any
person
who
in
relation
to
any
proceedings
before
a
court
give
,
false
evidence
on
a
declaration
without
oath
,
commits
an
offence
and
shall
be
convicted
and
punished
in
the
same
manner
as
if
he
had
given
the
evidence
on
oath
.
68
.
In
any
proceedings
a
court
may
,
on
the
application
of
either
party
or
on
its
own
motion
make
an
order
for
the
inspection
by
the
court
,
the
jury
,
the
panel
,
the
parties
,
or
witnesses
,
of
any
movable
or
immovable
property
,
the
inspection
of
which
may
be
material
to
the
proper
determination
of
the
question
before
the
court
,
and
the
court
may
give
such
directions
in
respect
of
the
inspection
,
as
it
thinks
fit
.
69
.
(
1
)
In
any
proceedings
before
a
court
the
court
may
cause
oral
evidence
to
be
recorded
by
shorthand
,
tape
recorder
or
by
such
other
means
as
the
Chief
Justice
may
determine
.
(
2
)
The
recording
shall
be
done
by
an
officer
of
the
court
or
any
other
person
appointed
for
that
purpose
.
(
3
)
A
record
taken
under
subsection
(
1
)
shall
be
transcribed
by
a
person
referred
to
in
subsection
(
2
)
and
the
transcript
shall
for
all
purposes
be
the
official
record
of
the
proceedings
in
question
,
(
4
)
Before
any
person
,
other
than
the
Judge
,
Chairman
of
a
Regional
,
Circuit
or
Community
Tribunal
,
records
or
transcribes
any
evidence
under
this
section
,
an
oath
shall
be
tendered
to
and
taken
by
that
person
for
the
accurate
and
faithful
recording
of
that
evidence
.
(
5
)
An
officer
of
the
court
who
has
once
duly
taken
the
oath
shall
not
again
be
required
to
take
the
oath
in
respect
of
the
same
or
of
any
subsequent
case
,
(
6
)
The
evidence
shall
be
recorded
under
the
supervision
and
control
of
the
presiding
Judge
or
Chairman
who
may
at
any
time
before
appending
his
signature
to
the
written
statement
of
the
evidence
amend
,
anything
in
it
which
he
considers
requires
to
be
amended
.
(
7
)
Before
signing
,
the
presiding
Judge
or
Chairman
shall
examine
the
statement
and
satisfy
himself
that
it
is
in
substance
an
accurate
and
faithful
record
of
the
oral
evidence
given
.
(
8
)
If
an
officer
or
other
person
employed
to
record
or
transcribe
evidence
under
this
section
willfully
falsifies
or
misrepresents
the
true
meaning
of
any
oral
evidence
recorded
under
this
section
-
(
a
)
he
commits
an
offence
,
and
is
liable
on
conviction
to
a
fine
not
exceeding
I00
,
000
.
00
or
to
a
term
of
imprisonment
not
exceeding
one
year
or
to
both
;
or
(
b
)
he
may
be
dealt
with
summarily
by
the
court
as
for
contempt
of
court
and
be
sentenced
immediately
to
a
fine
not
exceeding
5O
,
OOO
.
OOoratermofimprisonmentnot
exceeding
six
months
.
70
.
(
1
)
No
person
is
entitled
,
to
inspect
or
to
have
a
copy
of
the
record
of
evidence
given
in
a
case
before
a
court
or
to
a
copy
of
the
court
'
s
notes
,
except
as
may
be
expressly
provided
by
the
Constitution
,
a
rule
of
court
or
any
other
enactment
.
(
2
)
If
a
person
affected
by
a
judgment
or
a
court
order
desires
to
have
a
copy
of
the
judgment
,
order
,
deposition
or
other
part
of
the
record
,
he
shall
on
application
for
the
copy
be
furnished
with
it
if
he
pays
its
cost
except
where
the
court
for
some
special
reason
thinks
fit
to
furnish
it
free
of
charge
.
71
.
(
1
)
In
every
civil
or
criminal
proceedings
dealt
with
in
the
High
Court
,
Regional
or
Circuit
Tribunal
,
Circuit
Court
,
or
Community
Tribunal
,
minutes
of
the
proceedings
shall
be
drawn
up
and
shall
be
signed
by
an
officer
of
the
Court
duly
authorised
by
the
Judge
or
Chairman
of
the
Tribunal
.
(
2
)
The
minutes
,
with
the
notes
of
evidence
taken
at
the
hearing
or
trial
including
any
record
of
proceedings
taken
under
section
69
of
this
Act
,
shall
be
preserved
as
records
of
the
Court
.
(
3
)
The
minutes
and
notes
of
evidence
including
the
record
referred
to
in
subsection
(
2
)
of
this
section
or
a
copy
of
it
signed
and
certified
as
a
true
copy
by
the
officer
referred
to
in
subsection
(
1
)
shall
at
all
times
without
further
proof
,
be
admitted
as
evidence
of
the
proceedings
and
of
the
statements
made
by
the
witnesses
.
72
.
(
1
)
Any
court
with
civil
jurisdiction
and
its
officers
shall
promote
reconciliation
,
encourage
and
facilitate
the
settlement
of
disputes
in
an
amicable
manner
between
and
among
persons
over
whom
the
court
has
jurisdiction
.
(
2
)
When
a
civil
suit
or
proceeding
is
pending
,
any
court
with
jurisdiction
in
that
suit
may
promote
reconciliation
among
the
parties
,
and
encourage
and
facilitate
the
amicable
settlement
of
the
suit
or
proceeding
.
73
.
Any
court
,
with
criminal
jurisdiction
may
promote
reconciliation
,
encourage
and
facilitate
a
settlement
in
an
amicable
manner
of
any
offence
not
amounting
to
felony
and
not
aggravated
in
degree
,
on
payment
of
compensation
or
on
other
terms
approved
by
the
court
before
which
the
case
is
tried
,
and
may
during
the
pendency
of
the
negotiations
for
a
settlement
stay
the
proceeding
for
a
reasonable
time
and
in
the
event
of
a
settlement
being
effected
shall
dismiss
the
case
and
discharge
the
accused
person
.
74
.
(
I
On
an
application
by
the
Attonney
-
General
the
High
Court
may
order
that
no
legal
proceedings
shall
be
instituted
by
a
person
in
any
court
without
its
leave
if
the
person
has
habitually
and
persistently
without
reasonable
ground
instituted
vexatious
legal
proceedings
in
any
court
whether
against
the
same
person
or
not
.
(
2
)
The
leave
of
the
High
Court
shall
not
be
given
unless
it
is
satisfied
that
the
proceedings
are
not
an
abuse
of
court
process
and
that
there
is
prima
facie
ground
for
the
proceedings
.
75
(
I
)
The
High
Court
may
order
the
examination
of
a
witness
within
its
jurisdiction
on
such
terms
as
it
considers
necessary
when
an
application
is
made
by
a
court
or
tribunal
of
competent
jurisdiction
in
another
country
for
the
testimony
inrespect
of
criminal
,
civil
or
commercial
matters
before
that
court
or
tribunal
.
(
2
)
The
High
Court
may
order
the
attendance
of
the
person
before
any
person
named
in
the
order
-
(
a
)
to
be
examined
on
oath
,
on
interrogatories
;
or
(
b
)
to
produce
specific
documents
and
shall
give
such
directions
as
it
thinks
fit
.
(
3
)
Any
order
of
the
High
Court
made
under
this
section
may
be
enforced
in
the
same
manner
as
an
order
made
in
a
cause
pending
in
the
High
Court
.
76
.
(
1
)
An
ambassador
,
minister
,
diplomatic
agent
or
consular
officer
may
issue
a
certificate
that
a
matter
the
subject
of
an
application
under
section
75
is
a
criminal
,
civil
or
commercial
matter
and
that
the
court
or
tribunal
requires
the
evidence
pending
before
a
court
or
tribunal
in
the
country
in
which
he
is
employed
.
(
2
)
If
no
certificate
under
subsection
(
1
)
is
issued
,
other
evidence
shall
be
admissible
to
show
that
the
matter
for
which
the
evidence
is
required
is
pending
before
a
court
or
tribunal
in
another
country
.
77
.
A
person
authorised
to
take
the
examination
of
a
witness
by
an
order
made
under
section
75
of
this
Act
may
take
all
the
,
examinations
on
oath
.
78
.
Every
person
whose
attendance
is
required
under
section
75
of
this
Act
shall
be
entitled
to
the
same
allowances
as
a
witness
appearing
at
a
trial
in
the
High
Court
.
79
.
Every
person
examined
under
an
order
made
under
section
75
of
this
Act
shall
have
the
same
right
to
refuse
to
answer
questions
tending
to
incriminate
himself
and
other
questions
as
a
witness
in
any
cause
pending
in
the
High
Court
would
be
entitled
to
.
(
2
)
No
person
shall
be
compelled
to
produce
under
any
such
order
any
writing
or
other
document
that
he
would
not
be
compellable
to
produce
at
a
trial
of
such
a
cause
.
80
.
(
1
)
Subject
to
the
provisions
of
the
Constitution
,
the
Rules
of
court
Committee
established
by
article
157
of
the
Constitution
may
in
accordance
with
clause
(
2
)
of
article
157
of
the
Constitution
by
constitutional
instrument
,
make
Rules
of
court
for
regulating
the
practice
and
procedure
of
all
courts
in
Ghana
,
which
shall
include
regulations
relating
to
the
prevention
of
frivolous
and
vexatious
proceedings
.
(
2
)
Without
prejudice
to
the
generality
of
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
the
Rules
of
Court
Committee
may
,
subject
to
the
provisions
of
the
Constitution
,
make
rules
of
court
-
(
a
)
for
regulating
the
practice
and
procedure
of
the
Superior
Court
of
Judicature
for
the
purposes
of
article
33
of
the
Constitution
,
(
which
relates
to
the
protection
of
rights
by
the
courts
)
;
(
b
)
for
the
practice
and
procedure
for
petitions
to
the
Supreme
Court
challenging
the
election
of
a
President
under
article
64
of
the
Constitution
;
(
c
)
for
the
practice
and
procedure
of
the
High
Court
of
Justice
with
respect
to
the
exercise
of
the
jurisdiction
conferred
on
it
by
article
99
of
the
Constitution
(
which
inter
alia
relates
to
the
determination
of
the
validity
of
the
election
of
a
Member
of
Parliament
and
of
the
Speaker
of
Parliament
)
;
(
d
)
for
the
practice
and
procedure
of
the
High
Court
in
respect
of
appeals
against
a
disallowance
or
charge
by
the
Auditor
-
General
for
the
purposes
of
clause
(
I
0
)
of
article
187
of
the
Constitution
;
(
e
)
for
regulating
the
award
of
interest
on
sums
claimed
and
Found
by
any
court
to
be
due
and
prescribing
the
rates
of
such
interest
;
for
regulating
matters
relating
to
the
costs
of
the
proceedings
in
court
and
prescribing
fees
and
allowances
to
be
paid
in
respect
of
any
matter
relating
to
the
proceedings
of
any
court
;
(
g
)
for
regulating
the
sittings
of
the
court
sand
prescribing
the
periods
of
the
vacations
of
the
courts
;
(
h
)
for
prescribing
forms
,
registers
,
books
,
entries
and
ac
-
counts
which
may
be
necessary
or
desirable
for
the
transaction
of
the
business
of
any
court
.
(
3
)
The
Rules
of
Court
Committee
may
also
make
rules
-
(
a
)
for
the
practice
and
procedure
for
the
removal
of
a
President
under
article
69
of
the
Constitution
;
(
b
)
For
regulating
the
practice
and
procedure
of
inquiries
conducted
before
a
Commission
of
.
Inquiry
for
the
purposes
of
clause
(
2
)
of
article
281
of
the
Constitution
and
for
regulating
the
practice
and
procedure
of
any
committee
or
other
body
of
inquiry
appointed
by
the
Government
or
established
under
any
enactment
;
and
(
c
)
regarding
any
matter
in
relation
to
which
the
Rules
of
Court
Committee
is
authorised
or
required
by
any
enactment
to
make
rules
.
PART
V
-
ENFORCEMENT
IN
GHANA
OF
FOREIGN
JUDGMENTS
AND
MIANTENANCE
ORDERS
Sub
-
Part
I
-
Foreign
Judgments
81
.
(
1
)
Where
the
President
is
satisfied
that
,
in
the
event
of
the
benefits
conferred
by
this
Sub
-
Part
being
extended
to
judgments
given
in
the
superior
courts
of
any
country
,
substantial
reciprocity
of
treatment
will
be
assured
in
respect
of
the
enforcement
in
that
country
of
judgments
given
in
the
Superior
Court
of
Judicature
of
Ghana
,
the
President
may
by
legislative
instrument
order
-
(
a
)
that
this
Sub
-
Part
shall
extend
to
that
country
;
and
(
b
)
that
such
courts
of
that
country
as
are
specified
in
the
order
shall
be
the
superior
courts
of
that
country
for
the
purposes
of
this
Sub
-
Part
.
(
2
)
Any
judgment
of
a
superior
court
of
a
country
to
which
this
Sub
Part
extends
,
other
than
a
judgment
of
the
court
given
on
appeal
from
a
court
which
is
not
a
superior
court
,
shall
be
a
judgment
to
which
this
Sub
-
Part
applies
,
if
-
(
a
)
it
is
final
and
conclusive
between
the
parties
;
and
(
b
)
there
is
payable
under
it
a
sum
of
money
,
not
being
a
sum
payable
in
respect
of
taxes
or
other
charges
of
a
similar
nature
or
in
respect
of
a
fine
or
other
penalty
;
and
(
c
)
it
is
given
after
the
coming
into
operation
of
the
order
directing
that
this
Sub
-
Part
shall
extend
to
that
country
.
(
3
)
For
the
purpose
of
this
section
,
a
judgment
shall
be
deemed
to
be
final
and
conclusive
notwithstanding
that
an
appeal
may
be
pending
against
it
or
that
it
may
still
be
subject
to
appeal
in
the
courts
of
the
country
of
the
original
court
.
82
.
(
1
)
A
judgment
creditor
under
a
judgment
to
which
this
Sub
-
Part
applies
may
apply
to
the
High
Court
to
have
the
judgment
registered
.
(
2
)
The
application
for
registration
of
the
judgment
shall
be
made
within
six
years
after
the
date
of
judgment
or
where
there
has
been
an
appeal
,
after
the
last
judgment
given
in
those
proceedings
.
(
3
)
The
High
Court
may
order
the
judgment
to
be
registered
subject
to
proof
of
the
prescribed
matters
and
to
the
provisions
of
the
Sub
-
Part
.
(
4
)
A
judgment
shall
not
be
registered
if
at
the
date
of
the
application
-
(
a
)
it
has
been
wholly
satisfied
;
or
(
b
)
it
could
not
been
forced
by
execution
in
the
country
of
the
original
court
.
(
5
)
Subject
to
the
provisions
of
this
Sub
-
Part
with
respect
to
the
setting
aside
of
a
registration
-
(
a
)
a
registered
judgment
shall
,
for
the
purposes
of
execution
,
be
of
the
same
force
and
effect
;
(
b
)
proceedings
may
be
taken
on
a
registered
judgment
;
(
b
)
the
sum
for
which
a
judgment
is
registered
shall
carry
interest
;
and
(
c
)
the
registering
court
shall
have
the
same
control
over
the
execution
of
a
registered
judgment
,
as
if
the
judgment
had
been
a
judgment
originally
given
in
the
registering
court
and
entered
on
the
date
of
registration
.
(
6
)
Execution
shall
not
issue
on
the
judgment
under
this
Sub
-
Part
or
any
rules
of
court
made
in
pursuance
of
it
,
so
long
as
it
is
competent
for
any
party
to
make
an
application
to
have
the
registration
of
then
judgment
set
aside
,
or
,
where
an
application
is
made
,
until
after
the
application
has
been
finally
determined
.
(
7
)
Where
the
sum
payable
under
a
judgment
which
is
to
be
registered
is
expressed
in
a
currency
other
than
the
currency
of
Ghana
the
judgment
shall
be
registered
as
if
it
were
a
judgment
for
a
sum
in
the
currency
of
Ghana
based
on
the
rate
of
bank
exchange
prevailing
at
the
date
of
the
judgment
of
the
original
court
.
(
8
)
If
at
the
date
of
he
application
for
registration
,
the
judgment
of
the
original
court
has
been
partly
satisfied
,
the
judgment
shall
not
be
registered
in
respect
of
the
whole
sum
payable
under
the
judgment
of
the
original
court
but
only
in
respect
of
the
balance
remaining
payable
at
that
date
.
(
9
)
If
,
on
an
application
fort
he
registration
of
a
judgment
,
it
appears
to
the
registering
court
that
the
judgment
is
in
respect
of
different
matters
and
that
some
of
the
provisions
of
the
judgment
are
such
that
if
those
provisions
had
been
contained
in
separate
judgments
those
judgments
could
properly
have
been
registered
,
the
judgment
may
be
registered
in
respect
of
those
that
could
be
registered
but
not
in
respect
of
an
y
other
provisions
contained
in
it
.
(
I
0
)
In
addition
to
the
sum
of
money
payable
under
the
judgment
of
the
original
court
and
any
interest
due
up
to
the
time
of
registration
by
the
law
of
the
country
of
the
original
court
,
the
following
costs
shall
also
be
paid
-
(
a
)
reasonable
costs
of
and
incidental
to
registration
of
the
judgment
;
and
(
b
)
costs
of
obtaining
a
certified
copy
of
the
judgment
from
the
original
court
.
83
.
(
1
)
On
an
application
made
by
a
party
against
whom
a
registered
judgment
may
be
enforced
,
the
registration
of
the
judgment
-
(
a
)
shall
be
set
aside
if
the
registering
court
is
satisfied
-
(
i
)
that
the
judgment
is
not
a
judgment
to
which
this
Sub
-
Part
applies
or
was
registered
in
contravention
of
this
Sub
-
Part
;
or
(
ii
)
that
the
original
court
had
no
jurisdiction
in
the
case
;
or
(
iii
)
that
the
judgment
debtor
,
being
the
defendant
in
the
proceedings
in
the
original
court
,
did
not
(
notwithstanding
that
process
may
have
been
duly
served
on
him
in
accordance
with
the
law
of
the
country
of
the
original
court
)
receive
notice
of
those
proceedings
in
sufficient
time
to
enable
him
to
defend
the
proceedings
and
did
not
appear
;
or
(
iv
)
that
the
judgment
was
obtained
by
fraud
;
or
(
v
)
that
the
enforcement
of
the
judgment
would
be
contrary
to
public
policy
in
Ghana
;
or
(
b
)
may
be
set
aside
if
the
registering
court
is
satisfied
that
the
matter
in
dispute
in
the
proceedings
in
the
original
court
had
prior
to
the
date
of
the
judgment
in
the
original
court
been
the
subject
of
a
final
and
conclusive
judgment
by
a
court
that
had
jurisdiction
in
the
matter
.
(
2
)
For
the
purpose
of
this
section
the
original
court
shall
,
subject
to
subsection
(
3
)
of
this
section
be
deemed
to
have
had
jurisdiction
-
(
a
)
in
the
case
of
a
judgment
given
in
an
action
in
personam
-
(
i
)
if
the
judgment
debtor
,
being
a
defendant
in
the
original
court
,
submitted
to
the
jurisdiction
of
that
court
by
voluntarily
appearing
in
the
proceedings
otherwise
than
for
the
purpose
of
protecting
,
or
obtaining
the
release
of
property
seized
,
or
threatened
with
seizure
,
in
the
proceeding
or
of
contesting
the
jurisdiction
of
that
court
;
or
(
ii
)
if
the
judgment
debtor
,
was
plaintiff
in
counter
-
claimed
in
the
proceedings
in
the
original
court
;
or
(
iii
)
if
the
judgment
debtor
,
being
a
defendant
in
the
original
court
,
had
before
the
commencement
of
the
proceedings
agreed
,
in
respect
of
the
subject
matter
of
the
proceedings
,
to
submit
to
the
jurisdiction
of
that
court
or
of
the
courts
oft
hat
country
;
or
(
iv
)
if
the
judgment
debtor
,
being
a
defendant
in
the
original
court
,
was
at
the
time
when
the
proceedings
were
instituted
resident
in
,
or
being
a
body
corporate
had
its
principal
place
of
business
in
the
country
of
that
court
;
or
(
v
)
if
the
judgment
debtor
,
being
a
defendant
in
the
original
court
,
had
an
office
or
place
of
business
in
the
country
of
that
court
and
the
proceedings
in
that
court
were
in
respect
of
a
transaction
effected
through
or
at
that
office
or
place
;
(
b
)
in
the
case
of
a
judgment
given
in
an
action
of
which
the
subject
matter
was
immovable
property
or
in
an
action
in
rem
of
which
the
subject
matter
was
movable
property
,
if
the
property
in
question
was
at
'
the
time
,
of
the
proceedings
in
the
original
court
situated
in
the
country
of
that
court
;
or
(
c
)
in
the
case
of
a
judgment
given
in
an
action
other
than
an
action
in
(
a
)
or
(
b
)
of
this
subsection
,
if
the
jurisdiction
of
the
original
court
is
recognised
by
the
law
of
the
registering
court
.
(
3
)
Notwithstanding
anything
in
subsection
(
2
)
of
this
section
,
the
original
court
shall
not
be
deemed
to
have
had
jurisdiction
-
(
a
)
if
the
subject
matter
of
the
proceedings
was
immovable
property
outside
the
country
of
the
original
court
;
or
(
b
)
except
as
provided
in
sub
-
paragraphs
(
i
)
,
(
ii
)
and
(
iii
)
of
paragraph
(
a
)
and
paragraph
(
c
)
of
subsection
(
2
)
of
this
section
,
if
bringing
the
proceedings
in
the
original
court
was
contrary
to
an
agreement
under
which
the
dispute
in
question
was
to
be
settled
otherwise
than
by
proceedings
in
the
courts
of
the
country
of
that
court
;
or
(
c
)
if
the
judgement
debtor
,
being
a
defendant
in
the
original
proceedings
,
was
a
person
who
under
the
rules
of
public
international
law
was
entitled
to
immunity
from
the
jurisdiction
of
the
courts
of
the
country
of
the
original
court
and
did
not
submit
to
the
jurisdiction
of
that
court
.
84
.
(
1
)
If
the
applicant
on
an
application
to
set
aside
the
registration
of
a
judgment
satisfies
the
registering
court
that
-
(
a
)
an
appeal
is
pending
;
or
(
b
)
he
is
entitled
and
intends
to
appeal
,
the
court
may
set
aside
the
registration
or
adjourn
the
application
until
the
expiry
of
such
time
as
the
court
considers
necessary
to
enable
the
applicant
to
have
the
appeal
disposed
of
by
a
competent
tribunal
.
(
2
)
Where
the
registration
of
a
judgment
is
set
aside
under
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
or
solely
for
the
reason
that
the
judgment
was
not
at
the
date
of
the
application
for
registration
enforceable
by
execution
in
the
country
of
the
original
court
,
the
setting
aside
of
the
registration
shall
not
prejudice
a
further
application
to
register
the
judgment
when
the
appeal
has
been
disposed
of
or
when
the
judgment
becomes
enforceable
by
execution
in
the
country
of
the
original
court
.
(
3
)
Where
the
registration
of
a
judgment
is
set
aside
because
the
judgment
was
registered
for
the
whole
sum
payable
under
it
,
even
though
at
the
date
of
application
fort
he
registration
of
the
judgment
it
had
been
partly
satisfied
,
the
registering
court
shall
order
judgment
to
be
registered
for
the
outstanding
balance
payable
at
the
date
of
the
application
by
the
judgment
creditor
.
85
.
No
proceedings
for
the
recovery
of
a
sum
payable
under
a
foreign
judgment
,
being
a
judgment
to
which
this
Sub
-
Part
applies
other
than
proceedings
by
way
of
registration
of
the
judgment
,
shall
be
entertained
by
any
court
in
Ghana
86
.
(
1
)
Subject
to
this
section
,
a
judgment
to
which
this
Sub
-
Part
applies
or
would
have
applied
if
a
sum
of
money
had
been
payable
under
it
,
shall
be
recognised
in
any
court
in
Ghana
as
conclusive
between
the
parties
to
it
in
all
proceedings
founded
on
the
same
cause
of
action
and
may
be
relied
upon
as
a
defence
or
counter
-
claim
in
any
such
proceedings
.
(
2
)
Subsection
(
1
)
shall
apply
whether
the
judgment
can
be
registered
,
is
registered
or
is
not
registered
.
(
3
)
This
section
shall
not
apply
in
the
case
of
any
judgment
-
(
a
)
Where
the
judgment
has
been
registered
and
the
registration
has
been
set
aside
on
some
ground
other
than
-
(
i
)
that
a
sum
of
money
was
not
payable
under
the
judgment
;
or
(
ii
)
that
the
judgment
had
been
wholly
or
partly
satisfied
;
or
(
iii
)
that
at
the
date
of
the
application
the
judgment
could
not
be
enforced
by
execution
in
the
country
of
the
original
court
;
or
(
b
)
where
the
judgment
has
not
been
registered
and
it
is
shown
(
whether
it
could
have
been
registered
or
not
)
that
if
it
had
been
registered
,
the
registration
would
have
been
et
aside
on
application
on
some
ground
other
than
those
specified
in
paragraph
(
a
)
of
this
subsection
.
87
.
If
it
appears
to
the
President
that
the
treatment
in
respect
of
recognition
and
enforcement
accorded
by
the
court
of
any
country
to
judgments
given
in
the
Superior
Courts
of
Ghana
is
substantially
less
favourable
than
that
accorded
by
the
courts
of
Ghana
to
judgments
of
the
superior
courts
of
that
country
,
the
President
may
by
legislative
instrument
order
that
no
proceedings
shall
be
entertained
in
any
court
in
Ghana
for
the
recovery
of
any
sum
alleged
to
be
payable
under
a
judgment
given
in
a
court
of
that
country
.
88
.
(
1
)
Where
a
judgment
for
a
sum
of
money
which
is
not
for
taxes
or
similar
charges
or
is
not
a
fine
or
other
penalty
is
entered
by
the
High
Court
against
any
person
,
and
the
judgment
creditor
wants
to
enforce
the
judgment
in
a
country
to
which
this
Sub
-
Part
applies
,
he
may
apply
to
the
court
in
Ghana
to
issue
to
the
judgment
creditor
a
certified
copy
of
the
judgment
,
together
with
a
certificate
containing
such
particulars
with
respect
to
the
action
,
including
the
cause
of
action
,
and
the
rate
of
interest
,
if
any
,
payable
on
the
sum
under
the
judgment
as
may
be
prescribed
by
the
court
that
gave
the
judgment
.
(
2
)
Where
execution
of
a
judgment
is
stayed
for
any
period
pending
an
appeal
or
for
any
other
reason
,
an
application
shall
not
be
made
under
this
section
with
respect
to
the
judgment
until
the
expiration
of
that
period
.
Sub
-
Part
II
-
Maintenance
Orders
89
.
(
1
)
This
Sub
-
Part
shall
apply
to
any
country
in
respect
of
which
the
President
,
having
regard
to
reciprocal
provisions
under
the
law
of
that
country
,
may
by
legislative
instrument
direct
the
application
of
this
Sub
Part
.
(
2
)
If
it
appears
to
the
President
that
the
law
of
any
country
to
which
this
Sub
-
Part
applies
no
longer
contains
reciprocal
provisions
in
relation
to
this
Sub
-
Part
,
the
President
may
by
legislative
instrument
discontinue
the
application
of
Sub
-
Part
to
that
country
.
90
.
(
1
)
A
maintenance
order
made
in
a
country
the
prescribed
applies
may
be
registered
in
the
appropriate
court
in
manner
and
shall
be
of
the
same
force
and
effect
and
may
be
enforced
as
if
the
order
had
originally
been
given
in
that
court
on
the
date
of
registration
(
2
)
The
appropriate
,
court
for
the
purposes
of
this
Sub
-
Part
shall
if
the
court
by
which
the
order
was
made
was
a
superior
Court
,
High
Court
and
,
in
any
other
case
,
be
the
Community
Tribunal
.
(
3
)
A
certified
copy
of
the
order
shall
in
the
first
instance
be
sent
to
the
Minister
for
transmission
to
the
appropriate
court
for
registration
.
91
.
(
1
)
Where
a
maintenance
order
has
been
made
in
a
country
to
which
this
Sub
-
Part
applies
and
by
the
law
of
that
country
the
order
is
provisional
only
unless
confirmed
by
a
court
in
Ghana
the
provisions
of
this
section
shall
apply
.
(
2
)
If
a
certified
copy
of
the
order
,
together
with
the
depositions
of
witnesses
and
a
statement
of
the
grounds
on
which
the
order
might
have
been
opposed
,
is
transmitted
to
the
Minister
and
it
appears
to
him
that
the
person
against
whom
the
order
was
made
is
resident
in
Ghana
the
Minister
may
send
the
documents
to
any
Community
Tribunal
with
a
requisition
that
summons
be
issued
calling
upon
the
person
to
show
cause
why
the
order
should
not
be
confirmed
,
and
the
court
shall
issue
the
summons
and
cause
"
it
to
be
served
on
that
person
.
(
3
)
The
summons
may
be
served
in
the
same
manner
as
if
it
had
been
originally
issued
or
subsequently
endorsed
by
a
court
with
jurisdiction
in
the
place
where
the
person
happens
to
be
.
(
4
)
At
the
hearing
it
shall
be
open
to
the
person
on
whom
the
summons
was
served
to
state
that
he
was
not
a
party
at
the
hearing
and
to
raise
any
defence
which
he
might
have
raised
in
the
original
proceedings
had
he
been
a
party
to
it
,
but
no
other
defence
,
and
the
certificate
from
the
court
which
made
the
provisional
order
stating
the
grounds
on
which
the
making
of
the
order
might
have
been
opposed
if
the
person
against
whom
the
order
was
made
had
been
a
party
to
the
proceedings
,
shall
be
conclusive
evidence
that
those
grounds
are
grounds
on
which
objection
may
be
taken
.
(
5
)
if
at
the
hearing
the
person
served
with
the
summons
does
not
appear
or
,
on
appearing
fails
to
satisfy
the
court
that
the
order
ought
not
to
be
confirmed
,
the
court
may
confirm
the
order
without
modification
or
with
such
modifications
as
the
court
upon
hearing
the
evidence
thinks
fit
.
(
6
)
If
the
person
against
whom
the
summons
was
issued
appears
at
the
hearing
and
satisfies
the
court
that
for
the
purpose
of
any
defence
it
is
necessary
to
remit
the
case
to
the
court
which
made
the
provisional
order
to
take
further
evidence
,
the
court
may
remit
the
case
and
adjourn
the
proceedings
for
that
purpose
.
(
7
)
Where
a
provisional
order
has
been
confirmed
under
this
section
,
it
may
be
varied
or
rescinded
as
if
it
had
originally
been
made
by
the
confirming
court
and
where
on
an
application
for
rescission
or
variation
,
the
court
is
satisfied
that
it
is
necessary
to
remit
the
case
to
the
court
which
made
the
order
to
take
further
evidence
,
the
court
may
so
remit
the
case
and
adjourn
the
proceedings
for
that
purpose
.
(
8
)
Where
an
order
has
been
confirmed
under
this
Sub
-
Part
it
shall
have
the
same
effect
as
if
it
were
an
order
made
by
the
court
which
confirmed
it
.
92
.
Where
a
court
has
made
a
maintenance
order
against
a
person
and
it
appears
to
the
court
that
he
is
resident
in
a
country
to
which
this
Sub
Part
applies
,
the
court
shall
,
at
the
request
of
the
applicant
for
the
order
,
send
a
certified
copy
of
the
order
to
the
minister
for
transmission
to
the
appropriate
authority
in
that
country
for
the
order
to
be
registered
in
that
country
.
93
.
(
1
)
Where
-
(
a
)
an
application
has
been
made
to
a
Community
Tribunal
for
a
maintenance
order
against
any
person
and
(
b
)
that
person
does
not
appear
at
the
hearing
;
and
,
(
c
)
it
appears
to
the
Tribunal
that
he
is
resident
in
a
country
to
which
this
Sub
-
Part
applies
and
the
Tribunal
is
not
satisfied
that
the
summons
had
been
duly
served
upon
the
Tribunal
may
upon
hearing
the
evidence
make
such
order
as
it
might
have
made
if
the
summons
had
been
duly
served
on
that
person
and
he
had
.
failed
to
appear
at
the
hearing
but
in
that
case
the
order
shall
be
provisional
and
shall
not
have
effect
unless
confirmed
by
a
competent
court
in
that
country
.
(
2
)
The
evidence
of
each
witness
shall
be
put
into
writing
and
the
deposition
shall
be
read
to
him
and
signed
by
him
.
(
3
)
The
court
shall
send
to
the
Minister
for
transmission
to
the
appropriate
authority
in
the
foreign
country
,
a
certified
copy
of
the
order
with
the
depositions
and
a
statement
of
the
grounds
on
which
the
making
of
the
order
might
have
been
opposed
if
the
person
against
whom
the
order
was
made
had
been
duly
served
with
a
summons
and
had
appeared
at
the
hearing
,
and
such
other
information
as
the
court
may
possess
to
facilitate
the
identification
of
that
person
and
ascertaining
his
whereabouts
(
4
)
Where
the
order
has
come
before
a
court
in
the
foreign
country
for
confirmation
,
and
has
been
remitted
to
the
court
which
made
the
order
for
the
purpose
of
taking
further
evidence
,
that
court
shall
,
after
giving
the
prescribed
notice
,
proceed
to
take
the
evidence
in
the
same
manner
and
subject
to
the
same
conditions
as
the
evidence
in
support
of
the
original
application
.
(
5
)
If
upon
the
hearing
of
the
evidence
it
appears
to
the
court
that
the
order
ought
not
to
have
been
made
,
the
court
may
rescind
the
order
,
but
in
any
other
case
the
depositions
shall
be
sent
to
the
Minister
and
dealt
with
in
the
same
manner
as
the
original
depositions
.
(
6
)
The
confirmation
of
an
order
made
under
this
section
shall
not
affect
any
power
of
a
court
to
vary
or
rescind
that
order
.
(
7
)
On
the
making
of
a
varying
or
rescinding
order
,
the
court
shall
send
a
certified
copy
of
it
to
the
Minister
for
transmission
to
the
appropriate
authority
and
in
the
case
of
an
order
varying
the
original
order
the
order
shall
not
have
any
effect
unless
and
until
confirmed
in
the
same
manner
as
the
original
order
.
(
8
)
The
applicant
shall
have
the
same
right
of
appeal
,
if
any
,
against
a
refusal
to
make
a
provisional
order
as
he
would
have
had
against
a
,
refusal
to
make
the
order
had
summons
been
duly
served
on
the
person
against
whom
the
order
is
sought
to
be
made
.
94
.
The
Minister
may
by
legislative
instrument
provide
for
the
manner
in
which
a
case
can
be
remitted
by
a
court
authorised
to
confirm
a
provisional
order
to
the
court
which
made
the
provisional
order
and
generally
for
facilitating
communications
between
the
courts
.
95
.
(
1
)
A
court
in
which
an
order
has
been
registered
under
this
Sub
Part
or
by
which
an
order
has
been
confirmed
under
this
Sub
-
Part
,
shall
take
such
steps
for
enforcing
the
order
as
may
be
prescribed
.
(
2
)
Every
order
shall
be
enforceable
in
the
same
manner
as
a
decree
for
the
payment
of
money
by
installments
or
in
such
other
manner
as
may
be
prescribed
.
(
3
)
A
warrant
of
distress
or
committal
issued
by
a
Community
Tribunal
for
the
purpose
of
enforcing
any
order
registered
or
confirmed
may
be
executed
in
any
part
of
Ghana
in
the
same
manner
as
if
the
warrant
had
been
originally
issued
or
subsequently
endorsed
by
a
Community
Tribunal
having
jurisdiction
in
the
place
where
the
warrant
is
executed
.
96
.
Any
document
purporting
to
be
signed
by
a
judge
or
officer
of
a
court
in
a
country
to
which
this
Sub
-
Part
applies
shall
,
until
the
contrary
is
proved
,
be
deemed
to
have
been
signed
without
proof
of
the
signature
,
or
judicial
or
official
character
of
the
person
appearing
to
have
signed
it
and
the
officer
of
a
court
by
whom
a
document
is
signed
shall
be
deemed
to
have
been
the
proper
officer
of
the
court
to
sign
the
document
until
the
contrary
is
proved
.
97
.
Depositions
taken
for
the
purposes
of
this
Sub
-
Part
in
a
court
in
a
country
to
which
this
Sub
-
Part
applies
may
be
received
in
evidence
in
proceedings
before
a
court
under
this
Sub
-
Part
.
Sub
Part
III
-
General
Provision
Relating
to
this
-
Part
98
.
(
I
)
The
Rules
of
Court
Committee
may
make
rules
of
court
-
(
a
)
for
the
giving
of
security
for
costs
by
persons
applying
for
the
registration
of
judgments
;
(
b
)
for
matters
to
be
proved
on
an
application
for
the
registration
of
a
.
judgment
and
for
regulating
the
mode
of
proving
those
matters
;
(
c
)
for
the
service
on
the
judgment
debtor
of
notice
of
the
registration
of
a
judgment
;
(
d
)
for
fixing
of
a
period
within
which
an
application
may
be
made
to
have
the
registration
of
the
judgment
set
aside
and
the
extension
of
the
period
fixed
;
(
e
)
for
the
method
by
which
issues
arising
under
this
Part
for
the
enforcement
of
a
foreign
judgment
by
execution
in
the
country
of
the
original
court
or
what
interest
is
payable
under
a
foreign
judgment
under
the
law
of
the
original
court
are
to
be
determined
;
(
t
)
for
any
matter
which
under
this
Part
is
to
be
prescribed
.
(
2
)
Rules
made
for
the
purposes
of
this
Part
shall
in
their
application
to
proceedings
under
Sub
-
Part
I
of
this
Part
have
effect
subject
to
the
provisions
of
any
order
made
under
section
89
of
this
Act
.
99
.
(
1
)
In
this
Part
of
this
Act
unless
-
the
context
otherwise
requires
-
appeal
"
includes
any
proceeding
by
way
of
discharging
or
setting
aside
a
judgment
or
an
application
for
a
new
trial
or
a
stay
of
execution
;
certified
copy
"
in
relation
to
an
order
of
a
'
court
,
means
a
copy
of
the
order
certified
by
the
proper
officer
of
the
court
to
be
a
true
copy
;
country
of
the
original
court
"
means
the
country
in
which
the
original
court
is
situated
,
court
"
includes
a
Community
Tribunal
;
"
dependents
"
means
such
individuals
as
a
person
is
liable
to
maintain
according
to
the
law
in
force
in
the
country
in
which
the
maintenance
order
was
made
;
"
judgment
"
means
a
judgment
or
order
given
or
made
by
a
court
in
any
civil
proceedings
or
judgment
or
order
given
or
made
by
a
court
in
any
criminal
proceedings
for
the
payment
of
a
sum
of
money
in
respect
of
compensation
or
damages
to
an
injured
party
;
"
judgment
creditor
"
means
the
person
in
whose
favour
the
judgment
was
given
and
includes
any
person
in
whom
the
rights
under
the
judgment
have
become
vested
by
succession
,
assignment
or
otherwise
;
"
judgment
debtor
"
means
the
person
against
whom
the
judgment
is
enforceable
under
the
law
of
the
original
court
;
"
judgment
given
in
the
High
Court
"
it
includes
judgment
given
on
appeal
against
that
judgment
;
maintenance
order
"
means
an
order
,
other
than
an
order
of
affiliation
,
for
the
periodic
payment
of
sums
of
money
towards
the
maintenance
of
the
wife
or
other
dependants
of
the
person
against
whom
the
order
is
made
,
and
includes
an
order
or
decree
for
the
recovery
or
repayment
of
the
cost
of
public
relief
or
maintenance
;
original
court
"
in
relation
to
a
judgment
means
the
court
which
gave
the
judgment
;
"
prescribed
"
means
prescribed
by
rules
of
court
;
"
registration
"
means
registration
under
this
Part
;
"
registering
court
"
in
relation
to
any
judgment
,
means
the
Court
to
which
an
application
to
register
the
judgment
is
made
;
"
the
Minister
"
means
the
Minister
responsible
for
Justice
.
(
2
)
For
the
purpose
of
this
Part
,
"
action
in
personam
"
shall
not
'
include
any
matrimonial
cause
or
any
proceedings
in
connection
with
matrimonial
matters
,
administration
of
the
estates
of
deceased
persons
,
insolvency
,
winding
up
of
companies
,
lunacy
or
guardianship
of
infants
.
(
3
)
This
Part
applies
to
a
maintenance
order
whether
made
before
or
after
the
commencement
of
this
Act
.
PART
V
I
-
MISCELLANEOUS
PROVISIONS
100
.
(
I
)
This
section
shall
have
effect
without
prejudice
to
any
right
of
appeal
conferred
by
the
Constitution
,
this
Act
or
any
other
enactment
.
(
2
)
The
Court
of
Appeal
may
before
giving
judgment
in
any
proceedings
before
it
reserve
a
question
of
law
by
case
stated
for
the
consideration
of
the
Supreme
Court
.
(
3
)
A
Judge
of
the
High
Court
or
of
a
Circuit
Court
may
at
any
time
before
judgment
in
any
civil
cause
or
matter
before
it
,
reserve
for
the
consideration
of
the
Court
of
Appeal
,
by
case
stated
,
any
question
of
law
which
may
arise
in
the
proceedings
.
(
4
)
A
Judge
of
the
High
Court
in
any
criminal
trial
may
before
judgment
,
reserve
for
the
consideration
of
the
Court
of
Appeal
by
case
stated
,
any
question
of
law
which
may
arise
in
the
proceedings
.
(
5
)
A
Regional
Tribunal
or
a
Circuit
Tribunal
in
any
trial
before
it
may
before
giving
judgment
,
reserve
for
the
consideration
of
the
Court
of
appeal
by
case
stated
by
the
Regional
or
Circuit
Tribunal
any
question
of
law
arising
in
the
proceedings
.
(
6
)
A
Community
Tribunal
may
at
any
time
before
giving
,
judgment
in
any
civil
or
criminal
action
before
it
,
reserve
any
question
of
law
that
may
arise
in
the
proceedings
for
the
consideration
-
(
a
)
of
the
High
Court
in
civil
action
;
or
(
b
)
of
the
Regional
Tribunal
in
criminal
trial
by
case
stated
by
the
Community
Tribunal
.
(
7
)
Any
court
to
which
a
question
of
law
is
referred
under
this
section
shall
have
power
to
hear
and
determine
that
question
.
(
8
)
Where
a
question
of
law
has
been
reserved
for
the
consideration
of
a
court
under
this
section
,
the
court
which
reserved
the
question
shall
adjourn
the
proceeding
in
question
until
the
decision
of
the
first
mentioned
court
on
it
is
given
and
the
court
which
reserved
the
question
shall
,
after
the
decision
is
known
give
judgment
in
the
case
in
accordance
with
that
decision
.
(
9
)
The
court
to
which
any
question
of
law
is
reserved
under
this
section
shall
ensure
that
the
question
referred
to
it
is
heard
and
determined
by
it
as
expeditiously
as
possible
and
that
its
decision
is
communicated
to
the
court
which
reserved
the
question
.
101
.
(
I
)
No
jurisdiction
conferred
upon
any
Community
Tribunal
shall
in
any
way
restrict
or
affect
the
jurisdiction
of
the
High
Court
and
the
High
Court
shall
have
in
all
cases
and
matters
,
civil
and
criminal
,
an
original
jurisdiction
concurrent
with
the
jurisdiction
of
a
or
community
Tribunal
.
(
2
)
For
the
removal
of
doubt
it
is
declared
that
in
the
exercise
by
the
High
Court
of
the
jurisdiction
referred
to
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
the
Court
may
-
(
a
)
act
independently
of
the
Community
Tribunal
;
and
(
b
)
in
a
criminal
case
,
impose
penalty
and
exercise
any
power
prescribed
or
conferred
by
an
enactment
in
relation
to
an
offence
tried
by
it
up
to
any
limit
set
by
this
Act
in
relation
to
the
High
Court
and
shall
not
be
limited
to
the
imposition
of
only
such
penalties
as
may
be
imposed
by
a
Community
Tribunal
and
shall
have
the
powers
specified
in
subsection
(
2
)
of
this
section
in
respect
of
Community
Tribunals
.
(
3
)
A
Regional
Tribunal
shall
have
in
all
criminal
matters
an
original
jurisdiction
concurrent
with
the
jurisdiction
of
a
Community
Tribunal
.
102
.
(
1
)
Except
as
may
be
otherwise
ordered
by
a
court
or
tribunal
in
the
interest
of
public
morality
,
public
safety
or
public
order
,
the
proceedings
of
every
court
or
tribunal
including
the
announcement
of
the
decision
of
the
court
or
tribunal
shall
be
held
in
public
.
(
2
)
Nothing
contained
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
shall
prevent
a
court
or
tribunal
from
excluding
from
the
proceedings
persons
other
than
the
parties
to
the
case
or
action
and
their
counsel
,
to
such
an
extent
as
the
court
or
tribunal
may
consider
necessary
or
expedient
-
(
a
)
in
circumstances
where
publicity
would
prejudice
the
interest
of
justice
or
any
interlocutory
proceedings
;
or
(
b
)
in
the
interest
of
defence
,
public
safety
,
public
morality
,
the
welfare
of
persons
under
the
age
of
majority
or
the
protection
of
the
private
lives
of
persons
concerned
in
the
proceedings
(
3
)
Subject
to
the
provisions
of
article
125
and
clause
(
4
)
of
article
140
of
the
Constitution
and
to
any
rules
of
court
,
a
court
or
member
of
the
court
or
tribunal
exercising
a
function
under
the
Constitution
,
this
Act
,
or
any
other
enactment
may
discharge
the
function
in
chambers
.
(
4
)
The
parties
to
any
proceeding
to
which
subsection
(
3
)
of
this
section
applies
shall
be
informed
in
writing
of
the
decision
to
discharge
in
chambers
any
function
referred
to
in
that
subsection
.
103
.
Where
any
cause
or
matter
is
for
determination
by
a
court
or
Tribunal
and
the
Court
or
Tribunal
has
heard
the
arguments
of
the
parties
on
the
cause
or
matter
,
no
Judge
or
Chairman
,
or
panel
member
of
the
Court
or
Tribunal
shall
withdraw
from
the
proceedings
unless
the
judgment
or
decision
has
been
delivered
.
104
.
(
1
)
Subject
to
the
provisions
of
the
Constitution
,
the
Chief
Justice
may
by
order
under
his
hand
transfer
a
case
from
any
Judge
,
or
tribunal
to
any
other
Judge
or
Tribunal
,
and
from
a
court
referred
to
in
this
Act
to
any
other
competent
court
at
any
time
or
stage
in
the
course
of
proceedings
and
either
with
or
without
application
from
the
parties
to
the
proceedings
.
(
2
)
The
order
may
be
general
or
special
and
shall
state
the
nature
and
extent
of
the
transfer
and
in
any
case
of
urgency
the
power
of
transfer
may
be
exercised
by
means
of
a
telegraphic
,
telephonic
or
electronic
communication
from
the
Chief
Justice
.
(
3
)
A
transfer
of
a
case
made
by
telegraph
,
telephone
or
,
electronic
communication
and
not
confirmed
immediately
by
order
signed
and
sealed
in
a
manner
specified
by
the
Chief
Justice
or
any
other
person
authorised
in
that
behalf
by
him
shall
be
of
no
effect
.
105
.
(
1
)
Any
Judge
of
the
High
Court
or
Chairman
of
a
Regional
Tribunal
may
on
his
own
initiative
or
on
application
by
any
person
concerned
,
report
to
the
Chief
Justice
any
case
civil
or
.
criminal
-
pending
before
him
which
in
his
opinion
ought
for
any
reason
to
be
transferred
from
him
to
any
other
court
,
Judge
or
Regional
Tribunal
.
(
2
)
If
the
Chief
Justice
is
satisfied
that
a
transfer
is
desirable
he
'
shall
specify
the
court
or
tribunal
to
which
or
the
Judge
to
whom
that
case
is
to
be
transferred
for
hearing
and
determination
and
give
such
other
directions
as
may
be
necessary
.
106
.
(
1
)
Subject
to
subsection
(
2
)
of
this
section
a
Judge
of
the
High
Court
shall
in
respect
of
civil
matters
,
or
a
Chairman
of
a
Regional
Tribunal
shall
ii
respect
of
criminal
matters
,
have
and
exercise
all
the
powers
of
the
Chief
Justice
with
respect
to
the
transfer
of
a
case
,
from
one
Community
Tribunal
to
another
Community
Tribunal
or
from
a
Community
Tribunal
to
a
Circuit
Court
or
to
a
Circuit
Tribunal
as
the
case
may
be
.
(
2
)
Nothing
in
this
section
shall
be
deemed
to
restrict
the
power
of
transfer
vested
in
the
Chief
Justice
and
an
order
of
transfer
made
by
a
Judge
or
a
Regional
Tribunal
under
this
section
shall
have
no
effect
where
the
Chief
Justice
has
transferred
the
case
in
question
or
the
Judge
or
Tribunal
has
,
at
the
time
of
the
making
of
the
order
,
notice
of
an
application
to
the
Chief
Justice
for
a
transfer
.
107
.
(
1
)
A
Judge
of
the
High
Court
may
either
on
his
own
motion
or
on
the
application
by
any
of
the
parties
to
the
motion
and
at
any
stage
of
the
proceedings
before
judgment
,
remit
to
a
community
Tribunal
any
civil
,
cause
or
matter
pending
before
him
which
he
considers
may
suitably
be
proceeded
with
by
that
Community
Tribunal
.
(
2
)
The
power
to
remit
conferred
by
this
section
may
be
exercised
in
the
same
manner
and
shall
be
subject
to
the
same
limitations
as
the
power
conferred
by
section
106
of
this
Act
.
108
.
(
1
)
The
Chief
Justice
shall
in
case
of
doubt
select
the
court
or
tribunal
where
any
cause
or
matter
should
be
heard
and
determined
.
(
2
)
Where
the
Chief
Justice
has
under
this
section
selected
a
court
or
tribunal
for
the
hearing
and
determination
of
a
case
,
that
case
shall
be
heard
and
determined
by
that
court
or
tribunal
.
109
.
Whereanobjectionistakeninanycourttotheadmissibilityofa
document
in
evidence
on
the
ground
of
absence
or
insufficiency
of
a
stamp
,
the
decision
of
the
court
shall
not
be
reversed
,
set
aside
or
,
otherwise
interfered
with
by
reason
only
of
a
ruling
of
the
court
that
the
document
requires
a
stamp
or
that
the
stamp
on
the
document
is
insufficient
or
because
the
document
does
not
require
a
stamp
.
110
.
The
execution
of
any
process
of
the
court
may
be
performed
by
such
police
officers
or
other
persons
as
may
be
authorised
by
law
and
any
police
officer
or
other
person
who
is
in
possession
of
the
process
shall
be
presumed
to
be
duly
authorised
and
shall
for
the
purposes
of
the
execution
,
and
any
matter
relating
to
it
be
an
officer
of
court
.
I11
.
If
an
officer
employed
to
execute
an
order
of
a
court
willfully
or
by
neglect
or
omission
loses
the
opportunity
of
executing
it
,
on
complaint
by
the
person
aggrieved
and
proof
of
the
fact
alleged
,
the
High
Court
may
if
it
thinks
fit
,
order
the
officer
to
pay
the
damage
sustained
by
the
aggrieved
person
and
the
order
shall
be
en
forced
as
an
order
directing
the
payment
of
money
.
112
.
(
1
)
Where
it
is
alleged
in
respect
of
an
officer
of
a
court
that
-
(
a
)
he
has
committed
extortion
under
pretence
of
executing
the
process
of
the
court
or
otherwise
under
the
pretext
of
acting
with
the
authority
of
the
court
;
or
(
b
)
he
has
failed
to
pay
over
money
levied
;
or
(
c
)
he
is
guilty
of
any
other
misconduct
in
relation
to
his
duties
,
the
High
Court
or
a
Regional
Tribunal
may
,
without
prejudice
to
any
other
liability
or
punishment
to
which
the
officer
would
,
in
the
absence
of
this
subsection
be
liable
,
enquire
into
the
allegation
in
a
summary
manner
.
(
2
)
The
High
Court
or
Regional
Tribunal
may
for
the
purpose
of
subsection
(
1
)
summon
and
enforce
the
attendance
of
any
person
before
it
and
shall
make
such
order
for
the
payment
of
money
levied
and
for
the
payment
of
damages
and
costs
as
it
thinks
fit
.
(
3
)
The
Court
may
also
impose
on
the
officer
a
fine
not
exceeding
050
,
000
.
00
.
113
.
A
Judge
or
Chairman
of
the
Superior
Courts
,
a
judge
of
the
Circuit
Court
,
a
Chairman
of
a
Tribunal
and
panel
members
of
regional
,
Circuit
and
Community
Tribunals
shall
not
be
liable
for
any
matter
or
thing
done
by
them
in
the
performance
of
their
functions
.
114
.
(
1
)
The
Supreme
Court
,
the
Court
of
Appeal
,
the
High
Court
or
Regional
Tribunal
may
assign
a
lawyer
by
way
of
legal
aid
to
any
party
to
any
proceedings
before
the
Court
or
Tribunal
where
the
Court
or
Tribunal
is
of
the
opinion
that
it
is
desirable
in
the
interest
of
justice
that
the
party
should
have
legal
aid
and
that
he
is
financially
unable
to
obtain
the
services
of
a
lawyer
.
(
2
)
A
Circuit
Court
,
a
Circuit
or
Community
Tribunal
may
also
with
the
prior
approval
of
the
Chief
Justice
unless
otherwise
provided
in
this
Act
assign
a
lawyer
by
way
of
legal
aid
to
any
party
in
any
proceedings
before
the
Court
or
Tribunal
where
it
appears
to
the
Court
or
Tribunal
desirable
in
the
interest
of
justice
that
the
party
should
have
legal
aid
and
that
he
has
not
sufficient
means
to
enable
him
to
obtain
the
services
of
a
lawyer
.
(
3
)
For
the
purpose
of
enforcing
any
provision
of
the
Constitution
a
person
shall
have
legal
aid
in
connection
with
any
proceedings
relating
to
the
Constitution
if
he
has
reasonable
grounds
for
taking
,
defending
,
prosecuting
or
being
a
party
to
the
proceedings
.
(
4
)
For
the
purpose
of
this
section
,
legal
aid
shall
consist
of
representation
by
a
legal
practitioner
including
assistance
in
preliminary
or
incidental
matters
to
any
proceedings
or
arriving
at
or
giving
effect
to
a
compromise
to
avoid
or
to
bring
an
end
to
any
proceedings
.
(
5
)
Any
lawyer
assigned
to
a
party
under
this
section
for
his
services
to
that
party
in
relation
to
the
proceeding
shall
be
paid
out
of
the
Consolidated
Fund
such
fees
as
the
Minister
responsible
for
Justice
may
in
consultation
with
the
Chief
Justice
determine
.
(
6
)
The
Minister
responsible
for
Justice
may
after
consultation
with
the
Chief
Justice
,
by
legislative
instrument
make
regulations
for
the
purposes
of
giving
full
effect
to
the
provisions
of
this
section
and
the
regulations
shall
prescribe
-
(
a
)
the
conditions
for
a
grant
of
legal
aid
,
to
which
subsection
(
4
)
of
this
section
applies
;
(
b
)
the
extent
of
contribution
to
be
made
by
a
person
granted
legal
aid
under
this
section
;
(
c
)
the
assessment
of
disposable
capital
,
income
or
property
for
the
purposes
of
contributions
towards
legal
aid
;
and
(
d
)
the
grant
of
assistance
to
a
person
in
respect
of
legal
advice
,
the
right
to
and
nature
of
legal
advice
for
the
purposes
of
this
section
.
115
.
(
1
)
For
the
purpose
of
this
Act
and
in
accordance
with
the
Constitution
,
the
Supreme
Court
,
Court
of
Appeal
and
High
Court
specified
in
this
Act
are
successors
to
the
Supreme
Court
,
Court
of
appeal
and
High
Court
respectively
in
existence
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
of
the
Constitution
.
(
2
)
The
Regional
Tribunal
established
under
this
Act
shall
subject
to
the
provisions
of
this
Act
,
be
successor
to
the
Regional
Public
Tribunal
in
existence
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
.
(
3
)
All
proceedings
pending
before
any
of
the
courts
referred
to
in
subsection
(
1
)
and
(
2
)
of
this
section
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
may
be
proceeded
with
and
concluded
in
that
court
.
(
4
)
Subject
to
the
jurisdiction
in
civil
causes
and
matters
provided
under
section
41
of
this
Act
,
the
Circuit
Court
established
under
this
Act
shall
be
successor
to
the
Circuit
Court
in
existence
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
and
shall
continue
to
hear
and
determine
civil
cases
.
(
5
)
Notwithstanding
the
want
of
jurisdiction
in
criminal
matters
,
a
Circuit
Court
before
which
a
part
-
heard
criminal
case
is
pending
on
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
may
proceed
and
conclude
that
case
but
shall
not
after
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
commence
any
fresh
criminal
trial
.
(
6
)
The
Community
Tribunal
established
under
this
Act
shall
subject
to
the
provisions
of
this
Act
,
be
successor
to
the
District
Court
Grade
I
in
existence
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
.
(
7
)
The
District
Court
Grade
11
,
District
and
Community
Public
Tribunals
established
under
the
Public
Tribunals
Law
1984
(
PNDCL
.
78
)
and
in
existence
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
shall
on
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
cease
to
exist
.
(
8
)
A
reference
in
any
enactment
or
rules
of
court
to
District
Court
Grade
1
,
District
Court
Grade
11
,
Magistrate
Grade
1
,
Magistrate
Grade
11
,
Juvenile
Court
or
Family
Tribunal
shall
be
read
as
a
reference
to
the
Community
Tribunal
established
under
this
Act
.
(
9
)
Where
hearing
has
commenced
in
any
action
before
any
Magistrate
Grade
I
or
Grade
11
Court
which
is
in
existence
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
,
that
Court
may
proceed
and
conclude
that
action
notwithstanding
any
other
provision
of
this
Act
to
the
contrary
within
six
months
of
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
.
(
I0
)
Subject
to
the
other
provisions
of
this
section
where
a
court
or
tribunal
before
which
a
case
is
pending
is
not
continued
in
existence
under
this
section
,
the
Chief
Justice
shall
give
such
directives
as
he
considers
appropriate
for
the
disposal
of
the
case
.
(
I1
)
For
the
purpose
of
this
section
proceedings
or
case
pending
include
any
proceedings
or
case
before
the
court
or
tribunal
,
partly
heard
or
mentioned
,
and
recorded
by
the
court
or
tribunal
,
and
proceedings
or
case
,
the
documents
in
respect
of
which
have
been
filed
in
the
registry
of
the
court
or
tribunal
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
.
116
.
For
the
purposes
of
Part
lll
of
this
Act
which
relates
to
Common
Law
and
Customary
Law
)
,
Part
IV
(
which
relates
to
Jurisdiction
Evidence
and
Rules
of
Court
)
and
Part
VI
(
Miscellaneous
)
,
unless
the
'
context
otherwise
requires
and
subject
to
the
jurisdiction
and
power
conferred
specifically
by
this
Act
on
the
Regional
Tribunal
,
a
reference
to
the
High
Court
includes
a
reference
to
the
Regional
Tribunal
.
117
.
(
1
)
In
this
Act
unless
the
context
otherwise
requires
-
cause
or
matter
affecting
chieftaincy
"
means
any
cause
,
matter
,
question
or
dispute
relating
to
any
of
the
following
-
(
a
)
nomination
,
election
,
selection
,
installation
or
deposition
of
a
person
as
a
chief
or
the
claim
of
a
person
to
be
nominated
,
elected
,
Selected
,
installed
as
a
chief
,
(
b
)
the
destoolment
or
abdication
of
any
Chief
;
(
c
)
the
right
of
any
person
to
take
part
in
the
nomination
,
election
,
selection
,
appointment
or
installation
of
any
person
as
a
Chief
or
in
the
deposition
of
any
Chief
;
(
d
)
the
recovery
or
delivery
of
stool
property
in
connection
with
any
such
nomination
,
election
,
appointment
installation
,
deposition
or
abdication
;
(
e
)
the
constitutional
relations
under
customary
law
between
Chiefs
,
civil
case
"
includes
any
action
,
suit
or
other
original
proceedings
between
plaintiff
and
defendant
;
"
Constitution
"
means
the
Constitution
of
Ghana
,
1
992
;
"
court
"
means
a
court
of
competent
jurisdiction
established
under
this
Act
and
includes
a
tribunal
;
"
judgment
"
includes
a
decree
,
order
,
decision
or
any
other
finding
whatsoever
;
panel
"
means
the
Chairmen
and
other
members
of
a
Regional
,
Circuit
or
Community
Tribunal
;
rules
of
court
"
means
,
rules
of
court
made
by
the
Rules
of
Court
Committee
;
"
tribunal
"
means
a
Regional
,
Circuit
or
Community
Tribunal
established
under
this
Act
.
(
2
)
In
this
Act
and
in
any
other
enactment
a
reference
to
an
officer
of
a
court
shall
,
unless
the
contrary
intention
appears
,
include
counsel
in
any
proceedings
and
also
any
person
required
to
assist
in
the
initiation
or
conduct
of
any
court
proceedings
or
in
the
enforcement
of
any
judgment
or
decree
or
order
of
a
court
but
does
not
include
the
parties
in
the
case
.
118
.
(
1
)
Any
enactment
in
existence
immediately
before
the
commencement
of
this
Act
shall
have
effect
subject
to
such
modifications
as
may
be
necessary
to
give
effect
to
the
provisions
of
this
Act
.
(
2
)
The
enactments
set
out
in
the
first
column
of
the
First
Schedule
to
this
Act
are
amended
to
the
extent
indicated
in
the
second
column
of
that
Schedule
.
119
.
(
1
)
Until
provision
is
made
by
law
in
Ghana
,
the
Statutes
of
England
specified
in
the
Second
Schedule
to
this
Act
shall
continue
to
apply
in
Ghana
as
statutes
of
general
application
subject
to
any
statute
in
Ghana
.
(
2
)
Until
provision
is
made
by
law
in
Ghana
sections
49
,
50
,
51
,
59
,
71
(
1
)
and
(
2
)
,
131
,
139
,
14
.
5
,
150
,
151
,
154
,
15
8
,
161
,
164
,
and
184
of
the
Law
of
property
Act
,
1925
(
15
Geo
.
V
.
c
.
20
)
shall
apply
in
Ghana
subject
to
such
verbal
amendments
,
not
affecting
substance
as
may
be
necessary
to
enable
those
sections
to
be
conveniently
applied
in
Ghana
.
120
;
(
1
)
The
enactments
set
out
in
the
Third
Schedule
to
this
Act
are
repealed
.
(
2
)
Notwithstanding
the
repeal
of
the
Courts
Act
1971
(
Act
372
)
the
statutory
instruments
specified
in
the
third
Schedule
to
this
Act
shall
continue
in
force
until
revoked
,
altered
or
otherwise
modified
under
this
Act
.
(
3
)
The
rules
of
court
applicable
to
the
Supreme
Court
,
Court
of
Appeal
High
Court
and
Circuit
Courts
and
in
force
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
shall
,
subject
to
the
provisions
of
this
Act
,
continue
to
apply
to
those
Courts
.
(
4
)
The
rules
of
court
applicable
to
the
High
Court
in
the
exercise
of
its
criminal
jurisdiction
shall
subject
to
the
provision
of
this
Act
and
with
necessary
modifications
apply
to
the
Regional
Tribunals
in
the
exercise
of
its
jurisdiction
.
(
5
)
The
rules
of
court
and
procedure
applicable
to
the
District
Court
Grade
1
,
the
juvenile
e
Court
and
Family
Tribunal
and
in
force
on
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
shall
subject
to
the
provisions
of
this
Act
,
apply
to
the
Community
Tribunal
in
exercising
its
jurisdiction
under
this
Act
with
such
modifications
as
may
be
necessary
.
121
.
The
instruments
set
out
in
the
Fourth
Schedule
to
this
Act
are
by
this
section
continued
in
force
.
lEstablishment
of
lower
courts
.
Part
11
of
Act
459
replaced
5
.
The
principal
enactment
is
amended
by
the
substitution
for
Part
11
of
the
following
:
39
.
The
following
are
by
this
Act
established
as
the
lower
courts
of
the
country
-
(
a
)
Circuit
Courts
;
(
b
)
District
Courts
;
(
c
)
Juvenile
Courts
;
(
d
)
the
National
House
of
Chiefs
,
Regional
Houses
of
Chiefs
and
every
Traditional
Council
,
in
respect
of
the
jurisdiction
of
any
such
House
or
Council
to
adjudicate
over
any
cause
or
matter
affecting
chieftaincy
;
and
(
e
)
such
other
lower
courts
as
Parliament
may
by
law
establish
.
Sub
-
Part
I
-
Circuit
Courts
Circuit
Courts
and
judges
.
40
.
(
1
)
There
shall
be
established
in
each
Region
such
Circuit
Courts
as
the
Chief
Justice
may
determine
.
(
2
)
The
Chief
Justice
shall
specify
the
area
of
jurisdiction
of
each
Circuit
Court
.
(
3
)
There
shall
be
assigned
for
each
Circuit
Court
a
Judge
who
shall
be
appointed
,
subject
to
the
approval
of
the
President
,
by
the
Chief
Justice
acting
on
the
advice
of
the
Judicial
Council
.
(
4
)
A
person
shall
not
be
appointed
a
Circuit
Court
Judge
unless
he
is
of
high
moral
character
and
proven
integrity
and
is
of
not
less
than
five
years
standing
as
a
lawyer
.
(
5
)
Every
Circuit
Court
Judge
shall
exercise
the
jurisdiction
conferred
upon
him
by
this
Act
or
any
other
enactment
for
the
time
being
in
force
in
respect
of
causes
and
matters
arising
within
his
area
of
jurisdiction
.
(
6
)
A
Circuit
Court
shall
hold
its
sittings
at
such
places
and
times
as
the
Chief
Justice
may
direct
.
(
7
)
Subject
to
any
direction
of
the
Chief
Justice
,
the
sittings
of
a
Circuit
Court
shall
be
held
at
such
places
and
times
as
the
Circuit
Court
Judge
may
think
fit
.
Superior
Court
Judge
to
sit
as
Circuit
Court
Judge
.
41
.
Without
prejudice
to
subsection
(
3
)
of
section
40
,
the
Chief
Justice
,
or
any
Justice
of
the
Superior
Court
of
Judicature
-
nominated
by
the
Chief
Justice
may
sit
as
a
Circuit
Court
Judge
.
Jurisdiction
of
Circuit
Courts
civil
in
matters
.
42
.
(
1
)
The
civil
jurisdiction
of
a
Circuit
Court
consists
of
the
following
-
(
a
)
original
jurisdiction
in
civil
matters
-
(
i
)
in
personal
actions
arising
under
contract
or
tort
or
for
the
recovery
of
any
liquidated
sum
,
where
the
amount
claimed
is
not
more
than
100
million
;
(
ii
)
in
actions
between
landlord
and
tenant
for
the
possession
of
land
claimed
under
lease
and
refused
to
be
delivered
up
;
(
iii
)
in
causes
and
matters
involving
the
ownership
,
possession
,
occupation
of
or
title
to
land
;
(
iv
)
to
appoint
guardians
of
infants
and
to
make
orders
for
the
custody
of
infants
;
(
v
)
to
grant
in
any
action
instituted
in
the
Court
,
injunctions
or
orders
to
stay
waste
,
or
alienation
or
for
the
detention
and
preservation
of
any
property
the
subject
matter
of
that
action
or
to
restrain
breaches
of
contract
or
the
commission
of
any
tort
;
(
vi
)
in
claims
of
relief
by
way
of
interpleader
in
respect
of
land
or
other
property
attached
in
execution
of
an
order
made
by
a
Circuit
Court
;
(
vii
)
in
applications
for
the
grant
of
probate
or
letters
of
administration
in
respect
of
the
estate
of
a
deceased
person
,
and
in
causes
and
matters
relating
to
succession
to
property
of
a
deceased
person
,
who
had
at
the
time
of
his
death
a
fixed
place
of
abode
within
the
area
of
jurisdiction
of
the
Circuit
Court
and
the
value
of
the
estate
or
property
in
question
does
not
exceed
(
100
million
;
and
(
b
)
any
other
jurisdiction
conferred
by
this
Act
or
any
other
enactment
.
(
2
)
Where
there
is
a
dispute
as
to
whether
or
not
any
amount
claimed
or
the
value
of
any
property
in
any
action
,
cause
or
matter
is
in
excess
of
the
amount
or
value
specified
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
in
relation
to
that
action
,
cause
or
matter
,
the
Circuit
Court
in
question
shall
call
evidence
as
to
the
said
amount
or
value
and
if
it
finds
that
it
exceeds
the
amount
or
value
specified
in
subsection
(
1
)
it
shall
transfer
the
case
to
the
High
Court
.
(
3
)
Where
the
amount
claimed
or
the
value
of
any
property
exceeds
the
amount
or
value
specified
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
the
Circuit
Court
shall
,
notwithstanding
that
subsection
,
proceed
to
hear
the
case
if
the
parties
agree
that
it
should
do
so
.
(
4
)
The
Attorney
-
General
may
by
legislative
instrument
amend
the
amount
or
value
specified
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
Criminal
jurisdiction
of
Circuit
Court
.
43
.
A
Circuit
Court
has
original
jurisdiction
in
all
criminal
-
matters
other
than
treason
,
offences
triable
on
indictment
and
offences
punishable
by
death
.
Appeals
from
Circuit
Courts
.
44
.
(
1
)
A
person
aggrieved
by
a
judgment
of
a
Circuit
Court
in
any
civil
action
may
,
subject
to
this
Act
and
Rules
of
Court
,
appeal
to
the
Court
of
Appeal
against
the
judgment
.
(
2
)
A
person
aggrieved
by
a
judgment
of
a
Circuit
Court
in
criminal
trial
may
,
subject
to
this
Act
and
Rules
of
Court
,
appeal
to
the
High
Court
.
Sub
-
Part
II
-
District
Courts
Establishment
of
District
Courts
.
45
.
(
1
)
There
shall
be
in
each
District
of
the
country
such
District
Courts
as
the
Chief
Justice
may
determine
.
(
2
)
There
shall
be
assigned
to
each
District
Court
,
a
Magistrate
who
shall
be
appointed
,
subject
to
the
approval
of
the
President
,
by
the
Chief
Justice
on
the
advice
of
the
Judicial
Council
.
(
3
)
The
Chief
Justice
shall
specify
the
area
of
jurisdiction
of
each
District
Court
.
Qualification
of
a
Magistrate
and
sitting
of
the
District
Court
.
46
.
(
1
)
A
person
does
not
qualify
to
be
appointed
a
Magistrate
of
a
District
Court
unless
he
is
of
high
moral
character
and
proven
integrity
and
is
a
lawyer
of
not
less
than
three
years
standing
.
(
2
)
The
Chief
Justice
,
any
Justice
of
the
Superior
Court
of
Judicature
or
a
Circuit
Court
Judge
nominated
by
the
Chief
Justice
may
sit
as
a
Magistrate
of
any
District
Court
.
(
3
)
Sittings
of
a
District
Court
shall
be
held
at
such
places
and
times
as
the
Chief
Justice
may
direct
.
(
4
)
Subject
to
any
such
directions
,
the
sittings
may
beheld
at
such
places
and
times
as
the
Magistrate
thinks
appropriate
.
Civil
jurisdiction
of
District
Courts
.
47
.
(
1
)
A
District
Court
shall
within
the
area
of
its
jurisdiction
have
civil
jurisdiction
in
the
following
matters
-
(
a
)
in
personal
actions
arising
under
contract
or
tort
for
the
recovery
of
any
liquidated
sum
where
the
amount
claimed
does
not
exceed
50
million
;
(
b
)
to
grant
in
any
action
instituted
in
the
District
Court
injunctions
or
orders
to
stay
waste
or
alienation
or
for
the
detention
and
preservation
of
any
property
the
subject
matter
of
that
action
,
or
restrain
breaches
of
contracts
or
the
commission
of
any
tort
;
(
c
)
in
claims
for
relief
by
way
of
interpleader
in
respect
of
land
or
other
property
attached
in
execution
of
a
decree
made
by
the
District
Court
;
(
d
)
in
civil
causes
or
matters
relating
to
the
landlord
and
tenant
of
any
premises
or
any
person
interested
in
such
premises
as
required
or
authorised
by
any
law
relating
to
landlord
and
tenant
;
(
e
)
in
actions
relating
to
ownership
,
possession
or
occupation
of
land
where
the
value
of
the
land
does
not
exceed
50
million
;
in
divorce
and
other
matrimonial
causes
or
matters
and
actions
for
paternity
and
custody
of
children
;
(
g
)
in
applications
for
the
grant
of
probate
or
letters
of
administration
in
respect
of
the
estate
of
a
deceased
person
,
and
in
causes
and
matters
relating
to
succession
to
property
of
a
deceased
person
,
who
had
at
the
time
of
his
death
a
fixed
place
of
abode
within
the
area
of
jurisdiction
of
the
District
Court
and
the
value
of
the
estate
or
property
in
question
does
not
exceed
050
million
;
and
(
h
)
hear
and
determine
charges
and
dispose
of
other
matters
affecting
juveniles
that
is
persons
under
the
age
of
eighteen
.
(
2
)
Where
there
is
dispute
as
to
whether
or
not
any
amount
claimed
or
the
value
of
any
land
or
property
in
any
action
,
cause
or
matter
is
in
excess
of
the
amount
or
value
specified
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
in
relation
to
that
action
,
cause
or
matter
the
District
Court
in
question
shall
call
evidence
as
to
the
said
amount
or
value
and
if
it
finds
that
it
exceeds
the
amount
or
value
specified
in
subsection
(
1
)
it
shall
,
subject
to
the
powers
of
transfer
of
the
Chief
Justice
,
transfer
the
case
to
a
Circuit
Court
.
(
3
)
Where
in
any
action
,
cause
or
matter
the
amount
claimed
or
the
value
of
any
land
or
property
exceeds
the
amount
or
value
specified
in
subsection
(
1
)
,
the
District
Court
shall
notwithstanding
that
sub
section
,
proceed
to
hear
the
case
if
the
parties
agree
that
it
should
do
so
.
(
4
)
The
Attorney
-
General
may
by
legislative
instrument
amend
the
amount
or
value
specified
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
.
Jurisdiction
of
District
Court
in
criminal
matters
.
48
.
(
1
)
In
criminal
matters
a
District
Court
has
jurisdiction
to
try
summarily
--
(
a
)
an
offence
punishable
by
a
fine
not
exceeding
500
penalty
units
or
imprisonment
for
a
term
not
exceeding
2
years
or
both
;
(
b
)
any
other
offence
(
except
an
offence
punishable
by
death
or
by
imprisonment
for
life
or
an
offence
declared
by
any
enactment
to
be
a
first
degree
felony
)
if
the
Attorney
-
General
is
of
the
opinion
that
having
regard
to
the
nature
of
the
offence
,
the
absence
of
circumstances
which
would
render
the
offence
of
a
grave
or
serious
character
and
all
other
circumstances
of
the
case
,
the
case
is
suitable
to
be
tried
summarily
;
(
c
)
an
attempt
to
commit
an
offence
to
which
paragraph
(
a
)
or
(
b
)
of
this
subsection
applies
;
(
d
)
abetment
of
or
conspiracy
in
respect
of
any
such
offence
.
(
2
)
Subject
to
the
other
provisions
of
this
section
,
a
District
Court
shall
in
the
exercise
of
its
jurisdiction
in
criminal
matters
not
impose
a
term
of
imprisonment
exceeding
2
years
or
a
fine
exceeding
500
penalty
units
or
both
.
(
3
)
A
District
Court
does
not
have
jurisdiction
to
try
an
offence
under
paragraph
(
b
)
,
(
c
)
or
(
d
)
of
subsection
(
1
)
where
the
enactment
creating
the
offence
has
prescribed
in
relation
to
the
offence
a
minimum
penalty
that
exceeds
the
penalty
permitted
to
be
imposed
by
a
District
Court
under
subsection
(
2
)
.
(
4
)
Where
under
any
enactment
increased
punishment
may
be
imposed
upon
any
person
previously
convicted
of
a
crime
,
a
District
Court
may
impose
the
increased
punishment
,
or
twice
the
maximum
punishment
prescribed
by
subsection
(
2
)
whichever
is
the
lesser
.
(
5
)
The
Attorney
-
General
may
by
legislative
instrument
amend
the
amount
or
value
specified
in
subsections
(
1
)
and
(
2
)
of
this
section
.
Juvenile
Juvenile
Courts
.
49
.
(
1
)
The
Chief
Justice
may
designate
any
District
Court
as
a
Juvenile
Court
.
2
)
A
Juvenile
Court
shall
be
composed
of
the
Magistrate
of
the
District
Court
as
the
presiding
person
and
two
other
persons
one
of
whom
shall
be
a
Social
Welfare
Officer
and
the
other
,
a
person
of
not
less
than
25
years
both
of
whom
shall
be
appointed
by
the
Chief
Justice
on
the
recommendation
of
the
Director
of
Social
Welfare
.
(
4
)
A
Juvenile
Court
has
power
to
hear
and
determine
any
matter
civil
or
criminal
that
involves
a
person
under
the
age
of
eighteen
and
shall
for
that
purpose
have
and
exercise
all
the
powers
of
a
District
Court
.
Jurisdiction
of
District
Court
under
the
Children
'
s
Act
.
50
.
A
District
Court
also
has
jurisdiction
to
hear
and
determine
any
action
that
arises
under
the
Children
'
s
Act
,
1998
(
Act
560
)
and
shall
for
the
purposes
of
that
enactment
be
the
Family
Tribunal
and
exercise
the
powers
conferred
on
a
Family
Tribunal
under
that
Act
and
any
other
enactment
.
General
powers
of
District
Courts
.
51
.
(
1
)
Every
District
Court
shall
in
addition
to
the
jurisdiction
-
by
this
Act
,
have
such
other
functions
as
conferred
may
be
conferred
or
imposed
on
it
by
any
other
enactment
.
(
2
)
Every
Magistrate
may
administer
oaths
,
take
solemn
affirmations
and
declarations
,
make
such
decrees
and
orders
,
issue
such
process
and
exercise
such
powers
,
judicial
and
ministerial
in
relation
to
the
administration
of
justice
as
are
prescribed
by
any
enactment
,
Rules
of
Court
,
or
special
order
of
the
District
Court
.
(
3
)
A
writ
of
summons
for
the
.
Commencement
of
any
action
in
the
High
Court
or
a
Circuit
Court
may
,
without
prejudice
to
any
power
conferred
on
the
High
Court
or
a
Circuit
Court
by
any
other
provision
of
this
Act
or
Rules
of
Court
,
be
filed
with
any
District
Court
and
it
shall
be
the
duty
of
the
District
Court
with
which
the
writ
is
filed
to
transmit
the
writ
immediately
to
the
High
Court
or
Circuit
Court
at
which
the
action
in
respect
of
which
the
writ
is
filed
is
to
be
determined
.
(
4
)
No
act
done
by
or
under
the
authority
of
a
Magistrate
shall
be
void
or
impeachable
by
reason
only
that
the
act
was
done
,
or
that
any
act
,
offence
,
or
matter
in
respect
of
or
in
relation
to
which
the
act
was
done
,
occurred
beyond
the
limits
of
the
district
or
area
for
which
the
Magistrate
was
appointed
.
(
5
)
Where
in
any
proceedings
before
a
District
Court
a
defendant
raises
an
objection
to
the
jurisdiction
of
the
Court
,
which
might
but
for
this
section
have
been
valid
,
if
-
(
a
)
in
a
civil
case
,
the
objection
is
raised
at
a
time
before
the
plaintiff
calls
his
first
witness
in
support
of
his
claim
;
or
(
b
)
in
a
criminal
case
,
the
objection
is
raised
at
or
before
the
time
when
the
defendant
is
required
to
plead
to
the
charge
,
the
Magistrate
shall
consider
the
objection
,
and
if
it
appears
to
the
Magistrate
that
there
is
prima
facie
proof
of
the
objection
,
the
Magistrate
shall
,
in
a
civil
case
report
the
matter
to
the
High
Court
and
in
a
criminal
case
,
report
the
matter
to
the
Circuit
Court
,
and
the
High
Court
or
Circuit
Court
shall
as
the
case
may
be
,
direct
where
the
matter
shall
be
heard
and
determined
.
(
6
)
Every
Magistrate
shall
,
when
required
by
a
court
,
execute
any
order
or
process
issuing
from
the
District
court
and
shall
take
security
from
any
person
named
in
the
order
or
process
for
his
appearance
in
the
court
,
and
shall
,
in
default
send
the
person
to
the
place
named
in
the
order
or
process
.
Monthly
lists
to
be
sent
to
High
Court
and
power
of
High
Court
to
revise
decision
of
Magistrates
.
52
.
(
1
)
At
the
end
of
every
month
,
every
Magistrate
shall
forward
to
the
High
Court
for
the
time
being
exercising
jurisdiction
over
the
District
,
a
complete
list
of
all
criminal
cases
decided
by
or
brought
before
the
Magistrate
during
that
month
,
setting
out
the
name
of
the
accused
,
the
offence
with
which
he
was
charged
,
and
the
date
of
conviction
and
he
sentence
,
or
of
acquittal
or
discharge
,
as
the
case
may
be
,
and
in
every
case
the
order
of
the
Magistrate
in
full
(
2
)
Upon
receipt
of
the
list
referred
to
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
the
High
Court
Judge
may
,
if
he
thinks
fit
,
call
for
a
copy
of
the
record
of
any
case
included
in
the
list
and
,
either
without
seeing
the
record
or
after
seeing
it
,
and
either
without
hearing
argument
or
after
hearing
argument
,
may
-
(
a
)
Subject
to
any
enactment
fixing
a
minimum
penalty
,
vary
the
sentence
or
impose
such
other
sentence
warranted
in
law
by
the
verdict
which
the
District
Court
could
have
imposed
in
substitution
for
the
sentence
imposed
as
the
Judge
thinks
ought
to
have
been
imposed
;
(
b
)
Subject
to
any
enactment
requiring
a
particular
order
to
be
made
,
set
aside
an
order
or
modify
an
order
in
such
form
as
the
Judge
thinks
fit
;
(
c
)
set
aside
the
conviction
,
in
which
case
the
person
if
under
detention
shall
be
immediately
released
from
detention
,
and
any
fine
already
paid
shall
be
refunded
to
the
person
fined
,
and
any
security
given
shall
be
released
;
(
d
)
set
aside
the
acquittal
,
record
a
conviction
and
impose
any
sentence
which
the
District
Court
could
have
imposed
;
(
e
)
set
aside
the
conviction
or
acquittal
and
order
a
new
trial
or
a
preliminary
enquiry
before
the
District
Court
which
made
the
conviction
or
acquittal
or
before
any
other
District
Court
;
order
further
evidence
to
be
taken
either
generally
or
on
some
particular
point
by
the
District
Court
which
passed
the
sentence
or
which
ordered
the
acquittal
or
by
any
other
District
Court
and
order
in
the
meantime
any
person
who
has
been
convicted
and
imprisoned
to
be
released
on
bail
with
surety
or
on
his
own
recgnisance
;
or
(
f
)
make
such
other
order
as
interest
of
justice
may
require
,
and
give
all
necessary
and
consequential
directions
.
(
3
)
Upon
the
receipt
of
the
list
referred
to
in
subsection
(
1
)
of
this
section
,
if
the
High
Court
is
of
the
view
that
a
conviction
for
another
offence
ought
to
have
been
imposed
or
that
the
accused
was
guilty
of
the
act
charged
,
but
was
insane
so
as
not
to
be
responsible
for
his
action
at
the
time
when
he
did
the
act
,
the
High
Court
shall
set
aside
the
conviction
and
send
back
the
case
for
rehearing
by
the
appropriate
District
Court
,
subject
to
such
directions
as
the
Judge
may
think
fit
and
the
Judge
shall
further
inform
the
prosecution
and
the
defence
that
he
has
so
directed
.
(
4
)
When
a
person
convicted
has
appealed
against
the
conviction
,
or
has
applied
for
a
case
to
be
stated
by
the
District
Court
under
subsection
(
6
)
of
section
100
of
this
Act
,
the
Judge
shall
not
exercise
jurisdiction
under
this
section
in
relation
to
the
case
to
which
the
appeal
or
application
relates
.
(
5
)
When
action
on
the
list
as
provided
in
subsection
(
1
)
is
complete
or
if
the
Judge
decides
to
take
no
such
action
,
the
Judge
shall
direct
that
the
list
be
filed
;
but
the
direction
shall
not
have
the
effect
of
preventing
the
Judge
from
subsequently
taking
any
action
prescribed
in
that
subsection
if
he
thinks
fit
.
(
6
)
Three
months
after
the
last
day
of
the
month
to
which
the
list
relates
the
Judge
shall
become
functus
officio
in
respect
of
all
cases
on
the
list
in
respect
of
which
no
action
has
been
taken
.
(
7
)
Proceedings
under
this
section
may
be
taken
by
the
Judge
on
his
own
motion
or
on
the
petition
of
any
person
interested
praying
for
the
exercise
of
the
revisional
powers
of
the
Judge
and
the
powers
may
be
exercised
notwithstanding
that
the
monthly
list
has
not
been
transmitted
to
or
received
by
the
Judge
.
Magistrate
subject
to
the
directions
of
High
Court
53
,
(
1
)
Every
Magistrate
is
subject
to
the
orders
and
directions
of
the
High
Court
as
any
other
officer
of
the
Court
.
(
2
)
The
Judge
of
the
High
Court
for
the
time
being
exercising
jurisdiction
over
the
District
may
,
whenever
he
thinks
fit
,
require
the
Magistrate
of
the
District
Court
to
render
to
the
High
Court
in
such
form
as
the
Court
directs
a
report
of
any
case
which
may
be
brought
before
the
Magistrate
.
(
3
)
The
Chief
Justice
may
also
exercise
the
jurisdiction
and
functions
conferred
by
section
52
and
subsection
(
2
)
of
this
section
on
the
High
Court
and
may
give
directions
as
to
the
Judge
by
whom
and
the
manner
in
which
the
jurisdiction
and
the
functions
are
to
be
exercised
in
any
particular
case
or
class
of
cases
.
Section
115
of
Act
459
amended
6
.
The
principal
enactment
is
amended
in
section
115
by
the
repeat
of
subsections
(
4
)
to
(
1
(
1
)
and
the
insertion
of
the
following
subsections
:
(
4
)
The
Circuit
Court
provided
for
under
this
Act
shall
be
the
successor
to
the
Circuit
Court
in
existence
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
and
shall
have
and
exercise
the
jurisdiction
conferred
on
the
Circuit
Court
under
this
Act
.
(
5
)
The
Circuit
Tribunals
in
existence
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
are
abolished
.
(
6
)
Any
criminal
case
pending
before
a
Circuit
Tribunal
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
,
is
by
this
Act
transferred
to
the
Circuit
Court
with
jurisdiction
for
the
trial
and
where
the
case
is
part
-
heard
,
the
Circuit
Court
shall
try
the
case
de
novo
unless
the
parties
agree
that
the
Court
adopts
the
proceedings
.
(
7
)
The
Community
Tribunals
in
existence
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
are
abolished
.
(
8
)
Any
civil
or
criminal
case
pending
before
a
Community
Tribunal
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
is
transferred
to
the
relevant
District
Court
for
hearing
and
determination
and
where
the
case
is
part
-
heard
,
the
case
shall
be
heard
de
novo
by
the
District
Court
unless
the
parties
agree
that
the
Court
adopts
the
proceedings
.
(
9
)
For
the
purposes
of
subsections
(
6
)
and
(
8
)
a
case
pending
include
any
proceedings
or
case
before
the
court
or
tribunal
,
partly
heard
or
mentioned
,
and
recorded
by
the
court
or
tribunal
,
and
proceedings
or
case
,
the
documents
in
respect
of
which
have
been
filed
in
the
registry
of
the
court
or
tribunal
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
.
(
10
)
A
reference
in
any
enactment
,
Rules
of
Court
or
any
other
document
in
force
or
in
existence
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
to
a
Circuit
Tribunal
or
Community
Tribunal
shall
upon
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
be
read
and
construed
as
a
reference
to
the
Circuit
Court
or
District
Court
respectively
specified
for
under
this
Act
.
(
I
1
)
A
reference
in
any
enactment
,
Rules
of
Court
or
other
document
in
force
immediately
before
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
to
a
Chairman
of
a
Circuit
Tribunal
or
a
Chairman
of
a
Community
Tribunal
,
shall
upon
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
be
read
and
construed
as
a
reference
to
a
Circuit
Court
Judge
or
District
Court
Magistrate
respectively
.
Other
amendments
to
Act
459
and
revision
upwards
of
specific
penalties
in
Act
459
7
.
The
sections
of
the
principal
enactment
specified
in
column
I
of
the
Schedule
to
this
Act
are
amended
to
the
extent
indicated
correspondingly
in
column
2
of
the
Schedule
.
Repeal
and
saving
8
.
(
1
)
The
Courts
(
Amendment
)
Act
,
1993
(
Act
464
)
is
repealed
.
(
2
)
Section
24
(
3
)
,
(
4
)
,
(
5
)
and
(
6
)
and
section
101
(
3
)
of
the
principal
enactment
are
repealed
.
(
3
)
Lawyers
holding
office
as
Chairmen
of
Circuit
Tribunals
and
Community
Tribunals
immediately
before
the
commencement
of
this
Act
shall
on
the
coming
into
force
of
this
Act
,
hold
office
as
Circuit
Court
Judges
or
District
Court
Magistrates
respectively
.
(
4
)
The
provisions
of
this
Act
shall
apply
notwithstanding
anything
to
the
contrary
in
the
principal
enactment
or
any
other
enactment
.
Commencement
9
.
This
Act
shall
come
into
force
on
such
date
as
the
Attorney
-
General
and
Minister
for
Justice
may
in
consultation
with
the
Chief
Justice
by
executive
instrument
specify
.
Today
,
economic
problems
corne
at
the
head
of
man
'
s
present
plight
.
They
may
be
considered
the
root
of
life
'
s
problems
that
leave
a
pervasive
impact
on
man
'
s
material
interests
and
social
conditions
.
The
result
has
a
direct
effect
not
only
on
the
life
of
the
individual
but
also
oil
the
community
and
on
the
level
of
their
material
progress
and
civil
development
.
Father
and
mother
are
two
precious
beings
.
Everyone
knows
their
value
and
looks
upon
them
with
respect
.
The
parent
-
child
relationship
is
structurally
complimentary
.
Responsibility
for
and
compassion
towards
the
child
is
a
matter
of
religious
importance
as
well
social
concern
.
Whether
the
parents
are
alive
or
deceased
,
present
or
absent
,
known
or
unknown
,
the
child
is
to
be
provided
for
with
optimum
care
.
Obviously
,
one
of
the
most
unfortunate
sections
of
society
are
children
who
lose
their
parents
or
art
abandoned
when
they
are
quite
young
and
children
thrown
on
the
street
to
fend
for
themselves
because
parents
cannot
make
ends
meet
.
Formation
This
project
was
conceived
by
a
concerned
citizen
of
Teshie
,
Mrs
.
Janet
Anyeley
Parker
.
One
day
,
at
a
funeral
she
attended
at
Teshie
township
,
she
saw
right
in
the
center
of
the
town
both
boys
and
girls
in
groups
.
Some
of
them
were
gambling
with
playing
cards
whilst
others
were
engaged
in
bingo
.
The
girls
were
cooking
with
sand
.
These
children
were
of
school
going
age
between
the
ages
of
5
and
13
.
She
approached
thern
and
started
questioning
them
.
Their
answers
,
she
said
,
were
pathetic
and
virtually
the
same
:
"
My
parents
are
dead
,
rny
mother
says
she
doesn
'
t
have
money
to
send
me
to
school
,
I
don
'
t
know
the
whereabout
of
my
father
and
so
on
.
In
order
to
satisfy
her
curiosity
,
she
ventured
into
the
arena
by
moving
from
house
to
house
so
as
to
verify
the
authenticity
of
the
information
given
to
her
by
these
children
.
It
was
one
of
her
own
research
and
study
that
it
came
to
light
that
most
of
the
children
did
not
have
anybody
to
care
for
them
.
She
was
struck
by
the
extent
of
deprivation
suffered
by
these
children
in
the
Teshie
township
.
There
is
not
much
of
a
constituency
for
these
homeless
kids
who
are
being
marketed
,
or
who
must
sell
themselves
to
survive
.
These
children
survive
as
a
result
of
tips
they
receive
from
people
whose
errand
they
carry
.
The
tips
are
most
of
the
time
in
the
form
of
food
.
In
the
evening
,
they
are
found
at
the
vicinity
of
video
houses
and
some
even
pass
the
night
on
pavements
and
places
uncongenial
to
their
health
.
Mrs
Parker
thought
she
had
seen
everything
,
but
she
was
shocked
to
learn
about
another
disturbing
problem
which
needs
serious
solution
.
That
is
the
burning
issue
of
teenage
mothers
who
are
on
the
increase
,
indeed
a
bane
to
our
community
and
the
nation
and
a
matter
of
grave
concerti
to
all
of
us
-
even
to
the
teenagers
themselves
.
These
are
found
among
illiterates
and
school
dropouts
.
The
results
is
high
proportion
of
young
mothers
who
do
not
know
how
to
properly
look
after
themselves
,
let
alone
their
babies
.
Along
the
way
,
these
inexperienced
mothers
,
out
of
hardship
and
frustration
,
leave
the
children
to
struggle
and
.
fend
for
themselves
in
the
streets
.
Viewed
critically
from
this
gloomy
backdrop
,
she
embarked
upon
this
arduous
task
with
a
high
ambition
and
hope
to
draw
public
attention
to
this
silent
destroyer
of
our
national
heritage
:
these
needy
children
the
teenage
mothers
and
the
neglected
aged
folks
.
Can
anything
be
done
?
Nowhere
has
the
question
been
answered
more
effectively
than
the
establishment
of
the
Teshie
Orphanage
by
Mrs
Janct
Anyeley
Parker
in
May
1995
in
consultation
,
with
well
-
meaning
persons
in
and
around
Teshic
township
.
Although
as
a
Non
-
governmental
organization
basically
concerned
with
the
plight
of
deprived
children
,
the
policies
and
plans
as
have
designed
for
our
development
are
naturally
people
centred
;
and
human
oriented
.
In
essence
,
everything
which
contributes
to
the
welfare
and
well
-
being
of
the
underprivileged
in
our
society
.
Performance
As
a
first
step
,
Mrs
.
Parker
launched
a
massive
house
-
to
-
house
campaign
advising
that
the
ever
-
increasing
rate
of
school
dropouts
and
teenage
pregnancies
with
its
attendant
child
labour
in
the
fishing
and
load
-
carring
industry
in
the
township
is
a
bane
to
the
community
.
Parents
were
encouraged
to
educate
-
but
not
frighten
their
children
to
the
danger
,
to
keep
close
track
of
their
children
,
to
form
neighbourhood
watch
groups
and
to
ask
headteachers
to
immediately
notify
parents
whose
children
failed
to
reach
school
.
Meanwhile
,
the
Orphanage
had
to
screen
and
organize
home
based
care
for
some
of
these
needy
children
whose
conditions
were
in
very
deplorable
state
.
During
this
time
,
she
kept
on
prodding
while
pushing
on
the
work
through
difficulties
and
hardships
of
which
it
is
useless
to
complain
.
In
July
1995
,
starting
with
22
children
,
13
boys
and
9
girls
,
they
met
at
Las
Cala
Cinema
Flall
on
every
Sunday
at
2
.
00
p
.
m
.
where
these
children
were
given
pre
-
schooling
tuition
and
later
served
with
food
and
delicacies
as
inducements
.
The
number
of
children
as
at
now
,
between
the
ages
of
7
months
and
20
years
is
45
.
That
is
23
boys
and
22
girls
.
Teshie
Orphanage
has
been
in
existence
8
years
ago
.
Sponsors
-
Teshie
Women
'
s
Society
Aims
and
objectives
::
The
aims
and
objectives
of
the
Society
shall
be
:
(
a
)
To
provide
food
and
clothes
for
the
poor
and
needy
children
.
To
establish
pre
-
schooling
,
child
nutrition
centers
as
well
as
an
Orphanage
.
(
b
)
To
help
the
poor
aged
and
the
disabled
financially
and
in
kind
.
(
c
)
To
provide
social
services
for
needy
teenage
mothers
and
to
organize
for
them
vocational
training
.
(
d
)
To
improve
women
’
s
social
status
and
enhance
their
involvement
in
the
development
process
.
(
e
)
To
run
educational
,
health
care
clinics
and
awareness
-
raising
programmes
relating
to
women
and
children
.
(
f
)
To
establish
small
productive
projects
for
women
and
provide
guidance
on
household
economy
.
(
g
)
To
protect
and
improve
the
environment
.
Copyright
©
2002
Teshie
Orphanage
.
All
rights
reserved
|
Terms
of
Service
|
Privacy
Policy
AFRICA
CONFERENCE
ON
THE
RIGHT
TO
WATER
SUMMARY
REPORT
Author
:
N
/
A
Day
1
May
12
OPENING
ADDRESS
The
conference
deliberations
commenced
with
opening
remarks
from
Charles
Abugre
,
Executive
Director
of
ISODEC
.
He
chronicled
how
the
efforts
of
the
Integrated
Social
Development
centre
(
ISODEC
)
and
later
the
Ghana
National
Coalition
Against
the
Privatisation
of
Water
,
with
the
help
of
the
international
civil
society
successfully
brought
into
the
public
domain
the
hitherto
secret
,
corporate
-
driven
,
World
Bank
pressurised
,
fast
-
tracked
,
Ghana
government
water
privatisation
agenda
.
This
exposure
put
both
the
Bank
and
the
Ghana
Government
on
the
defensive
and
forced
them
to
debate
the
issues
publicly
.
MR
.
Abugre
took
the
opportunity
to
congratulate
the
thousands
of
activists
across
Ghana
,
and
indeed
the
entire
world
without
whose
sacrifice
the
modest
gains
chalked
in
Ghana
against
the
privatisers
would
have
been
impossible
.
The
Trades
Union
Congress
and
the
National
Union
of
Ghana
Students
came
in
for
special
mention
.
He
lamented
that
the
imposition
of
privatisation
and
the
oppressive
conditionalities
of
international
finance
capital
continues
to
weigh
heavily
on
developing
countries
,
whose
compliance
is
no
longer
just
being
solicited
,
but
extorted
by
the
impunity
of
military
might
.
Charles
concluded
that
despite
the
gloomy
times
,
the
small
victories
against
water
privatisation
in
Ghana
and
elsewhere
are
encouraging
,
and
may
be
the
forerunners
to
complete
victory
.
First
Panel
Topic
:
"
Putting
the
Issues
in
Perspective
:
After
Kyoto
What
Next
?
"
The
first
panel
featured
two
panellists
who
tackled
water
privatisation
concerns
in
the
aftermath
of
Kyoto
.
The
first
panellist
,
Ms
Wenonah
Hauter
,
lauded
the
Ghana
group
'
s
modest
success
in
rolling
back
the
looming
privatisation
programme
.
She
castigated
the
role
of
the
international
financial
institutions
and
the
global
water
corporations
,
highlighting
their
rapacious
nature
worldwide
,
the
turmoil
they
have
created
even
in
developed
countries
such
as
the
U
.
S
.
A
.
She
did
not
mince
her
words
,
using
"
criminal
country
with
thugs
in
it
"
"
leech
suckers
"
"
major
mafia
"
to
describe
the
perpetrators
of
privatisation
.
She
asked
the
participants
to
be
encouraged
by
the
fact
that
the
corporate
water
suckers
are
retreating
and
trading
compromises
everywhere
in
the
face
of
resistance
.
She
said
alternatives
to
Kyoto
,
including
the
present
conference
,
have
come
out
with
better
ideas
and
that
the
movement
against
water
privatisation
is
gathering
momentum
.
The
second
presenter
Alhassan
Adam
of
the
NCAP
secretariat
analysed
the
spurious
solutions
and
obvious
distortions
contained
in
the
World
Water
Commission
report
entitled
"
Financing
Water
for
all
"
.
It
uses
terms
like
Devaluation
,
Backstopping
,
and
Liquidity
going
for
the
low
-
hanging
fruits
to
disguise
the
same
old
exploitation
of
the
helpless
.
Discussions
and
reactions
from
participants
followed
.
Second
Panel
Topic
:
"
Gender
,
Poverty
and
Water
Privatisation
in
Africa
"
The
gender
perspective
to
water
privatisation
was
admirably
outlined
by
two
presenters
:
Miss
Zo
Randrianamaro
of
TWN
-
Africa
secretariat
and
Miss
Elizabeth
Eilor
of
AWEPON
[
UGANDA
]
.
Using
Ghana
as
her
focus
,
miss
Randrianamaro
outlined
the
grievous
cost
privatisation
can
exact
on
women
.
Women
who
bear
the
burden
of
providing
water
for
household
use
are
now
spending
more
on
water
as
a
result
of
sharp
increases
in
the
price
of
water
following
the
introduction
of
increased
full
cost
recovery
principles
.
Women
are
spending
less
on
the
education
of
their
children
.
A
sizable
number
of
them
are
also
resorting
to
shallow
hand
-
dug
wells
as
sources
of
drinking
water
to
save
money
thus
greatly
compromising
the
health
of
their
families
.
Miss
Eilor
said
the
situation
in
Uganda
is
no
different
.
Water
for
domestic
use
is
considered
the
responsibility
of
women
.
An
upward
adjustment
in
the
price
of
water
impacts
severely
on
the
pockets
of
women
and
reduces
their
ability
to
live
decently
.
Privatisation
also
tends
to
focus
on
urban
water
while
the
peri
-
urban
and
rural
folk
who
are
far
much
more
poorer
are
left
to
their
own
devices
.
The
moderator
of
the
panel
Miss
Hameda
Deedat
in
her
summary
said
the
South
African
water
access
situation
too
has
similar
problems
.
She
said
several
years
after
apartheid
there
is
still
deep
poverty
particularly
among
the
black
population
with
women
suffering
the
most
.
She
said
all
human
beings
have
the
right
to
water
are
where
price
become
a
barrier
to
access
then
the
state
ought
to
intervene
in
support
of
the
poor
.
Universal
access
to
water
cannot
be
left
to
the
charity
of
private
operators
.
COUNTRY
REPORTS
The
afternoon
session
featured
the
nature
of
the
privatisation
process
in
various
countries
including
Senegal
,
Ghana
,
Congo
Brazzaville
,
South
Africa
,
Burkina
Faso
,
Europe
(
Britain
)
,
Uganda
and
the
U
.
S
.
A
.
Notably
,
the
growing
influence
of
civil
society
groups
in
the
fight
was
highlighted
,
as
well
as
the
increasing
tendency
of
water
multinational
corporations
to
force
management
service
contracts
on
poor
countries
using
the
World
Bank
as
leverage
to
avoid
investment
risks
.
The
Ghana
country
report
indicated
that
the
government
and
the
WB
are
now
considering
a
3
-
year
management
service
contract
followed
by
a
long
-
term
lease
.
Questions
and
contributions
centred
on
the
need
for
a
unified
struggle
taking
advantage
of
the
common
as
well
as
the
diverse
experiences
emerging
through
out
the
continent
.
Day
2
-
13th
May
2003
The
proceedings
kicked
off
with
a
flipchart
representation
of
the
full
conference
session
of
views
,
comments
and
opinions
as
to
the
best
way
forward
to
achieve
greater
success
in
the
struggle
.
The
day
'
s
proceedings
were
refreshingly
vibrant
and
of
greater
thematic
depth
on
the
issues
confronting
the
conference
.
Lamine
Ndiaye
,
the
Oxfam
Trade
and
Campaign
officer
based
in
Dakar
–
Senegal
,
who
moderated
the
first
plenary
session
,
suggested
the
modification
of
the
conference
title
to
"
Africa
Conference
on
the
right
to
universal
access
to
safe
drinking
water
"
instead
of
the
present
title
:
"
Africa
conference
on
the
right
to
water
"
.
His
organisation
is
also
encouraging
through
this
conference
the
facilitation
of
the
integration
of
francophone
countries
and
organisations
into
the
debate
.
First
Panel
Topic
:
"
Corporate
Globalisation
and
the
Scramble
for
Africa
'
s
Water
:
Scrutinising
the
roles
of
the
Bretton
Woods
Institutions
ad
the
Donor
Community
"
Scrutinising
the
roles
of
the
international
financial
institutions
and
their
links
with
the
donor
community
in
the
corporate
globalisation
and
the
scramble
for
Africa
'
s
water
was
the
theme
informing
this
1st
plenary
session
.
The
first
panellist
–
Mr
.
Charles
Abugre
,
discussed
the
important
roles
the
IFIs
play
and
the
complex
institutional
arrangements
facing
globalisation
.
Their
first
role
is
that
of
gatekeepers
or
centurions
for
global
finance
in
the
interest
of
global
capital
.
He
stressed
that
though
these
institutions
might
sometimes
cancel
debts
,
they
invariably
impose
conditionalities
to
guarantee
repayment
in
such
a
manner
that
poor
countries
literally
pay
with
their
blood
.
Since
the
USA
and
to
some
extent
the
G
-
8
,
is
the
greatest
shareholder
of
the
WB
,
and
are
themselves
driven
by
corporate
interests
,
then
inevitably
,
corporate
interests
would
drive
world
financial
organisations
.
Indeed
the
IMF
is
considered
an
extension
of
the
US
Treasury
.
On
Foreign
Direct
Investment
[
FDI
]
,
he
that
African
countries
have
been
made
to
believe
that
they
cannot
do
without
it
.
The
FDI
myth
is
one
of
the
means
by
which
"
we
have
been
mentally
enslaved
"
he
emphasised
.
Another
myth
is
that
support
from
the
IFIs
impacts
directly
on
the
macro
-
economic
framework
.
This
is
false
.
The
end
result
of
this
dependence
is
that
IMF
has
arbitrary
powers
to
assess
your
risk
status
and
use
it
for
leveraging
–
i
.
e
.
providing
you
with
a
tiny
amount
of
your
needs
and
using
this
to
impose
entire
control
over
your
policies
.
Another
form
of
control
is
through
budgetary
policies
.
Monopolistic
ideas
such
as
the
"
there
is
no
alternative
[
TINA
]
to
structural
adjustment
"
,
"
the
state
has
no
business
doing
business
"
,
"
privatisation
is
the
key
to
development
"
etc
become
the
prescriptive
policy
framework
for
Africa
.
This
monopolisation
of
ideas
takes
several
forms
,
through
university
research
results
,
attaching
action
plans
to
invented
sector
policies
which
in
their
turn
need
borrowed
financing
,
and
poring
over
the
budgets
even
before
they
are
read
to
us
.
The
latest
instrument
of
control
and
of
the
promotion
of
strategic
networks
ostensibly
to
support
Africa
'
s
development
is
NEPAD
.
The
last
straw
that
may
break
the
African
'
s
back
is
their
control
of
our
domestic
savings
in
the
form
of
commercial
banks
.
Public
Commercial
and
development
banks
are
divested
and
sold
to
so
-
called
strategic
advisers
from
outside
.
Pension
funds
that
ought
to
be
available
for
investment
in
essential
services
are
literally
sucked
out
of
the
system
through
all
kinds
of
capital
account
liberalisation
measures
under
the
supervision
of
the
IMF
.
The
most
dangerous
thing
is
that
our
governments
are
more
accountable
to
these
institutions
than
they
are
to
their
own
people
.
Even
our
elected
parliaments
are
manipulated
to
pass
laws
to
legalise
the
illegitimate
.
The
IFIs
create
investment
gaps
and
then
offer
to
fill
them
.
By
so
doing
they
determine
the
movement
of
funds
into
the
areas
that
they
choose
.
These
institutions
ensure
that
public
utilities
are
not
funded
so
as
to
have
an
excuse
to
privatise
them
.
Mr
.
Gyekye
Tanoh
of
the
national
secretariat
of
the
Coalition
against
the
privatisation
of
water
was
the
next
presenter
.
He
came
down
hard
on
the
policy
convergence
between
the
Bretton
Woods
institutions
and
the
World
Trade
Organisation
[
WTO
]
to
ensure
that
neo
-
liberalisation
,
though
we
have
seen
its
sterile
results
,
survive
.
He
noted
the
unequal
global
power
relations
that
have
turned
otherwise
public
-
spirited
leaders
into
turncoats
and
gaping
sycophants
overnight
,
as
in
Kenya
and
Ghana
.
He
said
the
question
of
water
privatisation
should
be
abandoned
altogether
since
its
logic
is
poisonous
and
exclusionary
.
He
said
the
efficiency
principle
related
to
privatisation
is
dangerously
false
as
there
is
monumental
evidence
of
private
sector
inefficiency
,
corruption
and
failure
as
ENRON
and
WORLDCOM
amply
demonstrated
.
It
is
not
private
sector
involvement
per
se
but
its
present
questionable
form
of
selfish
private
ownership
–
that
is
the
most
serious
problem
.
The
debate
is
not
about
refusing
to
encourage
subordinate
sub
-
contractors
in
the
water
system
.
It
is
ceding
control
of
the
whole
superstructure
to
private
owners
,
whether
local
or
foreign
.
Under
the
guise
of
leaseholds
,
beneficial
ownership
,
control
and
management
are
ceded
to
private
profiteers
.
Public
funds
should
not
be
used
to
fund
private
profit
.
If
there
must
be
a
public
debt
then
it
must
be
for
the
public
good
.
The
existing
slavish
paradigm
of
"
foreign
is
good
,
local
is
bad
"
must
be
debunked
.
Local
initiatives
such
the
water
committees
in
parts
of
Latin
America
and
Public
[
state
]
-
community
partnerships
such
as
the
Ghana
water
company
/
Savelugu
township
partnership
are
pointers
to
alternatives
to
privatisation
and
could
be
important
instruments
of
interaction
and
management
.
Second
panel
.
Topic
:
"
Countering
the
Scramble
for
Africa
'
s
Water
:
Drawing
Alternatives
from
our
experience
"
The
next
presentations
focussed
on
the
local
alternatives
to
the
corporate
takeovers
of
Africa
'
s
water
by
the
multinational
giants
.
Messrs
Abu
Subuniman
,
President
of
the
Association
of
Water
and
Sanitation
Boards
and
Patrick
Apoya
,
Executive
director
of
the
Community
Partnerships
for
Health
and
Development
did
a
joint
presentation
.
The
presenters
illustrated
their
case
studies
from
first
-
hand
experience
.
Their
main
task
was
to
explode
myths
put
up
by
privatisation
of
water
promoters
.
They
underlined
that
it
is
not
just
large
financial
bodies
that
can
offer
finance
to
needy
communities
;
local
financing
alternatives
such
as
the
use
of
pension
funds
can
do
so
too
.
Also
it
is
not
true
that
just
because
water
is
managed
publicly
,
it
is
inefficient
.
They
cited
Stockholm
water
and
East
Bay
water
in
Oakland
[
USA
]
as
two
of
numerous
successful
publicly
managed
utilities
.
They
also
pointed
out
that
local
expertise
is
often
undervalued
and
disregarded
to
create
the
pretext
for
Vivendi
,
Suez
Lyonnaise
,
Biwater
and
the
like
to
takeover
.
Mr
.
Abu
pointed
out
that
the
fact
that
community
managed
systems
such
as
that
of
Bimbilla
in
the
Northern
region
of
Ghana
and
Mafi
-
Kumasi
in
the
Volta
region
have
survived
and
are
doing
well
is
illustrative
of
what
communities
can
do
for
themselves
if
public
policy
is
on
their
side
.
The
so
-
called
illiterate
communities
can
manage
their
own
finances
and
recover
tariffs
with
appropriate
quality
control
oversight
and
little
government
funding
.
In
any
case
it
is
the
primary
responsibility
of
governments
to
provide
essential
services
to
citizens
.
No
responsible
government
can
run
away
from
this
.
Communities
can
help
governments
do
this
efficiently
and
effectively
by
helping
to
address
the
governance
issues
.
It
is
therefore
unfortunate
,
that
despite
the
admirable
way
these
communities
have
managed
things
for
themselves
government
and
the
WB
are
not
talking
of
replication
but
rather
privatisation
.
The
public
-
public
partnership
idea
should
be
pursued
as
an
alternative
.
The
Senegalese
context
The
presenter
,
Mrs
.
Adjaratou
Ndiaye
of
Aid
Transparency
regretted
the
untransparent
manner
in
which
water
has
been
privatised
in
Dakar
.
Consultation
with
civil
society
was
absent
and
negotiations
were
secret
and
between
the
government
and
the
French
companies
only
.
Because
privatisation
had
been
largely
a
back
door
affair
the
people
are
ignorant
of
the
process
and
therefore
it
is
difficult
to
know
whether
they
are
for
or
against
.
She
said
one
obvious
fact
is
that
water
privatisation
has
brought
about
dramatic
increases
in
the
price
of
water
and
this
is
causing
agitation
among
the
population
.
South
African
context
Mr
.
Ebrahim
Harvey
a
renowned
trade
unionist
,
writer
and
researcher
gave
a
brief
presentation
on
water
privatisation
in
the
South
African
context
.
He
said
drinking
water
is
largely
supplied
by
public
utilities
in
South
Africa
he
added
however
that
the
ANC
has
reneged
from
its
electoral
promise
not
to
privatise
water
and
has
permitted
privatisations
such
as
that
involving
Biwater
in
Nelspruit
.
In
the
Johannesburg
area
the
introduction
of
private
sector
participation
in
the
form
of
a
management
service
contract
has
brought
with
it
full
cost
recovery
principles
and
the
profit
motive
has
become
the
dominant
factor
determining
the
delivery
of
water
and
sanitation
services
.
This
has
resulted
in
a
sharp
escalation
in
the
price
of
water
and
has
created
its
own
difficulties
in
spite
of
a
lifeline
and
a
constitutional
guarantee
of
the
right
to
water
.
The
anti
-
privatisation
movement
in
South
Africa
is
militant
and
fairly
large
,
relying
as
it
does
on
the
South
Africa
Municipal
Workers
Union
[
SAMWU
]
and
other
working
class
forces
.
Human
rights
activists
and
environmentalists
also
support
the
anti
-
privatisation
movement
.
The
South
African
experience
with
prepaid
water
meters
has
been
disastrous
.
It
has
excluded
the
poor
who
cannot
prepay
for
their
water
and
created
resistance
in
the
communities
.
Mr
Harvey
said
recent
research
findings
has
demonstrated
at
great
length
the
unquestionably
raw
deal
the
poor
black
people
of
this
city
and
the
country
,
the
overwhelming
majority
of
the
total
population
,
have
received
in
the
closely
related
areas
of
water
,
sanitation
and
housing
.
Mr
.
Harvey
said
there
is
firm
evidence
to
suggest
the
commodification
and
commercialisation
of
water
and
sanitation
services
in
Johannesburg
,
as
elsewhere
,
has
been
nothing
less
than
brutally
alienating
,
dis
-
empowering
and
crushing
in
its
effects
on
the
poor
majority
.
We
have
also
seen
that
the
debates
about
water
and
sanitation
,
as
with
other
municipal
services
,
must
move
beyond
the
hackneyed
divide
between
privatisation
and
nationalisation
in
more
general
terms
and
begin
to
study
more
closely
how
even
under
the
rubric
of
'
public
ownership
'
poor
people
are
being
exploited
by
a
commercialised
service
delivery
framework
.
Capitalists
have
devised
new
ways
to
make
money
without
calling
for
outright
privatisation
of
municipal
assets
and
are
penetrating
every
nook
and
cranny
to
make
a
profit
while
governments
continue
to
retain
legal
and
formal
ownership
of
services
.
This
is
precisely
what
a
management
contract
does
and
participants
better
be
forewarned
.
But
perhaps
an
even
more
disturbing
matter
is
the
secrecy
and
confidentiality
surrounding
so
much
of
the
activities
of
private
service
providers
.
He
narrated
how
in
the
City
of
Johannesburg
,
as
a
result
of
the
management
service
contract
entered
into
with
a
private
international
water
consortium
,
the
elected
politicians
who
have
committed
themselves
to
openness
and
transparency
have
collaborated
with
private
actors
to
deny
him
the
right
to
access
certain
documents
which
relate
to
water
and
sanitation
services
in
the
course
of
his
research
.
He
had
no
doubt
that
the
entry
of
the
private
sector
into
water
service
provision
in
the
city
has
led
,
among
other
negative
consequences
,
to
the
withholding
of
information
,
and
thereby
negating
the
right
of
citizens
to
know
what
is
happening
with
water
and
sanitation
services
in
their
city
.
He
disclosed
that
the
policy
framework
for
the
corporatization
of
water
services
and
the
involvement
of
the
private
sector
was
established
in
a
whole
host
of
legislation
since
1994
and
this
coupled
with
the
formation
of
the
Johannesburg
Water
company
and
the
subsequent
management
contract
it
signed
with
JOWAM
,
have
combined
to
create
an
environment
in
which
the
subjection
of
water
and
sanitation
services
to
the
raw
power
of
money
has
brutalised
the
service
itself
as
is
evident
particularly
in
the
informal
settlements
.
It
is
time
that
governments
accept
the
fact
water
is
a
human
right
and
therefore
deserve
a
special
place
in
National
budgets
.
For
example
whereas
the
capital
expenditure
budget
for
Johannesburg
water
stood
at
only
R200
million
the
Minister
of
Finance
allocated
R10
billion
in
the
2003
budget
for
black
business
development
.
If
we
proceed
from
the
irrefutable
premise
that
fulfilling
basic
water
and
sanitation
needs
is
probably
the
most
important
public
policy
priority
,
for
at
least
the
alleviation
of
poverty
,
then
these
budgetary
discrepancies
are
plainly
unjustifiable
and
tell
much
about
the
class
disposition
of
the
new
black
ruling
elite
.
Recommendations
Mr
.
Harvey
concluded
with
some
recommendations
,
which
he
said
though
are
borne
out
of
the
Johannesburg
experience
,
is
nevertheless
relevant
for
the
rest
of
Africa
.
While
it
is
true
that
in
the
broader
scheme
of
power
relations
these
recommendations
would
probably
mean
little
or
nothing
for
public
policy
development
and
management
–
which
in
the
final
analysis
this
presentation
is
all
about
–
it
is
hoped
that
it
will
provide
the
basis
for
a
review
of
the
decision
to
corporatise
the
water
and
wastewater
services
in
the
City
of
Johannesburg
and
also
,
importantly
,
that
it
serves
to
dissuade
other
cities
in
Africa
from
following
a
similar
route
.
The
City
must
move
outside
of
its
established
,
bureaucratically
controlled
and
top
-
down
'
participatory
'
structures
and
processes
–
such
as
the
'
city
-
wide
forums
'
,
ward
committees
and
integrated
development
plans
–
and
instead
convene
a
genuine
people
'
s
summit
of
trade
unions
,
community
organisations
and
all
other
organisations
of
'
civil
society
'
in
the
city
,
to
discuss
the
deplorable
situation
of
water
and
sanitation
services
in
low
income
areas
and
informal
settlements
.
Those
in
these
areas
who
have
borne
the
brunt
of
the
commercialisation
of
water
and
sanitation
services
in
the
city
must
have
their
own
representatives
.
The
unions
and
community
organisations
that
have
opposed
the
iGoli
2002
plan
and
the
commercialisation
of
water
and
sanitation
services
and
who
have
been
marginalized
by
it
must
have
their
representatives
at
such
a
summit
.
It
is
there
that
representations
on
the
six
-
kilolitre
lifeline
and
the
current
water
and
sanitation
levels
of
service
and
other
related
matters
could
be
thrashed
out
.
The
City
needs
to
reach
out
to
its
opponents
and
be
informed
by
those
on
the
other
side
of
the
policy
discourse
.
He
concluded
that
it
is
dangerous
to
put
essential
services
particularly
water
in
the
hands
of
private
corporations
who
are
accountable
to
shareholders
.
These
corporations
are
evil
–
they
put
one
foot
in
the
private
sector
and
another
in
the
public
sector
so
that
they
can
have
the
best
of
both
worlds
.
African
governments
must
settle
down
to
the
fact
poverty
eradication
will
remain
a
pipe
so
long
as
water
and
sanitation
are
managed
as
if
they
were
commodities
in
a
super
market
.
Public
Forum
.
The
third
panel
of
the
day
was
held
in
public
.
Topic
:
"
Trading
away
the
right
to
water
:
how
international
trade
agreements
enforce
the
privatisation
of
essential
services
"
The
above
broad
topic
run
through
deliberations
at
the
Teachers
'
Hall
located
in
the
centre
of
Accra
where
a
public
forum
was
held
to
allow
for
public
participation
in
the
conference
.
The
hall
was
jammed
to
the
full
underscoring
the
significance
of
the
water
struggle
.
Significant
among
the
audience
were
youth
groups
from
some
of
the
poorest
communities
in
Accra
-
Sukura
,
Nima
,
Mamobi
and
Korle
-
Gornu
.
Mr
.
Akoto
Ampaw
,
a
private
legal
practitioner
and
a
coordinator
of
Jubilee
South
in
Ghana
was
the
first
presenter
.
He
discussed
the
historical
evolution
of
private
capital
and
globalisation
and
the
ideological
mind
washing
that
has
made
it
possible
for
the
forces
of
corporate
globalisation
to
present
the
phenomena
as
inevitable
and
irreversible
.
He
pointed
out
that
the
unholy
trio
–
World
Bank
,
IMF
and
WTO
,
have
achieved
the
status
of
states
without
the
responsibilities
of
the
state
,
thus
making
them
powerful
without
been
accountable
.
They
promote
very
narrow
economic
interests
under
the
guise
of
the
need
for
policy
convergence
and
a
dubious
development
paradigm
that
ensures
that
¾
of
the
world
remain
poor
in
order
to
sustain
the
greed
of
the
remaining
¼
.
He
called
for
fundamental
changes
in
the
charters
of
the
World
Bank
,
the
IMF
and
the
WTO
to
make
them
democratic
and
responsive
to
the
felt
development
needs
of
member
states
,
otherwise
their
existence
is
not
necessary
.
He
called
on
the
participants
to
take
grassroots
work
seriously
as
the
power
of
the
masses
remain
the
most
potent
instrument
of
change
.
Wenonah
Hauter
,
the
next
presenter
again
exposed
the
"
sneaking
imperialism
"
in
the
guise
of
trade
agreements
that
basically
remove
the
ability
of
our
governments
to
manage
their
developments
plans
.
The
WTO
for
example
has
enormous
judicial
and
legislative
powers
that
it
has
used
from
time
to
time
to
whip
governments
who
try
to
respond
to
the
trade
and
development
needs
of
their
people
into
line
.
She
said
recent
corporate
failures
in
the
US
show
unequivocally
that
the
so
-
called
greater
efficiency
of
the
multi
-
national
corporations
is
false
.
She
said
multi
-
national
corporations
are
seeking
to
substitute
themselves
for
governments
whilst
rejecting
the
processes
by
which
governments
come
into
being
.
The
fight
must
be
waged
urgently
.
She
called
on
participants
to
urge
their
governments
to
reject
the
GATS
framework
as
it
will
not
only
kill
existing
service
delivery
capacity
in
developing
countries
but
will
perpetually
lock
them
into
an
unfair
global
system
that
will
be
difficult
to
unlock
.
"
Can
you
imagine
the
day
that
you
will
have
to
buy
water
from
a
service
station
as
we
do
now
with
gas
?
"
"
I
bet
you
that
unless
we
stop
them
now
we
will
soon
be
buying
water
from
pumping
stations
owned
by
Vivendi
,
Suez
Lyonnaise
,
Biwater
,
RWE
etc
"
The
next
to
speak
was
Hameda
Didat
.
She
reiterated
the
points
made
by
the
earlier
speakers
.
She
warned
that
if
Africans
sleep
and
allow
their
ministers
to
sign
away
their
birth
rights
through
privatisation
they
would
have
to
pay
dearly
in
future
especially
when
it
comes
to
taking
the
assets
back
.
She
cited
Bolivia
as
an
example
where
even
after
the
defeat
of
Bechtel
in
Cochabamba
they
still
fell
on
dubious
international
agreements
to
sue
the
government
for
"
expected
profits
"
.
GATS
will
be
problematic
for
the
following
reasons
:
-
?
Under
the
GATS
privatisation
will
be
the
norm
and
the
public
sector
could
disappear
completely
.
She
used
the
case
of
the
transport
sector
as
example
of
what
could
happen
.
GATS
could
also
make
the
reversal
of
privatisations
even
where
they
are
regrettable
difficult
due
to
the
GATS
framework
that
is
structured
to
discourage
reversals
.
?
She
explained
that
if
social
movements
succeed
in
stopping
privatisation
as
happened
in
Cochabamba
the
defeated
companies
could
sue
for
estimated
or
expected
profits
.
?
GATS
as
a
WTO
agreement
will
allow
private
water
companies
to
be
exempted
from
complying
with
national
laws
around
municipal
services
if
they
consider
those
laws
or
regulations
as
inhibiting
or
discriminatory
in
favour
of
local
companies
e
.
g
.
the
lifeline
of
6kl
of
water
in
South
Africa
can
become
an
issue
for
litigation
.
?
Lastly
,
Kwesi
Owusu
of
Southern
Links
in
his
presentation
pointed
out
that
the
fight
is
even
more
justified
because
water
is
a
spiritual
and
religious
need
as
well
.
He
called
upon
faith
-
based
organisations
to
support
the
Ghana
coalition
by
encouraging
their
members
to
join
the
local
action
committees
.
Day
3
-
14
-
05
-
03
Topic
:
"
Protecting
our
environment
and
planning
for
the
future
:
the
legalities
,
the
realities
and
the
concerns
"
This
panel
consisted
of
a
sole
presenter
.
The
proceedings
started
with
some
observations
by
Mr
Rudolf
Amenga
-
Etego
,
Campaign
Coordinator
of
the
National
Coalition
Against
the
Privatisation
of
Water
.
He
lamented
that
even
though
the
Water
Resources
Commission
[
WRC
]
in
Ghana
is
a
public
body
,
it
is
increasingly
dominated
by
private
corporate
interests
especially
with
regard
to
the
commercial
use
of
fresh
mineral
water
resources
.
He
regretted
that
even
though
the
WRC
is
statutorily
required
to
regulate
the
use
of
our
fresh
water
bodies
to
ensure
a
balanced
and
sustainable
use
,
it
is
increasingly
pandering
to
private
water
companies
and
the
possibility
of
fresh
bulk
water
export
in
the
future
cannot
be
ruled
out
.
The
rate
at
which
the
WRC
is
issuing
out
licences
to
private
corporations
such
as
coca
cola
to
bottle
spring
water
for
both
the
local
and
foreign
market
is
alarming
.
This
is
the
trend
all
over
Africa
.
He
suggested
that
companies
like
coca
cola
and
the
mining
companies
that
tend
to
use
huge
amounts
of
water
that
would
otherwise
be
available
for
domestic
use
should
be
levied
to
support
domestic
supply
.
He
suggested
that
even
though
supply
side
solutions
are
ultimately
preferable
,
Commercial
vehicle
washing
companies
for
example
could
use
untreated
water
as
a
matter
of
policy
.
He
said
also
that
huge
plantation
agriculture
for
export
is
a
huge
waste
of
fresh
water
.
Through
export
-
oriented
agriculture
African
countries
have
become
net
exporters
of
fresh
water
to
the
rich
northern
countries
.
Mr
Thomas
Akabzaa
,
a
lecturer
in
the
department
of
geology
at
the
University
0f
Ghana
who
was
the
sole
presenter
said
water
and
Land
cannot
be
separated
,
policies
affecting
water
must
therefore
harmonise
with
policies
affecting
the
use
of
land
including
land
for
mining
purposes
.
He
lamented
that
corporate
greed
is
fast
becoming
the
chief
determinant
of
economic
policy
rather
than
the
principles
of
sustainable
and
equitable
development
.
He
said
developments
in
the
mining
sector
have
many
parallels
with
what
is
happening
in
the
mining
sector
.
For
example
,
the
alleged
efficiency
of
the
private
sector
is
the
common
excuse
for
privatisation
enough
private
sector
failures
abound
.
Secondly
"
cherry
picking
"
is
always
the
norm
.
In
the
case
of
water
prime
urban
areas
are
invariably
hived
off
and
offloaded
to
the
private
sector
while
the
poor
peri
-
urban
and
rural
areas
left
to
their
own
devices
.
Similarly
the
rich
mining
areas
are
doled
out
to
the
multi
-
national
corporations
leaving
the
less
endowed
areas
to
the
local
miners
.
The
result
is
capital
flight
through
capital
account
liberalization
.
Mining
companies
in
Ghana
are
allowed
by
law
to
keep
71
%
of
their
earnings
in
foreign
accounts
for
their
own
use
.
Is
it
not
ironic
that
a
government
which
is
cash
-
trapped
is
required
to
divest
itself
of
its
most
lucrative
foreign
exchange
earner
and
to
create
long
tax
holidays
for
the
companies
taking
over
with
generous
profit
repatriation
laws
to
boot
?
As
I
talk
the
government
of
Ghana
is
divesting
itself
of
its
golden
shares
in
Ashanti
Gold
fields
,
all
kinds
of
privateers
and
speculators
are
staging
mock
takeovers
to
position
themselves
to
subvert
the
bidding
process
and
to
create
further
basis
to
extend
their
tax
holidays
.
This
is
made
worse
by
the
failure
of
government
to
provide
regulatory
framework
around
mining
.
So
you
see
,
the
government
can
'
t
do
business
so
its
ability
to
mobilise
capital
for
investment
in
social
infrastructure
such
as
in
water
is
reduced
and
this
becomes
the
excuse
for
the
WB
to
impose
loans
predicated
on
privatisation
.
Ding
dong
,
isn
'
t
it
?
Then
there
is
the
issue
of
pollution
.
The
liberalisation
of
the
mining
sector
has
resulted
in
the
drying
up
of
water
-
bodies
due
to
huge
increases
in
the
amount
of
water
pumped
for
mining
purposes
.
The
pollution
of
Water
bodies
has
reached
an
alarming
proportion
in
the
western
region
of
Ghana
where
surface
mining
is
has
become
the
norm
.
Rivers
that
are
important
sources
of
drinking
water
for
some
communities
in
the
Takoradi
and
Tarkwa
areas
have
particularly
high
cyanide
levels
.
Environmental
management
is
de
-
emphasised
to
attract
these
miners
.
The
pollution
of
fresh
water
bodies
has
added
to
the
cost
of
water
treatment
for
drinking
thus
creating
avoidable
pressure
on
the
budget
of
the
water
company
.
The
sad
thing
is
that
our
policy
makers
appear
to
know
very
little
about
these
machinations
and
"
419
double
slaps
"
.
Another
phenomenon
,
which
is
the
stock
-
in
-
trade
of
liberalisation
and
privatisation
,
is
the
massive
layoffs
of
employees
.
Between
Tarkwa
and
Prestea
alone
about
4000
lost
their
jobs
similar
to
the
4000
workers
projected
to
lose
their
jobs
if
Ghana
water
is
privatised
.
Expatriate
workers
have
however
increased
significantly
.
The
battle
to
stop
water
privatisation
should
better
be
won
or
else
everything
else
is
lost
.
Strategising
Session
–
Moderated
by
Bishop
Akolgo
,
deputy
executive
director
of
ISODEC
.
Before
the
participants
went
into
group
discussions
Kwesi
Owusu
of
Southern
Links
did
a
10
-
minute
presentation
on
campaign
strategy
.
He
emphasised
the
following
:
?
That
information
is
very
important
as
a
catalyst
of
mobilisation
so
time
should
be
spent
putting
out
as
much
information
as
possible
into
the
public
domain
as
an
integral
part
of
mass
mobilisation
.
?
The
mass
media
must
be
cultivated
as
a
strategic
ally
in
information
dissemination
.
?
Subgroups
should
be
formed
to
pick
up
thematic
issues
?
Local
languages
should
be
used
as
much
as
possible
with
content
simplified
and
presented
in
episodes
for
effectiveness
.
?
Drama
,
theatre
,
folklore
etc
should
be
used
.
Filmmakers
should
be
engaged
to
make
documentaries
for
popular
viewing
in
theatre
houses
.
Artistes
in
general
should
be
cultivated
as
strategic
allies
.
After
Kwesi
Owusu
'
s
presentation
participants
divided
into
groups
to
discuss
the
following
:
-
?
Forging
linkages
?
Strengthening
regional
/
international
solidarity
?
Information
and
Research
?
Resource
mobilisation
Sub
-
regional
/
regional
linkages
?
How
do
we
achieve
West
African
coordination
on
the
anti
-
privatisation
cause
on
water
?
?
How
do
we
achieve
an
Africa
-
wide
coalition
?
?
What
are
the
strategies
to
adopt
to
be
able
to
bring
together
national
interests
and
build
regional
networks
?
?
What
will
be
the
mechanism
for
disseminating
information
and
coordinating
research
?
The
groups
broadly
agreed
that
there
was
the
need
to
set
up
national
and
sub
-
regional
coalitions
to
stop
the
privatisation
of
essential
services
.
NCAP
should
serve
as
the
provisional
secretariat
to
coordinate
the
sub
-
regional
coalitions
and
serve
as
a
hub
for
information
dissemination
.
To
achieve
this
,
it
was
agreed
that
:
?
Coalitions
based
in
individual
countries
would
be
greatly
strengthened
if
they
networked
with
other
coalitions
in
other
countries
to
form
bigger
coalitions
.
?
Organising
the
labour
force
as
the
NCAP
has
done
will
greatly
strengthen
the
campaign
?
Since
translation
of
documents
is
quite
expensive
,
francophone
countries
could
network
within
themselves
to
translate
English
documents
into
French
for
their
use
and
for
the
use
of
others
.
The
English
speaking
countries
should
do
likewise
.
These
documents
will
include
the
evils
of
the
IFIs
and
the
WTO
?
Existing
websites
should
be
linked
and
lists
serve
on
essential
services
set
-
up
to
facilitate
communication
among
members
.
Sourcing
Funding
?
Encourage
local
groups
to
do
fundraising
within
their
own
communities
.
?
Organise
dances
,
concerts
,
film
festivals
,
popular
theatres
etc
to
raise
funds
from
the
general
public
?
Write
funding
proposals
for
the
consideration
of
supportive
donors
and
foundations
.
To
facilitate
the
above
,
a
working
committee
and
contact
group
was
set
-
up
to
act
as
Focal
persons
.
The
following
persons
were
nominated
as
volunteer
representatives
:
NAME
COUNTRY
1
.
HAMEDA
DEEDAT
SOUTH
AFRICA
2
.
ELIZABETH
EILOR
UGANDA
3
.
BERNARD
MAVOUNGOU
CONGO
BRAZZAVILLE
4
.
ADJARATOU
NDIAYE
SENEGAL
5
.
MOSES
KAMBOU
Burkina
Faso
6
.
Rudolf
Amenga
-
Etego
GHANA
[
convener
]
7
.
C0
-
opted
members
Wenonah
Hauter
USA
*
Working
committee
to
convene
in
South
Africa
by
December
03
.
POLITICAL
STRATEGY
?
National
political
institutions
like
Parliament
,
political
parties
,
local
authorities
etc
could
all
be
engaged
through
dialogue
,
participatory
endeavours
or
otherwise
by
local
focal
point
animators
.
?
At
the
sub
-
regional
levels
,
ECOWAS
,
SADCC
etc
should
be
engaged
through
whatever
means
possible
.
Likewise
the
AU
and
NEPAD
structures
keeping
in
mind
the
limitations
of
those
engagements
.
?
International
institutions
and
events
like
the
G
-
8
summit
,
annual
IMF
/
WB
meetings
,
WTO
meetings
,
upcoming
church
meetings
in
Germany
;
the
Cancun
(
Mexico
)
summit
,
commonwealth
meetings
etc
could
also
be
engaged
through
letters
,
signature
campaigns
,
lobbying
etc
?
There
should
also
be
a
strategy
to
engage
the
governments
,
utility
companies
,
the
community
media
networks
etc
.
?
There
should
be
a
special
effort
to
draw
the
labour
movement
into
the
struggle
.
INTERNATIONAL
SOLIDARITY
International
solidarity
among
the
civil
forces
fighting
for
social
,
economic
and
environmental
justice
as
well
for
peace
and
fair
trade
among
peoples
is
crucial
for
the
success
our
struggle
in
Africa
.
A
special
effort
should
therefore
be
made
to
engage
and
be
part
of
the
global
movement
.
Conclusion
:
dream
conference
ends
In
the
words
of
Rudolf
Amenga
-
Etego
,
the
conference
,
that
the
organisers
had
dreamt
about
and
planned
for
almost
a
year
had
now
finally
come
off
successfully
.
He
encouraged
conference
participants
to
remember
the
discussions
and
keep
to
the
resolutions
outlined
above
as
committed
activists
.
He
hoped
that
,
as
a
measure
of
the
success
of
proceedings
,
every
participant
,
once
home
,
would
have
an
interesting
story
to
tell
!
Wenonah
Hauter
,
director
of
Public
Citizen
'
s
Critical
Mass
Energy
and
Environment
Program
,
anthropologist
and
expert
on
energy
and
regulatory
issues
.
Reflections
on
Aid
and
Debt
Management
in
Ghana
Nii
Kwaku
Sowa
,
Centre
for
Policy
Analysis
(
CEPA
)
*
"
Foreign
Aid
"
is
a
post
World
War
II
phenomenon
.
Most
European
countries
devastated
by
the
war
received
aid
to
reconstruct
their
cities
.
This
in
fact
led
to
the
establishment
of
the
International
Bank
for
Reconstruction
and
Development
;
otherwise
known
as
the
World
Bank
.
In
recent
times
"
Foreign
Aid
"
refers
to
the
financial
support
given
by
external
donors
to
developing
countries
.
There
are
two
objectives
for
giving
aid
:
The
first
objective
was
to
promote
long
-
term
growth
and
poverty
reduction
in
developing
countries
;
the
underlying
motivation
of
donors
was
a
combination
of
altruism
and
a
more
self
-
interested
concern
that
,
in
the
long
term
,
their
economic
and
political
security
would
benefit
if
poor
countries
were
growing
.
The
second
objective
was
to
promote
the
short
-
term
political
and
strategic
interests
of
donors
.
Thus
,
America
gave
massive
aid
to
Zaire
at
the
height
of
the
cold
war
because
it
served
American
interests
.
Similarly
,
in
its
role
as
champion
of
independence
of
African
States
,
Ghana
under
Nkrumah
extended
aid
to
the
tune
of
$
10
million
to
Guinea
to
rebuild
its
economy
after
France
had
packed
out
.
Naturally
,
with
the
Cold
War
over
,
foreign
aid
has
dwindled
.
"
Foreign
Aid
"
comes
in
all
shades
and
guises
.
Official
Development
Assistance
(
ODA
)
comprises
grants
plus
concessional
loans
that
have
at
least
a
25
percent
grant
component
.
The
difference
between
a
grant
and
a
loan
is
that
grants
are
like
gifts
and
do
not
have
to
be
paid
back
.
Official
development
finance
(
ODF
)
,
on
the
other
hand
,
is
all
financing
that
flows
from
developed
country
governments
and
multilateral
agencies
to
the
developing
world
.
Some
of
this
financing
is
at
interest
rates
close
to
commercial
rates
.
Often
the
term
"
Foreign
aid
"
is
associated
with
official
development
assistance
and
normally
targeted
to
the
poorest
countries
.
Aid
can
be
divided
into
bilateral
and
multilateral
components
.
Bilateral
assistance
is
administered
by
agencies
of
donor
governments
(
such
as
the
U
.
S
.
Agency
for
International
Development
or
Japan
’
s
Overseas
Economic
Cooperation
Fund
)
.
Multilateral
assistance
is
funded
by
contributions
from
wealthy
countries
and
administered
by
agencies
,
such
as
the
United
Nations
Development
Programme
and
the
World
Bank
.
Of
all
official
development
assistance
,
roughly
a
third
is
multilateral
.
Some
bilateral
aid
is
tied
—
that
is
,
it
must
be
used
to
procure
goods
and
services
from
the
donor
country
.
Studies
have
shown
that
tied
aid
reduces
the
value
of
that
assistance
by
about
25
percent
,
and
there
is
widespread
agreement
that
untying
bilateral
aid
would
make
it
more
effective
.
Among
OECD
countries
there
has
been
a
clear
trend
away
from
tied
aid
.
Aid
can
also
come
in
the
form
of
technical
assistance
.
A
couple
of
decades
ago
,
the
debate
on
aid
centered
on
the
expression
"
Trade
not
Aid
"
.
Protagonists
argued
that
it
is
more
important
for
the
developed
countries
to
engage
in
fair
trade
with
the
developing
countries
than
to
inebriate
them
with
debt
through
aid
.
A
famous
quotable
cliché
during
those
arguments
was
the
Chinese
proverb
that
"
It
is
better
to
teach
an
hungry
man
how
to
fish
than
to
give
him
fish
"
.
All
said
and
done
,
most
of
us
will
agree
that
the
expression
should
be
"
Trade
and
Aid
"
;
or
in
other
words
,
the
hungry
man
should
be
given
a
piece
of
fish
for
now
and
then
be
taught
how
to
fish
.
Aid
is
necessary
for
development
.
Most
countries
that
have
gone
through
successful
reform
did
so
on
the
back
of
massive
foreign
financial
support
.
For
a
country
struggling
to
get
on
its
feet
,
it
is
just
not
possible
to
marshal
all
resources
domestically
to
finance
all
of
its
expenditures
.
The
resulting
broad
gap
would
have
to
be
filled
by
foreign
aid
and
also
by
borrowing
from
internal
and
external
sources
.
When
foreign
support
is
taken
into
consideration
,
the
resulting
domestic
budget
is
defined
as
"
broad
"
.
Thus
,
if
foreign
grants
are
added
to
the
domestic
revenue
and
foreign
supported
capital
expenditures
are
added
on
the
expenditure
side
,
the
resulting
balance
will
be
referred
to
as
the
Overall
Broad
Balance
.
If
the
overall
broad
balance
still
shows
a
deficit
then
this
would
have
to
be
financed
by
borrowing
internally
or
externally
.
It
is
the
borrowing
to
close
the
gap
,
which
leads
us
into
a
debt
situation
.
It
is
also
possible
for
a
country
to
receive
enough
foreign
grants
such
that
its
budget
on
a
broad
basis
shows
a
surplus
as
happened
in
Ghana
in
1989
,
resulting
in
zero
domestic
finance
.
Trends
in
Aid
to
Ghana
Aid
flows
to
Ghana
reflect
the
country
’
s
economic
and
political
history
.
Aid
flows
remained
at
a
low
level
in
the
seventies
.
This
was
a
period
of
mostly
chronic
domestic
economic
mismanagement
.
The
NRC
under
Acheampong
had
earlier
1972
got
Ghana
blacklisted
in
the
international
financial
circles
when
they
repudiated
some
external
debts
.
With
the
emergence
of
a
democratically
elected
government
in
September
1979
,
aid
flows
rose
for
two
consecutive
years
.
This
trend
reversed
after
1981
following
the
coup
d
’
etat
by
the
armed
forces
.
Starting
in
1985
,
however
,
a
clear
and
sustained
increase
in
aid
flows
occurred
as
donors
perceived
greater
commitment
by
government
to
better
economic
management
and
economic
reform
.
Indeed
,
between
1985
and
1995
total
aid
flows
to
Ghana
increased
threefold
from
US
$
150
.
7
million
to
US
$
450
.
8
million
.
For
the
past
decade
,
aid
flows
to
Ghana
have
provided
an
average
of
$
570
in
project
and
programme
support
.
In
the
1990s
there
has
been
a
marked
decline
in
programme
aid
,
while
project
aid
has
increased
.
Aid
Disbursements
,
1989
-
1998
(
US
$
m
)
Source
:
ADMU
,
MOF
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
Programme
173
213
213
190
232
76
172
125
72
132
Grants
41
70
55
74
62
45
84
52
31
38
Loans
132
143
158
116
170
31
88
72
41
93
Project
:
303
287
243
357
303
431
571
597
509
505
Grants
157
122
63
124
137
158
292
260
208
187
Loans
146
166
180
233
166
272
280
337
302
318
Total
476
500
456
547
536
507
743
722
581
636
Multilateral
aid
has
risen
dramatically
as
a
share
of
official
development
assistance
to
Ghana
since
the
late
seventies
when
it
accounted
for
less
than
10
percent
.
The
most
dramatic
increase
occurred
in
the
mid
eighties
as
the
World
Bank
and
International
Monetary
Fund
(
IMF
)
supported
Ghana
’
s
economic
reform
efforts
with
a
series
of
adjustment
loans
and
facilities
.
Between
1983
and
1984
,
multilateral
aid
doubled
to
79
.
1
percent
as
a
share
of
the
total
.
While
this
share
has
fluctuated
since
then
,
it
has
never
fallen
below
71
percent
.
In
1996
,
it
was
85
percent
.
Sectoral
distribution
of
aid
reflects
both
the
donors
’
interests
and
changes
in
government
priorities
.
In
the
first
two
years
of
the
Economic
Recovery
Program
(
ERP
)
,
aid
was
primarily
for
financing
imports
.
However
,
for
the
rest
of
the
decade
,
aid
was
targeted
at
balance
of
payments
support
and
the
transport
sector
(
the
latter
reflecting
the
tremendous
rehabilitation
needs
of
the
roads
)
.
Between
1986
-
89
,
balance
of
payments
support
averaged
just
over
50
percent
of
total
aid
.
During
the
nineties
,
BOP
support
continued
to
be
important
but
increasingly
aid
went
to
community
and
social
services
–
between
1993
-
1996
this
sector
averaged
37
.
1
percent
of
total
aid
.
Both
agriculture
and
transport
(
again
)
are
important
recipients
of
aid
in
the
late
nineties
as
well
.
Aid
flow
is
very
much
tied
to
economic
management
and
performance
.
Thus
,
following
the
elections
in
1992
,
total
aid
fell
due
to
fiscal
"
slippage
"
in
the
reform
program
.
This
was
linked
to
an
80
percent
increase
in
wages
to
civil
servants
.
The
immediate
consequence
was
a
suspension
of
World
Bank
disbursements
between
November
1992
and
the
middle
of
1993
.
This
episode
was
short
-
lived
,
and
by
the
end
of
1993
,
both
the
World
Bank
and
the
IMF
were
disbursing
funds
and
programs
were
back
on
track
.
Additional
fiscal
slippage
in
1996
,
however
,
led
to
a
temporary
derailment
of
the
IMF
-
supported
program
under
the
Extended
Structural
Adjustment
Facility
.
In
2000
Ghana
could
not
meet
about
nine
conditional
benchmarks
for
which
we
had
to
ask
for
waivers
.
This
may
have
affected
the
countries
chances
of
assessing
HIPC
facilities
early
.
Issues
:
1
.
Aid
can
only
be
effective
if
good
economic
policy
management
and
the
right
institutional
support
support
it
.
There
is
no
doubt
that
the
improved
macroeconomic
management
by
the
authorities
in
Ghana
at
the
inception
of
the
ERP
in
the
1980s
helped
in
the
stabilization
effort
;
but
it
is
important
to
emphasize
that
most
of
the
gains
could
not
have
been
achieved
without
the
financial
help
of
the
external
donor
community
.
This
is
not
exceptional
to
Ghana
.
Other
successful
cases
of
adjustment
were
largely
supported
by
external
inflows
.
Chile
’
s
impressive
gains
at
adjustment
in
the
1970s
were
supported
by
massive
inflow
of
funds
,
as
were
those
of
Bolivia
and
Israel
.
In
the
case
of
Israel
the
stabilization
was
not
only
supported
by
aid
from
the
United
States
,
but
in
addition
,
most
of
their
long
term
loans
with
the
US
were
converted
into
grants
to
ease
the
debt
burden
on
the
adjusting
nation
(
Liviatan
,
1988
)
.
The
East
Asian
miracle
could
not
have
happened
without
the
strong
financial
support
from
Japan
.
2
.
Aid
coordination
is
very
important
to
aid
effectiveness
.
In
some
instances
donors
desirous
of
showing
results
which
to
fly
their
flags
on
specific
projects
.
This
leads
sometimes
to
duplication
of
efforts
and
over
concentration
in
specific
areas
.
Take
for
example
,
the
National
Poverty
Reduction
Program
funded
by
the
UNDP
and
the
Social
Investment
Fund
funded
by
the
ADB
,
both
running
from
the
NDPC
.
Aid
coordination
will
focus
efforts
in
achieving
specific
results
.
3
.
Given
the
current
poor
fiscal
situation
in
Ghana
,
the
kind
of
aid
needed
now
is
for
fiscal
support
rather
than
balance
of
payments
support
.
There
are
balance
payments
difficulties
leading
to
the
continuous
depreciation
of
the
currency
;
but
the
fiscal
needs
are
more
urgent
.
4
.
Again
given
the
poor
state
of
the
macroeconomy
,
the
most
urgent
financing
needs
are
for
programme
aid
,
rather
than
project
tied
assistance
.
Project
aid
comes
with
increased
requirements
for
domestic
financing
.
The
situation
of
the
economy
now
,
demands
more
of
budgetary
and
balance
of
payments
support
.
Debt
Now
let
us
turn
to
Debt
.
Generally
,
debt
is
incurred
to
:
Finance
the
Government
deficit
;
Accumulate
foreign
and
domestic
assets
;
and
Repay
other
previous
debts
.
Since
independence
,
Ghana
has
always
had
problem
with
central
government
finances
.
Government
has
never
been
able
to
marshal
enough
revenue
to
take
care
of
its
expenditures
.
This
creates
deficits
,
which
have
to
be
financed
either
by
borrowing
(
from
domestic
or
external
sources
)
or
by
resorting
to
the
"
printing
of
money
"
.
The
latter
form
of
financing
the
deficit
can
be
inflationary
while
the
former
creates
debt
.
In
the
1970s
,
the
deficit
was
mostly
"
money
-
financed
"
leading
to
strong
inflationary
pressures
.
This
mode
of
financing
was
forced
on
the
economy
by
the
financial
environment
of
the
time
.
The
financial
system
,
particularly
the
money
market
,
was
underdeveloped
and
Treasury
bill
was
not
a
popular
financial
instrument
;
thus
the
Government
could
not
borrow
from
domestic
sources
to
support
the
budget
.
On
the
other
hand
,
foreign
borrowing
was
also
limited
,
as
Acheampong
’
s
"
yentua
"
declaration
had
led
to
the
country
being
blacklisted
in
the
international
financial
community
.
Hence
,
the
only
avenue
open
for
financing
the
deficit
was
through
the
"
printing
press
"
.
This
caused
inflation
to
spiral
upwards
,
hitting
123
percent
in
1983
.
Between
1983
and
1989
the
hallmark
of
Ghana
’
s
commitment
to
economic
reform
,
under
the
Structural
Adjustment
Program
,
was
fiscal
prudence
.
Aided
by
balance
of
payments
and
budgetary
support
from
external
sources
,
Ghana
was
able
to
maintain
broad
budget
surpluses
between
1986
and
1990
.
Of
course
,
the
external
borrowing
created
a
pile
up
of
external
debt
for
the
country
.
However
,
most
of
the
external
borrowing
was
on
concessional
basis
with
long
moratoriums
and
do
not
pose
immediate
threat
to
the
macroeconomy
.
The
domestic
debt
is
a
problem
of
the
1990s
.
Gross
domestic
bonded
debt
rose
sharply
from
3
percent
of
GDP
in
1990
to
about
25
percent
of
GDP
at
the
close
of
the
millennium
.
See
Table
1
.
The
evolution
of
the
domestic
debt
was
through
fiscal
excesses
beginning
from
1990
.
Unbudgeted
outlays
for
hosting
of
the
Non
-
Aligned
Movement
'
s
Ministerial
Conference
and
the
Peacekeeping
operations
in
Liberia
(
ECOMOG
)
in
1990
,
and
later
expenditures
on
District
level
elections
proved
to
be
too
much
strain
on
the
fragile
economy
and
the
country
has
not
recovered
since
.
In
the
case
of
the
district
level
elections
,
as
in
all
other
political
expenditures
,
there
were
budgeted
costs
related
to
the
process
and
unbudgeted
costs
to
influence
the
process
.
The
fiscal
pressures
of
these
unplanned
expenditures
were
exacerbated
by
the
fact
that
the
availability
of
program
aid
was
very
limited
in
the
1990s
and
disbursement
of
project
aid
has
slowed
down
considerably
—
not
unrelated
to
the
policy
failures
.
Comparing
changes
in
the
debt
from
year
to
year
with
the
deficits
of
each
year
shows
that
the
debt
was
driven
mostly
by
the
deficit
.
In
1996
the
budget
plunged
into
a
deficit
,
which
only
deepened
over
the
years
.
From
about
3
percent
of
GDP
in
1996
,
the
deficit
rose
to
about
17
percent
at
the
close
of
2000
.
Table
2
compares
the
changes
in
the
domestic
debt
(
less
revaluation
stocks
)
with
the
deficit
for
each
year
.
It
is
clear
that
since
1997
,
creation
of
domestic
debt
was
not
enough
to
finance
the
deficit
.
Thus
for
the
last
half
of
the
1990s
the
country
had
to
borrow
externally
and
/
or
print
money
to
finance
the
deficit
.
Table
2
:
Relationship
between
Domestic
Debt
and
Deficit
(
in
billion
cedis
)
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
Change
in
Domestic
Debt
-
5
.
8
74
.
7
350
.
1
58
.
1
200
.
9
594
.
4
872
.
0
994
.
7
1301
.
8
855
.
5
Change
in
Treasury
Bills
-
8
.
5
20
.
3
18
.
3
32
.
7
86
.
4
450
.
0
677
.
9
751
.
8
1734
.
3
872
.
2
Deficit
(
-
)
/
Surplus
(
+
)
39
.
1
-
144
.
4
-
97
.
6
111
.
7
70
.
3
-
335
.
4
-
1174
.
2
-
1048
.
7
-
1339
.
7
-
4531
.
0
PSBR
-
51
.
8
144
.
2
45
.
6
-
26
.
7
-
27
.
7
531
.
1
728
.
0
672
.
6
1117
.
5
2397
.
2
Interest
Payments
10
.
6
24
.
9
94
.
3
166
.
4
232
.
9
434
.
5
644
.
9
861
.
4
872
.
0
1446
.
2
18
.
9
6
.
1
3
.
3
-
4
.
7
-
30
.
3
10
.
1
21
.
7
11
.
1
17
.
7
-
2
.
5
Real
Interest
Rate
(
%
)
Nature
of
the
Debt
It
has
been
quite
difficult
to
estimate
the
actual
size
of
the
domestic
debt
.
The
first
issue
relates
to
coverage
.
Total
public
debt
must
be
defined
to
include
the
debt
of
(
i
)
the
central
government
;
(
ii
)
the
municipal
and
local
governments
;
and
(
iii
)
state
owned
enterprises
and
subvented
organizations
.
Generally
,
discussion
gets
focused
on
central
government
debt
to
the
neglect
of
the
other
forms
of
public
sector
debt
.
However
,
local
government
debt
may
have
come
about
because
of
delays
in
the
release
of
the
District
Assemblies
Common
Fund
by
central
government
.
In
the
case
of
state
-
owned
enterprises
such
as
the
Tema
Oil
Refinery
(
TOR
)
delays
by
central
government
in
instituting
proper
pricing
policies
led
to
huge
implicit
subsidies
on
fuel
resulting
in
a
pile
up
of
debt
totaling
trillions
of
cedis
.
Thus
,
the
true
size
of
the
domestic
public
debt
must
include
the
debts
of
all
these
organizations
.
The
coverage
issue
aside
,
the
actual
size
of
the
debt
is
made
fluid
by
the
existence
of
payment
arrears
in
the
system
.
For
some
years
now
,
government
has
been
postponing
honoring
its
obligations
to
some
contractors
,
particularly
those
in
the
road
sector
.
This
has
created
a
stock
of
payment
arrears
,
which
is
officially
neglected
in
the
computation
of
the
gross
domestic
debt
.
The
more
tractable
debt
is
that
which
is
bonded
.
Further
,
included
in
the
classification
of
the
debt
is
the
revaluation
stocks
issued
by
government
to
the
central
bank
in
respect
of
losses
incurred
in
the
revaluation
of
net
foreign
assets
owing
to
the
depreciation
of
the
currency
.
For
a
long
time
,
this
was
on
the
books
of
the
central
bank
,
rendering
its
net
worth
negative
,
and
creating
operational
problems
for
the
Bank
.
In
1996
,
a
decision
was
made
to
transfer
the
revaluation
losses
to
Government
in
exchange
for
interest
bearing
stocks
:
this
has
since
been
part
of
the
debt
.
Although
since
1996
there
has
been
further
accumulation
of
losses
,
no
new
transfers
have
been
made
to
the
central
government
accounts
.
Indeed
,
revaluation
losses
currently
on
the
balance
sheet
of
Bank
of
Ghana
are
much
more
than
what
has
so
far
been
transferred
to
central
government
’
s
account
.
Since
this
is
not
an
expenditure
-
related
debt
,
it
may
be
necessary
to
exclude
the
revaluation
stocks
from
the
debt
in
order
to
evaluate
properly
the
budget
-
related
debt
.
Figure
1
:
Maturity
Structure
of
the
Domestic
Bonded
Debt
in
Ghana
(
in
billion
cedis
)
Decomposition
of
the
Debt
By
the
year
2000
,
the
gross
domestic
bonded
debt
of
central
government
and
the
central
bank
has
reached
almost
7
trillion
cedis
.
See
Figure
1
.
The
limited
availability
of
different
forms
of
financial
instruments
on
the
money
market
places
a
limitation
on
the
forms
of
debt
held
.
Much
of
the
debt
is
of
short
-
term
nature
.
About
90
percent
of
the
debt
is
held
in
the
form
of
91
-
day
and
180
-
day
Treasury
bills
.
Long
-
term
bonds
are
only
held
by
the
central
bank
.
In
1993
long
-
term
stocks
issued
amounted
to
291
billion
cedis
and
this
was
increased
to
590
.
7
billion
cedis
in
1996
.
Consequence
of
the
Debt
The
debt
has
both
fiscal
and
monetary
consequences
.
The
gross
domestic
bonded
debt
is
larger
than
or
equal
to
(
excluding
revaluation
stocks
)
the
total
government
revenue
.
Interest
payment
on
the
debt
is
about
15
percent
of
total
expenditure
,
more
than
development
expenditure
,
and
greater
than
the
total
of
the
expenditure
on
health
and
education
combined
.
Thus
,
the
size
and
rate
of
growth
of
the
debt
weakens
the
ability
of
the
fiscal
to
meet
social
and
developmental
commitments
.
More
frighteningly
,
the
size
and
high
rate
of
growth
of
the
debt
can
lead
to
state
of
bankruptcy
in
which
the
Government
fails
to
honor
its
debt
obligations
.
This
situation
will
arise
when
the
fiscal
cannot
meet
the
solvency
criterion
.
The
fiscal
is
said
to
be
solvent
if
the
present
value
of
the
future
streams
of
the
country
’
s
income
is
larger
than
the
size
of
the
debt
.
It
is
important
to
do
this
computation
and
ensure
that
the
fiscal
never
becomes
insolvent
.
The
debt
also
creates
monetary
problems
.
Because
government
needs
to
borrow
more
to
take
care
of
the
debt
due
and
also
to
close
the
fiscal
gap
,
interest
rates
are
kept
high
and
attractive
.
A
profile
of
interest
rates
reveals
real
rates
ranging
between
10
and
21
.
7
percent
between
1996
and
1999
.
The
high
interest
rates
worsen
the
debt
burden
and
cause
government
to
borrow
more
to
service
it
.
Thus
the
Government
becomes
a
"
debt
junkie
"
.
The
fiscal
and
the
monetary
consequences
of
the
debt
lead
to
poor
economic
growth
.
Investment
by
the
private
sector
is
slowed
because
of
the
high
rates
of
interest
and
also
because
the
public
sector
"
crowds
out
"
the
private
sector
in
the
credit
market
.
Management
of
the
Debt
Clearly
,
the
first
recommendation
for
containing
the
debt
will
be
to
aim
for
surpluses
on
the
fiscal
.
Participants
at
the
first
National
Economic
Forum
agreed
to
this
in
1997
;
but
the
Government
of
the
National
Democratic
Congress
did
not
commit
itself
to
its
implementation
.
The
recent
National
Economic
Dialogue
has
also
endorsed
fiscal
prudence
as
a
way
to
contain
the
debt
.
It
is
a
fact
that
so
many
national
development
projects
and
social
programmes
are
waiting
to
be
implemented
.
Thus
,
reducing
the
fiscal
expenditure
may
be
problematic
and
may
be
politically
costly
.
Elimination
of
waste
and
switching
of
expenditure
into
more
productive
areas
may
be
more
beneficial
.
The
Government
may
also
have
to
find
ways
of
generating
more
revenue
to
achieve
the
budgetary
surplus
.
The
inflationary
consequences
and
loss
of
macroeconomic
policy
consistency
and
stability
that
followed
the
introduction
of
the
VAT
in
1995
,
however
,
are
a
reminder
that
generating
non
-
inflationary
revenue
may
be
no
less
problematic
than
restraining
expenditure
growth
.
Some
amount
of
surprise
inflation
in
the
system
can
also
help
to
reduce
the
debt
.
Basically
,
the
government
as
the
debtor
will
gain
for
any
rise
in
the
general
price
level
.
But
,
quite
apart
from
the
inflation
tax
,
the
rise
in
the
general
price
level
creates
seigniorage
revenue
for
Government
that
can
be
used
to
pair
back
the
debt
.
But
,
this
can
backfire
.
It
has
been
established
in
the
economic
literature
that
as
inflation
increases
seigniorage
revenue
can
only
increase
up
to
a
point
,
after
which
it
then
fall
.
However
,
inflation
once
initiated
may
be
difficult
to
control
.
A
third
method
of
containing
the
deficit
will
be
to
divest
some
of
the
national
assets
.
For
some
time
now
some
state
owned
enterprises
have
been
on
the
divestiture
list
and
it
is
about
time
to
push
them
for
sale
.
Others
that
have
been
divested
for
which
payments
have
not
been
made
should
be
settled
as
quickly
as
possible
.
It
is
important
that
the
divestiture
be
properly
indexed
to
either
foreign
exchange
or
inflation
so
that
value
is
not
lost
in
case
of
long
delays
in
payment
.
Finally
,
it
may
be
necessary
for
government
to
transform
some
of
the
debt
from
short
-
term
to
long
-
term
.
Consensus
was
reached
on
this
at
the
last
Economic
Dialogue
.
At
the
same
time
,
if
the
official
inflation
numbers
are
to
be
believed
,
the
rates
of
interest
on
the
Treasury
bills
are
too
high
,
even
in
real
terms
.
It
is
important
to
note
that
banking
regulation
already
makes
it
mandatory
for
the
banks
to
hold
secondary
reserves
in
the
form
of
Treasury
bills
.
Thus
,
the
banks
do
not
need
too
much
"
convincing
"
to
invest
in
Treasury
bills
.
With
the
non
-
bank
public
,
the
low
rates
on
saving
deposits
makes
the
rates
on
the
Treasury
bills
"
too
attractive
"
.
In
sum
,
the
Treasury
bill
rates
can
come
down
by
some
percentage
points
without
hurting
demand
,
while
giving
tremendous
boost
to
debt
reduction
.
Regarding
external
debt
,
I
will
say
that
the
decision
of
the
Government
to
adopt
the
HIPC
Initiative
is
welcome
as
it
allows
breathing
space
for
tackling
more
pertinent
domestic
issues
.
Conclusion
Aid
is
good
if
it
is
back
by
good
policies
.
There
is
the
need
for
proper
coordination
of
aid
projects
in
the
country
.
The
tendency
for
donors
looking
for
results
by
planting
their
flags
on
specific
projects
should
be
discouraged
.
More
grants
may
lead
to
smaller
deficits
and
hence
less
borrowing
.
The
domestic
debt
is
a
problem
not
only
because
of
its
size
but
also
the
rate
at
which
it
is
growing
.
A
large
portion
of
the
debt
is
held
in
short
term
bonds
with
high
real
rates
,
which
create
a
vicious
circle
for
the
debt
burden
.
The
fiscal
and
monetary
consequences
of
the
debt
are
enormous
with
a
threatening
possibility
of
insolvency
occurring
in
the
near
future
.
It
is
important
to
move
the
fiscal
from
the
chronic
deficit
position
into
surpluses
,
to
reduce
the
growing
threat
from
the
debt
.
The
prudent
fiscal
management
while
a
means
to
proper
debt
management
also
creates
the
condition
for
more
aid
inflow
.
SPEECH
BY
PROF
.
JOPHUS
ANAMUAH
-
MENSAH
,
VICE
-
CHANCELLOR
OF
THE
UNIVERSITY
OF
EDUCATION
,
WINNEBA
ON
THE
OCCASION
OF
THE
TWELFTH
MATRICULATION
CEREMONY
OF
THE
UNIVERSITY
OF
EDUCATION
,
WINNEBA
HELD
ON
SATURDAY
,
OCTOBER
16
,
2004
Pro
Vice
-
Chancellor
,
Registrar
,
Principals
,
Deans
of
Faculty
,
Directors
,
Heads
of
Department
,
Members
of
Convocation
,
Distinguished
Freshmen
and
women
,
Ladies
and
Gentlemen
.
I
extend
a
very
warm
welcome
to
all
our
distinguished
guests
on
behalf
of
Council
and
Academic
Board
of
the
University
of
Education
.
I
am
particularly
happy
to
welcome
the
first
year
students
who
constitute
the
twelfth
batch
of
students
to
be
matriculated
in
this
University
.
I
welcome
you
to
the
University
of
Education
,
Winneba
.
Dear
freshmen
and
women
,
permit
me
to
congratulate
you
for
sailing
through
our
stringent
and
competitive
admission
procedures
.
This
ceremony
enables
you
to
take
the
matriculation
oath
that
signifies
your
formal
admission
to
the
University
.
It
also
enjoins
you
to
be
of
good
behaviour
and
obedient
to
the
Vice
-
Chancellor
and
all
constituted
authority
while
you
remain
students
of
this
University
.
Take
this
ceremony
and
the
advice
you
are
given
seriously
.
They
can
help
shape
your
life
in
the
University
and
for
your
future
professional
development
.
ADMISSIONS
Ladies
and
Gentlemen
,
the
mission
of
this
University
is
to
train
competent
teachers
and
educational
administrators
for
the
pre
-
tertiary
level
of
education
in
this
country
.
Over
the
past
twelve
years
,
the
University
has
tried
to
achieve
this
mission
through
its
enrolment
and
the
provision
of
quality
education
.
We
have
tried
every
year
to
offer
admission
to
as
many
students
as
the
academic
and
infrastructural
facilities
available
to
us
permit
us
to
cater
for
.
Out
of
a
total
of
8181
applications
received
,
6585
qualified
applicants
sat
the
entrance
examinations
this
year
.
Out
of
this
number
,
3796
constituting
58
%
gained
admission
to
pursue
various
programmes
of
study
at
the
B
.
Ed
level
.
A
total
of
1306
females
constituting
35
%
of
total
students
were
admitted
.
In
the
Winneba
Campus
,
out
of
a
total
of
4644
applications
received
,
3736
qualified
applicants
sat
the
entrance
examinations
out
of
which
2381
(
64
%
)
made
up
of
1423
(
60
%
)
men
and
958
(
40
%
)
women
were
admitted
.
In
the
Kumasi
Campus
,
out
of
a
total
of
3010
applications
received
,
2617
qualified
applicants
comprising
1961
(
75
%
)
men
and
656
(
25
%
)
women
sat
for
the
entrance
examinations
out
of
which
1190
(
40
%
)
made
up
of
879
(
74
%
)
men
and
311
(
26
%
)
females
gained
admission
.
The
Mampong
-
Ashanti
Campus
received
a
total
of
527
applications
out
of
which
232
were
qualified
to
write
the
entrance
examinations
.
This
was
made
up
of
195
(
84
%
)
men
and
37
(
16
%
)
women
.
Out
of
this
number
,
225
made
up
of
188
(
83
%
)
men
and
37
(
17
%
)
women
secured
admission
.
This
University
is
profoundly
constrained
by
lack
of
lecture
halls
and
teaching
/
learning
facilities
.
With
adequate
improvement
in
these
facilities
we
would
be
able
to
increase
our
student
intake
.
From
next
academic
year
,
the
University
would
give
direct
admissions
to
graduates
of
the
Senior
Secondary
Schools
who
are
ready
to
join
the
teaching
profession
.
25
%
of
the
University
’
s
total
admissions
would
be
given
to
the
SSS
graduates
.
Ladies
and
Gentlemen
,
we
have
over
the
years
been
concerned
about
the
imbalances
in
educational
provision
in
this
country
especially
at
the
tertiary
level
.
We
are
particularly
concern
about
low
female
enrolment
in
tertiary
education
,
low
enrolment
of
students
offering
science
and
mathematics
programmes
of
study
,
low
capacity
for
technical
and
vocational
teacher
education
and
low
enrolment
of
students
from
disadvantaged
areas
of
the
country
.
The
University
therefore
continues
to
explore
strategies
to
encourage
prospective
students
to
enrol
in
these
programmes
.
For
the
past
five
(
5
)
years
,
the
University
has
been
organising
pre
-
entry
programmes
to
prepare
prospective
science
students
who
do
not
have
the
requisite
qualifications
for
direct
admission
in
order
to
upgrade
them
to
the
level
required
for
admission
.
In
this
academic
year
about
319
students
have
been
admitted
through
this
method
.
Through
affirmative
action
the
female
to
male
ratio
has
also
improved
significantly
.
POSTGRADUATE
ADMISSION
This
year
the
University
admitted
seventy
-
eight
(
78
)
students
to
its
expanded
postgraduate
programmes
.
Four
(
4
)
out
of
the
seventy
-
eight
(
78
)
students
were
admitted
for
Ph
.
D
in
applied
linguistics
and
the
remaining
number
were
admitted
to
undertake
various
M
.
Phil
and
Postgraduate
diploma
programmes
.
Twenty
-
five
(
25
)
students
representing
32
%
were
females
.
ACCOMMODATION
One
area
that
still
seems
to
be
of
considerable
concern
to
us
is
residential
accommodation
.
For
the
past
five
years
,
as
a
result
of
the
yearly
increase
in
students
’
admission
,
it
has
been
difficult
for
us
to
provide
residential
accommodation
to
all
first
year
students
.
During
the
last
academic
year
a
small
number
of
freshmen
and
women
were
offered
residential
accommodation
.
Out
of
a
total
of
2138
students
offered
admission
at
the
Winneba
campus
,
only
108
of
them
constituting
4
.
2
%
were
offered
residential
accommodation
.
This
year
,
out
of
the
total
of
2381
students
who
have
been
offered
admission
at
the
Winneba
campus
,
only
196
of
them
constituting
8
.
4
%
have
been
offered
residential
accommodation
.
The
rest
of
you
have
found
yourself
in
private
hostels
dotted
around
Winneba
.
Some
of
you
have
even
rented
rooms
with
poor
ventilation
and
toilet
facilities
.
Students
who
go
in
for
these
relatively
cheap
rented
premises
should
know
that
they
are
putting
their
health
at
risk
.
Good
health
is
essential
for
the
successful
pursuit
of
academic
work
in
the
University
.
Patronize
the
excellent
hostel
facilities
we
have
around
.
SEMESTER
UNIT
SYSTEM
The
University
operates
the
semester
system
.
Under
this
arrangement
,
students
are
assessed
at
the
end
of
each
semester
on
the
basis
of
their
work
in
their
various
courses
.
This
demands
consistent
work
,
attendance
at
all
lectures
and
tutorials
and
the
completion
of
continuous
assessment
work
.
I
wish
to
take
this
opportunity
to
encourage
you
to
study
hard
to
justify
your
selection
.
Please
avoid
procrastination
so
far
as
your
studies
are
concerned
.
Students
who
fail
to
adhere
to
this
advice
and
would
want
to
cheat
during
examinations
will
have
themselves
to
blame
.
STUDIES
Dear
freshmen
and
women
let
me
remind
you
that
you
are
here
to
be
trained
to
enable
you
effectively
handle
the
development
of
our
children
.
A
very
important
responsibility
.
This
responsibility
has
even
become
profoundly
important
in
view
of
the
fact
that
our
educational
system
is
almost
in
a
deplorable
state
.
Standards
in
our
educational
system
are
falling
fast
.
You
are
here
to
develop
yourselves
to
make
a
difference
in
our
schools
.
The
academic
programmes
in
which
you
have
been
enrolled
will
prepare
you
to
develop
analytical
,
community
and
pedagogical
skills
.
Some
of
you
are
being
prepared
to
become
heads
of
schools
.
Who
will
be
expected
to
manage
and
supervise
instruction
?
This
again
is
a
weak
point
in
the
education
system
.
It
is
our
hope
that
the
new
educational
reform
will
pay
attention
to
this
and
appoint
heads
of
schools
on
contract
for
four
(
4
)
years
.
Any
renewal
should
be
based
on
performance
.
I
will
therefore
expect
you
to
take
your
studies
seriously
and
avoid
unnecessary
disorder
and
disruptions
of
academic
work
which
will
prevent
you
from
getting
the
best
out
of
your
education
and
mar
the
good
name
of
the
University
.
Let
me
refer
you
to
Section
3
.
9
of
the
Regulations
on
Semester
Calendar
and
Course
Unit
System
which
clearly
spells
out
the
conditions
for
your
academic
progression
from
semester
to
semester
in
this
University
and
I
quote
subsections
3
.
9
.
1
,
3
.
9
.
2
and
3
.
9
.
3
.
To
progress
from
semester
to
semester
,
a
student
is
required
to
maintain
a
cumulative
GPA
of
1
.
0
.
A
student
may
be
allowed
to
trail
not
more
than
two
failed
courses
for
three
semesters
after
which
he
/
she
is
expected
to
pass
the
courses
or
withdraw
.
In
any
given
semester
a
student
cannot
trail
more
than
two
courses
.
A
student
shall
be
allowed
to
repeat
a
course
only
once
.
This
means
that
anyone
who
fails
in
more
than
two
(
2
)
courses
in
a
particular
semester
will
be
withdrawn
.
I
would
like
to
entreat
all
of
you
to
refer
to
this
section
for
your
guidance
.
The
decision
to
withdraw
or
continue
the
programme
would
depend
on
your
academic
performance
.
I
entreat
you
to
take
your
courses
seriously
.
The
Departments
have
already
made
available
to
you
course
outlines
that
describe
the
aims
and
objectives
of
the
courses
for
your
benefit
.
You
will
also
be
provided
with
Departmental
brochures
that
state
the
details
of
your
programme
of
study
.
These
will
enable
you
know
in
advance
what
is
expected
of
you
and
to
plan
your
studies
.
ICT
Freshmen
and
women
,
the
three
campuses
of
the
University
are
hooked
on
to
the
internet
via
satellite
and
therefore
have
unlimited
access
to
internet
resources
for
research
and
teaching
.
The
Internet
is
a
powerful
source
of
knowledge
and
I
would
like
to
appeal
to
you
to
visit
academic
sites
regularly
and
research
for
information
related
to
your
studies
;
while
on
holidays
get
in
touch
with
your
lecturers
through
the
email
where
necessary
to
discuss
your
academic
problems
.
The
University
’
s
programmes
will
provide
you
with
the
best
preparation
for
teaching
.
You
will
be
introduced
to
ICT
as
a
compulsory
course
and
you
will
have
access
to
the
use
of
computers
for
fifteen
(
15
)
hours
a
day
throughout
your
first
year
.
This
University
has
fully
integrated
information
and
Communication
Technology
into
its
teaching
and
learning
processes
.
Lecturers
will
soon
be
posting
their
notes
,
assignments
and
answers
to
the
most
frequently
asked
questions
on
their
websites
.
This
is
vital
to
enable
the
University
fulfil
its
mission
of
training
competent
teachers
and
educational
administrators
who
have
the
necessary
technological
skills
to
enable
them
create
the
necessary
transformational
climate
in
our
pre
-
tertiary
educational
institutions
.
INTERNSHIP
PROGRAMME
Freshmen
and
women
,
as
part
of
your
education
in
this
institution
,
you
will
be
required
to
undertake
an
internship
or
mentoring
programme
in
a
school
of
your
choice
.
This
is
a
new
approach
to
teacher
Education
in
Ghana
.
This
approach
recognises
that
content
knowledge
alone
is
not
sufficient
for
the
effective
preparation
of
a
teacher
today
.
Continuing
Professional
study
,
clinical
practice
,
and
ongoing
reflective
practice
are
very
crucial
.
Having
the
ability
to
design
learning
experiences
that
inspire
and
interest
children
is
the
most
important
quality
of
good
teachers
.
The
internship
programme
therefore
will
assist
you
to
relate
the
theoretical
principles
in
education
learnt
over
the
years
to
the
cultural
and
ecological
settings
of
the
school
under
the
direction
of
a
mentor
.
To
qualify
for
a
degree
you
must
have
a
good
pass
in
the
internship
programme
.
Those
who
have
gone
through
it
describe
it
as
the
most
rewarding
pre
-
teaching
experience
they
have
gone
through
.
GUIDANCE
AND
COUNSELLING
We
have
in
existence
on
the
North
Campus
a
Counselling
Centre
which
is
run
by
experienced
counsellors
appointed
to
help
you
solve
your
social
and
academic
problems
.
In
addition
,
you
have
academic
counsellors
in
your
departments
who
will
help
you
make
very
important
decisions
affecting
your
academic
life
.
Make
it
a
point
to
see
your
counsellors
on
a
regular
basis
.
RADIO
LECTURES
As
you
might
have
already
experienced
,
some
of
the
courses
for
which
you
have
been
enrolled
,
especially
the
general
courses
have
over
500
students
.
This
does
not
allow
for
effective
learning
.
The
University
has
for
the
past
few
years
introduced
the
use
of
interactive
radio
lectures
to
address
the
issue
of
large
classes
.
This
innovation
allows
students
to
tune
their
radios
to
Radio
Windy
Bay
to
listen
to
lectures
.
They
can
choose
to
stay
in
their
rooms
,
Junior
Common
Room
or
any
appropriate
place
to
receive
lectures
and
interact
with
the
lecturer
through
the
telephone
system
.
This
can
help
avoid
the
mad
rush
to
secure
seats
in
lecture
rooms
,
reduce
anxiety
,
keep
students
more
relaxed
and
improve
their
rate
of
absorption
.
COMPORTMENT
Freshmen
and
women
,
the
teaching
profession
requires
high
professional
standards
and
code
of
ethics
.
As
professional
teachers
in
training
therefore
,
you
should
be
seen
as
role
models
to
set
good
examples
for
the
thousands
of
school
pupils
and
students
who
will
be
looking
up
to
you
,
and
the
general
public
.
Since
some
of
you
live
in
town
,
you
are
going
to
interact
more
with
the
community
and
your
actions
are
bound
to
be
under
scrutiny
.
You
therefore
have
to
demonstrate
a
high
sense
of
disciplinary
behaviour
and
live
above
reproach
.
Avoid
excessive
drinking
,
drugs
and
other
vices
.
The
HIV
/
AIDS
pandemic
is
real
.
It
is
a
killer
.
Avoid
unbridled
sexual
behaviour
.
Uphold
the
code
of
ethics
and
serve
as
role
models
to
lift
the
image
of
the
University
.
CONCLUSION
I
would
like
finally
to
remind
you
about
the
importance
of
the
Student
Handbook
,
copies
of
which
have
been
given
to
each
one
of
you
.
I
urge
you
all
to
study
the
rules
and
regulations
contained
in
the
handbook
,
for
they
apply
to
all
students
of
the
University
and
are
binding
on
all
.
They
provide
the
guide
for
your
academic
and
social
lives
here
as
students
and
you
need
to
know
them
and
abide
by
them
.
As
I
conclude
my
address
,
I
will
like
you
to
reflect
on
certain
symbols
that
are
unique
to
UnEW
.
One
is
the
emblem
of
the
University
which
bears
the
motto
:
“
Education
for
Service
”
.
The
Emblem
has
red
,
white
and
blue
as
its
colours
.
It
also
has
the
Akan
symbol
,
Matie
Masie
which
reflects
the
acquisition
of
knowledge
.
The
flame
on
top
of
Matie
Masie
symbol
suggests
that
knowledge
acquired
should
shine
and
be
seen
by
all
.
The
white
surrounding
the
flame
and
the
symbol
and
the
spikes
at
its
edges
emphasise
that
knowledge
should
permeate
all
corners
of
the
country
and
the
world
at
large
.
The
RED
indicates
the
hardwork
,
toil
,
commitment
and
persistence
required
in
knowledge
acquisition
and
knowledge
transfer
.
Your
stay
here
is
not
going
to
be
easy
but
with
hard
work
and
dedication
to
your
studies
,
you
will
succeed
.
Take
note
however
to
ensure
that
others
benefit
from
your
knowledge
and
thus
make
the
Motto
of
the
University
,
“
Education
for
Service
”
real
.
The
other
symbol
is
the
Academic
Giant
in
front
of
the
Administration
Block
.
This
statue
depicts
excellence
in
the
pursuit
of
knowledge
.
The
last
symbol
is
the
University
Anthem
.
Read
the
words
and
meditate
on
them
.
They
are
meant
to
be
inspirational
and
to
propel
you
to
achieve
greater
heights
in
your
field
.
It
is
our
hope
that
as
you
pursue
your
programmes
,
you
will
remember
that
it
is
not
academic
excellence
alone
that
should
be
the
focus
of
your
attention
but
the
development
of
your
whole
being
especially
your
moral
uprightness
.
I
trust
that
you
will
study
hard
to
justify
your
stay
here
.
For
developing
countries
in
general
,
the
problems
posed
in
applying
modern
macroeconomics
are
severe
because
economic
structures
are
so
different
.
Financial
markets
are
often
virtually
absent
,
many
economies
are
small
,
open
,
and
periodically
hit
by
temporary
trade
shocks
,
and
most
of
them
are
heavily
regulated
by
government
controls
.
Furthermore
,
the
lack
of
attention
to
institutional
characteristics
in
the
neo
-
classical
approach
and
the
absence
of
viable
micro
-
foundations
in
the
structuralists
theories
have
tended
to
make
the
exchanges
between
the
two
schools
polemical
.
Meanwhile
,
many
developing
countries
have
experienced
dramatic
macroeconomic
events
,
and
have
embarked
upon
large
policy
experiments
,
in
an
alarming
vacuum
of
comprehension
.
This
vacuum
has
arisen
because
both
schools
of
thought
the
neoclassical
and
structuralists
are
right
:
theory
must
be
tailored
to
structure
to
be
applicable
,
but
an
atheoretic
approach
is
inadequate
.
Policy
research
is
a
must
.
Ghana
is
classifiable
as
a
controlled
open
economy
a
small
,
open
economy
with
a
weak
financial
market
,
subject
to
a
variety
of
government
controls
and
liable
to
temporary
shocks
in
terms
of
trade
.
In
1998
,
Ghana
experienced
a
positive
terms
of
trade
(
TOT
)
shock
equivalent
to
a
26
.
5
percent
improvement
in
the
barter
terms
of
trade
.
The
question
of
interest
is
how
did
the
government
manage
the
windfall
?
Did
it
tax
it
?
Did
it
increase
public
expenditure
,
and
if
so
,
what
?
Faced
with
a
shock
of
comparable
magnitudes
(
actually
somewhat
bigger
in
1977
)
on
account
of
the
Brazilian
frost
of
1975
which
caused
a
large
but
temporary
increase
in
the
price
of
coffee
,
"
the
governments
of
Kenya
and
Tanzania
arrived
at
radically
different
answers
"
to
this
question
:
In
Kenya
virtually
the
entire
price
increase
was
passed
on
to
coffee
farmers
(
most
of
whom
were
peasants
)
,
whereas
in
Tanzania
almost
the
entire
windfall
was
taxed
.
In
search
of
an
appropriate
lesson
for
Ghana
and
guide
to
policy
as
to
best
practice
for
managing
shocks
,
the
temptation
is
to
examine
the
experiences
of
these
two
countries
with
a
view
to
assessing
the
efficacy
of
their
respective
policy
responses
.
The
two
responses
,
however
,
are
not
directly
comparable
,
owing
to
key
differences
in
policies
in
place
before
the
windfall
.
The
differences
constitute
the
less
obvious
but
probably
more
important
,
type
of
policy
issue
,
namely
the
way
in
which
private
behavior
is
constrained
by
government
regulations
which
predate
the
windfall
.
For
even
if
the
private
sector
is
permitted
to
receive
the
windfall
,
its
responses
will
be
shaped
by
the
control
regime
.
Like
the
Kenyan
experience
,
we
will
demonstrate
that
the
policy
response
in
Ghana
was
inconsistent
and
grossly
sub
-
optimal
.
Not
only
were
resources
misallocated
,
but
the
regime
was
"
particularly
ill
-
suited
to
the
efficient
utilization
of
temporary
windfalls
,
which
are
a
recurring
feature
of
the
economy
"
.
The
World
Bank
has
in
the
context
of
the
subsequent
sharp
reversal
in
the
terms
of
trade
noted
the
incapacity
of
the
government
to
manage
shocks
,
leaving
the
economy
vulnerable
to
periodic
shocks
.
The
Tanzanian
policies
have
been
described
as
"
an
example
of
an
incompatible
control
regime
"
.
The
central
aspect
of
such
policy
configurations
is
that
they
are
not
sustainable
and
so
must
be
"
eventually
changed
"
.
Indeed
the
particular
policy
combination
adopted
by
the
Tanzanian
government
"
gives
rise
to
a
disastrous
cumulative
contraction
in
the
economy
"
which
may
be
referred
to
as
an
"
implosion
"
.
The
Ghanaian
episode
shares
some
similarities
especially
in
the
fiscal
policy
aspect
with
the
Tanzanian
,
but
differs
critically
in
that
there
was
a
regime
of
universal
price
controls
in
Tanzania
which
is
what
makes
that
scenario
an
incompatible
control
regime
.
The
way
in
which
controls
shape
private
responses
to
windfalls
which
private
agents
receive
is
central
to
policy
analysis
.
Controls
restrict
how
private
agents
make
use
of
windfalls
;
foreign
exchange
controls
inhibit
the
acquisition
of
foreign
financial
assets
;
import
quotas
may
restrict
the
volume
of
imports
,
or
alter
their
composition
;
and
interest
rate
ceilings
may
alter
the
volume
and
composition
of
investment
.
Fiscal
Policy
Responses
Stabilizing
Taxation
A
relatively
passive
or
laissez
-
faire
public
response
is
inappropriate
for
three
reasons
.
First
,
permanent
national
income
rises
with
the
windfall
,
and
so
does
tax
revenue
at
existing
tax
rates
.
In
the
absence
of
a
mechanism
assuring
an
automatic
rise
in
public
expenditure
,
an
arbitrary
fall
in
the
public
sector
deficit
will
result
.
On
the
other
hand
,
a
reasonable
assumption
is
that
there
is
a
positive
elasticity
of
desired
public
expenditure
with
respect
to
permanent
national
income
.
The
Ghanaian
experience
at
the
time
of
the
windfall
was
that
the
expenditure
elasticity
was
,
if
anything
,
higher
than
the
elasticity
of
tax
revenues
at
existing
rates
also
positive
.
Some
change
in
the
level
and
/
or
structure
of
tax
rates
may
be
necessary
.
The
size
and
shape
of
the
public
sector
would
no
doubt
change
.
The
critical
point
,
however
,
is
that
there
can
be
no
guarantee
that
these
automatic
changes
will
correspond
to
what
is
wanted
.
This
is
why
the
issue
of
the
appropriate
long
-
run
level
of
expenditure
and
taxation
design
arises
.
Second
,
the
marginal
cost
of
public
funds
may
temporarily
drop
during
the
boom
.
The
windfall
can
be
likened
to
an
economic
rent
,
so
that
it
can
be
taxed
away
with
minimal
disincentive
effects
.
Thus
to
the
extent
that
the
windfall
was
both
temporary
and
once
for
all
,
there
were
powerful
arguments
that
a
high
proportion
of
the
incremental
income
be
taxed
at
source
(
see
also
Economic
Reforms
in
Ghana
)
.
Finally
,
appropriate
fiscal
response
may
be
influenced
by
the
nature
and
composition
of
public
expenditure
,
particularly
by
the
allocation
between
tradables
and
non
-
tradables
on
the
one
hand
,
and
consumption
and
investment
on
the
other
.
The
sharp
appreciation
of
the
real
exchange
rate
will
imply
some
shift
in
the
optimal
allocation
of
public
expenditure
between
tradables
and
non
-
tradables
,
more
markedly
in
the
short
-
run
than
in
the
long
run
.
It
may
also
have
implications
for
the
level
of
government
spending
,
as
opposed
to
its
allocation
.
The
CEPA
position
implicitly
assumed
that
cocoa
farmers
were
likely
to
be
over
-
optimistic
in
their
expectations
were
the
windfall
allowed
to
accrue
to
them
.
This
would
imply
that
cocoa
farmers
might
attempt
to
consume
too
high
a
proportion
of
the
windfall
,
and
the
government
must
attempt
to
prevent
this
.
Ideally
,
the
government
would
raise
a
loan
,
returning
the
money
when
the
windfall
was
clearly
over
.
This
was
exactly
the
proposal
in
the
CEPA
call
for
a
Cocoa
Buffer
Fund
.
In
the
event
,
through
the
mismanagement
of
the
exchange
rate
,
the
cedi
depreciated
nominally
by
only
4
%
--
implying
high
real
appreciation
and
with
producer
prices
unrevised
,
the
cocoa
windfall
was
shared
between
users
of
foreign
exchange
and
the
Government
of
Ghana
(
GOG
)
.
Indeed
,
the
cocoa
export
tax
reached
a
high
point
the
highest
in
recent
times
.
Inter
-
temporal
considerations
indicate
that
a
stable
deficit
is
unlikely
to
be
optimal
during
a
windfall
.
Moreover
,
even
the
direction
of
change
in
the
deficit
is
ambiguous
.
What
needs
stressing
,
however
,
is
that
even
if
the
government
has
more
accurate
perceptions
than
the
private
sector
concerning
the
underlying
instability
,
the
obvious
response
is
to
disseminate
the
superior
information
rather
than
to
act
on
the
assumed
ignorance
of
private
agents
as
actually
happened
with
the
implicit
rejection
of
the
cocoa
buffer
fund
.
But
the
main
source
of
sub
-
optimality
of
the
official
policy
stance
is
the
implicit
assumption
that
the
monetary
authority
,
the
BOG
was
capable
of
exercising
the
required
custodial
function
over
windfall
resources
.
This
is
a
critical
empirical
question
requiring
substantiation
.
Indeed
,
it
could
be
argued
that
it
was
the
absence
of
this
capacity
that
led
to
the
choice
of
an
inappropriate
exchange
rate
regime
.
The
resultant
misalignment
caused
an
import
binge
that
damaged
the
import
-
competing
sector
.
It
also
spawned
an
"
over
-
borrowing
syndrome
"
that
caused
considerable
havoc
when
the
exchange
rate
regime
collapsed
.
Foreign
Exchange
Controls
Under
the
Exchange
Control
Act
,
private
citizens
(
unless
otherwise
authorized
)
cannot
hold
either
foreign
currency
or
foreign
assets
.
In
a
context
of
strict
application
,
private
agents
are
compelled
to
accumulate
and
decumulate
domestic
assets
.
And
in
the
absence
of
a
bond
market
the
only
financial
asset
is
money
.
The
opportunity
cost
of
using
funds
for
a
proposed
investment
project
is
therefore
whichever
is
the
greater
of
the
return
on
the
best
other
project
available
and
the
return
on
money
which
will
be
assumed
to
be
zero
in
nominal
terms
.
Figure
1
:
Savings
/
Investment
Behavior
in
Periods
of
Commodity
Booms
and
Bursts
savings
/
investments
NPV0
schedule
:
the
pre
-
boom
net
present
value
(
NPV
)
of
project
discounted
at
the
opportunity
cost
of
funds
over
the
life
of
the
project
.
A
transient
boom
or
windfall
would
leave
permanent
income
unrevised
and
hence
increase
savings
.
In
the
presence
of
exchange
controls
,
the
boom
may
so
increase
desired
savings
that
there
are
not
enough
domestic
projects
with
a
positive
net
present
value
(
NPV
)
to
absorb
them
,
the
balance
being
an
asset
demand
for
money
.
Since
,
by
assumption
,
the
nominal
return
to
this
is
zero
,
this
indicates
that
the
discount
rate
used
to
generate
the
NPV
is
zero
during
the
boom
phase
.
Exchange
controls
prohibiting
the
legal
acquisition
of
foreign
financial
assets
cause
this
fall
in
the
domestic
interest
rate
during
the
boom
,
shifting
the
schedule
from
NPV
0
to
NPV
1
(
see
Figure
1
)
.
The
effect
of
this
control
is
partly
a
dead
-
weight
loss
in
the
form
of
a
misallocation
of
investible
resources
.
NPV
2
is
the
schedule
corresponding
to
absence
of
such
foreign
exchange
controls
citizens
are
free
to
hold
interest
-
bearing
foreign
securities
.
The
discount
rate
being
higher
,
the
NPV
schedule
is
shifted
downwards
relative
to
controlled
case
NPV
1
.
The
exchange
controls
cause
a
lowering
the
discount
rate
during
the
boom
and
thus
induce
a
quantity
ad
of
investment
,
which
yields
NPV
equivalent
to
the
shaded
triangle
(
bcd
)
less
than
obtainable
from
foreign
securities
.
This
is
the
dead
-
weight
loss
existing
from
being
constrained
to
invest
in
domestic
assets
only
.
Additionally
,
there
is
a
transfer
the
unshaded
area
(
adhg
)
from
domestic
lenders
to
domestic
borrowers
,
and
a
further
transfer
shaded
rectangle
(
dcef
)
from
holders
of
money
as
an
asset
to
the
monetary
authority
(
the
BOG
)
.
This
latter
occurs
because
the
BOG
accumulates
the
foreign
exchange
equivalent
of
df
,
which
it
holds
in
a
custodial
role
on
behalf
of
private
citizens
and
which
is
therefore
a
component
of
the
change
in
the
net
foreign
assets
of
the
central
bank
(
D
NFA
BOG
)
,
with
a
corresponding
increase
in
Reserve
Money
(
D
H
)
as
cash
held
by
the
non
-
bank
public
sector
(
NBPS
)
.
This
is
demonstrated
below
.
Let
W
denote
windfall
income
and
h
the
propensity
to
accumulate
financial
assets
.
Then
,
under
foreign
exchange
controls
and
in
the
absence
of
bonds
,
the
demand
for
financial
assets
(
hW
)
translates
into
an
equivalent
asset
demand
for
currency
by
the
NBPS
.
Consequently
from
the
balance
sheet
of
the
BOG
we
obtain
the
following
:
D
NFA
BOG
=
D
H
=
hW
If
further
,
domestic
money
banks
(
DMBs
)
are
successful
in
meeting
their
desired
lending
targets
exclusively
by
consumption
loans
since
,
by
assumption
,
there
are
no
further
investments
with
positive
NPVs
then
through
the
money
multiplier
(
m
)
assumed
to
be
stable
the
change
in
money
supply
(
D
M
)
is
given
by
:
D
M
=
m
D
H
=
mhW
Thus
,
the
impact
effect
of
the
boom
,
given
foreign
exchange
controls
,
is
:
temporarily
to
raise
the
demand
for
money
by
hW
,
i
.
e
.
,
in
addition
to
the
increased
demand
for
transactions
balances
;
temporarily
to
raise
money
supply
by
mhW
;
and
for
the
NFA
BOG
to
correspondingly
increase
by
the
foreign
exchange
equivalent
of
hW
.
An
excess
supply
of
money
(
m
-
1
)
hW
results
which
,
assuming
m
is
sufficiently
large
to
ensure
overall
excess
money
supply
,
raises
nominal
prices
of
tradables
(
Tr
)
and
of
non
-
tradables
(
N
)
.
Under
the
floating
exchange
rate
regime
,
the
exchange
rate
depreciates
by
the
extent
of
the
increase
in
the
nominal
price
of
tradable
goods
.
Both
of
these
effects
are
temporary
,
being
reversed
as
monetary
assets
are
converted
into
real
assets
with
the
relative
price
(
P
Tr
/
P
N
)
unchanged
.
(
Note
that
trade
policy
is
assumed
unchanged
)
.
The
management
of
this
trajectory
,
however
,
poses
two
difficult
judgments
for
the
Bank
of
Ghana
.
first
,
it
must
be
borne
in
mind
that
a
portion
of
the
increased
demand
for
money
,
hW
,
is
in
respect
of
a
temporary
demand
for
financial
assets
and
will
be
reversed
;
and
second
,
with
enough
consumption
lending
by
the
DMBs
the
money
supply
would
increase
by
mhW
.
Consequently
,
if
m
is
large
,
then
in
spite
of
increased
transactions
demand
for
money
,
there
might
be
an
excess
money
supply
at
the
initial
price
level
.
It
is
important
to
note
that
in
the
floating
exchange
rate
regime
,
if
this
eventuality
of
excess
money
supply
occurs
,
the
rate
depreciates
in
spite
of
the
temporary
accumulation
of
international
reserves
by
the
BOG
(
D
NFA
BOG
=
hW
>
0
)
Consequently
,
in
the
predetermined
exchange
rate
regime
pegged
or
crawl
a
possible
second
best
response
may
be
for
the
BOG
to
depreciate
,
not
necessarily
appreciate
,
the
nominal
exchange
rate
although
its
holdings
of
international
reserves
are
increasing
.
This
response
,
which
could
be
contrary
to
the
exchange
rate
determining
rule
implicitly
used
by
the
BOG
,
is
precisely
what
CEPA
proposed
in
1998
.
This
could
have
not
only
eliminated
the
tax
on
cocoa
farmers
(
on
account
of
real
cedi
appreciation
)
but
together
with
the
proposed
fiscal
policy
enabled
the
proposed
Cocoa
Buffer
Fund
to
be
created
as
cushion
for
the
projected
reversal
in
export
earnings
in
1999
.
Significantly
,
and
above
all
,
it
would
have
halted
the
process
of
continued
real
appreciation
of
the
cedi
that
was
causing
havoc
in
the
tradables
sector
.
Over
the
period
1996
to
1998
,
the
BOG
intervened
with
exchange
rate
determination
,
selecting
a
path
,
which
it
attempted
to
maintain
by
means
of
reserve
accumulation
and
decumulation
.
Given
this
policy
stance
,
a
temporary
windfall
could
generate
a
divergence
between
the
actual
exchange
rate
and
the
equilibrium
exchange
rate
.
The
divergence
reflects
differences
between
the
policy
rule
of
the
BOG
and
the
determination
of
the
floating
rate
.
Moreover
,
this
divergence
or
exchange
rate
misalignment
has
consequences
for
the
price
level
and
the
real
economy
.
Since
the
BOG
appeared
to
have
been
totally
unaware
of
the
custodial
role
that
the
Exchange
Control
law
and
other
restrictions
confer
on
it
,
it
has
found
it
difficult
to
accept
responsibility
for
the
exchange
rate
collapse
.
It
claimed
that
the
quantity
of
forex
sold
in
1998
was
not
much
different
than
in
the
previous
years
1996
and
1997
.
Consider
the
exchange
rate
E
=
E
bar
It
may
be
noted
that
in
the
floating
exchange
rate
regime
,
the
two
changes
in
the
demand
for
money
induced
by
the
windfall
are
accommodated
by
a
fall
in
the
price
of
tradables
as
the
nominal
exchange
rate
appreciates
.
In
the
fixed
exchange
rate
case
,
however
,
accommodating
any
increased
demand
for
money
must
now
be
through
money
supply
increases
.
With
a
stable
money
multiplier
,
m
,
this
,
in
turn
requires
an
increase
in
reserve
money
(
H
)
such
that
m
D
H
=
D
M
or
D
H
=
D
M
/
m
The
increase
,
D
H
,
is
achieved
as
private
agents
in
aggregate
exchange
foreign
exchange
for
cedis
,
the
counterpart
being
reserve
accumulation
by
the
BOG
(
D
H
-
D
NFA
BOG
)
.
Thus
,
in
contrast
to
the
floating
regime
where
all
the
increase
in
foreign
financial
assets
is
held
by
private
agents
,
under
the
foreign
exchange
control
assumption
,
they
are
held
by
DMBs
.
In
the
fixed
rate
regime
the
BOG
acquires
some
of
these
holdings
specifically
D
M
/
m
E
bar
US
dollars
(
where
E
bar
is
the
fixed
exchange
rate
per
unit
of
US
dollar
and
m
is
the
money
multiplier
)
.
To
recap
,
the
asset
demand
component
of
the
increased
demand
for
money
is
transient
.
The
transactions
demand
component
generated
by
higher
permanent
income
,
however
,
is
permanent
.
Consequently
,
the
transient
component
of
the
corresponding
increase
in
Reserve
Money
is
best
considered
as
a
temporary
loan
from
private
agents
.
The
permanent
component
,
of
course
,
represents
resources
permanently
available
to
the
authorities
.
(
Increases
in
foreign
exchange
equalization
account
are
relatively
transferred
to
GOG
as
non
-
tax
revenues
)
.
Because
of
the
fixed
exchange
rate
assumption
this
resource
transfer
occurs
in
the
early
stages
of
the
windfall
,
as
the
BOG
becomes
a
custodian
of
part
of
the
foreign
financial
assets
that
in
the
absence
of
exchange
controls
would
have
been
temporarily
accumulated
by
private
agents
.
Conceptually
,
therefore
,
the
following
components
of
official
foreign
exchange
reserves
can
be
distinguished
:
foreign
exchange
reserves
acquired
by
the
BOG
directly
or
indirectly
through
taxations
;
foreign
exchange
acquired
in
exchange
for
cedis
which
will
be
held
permanently
by
private
agents
for
domestic
transactions
;
and
foreign
exchange
acquired
in
exchange
for
cedis
,
which
will
only
be
held
temporarily
by
private
agents
.
Corresponding
to
the
second
,
the
BOG
has
only
notional
liability
but
in
respect
of
the
third
,
it
has
a
liability
,
which
it
will
only
know
about
,
and
be
able
to
date
if
it
fully
understands
the
intentions
behind
the
current
money
demand
of
private
agents
.
The
information
problem
of
the
BOG
is
therefore
to
interpret
changes
in
reserves
by
attributing
them
to
temporary
and
permanent
in
the
private
sector
,
and
to
temporary
and
permanent
changes
in
the
budget
deficit
and
exchange
and
trade
controls
.
This
problem
is
formidable
.
Private
sector
responses
are
complex
,
involving
overshoots
in
the
real
exchange
rate
(
RER
)
and
in
money
demand
.
Furthermore
,
the
BOG
could
at
best
discover
changes
in
trade
controls
and
the
budget
deficit
after
a
lag
.
If
it
misinterprets
the
accumulation
of
reserves
,
it
may
transfer
larger
resources
from
the
exchange
equalization
account
to
the
GOG
than
warranted
;
or
more
likely
under
the
managed
float
regime
,
intervene
by
more
than
appropriate
,
causing
relative
appreciation
of
the
rate
and
a
divergence
of
the
actual
path
from
the
free
float
one
.
Another
consequence
of
the
fixed
exchange
rate
is
that
the
price
level
rises
during
the
boom
.
The
price
of
tradables
,
being
fixed
,
any
rise
in
that
of
non
-
tradables
raises
the
overall
price
level
.
The
mechanisms
to
raise
the
money
supply
are
via
a
payments
surplus
,
and
accumulation
of
a
payments
surplus
is
a
flow
adjustment
.
Since
the
rise
in
the
transactions
demand
for
money
is
immediate
,
however
,
the
impact
effect
of
the
windfall
is
to
create
excess
demand
for
domestic
currency
.
This
will
in
turn
have
a
moderating
effect
on
the
rise
in
the
price
of
N
(
and
increased
quantity
of
imports
)
.
This
effect
is
gradually
eroded
as
the
payments
surplus
leads
to
monetary
accumulation
.
Equilibrium
is
restored
once
the
surplus
has
accumulated
in
excess
of
the
desired
trajectory
of
temporary
foreign
financial
assets
by
the
extent
of
the
increase
in
the
transactions
demand
for
money
.
It
is
therefore
possible
that
prices
of
N
,
and
hence
the
price
level
,
continue
to
rise
for
some
time
after
their
initial
jump
.
In
Figure
2
below
,
this
price
is
represented
by
movement
from
E
to
C
and
thence
to
A
.
A
third
consequence
is
that
,
because
the
exchange
rate
is
fixed
the
DMBs
can
pay
an
interest
on
domestic
bank
deposits
equal
to
the
world
interest
rate
without
making
any
allowance
for
a
depreciating
exchange
rate
.
In
sum
,
the
fixed
exchange
rate
implies
that
the
BOG
automatically
acquires
a
custodian
role
for
temporary
holdings
of
windfall
foreign
exchange
;
there
is
a
higher
price
level
during
the
windfall
,
and
a
smaller
initial
increase
in
the
relative
prices
of
N
;
and
there
is
a
lower
nominal
domestic
interest
rate
.
Under
a
managed
float
regime
,
the
accumulation
of
reserves
might
trigger
a
revaluation
of
the
exchange
rate
.
The
implicit
policy
rule
of
the
BOG
,
which
determined
the
rate
,
appeared
related
to
reserve
levels
.
Since
an
appreciation
of
the
rate
will
occur
automatically
in
a
floating
-
rate
regime
,
such
a
revaluation
would
in
itself
reduce
the
divergence
implied
by
a
fixed
exchange
rate
regime
.
The
CEPA
policy
proposal
thus
involved
possible
asymmetry
in
response
to
reserve
accumulation
and
decumulation
.
The
political
costs
as
seen
in
2000
of
devaluation
is
so
high
especially
in
an
election
year
,
that
in
April
the
Minister
of
Finance
produced
a
policy
package
,
which
centered
upon
import
and
other
controls
.
The
apparent
misinterpretation
by
the
BOG
of
the
international
reserves
buildups
during
the
boom
of
1998
created
the
illusion
that
a
permanently
higher
exchange
rate
was
sustainable
.
In
CEPA
s
view
,
the
legacy
of
the
windfall
was
an
overvalued
exchange
rate
.
Which
was
clearly
unsustainable
when
the
TOT
deteriorated
the
following
year
and
international
reserves
at
critically
low
levels
.
The
associated
sharp
fall
in
the
cocoa
export
tax
compounded
the
budgetary
imbalances
and
the
continued
accumulation
of
payment
arrears
.
In
Figure
2
,
WW
shows
how
perceived
welfare
comprising
expected
unemployment
effects
,
both
short
and
long
term
,
future
rates
of
inflation
and
associated
income
distribution
effects
rises
with
the
short
-
run
rate
of
inflation
.
With
the
floating
rate
regime
,
the
optimal
point
is
A
,
with
inflation
OS
.
This
is
the
desired
inflation
rate
.
It
also
reflects
a
policy
of
living
with
inflation
.
O
R
Q
S
Rate
of
Inflation
Under
a
fixed
rate
regime
(
assuming
no
structural
changes
,
no
autonomous
capital
movements
,
and
no
shifts
in
demand
patterns
or
differences
in
productivity
growth
compared
to
the
rest
of
the
world
that
might
make
an
inflation
differential
compatible
with
an
unchanged
balance
of
payments
)
,
the
balance
of
payments
can
be
in
equilibrium
only
if
the
country
s
inflation
rate
equals
that
of
the
Rest
of
the
World
or
OR
.
With
inflation
rates
higher
than
OR
,
a
balance
of
payments
deficit
would
result
.
On
the
assumption
that
this
yields
a
net
welfare
loss
(
interest
payments
,
etc
.
,
exceed
the
value
of
extra
reserves
received
)
the
welfare
curve
becomes
BT
.
The
optimal
point
on
BT
is
C
,
with
inflation
OQ
>
OR
but
less
the
desired
rate
OS
.
Over
time
foreign
exchange
reserves
decline
or
accumulate
,
accommodating
debts
build
up
;
the
curve
BT
swings
down
tending
to
be
vertical
;
C
moves
towards
B
.
In
the
process
the
optimal
and
actual
coincide
at
OR
.
First
African
Forex
Bureau
was
incorporated
as
a
limited
liability
company
on
October
3
,
1991
.
The
company
obtained
its
certificate
to
commence
business
on
July
6
1992
to
carry
out
foreign
exchange
dealings
.
Under
the
day
-
to
-
day
administration
of
hardworking
management
the
company
boasts
of
highly
motivated
and
dedicated
workforces
who
have
made
tremendous
impact
and
continues
to
play
a
prominent
role
in
the
foreign
exchange
business
.
Kwesi
Tetteh
Dadzie
-
Our
vision
is
to
become
the
best
foreign
exchange
dealer
in
the
sub
region
in
the
near
future
and
to
open
more
subsidiaries
in
the
“
Golden
Triangle
”
cities
of
Ghana
whilst
offering
innovative
,
fast
dedicated
service
to
our
valued
customers
.
1ST
AFRICAN
FINANCIAL
SERVICES
LIMITED
1
st
African
Financial
Services
Limited
was
incorporated
as
a
limited
liability
company
in
1993
and
obtained
its
certificate
to
commence
business
on
August
4
1994
.
The
company
’
s
registered
authorized
business
is
to
operate
the
business
of
cash
transfer
.
Through
these
activities
the
company
is
able
to
help
in
foreign
currency
mobilization
for
the
Central
Bank
and
the
banking
system
since
remittances
received
are
in
forex
but
payments
are
made
in
the
local
currency
.
Gifty
Affenyi
-
Dadzie
-
The
Company
’
s
vision
is
to
be
known
and
recognized
as
a
leading
remittance
company
with
high
quality
services
and
to
be
on
top
in
this
industry
.
Its
mission
is
to
pursue
excellence
by
growing
more
markets
in
our
core
business
of
offering
remittance
services
.
Our
focus
is
to
provide
very
fast
customer
oriented
services
which
will
be
internationally
acclaimed
.
ACCRA
BREWERY
LIMITED
Accra
Brewery
Limited
(
ABL
)
,
originally
known
as
Overseas
Breweries
Limited
,
was
registered
in
1931
for
the
purposes
of
establishing
a
brewing
industry
in
the
then
Gold
Coast
.
Following
a
new
investment
law
passed
in
1975
,
there
was
a
revision
of
ownership
and
the
name
changed
to
the
current
one
.
Again
in
1997
,
South
African
Breweries
acquired
controlling
shares
in
the
company
.
ABL
is
one
of
the
oldest
,
non
-
traditional
manufacturing
businesses
in
Ghana
and
is
listed
on
the
Ghana
Stock
Exchange
.
ABL
prides
herself
on
the
quality
of
her
brands
,
including
Club
Beer
and
Castle
Milk
Stout
,
which
are
produced
and
marketed
from
our
site
in
Accra
.
ABL
also
takes
pride
in
our
commitment
to
utilize
local
raw
materials
.
ADANSI
RURAL
BANK
LIMITED
The
bank
was
established
and
licensed
by
the
Bank
of
Ghana
in
1981
.
The
objective
was
to
provide
financial
services
to
the
rural
communities
.
It
was
also
to
serve
as
catalyst
or
agent
for
rapid
economic
development
in
rural
communities
through
mobilization
of
deposit
and
granting
of
credit
to
productive
areas
like
the
cottage
industry
.
Currently
the
bank
has
4
Branches
in
addition
to
the
head
office
at
Fomena
,
namely
,
Dunkirk
,
Obuasi
,
Kaase
and
Akrokerri
.
Our
current
products
include
Current
Account
,
Savings
Account
,
Time
Account
,
Susu
,
International
Money
Transfers
,
Domestic
Money
Transfer
–
Apex
Link
,
Advances
and
Micro
Credit
(
Maa
Kanko
,
Youth
Credit
and
Mixed
)
.
Evans
Aidoo
-
The
Bank
shall
relentlessly
strive
to
be
a
leading
micro
finance
institution
in
Ghana
.
AFRICAN
AUTOMOBILE
LIMITED
(
AAL
)
AAL
was
established
in
1976
and
since
that
time
has
expanded
and
developed
into
one
of
Ghana
’
s
leading
suppliers
of
all
vehicle
types
and
accessories
carrying
the
banners
of
several
world
renowned
brand
names
including
Mitsubishi
,
Hyundai
,
and
Case
New
Holland
.
With
sophisticated
marketing
,
communication
and
procurement
skills
together
with
a
strong
focus
on
after
sales
service
and
spare
parts
supply
AAL
within
a
few
years
became
the
pacesetter
for
vehicle
distribution
not
only
in
Ghana
but
also
in
the
whole
of
Sub
Sahara
Africa
.
Apart
from
nationwide
infrastructure
of
sales
and
after
sales
facilities
AAL
and
its
associates
also
provide
extensive
wholesale
and
retail
operations
for
the
supply
of
spare
parts
,
consumables
(
brake
fluids
,
lubricants
,
hydraulic
fluids
and
special
oils
)
and
accessories
for
all
makes
of
vehicles
.
M
.
S
.
Hijazi
-
It
has
always
been
a
dream
for
Ghana
to
become
the
center
of
trade
for
West
Africa
,
the
“
Hong
Kong
”
of
the
Region
.
It
is
therefore
incumbent
upon
us
,
the
business
and
trade
community
,
to
turn
the
dream
into
reality
and
to
realize
the
ambition
.
Our
contribution
to
this
goal
shall
continue
through
planning
,
hard
work
and
perseverance
.
AHANTAMAN
RURAL
BANK
LIMITED
The
Ahantaman
Rural
Bank
Ltd
.
was
established
in
1984
.
Our
services
to
the
public
include
Current
and
Savings
Accounts
,
Fixed
Deposit
Accounts
,
Susu
Savings
and
Loans
scheme
,
Group
Savings
/
Loans
scheme
,
‘
Edwuma
Mpontu
’
,
Loans
and
Overdrafts
to
Salaried
Workers
,
Private
Enterprise
Support
scheme
,
Outboard
Motor
Assistance
scheme
,
Hire
Purchase
scheme
through
subsidiary
(
Ahabank
Company
)
,
International
Funds
Transfer
with
Metropolitan
and
Allied
Bank
(
Gh
)
,
Domestic
Funds
,
Transfer
–
‘
Apex
Link
’
and
Management
of
‘
Donor
-
Tailored
’
Funds
.
The
bank
has
branches
/
agencies
which
operate
on
daily
basis
at
the
following
locations
:
Agona
Nkwanta
,
Axim
,
Abura
,
Apowa
,
Kwesimintsim
,
Tanokrom
,
Kojokrom
and
Sekondi
David
Bampoe
-
The
vision
of
the
bank
has
been
to
become
and
remain
the
leading
rural
bank
in
the
country
.
ALUWORKS
LIMITED
A
continuous
casting
and
cold
rolling
mill
incorporated
in
1978
.
Aluworks
processes
primary
aluminium
ingots
from
BHP
Billiton
,
South
Africa
.
This
situation
would
change
with
the
resumption
of
operations
by
Valco
.
Products
include
semi
-
finished
products
such
as
coils
,
circles
and
flat
sheets
.
These
serve
as
raw
materials
for
tertiary
Aluminium
industries
in
Ghana
and
overseas
.
Corrugated
sheets
and
louver
blades
are
also
produced
by
Aluworks
for
the
building
industry
.
It
has
an
annual
capacity
of
30
,
000
metric
tons
of
rolled
products
.
Aluworks
products
are
supporting
about
125
tertiary
industries
in
Ghana
,
thereby
creating
employment
for
over
5000
workers
.
The
company
is
ISO
9001
:
2000
certified
and
products
are
of
world
class
quality
.
K
.
Venkataramana
-
The
vision
of
Aluworks
Ltd
is
to
manufacture
and
sell
high
quality
aluminium
sheet
products
in
an
efficient
and
competitive
manner
in
order
to
obtain
the
best
returns
on
capital
employed
.
Also
to
transform
the
company
into
an
agile
processor
and
supplier
of
world
class
semi
-
finished
aluminium
products
with
sustained
profitability
and
to
be
the
future
leader
in
the
manufacture
of
colour
-
coated
sheets
and
aluminium
foil
for
the
building
and
packaging
industry
in
Africa
.
AMALGAMATED
BANK
LIMITED
(
AMALBANK
)
Amalbank
was
incorporated
in
1997
and
started
and
commenced
business
in
1999
.
The
Bank
’
s
approach
has
been
to
meet
the
financial
needs
of
small
and
medium
scale
enterprises
in
sectors
of
the
economy
least
served
by
the
existing
financial
institutions
,
by
providing
quality
and
prompt
service
,
through
collaboration
with
various
trade
/
professional
associations
.
Our
products
include
deposit
accounts
,
credit
facilities
,
trade
finance
(
foreign
operation
)
among
others
.
The
bank
has
made
tremendous
strides
in
the
Banking
industry
since
its
establishment
.
Although
the
Bank
is
relatively
young
,
it
has
won
the
prestigious
“
Best
Growing
Bank
”
award
for
two
years
running
(
2001
and
2002
)
.
It
was
also
adjudged
the
“
Best
in
Short
Term
Loan
Financing
in
2001
”
.
These
laurels
are
a
result
of
the
efficient
,
innovative
and
professional
services
being
rendered
by
a
well
-
motivated
,
skilled
and
experienced
crop
of
staff
.
Mr
.
W
.
Abra
-
Appiah
-
The
bank
’
s
vision
is
to
be
more
customer
–
focused
,
believing
in
long
term
relationships
with
clients
,
based
on
mutual
trust
,
commitment
and
understanding
.
AMANSIE
WEST
RURAL
BANK
LIMITED
The
Amansie
West
rural
Bank
Limited
was
established
and
commissioned
for
operations
on
the
22
nd
October
,
1983
at
Antoakrom
in
the
Amansie
West
District
of
the
Ashanti
Region
by
an
interim
management
committee
of
five
.
The
bank
is
currently
governed
by
a
seven
member
management
team
.
It
has
contributed
immensely
to
the
socio
-
economic
development
of
its
catchment
area
.
Notable
among
these
are
the
award
of
scholarships
to
about
60
students
in
secondary
and
tertiary
institutions
.
George
Osei
-
The
vision
of
Amansie
West
Rural
bank
is
to
become
the
most
efficiently
managed
Rural
Bank
in
Ghana
.
ANOMABO
BEACH
RESORT
The
Anomabu
Beach
Resort
was
incorporated
as
a
limited
liability
company
on
May7
,
1997
.
The
company
obtained
its
certificate
to
commence
business
on
July
3
,
1997
.
The
company
’
s
principal
place
of
business
is
SKM
off
Cape
Coast
Road
,
Anomabo
.
The
main
business
activity
is
to
run
beach
resorts
and
to
operate
as
hoteliers
,
restaurateurs
and
caterers
.
Excellent
customer
service
and
care
,
speed
and
efficiency
underlie
our
services
.
Fahyez
Bouhairie
-
Anomabo
Beach
Resort
Limited
aspires
to
provide
a
clean
inexpensive
African
Eco
Beach
destination
where
our
clients
will
feel
at
home
while
enjoying
a
period
of
total
stress
free
stay
.
A
great
central
point
from
where
our
clients
can
conveniently
visit
places
in
the
Central
Region
.
ATLANTIC
&
PACIFIC
FOREX
BUREAU
The
company
was
incorporated
in
1992
and
commenced
business
as
a
foreign
exchange
dealer
in
1993
.
The
1st
African
Group
Ltd
wholly
owns
the
company
.
The
company
has
benefited
from
the
innovative
and
strategic
management
practices
of
its
Executive
Chairman
and
Managing
Director
.
Their
effectiveness
is
reflected
in
the
steady
increase
in
the
profitability
of
the
company
.
Gifty
Affenyi
-
Dadzie
-
Our
vision
is
to
open
more
branches
and
subsidiaries
in
the
Accra
and
Tema
Metropolis
whiles
offering
innovative
and
dedicated
service
to
our
valued
customers
.
ATWIMA
KWANWOMA
RURAL
BANK
LIMITED
Atwima
Kwanwoma
Rural
Bank
is
a
well
managed
rural
bank
established
on
September
6
,
1983
under
the
guiding
principles
of
honesty
and
maintenance
of
a
confidential
code
of
conduct
with
regards
to
client
information
.
As
the
68
th
rural
bank
to
be
established
in
the
country
and
the
13
th
in
the
Ashanti
Region
,
the
bank
has
grown
to
become
the
leading
rural
bank
in
Ghana
today
.
Presently
the
bank
has
5
branches
located
in
Pakyi
No
.
2
,
Santasi
,
Old
Tafo
,
New
Tafo
and
Ayigya
.
The
bank
currently
provides
the
following
products
/
services
;
Current
Accounts
,
Savings
Accounts
,
Fixed
Deposit
Accounts
,
Susu
Deposit
/
Loans
,
Golden
Deposit
Accounts
,
Dwetire
Group
Loan
Scheme
,
Salary
Loan
,
Church
Development
Scheme
,
Individual
Loans
/
Overdraft
and
Travel
Finance
Loan
Scheme
.
Godfried
Odame
Asare
-
Our
vision
is
to
be
transformed
into
a
fully
fledged
hybridized
community
Bank
cum
microfinance
institution
through
the
provision
of
efficient
and
reliable
customer
service
,
emphasis
on
human
resource
development
,
utilization
of
modern
technology
to
increase
market
share
and
profitability
and
improvement
in
products
to
increase
deposit
levels
.
AYRTON
DRUG
MANUFACTURING
COMPANY
LIMITED
Ayrton
Drug
Manufacturing
Limited
’
s
journey
into
pharmaceuticals
began
in
1965
,
when
a
small
plant
was
acquired
in
Kokomlemle
,
a
suburb
of
Accra
employing
about
15
workers
.
A
new
plant
was
built
in
1969
on
the
Abeka
Road
in
Accra
,
where
the
factory
still
operates
today
.
The
products
of
the
company
are
;
finished
dosage
forms
of
capsules
,
tablets
,
syrups
and
dry
powders
for
reconstitution
as
syrup
forms
.
These
are
distributed
throughout
Ghana
.
Samuel
Adjepong
-
Ayrton
’
s
vision
is
to
become
a
major
Pharmaceutical
Manufacturer
in
the
sub
region
producing
good
quality
products
at
affordable
prices
to
consumers
in
Ghana
and
its
neighbouring
countries
(
ECOWAS
)
.
Also
for
the
company
to
be
associated
with
not
only
quality
and
affordability
,
but
to
ensure
that
Ayrton
Drug
is
seen
as
a
good
friendly
corporate
entity
participating
in
free
aid
programs
to
under
privileged
areas
and
creating
work
conditions
and
customer
service
that
ensure
that
both
worker
and
customer
are
happy
to
be
part
of
the
Ayrton
family
.
BARCLAYS
BANK
OF
GHANA
LIMITED
(
BBG
)
The
first
Barclays
branch
in
Ghana
was
commissioned
on
February
14
,
1917
.
BBG
is
now
a
wholly
owned
subsidiary
of
Barclays
Bank
of
the
United
Kingdom
and
is
a
major
force
internationally
in
both
corporate
and
retail
banking
.
In
2002
,
Barclays
launched
Ghana
’
s
first
fully
automated
telephone
banking
operation
.
It
was
the
first
to
introduce
online
banking
for
its
corporate
clients
with
Business
Master
International
.
Pay
Direct
,
an
electronic
payroll
system
was
another
first
in
the
country
.
Barclays
is
the
first
and
only
truly
networked
bank
providing
services
through
25
branches
across
the
country
via
a
state
-
of
-
the
-
art
satellite
communications
system
which
ensures
up
-
to
-
date
data
availability
on
customers
’
accounts
,
anywhere
in
Ghana
.
BBG
also
runs
a
network
of
Automated
Teller
Machines
(
ATMs
)
providing
24
–
hour
mini
banking
facilities
.
The
banks
’
superior
skills
in
ICT
have
earned
it
the
accolade
of
Best
Bank
in
Information
Technology
for
2001
,
Bank
of
the
Year
in
2000
and
2002
among
others
.
BBG
also
has
a
fully
operational
community
service
department
whose
main
duty
is
to
ensure
that
the
wider
community
obtains
some
tangible
benefit
from
their
operations
in
the
country
.
Margaret
Mwanakatwe
-
Over
the
last
few
years
,
BBG
has
revolutionized
the
banking
industry
in
the
country
by
pioneering
several
customer
initiatives
which
were
thought
to
be
the
preserve
of
citizens
of
developed
countries
.
This
mould
-
breaking
mentality
of
Barclays
has
been
the
trade
mark
of
our
string
of
successes
to
the
delight
of
our
customers
.
We
expect
BBG
’
s
pre
-
eminence
to
be
further
under
-
scored
as
we
bring
to
bear
the
full
weight
of
our
international
experience
and
expertise
in
Ghana
.
BENSO
OIL
PALM
PLANTATION
LIMITED
(
BOPP
)
BOPP
is
a
crude
palm
oil
producing
and
processing
company
incorporated
in
1976
by
Unilever
Plc
and
the
Government
of
Ghana
.
The
company
is
currently
listed
on
the
Ghana
Stock
Exchange
.
The
company
is
located
between
two
towns
,
namely
;
Adum
Banso
and
Benso
in
the
Wassa
Mpohor
East
District
of
the
Western
Region
.
The
area
has
the
right
ecological
conditions
for
oil
palm
plantation
.
The
company
has
about
6
,
799
hectares
of
oil
palms
of
which
3885
hectares
are
matured
.
BOPP
is
a
strong
performing
company
with
an
established
record
of
profitability
,
which
has
been
generated
by
a
very
efficient
management
and
highly
skilled
and
dedicated
workforce
.
The
company
has
improved
its
earnings
over
the
last
four
(
4
)
years
and
its
liquidity
position
remains
very
healthy
.
The
prospects
of
the
company
as
a
going
–
concern
are
bright
and
positive
.
Malik
Amin
-
We
intend
to
sustain
shareholder
interest
/
confidence
in
the
company
by
processing
our
palm
kernel
into
palm
kernel
oil
and
thereby
build
further
value
for
the
company
.
Replant
ageing
palm
trees
with
higher
yielding
wilt
resistant
ones
to
increase
output
of
fruits
,
turnover
and
profitability
of
the
business
.
BOSOMTWE
RURAL
BANK
LIMITED
Bosomtwe
Rural
Bank
was
incorporated
in
1981
and
commenced
business
on
December
9
,
1982
,
with
its
head
office
at
Kuntanase
in
the
Ashanti
Region
.
The
Bank
is
engaged
in
the
ordinary
business
of
banking
through
effective
and
efficient
mobilization
of
rural
savings
and
makes
such
funds
available
to
support
viable
economic
ventures
in
rural
Ghana
.
The
bank
has
five
branches
at
Kuntanase
,
Jachie
,
Kokofu
,
Trede
and
Atonsu
Agogo
and
is
well
known
for
its
innovativeness
in
the
development
and
delivery
of
demand
driven
micro
-
finance
products
to
meet
the
needs
of
the
rural
poor
.
Felix
Owusu
-
Achiaw
–
Our
vision
is
to
become
the
most
reliable
and
efficient
rural
bank
in
Ghana
through
a
motivated
workforce
,
innovative
products
and
superior
customer
service
in
the
chosen
target
market
strategically
to
win
competitive
advantage
.
BRITISH
AMERICAN
TOBACCO
GHANA
(
BAT
)
British
America
Tobacco
Ghana
is
the
major
tobacco
company
in
Ghana
and
currently
ranks
among
the
country
’
s
top
12
companies
.
Our
presence
in
Ghana
dates
back
to
November
1
,
1952
when
the
company
was
incorporated
as
the
then
Pioneer
Tobacco
Company
(
PTC
)
with
our
core
business
being
cigarette
manufacturing
and
marketing
.
We
became
the
sole
local
manufacturer
after
our
merger
with
Meridian
Tobacco
Company
(
MTC
)
in
1999
.
The
company
’
s
locally
manufactured
cigarette
brands
-
Rothmans
,
state
express555
,
Embassy
,
London
,
Diplomat
and
Tusker
-
match
international
standards
.
As
a
responsible
corporate
body
,
BAT
only
markets
its
products
to
adults
who
have
chosen
to
smoke
.
The
company
’
s
efforts
,
which
are
guided
by
high
corporate
values
and
principles
,
have
earned
it
some
international
awards
,
including
the
agro
-
forestry
award
in1991
and
1996
as
well
as
the
non
-
traditional
export
award
on
seven
occasions
.
Bernard
Mavambu
-
In
2005
we
are
expecting
to
further
entrench
the
successes
we
have
made
over
the
past
two
years
.
We
will
continue
to
take
close
look
at
our
brand
portfolio
to
ensure
that
we
have
the
right
brand
mix
that
will
further
consolidate
our
position
as
the
leader
of
the
market
.
CAL
BANK
LIMITED
Incorporated
in
1989
,
the
bank
is
considered
to
be
one
of
the
most
innovative
banks
in
the
country
.
The
bank
mobilizes
resources
both
domestically
and
internationally
,
and
channels
these
towards
investment
and
lending
opportunities
in
the
country
.
In
this
way
,
Cal
supports
the
development
of
the
economy
,
focusing
on
sectors
such
as
manufacturing
and
exports
.
The
bank
offers
state
-
of
-
the
-
art
corporate
finance
,
trade
finance
and
general
banking
services
to
its
expanding
clientele
.
CAL
has
been
granted
a
universal
banking
license
by
Bank
of
Ghana
and
has
plans
to
establish
more
branches
and
introduce
ATMs
in
2004
.
Frank
Adu
Jnr
.
-
We
will
continue
to
enhance
our
technology
platform
to
enable
us
compete
effectively
and
efficiently
within
the
banking
industry
.
In
addition
to
our
versatile
Globus
platform
,
we
will
continue
to
enhance
our
asset
and
liability
management
software
as
well
as
credit
evaluation
systems
.
CAMELOT
GHANA
LIMITED
With
23
years
experience
in
the
print
industry
,
CAMELOT
remains
the
oldest
name
in
security
cheque
and
business
form
printing
in
West
Africa
.
Incorporated
in
1977
,
it
commenced
operations
in
1980
,
and
is
today
,
a
listed
company
on
the
Ghana
Stock
Exchange
.
CAMELOT
continues
to
produce
a
wide
range
of
premium
security
print
products
and
business
forms
for
the
West
Africa
sub
—
region
,
including
MICR
and
CMC
-
7
cheques
,
for
both
Anglophone
and
francophone
automated
clearing
standards
,
printing
for
banks
in
Ghana
and
the
West
African
sub
-
region
.
Elizabeth
Joyce
Villars
-
Our
mission
is
to
remain
leaders
in
delivering
high
quality
business
forms
and
document
security
solutions
,
employing
the
best
human
capital
and
technology
in
a
cost
effective
and
profitable
manner
that
collectively
rewards
ourselves
,
our
customers
and
the
communities
in
which
we
operate
.
CLYDESTONE
GHANA
LIMITED
(
CLYDESTONE
)
Clydestone
was
incorporated
as
a
private
company
limited
by
shares
in
1989
.
Upon
incorporation
,
the
company
operated
principally
as
a
vendor
of
general
equipment
.
Over
the
years
it
has
become
a
tightly
focused
Information
Technology
company
with
a
competitive
advantage
in
Financial
Document
Processing
and
Corporate
Networking
.
In
1994
,
Clydestone
became
the
Authorized
Distributor
for
the
Unisys
Corporation
(
USA
)
in
Ghana
and
also
an
Authorized
Cisco
Systems
(
USA
)
reseller
in
1998
.
The
nature
of
business
,
which
Clydestone
and
its
subsidiary
are
authorized
to
carry
,
include
;
Image
Based
Document
Processing
Payment
Solutions
,
System
Integration
,
Outsourcing
,
Network
Design
,
Installation
and
Technical
support
,
Computer
and
Communication
Technology
,
Project
Management
,
Training
and
Consultancy
,
Electronic
Processing
of
Documents
,
Computer
Services
and
Information
Consultancy
.
The
company
was
formally
listed
on
the
Ghana
Stock
Exchange
on
May
19
,
2004
.
Paul
Jacquaye
–
With
our
inherent
core
values
of
dedication
and
hard
work
,
we
at
Clydestone
will
work
extremely
hard
to
deliver
better
performance
,
building
on
the
support
of
our
customers
.
We
will
strive
to
introduce
new
changes
on
the
Financial
Document
Processing
arena
.
Our
subsidiary
will
increase
its
counter
collection
centres
in
conjunction
with
Ghana
Post
(
Under
our
payment
alliance
PayPoint
)
as
well
as
with
Transaction
Solutions
Ghana
limited
,
utilizing
their
brand
EZI
.
CROCODILE
MATCHETS
(
GH
)
LIMITED
Crocodile
Matchets
(
GH
)
Limited
is
a
subsidiary
of
Ralph
Martindale
&
Company
Limited
in
the
UK
.
Established
in
1968
Crocodile
Matchets
is
the
largest
manufacturer
of
matchets
in
the
sub
-
region
.
“
Crocodile
”
brands
matchets
not
only
dominate
the
Ghanaian
market
but
also
the
entire
sub
-
region
of
West
Africa
.
S
.
N
.
S
.
Quao
-
It
is
our
aim
to
produce
the
best
quality
matchets
at
the
most
affordable
prices
to
our
farmers
DHL
GHANA
LIMITED
Our
year
2004
results
reflected
the
shift
in
our
business
profile
from
documents
to
parcels
thus
setting
the
stage
to
become
a
fully
fledged
integrated
company
.
In
2004
we
successfully
set
up
and
launched
our
Air
and
Ocean
activities
which
made
us
the
exclusive
agent
of
our
sister
company
DANZAS
in
Ghana
and
the
sub
region
.
Our
current
activities
now
encompass
a
large
spectrum
of
transport
and
delivery
services
.
By
the
end
of
this
year
,
DHL
Ghana
will
commission
our
new
Gateway
Facility
at
the
Kotoka
International
Airport
,
giving
us
a
competitive
edge
in
the
logistics
arena
over
traditional
operators
.
Jean
-
Alfred
Anodjo
–
The
vision
of
DHL
Ghana
is
to
become
a
transformed
company
by
2008
with
a
solid
focus
on
logistics
and
supply
chain
solutions
so
as
to
play
a
leading
role
in
the
Transport
and
Distribution
Industry
in
Ghana
DIGITRONIX
SYSTEMS
LIMITED
DIGITRONIX
Systems
Limited
(
DIGITRONIX
)
is
a
Ghanaian
Information
Technology
Company
,
which
commenced
business
in
1994
and
has
continued
to
grow
from
strength
to
strength
,
with
ever
expanding
client
base
,
whose
consistent
feedback
ad
support
has
been
the
source
of
its
continual
success
.
The
culture
of
DIGITRONIX
emphasizes
on
Excellence
,
Quality
,
Customer
,
Integrity
and
Growth
.
Towards
the
fulfillment
of
its
mission
,
DIGITRONIX
has
been
appointed
as
the
authorized
/
accredited
distributor
for
the
following
world
class
manufacturer
and
solution
providers
:
Dell
Computer
Corporation
for
DELL
Computer
Systems
,
Invensys
Power
Systems
for
POWERWARE
Uninterruptible
Power
Supplies
(
UPS
)
.
DIGITRONIX
’
s
mission
is
to
provide
“
Total
IT
Solutions
and
Total
Support
”
and
to
making
customers
delightfully
satisfied
and
meeting
the
goals
and
objectives
of
stakeholders
Emmanuel
Twum
Obeng
-
DIGITRONIX
’
s
vision
is
Stability
,
Strength
and
Success
through
service
to
maximize
customer
satisfaction
.
DIZENGOFF
GHANA
LIMITED
Dizengoff
Ghana
Limited
started
operations
in
Ghana
in
1957
under
the
name
Dizengoff
West
Africa
.
In
1976
however
,
the
company
’
s
name
was
changed
to
Dizengoff
Ghana
Limited
and
is
today
a
subsidiary
of
Balton
CP
Limited
based
in
England
.
The
company
deals
in
three
main
areas
in
line
with
its
corporate
objective
of
providing
expert
after
sales
services
.
These
areas
are
:
Agriculture
;
Motorola
Communications
and
Electro
Mechanicals
and
Building
Inputs
.
Yuval
Nativ
:
Our
vision
for
the
future
is
to
expand
in
all
sectors
within
which
we
operate
by
improving
further
to
expand
the
range
of
our
products
to
meet
the
ever
changing
needs
of
our
valued
customers
.
DONEWELL
INSURANCE
COMPANY
LIMITED
Donewell
Insurance
Company
Limited
is
a
private
limited
liability
company
,
owned
by
institutional
investors
,
professional
trade
associations
and
other
individuals
.
The
company
was
incorporated
in
1988
,
registered
as
an
insurer
in
1993
and
commenced
business
in
1993
.
Since
its
establishment
12
years
ago
,
Donewell
has
grown
over
the
years
and
is
now
the
7th
largest
insurance
company
in
Ghana
out
of
16
insurance
companies
in
terms
of
premium
income
and
capital
base
.
Donewell
has
during
this
period
become
the
“
insurer
of
choice
”
for
the
country
’
s
leading
construction
firms
and
has
insured
many
major
development
construction
projects
.
One
of
Donewell
’
s
strong
points
in
the
industry
is
in
the
area
of
Claims
settlement
.
Donewell
has
“
claims
response
time
”
of
48
hours
after
submission
of
all
relevant
documents
,
currently
an
industry
benchmark
.
Donewell
’
s
philosophy
remains
,
“
If
it
must
be
done
,
it
must
be
done
well
”
Victor
A
.
Larbi
-
Donewell
Insurance
is
devoted
to
combining
skills
and
professionalism
in
management
,
underwriting
,
marketing
and
introduction
of
innovative
policies
in
the
provision
of
excellent
insurance
service
.
It
is
also
committed
to
maintaining
the
Company
’
s
position
as
a
leading
insurance
provider
in
Ghana
ECOBANK
GHANA
LIMITED
(
EBG
)
EBG
has
been
at
the
forefront
of
Ghana
’
s
banking
industry
.
Since
its
establishment
in
March
1990
as
a
merchant
bank
,
Ecobank
has
grown
consistently
over
the
years
and
became
the
leading
merchant
bank
in
the
country
.
As
part
of
its
geographical
expansion
strategy
in
line
with
its
universal
banking
status
,
the
Bank
has
so
far
opened
two
more
branches
and
four
agencies
since
going
universal
;
ad
plans
are
underway
to
open
additional
branches
and
agencies
.
In
a
relatively
short
time
Ecobank
has
won
more
domestic
recognition
than
most
of
its
much
older
competitors
.
The
Bank
won
the
maiden
,
second
and
fourth
editions
of
The
Ghana
Banking
Awards
as
Bank
of
the
Year
,
in
2001
,
2002
and
2004
organized
by
Corporate
Initiative
Ghana
It
was
also
voted
Bank
of
the
Year
for
2003
by
the
Chartered
Institute
of
Marketing
Ghana
.
The
bank
,
though
originally
licensed
as
a
merchant
bank
has
since
the
acquisition
of
a
universal
banking
license
in
February
2003
expanded
its
activities
and
branch
network
.
The
bank
is
majority
owned
(
92
%
)
by
Ecobank
Transnational
Incorporated
(
ETI
)
,
with
the
remaining
shares
held
by
Ghanaian
investors
including
,
Ghana
Reinsurance
Company
Limited
and
Unilever
Ghana
Limited
.
The
bank
also
has
three
wholly
owned
subsidiaries
,
Ecobank
Investment
Managers
Limited
,
Ecobank
Stockbrokers
Limited
and
Ecobank
Leasing
Company
Limited
.
Albert
Kobina
Essien
-
Our
vision
is
to
successfully
transform
Ecobank
from
the
hitherto
leading
merchant
bank
in
Ghana
to
the
most
successful
universal
bank
in
the
country
.
ENTERPRISE
INSURANCE
COMPANY
LIMITED
(
EIC
)
Enterprise
Insurance
Company
Limited
is
the
pioneer
in
the
insurance
industry
in
Ghana
having
been
in
operation
for
the
past
81
years
.
Its
greatest
assets
are
the
goodwill
they
enjoy
as
a
result
of
the
excellent
services
they
have
rendered
to
corporate
Ghana
over
the
years
and
their
unmatched
experience
on
the
Ghanaian
market
,
financial
strength
and
excellent
international
relationships
.
As
the
only
insurance
company
listed
on
the
stock
exchange
it
has
maintained
a
high
quality
service
that
has
enabled
it
to
maintain
and
retain
an
impressive
client
base
.
EIC
is
a
leading
insurer
in
fire
,
motor
ad
general
accident
.
The
company
has
two
subsidiaries
namely
:
Enterprise
Life
Assurance
Company
Limited
(
ELAC
)
,
which
is
into
life
assurance
business
and
Consortium
House
Limited
,
a
property
investment
development
and
management
company
.
George
Otoo
-
Our
mission
is
to
provide
high
quality
insurance
services
to
individuals
,
companies
and
organizations
,
whilst
returning
good
investment
yields
to
our
shareholders
and
ensuring
job
enrichment
for
staff
.
FACOL
ROADS
LIMITED
Facol
Roads
Ltd
.
Specializes
in
the
provision
of
excellent
road
traffic
safety
services
i
.
e
.
road
line
markings
;
road
traffic
signs
-
manufacture
&
installation
;
crash
and
guard
barriers
,
traffic
signals
and
street
lighting
installation
and
routine
maintenance
;
road
pavement
maintenance
.
The
company
was
established
in
1989
and
operates
in
all
parts
of
the
country
where
these
services
are
required
as
well
as
along
the
west
coast
of
Africa
.
Frank
E
.
Y
.
Achampong
-
Our
vision
is
still
to
strive
harder
to
be
abreast
with
any
advancement
in
world
technology
geared
towards
improvement
in
road
safety
services
so
as
to
propel
us
to
our
ultimate
goal
of
providing
and
maintaining
safer
and
cost
effective
roads
in
Ghana
and
beyond
.
FAN
MILK
LIMITED
Fan
milk
limited
was
incorporated
in
1960
as
Ghana
Milk
Company
and
is
a
leading
manufacturer
and
distributor
of
dairy
products
in
Ghana
.
In
1962
,
the
company
was
renamed
Fan
Milk
Limited
.
Fan
milk
has
successfully
developed
a
broad
product
range
which
apart
from
dairy
based
products
includes
lollies
and
fruit
drinks
.
Key
brands
include
FanYogo
,
Fan
ice
and
Fanchoco
.
Jesper
Bjorn
Jeppesen
-
Fan
Milk
limited
is
a
progressive
,
responsible
innovative
world
-
class
food
company
engaged
in
the
production
and
marketing
of
nutritious
and
refreshing
products
of
international
quality
in
conformity
with
the
highest
prevailing
international
standards
.
Our
vision
is
to
ensure
the
ultimate
satisfaction
of
our
consumers
,
customers
and
other
stakeholders
and
thereby
add
to
shareholder
value
.
FIDELITY
DISCOUNT
HOUSE
LIMITED
Fidelity
Discount
House
Limited
commenced
operations
on
the
local
money
market
in
October
1998
and
has
gained
a
significant
market
share
in
the
provision
of
innovative
money
market
instruments
and
services
.
The
latest
addition
to
its
innovative
instruments
is
the
callable
treasury
bills
.
Fidelity
hopes
to
continue
its
investment
in
start
-
ups
,
newly
privatized
companies
as
well
as
existing
private
companies
,
which
need
capital
for
expansion
,
modernization
or
re
-
capitalization
and
have
demonstrated
a
strong
potential
for
growth
and
profitability
.
Edward
Effah
-
Our
vision
is
to
transform
Fidelity
into
a
diversified
financial
services
group
and
a
market
leader
in
the
provision
of
innovative
investment
products
and
customer
-
focused
financial
services
to
our
target
markets
well
than
our
competitors
.
FIRST
ATLANTIC
MERCHANT
BANK
LIMITED
(
FAMBL
)
FAMBL
was
licensed
on
August
28
,
1995
and
commenced
full
banking
operations
in
November
1995
.
The
bank
has
grown
to
become
one
of
the
leading
merchant
banks
in
Ghana
,
recognized
for
the
provision
of
first
class
services
and
professional
and
innovative
response
to
the
needs
of
their
clients
.
The
banks
services
include
corporate
banking
and
merchant
banking
and
it
has
developed
an
extensive
banking
network
with
prime
banks
in
the
entire
world
’
s
major
financial
centers
.
Jude
Arthur
-
Our
vision
is
to
create
a
resourceful
merchant
bank
unique
for
its
commitment
to
its
customers
,
responsive
to
the
needs
of
all
stakeholders
and
recognized
as
a
strategic
provider
of
financial
services
.
GEMINI
LIFE
INSURANCE
COMPANY
(
GLICO
)
Commencing
business
in
1987
,
GLICO
has
grown
and
developed
steadily
over
the
years
to
become
Ghana
’
s
leading
privately
owned
insurance
company
in
the
Life
sector
of
the
industry
.
The
hallmarks
are
the
impressive
financial
results
,
highly
skilled
management
team
,
innovative
products
,
efficient
customer
service
,
expanding
network
of
agency
offices
and
increasing
number
of
policy
holders
spreads
nationwide
.
With
commitment
and
determination
GLICO
is
poised
to
move
forward
,
maintaining
its
leadership
position
and
contributing
more
meaningfully
to
the
insurance
industry
and
national
economy
.
K
.
Acheampong
-
Kyei
–
At
GLICO
we
seek
to
build
and
grow
a
dynamic
,
resourceful
and
proficient
company
geared
to
serve
the
insurance
needs
of
the
people
and
set
high
standards
of
performance
in
all
areas
of
business
operations
.
GENERAL
LEASING
&
FINANCE
COMPANY
LIMITED
(
GLFC
)
Established
in
October
,
1995
as
a
licensed
non
-
banking
financial
institution
,
GLFC
has
grown
steadily
over
the
years
to
be
one
of
the
premier
non
-
banking
financial
institutions
in
Ghana
.
It
has
captured
a
dominant
market
position
and
established
its
business
and
name
brand
as
a
specialist
financial
services
company
in
the
area
of
Asset
finance
(
equipment
leasing
)
,
Trade
and
Corporate
finance
and
financial
advisory
and
consulting
.
GLFC
has
2
(
two
)
wholly
owned
subsidiaries
incorporated
in
Ghana
namely
;
Triumph
Properties
Company
Limited
which
acquires
develops
ad
manages
residential
properties
and
BTH
Company
Limited
which
authorized
to
acquire
for
ret
or
sale
,
residential
ad
commercial
real
estate
properties
,
to
contract
and
hire
vehicles
and
equipment
and
to
operate
as
a
special
purpose
vehicle
and
holding
company
.
William
A
.
Yeboah
-
Our
vision
is
to
continuously
enhance
the
effectiveness
and
efficiency
of
operations
through
growth
and
profitability
which
will
reflect
in
value
creation
for
our
shareholders
and
lasting
value
added
for
our
clients
.
GHANA
ALUMINIUM
PRODUCTS
LIMITED
(
GHANAL
)
Ghana
Aluminium
Products
Limited
has
been
serving
the
nation
with
housing
products
for
46
years
.
The
company
produces
Aluminium
(
prepainted
and
plain
)
,
Aluzinc
and
Galvanised
Roofing
Sheets
,
Aluminium
Extrusions
,
Aluminium
whistling
kettles
,
Aluminium
Water
Tanks
,
Aluminium
Lighting
Poles
and
Steel
Headpan
.
GHANAL
is
aggressively
exploring
the
export
market
for
Aluminium
Whistling
Kettles
,
extrusions
and
other
products
.
It
is
also
serving
the
small
-
scale
industries
with
their
raw
material
Aluminium
Extrusions
.
The
present
shareholding
of
the
company
is
made
of
International
Finance
Corporation
,
Venture
Fund
Management
Company
and
Clovis
Company
Limited
.
S
.
B
.
Shah
-
GHANAL
is
committed
to
provide
shelter
to
the
people
of
Ghana
through
quality
products
,
and
friendly
customer
service
at
affordable
cost
.
The
variety
of
building
products
that
we
manufacture
,
demonstrate
a
high
level
of
competence
and
industrial
expertise
and
helps
the
consumers
to
improve
their
standard
of
living
.
Our
company
will
continue
to
serve
the
customers
’
needs
and
tastes
by
constant
advancement
of
technology
as
leader
in
the
competitive
market
.
GHANA
COMMERCIAL
BANK
LIMITED
(
GCB
)
Established
to
be
the
leader
in
commercial
banking
in
Ghana
,
GCB
provides
a
full
range
of
cost
efficient
and
high
quality
services
nationwide
through
the
optimization
of
information
technology
and
efficient
branch
network
.
The
product
range
of
GCB
is
wide
and
varied
,
and
they
include
innovative
products
like
the
Commernet
,
Flexsave
and
Fodem
,
Kudi
Nkosuo
etc
.
The
bank
got
listed
on
the
Ghana
Stock
Exchange
in
1996
and
has
a
total
of
130
branches
.
The
banks
consistent
impressive
performance
has
won
it
both
locally
and
internationally
recognized
awards
.
Lawrence
Newton
Adu
-
Mante
–
Our
vision
is
to
:
Uplift
the
Bank
’
s
level
of
automation
to
use
it
as
a
platform
to
deliver
products
and
services
;
Refocus
on
the
critical
areas
of
deposit
mobilization
and
credit
management
;
and
to
increase
financial
support
to
the
non
-
traditional
export
sector
of
the
economy
as
well
as
promoting
the
Small
and
Medium
scale
Enterprises
.
GHANA
COMMUNITY
NETWORK
SERVICES
LIMITED
(
GCNET
)
GCNet
is
a
joint
venture
company
,
incorporated
on
November
13
,
2000
.
Its
shareholders
are
Customs
Excise
and
Preventive
Service
(
CEPS
)
,
Ghana
Shippers
Council
(
GSC
)
Ecobank
Ghana
Limited
(
EBG
)
,
Development
Finance
Holdings
Limited
(
DFH
)
,
a
subsidiary
of
Ghana
Commercial
Bank
and
SGS
Societe
General
de
Surveillance
S
.
A
.
(
SGS
)
of
Switzerland
.
GCNet
operates
a
customized
electronic
system
for
processing
trade
and
customs
documents
,
recording
the
results
of
this
processing
and
validation
.
With
the
introduction
of
the
service
,
the
turnaround
time
for
processing
trade
and
customs
documents
will
reduce
significantly
.
This
will
assist
in
the
realization
of
the
goal
of
making
Ghana
the
Gateway
to
West
Africa
and
the
main
hub
for
business
activities
in
the
sub
-
region
.
Nortey
K
.
Omaboe
-
GCNet
also
has
the
vision
to
operate
a
seamless
electronic
system
that
links
all
trade
operators
,
revenue
agencies
and
relevant
regulatory
bodies
on
a
single
contact
point
basis
,
regularly
using
the
most
versatile
technology
possible
.
GHANA
LIFE
INSURANCE
COMPANY
LIMITED
Ghana
Life
Insurance
Company
was
incorporated
in
February
1980
and
commenced
business
on
June
4
,
1980
.
Tagged
as
the
foremost
specialist
in
Life
Insurance
underwriting
,
the
company
has
risen
to
the
status
of
one
of
the
top
ten
Life
Insurance
Companies
through
the
provision
of
innovative
and
flexible
products
that
meet
the
needs
and
expectations
of
the
insured
and
through
prudent
management
and
skilled
investment
.
Some
of
our
insurance
products
are
;
The
Rainyday
Pension
Scheme
;
The
24
hour
Accident
Insurance
Policy
;
SSS
Admission
Policy
among
many
others
.
Musah
Ben
-
Ahmed
-
Ghana
Life
’
s
vision
is
to
deepen
our
impact
among
the
ordinary
masses
,
getting
them
to
appreciate
life
insurance
as
a
weapon
for
fighting
poverty
.
We
will
therefore
pursue
the
path
towards
re
-
positioning
ourselves
in
such
a
way
that
Ghana
Life
will
be
perceived
more
as
the
specialists
we
are
.
GHANA
OIL
PALM
DEVELOPMENT
COMPANY
LTD
(
GOPDC
)
The
Government
of
Ghana
initiated
Ghana
Oil
Palm
Development
Company
Limited
in
1975
.
It
was
privatized
in
1995
with
the
present
shareholding
structure
as
follows
:
Siat
(
Ghana
)
Limited
-
80
%
,
and
Government
of
Ghana
-
20
%
.
GOPDC
now
consists
of
19
,
950
hectares
of
palm
oil
plantations
at
Kwae
and
Okumaning
14
,
000
of
which
have
been
developed
for
7
,
000
out
growers
.
Its
facilities
comprise
a
60
mt
fresh
fruit
bunch
palm
oil
mill
,
a
45mt
per
/
day
,
palm
kernel
mill
and
a
100
mt
/
day
refinery
and
fractionation
plant
which
is
to
be
commissioned
in
December
,
2005
.
J
.
C
.
E
.
Inkumsah
-
GOPDC
’
s
vision
is
to
conduct
our
business
in
a
more
prosperous
,
safe
and
environmentally
sustainable
manner
that
will
promote
the
wellbeing
of
our
shareholders
,
employees
,
customers
,
community
and
environment
.
GUINNESS
GHANA
BREWERIES
GROUP
Guinness
Ghana
Breweries
Limited
and
Ghana
Breweries
Limited
are
members
of
Guinness
Ghana
Breweries
(
GGB
)
Group
.
The
company
was
formed
on
the
1
st
of
January
2005
as
a
result
of
a
merger
between
Guinness
Ghana
Breweries
Ltd
and
Ghana
Breweries
Ltd
.
Guinness
Ghana
Breweries
is
the
largest
beverage
manufacturer
in
Ghana
.
The
Group
has
three
sites
with
two
located
in
Kumasi
(
Kaasi
and
Ahinsan
)
and
one
in
Accra
(
Achimota
)
.
The
Kaasi
site
,
which
also
doubles
-
up
as
,
the
head
office
,
produces
about
70
%
of
GGB
’
s
annual
production
target
.
Guinness
Ghana
Breweries
has
since
won
the
following
awards
:
“
Foreign
Company
of
the
Decade
”
award
by
Millennium
Excellence
awards
organization
;
Ghana
Professional
Achievers
“
Corporate
Champion
”
from
the
Excel
,
UK
;
“
Gold
Award
”
at
the
Ashanti
excellence
awards
organized
by
Top
Brass
under
the
auspices
of
the
Manhyia
Palace
and
“
INDUTECH
National
Corporate
”
award
from
the
Association
of
Ghana
Industries
.
For
two
years
running
Guinness
Ghana
Breweries
has
been
named
among
top
five
distinguished
companies
in
Ghana
.
The
ranking
was
based
on
the
levels
of
profitability
,
size
,
net
assets
,
and
growth
Delvin
Hainsworth
-
Being
the
most
celebrated
company
is
defined
as
having
1
st
choice
brands
,
amazing
relationships
and
enriching
communities
in
Ghana
.
It
means
delivering
first
choice
brands
in
beer
and
soft
drinks
and
being
the
fastest
growing
company
.
Secondly
,
it
means
bringing
out
the
best
in
our
employees
and
being
the
partner
of
choice
for
customers
,
suppliers
and
shareholders
.
Finally
,
GGB
will
add
significantly
to
the
communities
in
which
we
operate
.
By
delivering
in
these
three
distinct
areas
,
GGB
will
be
the
most
celebrated
company
in
Ghana
.
HFC
BANK
GHANA
LIMITED
(
HFC
)
The
Bank
was
incorporated
in
1990
.
It
was
then
known
as
Home
Finance
Company
Limited
(
HFC
)
.
The
main
object
at
inception
was
to
implement
a
pilot
housing
financing
scheme
with
funding
from
the
International
Development
Agency
(
IDA
)
and
Social
Security
and
National
Insurance
Trust
(
SSNIT
)
.
To
diversify
its
business
,
it
obtained
a
Universal
Banking
License
in
November
2003
and
therefore
changed
its
name
to
HFC
Bank
(
Gh
)
Limited
.
Currently
HFC
provides
a
comprehensive
range
of
mortgage
financing
,
investment
management
and
savings
mobilization
services
.
HFC
offers
long
-
term
mortgage
loans
to
enable
qualifying
individuals
and
corporate
bodies
purchase
and
own
homes
.
HFC
in
1991
successfully
promoted
the
first
unit
trust
(
a
collective
investment
scheme
)
in
the
country
,
which
is
currently
the
largest
licensed
collective
fund
in
Ghana
.
The
company
also
introduced
the
first
corporate
bonds
on
the
Ghana
Stock
Exchange
in
1996
.
Asare
Akuffo
–
Our
mission
is
to
be
the
leading
Mortgage
Financier
,
Commercial
and
Investment
Bank
of
first
choice
,
widely
acknowledged
for
excellent
customer
care
and
innovation
.
HOLY
TRINITY
MEDICAL
CENTRE
(
HTMC
)
Holy
Trinity
Medical
Centre
has
been
a
successful
medical
centre
since
its
establishment
in1988
.
The
centre
is
a
limited
liability
company
situated
in
Accra
and
is
poised
to
offer
high
quality
health
services
at
an
affordable
price
to
its
clientele
.
Established
as
a
clinic
in
1988
with
staff
strength
of
5
in
a
rented
premise
,
it
has
by
1994
moved
into
its
own
premises
.
Today
the
company
has
grown
into
a
4
story
one
stop
medical
centre
with
unique
internal
décor
and
ambience
.
We
are
a
60
bed
medical
services
provider
with
12
single
bed
executive
ward
and
6
general
wards
all
equipped
with
32
–
channeled
satellite
TV
.
Holy
Trinity
sees
a
daily
average
of
450
to
600
patients
.
We
cater
for
108
retainer
companies
in
addition
to
private
families
and
individuals
.
In
order
to
delight
our
customers
and
maintain
leadership
in
the
health
industry
,
HTMC
has
complemented
its
existing
services
line
in
2004
with
a
SPA
and
Health
Farm
at
Sogakope
in
the
South
Tongu
District
of
the
Volta
Region
.
Dr
.
Felix
Kwaku
Anyah
-
Our
vision
is
to
expand
the
frontiers
of
our
trademark
in
leadership
and
innovative
health
service
delivery
to
the
global
village
by
repositioning
health
service
from
the
traditional
emphasis
on
expensive
curative
health
to
a
cheaper
and
satisfying
preventive
and
health
promoting
service
.
INTERNATIONAL
COMMERCIAL
BANK
LIMITED
(
ICB
)
ICB
Ghana
is
part
of
the
ICB
Banking
Group
which
comprises
a
network
that
spans
three
continents
-
Asia
,
Europe
and
Africa
.
It
commenced
operations
in
Accra
in
November
1996
.
The
bank
’
s
business
focus
is
on
the
provision
of
financial
services
to
small
and
medium
-
sized
enterprises
within
the
economy
.
Among
the
key
business
activities
of
the
bank
is
the
paying
,
receiving
,
collecting
,
and
remitting
of
money
on
behalf
of
customers
;
investing
in
any
commercial
,
agriculture
or
industrial
undertaking
and
purchasing
or
leasing
immovable
property
;
import
and
export
financing
and
foreign
exchange
operations
.
The
banks
business
has
since
expanded
and
I
a
period
of
less
than
a
decade
has
a
network
of
six
branches
.
Tan
Khen
Lian
-
Our
bank
is
committed
towards
excellence
in
all
areas
of
banking
and
financial
business
with
a
view
to
serving
,
creating
and
maximizing
value
for
all
stakeholders
.
INTERPLAST
LIMITED
Interplast
Limited
,
the
largest
manufacturer
of
uPVC
pipes
,
HDPE
and
fittings
in
West
Africa
,
was
incorporated
as
a
limited
liability
company
in
1971
.
It
is
hundred
percent
Ghanaian
owned
and
equipped
with
the
most
technically
advanced
extrusion
machinery
available
today
.
It
also
produces
for
local
and
export
markets
Flexible
and
Rigid
Electrical
Ducts
,
Telecommunication
Cable
Ducts
,
PVC
Borehole
Casings
and
screen
pipes
,
PVC
Garden
Hoses
and
Terrazzo
Strips
.
Interplast
has
also
commenced
production
with
the
latest
technology
equipment
of
uPVC
profiles
for
doors
and
windows
and
panels
for
ceiling
and
wall
partitioning
.
It
is
the
only
manufacturer
of
these
profiles
and
panels
in
Sub
-
Saharan
Africa
under
the
brand
name
“
EVERLAST
”
and
“
PANELAST
”
.
Interplast
is
certified
by
BVQI
for
the
ISO
9001
:
2000
Quality
Management
System
.
Hayssam
Fakhry
-
The
vision
of
the
company
is
to
be
recognized
as
the
biggest
producer
of
highest
quality
products
locally
and
internationally
,
through
continuous
expansion
of
product
range
combined
with
stringent
quality
control
systems
.
JAPAN
MOTORS
TRADING
COMPANY
LIMITED
The
company
grew
out
of
a
family
business
,
Kalmoni
and
Sons
,
started
in
the
1920
’
s
as
a
family
motor
vehicle
spare
parts
and
transport
business
,
trucking
cocoa
beans
from
the
hinterland
to
the
coast
.
In
1958
,
S
.
Kalmoni
and
Sons
imported
the
first
Japanese
car
(
Datsun
now
Nissan
)
onto
the
Ghanaian
market
.
The
company
became
a
full
service
car
dealership
and
servicing
limited
liability
company
in1965
and
assumed
the
name
Japan
Motors
Trading
Company
Limited
.
Since
then
it
has
established
three
more
branches
in
Tema
,
Tamale
and
Kumasi
.
It
also
has
a
division
known
as
Pro
Tech
which
deals
in
IT
and
office
equipment
.
Salem
K
.
Kalmoni
–
Our
vision
is
to
retain
our
position
in
the
country
as
a
market
leader
in
the
motor
industry
.
JUABEN
RURAL
BANK
LIMITED
Juaben
Rural
Bank
Limited
was
incorporated
in
24
th
October
1984
as
a
Rural
Bank
and
has
since
then
built
a
reputation
as
one
of
the
leading
Rural
Banks
in
Ghana
.
The
Head
Office
of
the
Bank
is
located
at
Juaben
,
in
the
Ashanti
Region
about
30
kilometres
away
from
Kumasi
.
In
addition
to
the
main
office
,
the
bank
has
agencies
at
Bonwire
,
Ejisu
and
Kwaso
in
Ejisu
/
Juaben
District
.
The
initial
paid
up
capital
of
the
Bank
which
was
¢
2
.
20
million
in
1984
has
increased
to
¢
1
.
63
billiion
as
at
August
2005
.
We
offer
the
following
product
and
services
;
current
account
,
savings
account
,
deposit
account
,
loans
&
overdrafts
,
domestic
money
transfer
,
susu
savings
,
susu
loans
,
funeral
loans
and
consumer
credit
.
Emmanuel
Aboagye
–
Our
vision
is
to
be
amongst
the
three
leading
rural
/
community
banks
in
Ghana
.
JOSPONG
PRINTING
PRESS
LIMITED
Jospong
Printing
Press
Limited
is
a
Ghanaian
owned
company
that
provides
cutting
-
edge
commercial
and
security
printing
services
to
government
,
local
and
international
business
clientele
.
The
staff
strength
of
25
in
1995
increased
to
42
in
2000
and
80
in
2003
supported
by
an
average
of
50
casual
workers
.
The
company
can
now
boast
of
a
very
well
equipped
press
with
a
very
good
mix
of
modern
printing
press
.
This
production
plant
is
supported
by
a
design
section
,
which
uses
the
latest
computer
technology
to
provide
products
that
meet
the
requirements
of
our
customers
and
in
most
cases
exceed
them
.
Over
the
years
our
business
has
witnessed
phenomenal
growth
due
to
the
provision
of
international
standard
printing
works
to
government
,
quasi
-
governmental
,
NGO
’
s
and
commercial
businesses
in
Ghana
.
Joseph
Siaw
Agyepong
–
Jospong
Printing
Press
Limited
,
the
pioneer
subsidiary
of
the
current
Group
of
Companies
was
set
up
with
a
vision
of
providing
quality
printing
services
to
the
average
Ghanaian
customer
at
very
competitive
prices
and
to
operate
as
one
of
the
best
ten
companies
in
the
industry
by
2006
.
This
vision
feeds
perfectly
into
the
overall
Group
vision
of
providing
the
average
Ghanaian
customer
a
one
stop
shop
for
his
/
her
total
printing
services
by
2010
.
KAASEMAN
RURAL
BANK
LIMITED
The
bank
with
its
headquarters
at
Sefwi
-
Kaase
in
the
Juabeso
-
Bia
District
of
the
Western
Region
was
commissioned
on
the
12
th
of
November
,
1987
with
the
primary
aim
of
addressing
the
ordeal
cocoa
farmers
in
the
community
went
through
in
cashing
their
Akuafo
cheques
.
The
bank
in
the
2003
/
2004
cocoa
season
was
able
to
purchase
¢
173
billion
worth
of
Akuafo
cheques
.
Its
products
include
;
demand
deposit
accout
,
savings
account
,
time
deposit
,
susu
operation
and
call
accounts
.
D
.
K
.
Gbeblewu
–
Our
vision
is
to
become
the
best
managed
rural
bank
in
Ghana
KAMA
HEALTH
SERVICES
LIMITED
Incorporated
in
1983
to
carryout
the
business
of
manufacturing
of
drugs
,
animal
and
vegetable
farms
for
proteins
and
vitamins
,
operating
a
clinic
and
management
consultancy
on
health
services
it
is
one
of
the
dominant
healthcare
and
pharmaceutical
companies
in
Ghana
.
From
small
beginnings
as
a
wholesale
/
retail
pharmacy
in
Kumasi
it
has
since
established
4
outlets
in
Kumasi
,
2
in
Accra
and
1
in
Koforidua
.
Kama
health
services
hold
distributorship
licence
for
8
international
manufacturers
including
Almiral
Prodesfarma
(
Spain
)
Phargon
(
Holland
)
XL
Laboratories
PVT
(
India
)
etc
.
The
remarkable
achievements
within
the
past
decade
have
seen
Kama
Health
Service
develop
into
an
integrated
health
group
of
companies
comprising
:
Kama
Health
Services
Limited
,
Kama
Industries
Limited
,
Kama
Clinic
,
Kama
Forex
Bureau
Limited
,
Kama
Real
Estates
Limited
and
Kama
Conference
Centre
.
Michael
Agyekum
Addo
-
The
vision
of
the
Kama
Group
is
to
place
Kama
as
a
centre
of
excellence
for
the
production
of
quality
drugs
and
provision
of
services
,
which
are
marketable
worldwide
.
KANE
-
EM
INDUSTRIES
LIMITED
Kane
-
Em
Industries
was
incorporated
in
1976
for
the
purpose
of
recycling
plastic
waste
,
produce
toys
,
industrial
rope
twine
and
containers
for
local
market
.
At
present
the
company
is
a
leading
manufacturer
of
packaging
materials
,
toys
,
industrial
,
pharmaceutical
and
medical
containers
which
it
supplies
to
majority
of
the
hospitals
,
clinics
,
pharmacy
shops
and
other
small
and
medium
industries
and
for
the
export
market
.
G
.
R
.
Wadhwani
-
Our
vision
is
to
become
an
export
oriented
company
and
a
leading
plastic
industry
in
medical
,
pharmaceutical
and
cosmetic
packaging
,
concentrating
on
recycling
of
plastic
waste
.
KASAPREKO
COMPANY
LIMITED
(
KCL
)
KCL
is
a
private
company
incorporated
on
March
9
,
1987
.
From
a
very
humble
beginning
with
staff
strength
of
only
four
and
a
total
output
of
four
cartons
(
64
litres
)
of
gin
a
week
in
1986
,
the
company
is
now
,
a
leader
in
the
alcoholic
beverage
industry
in
Ghana
.
KCL
now
has
a
permanent
workforce
of
101
and
a
fully
automated
bottling
plant
(
from
bottle
washing
to
packing
)
.
The
company
’
s
flagship
products
–
Alomo
Bitters
and
Alomo
Root
Wine
-
which
are
based
on
extracts
from
known
Ghanaian
traditional
plants
possess
proven
intrinsic
medicinal
values
.
These
products
have
gained
wide
acceptability
,
nationally
and
internationally
.
Its
business
also
includes
general
farming
,
general
merchants
and
import
and
export
of
general
goods
.
Kwabena
Adjei
–
Our
vision
is
to
be
the
largest
and
most
reputable
distiller
of
alcoholic
beverages
in
Ghana
and
the
entire
West
African
sub
-
region
producing
the
most
preferred
brands
of
alcoholic
beverages
with
traditional
herbal
extracts
which
are
scientifically
proven
for
their
medicinal
values
.
KINAPHARMA
LIMITED
Kinapharma
Limited
is
Ghana
’
s
leading
name
by
far
for
local
pharmaceutical
innovations
,
manufacturing
,
distribution
and
marketing
.
Indisputably
the
leading
manufacturer
of
pharmaceuticals
for
over
the
counter
drugs
,
vitamins
and
prescription
only
drugs
.
It
also
has
the
widest
range
of
locally
made
products
.
Following
the
expansion
of
its
ultra
modern
state
of
the
art
facility
situated
in
the
North
Industrial
Area
of
Ghana
,
it
has
become
the
largest
manufacturer
of
essential
drugs
in
Ghana
.
Everyday
an
estimated
1
,
000
,
000
people
across
Ghana
alone
take
a
Kinapharma
drug
or
purchase
a
“
Kinapharma
”
.
Kinapharma
continues
to
make
a
substantive
difference
to
the
average
Ghanians
general
well
being
and
to
the
economy
as
a
whole
,
presently
employing
directly
or
indirectly
close
to
a
thousand
people
.
Since
2001
three
regional
offices
have
been
opened
in
Tamale
and
Takoradi
in
addition
to
existing
outlets
in
Accra
and
Kumasi
and
soon
in
the
national
capitals
of
Nigeria
,
Benin
and
Burkina
Faso
.
Some
products
are
APC
,
Martins
Liver
Salt
,
Magacid
and
Kwik
Action
.
Kofi
Nsiah
Poku
–
Our
vision
is
to
become
the
largest
indigenous
producer
and
marketer
of
high
quality
,
reliable
and
affordable
pharmaceutical
products
in
the
West
Afican
sub
-
region
.
LA
COMMUNITY
BANK
LIMITED
The
La
Community
Bank
Limited
(
LCB
)
was
established
in
1985
and
incorporated
in
November
1987
to
become
the
first
Community
Bank
in
Ghana
with
Its
core
business
in
banking
.
Among
others
,
it
was
licensed
to
provide
current
.
Savings
and
time
deposit
services
.
It
has
also
developed
a
special
micro
credit
scheme
to
support
SME
’
s
as
well
as
Loans
and
advances
to
other
business
enterprises
known
as
LACOSAVE
.
The
total
funds
mobilized
I
2004
amounted
to
¢
6
.
630
billion
.
Isaac
Amartei
-
The
main
objective
of
the
bank
is
to
raise
the
current
status
to
that
of
a
fully
fledged
commercial
bank
in
the
future
in
terms
of
operational
efficiency
,
profitability
ad
growth
by
offering
both
traditional
and
innovative
products
,
supporting
all
operations
with
the
state
of
the
art
computer
technology
.
The
bank
’
s
current
plan
is
to
raise
it
’
s
paid
up
capital
to
satisfy
the
Bank
pf
Ghana
requirements
to
enable
the
Bank
to
open
agencies
in
Madina
,
Burma
Camp
,
Teshie
and
Mamprobi
.
LATEX
FOAM
RUBBER
PRODUCTS
LIMITED
Latex
Foam
Rubber
Products
Ltd
was
incorporated
in
1969
to
produce
quality
foam
products
for
the
Bedding
and
Furniture
Industry
.
The
company
combines
its
strength
and
solid
experience
of
over
30
years
with
an
unparalleled
ability
for
innovation
to
produce
a
variety
of
quality
foam
product
to
meet
the
varying
taste
of
our
valued
customers
,
which
cuts
across
every
segment
of
society
irrespective
of
the
socio
-
economic
background
.
From
a
modest
factory
area
of
6000
sq
.
ft
in
1969
,
the
factory
and
head
office
presently
occupies
an
area
of
200
,
000
sq
.
ft
.
Products
include
;
foam
mattresses
,
spring
mattresses
,
sofa
beds
,
pillows
,
foam
sheets
,
foam
cushions
and
ergonomic
supports
.
Aid
Solomon
Laba
-
We
intend
to
maintain
our
leadership
in
the
Foam
Industry
on
the
domestic
front
and
secure
a
larger
share
of
the
export
market
to
support
Government
development
effort
.
LOWER
PRA
RURAL
BANK
LIMITED
The
bank
formerly
known
as
the
Essemaman
Rural
Bank
Ltd
.
was
incorporated
in
Ghana
on
the
20
th
of
January
1983
.
With
its
head
office
at
Shama
,
and
about
25
kilometres
from
Takoradi
,
the
bank
has
within
its
twenty
years
of
operations
provided
banking
services
to
the
Shama
Ahanta
East
and
the
Mpohor
Wassa
East
Districts
of
the
Western
Region
.
Its
banking
products
include
Current
Account
,
Call
Account
and
Savings
Account
etc
.
The
bank
also
operates
a
Consumer
Credit
Scheme
,
and
a
Susu
programme
.
Isaac
K
.
Afful
–
Our
vision
is
to
be
the
leading
rural
bank
in
the
country
with
community
development
in
our
catchment
area
.
We
will
also
strive
to
be
the
rural
bank
of
choice
through
efficient
management
and
a
well
motivated
staff
with
innovative
customized
products
to
gain
greater
market
share
by
the
end
of
the
year
2005
.
MAERSK
GHANA
LIMITED
Maersk
Ghana
Limited
is
part
of
the
Danish
conglomerate
the
A
.
P
.
Moller
/
Maersk
Group
.
Maersk
entered
the
shipping
business
in
Ghana
in
the
late
1950s
when
it
operated
through
an
appointed
agent
.
Maersk
Ghana
limited
was
incorporated
in
Ghana
in
March
1991
and
now
has
established
offices
in
Tema
,
Takoradi
,
Kumasi
and
Accra
.
The
activities
of
the
company
are
centered
primarily
on
shipping
,
trucking
,
terminal
operations
as
well
as
providing
total
logistics
activities
through
its
affiliated
company
-
Maersk
Logistics
Ghana
Limited
.
Soren
Norgaard
Thomsen
-
Our
vision
is
to
be
the
customers
’
first
choice
through
innovative
and
differentiated
value
adding
solutions
,
and
to
create
opportunities
in
global
commerce
.
MANYA
KROBO
RURAL
BANK
LIMITED
Manya
Krobo
Rural
bank
is
a
community
based
financial
institution
which
provides
financial
services
in
the
Manya
Krobo
and
Yilo
Krobo
Districts
of
the
Eastern
Region
of
Ghana
.
The
bank
opened
for
business
in
October
,
1978
as
the
5
th
rural
bank
to
be
established
in
the
country
.
The
bank
provides
a
range
of
banking
services
such
as
;
current
,
savings
and
fixed
deposit
.
It
also
has
a
Susu
savings
scheme
which
caters
for
the
needs
of
small
savers
and
a
micro
credit
scheme
in
place
to
help
small
savers
develop
their
businesses
.
Emmanuel
Antwi
-
Our
mission
is
to
offer
high
quality
services
in
an
efficient
and
competitive
manner
.
M
&
G
PHARMACEUTICALS
LIMITED
M
&
G
is
one
of
the
leading
local
manufacturers
of
pharmaceutical
products
in
the
country
and
in
1997
won
an
award
from
UNIDO
/
Ghana
Investment
Promotion
Center
for
being
one
of
the
sixteen
innovative
enterprises
in
Ghana
.
At
present
M
&
G
Pharmaceuticals
Ltd
.
Manufactures
75
products
namely
-
tablets
,
capsules
,
syrups
/
suspension
as
well
as
blister
products
for
over
210
customers
including
the
Ministry
of
Health
,
Catholic
Mission
Hospitals
,
Pharmacies
and
Private
Hospitals
and
Clinics
.
Gopal
C
.
Vasu
-
Our
objective
is
to
provide
affordable
,
quality
and
affordable
drugs
to
everyone
so
that
they
should
remain
healthy
and
create
wealth
.
MECHANICAL
LLOYD
COMPANY
LIMITED
A
leading
motor
company
and
garage
operator
,
holding
franchises
for
BMW
,
Land
Rover
,
Massey
Ferguson
,
DAF
buses
,
Honda
cars
and
Lucas
products
.
Mechanical
Lloyd
was
originally
called
Technical
Lloyd
,
a
Dutch
-
owned
company
operating
in
Ghana
in
the
1960
’
s
and
dealing
in
knapsack
sprayers
and
BMW
cars
and
motorcycles
.
Mr
.
R
.
A
.
Darko
a
Ghanaian
entrepreneur
purchased
the
company
and
renamed
it
Mechanical
Lloyd
and
incorporated
it
as
such
on
7
th
August
1970
.
In
1994
after
an
initial
public
offer
of
its
shares
to
the
public
the
company
became
the
first
and
fully
-
owned
Ghanaian
company
to
be
listed
and
quoted
on
the
Ghana
stock
exchange
.
Its
strong
performance
on
the
Ghana
stock
exchange
in1996
/
97
with
shares
gaining
270
%
over
the
12
-
month
period
to
31
st
December
1997
contributed
to
the
company
being
awarded
the
land
rover
franchise
.
Terrence
Ronald
Darko
-
It
is
the
aim
of
the
company
to
be
the
leader
in
the
Ghanaian
automobile
industry
by
among
other
things
providing
good
quality
,
competitively
priced
products
delivered
in
the
most
professional
manner
and
securing
for
its
shareholders
the
optimum
return
on
their
invested
capital
.
MERCHANT
BANK
GHANA
LIMITED
(
MBG
)
Merchant
Bank
(
Gh
.
)
Limited
was
incorporated
in
1972
as
the
National
Finance
and
Merchant
Bank
(
Gh
.
)
Limited
.
As
the
premier
bank
in
the
sub
sector
of
merchant
banking
in
Ghana
,
the
bank
set
the
pace
for
growth
in
merchant
banking
in
the
country
.
The
bank
has
contributed
immensely
to
economic
development
of
the
country
over
the
last
three
decades
through
its
pioneering
role
in
various
ventures
such
as
the
promotion
of
the
formation
of
the
first
discount
house
in
Ghana
,
initiation
of
the
preparatory
work
in
the
establishment
of
the
Ghana
Stock
Exchange
and
recently
the
acquisition
of
SSB
Bank
by
Societè
Generale
.
Blaise
Ofoe
Mankwa
-
Our
vision
is
to
be
the
leading
,
most
influential
and
best
performing
financial
services
provider
in
Ghana
by
2010
and
one
of
the
leading
banks
in
West
Africa
.
NESTLE
GHANA
LIMITED
Nestle
started
business
in
Ghana
in
1957
,
under
the
trading
name
of
Nestle
Products
(
Gh
)
Ltd
with
the
importation
of
Nestle
products
such
as
milk
and
chocolates
.
The
company
became
Nestle
Ghana
Ltd
in
1987
.
In
1971
the
production
of
IDEAL
milk
and
MILO
started
at
the
Tema
factory
.
The
Factory
has
since
been
further
developed
and
now
also
produces
CARNATION
milks
,
CHOCOLIM
,
CHOCOMILO
,
CEREVITA
,
CERELAC
and
NESCAFE
Cream
3
in
1
and
Cerelac
.
These
products
are
not
only
for
Ghana
but
also
exported
across
West
and
Central
Africa
.
Herve
Duranton
–
Nestle
is
the
world
’
s
leading
food
company
.
In
the
domestic
market
in
Ghana
,
we
have
achieved
another
record
growth
consolidating
our
leadership
position
.
Record
growth
achieved
in
beverages
as
well
as
nutrition
and
the
very
good
performances
achieved
in
coffee
and
bouillons
show
our
dynamism
.
We
have
never
been
so
active
o
the
brands
NESCAFE
and
MAGGI
ad
we
remain
confident
in
the
contribution
of
those
two
additional
pillars
in
building
and
strengthening
the
future
of
Nestle
Ghana
Limited
.
NETWORK
ASSURANCE
COMPANY
LIMITED
Network
Assurance
Co
.
ltd
.
,
formerly
New
India
Assurance
Company
(
Gh
)
ltd
.
started
its
operations
in
Ghana
as
an
agency
of
the
New
India
Assurance
Company
ltd
.
(
Bombay
)
in
1958
.
It
is
thus
the
3
rd
oldest
insurance
company
in
Ghana
.
Initially
the
company
marketed
its
products
mainly
to
the
Indian
and
far
eastern
business
communities
in
Ghana
.
In
1972
the
government
of
Ghana
promulgated
a
law
requiring
all
insurance
companies
to
sell
40
%
of
their
equity
to
local
(
mainly
Ghanaian
)
shareholders
and
a
further
20
%
to
the
government
.
In
1999
a
decision
was
made
to
change
the
company
’
s
name
to
its
present
name
.
It
is
the
only
Ghanaian
company
that
belongs
to
the
International
Network
of
Insurance
,
a
global
alliance
of
leading
insurance
groups
whose
main
aim
is
to
promote
international
co
-
operation
between
members
in
the
insurance
industry
all
over
the
world
.
The
company
deals
in
both
life
and
general
business
insurance
products
.
Seth
Ntiri
Twum
-
The
corporate
mission
of
Network
Assurance
Company
is
predicated
on
a
philosophy
geared
towards
a
successful
implementation
of
it
programmes
.
The
philosophy
addresses
among
others
the
need
for
insurance
service
that
is
built
o
a
foundation
that
combines
the
time
honoured
principles
of
integrity
and
responsiveness
to
clients
.
NORTH
KANESHIE
FOREX
BUREAU
Incorporated
in
May
1991
,
the
North
Kaneshie
Forex
Bureau
commenced
business
in
the
same
year
as
a
dealer
in
foreign
exchange
and
1st
African
group
wholly
owns
it
.
Its
style
of
leadership
characterized
by
innovation
,
creativity
and
transparency
underlies
the
success
of
the
company
.
Kwesi
Tetteh
Dadzie
-
The
Company
intends
taking
advantage
of
government
’
s
new
regulation
on
forex
bureau
and
open
branches
and
subsidiaries
in
the
Accra
metropolis
in
the
very
near
future
.
NWABIAGYA
RURAL
BANK
LIMITED
Nwabiagya
Rural
Bank
was
established
in
1987
at
Barekese
in
the
Atwima
Nwabiagya
District
of
Ashanti
,
to
provide
financial
services
to
the
rural
and
pre
-
urban
communities
.
By
dint
of
hard
work
five
additional
branches
have
been
established
at
Bohyen
,
Magazine
,
Abuakwa
,
Sagoe
Lane
and
Offinso
.
The
bank
has
experienced
growth
in
all
aspects
of
its
operations
.
Nwabiagya
Rural
Bank
currently
occupies
an
enviable
position
on
the
rural
banking
ladder
.
The
bank
presently
has
eleven
board
members
and
ninety
one
core
and
supporting
staff
.
Samuel
Nuamah
-
Dankwa
-
The
mission
of
the
Bank
is
to
provide
efficient
and
effective
financial
service
by
adopting
appropriate
technology
,
increase
market
share
and
enhance
optimal
realization
of
stake
holders
’
interest
,
human
resource
development
and
product
innovations
.
This
mission
has
been
termed
“
Journey
to
the
top
”
.
The
aim
is
to
improve
the
operational
efficiency
and
customer
service
and
thus
become
profitable
so
as
to
draw
the
communities
in
which
we
operate
to
the
bank
.
This
will
help
mop
-
up
excess
liquidity
.
ODOTOBRI
RURAL
BANK
LIMITED
Odotobri
Rural
Bank
Limited
was
incorporated
by
shares
on
29
th
March
,
1982
,
with
banking
operations
commencing
on
7
th
September
,
1982
.
The
bank
has
its
head
office
located
at
Jacobu
in
the
Amansie
East
District
with
four
operational
agencies
at
Jacobu
,
Obuasi
,
Bekwai
and
Asawasi
all
in
the
Ashanti
Region
.
Godfred
Frank
Opoku
–
Our
vision
is
to
be
the
best
reputable
and
most
reliable
Rural
Bank
in
Ghana
.
OLAM
GHANA
LIMITED
OLAM
Ghana
Limited
is
a
subsidiary
of
OLAM
International
Ltd
.
;
a
Singapore
based
global
commodity
trading
company
.
Established
in
1994
,
OLAM
has
since
then
grown
to
be
a
leading
agro
-
commodity
company
in
Ghana
.
The
company
has
the
enviable
distinction
of
being
the
largest
private
sector
Licensed
Buying
Company
(
LBC
)
in
the
cocoa
sector
,
buying
in
excess
of
75
,
000
mt
in
2003
-
2004
.
OLAM
is
also
a
leading
exporter
of
Sheanut
,
Cashew
,
Coffee
and
Timber
and
one
of
the
largest
importer
of
Rice
and
Sugar
into
the
country
.
OLAM
is
the
owner
of
the
leading
US
Rice
brand
in
the
country
–
First
Choice
.
Saurabh
Mehra
-
OLAM
’
s
vision
is
to
be
the
leading
agro
-
commodity
company
in
Ghana
.
We
plan
to
achieve
this
by
firstly
adding
value
along
our
range
of
operations
;
and
secondly
,
by
meaningfully
contributing
to
the
society
at
large
.
In
keeping
with
our
philosophy
OLAM
set
up
a
sheanut
crushing
plant
at
Juaben
,
in
collaboration
with
the
Juabahene
–
Nana
Otu
Siriboe
II
PASICO
GHANA
LIMITED
Incorporated
in
1965
,
Pasico
manufactures
“
Naco
”
louver
windows
,
and
Pasiguard
Collapsible
security
gates
.
The
company
also
distributes
a
wide
range
of
construction
and
mining
equipment
including
Benford
concrete
mixers
and
Site
dumpers
,
Water
pumps
,
Compactors
,
Boss
forklift
trucks
,
Grove
Cranes
,
JCB
Excavators
,
Backhoe
Loaders
and
SMV
Forklifts
and
Reachstackers
.
It
also
runs
an
efficient
after
-
sales
support
system
with
spare
parts
and
workshop
services
.
E
.
R
.
M
Lyne
-
Pasico
is
committed
to
providing
“
lifetime
”
quality
window
louver
frames
and
collapsible
security
grilles
all
for
the
real
estate
sector
of
the
building
industry
as
well
as
individual
households
.
PERSOL
SYSTEMS
LIMITED
Persol
Systems
Limited
was
founded
in
1995
,
to
deliver
best
-
class
software
products
and
Information
Technology
(
IT
)
solutions
to
businesses
in
Africa
.
Today
,
Persol
reaffirms
this
commitment
through
the
provision
of
full
-
featured
software
and
new
technological
solutions
that
impact
the
way
businesses
operate
and
use
information
technology
.
Persol
has
been
at
the
forefront
of
the
development
of
the
technologically
advanced
products
in
Ghana
for
the
last
seven
years
.
Persol
has
a
number
of
first
’
s
to
its
credit
such
as
;
the
first
to
develop
and
implement
bar
-
code
enabled
retail
management
software
and
the
first
to
develop
touch
screen
-
enabled
applications
among
others
.
Persol
has
grown
tremendously
from
pure
software
development
operation
and
now
offers
enterprise
level
business
software
,
systems
integration
services
,
solution
development
and
IT
strategy
consulting
to
over
130
businesses
and
organizations
in
Ghana
,
Mali
,
Guinea
,
Togo
and
Nigeria
.
Micheal
Quarshie
–
Our
objectives
then
and
now
are
simple
;
to
be
a
leading
-
edge
,
market
-
driven
and
solution
oriented
company
delivering
measurable
and
sustained
benefits
to
our
clients
.
PIONEER
KITCHENWARE
LIMITED
Pioneer
Kichenware
Limited
formerly
Pioneer
Aluminium
factory
Limited
was
incorporated
in
Ghana
by
its
Swiss
founder
in
1959
.
The
company
specializes
in
the
manufacture
of
high
quality
household
aluminium
hollowware
.
It
pioneered
the
manufacture
of
aluminium
cookware
in
Ghana
under
the
Torch
Brand
label
which
has
since
become
the
“
M
ark
of
Quality
”
.
The
company
went
public
on
the
Ghana
Stock
Exchange
and
has
since
performed
among
the
top
15
companies
on
the
exchange
providing
value
for
shareholders
.
The
company
currently
produces
three
brands
of
cookware
under
the
Torch
brand
label
namely
;
Torch
Standard
,
Torch
Elegance
and
Torch
Prestige
in
addition
Pioneer
has
also
introduced
the
Butterfly
range
of
stainless
steel
products
in
her
bid
to
satisfy
consumers
in
the
various
segments
of
the
cookware
market
.
Togbe
Afede
XIV
-
The
Company
’
s
vision
is
to
become
the
leading
West
African
manufacturer
of
a
wide
range
of
quality
kitchenware
for
the
Ghanaian
and
foreign
markets
.
Great
emphasis
will
be
put
on
planning
and
communication
of
plans
throughout
the
organization
in
order
to
create
a
sense
of
excitement
and
ensure
commitment
to
corporate
goals
.
The
new
approach
therefore
created
the
need
to
change
the
company
’
s
name
to
PIONEER
KITCHEWARE
LIMITED
.
POLYKRAFT
GHANA
LIMITED
Poly
Kraft
was
established
in
1994
in
Accra
,
and
is
part
of
the
Poly
Group
.
It
is
the
leading
manufacturer
of
corrugated
boxes
(
cartoons
)
in
Ghana
and
has
constantly
been
serving
the
increasing
needs
of
the
agro
-
exports
and
local
market
.
In
order
to
meet
the
ever
increasing
demand
of
high
quality
corrugated
boxes
,
Poly
Kraft
has
set
up
a
new
plant
to
increase
its
capacity
to
1000
MT
per
month
.
The
company
also
has
a
major
share
in
exports
to
the
neighbouring
countries
including
Togo
,
Benin
,
and
Burkina
Faso
.
Ashok
Mohinani
-
Our
vision
is
to
remain
a
customer
focused
company
,
committed
to
producing
packaging
material
of
international
quality
in
environmentally
friendly
conditions
.
PRODUCE
BUYING
COMPANY
LTD
.
Produce
Buying
Company
is
the
single
largest
buyer
of
cocoa
for
the
domestic
market
.
The
company
operates
throughout
all
cocoa
buying
districts
in
over
3
,
000
buying
centres
in
Ghana
.
PBC
also
engages
in
haulage
of
cocoa
at
the
primary
and
secondary
level
.
The
company
was
listed
on
the
stock
exchange
in
2000
.
Until
then
it
was
a
wholly
owned
subsidiary
of
the
Ghana
Cocoa
Board
but
in
the
wake
of
the
Initial
Public
Offer
,
which
sent
the
company
to
the
Stock
Market
,
individual
Ghanaians
are
now
minority
shareholders
in
the
company
.
As
the
oldest
cocoa
buying
company
,
PBC
has
been
an
agent
of
change
in
the
cocoa
growing
areas
and
continues
to
offer
vital
support
and
services
to
cocoa
farmers
.
Emmanuel
Owusu
-
Boakye
–
PBC
has
a
corporate
vision
of
maintaining
its
leadership
position
in
cocoa
marketing
in
Ghana
.
PROVIDENT
INSURANCE
COMPANY
LIMITED
(
PIC
)
Provident
Insurance
Company
Limited
was
incorporated
in
February
1981
as
an
insurance
company
with
the
object
to
provide
insurance
services
to
both
local
and
international
clients
.
PIC
commenced
business
in
October
1982
.
The
company
has
branches
in
four
principal
cities
and
towns
in
Ghana
in
addition
to
its
head
office
in
Accra
,
namely
:
Kumasi
,
Tema
,
Cape
Coast
and
Takoradi
.
Our
corporate
objects
are
:
To
carry
on
the
business
of
Life
Assurance
;
to
carry
on
the
business
of
Re
-
insurance
and
;
to
carry
on
the
business
of
General
Insurance
.
Rudolf
Von
Ballmoos
–
Our
mission
,
among
others
,
is
to
provide
efficient
,
reliable
and
qualitative
insurance
services
and
to
break
new
grounds
in
quick
claims
settlement
and
payment
by
employment
of
latest
risk
assessment
and
claims
evaluation
technology
.
PRUDENTIAL
BANK
LIMITED
(
PBL
)
Prudential
Bank
Limited
(
PBL
)
opened
its
doors
for
business
on
August
15
,
1996
.
PBL
has
bee
designed
as
a
commercial
/
development
bank
with
a
strategic
focus
o
the
development
and
financing
of
industry
and
export
.
The
bank
currently
has
9
braches
I
Ghana
and
4
correspondent
banks
outside
Ghana
.
The
products
and
services
of
PBL
include
:
Domestic
Banking
Services
,
International
Banking
Services
,
Project
Financing
,
Export
Development
,
Funds
management
and
Cash
Collection
Services
.
Stephen
Sekyere
-
Abankwa
-
Our
mission
is
to
provide
domestic
and
international
banking
services
with
a
strategic
focus
o
project
financing
and
export
development
.
PBL
is
committed
to
play
a
positive
ad
innovative
role
in
the
financial
intermediation
process
and
most
importantly
to
offer
the
best
and
the
most
remunerative
banking
services
to
the
business
community
.
Quality
,
Creativity
and
Innovation
are
the
hallmarks
of
Prudential
Bank
Limited
PZ
CUSSONS
INDUSTRIES
GHANA
LIMITED
Paterson
Zochonis
(
PZ
)
was
formed
in
1879
when
it
commenced
trading
operations
I
Freetown
,
Sierra
Leone
.
In
1984
the
company
was
formally
incorporated
in
England
and
an
office
established
in
Liverpool
.
A
branch
was
opened
in
Ghana
in
(
the
Gold
Coast
)
in
1934
.
PZ
Ghana
became
a
public
company
in
1976
and
was
listed
on
the
Ghana
Stock
exchange
within
12
months
of
its
inception
in1990
.
Effectively
from
1
st
June
,
2002
the
Group
underwent
a
change
in
name
from
Paterson
Zochonis
to
PZ
Cussons
.
The
objective
of
the
changes
was
to
unify
the
Group
further
under
one
identity
and
to
refresh
and
modernize
our
corporate
image
.
Our
products
are
in
the
areas
of
pharmaceuticals
,
soaps
,
cosmetics
and
beauty
products
.
Panagiotis
G
.
Mouchteros
–
Our
vision
for
the
future
is
driven
by
our
commitment
to
continue
expanding
our
business
through
providing
the
consumers
with
goods
of
the
highest
quality
standards
at
affordable
prices
,
while
making
reasonable
profits
and
maintaining
our
strong
family
values
and
respect
for
the
environment
in
which
we
operate
.
QUALIPLAST
LIMITED
Qualiplast
Limited
was
established
and
incorporated
in
1973
.
As
a
pioneer
in
the
manufacture
of
high
quality
industrial
plastic
packaging
products
and
household
plastic
ware
in
Ghana
,
we
have
remained
in
the
forefront
of
the
market
throughout
its
existence
.
Our
existing
local
market
is
spread
over
major
customers
including
;
Guinness
Ghana
Breweries
Ltd
.
and
Unilever
Ghana
Ltd
.
Among
its
international
customers
include
;
Coca
-
cola
Sierra
Leone
and
Monrovia
Brewery
Ltd
.
Fares
Akl
Our
mission
is
to
expand
our
quality
Ghanaian
industrial
and
household
range
into
the
West
Africa
market
and
to
introduce
new
and
environmentally
friendly
ad
rurally
useful
products
.
We
also
seek
to
upgrade
and
increase
our
equipment
strength
with
state
-
of
–
the
–
art
machinery
and
to
improve
o
customer
satisfaction
.
QUALITY
INSURANCE
COMPANY
LIMITED
(
QIC
)
Quality
Insurance
Company
Limited
incorporated
on
January
10
,
1996
,
is
a
composite
insurance
company
that
provides
insurance
services
to
businesses
,
households
and
individuals
.
QIC
has
a
network
of
branch
offices
in
8
regions
and
a
presence
in
each
of
the
parishes
of
the
Catholic
Church
,
with
The
Catholics
Bishop
’
s
Conference
of
Ghana
being
the
sole
shareholder
of
the
company
.
The
company
has
as
its
hallmark
the
ability
to
pay
genuine
claims
promptly
and
as
such
prides
itself
as
the
most
customer
friendly
insurance
company
in
Ghana
today
.
QIC
has
embraced
information
technology
as
a
way
of
doing
business
and
is
currently
deploying
insurance
software
for
transaction
processing
and
reporting
.
With
our
attributes
,
QIC
goes
the
extra
mile
to
ensure
that
it
continues
to
offer
protection
“
Solid
as
Gold
”
.
Frank
Odoom
(
Dr
.
)
-
The
vision
of
QIC
is
to
make
it
a
leader
in
the
insurance
industry
by
using
the
highest
professional
standards
in
dealing
with
our
customers
.
We
will
also
provide
a
congenial
work
environment
using
information
and
communication
technology
to
do
business
and
thus
create
a
highly
motivated
and
productive
workforce
.
Innovation
,
team
spirit
,
empathy
and
being
an
ethical
organization
would
be
the
qualities
that
I
would
cherish
most
in
moving
the
company
forward
.
RANA
MOTORS
AND
METAL
WORKS
ENGINEERING
COMPANY
LIMITED
Rana
Motors
in
the
1970s
was
a
small
which
undertook
metal
works
and
vehicle
body
building
and
spraying
.
By
the
mid
1980
’
s
the
company
entered
into
dealership
agreement
with
Kia
Motors
Corporation
of
Seoul
,
South
Korea
,
for
the
sale
of
commercial
vehicles
and
pick
-
ups
.
The
company
also
took
up
dealership
of
Hankook
Tires
(
until
1993
)
and
Global
Yuasa
automobile
batteries
.
The
company
’
s
latest
achievement
is
the
distributorship
rights
for
world
famous
GOODYEAR
TIRES
.
M
.
A
.
Odaymat
–
Our
vision
is
to
be
the
preferred
automobile
dealers
of
choice
,
providing
excellent
customer
service
.
SAMBUS
COMPANY
LIMITED
Sambus
Company
Ltd
.
,
founded
in
1988
provides
the
latest
state
of
the
art
technology
in
information
management
system
to
various
institutions
in
the
West
African
sub
-
region
.
The
company
prides
itself
as
an
integrator
who
can
provide
the
broad
spectrum
of
IT
solutions
ranging
from
web
-
based
systems
,
smart
-
cards
systems
,
geographic
information
systems
,
GPS
,
remote
sensing
technologies
and
financial
management
solutions
.
The
company
played
a
pioneering
role
in
the
introduction
and
dissemination
in
West
Africa
of
Information
Technology
field
of
Remote
sensing
and
Geographic
Information
System
.
The
company
has
won
numerous
industry
and
partnership
awards
.
Hewlett
Packard
Corporation
adjudged
the
Company
as
its
overall
best
partner
in
Ghana
for
the
year
2003
beating
25
other
HP
Partners
.
The
Company
was
also
adjudged
as
ESRI
’
s
GIS
software
best
distributor
for
Africa
in
year
2001
.
Samuel
K
.
Aboah
–
Our
vision
is
to
continue
to
provide
quality
information
technology
services
to
our
numerous
customers
in
a
friendly
environment
.
SCANCOM
LIMITED
Scancom
Limited
is
a
limited
liability
company
that
operates
under
the
commercial
name
Areeba
.
Scancom
Limited
is
a
member
of
Investcom
Holding
,
an
international
organization
specialized
in
telecommunications
and
holds
majority
interest
and
operates
several
Mobile
Networks
around
the
world
.
Areeba
,
known
previously
as
Spacefon
entered
the
Ghanaian
Telecommunication
Industry
in
November
1996
with
the
introduction
of
the
first
GSM
mobile
network
in
West
Africa
.
Areeba
was
the
pioneer
network
in
Africa
to
provide
GPRS
and
EDGE
services
in
2004
to
its
customers
.
Today
Areeba
services
go
beyond
a
phone
service
;
it
has
become
a
lifestyle
.
Areeba
provides
a
one
stop
shop
for
its
customers
for
voice
and
data
services
.
Ahmad
Farroukh
-
Our
vision
“
Being
at
the
heart
of
our
customers
’
world
”
offers
our
customers
the
best
value
in
their
wireless
service
via
more
features
and
more
services
than
any
other
provider
.
SECURITIES
DISCOUNT
COMPANY
LIMITED
(
SDC
)
SDC
was
incorporated
in
Ghana
in
1990
as
a
discount
house
and
commenced
operations
in
1991
.
The
company
has
two
wholly
owned
subsidiaries
,
SDC
Investments
limited
and
SDC
Brokerage
services
limited
.
The
company
is
a
founding
member
of
the
Ghana
Stock
Exchange
.
In
January
2004
SDC
became
a
subsidiary
if
TransAfrica
Holdings
.
The
company
’
s
products
and
services
include
overnight
/
call
account
,
repurchase
agreements
,
treasury
bills
trading
and
trading
in
non
-
Bank
of
Ghana
bills
.
Andre
Lalumiere
–
Our
vision
is
for
SDC
to
be
the
leading
investment
banking
institution
in
Ghana
SEKYERE
RURAL
BANK
LIMITED
Sekyere
Rural
Bank
was
set
up
and
commissioned
in
1983
to
mobilize
resources
from
the
local
communities
in
and
around
Jamasi
in
the
Ashanti
Region
.
Resources
thus
mobilized
are
channeled
into
viable
and
profitable
economic
ventures
within
the
community
it
serves
.
As
a
unique
micro
-
finance
intermediary
in
Ghana
we
provide
unequalled
financial
services
,
propelled
by
a
well
-
motivated
workforce
,
customized
products
and
superior
customer
service
than
our
competitors
and
sustaining
the
payment
of
satisfactory
returns
to
our
shareholders
as
well
as
being
seen
as
a
vehicle
for
rural
development
in
the
community
we
serve
.
K
.
Obese
-
Antwi
-
Our
vision
is
to
be
a
foremost
rural
financial
services
provider
and
at
the
forefront
of
the
micro
and
rural
finance
industry
in
the
country
.
SHELL
GHANA
LIMITED
Shell
Ghana
Limited
is
an
oil
marketing
company
,
which
has
been
in
operation
in
Ghana
for
the
past
76
years
.
The
company
markets
transportation
fuels
,
lubricants
,
bitumen
,
and
specialty
products
and
also
provides
technical
services
.
Shell
Ghana
Limited
is
a
subsidiary
of
Shell
Petroleum
Company
Limited
,
UK
,
which
holds
82
.
3
%
of
total
shares
of
the
company
.
Ghanaian
institutional
and
individual
shareholders
hold
the
remaining
17
.
7
%
shares
.
In
its
main
business
operations
,
Shell
Ghana
limited
has
118
retail
service
stations
throughout
Ghana
and
is
also
involved
in
the
commercial
business
consisting
of
supplies
to
mining
and
construction
customers
.
Roy
Lawrence
Kretzen
(
Dr
.
)
-
The
vision
of
shell
is
“
to
help
build
a
better
Ghana
through
our
commitment
to
sustainable
development
”
.
Sustainable
development
here
translates
into
ensuring
that
all
business
proposals
and
activities
of
the
company
incorporate
due
consideration
of
the
potential
environmental
and
social
impact
.
At
shell
we
have
a
mission
to
become
Ghana
’
s
leading
energy
provider
in
terms
of
customer
preference
and
profitable
market
share
.
SG
-
SSB
LIMITED
SG
-
SSB
is
one
of
the
leading
banks
in
Ghana
and
a
subsidiary
of
Societe
Generale
,
the
sixth
largest
bank
in
the
Euro
zone
.
The
bank
was
incorporated
on
July
7
th
,
1975
with
the
name
Security
Guarantee
Trust
Ltd
.
The
name
was
changed
to
Social
Security
Bank
in
1976
.
In
1995
the
bank
was
privatized
and
subsequently
listed
on
the
Ghana
Stock
Exchange
.
This
was
followed
with
the
name
change
to
SSB
Bank
Ltd
.
The
name
was
changed
to
SG
-
SSB
Limited
in
March
2004
following
its
acquisition
by
Societe
Generale
in
2003
.
The
bank
operates
37
-
networked
branches
across
Ghana
using
the
multi
-
channel
banking
concept
to
provide
products
and
services
to
its
corporate
,
individual
,
entrepreneur
and
small
and
medium
enterprises
clients
.
Pierre
-
Andre
Taulet
-
My
vision
as
Chief
Executive
Officer
is
to
move
closer
to
our
mission
of
becoming
the
Preferred
Bank
.
The
year
2004
was
focused
on
fashioning
out
a
market
segmentation
strategy
and
aligning
our
resources
to
meet
the
needs
of
our
customers
in
the
four
target
markets
:
Corporate
,
SME
,
Entrepreneurs
and
Retail
.
The
future
looks
bright
for
SG
-
SSB
.
SOUTH
AKIM
RURAL
BANK
LIMITED
South
Akim
Rural
Bank
started
commercial
banking
operations
in
1984
at
Nankese
in
the
Suhum
Kraboa
Coaltar
of
the
Eastern
Region
of
Ghana
.
The
bank
is
currently
rated
first
in
the
Easter
region
ad
among
the
first
ten
rural
and
community
banks
in
the
country
as
a
whole
in
terms
of
deposits
.
Through
effective
and
competent
management
team
and
board
the
bank
has
achieved
regular
profits
over
the
period
from
1988
to
date
.
The
bank
currently
operates
4
branches
located
at
Nankese
,
Suhum
,
Koforidua
and
Asamankese
Festus
K
.
M
.
Ofosu
-
As
I
look
on
2004
,
I
see
a
year
of
significant
accomplishment
for
the
South
Akim
Rural
Bank
.
Our
commitment
to
growing
the
business
whilst
providing
the
highest
quality
of
service
will
ensure
that
we
meet
the
expectations
of
both
shareholders
and
customers
of
the
bank
.
STANBIC
BANK
GHANA
LIMITED
Stanbic
Bank
is
a
commercial
bank
which
commenced
operations
in
Ghana
in
1999
serving
wholesale
and
retail
customers
.
The
bank
has
three
branches
in
Accra
,
Tema
and
Kumasi
with
plans
to
open
more
branches
.
The
bank
however
uses
correspondent
banks
to
serve
customers
wherever
it
is
not
represented
in
the
country
.
Products
offered
include
;
current
,
call
,
savings
,
fixed
deposit
and
notice
deposit
accounts
.
Other
services
offered
include
;
Trade
Finance
,
treasury
bills
,
custodial
services
,
electronic
banking
,
Customer
Access
Terminal
System
(
CAT
)
and
Cash
management
.
James
Mabon
-
Our
bank
’
s
strategy
involves
an
expansion
of
its
retail
presence
by
increasing
branch
network
and
product
range
,
continuing
to
focus
on
service
quality
and
to
develop
and
build
upon
our
value
added
customer
relationship
model
in
wholesale
banking
.
We
also
seek
to
broaden
our
target
markets
and
customer
base
to
be
more
representative
of
the
Ghanaian
economy
and
most
importantly
to
continue
to
invest
in
our
people
and
to
create
a
passion
for
customer
service
through
harnessing
our
collective
talents
into
high
performing
,
results
driven
teams
.
STANDARD
CHARTERED
BANK
(
GHANA
)
LIMITED
Standard
Chartered
Bank
is
committed
to
providing
world
-
class
banking
services
in
Ghana
through
investing
in
premises
,
products
,
technology
and
people
.
The
bank
is
at
the
forefront
of
the
delivery
of
corporate
banking
products
and
is
the
biggest
lender
in
the
economy
;
supporting
manufacturing
and
export
sectors
with
a
wide
range
of
trade
,
working
capital
,
loans
and
cash
management
products
.
Standard
Chartered
Ghana
has
over
the
years
won
several
awards
locally
and
internationally
.
Ebenezer
Essoka
-
We
will
continue
to
drive
the
business
forward
as
diligently
as
we
have
done
over
the
years
and
enhance
the
value
of
our
shareholders
.
We
also
aim
at
leading
Ghana
into
the
modern
world
of
electronic
banking
.
STAR
ASSURANCE
COMPANY
LIMITED
Star
Assurance
Company
Limited
is
a
fast
-
growing
,
well
-
managed
and
financially
stable
company
,
providing
competitive
financial
security
products
backed
by
excellent
customer
service
.
It
was
incorporated
in
1984
and
licensed
to
carry
on
all
classes
of
insurance
business
in
Ghana
.
The
company
was
re
-
engineered
in
1995
,
and
this
paved
the
way
for
its
repositioning
and
accelerated
growth
.
Within
20
years
of
its
operation
,
the
Group
has
emerged
as
the
biggest
indigenous
private
enterprise
in
terms
of
assets
and
the
second
biggest
indigenous
private
enterprise
in
Ghana
in
terms
of
premium
income
.
As
a
composite
insurance
company
,
Star
Assurance
underwrites
all
lines
of
insurance
business
:
life
,
accident
,
marine
and
motor
.
Kofi
Duffuor
-
Our
vision
is
to
be
the
leading
Ghanaian
insurance
company
with
sustained
world
-
class
performance
in
the
provision
of
financial
security
products
and
our
mission
is
to
be
a
leading
provider
of
financial
security
products
through
excellent
customer
service
,
professionalism
and
innovation
.
These
will
be
achieved
making
customer
satisfaction
our
topmost
priority
and
providing
a
congenial
environment
for
our
staff
among
other
things
.
TAYSEC
CONSTRUCTION
LIMITED
The
history
of
Taysec
Construction
ltd
dates
back
from
1947
when
Taylor
Woodrow
and
the
United
African
Company
(
UAC
)
set
up
Taylor
Woodrow
(
West
Africa
)
Ltd
to
begin
construction
operations
in
West
Africa
.
Over
the
years
the
company
has
carried
out
over
200
projects
in
the
country
in
all
sectors
but
more
recently
has
concentrated
on
four
sectors
–
infrastructure
,
buildings
,
residential
developments
and
contract
mining
.
Current
work
includes
:
reconstruction
of
the
7km
,
6
lane
highway
from
Nkrumah
circle
to
Achimota
,
construction
of
a
series
of
buildings
for
the
Church
of
Jesus
Christ
of
Latter
Days
Saints
and
the
completion
of
the
third
tower
block
for
SSNIT
among
others
.
The
company
is
poised
to
meet
the
challenges
of
the
time
and
take
advantage
of
opportunities
that
Ghana
presents
.
Andrew
L
.
Holmes
-
Our
vision
is
to
deliver
total
solutions
to
our
customers
which
add
value
to
their
business
and
which
are
cost
effective
,
by
using
our
engineering
,
project
development
and
management
skills
.
THE
COCA
-
COLA
BOTTLING
COMPANY
OF
GHANA
LIMITED
(
TCCBCGL
)
The
(
TCCBCGL
)
was
formed
from
the
divestiture
of
the
Bottling
Division
of
G
.
N
.
T
.
C
in
March
1995
and
started
operations
o
March
7
1995
at
the
GNTC
plant
at
Adjabeng
in
Accra
.
The
new
premises
sited
off
the
Spintex
Road
,
was
commissioned
in
1996
.
The
company
has
two
production
facilities
situated
in
Accra
and
Kumasi
with
a
combined
capacity
of
9000
cases
per
hour
.
The
company
has
thirteen
other
distribution
centres
all
over
the
country
and
employs
over
700
direct
employees
.
It
has
about
35
,
000
registered
customers
who
rely
mainly
on
selling
our
products
for
their
income
.
Quality
care
for
the
environment
and
contribution
to
national
development
are
qualities
enshrined
in
the
day
-
to
-
day
operations
of
the
company
.
A
$
1
million
Waste
Water
treatment
facility
was
commissioned
at
our
Accra
plant
in
2001
to
ensure
that
the
wastewater
from
our
production
process
is
safe
for
the
environment
and
can
support
fish
life
.
A
second
Waste
Water
treatment
has
also
being
installed
and
commissioned
at
the
Kumasi
plant
in
January
2004
,
at
a
cost
of
about
$
600
,
000
.
Segun
Ogunsanya
–
Our
vision
of
creating
a
workplace
which
acknowledges
and
rewards
individual
contributions
and
engenders
togetherness
is
still
on
course
.
Through
well
laid
down
structures
we
have
ensured
a
very
proactive
approach
to
labour
-
related
issues
.
THE
TRUST
BANK
LIMITED
(
TTB
)
The
Trust
bank
(
TTB
)
is
a
private
commercial
bank
established
in
1996
to
provide
universal
banking
services
to
its
valued
customers
.
Operating
for
nearly
a
decade
,
TTB
has
undergone
a
lot
of
strategic
transformations
in
order
to
be
more
competitive
in
its
target
markets
.
The
Trust
Bank
is
highly
dedicated
to
serving
and
assisting
its
customers
,
with
domestic
and
foreign
-
related
activities
,
in
their
roles
as
exporters
,
importers
,
manufacturers
,
intermediaries
,
investors
or
private
individuals
.
By
means
of
its
close
working
relationship
with
its
principal
foreign
and
local
shareholders
/
partners
,
the
bank
provides
a
bridge
between
Europe
and
Ghana
.
In
Africa
,
TTB
relies
on
its
commercial
affiliation
with
Belgolaise
bank
which
has
equity
participation
in
14
affiliates
,
among
which
are
some
of
Ghana
‘
s
trading
partners
,
such
as
La
Cote
d
’
Ivoire
(
Ivory
Coast
)
,
Nigeria
and
Togo
.
The
bank
also
draws
upon
its
dedicated
team
of
local
product
specialists
supported
by
the
recognized
Knowledge
and
expertise
of
the
Belgolaise
/
Fortis
group
in
the
area
of
corporate
banking
,
private
banking
,
correspondent
banking
,
merchant
banking
and
financial
markets
.
Isaac
Owusu
Hemeng
-
Our
vision
is
t
o
be
the
leading
financial
service
providers
in
our
target
markets
.
To
provide
flexible
financial
solutions
tailored
to
our
customers
’
needs
and
to
think
globally
,
act
locally
combing
the
various
strengths
of
our
European
and
Ghanaian
shareholders
.
TOTAL
GHANA
LIMITED
Total
Ghana
Limited
is
a
subsidiary
of
Total
S
.
A
.
with
the
head
office
in
Paris
,
France
.
The
company
is
represented
in
all
sectors
of
petroleum
distribution
and
marketing
in
Ghana
,
which
include
retail
network
,
aviation
,
lubricants
,
fuels
,
bunkering
-
marine
,
bitumen
and
liquefied
petroleum
gas
(
LPG
)
.
Total
Ghana
is
a
major
player
in
the
nation
’
s
petroleum
sector
with
an
overall
market
share
of
21
.
40
%
.
Felix
Olumuyiwa
Majekodunmi
-
Our
mission
is
to
give
our
customers
value
for
money
in
a
safe
environment
throughout
our
retail
network
and
also
at
our
numerous
industrial
customers
’
installation
with
our
well
-
trained
and
well
-
equipped
staff
.
We
consider
ourselves
partners
in
progress
to
all
our
industrial
consumers
by
giving
them
quality
products
with
timely
backup
service
at
very
competitive
prices
.
At
Total
Issues
of
safety
,
health
and
concern
for
the
environment
feature
prominently
in
our
operations
.
TOYOTA
GHANA
COMPANY
LIMITED
Toyota
Ghana
Company
was
incorporated
in
Ghana
in
1998
by
the
investment
of
Marubeni
Corporation
,
Japan
and
Marubeni
Auto
Europe
S
.
A
,
Belgium
.
It
is
the
sole
representative
of
Toyota
Motor
Corporation
of
Japan
.
Toyota
Ghana
is
the
sole
representative
of
Toyota
Motor
Company
(
TMC
)
of
Japan
in
Ghana
.
Consequently
its
principal
activity
is
the
sale
and
distribution
of
new
Toyota
vehicles
and
spare
pars
and
the
provision
of
after
sales
support
for
the
vehicles
.
Shigeru
Sato
-
Our
vision
is
to
provide
our
customers
with
the
best
vehicle
life
experience
.
TRACTOR
AND
EQUIPMENT
GHANA
LIMITED
Tractor
and
Equipment
Ghana
Limited
(
T
&
E
)
has
since
1937
supplied
and
serviced
Caterpillar
Equipment
used
in
the
construction
,
mining
,
forestry
,
waste
,
power
generation
,
agriculture
and
material
handling
sectors
.
The
company
also
sells
and
services
Isuzu
,
Suzuki
ad
Chevrolet
vehicles
under
its
division
,
Africa
Motors
.
In
2004
the
company
won
a
Maintenance
and
Repair
contract
from
Ghana
Goldfields
Limited
,
Tarkwa
.
Furthermore
,
with
the
help
of
the
customer
and
dealer
product
know
how
,
the
company
developed
a
first
class
workshop
and
warehouse
facility
and
aims
to
achieve
the
5
star
Caterpillar
certified
certificate
in
this
field
to
place
Ghana
on
the
map
of
one
of
the
top
mining
operations
world
wide
.
Andy
Sarson
-
Our
objective
is
to
become
the
preferred
dealer
and
further
maintain
our
current
position
as
the
market
leader
in
all
sectors
of
the
Caterpillar
Equipment
supply
.
Our
after
sales
support
strengths
;
training
and
development
of
staff
in
conjunction
with
continuous
repair
process
integration
improvements
drive
our
“
Excellence
in
Customer
Service
”
campaign
.
TROPICAL
CABLE
&
CONDUCTOR
LTD
(
TCCL
)
Tropical
Cable
&
Conductor
Ltd
was
established
in
1997
to
meet
the
growing
demand
for
cables
and
conductors
in
the
West
African
sub
-
region
and
beyond
.
From
a
modern
factory
located
in
Tema
,
the
industrial
heart
of
Ghana
,
the
company
manufactures
aluminium
and
copper
overhead
line
conductors
and
a
wide
range
of
insulated
cables
,
for
both
electrical
and
telecommunication
purposes
.
Our
customers
include
the
utilities
,
real
estate
developers
,
mines
electrical
contractors
and
a
nation
-
wide
distributor
network
.
TCCL
is
the
only
cable
manufacturer
in
Ghana
certified
to
ISO
9001
:
2000
Quality
Management
System
.
Tony
Oteng
-
Gyasi
–
Our
mission
is
to
use
the
best
human
and
material
resources
for
the
profitable
manufacture
and
marketing
of
excellent
quality
cables
and
conductors
.
TYPE
COMPANY
LIMITED
Type
Company
Limited
is
a
Ghanaian
owned
limited
liability
company
incorporated
in
1993
to
undertake
Graphic
Design
and
Printing
.
Type
has
grown
from
a
modest
beginning
to
a
high
quality
full
service
commercial
printer
now
located
in
Tesano
,
Accra
,
offering
customized
full
color
printing
and
graphic
design
services
.
The
company
focuses
on
quality
and
service
in
the
short
and
mid
-
range
multi
-
color
market
.
Type
has
achieved
significant
success
within
its
few
years
of
existence
and
has
carved
a
niche
in
the
industry
.
Its
clientele
base
includes
blue
-
chip
companies
,
international
organizations
,
leading
financial
institutions
,
NGOs
etc
.
Kobina
Asmah
Jnr
.
–
Our
vision
is
to
provide
one
-
stop
service
delivery
from
desktop
design
through
printing
,
encompassing
all
the
printing
processes
to
clients
requiring
top
quality
services
at
competitive
prices
.
Our
philosophy
is
to
satisfy
clients
by
maintaining
a
high
level
of
quality
and
delivery
to
the
taste
and
satisfaction
of
our
clients
.
UNILEVER
GHANA
LIMITED
Unilever
Ghana
came
into
being
on
July
14
,
1992
when
two
significant
and
complimentary
Uniliver
PLC
subsidiaries
;
UAC
Ghana
Limited
,
reputed
for
excellence
in
marketing
and
distribution
and
Lever
Brothers
Ghana
Limited
,
which
is
strong
in
manufacturing
merged
to
form
Unilever
Ghana
Limited
.
Unilever
Ghana
is
now
the
largest
manufacturing
and
marketing
company
in
Ghana
and
is
also
listed
on
the
Ghana
stock
Exchange
as
a
public
company
.
Unilever
Ghana
today
manufacturers
and
markets
two
broad
category
of
products
:
Home
and
Personal
Care
(
HPC
)
and
Foods
.
Our
leading
brands
include
Key
Soap
,
Omo
,
Lux
,
Geisha
,
Frytol
,
Royco
/
Knorr
,
Pepsodent
/
Close
-
up
,
Sunsilk
and
Annapurna
.
The
company
has
100
%
shares
in
Swanzy
Real
Estates
Limited
,
58
.
4
%
shares
in
Benso
Oil
Palm
Plantations
(
BOPP
)
and
40
%
shares
in
Twifo
Oil
Palm
Plantations
(
TOPP
)
.
Charles
A
.
Cofie
-
Our
aim
is
to
set
Unilever
Ghana
up
to
the
100
years
of
prosperity
,
by
looking
at
the
direction
between
2005
to
2010
,
deciding
on
priorities
,
acquiring
,
developing
and
aligning
resources
,
inspiring
innovation
,
driving
action
,
fostering
learning
and
building
confidence
.
UNIQUE
INSURANCE
COMPANY
LIMITED
Unique
Insurance
Company
is
a
subsidiary
of
the
Labour
Enterprises
Trust
(
LET
)
of
the
Trades
Union
Congress
and
some
national
unions
and
co
-
operative
societies
.
Unique
was
licensed
as
a
composite
insurance
company
to
conduct
all
lines
of
insurance
business
in
Ghana
on
June
3
,
1999
.
In
October
1999
the
company
commenced
insurance
business
.
In
2003
,
the
Company
’
s
reinsurance
treaty
,
which
had
hitherto
been
localized
,
was
internationalized
bringing
in
some
seasoned
reinsurance
companies
to
support
our
treaties
.
The
company
is
affiliated
to
the
International
Cooperative
and
Mutual
Insurance
Federation
(
ICMIF
)
being
the
only
member
in
Ghana
.
By
its
membership
of
this
International
Alliance
,
Unique
Insurance
Company
is
not
only
one
of
the
most
highly
capitalized
insurance
companies
in
Ghana
,
but
also
one
that
was
globalised
at
inception
.
Products
offered
Life
Insurance
Policy
and
Business
interruption
Policy
among
others
Victor
Kusi
-
Yeboah
–
The
mission
of
Unique
Insurance
Company
is
to
offer
a
wide
array
of
innovative
insurance
products
at
affordable
prices
to
our
valued
clients
and
ensure
adequate
returns
to
our
shareholders
while
at
the
same
time
motivating
the
workforce
.
UNIQUE
TRUST
FINANCIAL
SERVICES
LIMITED
Unique
Trust
Financial
Services
Limited
(
UTFS
)
was
founded
in
1997
and
has
since
grown
to
be
the
leading
non
-
bank
financial
institution
.
UTFS
seeks
to
provide
investors
with
realistic
real
return
on
their
investment
.
Its
core
business
is
to
provide
prompt
short
-
term
financial
services
to
clients
and
to
serve
the
needs
of
the
indigenous
trader
in
the
export
/
import
and
general
business
sectors
which
are
not
being
catered
for
by
the
banks
.
Our
products
are
grouped
into
two
main
headings
,
i
.
e
.
Market
Borrowing
(
Investment
)
and
Short
-
Term
Lending
.
Products
under
Market
Borrowing
are
Savior
Plan
,
Flexy
Plan
and
Growth
Plan
.
Products
under
Short
Term
lending
are
Emergency
Loans
,
Special
Purpose
Loans
,
Business
Loans
,
Working
Capital
Financing
,
Group
Guarantee
Loans
,
Fixed
Assets
Improvement
Loans
,
Import
/
Export
Finance
,
Collateral
Management
and
Future
Leaders
Education
Assistance
Plan
.
Price
Kofi
Amoabeng
-
Our
vision
for
the
years
ahead
is
to
have
a
fully
operational
system
in
all
the
braches
to
bring
us
closer
to
our
cherished
customers
as
their
needs
can
be
addressed
in
any
of
our
braches
.
We
believe
that
the
only
way
to
lead
our
competitors
is
to
invest
in
systems
and
people
as
well
as
being
proactive
in
our
line
of
business
.
VANGUARD
ASSURANCE
COMPANY
LIMITED
Vanguard
Assurance
Company
Limited
was
incorporated
on
May
3
,
1974
and
started
operations
in
October
of
the
same
year
as
a
composite
insurance
company
.
The
company
has
the
enviable
record
of
being
the
first
private
indigenous
insurance
company
in
Ghana
.
At
inception
,
Vanguard
offered
only
two
classes
of
business
–
Life
and
Fire
.
Over
the
years
,
the
company
diversified
its
product
portfolio
and
presently
is
a
one
-
stop
composite
insurance
company
underwriting
all
the
major
classes
of
Life
and
Non
-
Life
insurance
.
Through
prudent
and
efficient
management
,
Vanguard
has
grown
from
strength
to
strength
and
for
several
successive
years
has
been
ranked
among
the
top
four
insurance
companies
in
Ghana
.
M
.
E
.
Baba
-
To
become
the
preferred
insurance
company
in
Ghana
by
providing
our
customers
and
other
stakeholders
with
valuable
products
and
services
while
ensuring
consistent
improvement
in
corporate
performance
.
WIENCO
GHANA
LIMITED
Wienco
(
Ghana
)
Limited
was
established
in
1979
.
The
company
is
an
agricultural
company
specializing
in
importation
and
distribution
of
fertilizers
and
agrochemicals
.
Since
the
privatization
of
fertilizer
import
by
the
Ghana
Government
,
Wienco
has
been
the
biggest
importer
of
fertilizer
into
the
country
.
In
Tema
,
Wienco
has
a
big
warehouse
where
various
fertilizers
imported
are
stored
and
later
distributed
to
farmers
all
over
the
country
through
registered
retail
outlets
.
Similar
depots
are
in
Kumasi
and
Tamale
.
The
Tamale
depot
feeds
our
retail
outlets
in
Northern
,
Upper
West
and
Upper
East
Regions
.
Wienco
is
also
deeply
involved
in
the
growth
of
Ghana
’
s
cotton
industry
.
Wienco
was
adjudged
the
Best
Foreign
Business
of
the
year
by
the
Millennium
Excellence
Foundation
in
August
2005
.
H
.
J
.
M
.
Wientjes
-
The
objective
of
the
company
is
to
be
a
trusted
,
reliable
,
efficient
and
reasonably
priced
marketer
of
agricultural
inputs
and
outputs
.
In
addition
,
we
wish
to
expand
and
create
niche
markets
for
coconut
and
mango
was
well
as
cotton
.
"
With
Africa
Online
'
s
fast
and
reliable
service
,
and
particularly
its
support
,
Manpower
Services
goes
about
its
core
business
of
recruitment
and
training
,
and
our
existing
and
potential
customers
receive
crucial
information
on
time
.
-
Mr
.
George
O
.
Abonyo
,
Chief
Executive
Officer
,
Manpower
Services
(
U
)
Ltd
.
,
Kampala
-
Uganda
NEWS
2005
-
09
-
02
Africa
Online
Uganda
5th
Anniversary
Celebrations
3rd
August
2005
.
-
Africa
Online
Uganda
celebrated
5years
of
operations
in
Uganda
to
highlight
the
milestones
achieved
.
The
New
Vision
newspaper
run
a
supplement
entitled
Africa
Online
marks
5
years
of
Leadership
in
Internet
Service
Provision
in
Uganda
.
Various
activities
were
held
to
express
appreciation
for
achievers
,
partners
,
clients
and
the
staff
.
Certificates
and
awards
were
given
in
recognition
of
outstanding
contributions
.
A
documentary
was
shown
highlighting
the
inception
of
the
company
in
Uganda
and
the
PAN
African
Perspective
of
Africa
Online
Holdings
Limited
.
Brief
speeches
were
given
and
a
mood
of
celebration
and
congratulations
was
the
norm
.
The
Management
expressed
gratitude
to
all
the
invitees
within
the
group
that
attended
the
celebration
and
the
organizing
team
.
-
The
Guest
of
Honour
was
Mrs
.
Margaret
Kigozi
Executive
Director
Uganda
Investment
Authority
.
-
The
Guest
Speaker
was
Suhayl
Esmaijlee
Head
of
Pan
African
Business
CITATIONS
ON
AWARD
WINNERS
ACHIEVEMENT
AWARD
Three
(
3
)
Recipients
David
Ochanda
As
the
First
General
Manager
of
Africa
Online
Uganda
Limited
,
David
is
largely
credited
with
setting
the
tone
for
the
success
of
the
company
from
its
very
inception
.
An
exemplary
leader
and
astute
entrepreneur
,
David
Ochanda
recruited
an
impressive
team
of
technically
skilled
staff
whom
he
effectively
managed
to
set
the
company
on
a
sound
financial
footing
.
For
laying
the
Foundation
Stone
of
Africa
Online
Uganda
Limited
,
Management
presents
this
Achievement
Award
to
Mr
.
David
Ochanda
.
Njoroge
Ng
ang
a
-
Njoroge
took
over
the
reins
of
Africa
Online
Uganda
Limited
from
David
Ochanda
at
a
time
when
the
competition
in
the
Ugandan
communication
sector
was
at
its
peak
.
New
entrants
had
taken
the
industry
by
storm
and
a
ruthless
price
-
war
had
begun
.
Njoroge
demonstrated
remarkable
ingenuity
by
sustaining
the
profitability
of
the
Company
.
For
successfully
undertaking
organizational
reforms
and
sustaining
the
growth
of
the
Company
,
Management
presents
this
Achievement
Award
to
Mr
.
Njoroge
Ng
ang
a
.
Stephen
Ciirah
Steve
was
the
first
Technical
Manager
of
AFOL
(
U
)
,
to
whom
the
efficient
design
and
functionality
of
the
Network
Operations
Center
is
accredited
.
He
demonstrated
a
deep
sense
of
commitment
to
the
growth
of
AFOL
(
U
)
by
going
beyond
the
call
of
duty
in
resolving
client
service
issues
.
In
recognition
of
his
dedicated
service
to
the
cause
of
Africa
Online
,
Management
presents
this
Achievement
Award
to
Mr
.
Stephen
Ciirah
.
LONG
AND
DEDICATED
SERVICE
AWARD
Three
(
3
)
Recipients
The
Long
and
Dedicated
Service
award
is
presented
to
staff
who
have
demonstrated
their
commitment
to
the
company
s
success
.
The
recipients
of
the
5h
Anniversary
Award
were
the
foundation
employees
of
the
Company
.
In
paying
tribute
to
their
unwavering
faith
in
the
ideals
of
the
Company
,
Management
presents
the
Long
and
Dedicated
Service
Award
to
:
Mrs
.
Anna
Olwit
Bittarebo
Mr
.
Sam
Masaba
Mr
.
Daniel
Emusugut
PARTNERS
AWARD
Two
(
2
)
Recipients
The
Partners
Award
is
presented
to
an
individual
or
organization
that
has
been
very
supportive
of
Africa
Online
in
meeting
her
corporate
objectives
and
fostered
the
best
corporate
relations
.
The
recipients
of
the
5th
Anniversary
Partners
Award
are
:
Standard
Chartered
Bank
(
Uganda
)
Limited
Transroad
(
Uganda
)
Limited
CUSTOMER
LOYALTY
AWARD
Two
(
2
)
Recipients
Twiga
Chemicals
Uganda
Limited
The
client
with
Account
Number
1030272
signed
on
August
1
,
1999
with
Swift
Global
Uganda
Limited
and
stayed
on
after
its
acquisition
by
Africa
Online
.
Over
the
years
,
the
client
and
Africa
Online
have
sustained
a
mutually
beneficial
relationship
based
on
loyalty
.
The
success
of
Twiga
Chemicals
underscores
the
quality
of
service
they
received
from
Africa
Online
and
their
long
stay
with
the
Internet
Service
Provider
attests
to
their
satisfaction
with
the
service
.
Management
would
like
to
honour
Twiga
Chemicals
Uganda
Limited
with
the
Customer
Loyalty
Award
and
to
express
their
sincere
gratitude
for
Twiga
Chemicals
unflinching
support
.
Carl
Bro
East
Africa
Carl
Bro
East
Africa
was
the
first
corporate
client
to
sign
up
with
Africa
Online
in
October
26th
,
1999
by
upgrading
from
a
dialup
account
.
The
Company
has
demonstrated
an
admirable
commitment
to
Africa
Online
and
fostered
the
most
cordial
relations
over
the
years
by
actively
participating
in
the
various
corporate
interaction
workshops
.
In
recognition
of
their
dedication
,
Management
presents
the
Customer
Loyalty
Award
to
Carl
Bro
East
Africa
with
gratitude
.
The
evening
was
crowned
with
a
token
of
appreciation
to
all
who
attended
from
Africa
Online
Uganda
.
Look
out
for
the
next
five
years
as
the
window
of
opportunity
is
vast
.
Oracle
Applications
Day
-
27th
July
2005
Africa
Online
Uganda
participated
in
the
Oracle
Applications
day
on
Wednesday
27th
July
2005
at
the
Sheraton
Kampala
Hotel
.
The
Theme
was
Getting
Even
More
Value
from
Existing
Investments
.
A
profile
of
Oracle
operations
,
achievements
,
partners
,
investments
and
applications
were
shared
in
presentations
.
A
variety
of
questions
were
asked
relating
to
applications
either
companies
and
organizations
are
currently
using
that
can
either
be
or
have
been
incorporated
in
the
current
version
of
Oracle
11i
.
10
.
The
new
Oracle
application
is
designed
to
address
different
aspects
of
a
business
,
which
include
Human
Resources
,
Finance
and
Customer
Relations
Management
(
CRM
)
among
others
.
For
more
information
can
be
obtained
from
http
:
//
www
.
oracle
.
com
/
applications
/
human_resources
Wireless
Base
Stations
19th
July
2005
Africa
Online
Uganda
has
expanded
her
wireless
presence
in
Uganda
by
setting
up
two
additional
locations
at
King
Fahd
and
Conrad
Plaza
buildings
respectively
.
The
demand
for
always
on
solutions
over
wireless
has
prompted
this
investment
.
The
Company
has
plans
underway
to
increase
the
total
number
of
base
stations
to
ten
locations
.
This
is
part
of
a
strategy
to
increase
AfOL
s
share
of
the
total
Internet
services
market
to
30
%
.
Anti
-
Spam
Initiative
7th
July
2005
.
Africa
Online
Uganda
Limited
took
the
bold
step
in
confronting
the
issue
of
Spam
,
which
floods
most
computer
networks
with
unsolicited
mail
,
by
launching
a
robust
anti
spam
software
called
QVCS
.
The
fight
against
reducing
Spam
has
been
a
great
challenge
.
QVCS
was
launched
after
several
months
of
trials
.
This
gives
the
clients
the
ability
to
manage
unwanted
messages
more
effectively
.
Cisco
Certified
Network
Professional
(
CCNP
)
Graduation
/
Industrial
Day
27th
June
2005
Africa
Online
participated
as
an
exhibitor
in
the
CCNP
Graduation
&
Industrial
Day
,
which
was
held
on
27th
June
2005
at
the
faculty
of
Computing
and
Information
Technology
,
Makerere
University
.
The
Guest
of
Honor
was
Hon
.
Francis
Babu
,
a
Minister
of
State
for
Works
.
The
ceremony
was
attended
by
the
US
Ambassador
to
Uganda
,
Mr
.
Jimmy
Kolker
,
representatives
from
the
UN
,
USAID
and
Cisco
systems
.
In
his
speech
the
minister
thanked
Cisco
systems
for
spearheading
the
CCNP
initiative
and
the
donors
who
made
it
all
possible
.
He
was
delighted
that
Uganda
was
producing
IT
professionals
of
international
standing
.
He
said
his
ministry
was
doing
their
best
to
formulate
the
necessary
policies
to
develop
ICT
in
the
country
.
MTN
Uganda
launches
GPRS
Network
8th
June
2005
MTN
Uganda
on
June
8th
2005
launched
a
GPRS
network
to
the
market
.
GPRS
which
stands
for
General
Packet
Radio
Service
is
also
known
as
the
2
.
5G
network
.
MTN
becomes
Uganda
'
s
first
phone
operator
to
offer
GPRS
services
-
intended
to
be
a
much
faster
and
better
mobile
internet
service
.
With
GPRS
,
MTN
customers
will
be
able
to
access
a
wide
range
of
harmonized
services
and
products
delivered
off
their
mobile
phones
giving
them
a
whole
new
experience
.
Makerere
University
Workshop
on
Commuunications
Technology
February
2005
ICT
Consults
Ltd
(
Information
&
Computer
/
Communications
Technology
consultants
)
in
conjunction
with
the
Makerere
Faculty
of
Computing
and
Information
Technology
invited
several
participants
including
Africa
Online
to
a
Half
-
Day
Workshop
titled
Educational
Needs
Assessment
in
the
Public
and
Private
Sectors
in
Uganda
.
Africa
Online
mounted
an
exhibition
highlighting
the
educational
value
of
Internet
resources
and
the
various
modes
of
connectivity
to
the
Internet
.
National
Information
Technology
Authority
Uganda
NITA
U
NITA
-
U
was
established
with
a
Vision
to
facilitate
the
:
Promotion
of
sustainable
growth
of
IT
as
an
enabling
tool
for
the
social
and
economic
development
of
Uganda
.
The
objectives
of
NITA
-
U
include
:
Developing
and
initiating
IT
Strategies
and
Master
Plans
for
Government
Coordinating
and
monitoring
IT
initiatives
in
Government
Providing
first
-
level
technical
support
for
Government
IT
systems
Setting
and
monitoring
standards
in
planning
,
acquisition
,
implementation
,
delivery
,
support
,
organization
and
sustenance
if
IT
equipment
and
services
Providing
standards
&
guidance
for
quality
services
including
Risk
Management
&
Contingency
planning
;
ensuring
data
protection
and
security
on
IT
systems
deployed
Identifying
and
establishing
IT
training
requirements
in
Government
for
effective
utilization
of
the
technologies
Providing
IT
capacity
building
and
awareness
facilities
NITA
U
has
a
mandate
to
spearhead
the
development
,
coordination
and
monitoring
and
the
implementation
of
national
IT
Strategies
and
Master
Plans
,
IT
/
IS
standards
including
the
promotion
of
e
-
Governance
,
e
-
Commerce
and
e
-
Living
,
amongst
others
.
The
Early
Beginnings
:
The
process
commenced
in
2002
and
is
expected
to
take
3
years
.
Meanwhile
the
following
activities
are
taking
place
:
An
Executive
Director
has
been
appointed
to
oversee
the
transformation
process
Draft
Bill
to
establish
the
transformed
UCS
Uganda
Computer
Services
(
NITA
-
U
)
is
ready
and
due
for
submission
to
Cabinet
of
Uganda
Recruitment
of
high
-
end
IT
skills
to
support
the
state
-
of
-
the
art
IFMS
Data
Center
Construction
of
the
building
in
which
it
will
be
housed
with
UBOS
(
Uganda
Bureau
of
Standards
)
and
the
Population
Secretariat
has
commenced
Involvement
in
the
implementation
of
the
Integrated
Financial
Management
System
(
IFMS
)
Involvement
in
the
design
and
implementation
of
the
Integrated
Personnel
and
Payroll
System
Involvement
in
the
Integrated
Resource
Management
Information
System
(
IRMIS
)
computerization
project
for
the
UPDF
,
Ministry
of
Defence
Involvement
in
the
design
and
implementation
of
the
Electronic
Funds
Transfer
(
EFT
)
project
A
comprehensive
Corporate
Strategy
is
being
developed
Provision
of
ad
-
hoc
guidance
to
government
IT
related
projects
continuing
.
How
will
NITA
relate
to
other
players
in
ICT
(
Information
and
Communication
Technologies
)
arena
?
The
Uganda
National
ICT
Policy
assigns
the
spheres
of
overseeing
the
complementary
ICT
sub
-
sectors
as
follows
:
ICT
Sub
-
sector
Responsibility
Broadcasting
Technologies
Directorate
of
Information
in
the
Office
of
the
President
Broadcasting
Council
Postal
and
Communication
Technologies
Ministry
of
Works
,
Housing
and
Communication
Uganda
Communications
Commission
(
UCC
)
Information
Technologies
Ministry
of
Finance
,
Planning
and
Economic
Development
Uganda
Computer
Services
/
National
IT
Authority
(
NITA
-
U
)
The
above
is
a
brief
on
NITA
-
U
.
CDMA
Technology
Uganda
Telecommunications
Limited
(
UTL
)
January
2005
has
upgraded
her
network
to
improve
the
quality
of
service
for
the
CDMA
services
,
which
was
launched
in
January
2005
.
The
product
has
however
not
been
officially
launched
and
is
currently
on
an
extended
testing
phase
.
MTN
Uganda
:
24th
November
2004
My
Y
elloline
MTN
s
new
product
launch
November
24
,
2004
to
counter
UTL
s
Telesaver
plus
.
The
product
is
using
CDMA
technology
.
The
cost
is
slightly
cheaper
and
offering
the
same
services
.
Currently
covering
four
major
districts
Kampala
,
Jinja
,
Mbale
and
Mbarara
though
plan
in
place
to
role
out
in
all
districts
in
Uganda
.
In
relationship
to
Africa
Online
Business
clientele
will
be
still
maintained
as
MTN
will
not
be
attaching
email
addresses
.
It
has
an
effect
though
of
clients
turning
to
Web
Mail
sites
or
registering
their
own
domains
so
no
need
for
a
Business
Solutions
Provider
like
Africa
Online
.
It
will
help
Clients
better
manage
their
telecom
charges
per
month
since
for
a
fixed
monthly
cost
,
they
are
on
24
/
7
All
Roads
Lead
to
Africa
Online
Offices
on
Kampala
Road
June
2004
.
With
the
assistance
of
Alliance
Media
and
Infinity
Media
,
two
renowned
media
consultants
and
market
leaders
,
Africa
Online
has
revamped
her
directional
signs
and
street
-
finders
within
the
Kampala
Central
Business
District
and
environs
.
The
remarkable
brand
visibility
given
by
the
new
signage
indicates
the
Company
s
commitment
to
have
a
commanding
presence
in
the
Internet
service
provision
market
.
Corporate
Day
17th
November
2004
Business
Solutions
Meet
at
Hotel
Africana
November
17
,
2004
Seventeen
out
of
Forty
invitees
graced
the
occasion
.
Several
issues
were
raised
by
attendees
and
recommendations
to
better
improve
on
our
service
delivery
.
On
the
whole
the
attendees
were
grateful
for
the
discussions
and
look
forward
to
improved
working
relationships
with
Africa
Online
.
Staff
Savings
Scheme
29th
October
2004
.
The
Communications
Task
Force
(
CTF
)
of
Africa
Online
Uganda
guided
the
staff
in
starting
the
Arise
Savings
Credit
and
Cooperative
Organization
(
SACCO
)
.
This
is
a
staff
-
operated
savings
scheme
.
Currently
members
borrow
money
from
the
scheme
at
very
moderate
interest
rates
and
the
remarkable
participation
of
staff
has
resulted
in
a
tremendous
growth
of
the
fund
within
nine
months
of
its
existence
.
22nd
August
,
2006
Bird
Flu
Is
Not
In
Ghana
-
Paultry
And
Eggs
Are
Safe
To
Eat
When
Well
Cook
G
.
D
.
Zaney
18th
August
,
2006
Potential
Application
Of
Telemedicine
In
Africa
Dr
Osei
K
.
Darkwa
18th
August
,
2006
Gender
,
Information
&
Communication
Technology
In
Developing
Countries
Patricia
Dovi
Sampson
17th
August
,
2006
The
Promotion
Of
e
-
Governence
In
Ghana
Patricia
Dovi
Sampson
08th
August
,
2006
The
Cocoa
Story
Every
Ghanaian
Needs
To
Know
Prof
.
F
.
Kwaku
Addai
2nd
August
,
2006
Tribute
To
Prof
.
Albert
AdBoahen
Prof
.
Mike
Oquaye
1st
August
,
2006
Automating
Government
Processes
:
E
-
Government
And
The
Information
Society
For
Africa
Dr
Darkwa
12th
June
,
2006
National
Portals
In
E
-
Government
Strategy
Mawutodzi
K
.
Abissath
23rd
May
,
2006
Ghana
'
s
Economy
Is
Responding
Well
Governor
ISD
Reporter
19th
May
,
2006
Early
Childhood
Care
And
Development
(
Eccd
)
Policy
.
A
Brief
Overview
PATRICIA
DOVI
SAMPSON
03rd
April
,
2006
Ghana
'
s
Solar
Eclipse
2006
:
And
It
Came
To
Pass
Mawutodzi
K
.
Abissath
30th
March
,
2006
How
Ghanaians
Experienced
Total
Eclipse
Of
The
Sun
ISD
Reporter
28th
March
,
2006
Ghana
To
Hit
Single
Digit
Inflation
By
December
ISD
Reporter
27th
March
,
2006
How
Ghana
High
Commission
in
UK
Celebrated
the
49th
Independence
Anniversary
Charles
Wereko
23rd
March
,
2006
Commonwealth
Day
Celebration
In
Perspective
Elorm
Ametepe
21st
March
,
2006
Ghana
To
Experience
Total
Eclipse
Dr
E
.
Amamoo
-
Otchere
20th
March
,
2006
Ghana
Faces
UNCTAD
'
s
Challenge
Christian
Agubretu
10th
March
,
2006
Bird
Flu
-
Common
Signs
In
Poultry
Daily
Graphic
8th
March
,
2006
49
Years
Of
Independence
More
Work
To
Do
Since
the
launch
of
a
national
family
planning
programme
in
Ghana
by
the
National
Population
Council
in
1969
,
there
has
been
a
slow
,
albeit
steady
,
rise
in
contraceptive
prevalence
.
Despite
a
high
level
of
awareness
of
modern
contraceptive
methods
(
over
90
%
)
among
the
adult
population
,
only
13
%
of
married
women
use
modern
methods
of
contraception
.
On
the
other
hand
,
as
much
as
68
%
of
women
indicate
a
desire
to
use
methods
that
would
address
their
family
planning
needs
,
while
18
%
communicate
that
the
fear
of
side
effects
is
a
major
deterrent
to
using
family
planning
methods
(
Ghana
Demographic
and
Health
Survey
[
GDHS
]
1998
)
.
Although
the
reason
for
the
prevailing
behaviour
is
not
clear
,
it
is
believed
that
the
lack
of
sustained
and
visible
generic
family
planning
activities
since
the
early
1990s
is
probably
a
contributing
factor
.
There
was
therefore
a
need
to
generate
demand
for
family
planning
methods
,
by
re
-
introducing
family
planning
to
the
community
in
a
way
that
would
be
both
attractive
and
relevant
,
to
attain
sustainability
.
In
recognition
of
this
,
GSMF
,
in
partnership
with
John
Hopkins
University
,
Ministry
of
Media
Relations
,
Ministry
of
Health
(
MOH
)
,
National
Population
Council
,
Ghana
Registered
Midwives
Association
,
Engender
Health
,
and
PPAG
undertook
an
initiative
to
launch
a
nationwide
family
planning
campaign
in
October
17
,
2001
,
which
was
dubbed
“
Life
Choices
”
.
The
goal
of
the
Campaign
was
to
increase
the
use
of
modern
family
planning
methods
in
urban
,
peri
-
urban
and
rural
areas
,
with
particular
attention
to
communities
where
pharmacies
and
chemical
shops
that
retailed
GSMF
brands
,
MOH
-
AVSC
assisted
family
planning
clinics
,
PPAG
clinics
and
other
community
based
service
providers
already
existed
.
The
attending
objectives
of
Life
Choices
were
:
To
increase
awareness
of
the
full
range
of
modern
contraceptives
available
to
Ghanaian
couples
To
increase
social
support
for
the
use
of
modern
contraceptive
methods
To
decrease
fear
and
misconceptions
about
modern
contraceptive
methods
To
help
women
understand
and
manage
side
effects
,
and
To
persuade
eligible
former
users
to
use
modern
contraceptives
.
The
Campaign
took
off
with
an
integrated
interpersonal
and
mass
media
approach
.
Life
Choices
works
with
existing
community
-
based
organizations
,
key
community
leaders
and
prominent
members
of
local
organizations
to
mobilize
social
support
for
family
planning
.
Radio
,
TV
and
print
media
are
used
to
reinforce
key
messages
from
the
community
level
intervention
in
the
form
of
testimonial
,
using
satisfied
family
planning
users
to
debunk
rumors
and
misinformation
.
It
targets
single
or
married
adults
of
lower
socio
-
economic
status
primarily
,
and
opinion
leaders
and
service
providers
.
Overall
,
there
are
four
segments
of
potential
users
:
postponers
,
spacers
,
limiters
and
influencers
.
Postponers
are
those
who
wish
to
have
children
at
a
later
time
,
spacers
want
to
control
the
time
interval
between
the
conception
of
each
child
,
limiters
do
not
want
to
have
any
more
children
,
and
influencers
are
those
who
usually
influence
the
decisions
of
the
first
three
groups
,
e
.
g
.
family
members
,
caretakers
etc
.
To
maximize
effectiveness
,
Campaign
designers
removed
family
planning
from
its
perception
as
a
population
or
health
issue
,
and
re
-
positioned
it
to
focus
on
the
individual
,
by
giving
it
a
socio
-
economic
thrust
.
GSMF
vigorously
highlights
the
economic
benefits
of
family
planning
in
the
life
of
the
individual
,
and
the
family
unit
as
a
whole
,
within
a
social
setting
.
The
central
message
throughout
Life
Choices
holds
that
life
is
about
making
choices
,
and
in
this
case
three
levels
of
choices
were
identified
:
Life
Choice
,
Baby
Choice
and
Method
Choice
.
Making
choices
about
the
course
of
one
’
s
own
life
asserts
a
person
’
s
fundamental
human
dignity
,
which
makes
family
planning
a
basic
human
right
.
By
determining
when
,
and
how
many
children
she
will
have
,
a
woman
takes
a
step
toward
deciding
how
she
will
spend
much
of
her
life
-
whether
she
will
pursue
further
education
,
devote
more
attention
to
each
child
she
has
,
better
manage
household
responsibilities
,
earn
income
to
improve
the
economic
and
social
status
of
her
family
,
or
even
offer
more
contribution
to
advance
her
community
and
society
as
a
whole
.
Also
,
in
an
attempt
to
eliminate
misconceptions
and
reduce
the
fear
of
side
effects
,
GSMF
provides
potential
users
with
a
variety
of
family
planning
methods
,
and
offers
training
to
service
providers
to
enable
them
help
clients
make
informed
choices
.
Hence
the
attending
campaign
slogan
,
“
It
’
s
Your
Life
,
It
’
s
Your
Choice
”
.
“
It
’
s
Your
Life
,
It
’
s
Your
Choice
”
singularly
permeates
all
TV
,
Radio
and
Print
promotional
material
to
imprint
a
de
facto
message
in
the
minds
of
the
target
audience
that
family
planning
plays
an
integral
role
in
the
structuring
of
an
individual
’
s
life
.
With
a
view
to
spreading
its
wings
further
,
several
programmes
were
developed
to
extend
the
Life
Choices
Campaign
to
address
the
specific
needs
and
aspirations
of
target
groups
in
the
community
.
Programmes
underway
include
:
Apprentice
Tailor
and
Dressmakers
Programme
Muslim
Marriage
Counselors
Programme
Marriage
Counselors
Programme
with
Churches
University
of
Ghana
will
hold
the
next
of
its
prestigious
lecture
-
series
:
the
Aggrey
-
Fraser
-
Guggisberg
Memorial
Lectures
,
next
month
,
in
the
week
leading
up
to
its
Congregation
.
The
Lectures
will
be
held
from
March
7
-
9
,
2006
in
the
Great
Hall
,
at
5
.
30
p
.
m
.
each
day
.
The
speaker
for
the
three
-
day
lectures
is
Her
Excellency
Mary
Robinson
,
the
former
United
Nations
High
Commissioner
for
Human
Rights
from
1997
-
2002
.
Madam
Robinson
was
also
the
first
woman
President
of
Ireland
from
1990
-
1997
.
(
Please
see
attached
profile
)
The
theme
of
her
lectures
will
centre
on
Human
Rights
and
Development
.
The
Aggrey
-
Fraser
-
Guggisberg
Memorial
Lecture
series
was
instituted
in
1957
by
the
University
of
Ghana
to
commemorate
the
contribution
made
by
the
three
eminent
persons
to
the
advancement
of
education
,
particularly
higher
education
,
in
Ghana
.
Since
1957
,
29
eminent
persons
have
honoured
the
invitation
to
deliver
the
lectures
.
Profile
of
Her
Excellency
Mary
Robinson
Mary
Robinson
,
the
first
woman
President
of
Ireland
(
1990
-
1997
)
and
more
recently
United
Nations
High
Commissioner
for
Human
Rights
(
1997
-
2002
)
,
has
spent
most
of
her
life
as
a
human
rights
advocate
.
Born
Mary
Bourke
in
Ballina
,
County
Mayo
(
1944
)
,
the
daughter
of
two
physicians
,
she
was
educated
at
the
University
of
Dublin
(
Trinity
College
)
,
King
’
s
Inns
Dublin
and
Harvard
Law
School
to
which
she
won
a
fellowship
in
1967
.
As
an
academic
(
Trinity
College
Law
Faculty
1968
-
90
)
,
legislator
(
Senator
1969
-
89
)
and
barrister
(
1967
-
90
.
Senior
Counsel
1980
,
English
Bar
1973
)
she
has
always
sought
to
use
law
as
an
instrument
for
social
change
,
arguing
landmark
cases
before
the
European
Court
of
Human
Rights
as
well
as
in
the
Irish
courts
and
the
European
Court
in
Luxemburg
.
A
committed
European
,
she
also
served
on
expert
European
Community
and
Irish
parliamentary
committees
.
She
married
in
1970
Nicholas
Robinson
,
lawyer
,
conservationist
,
and
an
authority
on
eighteenth
-
century
caricature
.
They
have
a
daughter
and
two
sons
.
In
1988
Mary
Robinson
and
her
husband
founded
the
Irish
Centre
for
European
Law
at
the
Trinity
College
.
Ten
years
later
she
was
elected
Chancellor
of
the
University
.
The
recipient
of
numerous
honours
and
awards
throughout
the
world
,
Mary
Robinson
is
Chair
of
the
Council
of
Women
World
Leaders
and
Vice
President
of
the
Club
of
Madrid
.
She
chairs
the
International
Board
of
the
International
Institute
for
Environment
and
Development
(
IIED
)
and
the
Fund
for
Global
Human
Rights
and
is
Honorary
President
of
Oxfam
International
,
and
Patron
of
the
International
Community
of
Women
Living
with
AIDS
(
ICW
)
.
She
serves
on
several
boards
including
the
Vaccine
Fund
,
is
a
member
of
the
Royal
Irish
Academy
and
the
American
Philosophical
Society
and
chairs
the
Irish
Chamber
Orchestra
.
Now
based
in
New
York
,
Mary
Robinson
is
currently
the
President
of
Realizing
Rights
:
The
Ethical
Globalization
Initiative
(
EGI
)
.
Its
mission
is
to
make
human
rights
the
compass
which
charts
a
course
for
globalization
that
is
fair
,
just
and
benefits
all
.
Mr
Moses
Anibaba
,
New
Director
of
British
Council
Ghana
New
Director
Of
British
Council
Ghana
Assumes
Duty
The
New
Director
of
British
Council
Ghana
,
Mr
Moses
Anibaba
assumed
duty
on
November
1
,
2006
and
said
his
coming
to
Ghana
was
a
fulfilment
of
a
dream
.
"
I
could
not
have
chosen
a
better
time
to
be
here
and
I
feel
immensely
privileged
and
honoured
to
be
leading
this
organisation
and
a
team
of
talented
colleagues
at
a
pivotal
time
in
the
history
of
UK
and
Ghana
,
"
he
said
in
a
statement
issued
by
the
British
Council
.
"
Building
long
-
term
mutually
beneficial
relationships
and
providing
opportunity
for
people
remains
the
core
of
what
British
Council
does
and
stands
for
.
And
as
I
begin
my
posting
here
,
my
vision
is
simply
to
make
British
Council
Ghana
the
most
valued
,
relevant
and
accessible
organisation
for
educational
and
cultural
relations
between
the
UK
and
Ghana
.
"
Through
our
work
and
in
partnership
with
others
,
we
will
radically
challenge
existing
(
some
wrong
and
outdated
)
perceptions
of
the
UK
in
Ghana
and
of
Ghana
in
the
UK
.
"
Mr
Anibaba
comes
to
Ghana
after
spending
three
years
working
in
Romania
,
first
as
Deputy
Director
for
18
months
and
then
Director
for
just
over
two
years
.
Between
1999
and
2003
,
he
worked
in
Greece
and
prior
this
engagement
worked
in
Zimbabwe
as
Assistant
Director
between
1996
and
1999
.
According
to
Mr
Anibaba
,
his
Zimbabwe
experience
left
an
indelible
mark
and
was
one
of
the
reasons
for
his
return
to
the
continent
after
almost
eight
years
of
working
in
Europe
.
He
has
also
worked
in
South
Africa
,
Ukraine
,
Yemen
and
Turkey
on
shorter
assignments
and
in
the
London
office
of
the
British
Council
.
He
holds
an
MBA
from
Durham
University
and
is
a
fellow
of
ACCA
UK
.
This
is
tingled
with
a
strong
interest
in
Arts
and
the
role
culture
plays
in
community
development
and
cohesion
and
in
breaking
down
barriers
between
people
.
Moses
is
married
with
three
boys
and
enjoys
music
(
in
particular
jazz
and
gospel
)
,
going
to
theatre
,
reading
and
traveling
.
Strategy
and
behavioural
aspects
of
leadership
are
one
of
his
favourite
topics
.
The
number
of
persons
infected
with
HIV
in
Ghana
has
risen
steadily
since
the
start
of
the
epidemic
in
the
mid
1980
s
.
By
1994
,
an
estimated
118
,
000
Ghanaians
were
living
with
HIV
or
AIDS
and
the
number
tripled
to
more
than
about
404
,
000
in
2004
.
All
regions
in
Ghana
are
affected
by
HIV
/
AIDS
.
The
highest
HIV
prevalence
is
in
the
Eastern
,
Western
and
Ashanti
regions
.
As
those
who
are
currently
infected
become
ill
,
this
number
will
continue
to
rise
over
the
next
six
years
even
if
HIV
prevalence
does
not
increase
.
(
May
2004
future
group
study
)
In
Ghana
,
the
burden
of
coping
with
the
needs
of
AIDS
patients
falls
increasingly
on
family
members
who
often
have
limited
information
,
resources
;
access
to
the
drugs
and
other
necessities
.
As
expenditure
for
health
care
services
rises
for
example
,
transportation
to
hospital
several
times
,
hospital
bills
families
can
quickly
become
impoverished
.
Patients
are
therefore
abandoned
at
home
to
die
without
care
and
support
,
hidden
to
avoid
stigma
and
even
at
times
treatable
opportunistic
infections
are
neglected
.
In
many
cases
family
members
caring
for
the
sick
do
not
even
know
the
patients
diagnosis
and
patients
become
completely
neglected
in
instances
where
family
members
caring
for
them
die
.
As
a
result
,
many
patients
die
miserable
,
painful
deaths
and
yet
the
critical
problem
is
usually
not
so
much
the
disease
itself
but
the
emotional
trauma
that
patient
goes
through
.
A
critical
look
at
this
concept
can
go
along
way
to
alleviate
pain
and
suffering
of
terminally
ill
patients
to
enable
them
die
a
dignified
death
.
HIV
infection
presents
a
major
life
transition
that
is
out
of
sequence
with
what
is
expected
.
Persons
living
with
HIV
/
AIDS
,
families
and
communities
need
information
,
resources
and
services
to
face
the
challenges
of
the
illness
and
meet
the
needs
that
arises
with
it
for
example
,
accepting
and
coping
with
HIV
status
,
alteration
in
family
functioning
and
personal
goals
,
nutritional
,
psychosocial
,
spiritual
needs
,
crises
intervention
,
fear
of
death
,
social
support
systems
,
legal
needs
among
many
others
.
HIV
/
AIDS
Care
Needs
and
the
Home
Care
Gap
.
To
face
this
dire
situation
,
many
countries
have
developed
models
of
home
care
essential
to
their
needs
to
provide
a
basic
minimum
quality
of
care
.
Some
adopted
home
care
approaches
are
hospital
outreach
programmes
,
church
based
home
care
,
community
home
care
and
persons
living
with
HIV
/
AIDS
networks
.
I
shall
deliberate
on
Community
Based
Home
Care
services
{
CBHC
}
.
One
may
ask
,
what
is
COMMUNITY
BASED
HOME
CARE
{
CBHC
}
,
what
are
its
characteristics
,
who
are
its
targets
group
,
its
importance
to
the
target
group
,
nation
community
and
associated
challenges
etc
Characteristics
of
community
based
home
care
.
Community
based
home
care
offer
the
only
feasible
option
for
majority
of
patients
at
most
stages
of
their
diseases
not
just
the
dying
stage
.
Many
people
living
with
HIVAIDS
can
lead
an
active
life
for
long
periods
of
time
.
At
times
most
PLWHA
do
not
need
to
be
in
hospital
.
Often
patients
are
discharged
home
because
the
hospital
staff
can
do
nothing
towards
recovery
or
cure
.
Care
and
support
services
are
important
because
they
boost
efforts
to
prevent
further
spread
of
HIV
,
improve
the
quality
of
life
of
PLWHA
and
allow
identification
of
orphans
and
survivors
.
Community
based
home
care
service
can
provide
community
leaders
families
,
volunteers
and
entire
communities
with
information
they
need
to
gain
confidence
about
their
own
ability
to
give
safe
,
compassionate
help
and
care
to
persons
living
with
HIV
and
AIDS
,
and
orphans
in
their
homes
.
No
expensive
equipments
or
medicines
are
needed
,
infact
things
commonly
found
in
homes
combined
with
a
caring
Heart
,
Mind
and
Hands
of
the
families
,
volunteers
and
communities
are
enough
to
care
for
persons
living
with
HIV
/
AIDS
or
terminally
ill
patients
.
Community
based
Home
Care
and
Support
are
services
based
outside
the
conventional
health
facilities
(
hospitals
,
clinics
,
health
centers
)
but
have
links
with
the
formal
health
and
welfare
sectors
,
that
address
any
aspect
of
continuum
of
care
from
the
day
of
infection
through
to
death
and
the
impact
on
surviving
spouse
,
children
and
close
family
members
.
The
aim
is
to
meet
the
physical
,
emotional
;
socio
-
economic
and
spiritual
needs
thus
improve
the
quality
of
life
of
persons
living
with
HIV
/
AIDS
,
affected
families
and
orphans
.
Helping
people
live
positively
with
HIV
/
AIDS
is
an
important
part
of
quality
home
care
.
It
encourages
self
help
,
hope
and
accepting
reality
.
In
the
home
environment
,
communication
between
patients
,
caregivers
and
other
family
members
is
essential
so
they
can
share
their
concerns
,
fears
and
emotions
in
a
culturally
appropriate
way
.
Home
Care
should
not
be
considered
an
alternative
to
hospital
care
,
instead
it
should
be
part
of
accessible
co
-
ordinated
series
of
services
.
The
specific
components
of
a
home
care
program
include
the
following
:
Training
family
and
volunteers
in
infections
control
,
nutrition
and
basic
nursing
.
Counseling
clients
and
family
about
HIV
(
psychosocial
counseling
.
)
Provide
Basic
Nursing
services
(
bathing
patients
,
feeding
patients
ect
)
Linking
patients
with
clinics
for
medical
diagnosis
and
treatment
.
Nutritional
,
Material
/
Financial
support
.
Spiritual
support
(
pastoral
,
bible
reading
and
prayer
)
Home
help
in
cleaning
,
washing
shopping
.
Bereavement
and
orphan
supports
.
In
order
for
community
based
home
care
responses
to
flourish
,
there
must
be
an
enabling
environment
.
There
should
be
steady
,
secure
and
increasing
resources
(
long
term
funding
cycle
)
that
are
available
for
Non
-
Governmental
Organizations
,
church
based
and
Community
Based
Organization
etc
.
Public
figures
such
as
politicians
,
chiefs
,
opinion
and
church
leaders
should
talk
openly
about
HIV
/
AIDS
and
tackle
stigma
and
discrimination
experienced
by
persons
living
with
HIV
/
AIDS
,
orphans
and
families
.
Stigma
and
discrimination
is
preventing
a
lot
of
PLWHA
to
access
care
and
support
services
,
and
are
dying
of
treatable
opportunistic
infections
.
Volunteers
recruited
and
trained
for
the
communities
are
a
major
source
to
provide
comprehensive
care
and
referrals
of
new
patients
.
Category
of
People
who
can
benefit
from
Community
Based
Home
Care
.
All
chronic
or
Terminal
ill
bedridden
or
convalescent
patients
in
homes
.
Stroke
patients
.
Diabetic
patients
.
HIV
/
AIDS
patients
.
Old
Age
.
Hypertensive
patients
.
etc
Importance
of
Community
based
Home
Care
services
.
Importance
of
community
based
home
care
is
enormous
in
the
face
of
increasing
members
of
chronic
and
terminal
ill
patients
with
limited
health
resource
.
Home
care
can
offer
holistic
care
to
all
who
are
terminally
ill
and
patients
with
chronic
disease
.
It
also
gives
psychosocial
and
spiritual
care
meeting
nutritional
needs
to
provide
curative
and
palliative
treatment
and
care
of
survivors
and
not
just
the
AIDS
patients
.
Home
care
offers
opportunities
for
educating
families
and
communities
about
HIV
infection
,
prevention
efforts
to
lessens
the
disease
,
reduction
of
stigma
and
discrimination
which
is
a
major
factor
driving
the
HIV
increase
.
Home
care
can
help
to
relieve
the
pressure
on
the
hospitals
,
staff
,
and
equipments
and
reduce
medical
cost
.
Home
care
should
have
a
link
or
referral
system
with
the
hospitals
and
clinics
.
Home
care
encourages
open
family
discussions
about
the
disease
,
death
,
plan
for
bereavement
,
inheritance
and
long
term
child
care
(
orphans
)
.
It
eases
emotional
strain
of
denial
.
Home
care
involving
community
volunteers
create
a
sense
of
ownership
,
and
it
taps
into
existing
resources
of
both
family
and
community
in
support
of
the
sick
.
Home
visiting
among
community
members
lessens
the
impact
of
the
disease
which
in
turn
reduces
stigma
and
misconception
.
Community
based
home
care
and
support
services
concept
,
when
well
established
in
each
community
in
the
country
can
contribute
to
community
empowerment
to
offer
holistic
services
to
all
terminally
ill
patients
and
compliment
our
poor
resource
over
stretched
health
services
worsened
by
the
exodus
of
nurses
,
doctors
and
paramedics
.
Life
Relief
Community
Based
Home
Care
Services
Life
Relief
Foundation
{
LRF
}
is
a
registered
Non
-
Governmental
,
non
-
profit
organization
based
in
the
Western
Region
of
Ghana
.
The
idea
to
establish
such
an
Organization
occurred
to
the
Founder
,
who
is
a
professional
nurse
midwife
with
over
twenty
five
years
working
experience
,
after
participating
in
a
training
workshop
on
Community
Care
for
HIV
/
AIDS
in
2001
organized
by
Family
AIDS
Caring
Trust
(
FACT
)
in
Mutare
Zimbabwe
and
sponsored
by
the
Regional
AIDS
Training
Network
(
RATN
)
of
Kenya
.
After
the
training
,
she
realized
that
Ghana
with
a
prevalence
rate
of
3
.
4
%
at
that
time
wasn
t
doing
much
about
community
care
and
support
services
for
people
living
with
HIVAIDS
{
PLWHAS
}
,
orphans
and
affected
families
.
Therefore
,
in
2003
she
took
a
bold
attempt
and
resigned
voluntarily
as
a
project
officer
from
Planned
Parenthood
Association
of
Ghana
to
enable
her
implement
the
knowledge
and
skills
she
had
acquired
in
Zimbabwe
.
With
her
meager
gratuity
she
established
Life
Relief
Foundation
{
LRF
}
and
started
work
in
five
communities
in
the
Shama
Ahanta
East
Metropolis
Assembly
{
SAEMA
}
.
Later
,
a
proposal
was
sent
to
Ghana
AIDS
Commission
and
a
year
s
contract
was
signed
with
Life
Relief
Foundation
to
offer
community
based
home
care
and
support
services
from
April
2003
to
April
2004
.
Since
the
project
inception
in
2003
,
one
hundred
and
fifty
-
eight
{
158
}
PLWHA
s
including
three
children
aged
four
years
and
18
months
and
one
hundred
and
seventy
-
six
{
176
}
Orphans
and
vulnerable
children
{
OVC
}
have
received
variety
of
services
.
Home
care
is
provided
primarily
by
trained
volunteer
care
givers
,
family
members
with
supervision
by
project
staff
.
The
project
has
two
main
goals
:
To
meet
the
needs
of
HIV
infected
and
affected
people
including
(
orphans
)
in
their
homes
with
their
families
and
communities
if
possible
.
To
provide
the
necessary
information
,
skills
,
care
,
material
and
emotional
support
and
provide
services
to
PLWHA
s
and
orphans
.
To
this
end
,
Life
Relief
Foundation
has
defined
central
elements
in
its
program
.
These
are
as
follows
:
Psychosocial
counseling
,
Nutritional
and
financial
supports
for
people
living
with
HIVAIDS
(
PLWHA
)
and
orphans
.
Community
based
home
care
for
AIDS
patients
.
Awareness
,
prevention
and
reduction
of
stigma
and
discrimination
for
community
members
and
PLWHA
s
.
Support
groups
for
HIV
/
AIDS
positive
people
.
The
beginning
of
the
project
involved
a
comprehensive
approach
to
care
that
includes
medical
,
social
and
emotional
needs
.
The
programs
promote
HIV
awareness
,
prevention
Stigma
and
discrimination
reduction
and
Encourage
greater
community
involvement
,
participation
and
responsibility
towards
care
and
support
services
for
persons
living
with
HIV
/
AIDS
,
orphans
and
families
.
Management
of
opportunistic
infection
and
antiretroviral
therapy
The
principle
of
community
involvement
creates
awareness
of
HIV
/
AIDS
,
offers
a
sense
of
ownership
and
sustainability
.
In
our
cultural
setting
,
the
family
and
community
are
the
strong
force
for
human
existence
.
The
project
strongly
supports
and
builds
on
these
traditional
values
to
offer
comprehensive
care
to
PLWHA
.
As
this
project
is
new
to
our
communities
,
steps
taken
to
introduce
the
project
were
;
Community
mobilization
and
sensitization
seminars
Radio
discussions
on
the
local
FM
(
Skyy
FM
)
,
Focus
group
discussions
,
video
shows
and
Drama
on
care
and
support
in
the
communities
.
Through
these
programs
a
community
management
committee
has
been
formed
in
five
selected
communities
comprising
of
community
leaders
,
chiefs
,
and
opinion
leaders
,
health
providers
,
educational
institutional
heads
,
men
,
women
,
youth
and
religious
leaders
.
Thirty
one
{
31
}
Community
volunteers
were
identified
by
the
community
leaders
and
trained
by
Life
Relief
Foundation
as
community
care
givers
.
The
organization
has
developed
its
own
training
manual
for
care
givers
.
Core
of
volunteers
trained
include
:
Family
members
Community
volunteers
from
religious
groups
Youth
,
women
and
men
associations
.
It
will
interest
you
to
note
that
twelve
{
12
}
males
participated
in
the
training
and
are
very
effective
in
their
communities
.
The
contents
of
the
caregivers
training
include
:
Basic
facts
about
HIVAIDS
Concept
of
community
based
home
care
Qualities
/
roles
of
a
caregiver
Basic
counseling
skills
Basic
nursing
skills
Providing
emotional
support
Guarding
against
infection
/
infection
prevention
Stress
identification
and
management
Patient
s
changing
symptoms
Referral
and
reporting
systems
Home
visit
etc
After
the
training
,
community
caregivers
are
introduced
to
their
community
members
about
their
acquired
knowledge
and
skills
of
caring
for
the
sick
not
HIV
/
AIDS
patients
alone
this
approach
reduces
stigma
and
discrimination
.
Life
Relief
Foundation
community
based
home
care
project
identifies
and
registers
PLWHAs
through
links
with
hospitals
,
referrals
by
caregivers
,
and
through
radio
programmes
.
Caregivers
visit
once
a
week
or
daily
depending
on
the
conditions
of
patients
and
reports
to
the
center
.
The
project
staff
organizes
follow
-
ups
visits
and
refers
for
medical
care
when
needed
.
Caregivers
are
encouraged
to
use
available
resource
in
the
home
and
train
family
members
.
Life
Relief
Foundation
provides
most
of
the
nursing
materials
and
drugs
used
.
In
addition
caregivers
are
involved
in
awareness
and
preventive
activities
in
their
communities
.
They
visit
schools
,
meeting
places
,
churches
etc
and
teach
about
HIV
/
AIDS
,
community
base
home
care
and
support
services
.
During
one
of
such
programme
s
at
the
community
school
,
the
children
were
so
touched
to
learn
about
AIDS
patients
and
to
exhibit
their
support
contributed
provisions
,
soap
,
fruit
,
bread
etc
to
the
care
givers
to
be
distributed
among
the
sick
.
Volunteer
caregivers
receive
no
incentives
,
this
is
a
big
challenge
and
it
is
affecting
the
community
based
home
care
activities
Often
times
volunteers
do
not
attend
to
the
sick
as
need
be
because
she
has
to
feed
her
family
as
most
of
them
are
not
working
.
Donor
funding
would
be
needed
to
support
them
technically
and
with
logistic
and
offer
incentives
like
food
aid
,
loans
for
income
generating
activities
,
refresher
courses
and
awards
to
sustain
their
interest
and
long
term
volunteer
spirit
.
Sustaining
volunteer
support
and
spirit
will
contribute
to
the
success
of
community
based
home
care
program
and
the
reduction
of
HIVAIDS
The
Forgotten
Millions
During
one
of
our
home
care
visits
,
I
came
across
a
home
with
seven
children
.
There
was
one
aged
nine
years
among
the
seven
children
.
Anytime
I
visited
,
this
child
will
leave
the
room
and
stand
outside
stealing
glances
at
me
.
One
day
,
I
invited
her
for
a
talk
and
I
was
amazed
and
astonished
about
the
question
that
young
girl
had
on
her
mind
.
She
called
,
Mama
!
What
is
happening
to
my
mother
is
she
going
to
die
,
what
will
happen
to
us
when
she
dies
?
Will
you
care
for
us
?
Children
living
and
caring
for
infected
parents
are
going
through
psychological
trauma
and
most
unanswered
questions
are
on
their
minds
.
What
happens
to
these
children
after
the
death
of
their
parents
?
They
are
going
to
live
with
lasting
scars
on
their
minds
,
as
they
watch
HIV
/
AIDS
slowly
destroying
their
parents
,
resulting
in
depression
and
aggressive
tendencies
.
Parents
dying
of
AIDS
can
deprive
children
of
their
fundamental
human
rights
for
example
access
to
education
,
nutrition
,
health
care
and
development
which
prevents
the
child
from
realizing
their
full
potential
later
in
life
The
project
has
now
organized
one
hundred
and
seventy
six
(
176
)
orphans
and
vulnerable
children
and
offers
psychosocial
counseling
and
nutrients
donated
by
Catholic
Relief
Services
.
With
assistance
from
Opportunities
Industrialization
Center
International
HOPE
project
about
40
OVCs
are
receiving
a
year
s
scholarship
in
vocational
skills
training
.
Persons
living
with
HIVAIDS
(
PLWHA
)
who
are
independently
mobile
and
able
receive
free
psychosocial
counseling
,
self
care
training
in
nutrition
,
hygiene
,
early
detection
of
opportunistic
infection
,
supply
of
male
and
female
condoms
,
drugs
and
nutrients
at
the
center
.
All
PLWHA
receive
counseling
on
positive
living
for
example
taking
an
optimistic
attitude
to
life
.
Case
Studies
Lydia
a
31
year
old
mother
of
three
detected
her
seropositive
status
4
years
ago
after
delivery
.
The
baby
became
seriously
sick
and
was
in
and
out
of
hospital
several
times
.
Six
months
after
delivery
the
baby
died
and
she
become
sick
with
diarrhea
and
fever
for
over
three
months
.
Her
history
prompted
her
doctor
to
counsel
and
test
for
HIV
antibodies
.
Lydia
narrated
,
when
I
was
informed
about
my
status
l
became
depressed
and
knew
that
was
the
end
of
my
life
so
wanted
to
end
it
fast
.
She
drank
rat
poison
with
parazon
.
Luck
was
not
on
my
side
;
l
was
found
unconscious
and
was
rushed
to
hospital
.
She
later
heard
about
community
based
home
care
and
support
services
and
now
she
is
living
positively
with
her
status
.
She
is
an
active
member
of
the
support
group
and
has
come
publicly
to
declare
her
status
.
Her
husband
has
abandoned
and
sacked
her
from
their
home
and
now
living
with
another
woman
.
Case
study
2
Patrick
a
businessman
aged
35
years
married
7
years
with
no
child
was
referred
by
his
friend
to
the
center
,
with
history
of
prolonged
cough
,
losing
weight
and
night
sweats
.
Pat
was
taken
through
counseling
and
accepted
to
test
for
HIV
and
tuberculosis
(
TB
)
.
Both
tests
were
positive
.
His
doctor
diagnosed
him
as
HIV
with
pulmonary
tuberculosis
.
Through
counseling
he
has
accepted
his
condition
,
living
positively
and
an
active
member
of
the
support
group
.
It
is
sad
to
note
that
he
is
still
not
cured
from
TB
since
February
2004
and
still
taking
TB
treatment
even
though
TB
can
be
cured
.
Life
Relief
Foundation
has
organized
an
association
of
persons
living
with
HIV
/
AIDS
,
known
as
Life
Relief
Support
Group
.
Members
meet
monthly
to
share
experience
,
receive
nutritional
support
,
and
learn
about
HIVAIDS
prevention
,
positive
living
and
their
responsibilities
towards
the
spread
of
HIV
/
AIDS
.
Registered
Persons
Living
with
HIVAIDS
are
free
to
decide
to
belong
to
the
support
group
without
being
denied
any
services
from
the
center
.
The
organization
believes
that
greater
involvement
of
persons
living
with
HIVAIDS
can
help
reduce
stigma
and
discrimination
and
help
decrease
the
spread
of
the
disease
.
Due
to
stigma
and
discrimination
most
PLWHA
don
t
attend
meetings
regularly
.
Through
this
community
initiative
program
one
community
in
Shama
Ahanta
East
Metropolitan
Assembly
has
released
a
three
acre
plot
of
land
for
farming
to
supplement
the
nutritional
needs
of
PLWHA
and
orphans
.
To
establish
a
cordial
working
relationship
with
the
Ghana
Health
Services
an
introductory
letter
was
sent
to
the
regional
director
,
in
response
a
letter
was
sent
to
all
health
institutions
in
the
region
to
support
the
project
.
A
consensus
building
seminar
was
organized
for
some
identified
medical
and
nursing
officers
to
assist
with
the
project
.
Two
medical
officers
Doctors
Ronald
Sowa
and
Bernard
Boateng
-
Duah
volunteered
to
support
the
organization
with
medical
care
of
HIV
/
AIDS
patients
since
2003
.
This
approach
has
yielded
maximum
benefits
in
term
of
referral
and
medical
care
of
PLWHA
.
LESSONS
LEARNT
THROUGH
PROJECT
IMPLEMENTATION
IN
THE
FIVE
PROJECT
COMMUNITIES
1
.
Community
based
home
care
offers
a
quantum
of
care
,
nursing
care
,
psychosocial
counseling
,
spiritual
,
nutritional
,
and
financial
support
to
PLWHA
and
OPRHANS
2
.
Enables
self
-
help
,
community
awareness
of
HIVAIDS
and
helps
to
counteract
myths
and
misconception
about
HIVAIDS
thus
reducing
stigma
and
discrimination
and
encourage
community
and
family
financial
and
material
support
to
PLWHA
.
3
.
Community
based
home
care
contribute
to
community
empowerment
,
which
is
vital
for
care
and
support
of
PLWHA
AND
ORPANS
in
the
face
of
dwindling
health
resources
e
.
g
.
the
exodus
of
nurses
,
doctors
and
paramedics
.
4
.
Creates
a
sense
of
ownership
and
responsibility
,
which
turns
to
guarantee
sustainability
for
future
intervention
in
the
fight
against
HIVAIDS
.
5
.
Formation
of
associations
of
PLWHA
can
be
organized
when
you
can
offer
most
of
their
basic
needs
e
.
g
.
nutrients
,
drugs
,
financial
and
psycho
social
counseling
6
.
Increase
number
of
orphans
would
be
experienced
in
the
region
,
communities
should
be
sensitized
to
come
out
with
strategies
to
address
the
issues
on
community
basis
not
orphanages
only
7
.
Most
people
infected
with
HIV
infection
are
not
aware
and
within
few
years
Ghana
would
report
of
high
incidence
of
PLWHA
.
8
.
Persons
living
with
HIVAIDS
refuse
to
disclose
their
positive
status
to
love
ones
,
partners
,
family
members
due
to
stigma
and
discrimination
.
PLWHA
who
desire
to
be
helped
and
inform
loved
ones
are
sacked
from
their
homes
,
abandoned
,
neglected
and
left
to
die
from
shame
,
pain
and
suffering
.
9
.
Most
PLWHA
refuse
to
accept
their
positive
status
so
deny
themselves
proper
care
(
self
stigma
and
discrimination
)
10
.
Poverty
is
killing
a
number
of
PLWHA
as
most
PLWHA
cannot
even
afford
a
meal
a
day
,
or
pay
for
their
medical
bills
so
report
at
the
terminal
stage
of
AIDS
where
little
can
be
done
for
them
.
In
view
of
the
back
ground
Life
Relief
Foundation
wish
to
expand
to
other
districts
and
communities
to
bring
hope
to
the
hopeless
and
help
alleviate
the
suffering
and
pain
of
Persons
living
with
HIVAIDS
,
orphans
and
families
.
BIGGEST
CHALLENGES
IN
WORKING
WITH
PLWHA
,
ORPHANS
AND
FAMILIES
AFFECTED
BY
AIDS
.
HIV
/
AIDS
as
a
new
infection
and
disease
has
brought
with
it
a
lot
of
challenges
to
those
infected
,
those
affected
,
the
medical
and
nursing
profession
,
and
the
world
as
a
whole
.
Life
Relief
Foundation
was
formed
with
an
aim
to
assist
in
the
dealing
with
the
numerous
challenges
faced
by
PLWHA
,
orphans
,
affected
families
and
communities
in
Ghana
.
However
,
the
organization
has
not
been
without
any
challenges
.
The
biggest
challenges
faced
by
Life
Relief
Foundation
include
the
following
:
1
.
Operational
Costs
/
Funds
2
.
Upkeep
and
Maintenance
of
PLWHA
3
.
Access
to
services
4
Management
of
PLWHA
/
Access
to
Drugs
/
Anti
retroviral
drugs
(
ARVs
)
5
Inadequate
Infrastructure
6
Lack
of
manpower
7
Lack
of
Transportation
8
.
Care
of
orphans
and
vulnerable
children
9
Sustenance
of
Volunteer
Caregivers
10
Stigma
and
discrimination
1
.
Operational
Cost
Life
Relief
Foundation
is
a
non
-
governmental
(
NGO
)
,
not
-
for
-
profit
organization
that
was
established
in
2002
.
The
founder
saw
the
increasing
need
for
community
based
home
care
services
for
both
infected
and
affected
with
HIVAIDS
so
initiated
the
programme
with
her
gratuity
,
In
April
2003
,
Ghana
AIDS
Commission
awarded
a
one
-
year
s
contract
to
the
organization
for
implementation
of
activities
in
5
communities
in
Western
region
.
The
contract
ended
in
April
2004
.
Currently
,
the
organization
has
no
source
of
funding
from
any
other
donor
to
continue
with
the
project
in
SAEMA
.
PLWHA
still
visit
the
center
for
care
and
caregivers
are
also
working
in
the
communities
.
HIVAIDS
doesn
t
wait
for
funds
before
it
infects
people
.
With
care
and
support
funding
should
be
long
term
continuous
and
should
meet
the
project
needs
.
We
appeal
to
donors
to
come
to
our
aid
to
support
and
assist
the
organization
with
its
operational
cost
and
for
the
organization
to
scale
up
its
activities
to
other
communities
.
2
.
Upkeep
and
Maintenance
of
PLW
HA
Most
PLWHAs
who
report
at
the
center
are
at
the
terminal
stages
of
AIDS
.
Some
are
bed
-
ridden
,
and
even
those
ambulant
PLWHA
are
not
working
so
their
livelihood
is
a
burden
on
the
organization
.
Also
,
due
to
prolonged
ill
health
,
stigma
and
discrimination
,
most
PLWHA
have
been
neglected
or
abandoned
by
their
families
and
/
or
family
resources
have
been
depleted
.
As
such
,
most
of
them
have
no
financial
and
material
support
.
Poverty
,
hunger
,
emotional
stress
is
killing
a
number
of
PLWHA
As
a
new
organization
with
no
other
source
of
financial
support
,
it
finds
it
very
difficult
to
meet
the
demands
of
all
registered
PLWHA
,
orphans
and
affected
families
.
The
foundation
s
future
plans
include
starting
a
farm
and
train
able
PLWHA
and
families
in
income
generating
activities
to
become
self
-
reliant
.
3
.
Access
to
Services
Community
Based
Home
Care
and
Support
Services
People
who
test
positive
do
not
visit
the
hospital
frequently
;
it
takes
those
years
before
they
access
medical
and
counseling
services
{
when
opportunistic
infection
start
to
show
}
due
to
the
fact
that
community
-
based
home
care
centers
are
non
-
existent
to
offer
a
continuum
of
care
to
PLWHA
.
Once
they
are
diagnosed
and
discharged
from
the
hospital
most
PLWHA
commit
suicide
,
move
out
of
town
,
or
attribute
the
ill
health
to
a
curse
,
witchcraft
,
juju
,
etc
so
stay
at
prayer
camps
,
fetish
shrines
without
proper
care
and
support
and
thus
worsening
their
condition
until
at
the
terminal
stages
of
AIDS
when
PLWHA
are
carried
to
the
hospital
.
Western
Region
,
with
a
population
of
over
two
million
and
a
prevalence
of
4
.
6
%
has
few
number
of
Voluntary
Counseling
and
Testing
centers
and
community
based
-
care
services
this
l
believe
can
contribute
to
the
spread
of
HIV
.
Life
Relief
Foundation
wishes
to
set
up
a
VCT
center
and
expand
to
other
communities
in
other
districts
to
enhance
prompt
access
to
continuum
of
holistic
care
to
help
curb
the
spread
of
HIV
/
AIDS
.
4
.
Management
of
PLWHA
/
Access
to
Drugs
and
ARVs
It
is
very
unfortunate
to
note
that
PLWHA
who
present
opportunistic
infections
do
not
have
access
to
proper
medical
care
.
The
reason
being
that
,
one
treatment
center
does
exist
in
the
region
.
In
hospitals
most
nurses
are
even
afraid
of
HIVAIDS
infection
.
.
Most
people
including
health
personnel
think
that
little
can
be
done
for
PLWHA
;
I
have
a
different
opinion
.
With
other
fields
of
medicine
and
nursing
applied
,
such
as
Palliative
care
,
anti
retroviral
therapy
and
positive
living
the
quality
of
life
of
PWLHA
and
their
families
could
be
improved
.
Non
availability
of
drugs
for
PLWHA
causes
stress
for
the
organization
staff
,
PLWHA
and
families
.
This
affects
the
patient
s
health
and
affects
the
process
of
healing
the
sick
.
As
part
of
managing
PLWHA
,
they
need
to
do
their
CD4
and
CD8
counts
,
and
access
ARVs
when
necessary
.
These
services
are
unavailable
in
Western
region
hence
clients
have
to
travel
to
Accra
(
about
325Km
)
.
Also
the
cost
involved
is
beyond
the
reach
of
most
PLWHA
(
CD4
and
CD8
count
costs
$
25
,
ARV
cost
¢
50
,
000
)
.
The
Ghana
Government
has
introduced
ARV
services
in
only
three
pilot
areas
:
Korle
Bu
Accra
,
Kumasi
,
and
Agomanya
hospitals
.
It
would
be
very
difficult
for
clients
to
travel
every
month
to
these
centers
for
the
services
.
The
non
-
availability
and
poor
accessibility
of
these
services
pose
the
greatest
challenge
in
management
of
PLWHA
.
The
Government
has
made
announcement
on
the
radio
,
television
,
and
on
the
print
media
about
the
availability
of
ARV
services
in
the
country
.
This
has
worsened
PLWHAs
emotional
status
,
as
most
of
them
cannot
access
these
services
even
if
they
need
them
.
5
.
Inadequate
Infrastructure
Presently
,
Life
Relief
Foundation
is
offering
services
in
two
rented
rooms
.
One
is
used
for
counseling
and
the
other
as
general
office
,
reception
,
and
waiting
room
.
This
environment
does
not
offer
enough
privacy
for
our
clients
and
most
PLWHA
shy
away
.
During
home
visits
PLWHA
who
are
sick
,
dehydrated
,
and
/
or
weak
are
given
infusion
in
their
homes
prescribed
by
our
medical
officers
,
and
the
nurse
has
to
stay
with
the
patient
until
she
completes
the
treatment
;
whereas
this
treatment
could
have
been
comfortable
in
the
center
.
The
organization
wishes
to
establish
a
Day
Service
Center
that
will
provide
spacious
environment
,
offer
privacy
,
and
many
services
at
one
visit
.
The
Day
Service
center
will
require
:
1
.
Reception
room
2
.
Counseling
room
1
.
Consultation
/
Examination
room
2
.
Treatment
room
3
.
General
office
4
.
Skills
development
room
5
.
Store
room
7
.
Lack
of
Manpower
As
this
is
a
new
project
with
lack
of
financial
support
the
foundation
cannot
employ
more
Staff
.
Presently
,
the
foundation
has
three
full
-
time
skilled
staff
:
one
project
coordinator
(
the
Executive
Director
)
,
2
project
assistants
(
both
are
trained
counselors
)
,
project
accountant
and
31
trained
care
volunteers
.
Even
the
full
-
time
staffs
are
not
on
salary
but
receive
only
allowance
.
LRF
finds
it
difficult
to
maintain
the
two
other
staffs
.
The
organization
needs
to
employ
more
competent
staff
to
help
management
of
PLWHA
so
as
to
be
able
to
expand
to
other
high
prevalence
areas
in
the
Region
.
A
baseline
survey
conducted
in
a
rural
fishing
community
,
Eikwe
showed
that
the
community
is
aware
of
HIVAIDS
but
little
is
done
for
persons
living
with
HIVAIDS
.
Eikwe
has
a
population
of
about
one
thousand
five
hundred
with
a
prevalence
of
5
.
6
%
.
This
community
needs
urgent
intervention
.
8
.
Lack
of
Transportation
The
organization
has
no
vehicle
to
carry
out
their
planned
activities
such
as
transporting
sick
persons
to
the
hospital
,
offering
domiciliary
nursing
care
,
organizing
community
video
shows
or
dramas
and
other
administrative
duties
.
Staffs
have
to
walk
miles
or
hire
the
services
of
a
taxi
,
which
is
very
expensive
.
This
problem
of
transportation
poses
great
hardship
to
both
PLWHA
and
staff
.
Lack
of
sustenance
of
volunteer
Caregivers
The
back
bone
of
every
successful
community
based
home
care
and
support
services
depends
primarily
on
volunteers
.
Volunteers
need
to
be
motivated
and
offered
incentives
to
boost
their
moral
for
effective
implementation
of
activities
.
The
great
challenge
is
that
most
trained
volunteers
are
not
working
and
needs
to
feed
their
family
and
themselves
.
Due
to
lack
of
donor
funds
the
organization
can
not
maintain
and
sustain
volunteer
spirit
.
.
CHALLENGES
OF
ORPHANS
AND
CHILDREN
AFFECTED
BY
HIV
/
AIDS
Presently
Life
Relief
Foundation
is
worried
about
where
to
source
funding
to
address
the
educational
,
health
,
nutritional
,
economic
strengthening
,
psychosocial
and
social
inclusion
of
orphans
and
children
affected
by
HIVAIDS
.
These
special
group
needs
should
be
critical
looked
at
and
immediate
strategies
put
in
place
to
address
them
.
The
future
of
this
dear
nation
looks
bleak
.
CONCLUSION
Community
based
home
care
offers
the
only
feasible
option
for
majority
of
patients
at
most
stages
of
their
diseases
not
just
the
dying
stage
.
Many
people
living
with
HIVAIDS
can
lead
an
active
life
for
long
periods
of
time
.
At
times
most
PLWHA
do
not
need
to
be
in
hospital
.
Community
based
home
care
and
support
services
are
important
because
they
boost
efforts
to
prevent
further
spread
of
HIV
,
improve
the
quality
of
life
of
PLWHA
and
allow
identification
of
orphans
and
survivors
.
In
2004
,
Ghana
AIDS
Commission
in
collaboration
with
The
AIDS
Support
Organization
(
TASO
)
Uganda
trained
master
trainers
in
community
care
for
HIVAIDS
in
all
regions
and
districts
in
Ghana
which
Life
Relief
Foundation
represented
western
region
.
The
master
trainers
can
assist
Ghana
AIDS
commission
train
NGO
,
CBO
,
CHURCH
BASED
ORGANIZATION
TO
SCALE
up
the
establishment
of
community
based
home
care
through
out
the
country
to
reduce
morbidity
,
mortality
and
the
spread
of
HIV
.
BY
CECILIA
BLANKSON
ODURO
FOUNDER
/
EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR
LIFE
RELIEF
FOUNDATION
Professor
Momade
was
born
at
Adutor
,
a
small
town
about
five
kilometres
south
of
Sogakope
in
the
South
Tongu
District
.
He
attended
the
E
.
P
.
Primary
and
L
.
A
.
Middle
Schools
in
the
town
and
continued
his
secondary
education
at
the
Sogakope
Secondary
School
,
and
then
to
the
Sixth
Forms
at
the
St
Augustine
'
s
College
in
Cape
Coast
.
In
order
to
prepare
himself
financially
for
university
education
he
took
up
teaching
appointment
at
the
Ada
Secondary
School
and
worked
at
the
Central
Laboratories
of
the
then
Ghana
Water
and
Sewage
Corporation
.
In
1974
,
he
won
a
government
scholarship
to
Hungary
.
After
about
one
year
of
language
studies
,
he
enrolled
at
the
Veszprem
University
,
where
he
was
trained
as
a
Chemical
Engineer
and
obtained
both
the
BSc
and
MSc
degrees
.
After
graduation
,
he
worked
in
the
Ajka
Alumina
Plant
and
Aluminium
Smelter
for
more
than
a
year
before
returning
to
Ghana
in
1982
.
However
,
in
1983
,
due
to
his
performance
at
the
University
,
the
Hungarian
Government
offered
him
a
scholarship
to
do
his
PhD
studies
,
which
he
completed
with
a
Summa
Cum
Laude
in
1985
.
Prof
.
Momade
joined
the
KNUST
in
1987
as
a
lecturer
in
the
Department
of
Mineral
Processing
and
Extractive
Metallurgy
of
the
Institute
of
Mining
and
Mineral
Engineering
.
As
a
young
lecturer
,
he
was
given
various
responsibilities
besides
lecturing
which
among
others
included
examinations
officer
,
transport
officer
and
the
handling
of
sophisticated
equipment
such
as
the
Atomic
Absorption
Spectrophotometer
(
AAS
)
and
the
X
-
ray
diffractometer
(
XRD
)
in
the
laboratory
.
He
has
been
Head
of
Department
of
the
Mineral
Processing
and
Extractive
Metallurgy
/
Materials
Science
and
Engineering
and
Dean
of
the
School
of
Mines
,
Kumasi
.
He
lectured
various
courses
in
extractive
metallurgy
and
materials
science
as
well
as
engineering
at
the
undergraduate
level
and
environmental
assessment
and
management
at
the
graduate
level
.
Professor
Momade
represented
the
Institute
of
Mining
and
Mineral
Engineering
on
various
University
Boards
and
Committees
.
Within
the
Institute
of
Mining
and
Mineral
Engineering
,
he
has
served
as
a
Member
of
the
GTZ
Project
Management
Board
,
Finance
Committee
,
Computer
Committee
,
Equipment
Committee
,
Research
and
Consultancy
Committee
,
Member
/
Secretary
of
the
Seminar
and
Publication
Committee
,
and
the
Editorial
Board
of
the
Ghana
Mining
Journal
.
At
the
University
level
,
he
has
served
as
a
Member
of
the
Executive
Committee
,
Academic
Board
,
Scholarships
Committee
,
Research
and
Conference
Committee
,
Resources
and
Planning
and
Resource
Committee
and
Budget
Committee
.
He
is
also
a
Hall
Fellow
of
the
Unity
Hall
Prof
.
Momade
has
as
a
scholar
,
been
promoted
from
the
position
of
Lecturer
to
a
Senior
Lecturer
in
1994
and
then
to
an
Associate
Professor
in
2000
.
He
has
conducted
research
in
many
areas
.
On
various
occasions
,
he
has
been
a
visiting
scientist
to
TU
Clausthal
(
Germany
)
to
carry
out
research
on
topics
of
importance
for
the
development
of
the
mining
sector
in
Ghana
.
He
has
peer
reviewed
various
papers
for
Hydrometallurgy
(
an
international
journal
of
repute
published
by
Elsevier
)
and
the
Ghana
Mining
Journal
.
He
has
also
reviewed
a
textbook
manuscript
for
UNESCO
and
attended
international
conferences
both
abroad
and
at
home
.
Prof
.
Momade
provided
services
not
only
to
the
KNUST
community
but
also
to
the
Ghanaian
industries
as
well
.
He
has
been
involved
in
projects
with
the
industry
including
the
technological
evaluation
of
the
Kibi
Bauxite
,
the
optimisation
of
flow
sheet
for
upgrading
low
-
grade
ores
at
the
Nsuta
Manganese
mine
and
the
characterisation
of
alluvial
gold
ores
to
aid
equipment
selection
with
the
view
of
optimising
flow
sheets
.
The
other
projects
include
the
characterisation
of
bauxite
mine
waste
,
feasibility
studies
into
the
use
of
bauxite
mine
waste
for
the
production
of
aluminium
sulphate
for
water
purification
and
the
evaluation
of
bauxite
mine
waste
for
the
production
of
refractory
materials
,
among
others
.
He
is
a
member
of
the
Ghana
Institution
of
Engineers
,
and
has
been
a
member
of
the
Geological
Society
of
Ghana
(
now
Ghana
Institution
of
Geosciences
)
and
the
Mining
Metallurgical
Petroleum
Society
of
Ghana
.
Prof
.
Momade
met
his
wife
at
the
University
in
1976
and
has
been
married
since
1981
.
His
wife
Zsusza
is
a
lecturer
in
chemical
engineering
and
they
together
have
two
children
,
Eszter
and
Viktor
.
Eszter
is
a
medical
student
at
this
university
and
Viktor
is
in
class
four
at
the
Ridge
School
.
The
Director
of
Christian
Aid
,
the
(
UK
'
s
biggest
charity
)
,
Mr
.
Daleep
Mukarje
left
Accra
last
Thursday
,
October
26
for
London
with
a
number
of
pertinent
questions
on
the
economy
he
could
not
obtain
official
answers
to
.
During
a
three
-
day
visit
to
acquaint
himself
with
the
activities
of
Christian
Aid
partners
,
Mr
.
Mukarje
repeatedly
asked
why
the
Ghana
government
has
been
unable
to
protect
its
farmers
and
local
industries
against
unfair
trade
.
"
I
met
the
Finance
Minister
and
asked
him
,
what
are
you
doing
to
protect
local
farmers
and
industries
?
Why
aren
'
t
you
raising
tariffs
to
protect
your
industries
?
Every
other
country
,
including
European
and
North
American
countries
are
busily
protecting
their
farmers
.
"
As
part
of
his
trip
,
Mukarje
participated
in
a
farmers
'
forum
organized
by
the
Ghana
Trade
and
Livelihoods
Coalition
at
Okyereko
in
the
Central
Region
,
where
he
saw
piles
of
locally
produced
rice
unsold
,
while
the
farmers
wallowed
in
poverty
.
"
Having
seen
the
plight
of
the
rice
farmers
at
Okyereko
and
having
walked
to
the
market
and
seen
rice
from
Thailand
and
USA
flooding
the
market
,
I
now
understand
the
challenges
facing
Ghanaian
farmers
in
the
face
of
trade
liberalisation
"
,
he
told
yours
truly
.
"
Unfortunately
,
governments
of
poor
countries
are
unable
to
control
the
world
trading
system
and
have
a
say
in
the
various
institutions
like
the
IMF
,
World
Bank
and
WTO
.
"
That
notwithstanding
,
Mukarje
insists
that
Ghana
has
the
potential
to
become
a
middle
income
and
a
model
democracy
in
Africa
,
if
the
government
implements
the
right
policies
.
'
I
don
'
t
know
of
a
single
country
anywhere
in
the
world
that
has
not
used
protection
to
propel
economic
growth
.
If
they
are
still
using
it
,
we
should
not
be
ashamed
to
protect
our
young
industries
and
farmers
.
"
"
The
French
farmers
are
still
protecting
themselves
under
the
Common
Agricultural
Policy
,
the
Japanese
rice
farmers
are
protecting
themselves
under
the
WTO
and
the
Americans
are
protecting
their
cotton
farmers
,
so
it
is
ridiculous
for
African
countries
to
allow
their
markets
to
be
invaded
by
rich
countries
"
,
he
pointed
out
.
The
Christian
Aid
Director
contends
that
Ghana
needs
to
get
off
her
dependency
syndrome
and
move
into
manufacturing
.
He
said
any
manufacturing
policy
must
not
be
solely
dependent
on
foreign
direct
investment
,
but
local
investment
and
participation
.
"
You
cannot
build
an
economy
without
a
sound
manufacturing
base
.
"
In
his
view
,
Ghana
can
become
a
powerful
and
stable
economy
in
West
Africa
,
but
the
economy
must
be
strong
locally
.
To
begin
with
,
Mukarje
suggests
a
massive
investment
in
the
tourism
sector
.
He
agreed
that
the
slave
trade
was
a
sad
story
for
Africa
,
but
Ghanaians
can
turn
the
castles
and
natural
game
reserves
into
a
revenue
making
venture
.
He
warned
,
"
Ghana
must
avoid
tribal
and
religious
conflicts
,
which
are
tearing
many
African
countries
apart
.
"
Recently
,
Christian
Aid
successfully
lobbied
the
British
government
to
withhold
a
£
50
million
contribution
to
the
IMF
unless
the
Bretton
Woods
Institutions
begin
a
process
of
reforming
their
policies
towards
poor
countries
.
Asked
whether
Christian
Aid
was
satisfied
with
the
government
'
s
response
,
Mukarje
replied
,
"
It
is
a
minor
and
model
success
,
but
we
have
sent
a
message
to
the
IMF
/
WB
that
they
have
to
change
the
way
they
are
doing
things
.
"
We
must
ensure
that
conditionalities
are
no
longer
linked
to
loans
.
We
are
not
against
policies
that
allocate
money
for
poverty
eradication
,
but
conditionalities
that
impose
one
economic
model
of
liberalization
and
privatization
and
the
removal
of
subsidies
must
be
stopped
.
"
Mukarje
wondered
why
the
western
governments
are
imposing
good
governance
on
poor
countries
when
there
is
no
good
governance
at
the
IMF
and
the
World
Bank
,
where
all
decisions
are
made
by
developed
countries
and
imposed
on
poor
countries
.
"
In
fact
one
man
-
the
President
of
the
US
can
choose
the
President
of
the
World
Bank
for
approval
without
any
qualification
required
,
while
the
EU
also
automatically
gets
the
post
of
Executive
Director
of
IMF
.
In
this
modern
age
,
it
is
neither
good
governance
nor
good
management
.
"
He
calls
for
a
reform
of
the
two
institutions
to
make
them
more
relevant
to
poor
countries
.
Mukarje
was
however
,
glad
that
developing
counties
can
make
their
voices
heard
at
the
WTO
,
where
every
country
has
a
vote
.
And
developing
countries
have
actually
made
their
voices
heard
at
Cancun
,
Singapore
etc
.
According
to
Mukarje
the
most
obvious
sign
of
the
Economic
Partnership
Agreement
(
EPAs
)
the
EU
is
pushing
,
is
to
prevent
ACP
countries
from
developing
their
own
markets
.
Viewed
against
the
background
that
trade
is
the
foundation
of
economic
growth
,
he
thinks
African
countries
must
resist
the
EPAs
.
"
Unless
we
can
have
an
African
model
of
regional
trade
,
Africa
will
make
no
progress
.
I
have
seen
how
regional
alliances
have
lifted
many
South
East
Asian
countries
from
poverty
to
prosperity
.
"
Mukarje
pointed
out
that
the
time
has
come
for
Africans
to
find
solutions
to
their
problems
.
"
The
feeling
that
the
west
can
solve
all
African
problems
has
no
basis
.
Sadly
,
many
African
leaders
are
playing
into
this
game
due
to
corruption
and
dictatorship
and
tribal
and
religious
wars
.
"
He
added
.
culled
from
Public
Agenda
KILLING
THE
COTTON
INDUSTRY
OFF
IN
THE
NORTH
Over
the
last
two
decades
,
farmers
in
the
northern
part
of
the
country
have
complained
about
the
harsh
conditions
they
face
in
cultivating
the
land
for
survival
.
Some
have
been
compelled
to
quit
farming
all
together
and
for
those
who
have
held
on
to
farming
as
their
only
source
of
survival
,
tilling
the
land
has
even
been
more
painful
.
Across
the
length
and
breadth
of
the
three
northern
regions
lie
vast
arable
lands
which
grew
all
the
food
and
cash
crops
to
feed
families
and
boost
economic
activity
.
These
days
these
lands
are
wasting
away
due
to
the
generally
difficult
business
environment
facing
farmers
in
the
north
.
The
cotton
economy
,
like
rice
in
the
north
used
to
be
a
major
source
of
revenue
for
thousands
of
households
.
But
years
of
neglect
of
the
sector
coupled
with
unfair
subsidies
of
the
United
States
'
cotton
farmers
has
dealt
a
severe
blow
to
cotton
farming
in
the
three
poorest
regions
of
the
country
.
Though
Ghana
is
not
one
of
the
major
players
in
cotton
production
in
West
Africa
,
cotton
is
a
vital
cash
crop
in
most
northern
communities
.
Grown
alongside
staples
like
maize
,
guinea
corn
and
millet
,
cotton
provides
income
for
spending
on
everything
from
health
to
education
and
even
marriage
.
According
to
the
Peasant
Farmers
Association
of
Ghana
about
100
,
000
farmers
in
the
three
northern
regions
are
into
cotton
farming
,
with
the
cotton
companies
employing
about
35
percent
of
the
active
population
.
These
gains
are
now
threat
as
cotton
prices
are
now
falling
each
year
and
with
it
declining
income
and
household
earnings
.
The
shockwaves
of
the
plummeting
cotton
prices
can
be
felt
across
Yentua
,
a
cotton
farming
village
of
484
people
in
the
Savulgu
-
Nantong
District
of
the
Northern
Region
.
"
Everything
is
linked
to
cotton
here
;
we
pay
for
everything
with
money
that
grows
on
cotton
vine
-
our
clothing
,
building
our
homes
,
everything
"
,
says
Amadu
Daudu
,
married
to
two
wives
with
10
children
and
a
large
extended
family
to
cater
for
.
"
If
we
don
'
t
get
any
assistance
and
reasonable
prices
from
Ghana
Cotton
Company
we
will
stop
farming
cotton
"
,
he
warned
and
explained
that
last
year
,
he
harvested
16
bales
of
cotton
from
a
two
-
acre
farm
;
this
year
he
only
got
six
bales
,
due
to
declining
soil
and
unsafe
chemicals
.
At
Damdu
,
in
the
same
district
Abukari
Alhassan
,
also
married
to
two
wives
with
seven
children
explains
that
unfair
pricing
by
the
Ghana
Cotton
Company
is
a
major
disincentive
for
increased
production
of
cotton
.
He
said
one
kilo
of
first
grade
cotton
is
going
for
3
,
000
cedis
,
while
one
bale
sells
600
,
000
cedis
.
According
to
Alhassan
and
his
colleagues
the
company
deducts
the
cost
of
ploughing
,
harrowing
and
insecticides
from
the
total
amount
per
bale
or
kilo
before
paying
them
the
balance
.
Even
whatever
paltry
amount
that
had
to
be
paid
to
them
comes
several
months
after
the
purchase
.
All
the
farmers
complained
about
declining
yield
,
blaming
the
poor
harvests
on
the
deteriorating
soil
fertility
and
wrong
insecticides
sold
to
them
.
Baba
Issah
struggling
with
15
children
from
two
wives
says
,
"
we
pleaded
with
Ghana
Cotton
Company
to
increase
the
prices
for
us
.
They
simply
said
no
and
that
the
world
market
of
cotton
has
dropped
.
"
Issah
is
not
only
saddled
with
the
burden
of
feeding
15
children
and
two
wives
,
he
is
also
indebted
to
many
people
in
the
village
,
sparking
fear
that
the
education
and
health
of
his
family
would
suffer
as
world
prices
continue
to
plummet
.
The
plight
of
Ghanaian
cotton
farmers
has
been
worsened
by
the
decision
of
the
Minister
of
Finance
and
Economic
Planning
,
Kwadwo
Baah
Wiredu
to
lift
tariffs
on
lint
cotton
in
the
2006
budget
.
The
duty
free
status
of
lint
cotton
would
all
,
but
open
the
floor
for
massive
importation
of
cotton
products
into
the
country
.
"
This
is
the
last
blow
the
minister
has
delivered
to
cotton
farmers
.
All
along
we
have
been
hoping
that
government
would
come
to
our
aid
by
extending
the
President
'
s
Special
Initiative
(
PSI
)
to
cotton
.
Least
did
we
expect
what
the
government
did
"
,
says
Adam
Nasiru
,
president
of
the
Peasant
Farmers
Association
said
when
contacted
for
his
views
on
the
2006
budget
.
In
his
view
,
Ghanaian
cotton
companies
were
already
collapsing
,
so
the
lifting
of
the
tariff
on
lint
cotton
is
the
final
blow
to
a
dying
sector
.
Cotton
prices
have
been
the
single
biggest
source
of
disagreement
between
developed
and
developing
countries
at
WTO
negotiations
.
The
British
charity
,
Oxfam
says
the
rock
-
bottom
cotton
price
can
be
blamed
directly
on
enormous
subsidies
paid
to
US
cotton
farmers
.
In
the
US
,
for
example
,
some
25
,
000
cotton
producers
receive
almost
$
4bn
a
year
in
subsidies
.
According
to
the
World
Bank
,
the
subsidy
has
had
a
substantial
influence
on
the
world
price
for
cotton
,
which
has
been
hovering
at
all
-
time
lows
in
the
past
two
years
.
Amos
Safo
,
"
Public
Agenda
"
THE
"
ROAD
TO
HONG
KONG
"
CAMPAIGN
Its
about
protecting
the
rights
of
the
poor
to
a
livelihood
Civil
Societies
and
NGOs
working
on
trade
who
recently
organised
a
road
show
dubbed
"
the
Road
to
Hong
Kong
"
have
delivered
the
concerns
of
farmers
,
producer
groups
and
industrial
workers
to
the
Trade
Ministry
.
The
presentation
was
done
on
the
28th
October
2005
by
the
President
of
the
Peasant
Farmers
Association
of
Ghana
-
Mr
.
Adam
Nashiru
with
other
members
of
the
Civil
Society
groups
looking
on
.
In
the
absence
of
the
Minister
and
his
two
deputies
the
report
was
received
on
behalf
of
the
Minister
by
Director
for
Finance
-
Mr
.
Bekoe
and
Administration
of
the
Ministry
and
Mr
.
Poku
Patrick
,
one
of
the
delegates
for
the
Hong
Kong
Ministerial
Meeting
in
December
.
Report
of
Road
show
Summary
of
Major
Concerns
Brief
Introduction
The
road
show
dubbed
"
The
Road
to
Hong
Kong
"
organised
by
civil
society
including
farmers
groups
in
Ghana
was
launched
in
Nyariga
in
the
Upper
East
Region
on
September
27
,
2005
.
The
expedition
was
organised
as
part
of
the
"
Global
Call
for
Action
Against
Poverty
"
and
in
pursuant
of
the
declaration
adopted
at
an
Africa
Trade
Network
meetng
in
Accra
calling
on
governments
to
ensure
that
their
national
positions
and
mandates
for
the
Ministerial
Meeting
in
Hong
Kong
are
promoted
and
protected
in
the
interest
of
their
people
.
The
Journey
to
Hong
Kong
begun
From
September
27
-
October
4
,
2005
.
Organised
Labour
,
Civil
Society
groups
,
NGOs
,
faith
based
organizations
,
and
,
farmers
groups
embarked
on
an
8
-
day
trek
across
the
northern
,
middle
belt
,
and
southern
parts
of
the
country
,
to
collate
grassroots
experiences
of
the
impact
of
world
trade
agreements
,
and
national
trade
policy
on
farmers
and
small
-
scale
producers
.
The
expedition
begun
in
Nyariga
in
the
Upper
East
Region
,
where
rice
farmers
told
their
story
and
had
an
opportunity
to
make
demands
on
the
Hong
Kong
Meeting
.
The
caravan
moved
to
Savelugu
(
September
28
)
in
the
Northern
Region
to
interact
with
cotton
and
rice
farmers
then
to
Tuobodom
(
September
29
)
to
meet
tomato
farmers
in
the
Brong
Ahafo
Region
.
The
next
stop
was
Otwereko
(
October
1
)
also
a
rice
farming
community
in
the
Central
Region
and
thence
to
Asutsuare
in
the
Eastern
Region
to
collate
demands
in
respect
of
rice
and
textiles
.
The
party
arrived
in
Tema
,
an
industrial
hub
in
the
Greater
Accra
Region
to
interact
with
workers
and
finally
moved
to
the
Freedom
&
Justice
park
in
Accra
to
round
up
and
share
insights
and
experiences
with
the
media
.
Concept
Paper
Address
by
Trades
Union
Congress
ISSUES
FOR
WTO
NEGOTIATIONS
IN
HONG
KONG
DECEMBER
13
-
18
,
2005
Agriculture
involves
tariffs
and
protection
of
sensitive
products
The
concern
is
about
export
subsidies
which
will
result
in
dumping
Domestic
support
to
farmers
to
help
them
to
produce
at
competitive
prices
Market
access
-
the
ability
of
our
farmers
to
sell
their
produce
Implications
Jobs
-
60
%
employment
in
Agriculture
Food
security
Income
Services
Under
the
GATS
,
there
is
effort
to
privatise
all
services
a
.
water
b
.
electricity
etc
Therefore
our
Governments
will
be
forced
to
cut
subvention
Implications
for
Labour
People
'
s
access
to
basic
needs
-
will
be
costly
so
cannot
be
or
may
not
be
affordable
Also
when
the
agreement
is
signed
it
cannot
be
reversed
even
if
there
is
a
problem
Non
Agriculture
Market
Access
-
NAMA
Focuses
on
market
access
for
a
range
of
non
agricultural
products
.
Negotiation
is
to
reduce
and
eliminate
barriers
to
trade
in
these
products
.
These
are
items
and
products
not
included
under
agricultural
or
services
umbrella
.
automobile
-
beverages
chemicals
-
cement
glass
-
forestry
fishery
-
leather
shoe
-
plastics
Under
NAMA
there
is
a
move
to
reduce
dramatically
tariffs
as
well
as
binding
tariffs
on
a
wide
assortment
of
industrial
products
o
US
proposal
8
%
o
EC
proposal
17
%
o
Ultimately
to
be
zero
by
2020
Implications
budgetary
and
financial
employment
and
livelihood
entrepreneurial
survival
and
growth
prospects
Tariffs
reduction
leads
to
a
decline
in
Government
revenue
and
where
it
is
a
major
source
will
affect
Government
expenditures
Direct
budget
impact
because
of
high
sensitivity
of
many
developing
countries
budget
on
trade
taxes
-
this
means
adjustment
in
social
sector
(
health
,
education
)
may
translate
into
reduced
domestic
production
and
output
production
and
market
size
of
domestic
firms
.
Strategies
to
deal
with
these
implications
1
.
Sensitisation
-
leadership
workshops
on
these
issues
to
inform
them
and
to
get
their
input
into
any
campaign
activity
2
.
Press
Release
/
Conference
to
raise
concerns
on
these
implications
and
to
call
on
our
Governments
to
consider
the
impact
of
the
outcomes
on
workers
and
livelihoods
in
general
.
3
.
Campaigns
-
in
collaboration
with
other
civil
society
organizations
to
make
demands
on
our
Governments
on
the
impact
of
the
outcome
of
the
negotiations
on
the
development
of
the
country
.
Have
you
suggestions
or
demands
for
the
Hong
Kong
Meeting
?
Send
them
to
dyawson
@
isodec
.
org
.
gh
or
isodec
@
isodec
.
org
.
gh
or
peasantfarmersghana
@
yahoo
.
com
or
peasantfarmersghana
@
hotmail
.
com
By
courtesy
of
Oxfam
GB
,
ISODEC
,
SEND
Foundation
,,
TWN
Africa
,
Action
Aid
Ghana
,
Market
Access
Promotion
Network
,
Peasant
Farmers
Association
,
GAWU
,
Abibiman
Foundation
,
and
many
more
..
Civil
Societies
Demand
Pro
-
poor
Agric
and
Trade
Policies
from
Leaders
A
coalition
of
civil
society
organisations
in
Ghana
(
OXFAM
,
Integrated
Social
Development
Centre
(
ISODEC
)
,
Market
Access
Promotion
Network
(
MAPRONET
)
,
Social
Entreprise
Development
(
SEND
)
Foundation
,
ACTION
AID
,
Peasant
Farmers
Association
,
Abibiman
Foundation
,
General
Agriculture
Workers
Union
(
GAWU
)
and
the
Centre
for
Public
Interest
Law
(
CEPIL
))
has
called
on
Africa
'
s
ministers
of
Agriculture
and
of
trade
,
heads
of
state
,
and
the
New
Economic
Partnership
for
Africa
'
s
Development
(
NEPAD
)
secretariat
,
to
ensure
that
policies
that
are
designed
by
them
,
or
agreed
with
development
partners
,
work
in
the
interest
of
the
poor
,
and
secures
the
livelihoods
of
the
continent
'
s
farmers
and
small
scale
producers
.
In
a
statement
to
the
ministers
,
heads
of
state
,
G
-
8
delegates
,
technical
experts
and
stakeholders
from
regional
and
international
organisations
,
attending
the
NEPAD
round
-
up
meeting
on
the
implementation
roll
-
out
plan
of
the
Comprehensive
Africa
Agricultural
Development
Programme
(
CAADP
)
,
which
was
made
available
to
the
press
at
a
news
conference
in
Accra
on
Tuesday
,
May
3
2005
,
the
members
,
expressed
concern
that
current
trade
negotiations
on
the
Common
External
Tariff
(
CET
)
for
ECOWAS
and
the
Economic
Partnership
Agreement
(
EPA
)
with
the
European
Union
can
be
detrimental
to
the
agriculture
sector
in
West
Africa
and
indeed
the
whole
of
Africa
.
Addressing
the
news
conference
,
Ibrahim
Akalbila
,
Senior
Programme
Officer
in
-
charge
of
Trade
in
ISODEC
acknowledged
as
a
positive
step
,
a
provision
in
the
ECOWAS
Agriculture
Policy
(
ECOWAP
)
,
which
advocates
protection
for
vulnerable
producers
.
ECOWAP
,
according
to
Akalbila
,
recognizes
the
lead
role
of
agriculture
in
the
economies
of
West
African
states
,
the
dominant
position
of
women
in
agriculture
,
and
their
importance
to
the
poverty
reduction
and
food
security
aspirations
of
the
region
.
He
further
disclosed
that
,
as
a
way
of
compensating
for
distortions
in
the
world
market
,
ECOWAP
endorses
unilateral
protective
action
at
a
regional
level
,
especially
where
vulnerable
populations
may
be
injured
.
This
,
the
coalition
hails
as
progressive
,
and
advocate
for
its
reflection
in
the
content
of
the
CAADP
.
The
statement
explained
that
the
negotiations
of
the
Common
External
Tariff
(
CET
)
and
the
EPA
with
the
EU
constitute
a
threat
to
the
livelihoods
of
small
-
scale
farmers
in
West
Africa
.
This
is
because
extending
the
CET
of
West
Africa
Economic
and
Monetary
Union
(
WAEMU
)
to
ECOWAS
,
as
proposed
and
receiving
a
"
no
objection
nod
"
from
ECOWAS
Heads
of
State
,
is
likely
to
further
undermine
agricultural
sectors
,
which
have
already
suffered
from
the
surges
in
highly
subsidised
cheap
and
dumped
imported
agricultural
produce
.
The
statement
cited
the
collapsing
poultry
and
rice
sectors
in
Ghana
,
as
examples
of
the
negative
impact
of
unbridled
liberalisation
and
unfair
competition
from
heavily
subsidised
imports
from
both
the
EU
and
USA
.
The
group
expressed
the
view
that
"
the
proposed
CET
of
20
%
is
too
low
and
provides
too
little
space
for
policy
flexibility
to
protect
sensitive
sectors
"
.
They
urged
the
heads
of
state
of
Africa
to
have
the
moral
fortitude
to
take
steps
to
stop
the
EPA
negotiations
in
their
current
form
,
since
if
continued
and
implemented
,
they
will
lead
to
the
decline
of
incomes
of
about
50
-
60
%
of
people
employed
in
the
agriculture
sector
,
thus
thwarting
the
poverty
reduction
efforts
of
the
sub
-
region
.
Again
EPAs
will
abolish
tariffs
for
at
least
90
%
of
all
imports
in
ECOWAS
and
the
EU
which
in
effect
will
cause
de
-
industrialisation
,
which
in
itself
constitute
a
threat
to
small
&
medium
scale
farmers
.
Members
of
the
group
called
on
NEPAD
to
incorporate
in
CAADP
appropriate
protective
measures
such
as
adequate
levels
of
tariffs
to
protect
the
agriculture
sector
from
cheap
imports
,
while
at
the
same
time
devoting
more
resources
to
the
development
of
the
sector
.
"
We
acknowledge
that
NEPAD
focuses
on
improving
agricultural
performance
as
a
prerequisite
for
economic
development
in
Africa
through
agro
-
processing
industries
,
capacity
building
of
small
scale
and
women
farmers
and
the
need
for
African
countries
to
achieve
food
security
.
We
however
call
on
African
leaders
to
devote
more
resources
to
agriculture
especially
rural
agriculture
"
.
The
statement
again
called
upon
the
NEPAD
secretariat
to
advocate
for
fair
trade
,
instead
of
free
trade
,
since
only
fair
trade
,
based
on
the
principles
of
justice
and
equity
,
has
the
potential
to
accelerate
economic
growth
and
reduce
poverty
in
Africa
.
To
this
end
,
the
statement
called
on
NEPAD
and
all
African
leaders
to
continue
to
demand
the
removal
of
all
forms
of
agricultural
subsidies
in
the
developed
countries
,
halt
forced
liberalisation
,
and
stop
the
EPAs
in
their
current
form
.
The
group
commended
NEPAD
for
such
programmes
and
initiatives
as
the
Pan
-
Africa
cassava
initiative
,
pan
-
Africa
NERICA
Rice
Initiative
,
and
also
the
Home
Grown
School
Feeding
Programme
(
HGSFP
)
engineered
to
boost
agricultural
development
.
Some
of
the
benefits
of
HGSFP
,
the
group
disclosed
,
are
a
)
provide
food
for
the
many
malnourished
and
under
-
weighed
children
,
b
)
patronisation
of
local
produce
and
c
)
increase
in
the
incomes
of
farmers
.
The
statement
pointed
out
that
Africa
is
still
heavily
indebted
and
marginalised
in
the
globalisation
process
in
spite
of
the
partial
debt
relief
granted
many
countries
on
the
continent
under
the
HIPC
initiative
.
About
340million
people
(
half
of
the
population
)
,
it
said
,
live
on
less
than
US
$
1
a
day
.
They
therefore
challenged
the
G
-
8
and
the
North
as
a
whole
to
demonstrate
genuine
commitment
to
the
continent
'
s
efforts
to
eradicate
poverty
and
place
it
on
the
path
to
sustainable
growth
and
development
,
and
to
honour
the
promised
0
.
7
%
GDP
in
aid
to
developing
countries
.
Lamenting
the
decline
in
the
World
Bank
lending
portfolio
to
agricultural
sector
from
39
%
in
1978
to
12
%
and
7
%
in
1996
and
2000
respectively
,
the
group
urged
both
bilateral
and
multilateral
donors
to
commit
more
resources
to
the
agricultural
sector
of
Africa
,
and
while
calling
on
the
World
Bank
and
IMF
to
stop
subverting
multilateral
trade
negotiations
,
through
the
conditioning
of
country
development
assistance
on
liberalisation
policies
.
Once
there
were
two
friends
walking
home
from
school
.
They
saw
an
airplane
flying
in
the
skies
,
one
of
them
said
that
Kuffuor
was
in
the
plane
and
the
other
said
that
he
was
not
.
They
argued
continuously
till
they
saw
a
man
sitting
on
a
bench
reading
a
newspaper
.
So
they
decided
to
ask
him
.
"
Is
Kuffuor
in
the
plane
?
"
The
man
answered
,
"
No
,
he
is
not
in
the
plane
because
there
are
no
dispatch
riders
in
front
of
the
plane
.
"
2
.
There
lived
two
old
men
in
a
community
namely
Mr
.
Obi
and
Mr
.
Oko
.
Their
health
condition
was
very
bad
and
within
a
few
days
Mr
.
Obi
died
.
An
obi
tuary
was
made
during
the
funeral
arrangement
and
pasted
around
the
town
.
There
was
this
small
boy
in
the
family
who
saw
it
.
Two
weeks
later
,
Mr
.
Oko
died
and
also
an
obi
tuary
was
made
.
This
boy
ran
to
his
father
and
told
him
there
was
a
mistake
and
that
when
Mr
.
Obi
died
an
obi
tuary
was
made
but
they
were
using
Mr
.
Obi
'
s
name
instead
of
Mr
.
Oko
,
therefore
there
should
be
oko
tuary
.
3
.
A
magician
was
to
perform
to
an
audience
.
He
came
with
his
assistant
and
asked
his
assistant
to
fetch
him
a
pail
of
water
and
hang
it
on
a
hook
.
The
magician
covered
the
pail
of
water
with
a
cloth
.
Covering
the
pail
,
lo
and
behold
,
the
pail
had
disappeared
leaving
the
water
hanging
on
the
hook
.
4
.
There
were
three
friends
in
a
village
,
namely
Peter
,
James
and
John
.
They
one
day
decided
to
leave
their
wives
for
a
trip
.
Before
they
left
,
James
had
an
urgent
call
and
had
to
rush
to
the
hospital
but
Peter
and
John
decided
to
go
ahead
of
James
.
On
their
way
,
the
following
conversation
ensued
.
Peter
:
"
John
,
I
have
realized
something
about
women
.
"
John
:
"
What
is
it
?
"
Peter
:
"
Whenever
they
are
pregnant
and
read
a
book
,
they
give
birth
to
the
number
of
main
characters
in
the
story
.
An
example
was
when
my
wife
was
pregnant
and
she
read
'
The
twins
of
Babylon
'
she
gave
birth
to
twins
John
:
"
I
think
you
are
right
.
When
my
wife
was
pregnant
and
she
read
the
story
of
the
three
musketeers
,
she
gave
birth
to
triplets
.
"
Peter
:
"
Looks
like
I
must
inform
James
not
to
let
his
wife
read
the
book
on
'
Ali
Baba
and
the
forty
thieves
'
.
"
Harold
Kofi
Nkrumah
.
There
was
once
a
boy
by
name
Kweku
Mensa
,
who
went
to
sit
for
an
examination
.
The
examination
implied
for
the
name
of
the
above
drawn
animal
'
s
foot
.
The
foot
of
a
frog
was
drawn
and
the
student
was
supposed
to
write
the
name
of
the
animal
in
a
blank
space
.
This
is
what
ensued
between
the
invigilator
and
Kweku
:
Invigilator
:
Quiet
please
.
Kweku
:
(
sitting
and
confused
and
couldn
'
t
understand
the
question
saying
to
himself
,
)
"
what
type
of
question
is
this
?
"
Kweku
angrily
stood
up
and
begun
to
walk
out
of
the
hall
.
Invigilator
:
Hey
boy
!
Hey
boy
!
What
is
your
name
?
Kweku
:
(
turning
angrily
)
Look
at
my
foot
and
tell
my
name
.
Paul
Fiagbe
Two
married
men
were
having
a
conversation
.
One
said
,
"
As
for
my
wife
,
she
is
an
angel
.
"
The
other
replied
,
"
Really
,
my
wife
is
still
alive
.
"
Yaw
Djin
1
.
A
woman
once
told
her
friend
,
"
Me
and
my
husband
were
once
so
happy
in
our
lives
...
then
we
met
.
"
2
.
A
butcher
carrying
a
large
piece
of
meat
on
his
back
once
met
a
Pakistan
woman
with
her
baby
and
he
passed
a
small
friendly
comment
,
"
You
also
like
bush
meat
,
huh
?
"
and
pointed
at
the
baby
.
Lawrence
Sowah
During
a
Geography
lesson
,
a
teacher
with
bald
hair
was
teaching
his
student
about
deserts
.
He
explained
that
deserts
are
land
areas
with
no
trees
.
Trying
to
draw
the
attention
of
the
class
on
the
topic
,
he
asked
Kofi
to
give
an
example
of
a
desert
.
This
is
what
ensued
between
them
.
Teacher
:
With
all
respect
,
Kofi
,
give
me
an
example
of
a
desert
.
Kofi
:
Sir
,
with
all
humbleness
,
your
head
is
a
typical
example
of
a
desert
.
George
Djan
1
.
A
man
went
to
his
would
be
father
-
in
-
law
and
told
him
he
has
come
to
ask
for
his
daughter
'
s
hand
in
marriage
and
this
is
what
the
semi
-
illiterate
would
be
father
-
in
-
law
said
,
"
Sorry
gentleman
,
it
'
s
either
you
take
all
of
her
or
you
forget
her
hand
.
2
.
Two
boys
were
fighting
.
One
punched
the
other
in
the
forehead
hard
and
he
died
.
The
other
boy
said
he
would
chase
the
dead
boy
even
to
his
grave
so
he
killed
himself
.
All
along
a
curious
boy
was
watching
and
wanted
to
see
them
fight
again
,
so
he
hurried
home
and
drunk
some
DDT
but
was
caught
just
in
the
nick
of
time
and
rushed
to
the
hospital
.
Immediately
he
regained
consciousness
he
shouted
,
"
Have
they
finished
the
fight
?
"
3
.
A
teacher
entered
his
class
on
morning
and
this
is
what
happened
:
Teacher
:
"
Good
morning
class
!
"
Students
:
"
Good
morning
sir
!
"
Teacher
:
"
Today
before
I
start
teaching
I
will
like
you
all
to
pay
attention
.
"
Student
:
"
Sir
,
how
much
?
"
Donald
A
.
Marshall
1
.
Vida
:
Come
along
;
I
have
lost
my
dog
Linda
:
Why
don
'
t
you
put
an
advertisement
in
the
papers
?
Vida
:
Don
'
t
be
silly
,
my
dog
can
'
t
read
2
.
A
man
once
had
a
dog
.
The
dog
accidentally
bit
a
stranger
who
came
to
the
house
.
A
friend
of
the
man
came
to
the
house
and
this
is
the
conversation
that
took
place
between
them
Friend
:
Where
is
your
dog
?
Man
:
I
have
taken
it
to
the
verterinary
.
Friend
:
Why
?
Man
:
To
sharpen
the
teeth
.
3
.
There
lived
a
wealthy
man
called
Kanda
.
He
was
always
robbed
by
armed
robbers
.
A
friend
of
his
came
to
the
house
and
asked
him
why
his
house
was
always
being
robbed
.
He
told
his
friend
that
he
always
locks
the
door
but
because
of
fresh
air
,
he
removed
the
louvre
blade
and
opens
the
window
throughout
the
night
.
His
friend
advised
him
to
close
his
window
and
buy
a
fan
.
The
man
being
stingy
,
refused
his
friend
'
s
advise
.
The
next
evening
he
closed
his
window
and
went
to
sleep
.
The
next
morning
,
his
friend
came
to
his
house
and
still
things
were
missing
.
His
friend
asked
,
"
Why
,
didn
'
t
you
close
the
window
.
"
He
replied
,
"
I
did
close
the
window
but
opened
the
main
door
for
fresh
air
since
I
am
very
fat
!
"
Celestina
Kwakyewaa
N
.
1
.
A
teacher
asked
his
students
to
name
the
types
of
beans
we
have
.
One
of
them
raised
his
hand
and
said
,
"
sir
,
cowpea
.
"
The
teacher
said
no
.
Another
student
said
red
beans
and
the
teacher
said
yes
.
Another
also
said
white
beans
and
the
teacher
said
yes
.
Another
student
raised
his
hand
and
said
,
"
Sir
,
human
beings
.
"
2
.
A
man
called
for
a
taxi
and
told
the
driver
the
destination
.
He
asked
for
fare
.
Driver
:
"
25000
cedis
,
your
luggage
is
free
.
"
Man
:
"
Carry
my
luggage
,
I
will
walk
.
"
3
.
A
man
punished
his
son
by
spanking
him
.
After
this
,
he
said
,
"
Son
,
I
love
you
,
that
is
why
I
punished
you
.
"
Son
:
"
I
wish
I
could
spank
you
back
to
show
my
love
too
.
"
Benjamin
Emi
-
Reynolds
Kofi
after
playing
and
soiling
himself
with
mud
rushed
home
and
dirtied
his
fathers
polished
living
room
.
Father
(
Scolding
)
:
How
dare
you
dirty
my
living
room
you
fool
!!!
You
Stupid
,
dirty
and
aimless
boy
.
Kofi
rushed
out
of
the
room
and
met
Mr
.
Ransford
,
his
father
'
s
friend
at
the
door
.
Mr
.
Ransford
:
Hello
Kofi
,
you
are
growing
more
and
more
like
your
father
each
single
day
.
Kofi
:
I
know
.
He
was
just
telling
me
.
PROJECT
OBJECTIVES
,
DESIGN
AND
IMPLEMENTATION
MECHANISMS
1
.
1
Project
Goals
and
Objectives
The
overall
goal
of
GARFUND
was
to
support
implementation
of
the
government
s
national
strategy
to
reduce
the
spread
of
HIV
/
AIDS
and
its
impact
on
persons
already
infected
and
affected
.
The
specific
objectives
as
articulated
in
the
government
s
National
HIV
/
AIDS
Strategic
Framework
,
2001
-
2005
included
:
(
i
)
to
reduce
new
HIV
infections
by
30
%
by
2005
;
and
(
ii
)
to
improve
service
delivery
and
mitigate
the
impact
of
HIV
/
AIDS
on
individuals
and
families
.
The
project
objectives
corresponded
to
a
crucial
need
identified
by
the
Government
of
Ghana
to
undertake
a
comprehensive
national
response
to
prevent
,
control
and
manage
the
impact
of
the
HIV
/
AIDS
epidemic
in
Ghana
.
Progress
made
as
at
the
end
of
the
project
toward
the
Project
Development
Objective
is
assessed
overall
as
fully
satisfactory
.
The
most
recent
reports
from
biological
surveillance
,
including
the
HIV
Sentinel
Survey
(
2004
Report
)
indicated
that
the
median
level
of
HIV
/
AIDS
in
Ghana
was
3
.
1
%
.
This
is
somewhat
lower
than
the
level
estimated
at
the
time
the
World
Bank
s
Project
Appraisal
document
(
PAD
)
was
prepared
,
but
higher
than
the
levels
estimated
in
2000
and
2001
which
were
only
2
.
5
%
and
2
.
8
%
.
The
3
.
1
%
prevalence
recorded
for
2004
represents
an
approximate
decrease
of
14
%
over
the
prevalence
recorded
in
2003
(
3
.
6
%
)
.
This
decrease
does
not
necessarily
represent
an
overall
decline
of
HIV
infection
in
the
country
although
it
indicates
a
levelling
or
stabilisation
of
the
epidemic
.
(
Results
of
the
2005
Sentinel
Survey
Report
are
yet
to
be
released
)
.
The
project
objective
,
namely
to
reduce
new
HIV
infections
by
30
%
by
2005
as
stipulated
in
the
National
Strategic
Framework
,
was
a
bit
ambitious
in
the
light
of
the
existing
implementation
capacity
then
for
its
achievement
.
1
.
2
.
Project
Design
,
Components
and
Strategic
Approach
GARFUND
was
designed
to
enable
the
Government
implement
a
balanced
,
diversified
multi
-
sector
response
to
the
epidemic
,
engaging
all
relevant
government
sectors
,
non
-
governmental
organizations
,
the
private
sector
and
grassroots
initiatives
to
undertake
HIV
/
AIDS
intervention
activities
throughout
the
country
.
The
multi
-
sectoral
and
developmental
approach
adopted
was
strategic
and
beneficial
in
that
it
has
contributed
significantly
(
i
)
in
promoting
acceptance
of
the
project
by
various
stakeholders
at
all
levels
of
society
;
and
(
ii
)
in
eliciting
positive
responses
from
all
parties
who
have
come
to
acknowledge
that
the
project
is
of
major
concern
to
them
and
that
their
participation
is
necessary
.
The
project
was
designed
to
cover
four
(
4
)
components
as
follows
:
Component
1
:
Prevention
and
Care
Services
:
This
component
financed
governmental
(
excluding
health
)
and
civil
society
entities
to
provide
a
broad
spectrum
of
preventive
and
care
activities
at
national
,
regional
and
local
levels
.
It
supported
a
wide
-
range
of
activities
aimed
at
raising
awareness
,
reducing
high
-
risk
sexual
behaviour
,
mitigating
the
impact
on
those
affected
and
promotion
of
income
-
generating
activities
.
It
was
designed
to
provide
funds
to
public
and
civil
-
society
entities
at
all
levels
of
society
undertaking
such
intervention
activities
.
Total
funding
allocation
for
this
component
was
US
$
21
million
and
represented
nearly
76
%
of
the
total
GARFUND
.
Total
amount
disbursed
at
the
end
of
the
project
was
US
$
21
.
971
million
.
i
.
ii
.
Component
2
:
Strengthening
Public
/
Private
Institutions
for
HIV
/
AIDS
Control
and
Care
Giving
.
This
component
supported
training
and
technical
assistance
for
public
and
private
-
sector
institutions
on
technical
and
practical
aspects
of
working
with
HIV
/
AIDS
.
Total
funding
allocation
for
this
component
was
US
$
2
.
4
and
at
the
end
of
the
project
total
amount
disbursed
was
US
$
1
.
554
million
.
Component
1
.
This
component
has
empowered
the
local
structures
with
financial
and
decision
-
making
authority
and
strengthened
capacities
at
the
local
evel
.
iii
.
Component
3
:
Knowledge
Management
.
This
component
provided
support
for
the
establishment
of
systems
for
collecting
,
organizing
,
and
disseminating
up
-
to
-
date
information
on
HIV
/
AIDS
prevention
and
care
,
best
practices
of
existing
projects
,
research
results
,
and
any
reports
that
would
be
useful
to
implementing
entities
.
It
also
financed
activities
that
aimed
at
promoting
sharing
of
experiences
among
organizations
as
well
as
collaboration
with
research
institutions
and
support
to
traditional
medicine
centers
for
testing
of
herbal
preparations
.
A
total
of
US
$
1
.
4
million
was
allocated
to
this
component
and
at
the
end
of
the
project
,
the
total
amount
disbursed
was
US
$
505
,
886
.
Disbursement
under
this
component
was
low
because
supplementary
funding
was
obtained
from
the
GAPP
Project
(
DFID
)
and
the
SIPAA
Project
(
Action
Aid
)
.
iv
.
Component
4
:
Project
Management
.
This
component
covered
funding
for
design
and
establishment
of
systems
for
managing
implementation
of
the
project
.
A
key
aspect
of
the
component
was
a
Monitoring
and
Evaluation
System
established
to
monitor
GARFUND
activities
and
assess
progress
on
the
basis
of
targets
defined
in
the
National
Strategic
Framework
.
Also
covered
under
this
component
was
financial
and
procurement
monitoring
.
Technical
audits
on
a
sample
of
20
%
of
sub
-
projects
were
carried
out
on
annual
basis
as
well
as
special
audits
and
field
investigations
of
operations
of
project
beneficiaries
.
Total
allocation
for
this
component
was
US
$
3
.
0
million
and
at
the
end
of
the
project
US
$
2
.
5
million
had
been
disbursed
.
Management
and
co
-
ordination
of
the
project
have
been
fully
satisfactory
throughout
the
operational
period
.
Management
of
the
GAC
Secretariat
has
maintained
a
high
degree
of
commitment
and
professionalism
in
managing
the
project
.
The
Secretariat
was
woefully
understaffed
throughout
the
period
.
With
only
ten
(
10
)
professional
staff
,
however
,
significant
achievements
were
made
.
(
See
Appendix
13
:
Professional
Staff
of
GAC
Secretariat
)
.
A
joint
review
of
the
national
response
was
successfully
undertaken
and
it
provided
useful
inputs
to
the
design
of
more
effective
strategies
for
strengthening
implementation
of
the
next
phase
of
the
national
response
.
1
.
3
.
Implementation
Arrangements
i
.
National
Level
:
GARFUND
was
implemented
through
decentralised
structures
which
afforded
the
opportunity
for
participation
at
all
levels
of
the
society
.
At
the
national
level
,
a
48
-
member
Ghana
AIDS
Commission
,
established
by
Act
613
of
Parliament
in
2002
under
the
Chairmanship
of
H
.
E
.
The
President
and
with
membership
of
H
.
E
.
The
Vice
-
President
and
all
key
Sector
Ministers
,
civil
society
and
faith
-
based
organizations
and
the
private
organisations
,
provided
effective
leadership
and
direction
in
the
co
-
ordination
of
the
national
response
.
ii
.
Sector
Level
:
At
the
sector
level
HIV
/
AIDS
Committees
have
been
established
in
various
MDAs
to
plan
and
co
-
ordinate
HIV
/
AIDS
activities
in
those
institutions
.
Key
among
them
is
the
National
AIDS
/
STD
Control
Programme
(
NACP
)
within
the
Ghana
Health
Services
which
has
been
operating
effectively
as
the
technical
advisory
wing
of
the
Commission
and
provided
treatment
,
care
and
support
services
and
monitoring
of
the
epidemic
through
sentinel
surveillance
and
behavioural
surveys
.
Sector
AIDS
Committees
have
also
been
instituted
in
many
MDAs
with
with
Focal
persons
directly
responsible
for
day
-
to
-
day
coordination
of
HIV
/
AIDS
activities
.
iii
.
Regional
Level
:
Regional
AIDS
Committees
have
been
established
within
the
Regional
Coordinating
Councils
(
RCCs
)
in
all
the
ten
(
10
)
regions
of
the
country
.
Regional
Monitoring
and
Evaluation
Focal
Persons
have
also
been
appointed
to
be
directly
responsible
for
overseeing
activities
in
the
districts
.
iv
.
District
Level
:
At
the
district
level
multi
-
sectoral
District
AIDS
Committees
(
DACs
)
have
been
established
in
110
districts
of
the
country
to
serve
as
the
pivotal
points
of
HIV
/
AIDS
activities
at
that
level
.
District
Monitoring
and
Evaluation
Focal
Persons
have
also
been
appointed
in
each
district
and
are
directly
responsible
for
HIV
/
AIDS
activities
in
the
district
.
1
.
4
.
The
Environmental
Context
GARFUND
was
implemented
in
a
generally
supportive
environment
.
A
number
of
laws
relevant
to
the
national
HIV
/
AIDS
response
existed
even
before
the
enactment
of
the
National
HIV
/
AIDS
Strategic
Framework
.
These
include
the
Constitution
of
the
Fourth
Republic
of
Ghana
,
which
gives
every
citizen
the
right
to
health
care
and
education
and
outlaws
all
forms
of
human
rights
abuses
,
including
discrimination
and
dismissal
from
employment
on
any
grounds
.
The
Ghana
AIDS
Commission
,
established
as
a
supra
-
ministerial
and
multi
-
sectoral
body
provided
the
enabling
environment
for
effective
implementation
of
the
national
response
.
The
location
of
the
Commission
within
the
highest
office
of
the
nation
,
the
Presidency
,
reflects
the
high
-
level
leadership
and
politically
supportive
environment
and
commitment
which
have
contributed
immensely
to
successful
implementation
of
the
project
.
2
.
OPERATIONAL
EXPERIENCE
AND
COVERAGE
As
at
2005
,
GARFUND
activities
had
covered
over
3
,
000
implementing
entities
comprising
MDAs
/
RCCs
,
DAs
,
NGOs
,
FBOs
,
CBOs
and
private
sector
organizations
in
all
regions
,
districts
and
communities
in
the
country
.
2
.
1
Regional
Projects
Ashanti
Region
A
total
of
557
entities
within
the
Ashanti
region
were
funded
to
conduct
HIV
/
AIDS
interventions
that
focused
mainly
on
prevention
of
new
transmission
of
HIV
/
AIDS
.
Activities
included
advocacy
,
video
shows
,
drama
performances
,
peer
education
,
condom
distribution
,
and
counselling
and
training
for
420
PLWHA
to
serve
as
peer
counsellors
and
liaison
between
the
ART
sites
and
the
PLWHA
associations
.
Central
Region
Over
the
span
of
the
GARFUND
initiative
,
257
subprojects
were
sponsored
.
They
focused
on
prevention
and
awareness
.
Peer
education
and
the
formation
of
youth
clubs
was
a
popular
model
adopted
by
several
CBOs
.
Eastern
Region
Activities
of
638
organizations
were
supported
between
2001
and
2004
in
the
areas
of
prevention
,
awareness
and
care
and
support
of
PLWHAs
and
OVC
.
Several
creative
means
of
public
education
were
utilized
e
.
g
.
drama
,
film
shows
,
house
-
to
-
house
campaigning
,
peer
education
,
and
durbars
to
reach
out
to
people
about
HIV
/
AIDS
.
Greater
Accra
Region
317
projects
were
completed
in
the
region
.
Most
were
focused
on
prevention
and
awareness
of
HIV
/
AIDS
achieved
through
peer
education
programs
,
condom
distribution
,
voluntary
testing
and
counselling
programs
,
community
forums
,
and
house
to
house
outreach
.
GARFUND
also
supported
the
care
and
support
of
PLWHAs
and
OVCs
.
Subprojects
were
funded
to
provide
microcredit
opportunities
to
those
infected
and
affected
by
HIV
/
AIDS
to
help
them
maintain
their
livelihood
.
Northern
Region
207
projects
were
completed
in
the
Northern
Region
.
Prevention
of
new
transmissions
was
the
focus
of
much
of
the
work
done
.
This
took
the
form
of
mass
media
campaigning
and
workshops
.
Condom
distribution
and
peer
education
were
other
prevention
activities
that
were
popular
for
the
NGOs
and
CBOs
in
the
region
.
The
challenges
faced
by
CBO
in
the
region
included
countering
beliefs
that
HIV
/
AIDS
is
a
curse
from
the
ancestors
,
and
not
preventable
.
Additionally
,
it
has
proven
difficult
to
convince
women
of
the
merit
of
female
condoms
as
some
believe
these
devices
would
promote
prostitution
among
married
women
.
Volta
Region
The
Volta
Region
was
the
recipient
of
289
GARFUND
-
supported
sub
-
projects
.
Activities
undertaken
in
the
region
focused
on
prevention
and
awareness
.
Many
of
the
subprojects
were
directed
at
the
youth
.
Public
awareness
of
HIV
/
AIDS
was
also
addressed
by
peer
education
,
erection
of
HIV
/
AIDS
messages
on
community
billboards
,
and
condom
distribution
.
Several
Christian
and
Moslem
associations
integrated
HIV
/
AIDS
awareness
messages
into
their
programming
.
Upper
East
Region
A
total
of
96
awareness
and
prevention
sub
-
projects
were
completed
in
the
Upper
East
Region
with
distribution
of
condoms
as
a
central
prevention
effort
.
House
-
to
-
house
campaigns
involving
trained
peer
educators
were
another
popular
means
of
raising
awareness
of
HIV
/
AIDS
.
Among
the
youth
,
a
popular
means
of
awareness
-
creation
was
drama
performances
illustrating
how
a
person
can
be
at
risk
for
HIV
infection
.
Upper
West
Region
A
total
of
73
sub
-
projects
were
completed
in
the
Upper
West
Region
.
Awareness
and
Prevention
activities
in
the
region
involved
several
religious
organizations
.
Peer
education
training
combined
with
house
to
house
outreach
was
one
popular
means
of
getting
the
HIV
/
AIDS
information
out
into
the
communities
.
In
terms
of
care
and
support
for
PLWHAs
,
the
subprojects
involved
mainly
the
provision
of
food
items
and
health
products
.
Some
income
-
generating
projects
were
also
completed
.
Western
Region
The
GARFUND
supported
208
projects
in
the
Western
Region
.
The
focus
of
the
work
of
CBOs
and
NGOs
in
this
region
was
on
awareness
creation
.
The
target
groups
for
these
initiatives
varied
from
children
and
youth
to
market
women
,
fisherman
and
fishmongers
.
Several
districts
in
the
region
have
been
proactive
in
offering
special
days
of
free
VCT
to
the
public
.
Brong
Ahafo
Region
The
focus
of
the
majority
of
the
subprojects
was
prevention
and
awareness
of
HIV
and
AIDS
.
This
mainly
took
the
form
of
condom
distribution
,
peer
education
and
durbars
.
There
were
four
associations
for
PLWHAs
in
the
region
that
received
funds
for
care
and
support
activities
.
Those
that
exist
have
assisted
in
the
areas
of
psychosocial
support
PLWHAs
through
counselling
and
the
provision
of
home
-
based
care
services
.
(
See
Appendix
1
:
Number
of
GARFUND
Projects
by
Year
and
Region
)
2
.
2
Ministries
,
Departments
and
Agencies
(
MDA
)
Over
the